Alcatel-Lucent 7302

INTELLIGENT SERVICES ACCESS MANAGER

RELEASE 3.3.X | FEATURE GROUP 3.4

Alcatel-Lucent 7330
INTELLIGENT SERVICES ACCESS MANAGER FIBER TO THE NODE
RELEASE 3.3.X | FEATURE GROUP 3.4

CLI COMMANDS

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
 Status Released
Change Note
Short Title CD CLI CMD GUIDE
All rigths reserved. Passing on and copying of this
document, use and communication of its contents not
permitted without written authorization from
Alcatel-Lucent.

Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Contents

Contents

1- ISAM CLI 1
1.1 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
1.3 CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
1.4 Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
1.5 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.6 Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
1.7 Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1.8 Getting help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
1.9 The CLI Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
1.10 Entering CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
1.11 CLI Backward Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

2- Environment Configuration Commands 39

2.1 Environment Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
2.2 Environment Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

3- Alarm Configuration Commands 43

3.1 Alarm Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.2 Alarm Log Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.3 Alarm Entry Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.4 Alarm Delta Log Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
3.5 SHub Alarm Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
3.6 Customizable Alarm Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

4- Trap Configuration Commands 68

4.1 Trap Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
4.2 Trap Definition Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
4.3 Trap Manager Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
4.4 SHub Trap Manager Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

5- Equipment Configuration Commands 77

5.1 Equipment Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
5.2 Slot Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
5.3 Applique Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
5.4 Protection Group Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
5.5 Protection Element Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
5.6 External-link-host Configuration Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
5.7 Host Shelf SFP Configuration Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
5.8 NE Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
5.9 Rack Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
5.10 Shelf Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
5.11 Environment Monitoring Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

6- xDSL Configuration Commands 93

6.1 xDSL Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
6.2 xDSL Common Service Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
6.3 xDSL Common Spectrum Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
6.4 xDSL Artificial Noise Downstream Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released i

Contents

6.5 xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL/ADSL2 Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

6.6 xDSL Spectrum Profile for RE-ADSL2 Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
6.7 xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL2 Plus Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
6.8 ADSL2-plus Custom PSD shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
6.9 xDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
6.10 VDSL Ghs Tones Transmission Power Control Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . 125
6.11 VDSL Custom PSD shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
6.12 VDSL Custom PSD shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
6.13 xDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL2 Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
6.14 VDSL2 Custom PSD shape Downstream . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
6.15 VDSL2 Custom PSD shape Upstream . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
6.16 VDSL2 Custom PSD shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
6.17 VDSL2 Virtual Noise Downstream . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
6.18 VDSL2 Virtual Noise Upstream . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
6.19 xDSL Line Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
6.20 xDSL Line TCA Threshold Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
6.21 xDSL Local Loop Unbundling Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

7- ATM Configuration Commands 148

7.1 ATM Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
7.2 ATM PVC Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
7.3 IPOA X-connect L2 interworking port Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

8- Interface Management Configuration Commands 154

8.1 Interface Management Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
8.2 Network Interface Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
8.3 Extend Interface Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
8.4 Interface Alarm Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
8.5 SHub Management Interface Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
8.6 SHub IP Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
8.7 SHub ICMP Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
8.8 SHub Multi-Network Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
8.9 SHub Unnumbered Interface Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
8.10 SHub Port Control Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
8.11 SHub Interface Uplink Group Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
8.12 SHub Interface Uplink Group Portlist Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

9- Error Configuration Commands 170

9.1 Error Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
9.2 Error Log Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

10- System Configuration Commands 173

10.1 System Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
10.2 System Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
10.3 System Management Host IP Address Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
10.4 System Management Vlan Host IP-Address Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
10.5 System Management Default Route Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
10.6 System SNTP Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
10.7 SHub System Loop ID Syntax Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
10.8 SHub System ICMP Filter Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
10.9 SHub System ICMP Filter In Port List Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
10.10 SHub System ICMP Filter Out Port List Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
10.11 SHub System TCP Filter Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
10.12 SHub System TCP Filter In Port List Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
10.13 SHub System TCP Filter Out Port List Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
10.14 SHub System UDP Filter Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
10.15 SHub System UDP Filter In Port List Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

ii Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Contents

10.16 SHub System UDP Filter Out Port List Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
10.17 SHub System Other Protocol Filter Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
10.18 SHub System Other Protocol Filter Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
10.19 SHub System VLAN Filter Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
10.20 SHub System IP Group Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
10.21 SHub System ID Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
10.22 SHub System VLAN Group Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
10.23 SHub System HTTP Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
10.24 System Clock Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

11- Security Configuration Commands 211

11.1 Security Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
11.2 Security Banner Configuration Commmand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
11.3 Operator Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
11.4 Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
11.5 Default Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
11.6 SNMP View Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
11.7 Security SNMP Community Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
11.8 Security SNMPv3 Group Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
11.9 Security SNMPv3 User Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
11.10 Security SNMPv3 User-Group Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
11.11 SNMP Notify View Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
11.12 Security SNMP Notification Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
11.13 Security SNMP Notification Profile Filter Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
11.14 Security SNMP Element Manager Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
11.15 SHub Security SNMP Community Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
11.16 Security IP Address Pool Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
11.17 Security IP Address Pool Reserve Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
11.18 Security RADIUS Client Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
11.19 Security RADIUS Authentication Server Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
11.20 Security RADIUS Accounting Server Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
11.21 Security RADIUS Dynamic Authorization Client Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . 255
11.22 Security RADIUS Policy Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
11.23 Security RADIUS Server Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
11.24 Security Domain Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
11.25 Security Domain IP Pool Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
11.26 Security Domain User Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
11.27 Security Connection Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
11.28 Security Connection Policy Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
11.29 Security 802.1x PAE System Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
11.30 Security 802.1x Port Authentication Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
11.31 Security 802.1x Extension, Port Authentication Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . 269
11.32 Security 802.1x Port Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
11.33 Security Password Policy Configuration Commmand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
11.34 File Transfer Configure Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
11.35 file Transfer server Configure Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

12- Secure Shell Configuration Commands 276

12.1 Secure Shell Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
12.2 SSH Server Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
12.3 Secure Shell User Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
12.4 Secure Shell Access Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
12.5 Secure Shell SFTP User Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

13- Transaction Configuration Commands 283

13.1 Transaction Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
13.2 Transaction Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released iii

Contents

14- SYSLOG Configuration Commands 286

14.1 SYSLOG Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
14.2 SYSLOG Destination Configuration command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
14.3 SYSLOG Route Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

15- Software Management Configuration Commands 293

15.1 Software Management Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
15.2 Software Management Overall Software Package Configuration Command . . . . . . . . 295
15.3 Database Automatic Activation Configure Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

16- Ethernet Configuration Commands 300

16.1 Ethernet Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
16.2 Ethernet IP Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
16.3 SHub Ethernet MAC Filter Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
16.4 SHub Ethernet MAC Filter Port List Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
16.5 SHub Ethernet Rate Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

17- QoS Configuration Commands 307

17.1 QoS Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
17.2 QoS Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
17.3 QoS 802.1P Class-to-Queue Mapping Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
17.4 QoS Dsl Control Pkt Policer Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
17.5 QoS DSCP-to-Dot1P Alignment for L3 Forwarded Traffic Configuration Command . . . . 317
17.6 QoS Queue Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
17.7 QoS Scheduler Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
17.8 QoS CAC Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
17.9 QoS Single Dot1P Marker Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
17.10 QoS Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
17.11 QoS DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
17.12 QoS DSCP Contract Table Code-point Configuration Command For DSCP-contract . . . 325
17.13 QoS Dot1P and DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . 326
17.14 DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration Command For D1p-dscp-contract . . . . 327
17.15 QoS Dot1P and Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
17.16 QoS Dot1P Alignment Marker Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
17.17 QoS Policer Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
17.18 QoS L2 Filter Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
17.19 QoS L3 Filter Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
17.20 QoS Policy Action Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
17.21 QoS Policy Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
17.22 QoS Session Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
17.23 QoS Session Upstream Policy List Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
17.24 QoS Session Downstream Policy List Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
17.25 QoS Board-Level Queue and Performance Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . 346
17.26 QoS Queue Threshold Crossing Alarm Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
17.27 QoS DSL Link Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
17.28 QoS LIM Queue Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
17.29 QoS ShdSL Link Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
17.30 QoS LIM Queue (SHDSL) Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
17.31 QoS Interface Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
17.32 QoS Interface Queue Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
17.33 SHub QoS Traffic Class Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
17.34 SHub QoS Queue Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
17.35 SHub QoS DSCP2P Map Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
17.36 SHub QoS Flow Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
17.37 SHub QoS Policer Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
17.38 SHub QoS Ingress Policing on Port Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

iv Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Contents

18- VLAN Configuration Commands 370

18.1 VLAN Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
18.2 VLAN General Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
18.3 VLAN Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
18.4 VLAN Filtering Database Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
18.5 VLAN Protocol-based Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
18.6 SHub General VLAN Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
18.7 SHub VLAN Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
18.8 SHub Static Egress Port for VLAN Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
18.9 SHub Static Untagged Egress Port for VLAN Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . 387
18.10 SHub Unicast MAC Filtering Database Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

19- Bridge Configuration Commands 390

19.1 Bridge Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
19.2 Bridge General Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
19.3 Bridge Port Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
19.4 Bridge Port to VLAN Association Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
19.5 SHub Bridge Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
19.6 SHub Bridge Port Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
19.7 Mac learning Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404

20- Link Aggregation Configuration Commands 405

20.1 Link Aggregation Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
20.2 Link Aggregation Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
20.3 Link Aggregation Group Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408

21- Multiple Spanning Tree Configuration Commands 410

21.1 Multiple Spanning Tree Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
21.2 SHub MSTP general configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
21.3 SHub MSTP Instance configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
21.4 SHub MSTP Vlan-Instance Mapping configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
21.5 SHub MSTP Port configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
21.6 SHub MSTP Port-Instance configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418

22- IP Configuration Commands 419

22.1 IP Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
22.2 VLAN Bundle Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
22.3 VRF Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
22.4 IP Interface Network Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
22.5 IP Interface Network Numbered Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
22.6 IP Interface User Port Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
22.7 IP Interface User Bridge Port Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
22.8 IP User Gateway Interface VRF Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
22.9 VRF Route Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
22.10 IP SHub VRF Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
22.11 IP SHub VRF Route Map Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
22.12 IP SHub VRF Route Preference Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
22.13 IP SHub VRF Route Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
22.14 IP SHub ARP Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
22.15 IP SHub ARP per VLAN Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442

23- IGMP Configuration Commands 443

23.1 IGMP Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
23.2 IGMP Channel Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
23.3 IGMP Channel Permission Package Members Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . 448

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released v

Contents

23.4 IGMP Channel Preview Package Members Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . 450

23.5 IGMP Package Bitmaps Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
23.6 IGMP System Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
23.7 IGMP System CDR Type Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
23.8 IGMP Vlan System Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
23.9 SHub IGMP IGS System Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
23.10 SHub IGMP Response Timer Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
23.11 SHub IGMP Router Port Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
23.12 SHub IGMP VLAN Filter Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
23.13 Shub IGMP Vlan enhanced performance Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
23.14 Shub IGMP CAC BUNDLE TABLE Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467

24- Multicast Configuration Commands 468

24.1 Multicast Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
24.2 Multicast General Group Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
24.3 General Multicast Package Members Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
24.4 Multicast Capacity Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
24.5 Multicast Sources Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
24.6 Multicast Sources Package Members Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
24.7 SHub Dynamic and Static-Dynamic Multicast Egress Port Show Command . . . . . . . . 477
24.8 SHub Static Multicast Streams Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
24.9 SHub Static Multicast Egress Port Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
24.10 SHub IGMP CAC Multicast Sources Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481

25- PPPoX-Relay Configuration Commands 483

25.1 PPPoX-Relay Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
25.2 PPPoX Cross-connect Global Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
25.3 PPPoX Cross-connect Engine Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
25.4 PPPoX Cross-connect Engine Monitoring Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
25.5 PPPoX Cross-connect Client Port Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
25.6 PPPoX Cross-connect Client Port Monitoring Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . 492

26- PPPoE Configuration Commands 493

26.1 PPPoE Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
26.2 PPPoE Server Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
26.3 PPPoE Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
26.4 PPPoX Interface Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497

27- DHCP Relay Configuration Commands 499

27.1 DHCP Relay Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
27.2 DHCP Relay Agent Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
27.3 DHCP Relay SHub Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
27.4 DHCP Relay SHub Server Configuration Command per VRF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
27.5 DHCP Relay SHub Agent Configuration Command per VRF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505

28- OSPF Configuration Commands 507

28.1 OSPF Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
28.2 OSPF Parameters Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
28.3 OSPF Area Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
28.4 OSPF Interface Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
28.5 OSPF Interface Timers Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
28.6 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
28.7 OSPF Interface Metric Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
28.8 OSPF Aggregate Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
28.9 OSPF External Aggregate Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
28.10 OSPF Stub Area Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524

vi Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Contents

28.11 OSPF Interface Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525

28.12 OSPF Interface Timers Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
28.13 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
28.14 OSPF Interface Metric Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
28.15 OSPF Stub Aggregate Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
28.16 OSPF NSSA Area Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
28.17 OSPF Interface Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
28.18 OSPF Interface Timers Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
28.19 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
28.20 OSPF Interface Metric Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
28.21 OSPF NSSA Aggregate Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
28.22 OSPF External Aggregate Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
28.23 OSPF Redistribution Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
28.24 OSPF Redistribution Route Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546

29- RIP Configuration Commands 547

29.1 RIP Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
29.2 RIP Common Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
29.3 RIP Redistribution Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
29.4 RIP Interface Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
29.5 RIP Interface Timers Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
29.6 RIP Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
29.7 RIP Route Aggregation Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
29.8 RIP Route Map Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557

30- Cluster Management Configure Commands 558

30.1 Cluster Management Configure Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
30.2 Cluster System Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560
30.3 Cluster Neighbor Discovery Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
30.4 Cluster Topology Collection Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
30.5 Cluster Port Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563

31- XDSL Bonding Configuration Commands 564

31.1 XDSL Bonding Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
31.2 XDSL Bonding Assembly Timer Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
31.3 xDSL Bonding Group Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
31.4 xDSL Bonding Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
31.5 xDSL Bonding Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572

32- CPE Remote Configuration Commands 573

32.1 CPE Remote Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
32.2 CPE Remote Management System Configuration Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
32.3 CPE Manager Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
32.4 CPE IPProxy Session Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
32.5 CPE IPProxy Shub Vlan Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578

33- SHDSL Configuration Commands 579

33.1 SHDSL Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
33.2 SHDSL Span Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
33.3 SHDSL Unit Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
33.4 SHDSL Segment Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586

34- IMA Configuration Commands 588

34.1 IMA Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
34.2 IMA Group Configuration Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
34.3 IMA Link Configuration Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released vii

Contents

35- L2CP Configuration Commands 593

35.1 L2CP Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
35.2 L2CP Session Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595

36- Voice Configuration Commands 598

36.1 Voice Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
36.2 Voice Sip Server Configuration Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
36.3 Voice Sip User Agent Configuration Commands by dhcp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
36.4 Voice Sip User Agent Configuration Commands by Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
36.5 Voice Sip Dial Plan Configuration Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
36.6 Voice Sip Dial Plan Digitmap Configuration Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
36.7 Voice Sip Termination Configuration Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
36.8 voice sip Local Loop Unbundling Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613

37- Debug Configuration Commands 614

37.1 Debug Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
37.2 Protocol Tracing Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616

38- Ethernet User Ports Configuration Commands 618

38.1 Ethernet User Ports Configuration Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619
38.2 Ethernet Line Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
38.3 Ethernet Line TCA Threshold Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621

39- Equipment Status Commands 623

39.1 Equipment Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624
39.2 Slot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
39.3 Profile Description Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629
39.4 Applique Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630
39.5 Shelf Summary Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634
39.6 Protection Element Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
39.7 Protection Group Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
39.8 External-link-host Status Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
39.9 External-link-remote Status Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
39.10 NE Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
39.11 Rack Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648
39.12 Shelf Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650

40- Trap Status Commands 653

40.1 Trap Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
40.2 Trap Manager Queue Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655

41- Alarm Log Status Commands 656

41.1 Alarm Log Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
41.2 Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
41.3 Equipment Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662
41.4 Equipment Holder Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665
41.5 Plug-in Unit Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
41.6 ATM Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673
41.7 Ethernet Interface Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
41.8 Software Management Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
41.9 xDSL Common Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678
41.10 xDSL Near-end Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680
41.11 xDSL Far-end Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
41.12 TCA xDSL Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686

viii Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Contents

41.13 Electrical-to-Optical Conversion Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691

41.14 Authentication Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693
41.15 xDSL Bonding Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696
41.16 IPoX Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699
41.17 Redundancy Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
41.18 Custom Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
41.19 SFP Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
41.20 LLU Relay Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
41.21 Custom External Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711
41.22 Plug In Unit Extended Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
41.23 SIP User Agent Alarm Log Status Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716
41.24 SIP Slot Alarm Log Status Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
41.25 SIP Termination Alarm Log Status Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
41.26 Shdsl Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722
41.27 Shdsl Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725
41.28 Ima-Group Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
41.29 Ima-Link Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731
41.30 Ether-Tca Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 734
41.31 Ether-Sfp Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 736
41.32 Alarm Qos Slot Log Status Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738
41.33 Alarm Qos Queue Log Status Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741
41.34 Log File Transfer Server Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
41.35 Log L2 Forward Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745
41.36 External Device Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747

42- Current Alarm Status Commands 748

42.1 Current Alarm Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
42.2 Alarm Current Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751
42.3 Equipment Current Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 754
42.4 Equipment Holder Current Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756
42.5 Plug-in Unit Current Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759
42.6 ATM Current Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762
42.7 Ethernet Interface Current Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 764
42.8 Software Management Current Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765
42.9 xDSL Current Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 767
42.10 TCA xDSL Current Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 771
42.11 Electrical-to-Optical Conversion Current Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 774
42.12 Authentication Current Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 776
42.13 xDSL Bonding Current Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 778
42.14 IPoX Current Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 780
42.15 Redundancy Current Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 781
42.16 Custom Current Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 782
42.17 SFP Current Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 784
42.18 LLU Relay Current Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 787
42.19 Custom External Current Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 788
42.20 Plug In Unit Extended Current Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 790
42.21 SIP User Agent Current Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 792
42.22 SIP Slot Current Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 794
42.23 SIP Termination Current Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 795
42.24 Shdsl Current Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 797
42.25 Shdsl Current Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 799
42.26 Ima-Group Current Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
42.27 Ima-Link Current Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803
42.28 Alarm Current Ether-Tca Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805
42.29 Alarm Current Ether-Sfp Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807
42.30 Alarm Current Qos Slot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 809
42.31 Alarm Current Qos Queue Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 811
42.32 Alarm File Transfer Server Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 813
42.33 Alarm L2 Forward Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 814

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released ix

Contents

42.34 Alarm Current External Device Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 816

43- Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands 817

43.1 Alarm Snap-shot Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 818
43.2 Alarm Snapshot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 820
43.3 Alarm Snapshot Equipment Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823
43.4 Equipment Holder Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 825
43.5 Plug-in Unit Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 828
43.6 ATM Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 831
43.7 Alarm Snapshot Ethernet Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833
43.8 Alarm Snapshot Software Management Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 834
43.9 Alarm xDSL Snapshot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 836
43.10 TCA xDSL Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 840
43.11 Alarm Electrical-to-Optical Conversion for Snapshot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . 843
43.12 Authentication Alarms for Snapshot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844
43.13 Alarm xDSL Bonding Snap Shot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846
43.14 Alarm IPoX Snapshot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 848
43.15 Alarm Redundancy Snapshot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 849
43.16 Alarm Custom Snapshot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850
43.17 Alarm SFP Snapshot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 852
43.18 Alarm Snapshot LLU Relay Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855
43.19 Alarm Custom External Snap Shot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 856
43.20 Alarm Plug In Unit Extended Snap Shot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 858
43.21 Alarm Snap-shot SIP User Agent Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 860
43.22 Alarm Snap-shot SIP Slot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 862
43.23 Alarm Snap-shot SIP Termination Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 863
43.24 Alarm Snap-shot Shdsl Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 865
43.25 Alarm Snap-shot Shdsl Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 867
43.26 Alarm Snap-shot Ima-Group Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 869
43.27 Alarm Snap-shot Ima-Link Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 871
43.28 Alarm Snap-shot Ether-Tca Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 873
43.29 Alarm Snap-shot Ether-Sfp Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 875
43.30 Alarm Snap-shot SIP Termination Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 877
43.31 Alarm Snap-shot SIP Termination Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 879
43.32 Alarm File Transfer Server Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 881
43.33 Alarm L2 Forward Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 882
43.34 Alarm Snap-shot External Device Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 884

44- Alarm Delta Log Status Commands 885

44.1 Alarm Delta Log Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 886
44.2 Alarm Generic Delta Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 887
44.3 Indeterminate Alarm Delta Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 889
44.4 Warning Alarm Delta Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900
44.5 Minor Alarm Delta Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911
44.6 Major Alarm Delta Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 922
44.7 Critical Alarm Delta Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933

45- SHub Alarm Status Command 944

45.1 SHub Alarm Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 945
45.2 SHub Alarm Snapshot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 946
45.3 SHub Alarm Equipment Snap-shot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948
45.4 SHub Alarm Snapshot Ethernet Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950
45.5 SHub Alarm RIP Snapshot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 952
45.6 SHub Alarm OSPF Snap-shot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 954
45.7 SHub Alarm Uplink Group Snapshot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 956
45.8 SHub Alarm Delta Log Changes Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 957

x Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Contents

46- ATM Status Commands 958

46.1 ATM Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959
46.2 ATM Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960
46.3 PVC Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962
46.4 TC Adapter Protocol Interval Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964
46.5 TC Adapter Protocol Current Quarter Performance Data Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . 966
46.6 TC Adapter Protocol Current Day Performance Data Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 968
46.7 TC Adapter Protocol Performance Data for Previous Quarter Intervals Command . . . . . 970
46.8 TC Adapter Protocol Performance Data for Previous Day Intervals Command . . . . . . . 972

47- Bridge Status Commands 974

47.1 Bridge Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 975
47.2 Bridge Port Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 976
47.3 Bridge Port to ATM PVC Mapping Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978
47.4 SHub Bridge Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980
47.5 SHub Bridge Port Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 981

48- VLAN Status Commands 984

48.1 VLAN Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 985
48.2 Global VLAN Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 987
48.3 Residential Bridge VLAN Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 988
48.4 Cross-connect VLAN Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 990
48.5 Stacked VLAN Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992
48.6 Stacked QoS VLAN Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 994
48.7 QoS C-VLAN Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 996
48.8 Layer-2 Terminated VLAN Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 997
48.9 VLAN Name Mapping Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 999
48.10 VLAN Filtering Database Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1000
48.11 Bridge Port Filtering Database Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1002
48.12 Port VLAN Association Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1004
48.13 VLAN Priority Regeneration Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1006
48.14 Duplicate MAC Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1009
48.15 Port Event Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1011
48.16 Port Statistics for Current Quarter Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1013
48.17 Port Statistics for Current Day Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1015
48.18 Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1017
48.19 Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1020
48.20 VLAN Port Statistics for Current Quarter Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1023
48.21 VLAN Port Statistics for Current Day Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1026
48.22 VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals Status Command . . . . . . . . . . .1029
48.23 VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . .1032
48.24 SHub Port VLAN Association Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1035
48.25 SHub VLAN Name Mapping Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1036
48.26 SHub VLAN Filtering Database Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1037
48.27 SHub Filtering Database Entry Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1039
48.28 SHub Duplicate MAC Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1041
48.29 SHub Number Of Active Multicast Entries Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1043

49- Link Aggregation Status Commands 1044

49.1 Link Aggregation Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1045
49.2 Link Aggregation Group Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1046
49.3 Link Aggregation Member List Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1051
49.4 Link Aggregate Member Link Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1052

50- QOS Status Commands 1058

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released xi

Contents

50.1 QOS Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1059

50.2 QoS Session Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1061
50.3 QoS Marker Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1062
50.4 QoS Policer Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1063
50.5 QoS Queue Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1064
50.6 QoS Scheduler Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1065
50.7 QoS CAC Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1066
50.8 QoS Policy Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1067
50.9 QoS L2 Filter Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1068
50.10 QoS L3 Filter Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1069
50.11 QoS Policy Action Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1070
50.12 QoS DSL Bandwidth Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1071
50.13 QoS Shdsl Bandwidth Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1073
50.14 QoS Ethernet Bandwidth Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1075
50.15 QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1077
50.16 QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1080
50.17 QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Day Command . . . . . . . . . . . . .1083
50.18 QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1086
50.19 QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics Total Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1089
50.20 QoS Interface Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1093
50.21 QoS Interface Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1095
50.22 QoS Fan Out Statistics for Previous Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1097
50.23 QoS Fan Out Statistics for Current 15 minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1099
50.24 QoS Fan Out Statistics for Previous Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1101
50.25 QoS Fan Out Statistics for Current Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1103
50.26 QoS SHub Meter Statistics Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1105
50.27 QoS SHub Flow Statistics Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1106

51- IP Status Commands 1107

51.1 IP Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1108
51.2 IP VRF Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1109
51.3 IP Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1110
51.4 IP VRF Interface User Port Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1114
51.5 IP VRF Interface User Port Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1117
51.6 IP VRF Routes Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1119
51.7 IP VRF Net-to-Media Statistics Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1123
51.8 IP VRF Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1125
51.9 IP VRF Next Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1126
51.10 IP SHub VRF Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1127
51.11 IP SHub VRF Route Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1129
51.12 IP SHub ARP Statistics Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1131
51.13 IP SHub VRF Media Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1133
51.14 IP DHCP Session Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1135

52- xDSL Status Commands 1137

52.1 xDSL Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1138
52.2 xDSL Profiles Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1140
52.3 xDSL PM Interval Per Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1141
52.4 xDSL Operational Data Near End Line Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1143
52.5 xDSL Operational Data Near End Channel Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1151
52.6 xDSL Operational Data Far End Line Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1153
52.7 xDSL Operational Data Far End Channel Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1159
52.8 xDSL Operational Data Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1161
52.9 xDSL Carrier Data Near End Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1165
52.10 xDSL Carrier Data Far End Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1168
52.11 xDSL Failure Status Near End Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1170
52.12 xDSL Failure Status Far End Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1172
52.13 xDSL Counters Near End Line Current 15 Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1174
52.14 xDSL Counters Near End Line Current Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1176

xii Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Contents

52.15 xDSL Counters Near End Line Previous 15 Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1178

52.16 xDSL Counters Near End Of Line Previous Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1180
52.17 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current 15 Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1182
52.18 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1184
52.19 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous 15 Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1186
52.20 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1188
52.21 xDSL Counters Far End Line Current 15 Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1190
52.22 xDSL Counters Far End Line Current Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1192
52.23 xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous 15 Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1194
52.24 xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1196
52.25 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current 15 Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1198
52.26 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1200
52.27 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous 15 Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1202
52.28 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1204
52.29 xDSL Inventory XT/RT Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1206
52.30 xDSL Board Capability Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1208
52.31 xDSL Low Rate Alarm Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1213
52.32 xDSL Low Rate Alarm Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1214
52.33 xDSL Low Rate Alarm Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1215

53- Configuration Data Status Commands 1217

53.1 Configuration Data Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1218
53.2 xDSL Port Configuration Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1220
53.3 xDSL Port ATM Configuration Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1226
53.4 xDSL Port ATM Interface Configuration Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1228
53.5 xDSL Port Interface Configuration Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1230
53.6 xDSL IGMP Configuration Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1232
53.7 xDSL Security PAE Configuration Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1234
53.8 xDSL BridgePort Configuration Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1237
53.9 xDSL QoS Configuration Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1240
53.10 xDSL PPPoX Relay Configuration Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1242
53.11 xDSL PPPoE Configuration Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1244
53.12 xDSL Bonding Group Configuration Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1246

54- Operational Data Status Commands 1248

54.1 Operational Data Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1249
54.2 xDSL Port Operational Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1250
54.3 xDSL BridgePort Operational Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1253
54.4 xDSL Port ATM Operational Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1255
54.5 xDSL Port Interface Configuration Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1257
54.6 xDSL IGMP Operational Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1259
54.7 xDSL Port Ip Bridge Operational Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1261
54.8 xDSL QoS Opertaional Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1263

55- xDSL Bonding Status Commands 1265

55.1 xDSL Bonding Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1266
55.2 xDSL Bonding Profiles Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1267
55.3 xDSL Bonding Near End Operational Data Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1268
55.4 xDSL Bonding Far End Operational Data Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1269
55.5 xDSL Bonding Group Operational Data Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1270
55.6 xDSL Bonding Near End Failure Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1271
55.7 xDSL Bonding Far End Failure Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1273
55.8 xDSL Bonding Group Failure Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1275
55.9 xDSL Bonding Group Summary Info Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1277

56- PPPoE Status Commands 1278

56.1 PPPoE Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1279

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released xiii

Contents

56.2 PPPoE Sessions Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1280

56.3 PPPoE Sessions/Connection Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1282
56.4 PPPoE Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1285
56.5 PPPoX Interface Statistics Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1289
56.6 PPPoE Interface Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1291
56.7 PPPoE Interface Received Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1293
56.8 PPPoE Interface Transmitted Statistics Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1295
56.9 PPPoE Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1297
56.10 IP Address-related PPP Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1299
56.11 MAC Address-related PPP Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1301

57- Interface Status Commands 1303

57.1 Interface Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1304
57.2 Interface Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1305
57.3 Physical Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1307
57.4 Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1308
57.5 Interface Test Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1315
57.6 Interface Stack Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1319
57.7 SHub Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1324
57.8 SHub Interface Port Control Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1326
57.9 SHub Interface Uplink Group Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1329
57.10 Interface Statistics Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1330
57.11 Interface Extensive Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1333

58- SNTP Status Commands 1335

58.1 SNTP Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1336
58.2 SNTP Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1337

59- System Status Commands 1338

59.1 System Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1339
59.2 SHub System IP Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1340
59.3 SHub System Version Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1341
59.4 SHub System HTTP Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1342
59.5 SHub System Common Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1343
59.6 SHub System Control Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1344
59.7 SHub IP Filter Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1346
59.8 SHub System Manager Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1351
59.9 System Statistics Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1352
59.10 System Licenses Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1353
59.11 System Clock Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1355
59.12 Show syslog parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1357

60- Transaction Status Commands 1358

60.1 Transaction Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1359
60.2 Transaction Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1360
60.3 Transaction Log Entry Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1361

61- Error Status Command 1362

61.1 Error Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1363
61.2 Error Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1364

62- Software Status Commands 1366

62.1 Software Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1367
62.2 Database Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1368
62.3 Disk Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1370
62.4 Overall Software Package Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1372

xiv Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Contents

62.5 Software Package Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1375

62.6 File Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1377
62.7 Upload/Download Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1379
62.8 SHub Software Management Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1382
62.9 SHub Configuration File Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1383
62.10 Status of the SHub Boot ROM Update Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1385

63- IGMP Status Commands 1386

63.1 IGMP Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1387
63.2 IGMP System Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1388
63.3 IGMP Channel Sources Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1390
63.4 IGMP Channel Miscellaneous Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1392
63.5 IGMP Channel Protocol Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1394
63.6 IGMP package to multicast source Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1396
63.7 IGMP Group to Package Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1397
63.8 Show Multicast Source Statistics Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1398
63.9 IGMP Module Counter Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1400
63.10 IGMP Module Time Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1403
63.11 IGMP Module Miscellaneous Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1405
63.12 SHub IGMP VLAN Router Port Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1407
63.13 Shub IGMP System Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1408
63.14 Shub IGMP CAC System Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1410
63.15 Shub IGMP CAC Multicast Sources Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1412
63.16 Shub IGMP CAC Bundle Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1414
63.17 Shub IGMP CAC Bundle to Source Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1416

64- Transport Status Commands 1417

64.1 Transport Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1418
64.2 ICMP Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1419
64.3 IP Address Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1422
64.4 IP Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1424
64.5 IP Route Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1427
64.6 IP Net-to-media Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1429
64.7 SNMP Protocol Statistics Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1430
64.8 SNMP Engine Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1433
64.9 System Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1434
64.10 UDP Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1435
64.11 UDP Listener Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1436
64.12 Ethernet Dot3 Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1437
64.13 Interface MAU Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1441
64.14 SFP status commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1444
64.15 SHub Ethernet Dot3 Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1446
64.16 SHub Dot3 Control Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1447
64.17 SHub Dot3 Pause Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1448
64.18 SHub Ethernet Dot3 Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1450
64.19 SHub L2 Filter Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1454
64.20 SHub Rate Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1456
64.21 Interface MAU Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1458
64.22 Ethernet Lt Dot3 Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1462

65- DHCP Relay Status Commands 1464

65.1 DHCP Relay Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1465
65.2 DHCP Relay Port Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1466
65.3 DHCP Relay Port Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1468
65.4 SHub DHCP Relay Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1470

66- Multicast Status Commands 1471

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released xv

Contents

66.1 Multicast Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1472

66.2 Multicast Active Groups Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1473
66.3 Multicast Group Membership Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1475
66.4 Dynamic and Static-Dynamic Multicast VLAN FWD Port Status Command . . . . . . . . .1477
66.5 SHub Multicast Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1479

67- CPE Management Status Commands 1480

67.1 CPE Management Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1481
67.2 CPE Management Show Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1482
67.3 CPE IPProxy Management Statistics Show Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1483

68- Session Status Commands 1485

68.1 Session Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1486
68.2 Session Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1487

69- PPPoX-Relay Status Commands 1489

69.1 PPPoX-Relay Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1490
69.2 PPPoX CC Engine Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1491
69.3 PPPoX CC Client Port Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1493
69.4 PPPoX CC Engine Monitor Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1495
69.5 PPPoX CC Client Port Monitor Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1497
69.6 PPPoX CC Session Engine Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1499
69.7 PPPoX CC Session Client Port Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1501

70- OSPF Status Commands 1503

70.1 OSPF Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1504
70.2 OSPF Area Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1505
70.3 OSPF LSA Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1507
70.4 OSPF External Link State Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1509
70.5 OSPF Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1511
70.6 OSPF Neighbor Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1514
70.7 OSPF Routing Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1516
70.8 OSPF Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1518
70.9 OSPF Parameter Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1519

71- RIP Status Commands 1521

71.1 RIP Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1522
71.2 RIP Statistics Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1523
71.3 RIP Peer Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1524
71.4 RIP Routing Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1525
71.5 RIP Global Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1527

72- Cluster Status Commands 1528

72.1 Cluster Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1529
72.2 Cluster Port Counter Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1530
72.3 Neighbor Device Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1532
72.4 Topology Device Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1534
72.5 Topology Connect Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1536

73- SHDSL Status Commands 1538

73.1 SHDSL Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1539
73.2 SHDSL Inventory Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1541
73.3 SHDSL Span Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1543
73.4 SHDSL Unit Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1550
73.5 SHDSL Segment Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1552

xvi Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Contents

73.6 SHDSL Segment Counters Current Interval Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1556

73.7 SHDSL Segment Counters Current Day Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1558
73.8 SHDSL Segment Counters Previous Interval Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1560
73.9 SHDSL Segment Counters Previous Day Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1562
73.10 SHDSL Span Current Interval Performance Data Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . .1564
73.11 SHDSL Span Current Day Performance Data Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1566
73.12 SHDSL Span Previous Interval Performance Data Status Command . . . . . . . . . . .1568
73.13 SHDSL Span Previous Day Performance Data Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . .1570

74- IMA Status Commands 1572

74.1 IMA Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1573
74.2 IMA Group Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1574
74.3 IMA Group Near-End Current Interval Performance Data Status Command . . . . . . . .1579
74.4 IMA Group Near-End Previous Interval Performance Data Status Command . . . . . . . .1581
74.5 IMA Group Far-End Current Interval Performance Data Status Command . . . . . . . . .1583
74.6 IMA Group Far-End Previous Interval Performance Data Status Command . . . . . . . . .1585
74.7 IMA Link Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1587
74.8 IMA Link Near-End Current Interval Performance Data Status Command . . . . . . . . . .1591
74.9 IMA Link Near-End Previous Interval Performance Data Status Command . . . . . . . . .1593
74.10 IMA Link Far-End Current Interval Performance Data Status Command . . . . . . . . . .1595
74.11 IMA Link Far-End Previous Interval Performance Data Status Command . . . . . . . . .1597

75- Voice Show Commands 1599

75.1 Voice Show Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1600
75.2 Voice Sip Server Show Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1601
75.3 Voice Sip server and associated user agent Show Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1602
75.4 Voice User Agent Show Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1603
75.5 Voice Dialplan Show Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1604
75.6 Voice Sip Termination Show Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1605
75.7 Voice Sip Dialplan and associated User Agent Show Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1607
75.8 Voice termination and associated user agent Show Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1608

76- L2CP Status Commands 1609

76.1 L2CP Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1610
76.2 L2CP Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1611
76.3 L2CP Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1613
76.4 L2CP Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1615

77- MSTP Status Commands 1616

77.1 MSTP Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1617
77.2 SHub MSTP Bridge Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1618
77.3 SHub MSTP Instance Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1620
77.4 SHub MSTP Network Port Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1622
77.5 SHub MSTP Port Instance Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1625

78- Ethernet Lt Configuration Data Status Commands 1627

78.1 Ethernet Lt Configuration Data Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1628
78.2 Ethernet Port Interface Configuration Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1629
78.3 Ethernet IGMP Configuration Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1631
78.4 Ethernet Security PAE Configuration Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1633
78.5 Ethernet BridgePort Configuration Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1636
78.6 Ethernet QoS Configuration Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1639
78.7 Ethernet PPPoE Configuration Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1641

79- Ethernet Status Commands 1643

79.1 Ethernet Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1644

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released xvii

Contents

79.2 Ethernet Counters Near End Line Current 15 Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1645

79.3 Ethernet Counters Near End Line Current Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1647
79.4 Ethernet Counters Near End Line Previous 15 Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1649
79.5 Ethernet Counters Near End Line Previous Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1651
79.6 Ethernet PM Interval Per Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1653

80- Ethernet Lt Operational Data Status Commands 1655

80.1 Ethernet Lt Operational Data Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1656
80.2 Ethernet Port Operational Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1657
80.3 Ethernet BridgePort Operational Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1659
80.4 Ethernet Port Interface Operational Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1661
80.5 Ethernet IGMP Operational Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1663
80.6 Ethernet Port Ip Bridge Operational Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1665
80.7 Ethernet QoS Opertaional Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1667

81- Security Status Commands 1669

81.1 Security Status Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1670
81.2 Operator Information Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1672
81.3 Domain Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1674
81.4 User Sessions Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1675
81.5 Connection Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1679
81.6 Local IP Pool Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680
81.7 IP Address Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1681
81.8 RADIUS Authentication Server Statistics Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1682
81.9 RADIUS Authentication Server Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1685
81.10 RADIUS Accounting Server Statistics Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1686
81.11 RADIUS Accounting Server Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1688
81.12 RADIUS Dynamic Authentication Client Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1689
81.13 RADIUS Next Available Index Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1691
81.14 RADIUS Client Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1692
81.15 PAE Authenticator Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1693
81.16 EAPOL Statistics Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1696
81.17 Diagnostic Information Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1698
81.18 Session Statistics Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1702
81.19 PAE Port System Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1704
81.20 MAC Address related EAPOL Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1706
81.21 SSH Server Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1708

82- Alarm Management Commands 1709

82.1 Alarm Management Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1710
82.2 Alarm Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1711
82.3 Snapshot Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1712
82.4 SHub Snapshot Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1713
82.5 Alarm Delta Log Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1714
82.6 Log Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1715

83- ATM Management Commands 1716

83.1 ATM Management Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1717
83.2 ATM Port Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1718

84- IGMP Management Commands 1719

84.1 IGMP Management Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1720
84.2 IGMP Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1721
84.3 IGMP Multicast Sources Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1722
84.4 IGMP Slot Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1723
84.5 Shub IGMP CAC Bundle Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1724

xviii Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Contents

84.6 Shub IGMP CAC Source Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1725

84.7 Shub IGMP CAC System Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1726
84.8 Shub IGMP VLAN System Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1727
84.9 IGMP Channel Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1728

85- PPPoX Management Commands 1730

85.1 PPPoX Management Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1731
85.2 PPPoX Engine Port Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1732

86- xDSL Management Commands 1733

86.1 xDSL Management Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1734
86.2 xDSL Line Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1735

87- Software Management Commands 1737

87.1 Software Management Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1738
87.2 Software Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1739
87.3 OSWP Software Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1740
87.4 Database Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1742
87.5 File Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1744
87.6 SHub Software Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1745
87.7 SHub Database Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1746
87.8 SHub Software Package Administration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1747
87.9 Update the SHub Boot ROM Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1748

88- OSPF Management Commands 1749

88.1 OSPF Management Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1750
88.2 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1751

89- RIP Management Commands 1753

89.1 RIP Management Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1754
89.2 RIP Interface MD5 Key Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1755

90- SHDSL Management Commands 1756

90.1 SHDSL Management Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1757
90.2 SHDSL Segment Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1758

91- Session Management Commands 1760

91.1 Session Management Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1761
91.2 Forced Disconnect Session Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1762

92- System Management Commands 1763

92.1 System Management Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1764
92.2 SYSLOG Management command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1765
92.3 Secure Shell Server Key Regeneration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1766

93- Equipment Management Commands 1767

93.1 Equipment Management Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1768
93.2 Equipment Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1769
93.3 Slot Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1770
93.4 SHub Port Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1772

94- Bridge Management Commands 1773

94.1 Bridge Management Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1774

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released xix

Contents

94.2 Learned Unicast MAC Address Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1775

94.3 VLAN Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1777

95- Trap Management Commands 1778

95.1 Trap Management Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1779
95.2 Trap Manager Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1780

96- IP Management Commands 1781

96.1 IP Management Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1782
96.2 Slot-related VRF Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1783
96.3 IP VRF Interface Reset Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1784
96.4 IP VRF Interface bridgeport Reset Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1786
96.5 Vlan Interface Delete Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1788

97- DHCP Management Command 1789

97.1 DHCP Management Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1790
97.2 DHCP Relay User Port Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1791

98- Transport Management Commands 1793

98.1 Transport Management Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1794
98.2 IP Net-to-media Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1795

99- SNTP Management Commands 1796

99.1 SNTP Management Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1797
99.2 SNTP Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1798

100- Transactions Management Commands 1799

100.1 Transactions Management Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1800
100.2 Transaction Configuration Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1801

101- Security Management Commands 1802

101.1 Security Management Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1803
101.2 Security 802.1x Port Authentication Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1804

102- MSTP Bridge Management Commands 1805

102.1 MSTP Bridge Management Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1806
102.2 Port-related MSTP Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1807

103- Ping Commands 1808

103.1 Ping Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1809
103.2 Ping Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1810
103.3 Ping Per Vrf Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1812

104- Traceroute Commands 1814

104.1 Traceroute Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1815
104.2 Traceroute Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1816
104.3 Traceroute Per Vrf Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1818

105- Global And Environmental Commands 1820

105.1 History Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1821
105.2 Echo Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1822
105.3 Telnet Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1823

xx Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Contents

105.4 Exec Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1824

105.5 Sleep Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1826
105.6 Tree Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1827
105.7 Write Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1828
105.8 Logout Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1829
105.9 Help Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1830
105.10 Info Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1831
105.11 Exit Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1834
105.12 Back Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1835
105.13 Delete Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1836
105.14 In Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1837
105.15 Configure Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1838
105.16 Action Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1840
105.17 Show Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1841
105.18 Recursive Show Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1842
105.19 Sample Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1843
105.20 Poll Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1844

106- CLI Filters 1845

106.1 Count Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1846
106.2 Match Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1847
106.3 Tee Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1848

107- CLI Printers 1849

107.1 More . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1850
107.2 No-More . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1851
107.3 Discard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1852

Error List 1853

Abbreviations 1882

Index 1883

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released xxi

Contents

xxii Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

1- ISAM CLI

1.1 History 1-2

1.2 Preface 1-26
1.3 CLI Commands 1-27
1.4 Nodes 1-28
1.5 Parameters 1-29
1.6 Filters 1-32
1.7 Printers 1-33
1.8 Getting help 1-34
1.9 The CLI Prompt 1-35
1.10 Entering CLI Commands 1-36
1.11 CLI Backward Compatibility 1-37

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1

1 ISAM CLI

1.1 History
This history section enumerates the CLI commands which are new, modified or removed between any two
subsequent releases. No details are provided within this section. The command description, syntax and parameters for
each new and modified command is in the Command Syntax section of the respective command in the CLI
Command Guide. To know the difference between e.g R2.4 and R2.2.03, review the delta's of the releases R2.4
versus R2.3.02 and R2.3.02 versus R2.2.03. To know the difference between e.g. FGN 3.0.02 and FGN 3.0, review
the delta's of FGN 3.0.02 and all tables referencing FGN 3.0.

ISAM-FGN release cross reference

ISAM release FGN release
2.2.03 2.0.02
2.3.02 /
2.4 3.0
2.4.01 3.0.04
2.4.10 3.0.01
2.4.11 3.0.02
2.5 /
3.1/3.2 3.2
3.3 3.4
3.3.01 3.4.01
3.3.02 3.4.02

Command delta R3.3.02(FGN 3.4.02) versus R3.3.01(FGN 3.4.01)

Modified Commands
configure qos global (new parameter)
configure qos interface (removed eth-itf)
configure qos profiles (new ethernet-types)
configure system shub filter ip-filter (minor problem solving)
show rip routing-table (new parameters)

Command delta R3.3.01(FGN 3.4.01) versus R3.3(FGN 3.4)

Modified Commands
configure alarm entry(new alarm entries)
configure atm pvc(minor problem solving)
configure interface port(minor problem solving)

2 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 1 ISAM CLI

configure qos global(minor problem solving)

configure transport shub mac filter(minor problem solving)
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl2(minor problem solving)
show atm pvc(minor problem solving)

Command delta R3.3(FGN 3.4) versus R3.1(FGN 3.2)/R3.2

Modified Commands
admin dhcp-relay user-port(multi-vlan feature)
admin igmp channel(multi-vlan feature)
admin ip vrf-stats interface user port(multi-vlan feature)
configure alarm entry(new alarm types)
configure bridge port vlan-id(multi-vlan feature)
configure equipment protection-element(redundancy support for
xVPS feature)
configure equipment shelf(remote shelves feature)
configure igmp channel(multi-vlan feature)
configure igmp shub vlan-router-port(multi-vlan feature)
configure igmp shub igs-system(igmpV3 feature)
configure igmp shub vlan-filter(igmpV3 feature)
configure igmp system(igmpV3 feature)
configure interface alarm(ethernet LT feature)
configure interface port(multi-vlan feature)
configure ip vrf route-dest(multi-vlan feature)
configure mcast shub mcast-addr vlan-id(SFPs for remote eqpt)
configure ip vrf user-itf(multi-vlan feature)
configure pppoe pppox-interface(multi-vlan feature)
configure qos(cac parameter added)
configure qos dsl-port(minor problem solving)
configure qos dsl-port queue(minor problem solving)
configure qos shdsl-port(minor problem solving)
configure qos shdsl-port queue(minor problem solving)
configure software-mngt oswp(auto-activation feature)
configure system security ssh access(auto-activation feature)
configure system shub ip-filter(SFPs for remote eqpt)
configure system syslog destination(syslog for video cdr feature)
configure system syslog route(syslog for video cdr,protocol tracing
features)

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 3

1 ISAM CLI

configure transport shub mac-filter(SFPs for remote eqpt)

configure vlan(multi-vlan feature)
configure vlan port-protocol(multi-vlan feature)
configure vlan shub id egress-port (SFPs for remote eqpt)
configure voice sip digitmap(VoIP-SIP feature)
configure voice sip server(VoIP-SIP feature)
configure voice sip termination(VoIP-SIP feature)
configure voice sip user-agent-dhcp(VoIP-SIP feature)
configure voice sip user-agent-manual(VoIP-SIP feature)
configure xdsl line service-profile spectrum-profile
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl2
configure xdsl-bonding group

show equipment protection-element(redundancy support for xVPS

feature)
show dhcp-relay port(multi-vlan feature)
show igmp channel counter(multi-vlan feature)
show igmp channel miscellaneous(multi-vlan feature)
show interface alarm(ethernet LT feature)
show interface availability(ethernet LT feature)
show interface port(multi-vlan,ethernet LT features)
show interface stack(multi-vlan,ethernet LT features)
show interface test(multi-vlan,ethernet LT features)
show ip dhcp-session(multi-vlan feature)
show ip vrf-interface user port(multi-vlan feature)
show mcast active-groups(multi-vlan feature)
show mcast shub igs-vlan-grp(SFPs for remote eqpt)
show pppoe connection(multi-vlan feature)
show pppoe if-table(multi-vlan feature)
show pppoe ppp-statistics(multi-vlan feature)
show pppoe session(multi-vlan feature)
show pppoe statistics-pppoe-itf rx-pkt(multi-vlan feature)
show pppoe statistics-pppoe-itf stats(multi-vlan feature)
show pppoe statistics-pppoe-itf tx-pkt(multi-vlan feature)
show vlan port-vlan-map (abstract lower layer feature)
show voice sip server(VoIP-SIP feature)
show voice sip server-useragent(VoIP-SIP feature)

4 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 1 ISAM CLI

show vlan shub-dup-mac-alarm(SFPs for remote eqpt)

show vlan shub-port-vlan-map(SFPs for remote eqpt)
show xdsl config-data-port(all cmds in node)(multi-vlan feature)
show xdsl oper-data-port(all cmds in node)(multi-vlan feature)

New Commands
admin igmp shub cac clear-stats
admin igmp shub vlan clear-stats
admin ip vlan-itf-delete
admin mstp port(mstp feature)
configure debug protocol-trace(protocol tracing feature)
configure equipment envbox(environment monitoring feature)
configure equipment external-link-assign
configure ethernet line(ethernet LT feature)
configure igmp vlan(multi-vlan feature)
configure igmp shub vlan-enhance-perf(multi-vlan feature)
configure igmp system cdr-type(syslog video cdr feature)
configure interface shub ip unnumbered-as(mgmt via loop-back itf
feature)
configure mstp(all cmds in this node)(mstp feature)
configure qos interface eth-itf(ethernet LT feature)
configure software-mngt database(database automatic activation and
backup feature)
configure system security filetransfer(ftp for backup-restore and sw
download)
configure voice sip termination local-loop(VoIP-SIP feature)
configure xdsl spectrum-profile artificial-noise-down(xdsl artificial
noise feature)
ping vrf(ping per VRF feature)

show alarm current ether-sfp

show alarm current ether-tca
show alarm current external-device
show alarm current filetransfer
show alarm current l2forward
show alarm current qos-queue
show alarm current qos-slot
show alarm log ether-sfp
show alarm log ether-tca
show alarm log external-device

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 5

1 ISAM CLI

show alarm log filetransfer

show alarm log l2forward
show alarm log qos-queue
show alarm log qos-slot
show alarm snap-shot ether-sfp
show alarm snap-shot ether-tca
show alarm snap-shot external-device
show alarm snap-shot filetransfer
show alarm snap-shot l2forward
show alarm snap-shot qos-queue
show alarm snap-shot qos-slot
show config-data-port(all cmds in this node)(ethernet LT feature)
show ethernet(ethernet LT feature)
show igmp channel protocol(igmpV3 feature)
show igmp grp-to-package(igmpV3 feature)
show igmp shub igs-stats(igmpV3 feature)
show mcast grp-membership(igmpV3 feature)
show mstp(all cmds in node)(mstp feature)
show oper-data-port(all cmds in node)(ethernet LT feature)
show qos ethernet-bandwidth(ethernet LT feature)
show transport ether-dot3lt(ethernet LT feature)
show transport ether-ifsfplt(ethernet LT feature)
show transport ether-ifmault(ethernet LT feature)
traceroute vrf(traceroute per VRF feature)

Removed Commands
admin bridge rstp port(replaced by mstp cmd)
admin igmp shub clear-stats(replaced by admin igmp shub cac
clear-stats)
configure rstp(replaced by mstp cmds)
configure voice sip local-loop(replaced by configure voice sip
termination local-loop)
show alarm current sip-app-server(not applicable anymore)
show alarm log sip-app-server(not applicable anymore)
show alarm snap-shot sip-app-server(not applicable anymore)
show rstp(replaced by mstp cmds)

Command delta R3.1(FGN 3.2)/R3.2 versus R2.5

6 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 1 ISAM CLI

Modified Commands
admin alarm
admin equipment
admin equipment slot
admin ip vrf-media
admin shdsl-seg
configure alarm entry
configure cpe-management vlan-id proxy-mode
configure dhcp-relay agent
configure equipment shelf
configure equipment slot
configure mcast src (IGMP CAC for GE port,garanteed LT part)
configure mcast shub active-streams (IGMP CAC feature)
configure qos profiles session logical-flow-type
configure software-mngt oswp(autofetch obsolete parameter)
configure system id(feature config port nbr in protocol)
configure system security profile(numbering scheme feature)
configure system security default-profile(numbering scheme feature)
configure system security ssh access
configure system sntp(timezone feature)
configure trap definition
configure trap manager
configure vlan id (programmable ciruit-id dhcp,pppoe)
configure vlan shub unicast-mac
configure interface alarm
configure shdsl span
configure shdsl segment
configure shdsl unit
configure xdsl service profile(L2-L3 power modes)
configure xdsl spectrum profile(SRA fct added)
configure xdsl spectrum profile adsl2-plus((PSD functionality)
configure xdsl spectrum profile vdsl((PSD functionality)
configure xdsl spectrum profile vdsl2((PSD functionality)
configure xdsl line service-profile spectrum-profile
configure xdsl-bonding group-profile
environment
show atm pvc

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 7

1 ISAM CLI

show vlan bridge-port-fdb

show vlan cross-connect
show vlan residential-bridge
show vlan shub-dup-mac-alarm
show interface alarm
show interface port
show interface stack
show interface test
show ip ip-statistics
show transport ether-dot3
show shdsl inventory
show shdsl segment-counters
show shdsl segment-status
show shdsl unit-status

New Commands
admin igmp shub bundle(IGMP CAC feature)
admin igmp shub clear-stats
admin igmp shub mcast-src vlan-id(IGMP CAC feature)
admin session id disconnect
admin system syslog
admin system security ssh generate-key(see removed command
configure system security ssh key-regen)
configure alarm custom-profile(REM feature)
configure bridge shub mac-learning
configure cpe-management manager
configure igmp shub bundle
configure mcast shub src vlan-id
configure qos-dsl-ctrl-pkt-policer
configure system id-syntax(atm/eth based id)
configure system syslog(security system log feature)
configure xdsl spectrum-profile adsl2-plus cust-psd-pt-down(PSD fct)
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl cust-psd-pt-down(PSD fct)
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl cust-rx-psd-pt-up(PSD fct)
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl2 cust-psd-pt-up(PSD fct)
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl2 cust-psd-pt-down(PSD fct)
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl2 cust-rx-psd-pt-up(PSD fct)
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl2 v-noise-psd-pt-down(PSD fct)

8 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 1 ISAM CLI

configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl2 v-noise-psd-pt-up(PSD fct)

configure xdsl-bonding group-assembly-time(bonding feature)
configure xdsl-bonding group link
show alarm current custom-ext-alarm
show alarm log custom-ext-alarm
show alarm snap-shot custom-ext-alarm
show alarm snap-shot plug-in-unit-ext
show cpe-management snmpproxy-statistics
show igmp shub bundle-stats
show igmp shub bundle-to-src
show igmp shub mcast-stats
show igmp shub system-stats
show ip dhcp-session
show ip shub vrf-media
show system syslog
show xdsl config-data-port
show xdsl oper-data-port
show xdsl bonding failure-status group
show xdsl bonding operational-data group
show xdsl bonding summary
traceroute

Removed Commands
admin ip traceroute(replaced by traceroute)
configure cpeproxy proxy-mode(replaced by configure
cpe-management proxy-mode)
configure system security ssh key-regen(replaced by admin system
security ssh generate-key) not backward compatible
show alarm entry(redundant with info configure alarm entry)
show alarm shub entry(redundant with info configure alarm shub
entry)
show cpeproxy
show ip traceroute(replaced by traceroute)
show alarm snap-shot plugin-unit-ext(replaced by show alarm
snap-shot plug-in-unit-ext)
configure system management vlan host-ip-address

Commands applicable from R3.2 on

configure shdsl(all cmds in node)

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 9

1 ISAM CLI

configure voice sip(VoIP-SIP feature)

configure ima(all cmds in node)
show shdsl(all cmds in node)
show ima(all cmds in node)
show alarm current ima-group
show alarm current ima-link
show alarm current shdsl
show alarm current shdsl-isam
show alarm log ima-group
show alarm log ima-link
show alarm log shdsl
show alarm log shdsl-isam
show alarm snap-shot ima-group
show alarm snap-shot ima-link
show alarm snap-shot shdsl
show alarm snap-shot shdsl-isam
show alarm current sip-app-server
show alarm current sip-plugin-unit
show alarm current sip-termination
show alarm current sip-user-agent
show alarm log sip-app-server
show alarm log sip-plugin-unit
show alarm log sip-termination
show alarm log sip-user-agent
show alarm snap-shot sip-app-server
show alarm snap-shot sip-plugin-unit
show alarm snap-shot sip-termination
show alarm snap-shot sip-user-agent
show voice
show voice sip

Command delta R3.1(FGN 3.2)/R3.2 versus R2.4.01(FGN 3.0.04)

Modified Commands
admin alarm
admin equipment
admin equipment slot
admin ip vrf-media

10 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 1 ISAM CLI

admin rip interface md5-key

admin software-mngt shub
configure alarm entry
configure dhcp-relay agent
configure equipment shelf
configure equipment slot
configure mcast src (IGMP CAC for GE port,garanteed LT part)
configure mcast shub active-streams (IGMP CAC feature)
configure qos profiles session logical-flow-type
configure software-mngt oswp(autofetch obsolete parameter)
configure system id(feature config port nbr in protocol)
configure system security profile(numbering scheme feature)
configure system security default-profile(numbering scheme feature)
configure system security ssh access
configure system sntp(timezone feature)
configure system transaction
configure trap definition
configure trap manager
configure vlan id (programmable ciruit-id dhcp,pppoe)
configure vlan shub unicast-mac
configure interface alarm
configure interface shub ip icmp
configure ip shub vrf
configure ppox-relay cross-connect engine
configure qos shub flow
configure rip interface md5-key
configure xdsl service profile(L2-L3 power modes)
configure xdsl spectrum profile(SRA fct added)
configure xdsl spectrum profile adsl2-plus((PSD functionality)
configure xdsl spectrum profile vdsl((PSD functionality)
configure xdsl spectrum profile vdsl2((PSD functionality)
configure xdsl line service-profile spectrum-profile
configure xdsl-bonding group-profile
environment
show atm pvc
show vlan bridge-port-fdb
show vlan cross-connect

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 11

1 ISAM CLI

show vlan residential-bridge

show vlan shub-dup-mac-alarm
show vlan fdb
show interface alarm
show interface port
show interface stack
show interface test
show ip ip-statistics
show transport ether-dot3

New Commands
admin igmp shub bundle(IGMP CAC feature)
admin igmp shub clear-stats
admin igmp shub mcast-src vlan-id(IGMP CAC feature)
admin ip vrf-stats interface user bridgeport
admin shdsl-seg unit-id
admin session id disconnect
admin system syslog
admin system security ssh generate-key
configure alarm custom-profile(REM feature)
configure bridge shub mac-learning
configure cpe-management vlan-id proxy-mode
configure cpe-management manager
configure cpe-management session
configure cpe-management shub
configure igmp shub bundle
configure mcast shub src vlan-id
configure qos-dsl-ctrl-pkt-policer
configure qos shdsl-port
configure system id-syntax(atm/eth based id)
configure system syslog(security system log feature)
configure xdsl spectrum-profile adsl2-plus cust-psd-pt-down(PSD fct)
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl cust-psd-pt-down(PSD fct)
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl cust-rx-psd-pt-up(PSD fct)
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl2 cust-psd-pt-up(PSD fct)
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl2 cust-psd-pt-down(PSD fct)
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl2 cust-rx-psd-pt-up(PSD fct)
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl2 v-noise-psd-pt-down(PSD fct)

12 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 1 ISAM CLI

configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl2 v-noise-psd-pt-up(PSD fct)

configure xdsl-bonding group-assembly-time(bonding feature)
configure xdsl-bonding group link
show alarm current plugin-unit-ext
show alarm current custom-ext-alarm
show alarm current sip-user-agent
show alarm log plugin-unit-ext
show alarm log custom-ext-alarm
show alarm snap-shot plugin-unit-ext
show cpe-management
show equipment capab-profile
show qos shdsl-bandwidth
show igmp shub bundle-stats
show igmp shub bundle-to-src
show igmp shub mcast-stats
show igmp shub system-stats
show ip dhcp-session
show ip shub vrf-media
show system syslog
show xdsl config-data-port
show xdsl oper-data-port
show xdsl bonding failure-status group
show xdsl bonding operational-data group
show xdsl bonding summary
traceroute

Removed Commands
admin ip traceroute(replaced by traceroute)
configure cpeproxy proxy-mode
configure system security ssh key-regen(replaced by admin system
security ssh generate-key) not backward compatible
show cpeproxy
show ip traceroute(replaced by traceroute)
configure system management vlan host-ip-address
show tech-support

Commands applicable from R3.2 on

configure shdsl

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 13

1 ISAM CLI

configure ima
configure voice sip
show shdsl
show ima
show alarm current ima-group
show alarm current ima-link
show alarm current shdsl
show alarm current shdsl-isam
show alarm current custom-ext-alarm
show alarm current sip-app-server
show alarm current sip-plugin-unit
show alarm current sip-termination
show alarm current sip-user-agent
show alarm log ima-group
show alarm log ima-link
show alarm log shdsl
show alarm log shdsl-isam
show alarm log sip-app-server
show alarm log sip-plugin-unit
show alarm log sip-termination
show alarm log sip-user-agent
show alarm snap-shot ima-group
show alarm snap-shot ima-link
show alarm snap-shot shdsl
show alarm snap-shot shdsl-isam
show alarm snap-shot sip-app-server
show alarm snap-shot sip-plugin-unit
show alarm snap-shot sip-termination
show alarm snap-shot sip-user-agent
show ima
show shdsl
show voice

Command delta R3.1(FGN 3.2)/R3.2 versus R2.4.11(FGN 3.0.02)

Modified Commands
admin alarm
admin equipment

14 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 1 ISAM CLI

admin equipment slot

admin ip vrf-media
admin rip interface md5-key
configure alarm entry
configure dhcp-relay agent
configure equipment shelf
configure equipment slot
configure igmp package
configure interface port
configure mcast src (IGMP CAC for GE port,garanteed LT part)
configure mcast shub active-streams (IGMP CAC feature)
configure qos profiles session logical-flow-type
configure rip route-map
configure system clock-mgmt
configure system shub filter ip-filter icmp
configure system shub filter ip-filter port-filter
configure system shub filter ip-filter tcp
configure system shub filter ip-filter udp
configure system id(feature config port nbr in protocol)
configure system radius
configure system security profile(numbering scheme feature)
configure system security default-profile(numbering scheme feature)
configure system security ssh access
configure system sntp(timezone feature)
configure system transaction
configure trap manager
configure trap definition
configure vlan broadcast-frames
configure vlan id (programmable ciruit-id dhcp,pppoe)
configure vlan shub unicast-mac
configure interface alarm
configure interface shub ip icmp
configure ip shub vrf
configure ppox-relay cross-connect engine
configure qos shub flow
configure rip interface md5-key
configure xdsl service profile(L2-L3 power modes)

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 15

1 ISAM CLI

configure xdsl spectrum profile(SRA fct added)

configure xdsl spectrum profile adsl2-plus((PSD functionality)
configure xdsl spectrum profile vdsl((PSD functionality)
configure xdsl spectrum profile vdsl2((PSD functionality)
configure xdsl line service-profile spectrum-profile
configure xdsl-bonding group-profile
environment
show atm pvc
show vlan bridge-port-fdb
show vlan cross-connect
show vlan residential-bridge
show vlan shub-dup-mac-alarm
show vlan fdb
show interface alarm
show interface port
show interface stack
show interface test
show ip ip-statistics
show transport ether-dot3

New Commands
admin igmp shub bundle(IGMP CAC feature)
admin igmp shub clear-stats
admin igmp shub mcast-src vlan-id(IGMP CAC feature)
admin ip vrf-stats interface user bridgeport
admin shdsl-seg unit-id
admin session id disconnect
admin system syslog
admin system security ssh generate-key
configure alarm custom-profile(REM feature)
configure bridge shub mac-learning
configure cpe-management vlan-id proxy-mode
configure cpe-management manager
configure cpe-management session
configure cpe-management shub
configure igmp shub bundle
configure l2cp
configure mcast shub src vlan-id

16 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 1 ISAM CLI

configure ospf area

configure ospf nssa-area
configure qos-dsl-ctrl-pkt-policer
configure qos shdsl-port
configure system id-syntax(atm/eth based id)
configure system syslog(security system log feature)
configure xdsl spectrum-profile adsl2-plus cust-psd-pt-down(PSD fct)
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl cust-psd-pt-down(PSD fct)
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl cust-rx-psd-pt-up(PSD fct)
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl2 cust-psd-pt-up(PSD fct)
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl2 cust-psd-pt-down(PSD fct)
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl2 cust-rx-psd-pt-up(PSD fct)
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl2 v-noise-psd-pt-down(PSD fct)
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl2 v-noise-psd-pt-up(PSD fct)
configure xdsl-bonding group-assembly-time(bonding feature)
configure xdsl-bonding group link
show alarm current plugin-unit-ext
show alarm current custom-ext-alarm
show alarm current sip-user-agent
show alarm log plugin-unit-ext
show alarm log custom-ext-alarm
show alarm snap-shot plugin-unit-ext
show cpe-management
show equipment capab-profile
show dhcp-relay bridgeport
show qos shdsl-bandwidth
show igmp shub bundle-stats
show igmp shub bundle-to-src
show igmp shub mcast-stats
show igmp shub system-stats
show ip dhcp-session
show ip shub vrf-media
show interface shub statistics
show l2cp
show system syslog
show vlan qos-cvlan-list
show xdsl config-data-port

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 17

1 ISAM CLI

show xdsl link-up-changes

show xdsl linkup-record
show xdsl oper-data-port
show xdsl bonding failure-status group
show xdsl bonding operational-data group
show xdsl bonding summary
traceroute

Removed Commands
admin ip traceroute(replaced by traceroute)
configure cpeproxy proxy-mode
configure system security ssh key-regen(replaced by admin system
security ssh generate-key) not backward compatible
show alarm entry
show alarm shub entry
show cpeproxy
show ip traceroute(replaced by traceroute)
show tech-support

Commands applicable from R3.2 on

configure shdsl
configure ima
configure voice sip
show shdsl
show ima
show alarm current ima-group
show alarm current ima-link
show alarm current shdsl
show alarm current shdsl-isam
show alarm current custom-ext-alarm
show alarm current sip-app-server
show alarm current sip-plugin-unit
show alarm current sip-termination
show alarm current sip-user-agent
show alarm log ima-group
show alarm log ima-link
show alarm log shdsl
show alarm log shdsl-isam

18 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 1 ISAM CLI

show alarm log sip-app-server

show alarm log sip-plugin-unit
show alarm log sip-termination
show alarm log sip-user-agent
show alarm snap-shot ima-group
show alarm snap-shot ima-link
show alarm snap-shot shdsl
show alarm snap-shot shdsl-isam
show alarm snap-shot sip-app-server
show alarm snap-shot sip-plugin-unit
show alarm snap-shot sip-termination
show alarm snap-shot sip-user-agent
show ima
show shdsl
show voice

Command delta R2.5 versus R2.4.01(FGN 3.0.04)

Modified Commands
admin equipment slot
admin rip interface
admin software-mngt shub
configure alarm entry(new alarm types)
configure bridge port vlan-id
configure cpeproxy
configure equipment slot
configure interface port
configure interface shub ip icmp
configure ip vrf route-dest next-hop
configure pppox-relay cross-connect engine
configure qps shub flow
configure rip interface
configure system transaction
configure system security radius
show vlan fdb

New Commands
admin ip vrf-stats interface user bridgeport

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 19

1 ISAM CLI

admin shdsl-seg
configure cpe-management
configure cpe-management shub
configure ima
configure qos shdsl-port
configure shdsl segment
configure shdsl span
configure shdsl unit
show alarm current ima-group
show alarm current ima-link
show alarm current plugin-unit-ext
show alarm current shdsl
show alarm current shdsl-isam
show alarm log ima-group
show alarm log ima-link
show alarm log plugin-unit-ext
show alarm log shdsl
show alarm log shdsl-isam
show alarm snap-shot ima-group
show alarm snap-shot ima-link
show alarm snap-shot plugin-unit-ext
show alarm snap-shot shdsl
show alarm snap-shot shdsl-isam
show cpe-management
show cpe-management ipproxy-statistic
show equipment capab-profile
show ima group
show ima group counters
show ima group state
show ima link
show ima link counters
show ima link state
show qos shdsl-bandwidth
show shdsl
show shdsl inventory
show shdsl segment-counters
show shdsl segment-status

20 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 1 ISAM CLI

show shdsl span-counters

show shdsl span-status
show shdsl unit-status

Deleted Commands
show tech-support

Command delta R2.4.11 (FGN 3.0.02) versus R2.4 (FGN 3.0) and
Command delta R2.4.11 (FGN 3.0.02) versus R2.4.10 (FGN3.0.01)
Modified Commands
configure system shub entry ip
configure system shub filter ip-filter port-filter
configure system shub filter ip-filter icmp
configure system shub filter ip-filter tcp
configure system shub filter ip-filter udp
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl2

Command delta R2.4.01(FGN 3.0.04) versus R2.4 (FGN 3.0)

Modified Commands
admin software-mngt shub select-config
configure equipment shelf
configure equipment slot
configure igmp package
configure rip route-map
configure software-mngt oswp
configure system clock-mgmt
configure system security radius
configure system shub entry ip
configure system shub filter ip-filter port-filter
configure system shub filter ip-filter icmp
configure system shub filter ip-filter tcp
configure system shub filter ip-filter udp
configure trap manager
configure vlan
configure vlan shub unicast-mac

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 21

1 ISAM CLI

configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl

configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl2
environment

New Commands
configure ospf area extern-aggr-addr
configure l2cp
show l2cp
configure system management vlan
show dhcp-relay bridgeport
show interface shub statistics
show xdsl link-up-changes
show xdsl linkup-record
show vlan qos-cvlan-list

Deleted Commands
show alarm entry
show alarm entry shub

Command delta R2.4 (FGN 3.0) versus R2.3.02

Modified Commands
admin igmp
configure dhcp-relay agent
configure igmp system src-ip-address
configure mcast src
configure system security snmp community
configure system security snmp group security level
configure system shub entry ip
configure vlan id
configure vlan shub unicast-mac
configure xdsl service-profile
configure xdsl spectrum-profile name
configure xdsl spectrum-profile adsl-adsl2
configure xdsl spectrum-profile re-adsl
configure xdsl spectrum-profile adsl2-plus
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl
configure xdsl line

22 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 1 ISAM CLI

environment

New Commands
configure system clock-mgmt
configure system security default-profile
configure system security notify-profile filter
configure system security snmp view
configure system security snmp notify-view
show igmp package-to-src
show mcast active-groups
show system clock-mgmt
show tech-support

Deleted Commands
show vlan qos-cvlan-list
show dhcp-relay bridgeport

Command delta R2.3.02 versus R2.2.03 (FGN2.0.02)

Modified Commands
admin sntp
configure igmp shub igs-system
configure interface shub ip
configure ip vrf
configure igmp shub igs-system
configure la aggregator-port
configure qos
configure qos profiles marker
configure qos shub meter
configure qos shub flow
configure qos shub queue-config
configure system
configure system security profile
configure system security radius
configure system security snmp
configure system shub entry ip
configure trap

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 23

1 ISAM CLI

configure vlan
configure vlan shub
configure xdsl service-profile
configure xdsl spectrum-profile
configure xdsl line
environment
show mcast shub igs-vlan-grp
show security radius
show vlan fdb

New Commands
configure cluster
configure equipment external-link-host
configure mcast shub
configure cluster
configure qos shub dscp-map-dot1p
configure system security ssh
configure xdsl line (if-index) local-loop
show alarm current llu-relay
show alarm current sfp
show alarm log llu-relay
show alarm log sfp
show alarm snap-shot llu-relay
show alarm snap-shot sfp
show cluster
show dhcp-relay bridgeport
show equipment external-link-host
show equipment external-link-remote
show mcast shub active-streams
show qos profile-usage
show security ssh
show tranport snmp engine
show tranport snmp protocol-stats
show vlan shub-nr-mcast-entries

Deleted Commands
configure ip interface
configure system shub entry software

24 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 1 ISAM CLI

configure system shub sntp server-ip-addr

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 25

1 ISAM CLI

1.2 Preface

Scope
This user guide describes the Command Line Interface (CLI) commands supported by the Alcatel 7302 ISAM and
7330 ISAM FTTN. These commands are used for installation, configuration, management and troubleshooting.

User Profile
The guide is intended for operating personnel (sometimes called craft persons).

The CLI Structure

The ISAM CLI is a command-driven interface accessible via telnet or via the craft terminal.
The CLI can be used to configure and manage ISAM equipment.

26 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 1 ISAM CLI

1.3 CLI Commands

Command Types
The commands of the CLI language can be divided into two groups: global and environmental commands.
Global commands (such as the logout command) can be entered in any context and have the same effect in each
context.
Environmental commands (such as the info command) can only be entered in some contexts (for example, the info
command cannot be used in the show node) and have a different effect in each context. The purpose of the
command (for example, showing the configuration) is the same but the implementation or the generated output is
different.
Some commands are also implicit. For example, when you enter only the node name configure system security
snmp community fden, you run an implicit command that changes your context to the specified node and that
creates this node if it did not previously exist.
The available commands are discussed in a separate chapter.

Access Rights
Not every operator can execute every command.
Access to commands is granted via the operator profile.
It is possible that an operator can execute a given command in one context and not in another.

Options and Parameters

Commands can have options and parameters.
Options are special parameters that are context insensitive. For example, you can enter the option detail after info
in any context.
Options must be given at the end of the command preceeding the filter and printer specifications.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 27

1 ISAM CLI

1.4 Nodes

Node Definition
A command definition tree, further abbreviated to "command tree" is a structure of nested command nodes from
which CLI commands can be derived. A command node consists of a node name and zero or more resource
identifiers. The resource identifiers behave like parameters, but identify a particular resource. For example, public
in configure system security snmp community public is an unnamed resource identifier of the node community.
One such command node identifies a context. A CLI command can be derived from a command tree starting from
the root node, but a command with the same meaning and impact can also be derived from a lower level node or
subnode. The following are examples of equivalent commands:
info configure system security snmp community public in any node.
info system security snmp community public in node configure
info security snmp community public in node configure system
info snmp community public in node configure system security
info community public in node configure system security snmp
info in node configure system security snmp community public

The root node is the highest level. Directly below the root node are important command nodes such as configure
and show.

Node Creation
A dynamic node is a sub-node of the configure node that corresponds to a configurable resource that an operator
can create.
An operator can create a dynamic node by navigating to it. The system will automatically create the node. The
operator can configure its prompt in such a way that it shows if the operator navigated to an existing or a new node.
The ability to create nodes is limited by the access rights of the user.
It is also possible that the system creates additional subnodes in other nodes, for example, in the show node due to
the creation of a new dynamic node in the configure node.

Node Deletion
A dynamic node can be deleted by placing no in front of the node name. For example, configure system security
snmp no community public deletes the specified node and all its subnodes. The ability to delete nodes is limited
by the access rights of the operator.

Resource Attributes
The value of resource attributes can be changed by entering the name of the resource attribute followed by the new
value. For example, password plain:secret sets the value of the resource attribute named password to the plain
text string secret.
Resource attributes can be set to their default value by entering no followed by the name of the resource attribute.
For example, no password sets the value of the resource attribute named password to the default value (no
password required).

28 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 1 ISAM CLI

1.5 Parameters

Named and Unnamed Parameters

Parameters are characterised by a name and a type.
Parameters can be named or unnamed.
Named parameters are entered as two tokens: a keyword and a value (for example, password plain:secret). Some
commands (such as info) require only the keyword.
Only the value token is entered for unnamed parameters (for example, public in the node name community
public).
Most options and first resource identifiers are unnamed.
Parameters can be entered in any order. Only unnamed keys must be entered directly after the node name.

Parameter Types
Parameter values belong to a parameter type. Parameter types limit the parameter values to strings that the system
can understand.
Parameter types consists of 1 to N fields with separators in between. Each field belongs to a basic type. The
separator is in most cases a colon : or a slash /.
The name of parameter types always starts with an uppercase character and can contain an optional domain name.
The domain name is separated from the parameter name by ::.
The sequence in which the fields appear can differ in case one of the fields belongs to an enumeration type. For
example, if provided some possible values for the parameter type ExtendedFileName (the first field is an
enumeration field with possible values file and ftp, host-name, user-name, password and local-file are also fields):
file: local-file
ftp: host-name @ user-name : password / local-file

Parameter types are built by combining 1 to N basic types.

Basic Types
Basic types can be divided in two groups: fixed length basic types and variable length basic types.
Examples of variable length basic types are:
integers
printable strings (representing operator chosen names or descriptions)
SNMP object identifiers
binary strings

The length of a variable length basic type is in most cases limited. The definition of logical length depends on the
basic type: number of characters for printable strings, number of bytes for binary strings, and number of numbers in
the object identfier for SNMP object identifiers.
Examples of fixed length basic types are:
ip-address
fixed-length printable strings
enumeration types (limited list of allowed strings)

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 29

1 ISAM CLI

Basic Type Formatting Rules

Integers can be entered in a decimal format. Large integers can be abbreviated as follows:
decimal-number k which is equal to decimal-number *1000 (For example: 3k is equal to 3000)
decimal-number M which is equal to decimal-number *1000000
decimal-number G which is equal to decimal-number *1000000000

Binary strings must be entered as: hex-byte : hex-byte :...: hex-byte. hex-byte is a number between 0 and 255 in
hexadecimal format (all lowercase).For example, 3f:23:ff:b2 is a valid binary string.
Object identifiers and ipv4-addresses must be entered as: decimal-number . decimal-number .....
decimal-number.For example, 128.17.32.45 is a valid object identifier.
The values of all fields may be placed within double quotes. A field separator can never be placed within double
quotes. For example, "1"/"1" is a valid shelf identifier, but "1/1" is not a valid shelf identifier.
A field value can contain multiple double quotes. For example, "hallo world" is equivalent to hallo" "world or to
"hallo"" ""world".
Printable strings must be placed within double quotes if they contain special characters: double quote ", a backslash
\, a cross #, a space, a tab, a carriage return, or a new line. The \ is the escape character. The \ char is equivalent to
char with the following exceptions:
\r : carriage-return
\t : tab
\n : new-line

In some cases it is possible that a command is ambiguous. For example, info operator detail can be interpreted in
two ways: list the configuration of the operator with the name detail or list the configuration of all operators in
detail.
The ambiguity is solved by the parser in the following way: if the string contains quotes, it is interpreted as a
printable string, otherwise it is interpreted as a keyword. For example, info operator "detail" lists the
configuration of the operator with the name detail and info operator detail lists the configuration of all operators
in detail.

Syntax Check
The system verifies if each typed character is syntactically correct.
In case the system detects a syntax error, it will position the cursor at the offending character and beep.
This can give strange effects if you are entering characters in the 'insert mode': the invalid characters will shift to
the right and any newly entered character will be inserted in front of the faulty characters.
To avoid this strange effect, it is recommended to work in the (default) overwrite mode.

Command Repetition
Values of parameters may contain decimal, hexadecimal or character ranges. These ranges indicate that the
concerned command must be repeated a number of times with the different values as specified in the range.
Decimal ranges are entered as [ d: start...end ] in which start and end are integers. Example of a decimal range:
lt:1/1/[4...16]
Hexadecimal ranges are entered as [ h: start...end ] in which start and end are hexadecimal numbers. start and end
values may not contain uppercase characters and the number of characters of the first start value determines the
number of characters to be entered for the following values in the range. Example of a hexadecimal range:
03:06:ff:[h:aa...bd]

30 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 1 ISAM CLI

Character ranges are entered as [ c: start...end ] in which start and end are characters. start and end value must
belong to the same character class: digit, lowercase or uppercase. Special characters are not allowed. Example of a
character range : operator[c:a...f]
Ranges have following restrictions:
One command may only contain 1 range.
The default range type is decimal. It will be used if the type is not explicitely mentioned with 'd:' , 'h:' or 'c:'.
Subranges can be separated with a comma. For example: [d:17...19,32,60...62] will be replaced consecutively
with the values 17, 18, 19, 32, 60, 61 and 62.
Ranges between quotes are not expanded.
Command completion may refuse to work once a range is entered.

The system sometimes restricts which range type may be used: the system only allows a decimal range where a
decimal number can be entered or a hexadecimal range where a hexadecimal number can be entered. It even
imposes that the range replaces completely the number. Example: 1[2...3] is invalid, [12...13] must be entered
instead. Also the start and end of the range must fall in the allowed range for the number. Only text strings may
contain all types of ranges.
The way the system handles a range depends on the command.
Some commands can handle ranges directly. Repeating the command will be done internally. The command
will then behave for the operator as a normal command..
For the other commands, the system will execute the command end - start + 1 times in which the specified
range is each time replaced by a number out of the range. Each expanded command is shown to the operator.
Commands that normally change the context, don't do this in this case. The command repetition can be stopped
via an interrupt.

Obsolete and Replaced Parameters

Parameters can become obsolete or parameters are substituted by new parameters. See the definition and strategy in
section 1.11 CLI Backward Compatibility.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 31

1 ISAM CLI

1.6 Filters
The language provides filters to manipulate the output of commands.
The available filters are discussed in detail in a separate chapter.
Filters can be specified in case the command generates output. They are separated from the basic command with a
pipe character |.
The user can specify a sequence of filters as in following example: info | match exact:1/1 | count lines.

32 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 1 ISAM CLI

1.7 Printers
The language provides printers to allow the user to decide how the output must be printed on his terminal.
The available printers are discussed in detail in a separate chapter.
Printers can be specified in case the command generates output. They are separated from the basic command with a
pipe character |.
The user can specify maximum one printer as in following example: info | match exact:1/1 | more
The default printer can be specified for the CLI session or the operator.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 33

1 ISAM CLI

1.8 Getting help

The user can get help in two ways.
The first is using the help command. This gives an extensive explanation on the command.
The user can also enter a question-mark ? at each position in the command. He will then get a short explanation on
what he can enter at this position in the command.
For example: configure system security operator ? gives following output:
<Sec::OperatorName> : the name of the operator [a-z0-9] (1<=x<=11)

This has the following meaning:

Sec::OperatorName is the name of the parameter type. This indicates that the user must enter a parameter value.
: indicates that the concerned object is an optional parameter. Mandatory parameters are indicated with !, obsolete
parameters and obsolete nodes with X, regular nodes with +, commands with -
the name of the operator explains how the parameter will be interpreted by the system.
[a-z0-9] indicates that the value may consist of the lower-case alfanumeric characters, the ASCII characters a till
z and 0 till 9.
(1<=x<=11) indicates that the name must consist of at least 1 character and maximum 11 characters.

34 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 1 ISAM CLI

1.9 The CLI Prompt

The prompt can be configured by the user. The prompt can be specified for the session, for an operator or for an
operator profile. If no specific prompt is specified for the session, the prompt specified for the operator is taken and
the prompt specified for the operator profile is taken if no prompt is specified for the operator.
The prompt can be composed with following components :
%n : the name of the current operator.
%s : the current numbering scheme (typ|leg|pos).
%! : the current history number.
% num d : the current context.
- num is the maximum number of components (starting from the last) that are shown (default is all).
- each component will be separated from the next one with a >.
- a > is also added in front of the first component.
%% : a %
%c : # if the current node was an existing node or $ if it is newly created.
any other character is just added to the prompt as is.

The default prompt is "%s:%n%d%c "

The system will add a > at the end of each empty prompt or each prompt that consists purely out of white-space

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 35

1 ISAM CLI

1.10 Entering CLI Commands

Following key strokes are treated in a special way while entering commands:
arrow-left : move the cursor one position to the left.
arrow-right : move the cursor one position to the right.
arrow-up : get the previous stored command (round-robin, starts with the last stored command).
arrow-down : get the next stored command (round-robin, starts with the oldest stored command).
insert : toggle between insert and overwrite mode.
backspace : delete the character before the cursor and move the cursor one position to the left.
delete : delete the character under the cursor.
control-c : interrupt the current command or clear the current entered string on a telnet or SSH terminal.
control-a : move the cursor to the beginning of the line.
control-p : get the previous stored command (round-robin, starts with the last stored command).
control-n : get the next stored command (round-robin, starts with the oldest stored command).
control-k : delete all characters starting from the position of the cursor.
control-u : delete all entered characters.
control-w : delete one word before the cursor.
control-x : interrupt the current command or clear the current entered string on the craft terminal.
control-l : clear screen.
tab : trigger command completion.
space : terminate a token and trigger command completion, unless it is placed between double quotes.
# : treat all following commands as comment, unless they are placed between double quotes.
? : trigger online-help, unless it is placed between double quotes.

Entering a tab triggers command completion.

The system will try to expand the existing entered string until an ambiguity is found. If there is no ambiguity, a space
will be added behind the token.
Entering a space behind an entered string has - for keywords - the same effect as the tab.
For example: entering c followed by a tab in the root node will expand to configure.
For example: entering c followed by a space in the root node will expand to configure.
For example: entering configure system security operator admin pr followed by a tab will expand to configure
system security operator admin pro because there is still an ambiguity here between prompt and profile.

36 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 1 ISAM CLI

1.11 CLI Backward Compatibility

Strategy
ISAM has provided a Command Line Interface since the beginning. With each new Software Release, new features
are added and as a consequence also the CLI commands need to evolve.
New features often result in new commands or extension of existing commands.

Strategy with respect to Configuration Commands

When new features become available, commands and parameters will be affected. The objective of the strategy is
that existing configuration scripts will not be broken, i.e. they can still be used without throwing errors.
New commands can be defined that are an add-on to the existing set of commands. Existing commands may need
to be expanded or they may be replaced by anew command. Old commands may become useless and will be
obsolete.
When existing commands are expanded, new parameters may need to be added on to a command, existing
parameters may need to be extended or parameters may be replaced by anew parameter.Exceptionally, parameters
become useless and will be obsolete.
Notice that obsolete commands and parameters will not be maintained for new features; moreover, eventually, in
due time, in the scope of a major SW release, an obsolete command and/or parameter will actually be removed
from the CLI Command Tree.
Backward Compatibility support for configuration commands.
Configuration commands shall remain backwards compatible. A command may become obsolete because either it
is no longer useful or it needs to be replaced by a new command.
At the node level there are two ways:
Obsolete command
- A command becomes obsolete when the corresponding functionality is removed from the system. In order to
avoid that configuration scripts from previous software releases break, the command is not removed. Rather,
executing the command will have no effect and the command will never appear in the output of an info
command.

Obsolete and Replaced command

- A command may get replaced by a new one. This may occur when the corresponding functionality is
modified or expanded. In order to avoid that configuration scripts from previous software releases break, the
command is not removed. Rather, the command is defined as 'obsolete and replaced'. This means that the
command is still valid and can still be executed but it will never appear in the output of an info command.

Backward Compatibility support for Configuration Commands parameters.

Configuration commands shall remain backwards compatible. A way to accomplish this is by allowing parameters
of the command to evolve. A parameter becomes obsolete because either it is no longer useful or it needs to be
replaced by a new parameter.
Obsolete parameter
- A parameter becomes obsolete when the corresponding functionality is no longer supported by the system.
In order to avoid that configuration scripts from previous software releases break, the parameter is not
removed. Rather, entering the parameter will have no effect and the parameter will never appear in the
output of an info command.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 37

1 ISAM CLI

Obsolete and Replaced parameter

- A parameter may get replaced by a new one. This may occur when the corresponding functionality is
modified or extended. In order to avoid that configuration scripts from previous software releases break, the
parameter is not removed. Rather, the parameter is defined as 'obsolete and replaced'. This means that the
parameter is still valid and can still be executed but it will never appear in the output of an info command.
The replacing parameter will appear in the output of an info command and supports the modified or
extended functionality.

Strategy with respect to Show Commands

The output of any show command is available in various formats. Formatting of the output may change over time.
XML type of output is formalized. Writers of CLI scripts are encouraged to use the XML format, as this output is
ignorant of any formatting.
The information displayed may change as a result of new features. The goal is to add new parameters to the
existing display output without modifying the current parameters. In exceptional cases the latter cannot be
guaranteed.

38 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

2- Environment Configuration Commands

2.1 Environment Configuration Command Tree 2-40

2.2 Environment Configuration Command 2-41

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 39

2 Environment Configuration Commands

2.1 Environment Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Environment Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----environment
- [no] prompt
- [no] terminal-timeout
- [no] print
- [no] inhibit-alarms
- [no] mode

40 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 2 Environment Configuration Commands

2.2 Environment Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the session-specific parameters. These parameters are only valid for
a specific session and are lost when the user logs out.
The default values for prompt and print can be found in configure system security operator operator-name.
The default value for terminal-timeout can be found in configure system security profile profile-name.
terminal-timeout: A value of 0 equals an infinite timeout value (i.e. the terminal will never time out).
The prompt can be composed with following components :
%n : the name of the current operator.
%s : the current numbering scheme (typ|leg|pos).
%! : the current history number.
% num d : the current context.
- num is the maximum number of components (starting from the last) that are shown (default is all).
- each component will be separated from the next one with a >.
- a > is also added in front of the first component.
%% : a %
%c : # if the current node was an existing node or $ if it is newly created.
any other character is just added to the prompt as is.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> environment [ no prompt | prompt <Sec::Prompt> ] [ no terminal-timeout | terminal-timeout

<Sec::EnvInactivityTimeout> ] [ no print | print <Sec::EnvMore> ] [ [ no ] inhibit-alarms ] [ no mode | mode
<Cli::Mode> ]

Command Parameters
Table 2.2-2 "Environment Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] prompt Parameter type: <Sec::Prompt> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- a specification of the prompt the specification of the prompt
- length: x<=28
[no] terminal-timeout Parameter type: <Sec::EnvInactivityTimeout> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "timeout : 30"
( default specify the inactivity timeout of
| timeout : <Sec::InactivityTimeout> ) the terminal
Possible values:

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 41

2 Environment Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- default : the default inactivity timeout
- timeout : specify the inactivity timeout
Field type <Sec::InactivityTimeout>
- specify the inactivity timeout of the terminal
- unit: minutes
- range: [0...120]
[no] print Parameter type: <Sec::EnvMore> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "default"
( more specifies the way the output is
| no-more printed on the terminal
| default )
Possible values:
- more : the output is passed via the more filter
- no-more : the output is put directly on the terminal
- default : use the method as specified by the profile
[no] inhibit-alarms Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disables the alarm reporting in
the current session
[no] mode Parameter type: <Cli::Mode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "interactive"
( batch the mode in which the CLI
| interactive ) handles command input
Possible values:
- batch : non-interactive mode intended for scripting tools
- interactive : interactive mode intended for human operators

42 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

3- Alarm Configuration Commands

3.1 Alarm Configuration Command Tree 3-44

3.2 Alarm Log Configuration Command 3-46
3.3 Alarm Entry Configuration Command 3-48
3.4 Alarm Delta Log Configuration Command 3-59
3.5 SHub Alarm Configuration Command 3-61
3.6 Customizable Alarm Profile Configuration Command 3-63

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 43

3 Alarm Configuration Commands

3.1 Alarm Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Alarm Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----alarm
- log-sev-level
- log-full-action
- non-itf-rep-sev-level
----entry
- (index)
- [no] severity
- [no] service-affecting
- [no] reporting
- [no] logging
----delta-log
- indet-log-full-action
- warn-log-full-action
- minor-log-full-action
- major-log-full-action
- crit-log-full-act
----shub
----entry
- (index)
- severity
- [no] service-affecting
- [no] reporting
----[no] custom-profile
- (name)
- [no] mnemonic1
- [no] description1
- [no] visible1
- [no] audible1
- [no] polarity1
- [no] severity1
- [no] mnemonic2
- [no] description2
- [no] visible2
- [no] audible2
- [no] polarity2
- [no] severity2
- [no] mnemonic3
- [no] description3
- [no] visible3
- [no] audible3
- [no] polarity3
- [no] severity3
- [no] mnemonic4
- [no] description4

44 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 3 Alarm Configuration Commands

- [no] visible4
- [no] audible4
- [no] polarity4
- [no] severity4
- [no] mnemonic5
- [no] description5
- [no] visible5
- [no] audible5
- [no] polarity5
- [no] severity5

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 45

3 Alarm Configuration Commands

3.2 Alarm Log Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to maintain a log that contains all alarm state changes by enabling the logging
mode and setting the severity level equal to or higher than the severity level that the operator is interested in.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure alarm log-sev-level <Alarm::alarmSeverity> log-full-action <Alarm::alarmLogFullAction>

non-itf-rep-sev-level <Alarm::alarmSeverity>

Command Parameters
Table 3.2-2 "Alarm Log Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
log-sev-level Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmSeverity> optional parameter
Format: set the lowest severity level to log
( indeterminate alarms
| warning
| minor
| major
| critical )
Possible values:
- indeterminate : not a definite known severity level
- warning : just to inform as a warning
- minor : not service affecting
- major : service affecting
- critical : service breaking
log-full-action Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmLogFullAction> optional parameter
Format: set the action if log buffer is full
( wrap
| halt )
Possible values:
- wrap : older log records are overwritten by recent ones
- halt : logging is stopped until the log buffer is reset
non-itf-rep-sev-level Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmSeverity> optional parameter
Format: set minimum severity level to
( indeterminate report non itf alarms
| warning
| minor
| major

46 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 3 Alarm Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

| critical )
Possible values:
- indeterminate : not a definite known severity level
- warning : just to inform as a warning
- minor : not service affecting
- major : service affecting
- critical : service breaking

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 47

3 Alarm Configuration Commands

3.3 Alarm Entry Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage local alarm entries.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure alarm entry (index) [ no severity | severity <Alarm::alarmSeverity> ] [ [ no ] service-affecting ] [ [ no ]

reporting ] [ [ no ] logging ]

Command Parameters
Table 3.3-1 "Alarm Entry Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
( xtca-ne-es
| xtca-ne-ses
| xtca-ne-uas
| xtca-ne-day-es
| xtca-ne-day-ses
| xtca-ne-day-uas
| xtca-fe-es
| xtca-fe-ses
| xtca-fe-uas
| xtca-fe-day-es
| xtca-fe-day-ses
| xtca-fe-day-uas
| xdsl-ne-los
| xdsl-ne-lof
| xdsl-ne-lom
| xdsl-ne-ese
| xdsl-act-cfg-error
| xdsl-act-not-feas
| xdsl-up-br-reach
| xdsl-ne-ncd
| xdsl-ne-lcd
| xdsl-fe-los
| xdsl-fe-lof
| xdsl-fe-lpr
| xdsl-fe-lol
| xdsl-fe-lom

48 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 3 Alarm Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

| xdsl-fe-ese
| xdsl-act-comm
| xdsl-act-modem
| xdsl-do-br-reach
| xdsl-fe-ncd
| xdsl-fe-lcd
| sw-rollback
| db-rollback
| cell-discard-up
| cell-discard-down
| persist-data-loss
| mac-conflict
| sntp-comm-lost
| preferred-mode
| timing-reference
| nt-disk-90%full
| shub-loc
| back-pnl-inv
| shub-conf-loss
| rack-power
| rack-fan-unit1
| rack-fan-unit2
| shelf-mismatch
| ext-chain-instl
| shelf-missing
| shelf-install-missing
| door
| fuse
| single-fan-fail
| double-fan-fail
| ac-power-fail
| board-mismatch
| waiting-for-sw
| temp-exceeded
| temp-shutdown
| defense
| board-missing
| board-instl-missing
| board-init
| board-reset-prot
| sem-power-fail
| sem-ups-fail
| board-reset-cf
| shub-uplink
| vrf-assign-fail
| vlan-assign-fail
| ip-pool-assign-fail
| qos-assign-fail
| ip-addr-assign-fail
| missing-attributes
| ip-addr-preempt
| up-plan-bitrate
| up-min-bitrate
| up-config-not-feas
| down-plan-bitrate
| down-min-bitrate
| down-config-not-feas

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 49

3 Alarm Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

| no-peer-cpe
| no-bonding-cpe
| host-sfp-los
| host-sfp-tx-fail
| host-sfp-not-prst
| host-sfp-inv-id
| host-sfp-ctrl-fail
| host-sfp-rmtlt
| host-sfp-mismatch
| host-sfp-incompt
| exp-sfp-los
| exp-sfp-tx-fail
| exp-sfp-not-prst
| exp-sfp-inv-id
| exp-sfp-ctrl-fail
| llu-relay-status
| custom1
| custom2
| custom3
| custom4
| custom5
| he-custom1
| he-custom2
| he-custom3
| he-custom4
| he-custom5
| he-custom6
| loss-over-cap
| der-temp1
| der-temp2
| der-temp3
| der-temp4
| der-temp5
| der-temp6
| der-temp7
| der-temp8
| der-temp9
| der-temp10
| der-temp11
| der-temp12
| der-temp13
| der-temp14
| der-temp15
| der-temp16
| der-temp17
| der-temp18
| der-temp19
| der-temp20
| der-temp21
| der-temp22
| der-temp23
| der-temp24
| der-temp25
| der-temp26
| der-temp27
| der-temp28
| der-temp29

50 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 3 Alarm Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

| der-temp30
| der-temp31
| der-spa1
| der-spa2
| der-spa3
| der-spa4
| der-spa5
| der-spa6
| der-spa7
| der-spa8
| der-spa9
| der-spa10
| der-spa11
| der-spa12
| der-spa13
| der-spa14
| der-spa15
| der-spa16
| der-spa17
| der-spa18
| der-spa19
| der-spa20
| der-spa21
| der-spa22
| der-spa23
| der-spa24
| der-spa25
| der-spa26
| der-spa27
| der-spa28
| der-spa29
| der-spa30
| der-spa31
| apsf-alarm
| custextalarm1
| custextalarm2
| custextalarm3
| custextalarm4
| custextalarm5
| pluginfan
| plugin-dc-a
| plugin-dc-b
| plugin-dg
| ntr-a-loss
| ntr-b-loss
| ds-los-or-high-attn
| fileserv-unavail
| shdsl-n-loopback
| shdsl-c-loopback
| shdsl-conferr
| shdsl-atm-lcd
| shdsl-lpr
| shdsl-secu-err
| shdsl-dev-fault
| shdsl-atm-ncd
| shdsl-n-losw
| shdsl-c-losw

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 51

3 Alarm Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

| shdsl-n-aten
| shdsl-c-aten
| shdsl-n-snr
| shdsl-c-snr
| shdsl-n-dccont
| shdsl-c-dccont
| ima-grp-fe-su
| ima-grp-fe-cfg
| ima-grp-ne-cfg
| ima-grp-fe-nl
| ima-grp-ne-nl
| ima-grp-fe-blk
| ima-lnk-lif
| ima-lnk-lods
| ima-lnk-misc
| ima-lnk-rfi
| ima-lnk-fault
| ima-lnk-txblk
| ima-lnk-rxblk
| dhcp-unreach
| proxy-srv-unreach
| reg-srv-unreach
| inval-cdefile
| short-res
| unknown-sub
| ground-key
| port-hightemp
| fanout
| up-overflow
| upobc-overflow
| dwobc-overflow
| dw-overflow
| lwpri-overflow
| queue-drop
| queue-load
| loss-env-mon
| etca-los
| etca-fcs
| etca-day-los
| etca-day-fcs
| user-sfp-los
| user-sfp-tx-fail
| user-sfp-not-prst
| user-sfp-inv-id )
Possible values:
- xtca-ne-es : errored seconds in 15 min
- xtca-ne-ses : severely errored seconds in 15 min
- xtca-ne-uas : unavailable seconds in 15 min
- xtca-ne-day-es : errored seconds in 1 day
- xtca-ne-day-ses : severely errored seconds in 1 day
- xtca-ne-day-uas : unavailable seconds in 1 day
- xtca-fe-es : errored seconds in 15 min
- xtca-fe-ses : severely errored secs in 15 min
- xtca-fe-uas : unavailable seconds in 15 min
- xtca-fe-day-es : errored seconds in 1 day
- xtca-fe-day-ses : severely errored secs in 1 day
- xtca-fe-day-uas : unavailable seconds in 1 day

52 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 3 Alarm Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- xdsl-ne-los : loss of signal
- xdsl-ne-lof : loss of frame
- xdsl-ne-lom : loss of margin
- xdsl-ne-ese : excessive severe errors
- xdsl-act-cfg-error : line configuration data cannot be used
- xdsl-act-not-feas : line capacity not enough to setup
requested profile
- xdsl-up-br-reach : planned bitrate not reached after
initialization
- xdsl-ne-ncd : no cell delineation
- xdsl-ne-lcd : loss of cell delineation
- xdsl-fe-los : loss of signal
- xdsl-fe-lof : loss of frame
- xdsl-fe-lpr : loss of power
- xdsl-fe-lol : loss of link
- xdsl-fe-lom : loss of margin
- xdsl-fe-ese : excessive severe errors
- xdsl-act-comm : init not successful due to communications
problem
- xdsl-act-modem : no peer modem detected
- xdsl-do-br-reach : planned bitrate not reached after init
- xdsl-fe-ncd : no cell delineation
- xdsl-fe-lcd : loss of cell delineation
- sw-rollback : non active oswp,db cannot be operational -
will rollback
- db-rollback : selected oswp,db cannot be operational - will
rollback
- cell-discard-up : cell discarded in the upstream direction
- cell-discard-down : cell discarded in the downstream
direction
- persist-data-loss : all data lost after restart - system not
configured
- mac-conflict : duplicate mac address from this pvc
- sntp-comm-lost : sntp server not responding
- preferred-mode : preferred mode not available
- timing-reference : timing reference failure
- nt-disk-90%full : nt disk 90% full
- shub-loc : communication lost with shub
- back-pnl-inv : BackPanel-type Invalid
- shub-conf-loss : SHub configuration loss - recent changes
lost
- rack-power : power fuse broken
- rack-fan-unit1 : fan unit rack 1 failing
- rack-fan-unit2 : fan unit rack 2 failing
- shelf-mismatch : shelf type different from planned type
- ext-chain-instl : consistancy problem for extension chain
installation
- shelf-missing : detected shelf no longer detected
- shelf-install-missing : shelf planned but not installed
- door : open cabinet door
- fuse : one power feed gone
- single-fan-fail : one or more fan of a certain shelf failed
- double-fan-fail : two or more fans of the main shelf failed
- ac-power-fail : external power failure - shelf shutdown in
15 minutes
- board-mismatch : board inserted different from planned
- waiting-for-sw : not able to download all the applicable sw

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 53

3 Alarm Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

files
- temp-exceeded : temperature threshold exceeded on the
board
- temp-shutdown : board powered down itself - too high
temperature
- defense : plugin unit disconnected from system by defense
- board-missing : board detected after planning - now
missing
- board-instl-missing : board never detected after planning
- board-init : board initialisation failure
- board-reset-prot : number of resets exceeded
- sem-power-fail : SEM external power failure
- sem-ups-fail : SEM external power supply failure
- board-reset-cf : board reset and/or communication failure
- shub-uplink : lanx uplink breakdown or removal
- vrf-assign-fail : failure to assigna VRF for a user session
- vlan-assign-fail : failure to assign VLAN for a user session
- ip-pool-assign-fail : failure to assign an IP address pool
- qos-assign-fail : failure to assign a QoS for a user session
- ip-addr-assign-fail : failure to assign IP address for a user
session
- missing-attributes : radius should specify pool id when it
returns a VRF
- ip-addr-preempt : IP address preemption
- up-plan-bitrate : upstream bitrate is above min and below
planned
- up-min-bitrate : upstream bitrate is below min bitrate
- up-config-not-feas : upstream bitrate is not enough to set
up config group
- down-plan-bitrate : downstream bitrate is above min and
below planned
- down-min-bitrate : downstream bitrate is below min bitrate
- down-config-not-feas : downstream bitrate is not enough to
set up config group
- no-peer-cpe : no cpe modem is connected to the group
lines
- no-bonding-cpe : no bonding cpe modem is connected
- host-sfp-los : loss of signal
- host-sfp-tx-fail : Tx failure
- host-sfp-not-prst : not present
- host-sfp-inv-id : no valid Alcatel ID
- host-sfp-ctrl-fail : control failure
- host-sfp-rmtlt : unexpected remote plug-in
- host-sfp-mismatch : assignment does not match reported
rack/shelf/slot
- host-sfp-incompt : incompatible shelf type detected
- exp-sfp-los : loss of signal
- exp-sfp-tx-fail : Tx failure
- exp-sfp-not-prst : not present
- exp-sfp-inv-id : no valid Alcatel ID
- exp-sfp-ctrl-fail : control failure
- llu-relay-status : LLU relay status
- custom1 : customizable alarm 1
- custom2 : customizable alarm 2
- custom3 : customizable alarm 3
- custom4 : customizable alarm 4
- custom5 : customizable alarm 5

54 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 3 Alarm Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- he-custom1 : host expansion customizable alarm 1
- he-custom2 : host expansion customizable alarm 2
- he-custom3 : host expansion customizable alarm 3
- he-custom4 : host expansion customizable alarm 4
- he-custom5 : host expansion customizable alarm 5
- he-custom6 : host expansion customizable alarm 6
- loss-over-cap : switch over capability in a redundant
system
- der-temp1 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 1
- der-temp2 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 2
- der-temp3 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 3
- der-temp4 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 4
- der-temp5 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 5
- der-temp6 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 6
- der-temp7 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 7
- der-temp8 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 8
- der-temp9 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 9
- der-temp10 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 10
- der-temp11 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 11
- der-temp12 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 12
- der-temp13 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 13
- der-temp14 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 14
- der-temp15 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 15
- der-temp16 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 16
- der-temp17 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 17
- der-temp18 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 18
- der-temp19 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 19
- der-temp20 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 20
- der-temp21 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 21
- der-temp22 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 22
- der-temp23 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 23
- der-temp24 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 24
- der-temp25 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 25
- der-temp26 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 26
- der-temp27 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 27
- der-temp28 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 28
- der-temp29 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 29
- der-temp30 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 30
- der-temp31 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 31
- der-spa1 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 1
- der-spa2 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 2
- der-spa3 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 3
- der-spa4 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 4
- der-spa5 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 5
- der-spa6 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 6
- der-spa7 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 7
- der-spa8 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 8
- der-spa9 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 9
- der-spa10 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 10
- der-spa11 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 11
- der-spa12 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 12
- der-spa13 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 13
- der-spa14 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 14
- der-spa15 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 15
- der-spa16 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 16
- der-spa17 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 17
- der-spa18 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 18

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 55

3 Alarm Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- der-spa19 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 19
- der-spa20 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 20
- der-spa21 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 21
- der-spa22 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 22
- der-spa23 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 23
- der-spa24 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 24
- der-spa25 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 25
- der-spa26 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 26
- der-spa27 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 27
- der-spa28 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 28
- der-spa29 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 29
- der-spa30 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 30
- der-spa31 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 31
- apsf-alarm : Applique Power Supply Failure
- custextalarm1 : Customizable External Alarm Number 1
- custextalarm2 : Customizable External Alarm Number 2
- custextalarm3 : Customizable External Alarm Number 3
- custextalarm4 : Customizable External Alarm Number 4
- custextalarm5 : Customizable External Alarm Number 5
- pluginfan : REM Fan Alarm
- plugin-dc-a : REM DC A Alarm
- plugin-dc-b : REM DC B Alarm
- plugin-dg : Dying Gasp Alarm
- ntr-a-loss : NTR-A signal is not available
- ntr-b-loss : NTR-B signal is not available
- ds-los-or-high-attn : LOS due to opt link removed, broken
or high attn
- fileserv-unavail : file transfer server unavailable
- shdsl-n-loopback : loopback active at the network side
- shdsl-c-loopback : loopback active at the custom side
- shdsl-conferr : configuration error
- shdsl-atm-lcd : loss of atm cell delineation
- shdsl-lpr : loss of power at stu-r
- shdsl-secu-err : unable to disable stu-r access
- shdsl-dev-fault : device fault
- shdsl-atm-ncd : no atm cell delineation
- shdsl-n-losw : loss of sync word at the network side on
each pair
- shdsl-c-losw : loss of sync word at the customer side on
each pair
- shdsl-n-aten : loop attenuation alarm at the network side on
each pair
- shdsl-c-aten : loop attenuation alarm at the customer side
on each pair
- shdsl-n-snr : snr margin alarm at the network side each pair
- shdsl-c-snr : snr margin alarm at the customer side on each
pair
- shdsl-n-dccont : dc continuity fault at the network side on
each pair
- shdsl-c-dccont : dc continuity fault at the customer side on
each pair
- ima-grp-fe-su : far-end starting up
- ima-grp-fe-cfg : far-end failed configuration
- ima-grp-ne-cfg : near-end failed configuration
- ima-grp-fe-nl : insufficient number of links at far-end
- ima-grp-ne-nl : insufficient number of links at near-end
- ima-grp-fe-blk : far-end is blocked

56 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 3 Alarm Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- ima-lnk-lif : loss of ima frame
- ima-lnk-lods : link out of delay synchronization
- ima-lnk-misc : link misconnect
- ima-lnk-rfi : link remote failure indication
- ima-lnk-fault : fault in link facility
- ima-lnk-txblk : transmit blocked due to far-end
- ima-lnk-rxblk : receive blocked due to far-end
- dhcp-unreach : The DHCP server is unreachable
- proxy-srv-unreach : The SIP proxy server is unreachable
- reg-srv-unreach : The SIP registrator server is unreachable
- inval-cdefile : The CDE file is invalid
- short-res : Short of resource for more calls
- unknown-sub : subscriber exist in the POLT, but not in the
appl server
- ground-key : Return current to the ground
- port-hightemp : Temperature threshold on user port
exceeded.
- fanout : Lt load overflow
- up-overflow : Upstream load overflow
- upobc-overflow : Upstream load to OBC overflow
- dwobc-overflow : Downstream load to OBC overflow
- dw-overflow : Downstream load overflow
- lwpri-overflow : The number of BE and CL pkts dropped
exceed threshold
- queue-drop : The number of pkts dropped by queue exceed
threshold
- queue-load : The queue load exceed threshold
- loss-env-mon : env-monitor box lost or not alive
- etca-los : loss of signal errors in 15 min
- etca-fcs : frame check sequence errors in 15 min
- etca-day-los : loss of signal errors in 1 day
- etca-day-fcs : frame check sequence errors errors in 1 day
- user-sfp-los : user sfp loss of signal
- user-sfp-tx-fail : usesr sfp tx failure
- user-sfp-not-prst : user sfp not detected
- user-sfp-inv-id : user sfp invalid id
Table 3.3-2 "Alarm Entry Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] severity Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmSeverity> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "minor"
( indeterminate assign a severity level to this
| warning alarm
| minor
| major
| critical )
Possible values:
- indeterminate : not a definite known severity level
- warning : just to inform as a warning
- minor : not service affecting
- major : service affecting
- critical : service breaking
[no] service-affecting Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
make this alarm service affecting
[no] reporting Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable reporting of this alarm
[no] logging Parameter type: boolean optional parameter

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 57

3 Alarm Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

enable logging of this alarm

Command Output
Table 3.3-3 "Alarm Entry Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
category Parameter type: <Alarm::category> category of an alarm
( communications This element is always shown.
| qos
| processing-error
| equipment
| environmental )
Possible values:
- communications : communications related alarms
- qos : QoS related alarms
- processing-error : processing failure related alarms
- equipment : equipment related alarms
- environmental : environmental related alarms

58 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 3 Alarm Configuration Commands

3.4 Alarm Delta Log Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the action of the system when the alarm log buffer is full.
If the action is set to wrap, older log records are overwritten by recent records. If the action is set to halt, logging
is stopped until the log buffer is reset.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure alarm delta-log [ indet-log-full-action <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> ] [ warn-log-full-action

<Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> ] [ minor-log-full-action <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> ] [
major-log-full-action <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> ] [ crit-log-full-act <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> ]

Command Parameters
Table 3.4-2 "Alarm Delta Log Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
indet-log-full-action
warn-log-full-action
minor-log-full-action
major-log-full-action
Type Description
Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> optional parameter
Format: set the action when indeterminate
( wrap log buffer is full
| halt )
Possible values:
- wrap : wrap around when log is full
- halt : halt logging when log is full
Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> optional parameter
Format: action in case indeterminate delta
( wrap log buffer is full
| halt )
Possible values:
- wrap : wrap around when log is full
- halt : halt logging when log is full
Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> optional parameter
Format: set the action when minor delta
( wrap log buffer is full
| halt )
Possible values:
- wrap : wrap around when log is full
- halt : halt logging when log is full
Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> optional parameter
Format: set action when major delta log
( wrap buffer is full

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 59

3 Alarm Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

crit-log-full-act
| halt )
Possible values:
- wrap : wrap around when log is full
- halt : halt logging when log is full
Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> optional parameter
Format: set action when critical delta log
( wrap buffer is full
| halt )
Possible values:
- wrap : wrap around when log is full
- halt : halt logging when log is full

60 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 3 Alarm Configuration Commands

3.5 SHub Alarm Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the SHub alarm parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure alarm shub entry (index) [ severity <Alarm::alarmSeverity> ] [ [ no ] service-affecting ] [ [ no ]

reporting ]

Command Parameters
Table 3.5-1 "SHub Alarm Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
( fan
| power-fan
| db-restore
| reboot
| sntp-comm
| eth-link-down
| mac-conflict
| no-arp-reply
| ospf-itf-err
| ospf-auth-err
| ospf-rx-bad-err
| ospf-lsdb-oflow-90
| ospf-lsdb-oflow
| ospf-nhbr-statchg
| ospf-itf-statchg
| rip-config-err
| rip-auth-fail
| rip-rcv-bad-pkt
| uplink-down )
Possible values:
- fan : shub fan failure
- power-fan : shub power fan failure
- db-restore : shub DB restore
- reboot : shub reboot from emergency boot package
- sntp-comm : shub SNTP communication
- eth-link-down : shub ethernet link down status

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 61

3 Alarm Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- mac-conflict : MAC conflict
- no-arp-reply : no ARP reply
- ospf-itf-err : OSPF interface configuration error
- ospf-auth-err : OSPF interface authetication error
- ospf-rx-bad-err : bad packets received on OSPF interface
- ospf-lsdb-oflow-90 : external LSA database reached 90%
of the limit
- ospf-lsdb-oflow : external LSA database reached the
overflow limit
- ospf-nhbr-statchg : OSPF neighbor state change
- ospf-itf-statchg : OSPF interface state change
- rip-config-err : RIP interface configuration error
- rip-auth-fail : RIP interface authentication failure
- rip-rcv-bad-pkt : bad packet received on RIP interface
- uplink-down : uplink group down
Table 3.5-2 "SHub Alarm Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
severity Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmSeverity> optional parameter
Format: assign a severity level to this
( indeterminate alarm
| warning
| minor
| major
| critical )
Possible values:
- indeterminate : not a definite known severity level
- warning : just to inform as a warning
- minor : not service affecting
- major : service affecting
- critical : service breaking
[no] service-affecting Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
make this alarm service affecting
[no] reporting Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable reporting of this alarm

Command Output
Table 3.5-3 "SHub Alarm Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
category Parameter type: <Alarm::category> defines the category of an alarm.
( communications This element is always shown.
| qos
| processing-error
| equipment
| environmental )
Possible values:
- communications : communications related alarms
- qos : QoS related alarms
- processing-error : processing failure related alarms
- equipment : equipment related alarms
- environmental : environmental related alarms

62 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 3 Alarm Configuration Commands

3.6 Customizable Alarm Profile Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the external alarm profile. The profile is made to be assigned to a
remote LT board. The profile reflects a configuration of external alarms parameters that corresponds to a certain
environment where the remote board is located (in an outdoor cabinet, basement cabinet, ...). The use of a profile
avoids the need to specify the parameters for each remote board separately. The alarm profile groups all five
external alarms parameters. The profile contains a description/meaning of each alarm, as well as an indication
that tells us whether or not any alarm outputs are to be triggered if the corresponding external input alarm is
raised. On top of these parameters, a mnemonic (short for the description), the polarity and the severity are
configurable.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure alarm ( no custom-profile (name) ) | ( custom-profile (name) [ no mnemonic1 | mnemonic1

<Alarm::AlarmMnemonic> ] [ no description1 | description1 <Alarm::AlarmDescription> ] [ no visible1 | visible1
<Alarm::VisibleOutput> ] [ no audible1 | audible1 <Alarm::AudibleOutput> ] [ no polarity1 | polarity1
<Alarm::InversePolarity> ] [ no severity1 | severity1 <Alarm::AlarmSeverity> ] [ no mnemonic2 | mnemonic2
<Alarm::AlarmMnemonic> ] [ no description2 | description2 <Alarm::AlarmDescription> ] [ no visible2 | visible2
<Alarm::VisibleOutput> ] [ no audible2 | audible2 <Alarm::AudibleOutput> ] [ no polarity2 | polarity2
<Alarm::InversePolarity> ] [ no severity2 | severity2 <Alarm::AlarmSeverity> ] [ no mnemonic3 | mnemonic3
<Alarm::AlarmMnemonic> ] [ no description3 | description3 <Alarm::AlarmDescription> ] [ no visible3 | visible3
<Alarm::VisibleOutput> ] [ no audible3 | audible3 <Alarm::AudibleOutput> ] [ no polarity3 | polarity3
<Alarm::InversePolarity> ] [ no severity3 | severity3 <Alarm::AlarmSeverity> ] [ no mnemonic4 | mnemonic4
<Alarm::AlarmMnemonic> ] [ no description4 | description4 <Alarm::AlarmDescription> ] [ no visible4 | visible4
<Alarm::VisibleOutput> ] [ no audible4 | audible4 <Alarm::AudibleOutput> ] [ no polarity4 | polarity4
<Alarm::InversePolarity> ] [ no severity4 | severity4 <Alarm::AlarmSeverity> ] [ no mnemonic5 | mnemonic5
<Alarm::AlarmMnemonic> ] [ no description5 | description5 <Alarm::AlarmDescription> ] [ no visible5 | visible5
<Alarm::VisibleOutput> ] [ no audible5 | audible5 <Alarm::AudibleOutput> ] [ no polarity5 | polarity5
<Alarm::InversePolarity> ] [ no severity5 | severity5 <Alarm::AlarmSeverity> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 3.6-1 "Customizable Alarm Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: custom profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 63

3 Alarm Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 3.6-2 "Customizable Alarm Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] mnemonic1 Parameter type: <Alarm::AlarmMnemonic> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "UNDEF"
- an octet string defining mnemonic of external alarm mnemonic identifying the
- range: [A-Z] customizable external alarm 1
- length: x<=16
[no] description1 Parameter type: <Alarm::AlarmDescription> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "Undefined"
- an octet string defining description of external alarm description of the customizable
- length: x<=40 external alarm 1
[no] visible1 Parameter type: <Alarm::VisibleOutput> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( enable trigger a visible alarm for
| disable ) external alarm 1
Possible values:
- enable : external alarm output is visible
- disable : external alarm output is non-visible
[no] audible1 Parameter type: <Alarm::AudibleOutput> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( enable trigger a audible alarm for
| disable ) external alarm 1
Possible values:
- enable : external alarm output is audible
- disable : external alarm output is non-audible
[no] polarity1 Parameter type: <Alarm::InversePolarity> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "normal"
( normal alarm polarity is normal or
| inverse ) inverse for external alarm 1
Possible values:
- normal : alarm polarity is normal
- inverse : alarm polarity is inverse
[no] severity1 Parameter type: <Alarm::AlarmSeverity> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "major"
( indeterminate severity level of external alarm 1
| warning
| minor
| major
| critical )
Possible values:
- indeterminate : alarm severity is indeterminate
- warning : alarm severity is warning
- minor : alarm severity is minor
- major : alarm severity is major
- critical : alarm severity is critical
[no] mnemonic2 Parameter type: <Alarm::AlarmMnemonic> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "UNDEF"
- an octet string defining mnemonic of external alarm mnemonic identifying the
- range: [A-Z] customizable external alarm 2
- length: x<=16
[no] description2 Parameter type: <Alarm::AlarmDescription> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "Undefined"
- an octet string defining description of external alarm description of the customizable
- length: x<=40 external alarm 2
[no] visible2 Parameter type: <Alarm::VisibleOutput> optional parameter with default

64 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 3 Alarm Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

Format: value: "disable"
( enable trigger a visible alarm for
| disable ) external alarm 2
Possible values:
- enable : external alarm output is visible
- disable : external alarm output is non-visible
[no] audible2 Parameter type: <Alarm::AudibleOutput> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( enable trigger a audible alarm for
| disable ) external alarm 2
Possible values:
- enable : external alarm output is audible
- disable : external alarm output is non-audible
[no] polarity2 Parameter type: <Alarm::InversePolarity> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "normal"
( normal alarm polarity is normal or
| inverse ) inverse for external alarm 2
Possible values:
- normal : alarm polarity is normal
- inverse : alarm polarity is inverse
[no] severity2 Parameter type: <Alarm::AlarmSeverity> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "major"
( indeterminate severity level of external alarm 2
| warning
| minor
| major
| critical )
Possible values:
- indeterminate : alarm severity is indeterminate
- warning : alarm severity is warning
- minor : alarm severity is minor
- major : alarm severity is major
- critical : alarm severity is critical
[no] mnemonic3 Parameter type: <Alarm::AlarmMnemonic> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "UNDEF"
- an octet string defining mnemonic of external alarm mnemonic identifying the
- range: [A-Z] customizable external alarm 3
- length: x<=16
[no] description3 Parameter type: <Alarm::AlarmDescription> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "Undefined"
- an octet string defining description of external alarm description of the customizable
- length: x<=40 external alarm 3
[no] visible3 Parameter type: <Alarm::VisibleOutput> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( enable trigger a visible alarm for
| disable ) external alarm 3
Possible values:
- enable : external alarm output is visible
- disable : external alarm output is non-visible
[no] audible3 Parameter type: <Alarm::AudibleOutput> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( enable trigger a audible alarm for
| disable ) external alarm 3
Possible values:
- enable : external alarm output is audible
- disable : external alarm output is non-audible
[no] polarity3 Parameter type: <Alarm::InversePolarity> optional parameter with default

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 65

3 Alarm Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

Format: value: "normal"
( normal alarm polarity is normal or
| inverse ) inverse for external alarm 3
Possible values:
- normal : alarm polarity is normal
- inverse : alarm polarity is inverse
[no] severity3 Parameter type: <Alarm::AlarmSeverity> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "major"
( indeterminate severity level of external alarm 3
| warning
| minor
| major
| critical )
Possible values:
- indeterminate : alarm severity is indeterminate
- warning : alarm severity is warning
- minor : alarm severity is minor
- major : alarm severity is major
- critical : alarm severity is critical
[no] mnemonic4 Parameter type: <Alarm::AlarmMnemonic> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "UNDEF"
- an octet string defining mnemonic of external alarm mnemonic identifying the
- range: [A-Z] customizable external alarm 4
- length: x<=16
[no] description4 Parameter type: <Alarm::AlarmDescription> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "Undefined"
- an octet string defining description of external alarm description of the customizable
- length: x<=40 external alarm 4
[no] visible4 Parameter type: <Alarm::VisibleOutput> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( enable trigger a visible alarm for
| disable ) external alarm 4
Possible values:
- enable : external alarm output is visible
- disable : external alarm output is non-visible
[no] audible4 Parameter type: <Alarm::AudibleOutput> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( enable trigger a audible alarm for
| disable ) external alarm 4
Possible values:
- enable : external alarm output is audible
- disable : external alarm output is non-audible
[no] polarity4 Parameter type: <Alarm::InversePolarity> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "normal"
( normal alarm polarity is normal or
| inverse ) inverse for external alarm 4
Possible values:
- normal : alarm polarity is normal
- inverse : alarm polarity is inverse
[no] severity4 Parameter type: <Alarm::AlarmSeverity> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "major"
( indeterminate severity level of external alarm 4
| warning
| minor
| major
| critical )
Possible values:

66 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 3 Alarm Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- indeterminate : alarm severity is indeterminate
- warning : alarm severity is warning
- minor : alarm severity is minor
- major : alarm severity is major
- critical : alarm severity is critical
[no] mnemonic5 Parameter type: <Alarm::AlarmMnemonic> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "UNDEF"
- an octet string defining mnemonic of external alarm mnemonic identifying the
- range: [A-Z] customizable external alarm 5
- length: x<=16
[no] description5 Parameter type: <Alarm::AlarmDescription> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "Undefined"
- an octet string defining description of external alarm description of the customizable
- length: x<=40 external alarm 5
[no] visible5 Parameter type: <Alarm::VisibleOutput> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( enable trigger a visible alarm for
| disable ) external alarm 5
Possible values:
- enable : external alarm output is visible
- disable : external alarm output is non-visible
[no] audible5 Parameter type: <Alarm::AudibleOutput> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( enable trigger a audible alarm for
| disable ) external alarm 5
Possible values:
- enable : external alarm output is audible
- disable : external alarm output is non-audible
[no] polarity5 Parameter type: <Alarm::InversePolarity> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "normal"
( normal alarm polarity is normal or
| inverse ) inverse for external alarm 5
Possible values:
- normal : alarm polarity is normal
- inverse : alarm polarity is inverse
[no] severity5 Parameter type: <Alarm::AlarmSeverity> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "major"
( indeterminate severity level of external alarm 5
| warning
| minor
| major
| critical )
Possible values:
- indeterminate : alarm severity is indeterminate
- warning : alarm severity is warning
- minor : alarm severity is minor
- major : alarm severity is major
- critical : alarm severity is critical

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 67

4- Trap Configuration Commands

4.1 Trap Configuration Command Tree 4-69

4.2 Trap Definition Configuration Command 4-70
4.3 Trap Manager Configuration Command 4-72
4.4 SHub Trap Manager Configuration Command 4-75

68 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 4 Trap Configuration Commands

4.1 Trap Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Trap Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----trap
----definition
- (name)
- priority
----[no] manager
- (address)
- [no] priority
- [no] cold-start-trap
- [no] link-down-trap
- [no] link-up-trap
- [no] auth-fail-trap
- [no] change-trap
- [no] init-started-trap
- [no] lic-key-chg-occr
- [no] topology-chg
- [no] alarm-chg-trap
- [no] phys-line-trap
- [no] eqpt-change-trap
- [no] success-set-trap
- [no] other-alarm-trap
- [no] warning-trap
- [no] minor-trap
- [no] major-trap
- [no] critical-trap
- [no] redundancy-trap
- [no] eqpt-prot-trap
- [no] craft-login-trap
- [no] max-per-window
- [no] window-size
- [no] max-queue-size
- [no] min-interval
- [no] min-severity
----shub
----[no] manager
- (address)
- [no] cold-start-trap
- [no] auth-fail-trap
- [no] change-trap
- [no] community-string
- [no] snmp-version
- [no] min-severity

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 69

4 Trap Configuration Commands

4.2 Trap Definition Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to define the priority of a given trap.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure trap definition (name) [ priority <Trap::Priority> ]

Command Parameters
Table 4.2-1 "Trap Definition Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: the name of the trap
( cold-start
| link-down
| link-up
| auth-failure
| change-occured
| init-started
| lic-key-chg-occr
| topology-chg )
Possible values:
- cold-start : the node is reinitializing
- link-down : one of the communication links of the node
has failed
- link-up : one of the communication links of the node
became operational
- auth-failure : authentication failure
- change-occured : a configuration or operational change
occurred
- init-started : the node is initializing, IP connectivity is
established
- lic-key-chg-occr : the number of license keys changed
- topology-chg : topology changed (scope of cluster
management)
Table 4.2-2 "Trap Definition Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
priority Parameter type: <Trap::Priority> optional parameter
Format: the trap priority

70 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 4 Trap Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

( urgent
| high
| medium
| low )
Possible values:
- urgent : urgent - needs to be informed immediately
- high : high priority trap
- medium : medium priority trap
- low : low priority trap

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 71

4 Trap Configuration Commands

4.3 Trap Manager Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an SNMP manager, which will receive traps when an event occurs
in the system.
The SNMP manager can easily be flooded by events if something happens to the system. This command allows the
operator to specify which traps the manager is interested in (trap filtering) and how the traps must be distributed in
time (trap shaping).
Traps that cannot be delivered will be dropped.
The Following traps will be sent as a part of changeOccuredTrap
alarm-chg-trap,phys-line-trap,eqpt-change-trap,success-set-trap,other-alarm-trap,warning-trap,minor-trap,major-trap,critica

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure trap ( no manager (address) ) | ( manager (address) [ no priority | priority <Trap::Priority> ] [ [ no ]
cold-start-trap ] [ [ no ] link-down-trap ] [ [ no ] link-up-trap ] [ [ no ] auth-fail-trap ] [ [ no ] change-trap ] [ [ no ]
init-started-trap ] [ [ no ] lic-key-chg-occr ] [ [ no ] topology-chg ] [ [ no ] alarm-chg-trap ] [ [ no ] phys-line-trap ] [
[ no ] eqpt-change-trap ] [ [ no ] success-set-trap ] [ [ no ] other-alarm-trap ] [ [ no ] warning-trap ] [ [ no ]
minor-trap ] [ [ no ] major-trap ] [ [ no ] critical-trap ] [ [ no ] redundancy-trap ] [ [ no ] eqpt-prot-trap ] [ [ no ]
craft-login-trap ] [ no max-per-window | max-per-window <Trap::WindowCount> ] [ no window-size |
window-size <Trap::WindowSize> ] [ no max-queue-size | max-queue-size <Trap::QueueSize> ] [ no min-interval |
min-interval <Trap::Interval> ] [ no min-severity | min-severity <Alarm::alarmSeverity> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 4.3-1 "Trap Manager Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(address) Format: the address of the manager
<Ip::V4Address> : <Trap::Port>
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Trap::Port>
- trap port number
- range: [1...65535]
Table 4.3-2 "Trap Manager Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] priority Parameter type: <Trap::Priority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "medium"

72 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


Parameter
[no] cold-start-trap
[no] link-down-trap
[no] link-up-trap
[no] auth-fail-trap
[no] change-trap
[no] init-started-trap
[no] lic-key-chg-occr
[no] topology-chg
[no] alarm-chg-trap
[no] phys-line-trap
[no] eqpt-change-trap
[no] success-set-trap
[no] other-alarm-trap
[no] warning-trap
[no] minor-trap
[no] major-trap
[no] critical-trap
[no] redundancy-trap
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
4 Trap Configuration Commands
Type Description
( urgent lowest priority a trap should have
| high to be reported
| medium
| low )
Possible values:
- urgent : urgent - needs to be informed immediately
- high : high priority trap
- medium : medium priority trap
- low : low priority trap
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable sending cold start trap
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable sending link down trap
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable sending of link up trap
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable sending authentication
failure trap
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable sending of change occured
trap
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable sending init started trap
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable sending licence key
changed occured trap
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable sending topology changed
occured trap
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable snd nbr alrm chg(part of
changeOccurredTrap)
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable snd phys line chg(part of
changeOccurredTrap)
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable snd eqpt nbr chg(part of
changeOccurredTrap)
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable snd nbr of sets chg(part of
changeOccurredTrap)
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable snd nbr indeterminate
chg(part of changeOccurredTrap)
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable snd nbr warning chg(part
of changeOccurredTrap)
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable snd nbr minor chg(part of
changeOccurredTrap)
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable snd nbr major chg(part of
changeOccurredTrap)
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable snd nbr critical chg(part of
changeOccurredTrap)
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
Released 73
4 Trap Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] eqpt-prot-trap
[no] craft-login-trap
[no] max-per-window
[no] window-size
[no] max-queue-size
[no] min-interval
[no] min-severity
enable snd nbr redundancy
chg(part of changeOccurredTrap)
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable snd nbr eqpt prot chg(part
of changeOccurredTrap)
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable snd craft login chg(part of
changeOccurredTrap)
Parameter type: <Trap::WindowCount> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 2
- maximum allowed number of traps per window maximum allowed number of
- unit: traps traps per window
- range: [1...20]
Parameter type: <Trap::WindowSize> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 60
- the size of a time window for traps the size of a time window for
- unit: s traps in seconds
- range: [0...3600]
Parameter type: <Trap::QueueSize> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 10
- maximum number of traps that can be queued maximum number of traps that
- unit: traps can be queued
- range: [1...20]
Parameter type: <Trap::Interval> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 30
- minimum time interval between two traps the minimum time between two
- unit: s traps
- range: [0...3600]
Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmSeverity> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "major"
( indeterminate lowest severity an alarm must
| warning have, to be reported
| minor
| major
| critical )
Possible values:
- indeterminate : not a definite known severity level
- warning : just to inform as a warning
- minor : not service affecting
- major : service affecting
- critical : service breaking

74 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 4 Trap Configuration Commands

4.4 SHub Trap Manager Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an SNMP manager of the SHub.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of the SNMP manager of the
SHub, please check if the SNMP manager was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please
delete and re-create the SNMP manager.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure trap shub ( no manager (address) ) | ( manager (address) [ [ no ] cold-start-trap ] [ [ no ] auth-fail-trap ]
[ [ no ] change-trap ] [ no community-string | community-string <Snmp::SHubCommunityName> ] [ no
snmp-version | snmp-version <Snmp::SHubVersion> ] [ no min-severity | min-severity
<Snmp::SHubAlarmSeverity> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 4.4-1 "SHub Trap Manager Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(address)
Table 4.4-2 "SHub Trap Manager Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] cold-start-trap
[no] auth-fail-trap
[no] change-trap
[no] community-string
Type Description
Format: address of the manager
<Ip::V4Address> : <Trap::Port>
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Trap::Port>
- trap port number
- range: [1...65535]
Type Description
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable sending cold start trap
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable sending authentication
failure trap
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable sending of change occured
trap
Parameter type: <Snmp::SHubCommunityName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "public"
- a printable string the community string to be used

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 75

4 Trap Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] snmp-version
[no] min-severity
- length: x<=255
Parameter type: <Snmp::SHubVersion> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "v2"
( v1 manager type
| v2 )
Possible values:
- v1 : snmp V1 manager type
- v2 : snmp V2 manager type
Parameter type: <Snmp::SHubAlarmSeverity> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "indeterminate"
( indeterminate lowest severity an alarm must
| warning have, to be reported
| minor
| major
| critical )
Possible values:
- indeterminate : indeterminate
- warning : warning
- minor : minor
- major : major
- critical : critical

Command Output
Table 4.4-3 "SHub Trap Manager Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusTrapTable> the status of SNMP manager of
( valid the SHub
| corrupted This element is only shown in
| corrupted ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- valid : SNMP manager configuration is ok
- corrupted : SNMP manager configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : SNMP manager configuration is not
operational(not-ready)

76 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

5- Equipment Configuration Commands

5.1 Equipment Configuration Command Tree 5-78

5.2 Slot Configuration Command 5-79
5.3 Applique Configuration Command 5-81
5.4 Protection Group Configuration Command 5-83
5.5 Protection Element Configuration Command 5-84
5.6 External-link-host Configuration Commands 5-86
5.7 Host Shelf SFP Configuration Commands 5-87
5.8 NE Configuration Command 5-88
5.9 Rack Configuration Command 5-89
5.10 Shelf Configuration Command 5-90
5.11 Environment Monitoring Configuration Command 5-92

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 77

5 Equipment Configuration Commands

5.1 Equipment Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Equipment Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----equipment
----slot
- (index)
- [no] planned-type
- [no] power-down
- [no] unlock
- [no] alarm-profile
- capab-profile
----applique
- (index)
- [no] planned-type
----protection-group
- (index)
- [no] admin-status
- [no] eps-quenchfactor
----protection-element
- (index)
- [no] redcy-ctrl-status
----external-link-host
- (faceplate-number)
- [no] direction
----external-link-assign
- (sfp-index)
- [no] remote
----isam
- [no] description
----rack
- (index)
- [no] description
----shelf
- (index)
- [no] class
- [no] planned-type
- [no] unlock
- [no] lock
- [no] extended-lt-slots
- [no] description
----envbox
- [no] enable-supervise

78 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 5 Equipment Configuration Commands

5.2 Slot Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a slot.
The slot is identified by the physical slot number. The left-most slot in the shelf is number 1. The following
parameters can be configured for the slot:
planned-type: the unit type that will be inserted into the slot. The not-planned parameter indicates that a unit
will not be inserted into that slot.
power-down: the operator can power-up or power-down slots. This is only applicable to LSM.
unlock: the operator can lock or unlock a unit. A unit in thelocked state cannot be used. This attribute is only
supported for the NT (the system will refuse to lock the NT of a simplex system), EXT, and a managed LSM.
alarm-profile: the operator can assign a customizable alarm profile to a remote LT board. This is only
applicable for REM and SEM boards
capab-profile:This parameter only applies to LSMs.For BCM based boards default capab-profile is "default"
for Intel based boards it is "8vc_default".

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure equipment slot (index) [ no planned-type | planned-type <Equipm::BoardType> ] [ [ no ] power-down ]

[ [ no ] unlock ] [ no alarm-profile | alarm-profile <Equipm::AlarmProf> ] [ capab-profile
<Equipm::CapabilityProfile> ]

Command Parameters
Table 5.2-1 "Slot Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type Description
Format: the physical number of the slot
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| nt-a
| nt-b
| acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
| ext-a : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ext-b : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- ext-a : nt-a slot in an extension shelf
- ext-b : nt-b slot in an extension shelf

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 79

5 Equipment Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- acu : acu slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
Table 5.2-2 "Slot Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] planned-type Parameter type: <Equipm::BoardType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "not-planned"
Data driven field type type of board intended to be in
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration this position
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
[no] power-down Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
power down the board
[no] unlock Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
unlock the board
[no] alarm-profile Parameter type: <Equipm::AlarmProf> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none customized alarm profile
| name : <PrintableString> ) assigned to this board
Possible values:
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <PrintableString>
- printable string
capab-profile Parameter type: <Equipm::CapabilityProfile> optional parameter
Format: capability profile assigned to a
Data driven field type line board
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.

80 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 5 Equipment Configuration Commands

5.3 Applique Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an applique.
The applique is identified by the physical slot number. The left-most slot in the shelf is number 1. The following
parameter can be configured for the slot:
planned-type: the applique type to be inserted into the slot. The not-planned parameter indicates that an
applique will not be inserted into that slot.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure equipment applique (index) [ no planned-type | planned-type <Equipm::AppliqueType> ]

Command Parameters
Table 5.3-1 "Applique Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Table 5.3-2 "Applique Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] planned-type
Type Description
Format: the physical number of the
( iont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> applique
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::AppliqueSlotId>
| lp : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Possible values:
- iont : an nt applique slot
- lp : an lt applique slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::AppliqueSlotId>
- the applique slot number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Type Description
Parameter type: <Equipm::AppliqueType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "not-planned"
Data driven field type type of applique intended to be in
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration this position

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 81

5 Equipment Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.

82 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 5 Equipment Configuration Commands

5.4 Protection Group Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a protection group.
The protection group is identified by the eqptProtGroupId attribute. The value 1 is reserved for the extension chain
protection group which is always present and cannot be deleted.
The protection group is identified by an index, the value 1 is reserved for the extension chain protection
group,which is always present and cannot be deleted.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure equipment protection-group (index) [ no admin-status | admin-status

<Equipm::PortGroupAdminStatus> ] [ no eps-quenchfactor | eps-quenchfactor <Equipm::TimeTicks> ]

Command Parameters
Table 5.4-1 "Protection Group Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: Index in eqpt Prot Group Table
- index of protection group
Table 5.4-2 "Protection Group Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] admin-status Parameter type: <Equipm::PortGroupAdminStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "unlock"
( unlock changes the administrative-status
| lock ) to lock or unlock
Possible values:
- unlock : unlock
- lock : lock
[no] eps-quenchfactor Parameter type: <Equipm::TimeTicks> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "1440000"
- timer value for quench mechanish timervalue of quenching
- unit: 1/100 sec mechanism, 0 is valid value

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 83

5 Equipment Configuration Commands

5.5 Protection Element Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a protection element.
The protection group is identified by the eqptProtGroupId attribute. The value 1 to 9 are reserved for the extension
chain protection group which are always present and cannot be deleted. Group 1 corresponding with NT 1+1
group, and Group 2-9 corresponding with possible 8 LT 1+1 groups.
The redcy-ctrl-status parameter is used to force a switchover between elements of a protection group or to keep one
of the elements active. The forced-active parameter indicates that the NTA or NTB slot or LT slot is configured as
active.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure equipment protection-element (index) [ no redcy-ctrl-status | redcy-ctrl-status

<Equipm::ProtElementRedcyCtrlStatus> ]

Command Parameters
Table 5.5-1 "Protection Element Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Table 5.5-2 "Protection Element Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Type Description
Format: Index in eqpt Prot Element Table
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| nt-a
| nt-b
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number

84 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 5 Equipment Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] redcy-ctrl-status
Parameter type: <Equipm::ProtElementRedcyCtrlStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "normal"
( normal changes the redundancy control
| forced_active ) status
Possible values:
- normal : enables redundancy (active or standby)
- forced_active : forces the element to be active

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 85

5 Equipment Configuration Commands

5.6 External-link-host Configuration Commands

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the traffic direction of the two configurable external-links on the
host expansion card. The configurable parameters are:
direction: The traffic direction. Two directions are supported:
- network (default): the direction is configured to allow the trafic from the network
- remote-lt : the direction is configured to allow the trafic to the remote line termination card

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure equipment external-link-host (faceplate-number) [ no direction | direction

<Equipm::ExternalLinkConfigType> ]

Command Parameters
Table 5.6-1 "External-link-host Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(faceplate-number) Format: the faceplate number of the
- the faceplate number of the configurable external link configurable external-link
- range: [6...7]
Table 5.6-2 "External-link-host Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] direction Parameter type: <Equipm::ExternalLinkConfigType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "network"
( network the external-link traffic direction
| remote-lt )
Possible values:
- network : the connection direction is from the network
- remote-lt : the connection direction is to the remote line
termination card

86 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 5 Equipment Configuration Commands

5.7 Host Shelf SFP Configuration Commands

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the association between a host shelf SFP and a remote LT.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure equipment external-link-assign (sfp-index) [ no remote | remote <Equipm::ExpansionSlotIndex> ]

Command Parameters
Table 5.7-1 "Host Shelf SFP Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(sfp-index) Format: host shelf SFP number on the
- host SFP faceplate number faceplate
- range: [2...17]
Table 5.7-2 "Host Shelf SFP Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] remote Parameter type: <Equipm::ExpansionSlotIndex> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0/0/0"
<Eqpt::ExpRack> / <Eqpt::ExpShelf> / <Eqpt::ExpSlot> the expansion shelf LSM
Field type <Eqpt::ExpRack>
- the physical number of the expansion rack
Field type <Eqpt::ExpShelf>
- physical nbr of expansion shelf within expansion rack
Field type <Eqpt::ExpSlot>
- the physical number of the slot within expansion shelf

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 87

5 Equipment Configuration Commands

5.8 NE Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the NE. The operator can configure the following parameter:
description: text that describes the location of the ISAM.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure equipment isam [ no description | description <Description-127> ]

Command Parameters
Table 5.8-2 "NE Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] description Parameter type: <Description-127> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- description to help the operator to identify the object any description to be used by the
- length: x<=127 operator

88 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 5 Equipment Configuration Commands

5.9 Rack Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the rack. The operator can configure the following parameter:
description: text that describes the location of the rack.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure equipment rack (index) [ no description | description <Description-127> ]

Command Parameters
Table 5.9-1 "Rack Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the physcial position of the rack
<Eqpt::RackId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Table 5.9-2 "Rack Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] description Parameter type: <Description-127> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- description to help the operator to identify the object any description to be used by the
- length: x<=127 operator

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 89

5 Equipment Configuration Commands

5.10 Shelf Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the shelf. The operator can configure the following parameters:
class: the classification of the shelf. The following shelf classes are supported:
- main-ethernet: supports Ethernet-based traffic. Shelves in this class can contain NT and LT units. There
must be at least one shelf of this class in the system.
- ext-ethernet: supports Ethernet-based traffic. Shelves in this class can only contain LT units.
planned-type: the type planned for this shelf. The not-planned parameter indicates that a shelf will not be
inserted at this position.
unlock: locks or unlocks the shelf.
shelf-mode: the shelf mode,applicable to NEP only, and when the shelf mode was changed successfully,the NE
will reboot automatically.
description: text that describes the location of the shelf.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure equipment shelf (index) [ no class | class <Equipm::ShelfClass> ] [ no planned-type | planned-type
<Equipm::ShelfType> ] [ [ no ] unlock ] [ [ no ] lock ] [ [ no ] extended-lt-slots ] [ no description | description
<Description-127> ]

Command Parameters
Table 5.10-1 "Shelf Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the physical identification of the
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> shelf
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Table 5.10-2 "Shelf Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] class Parameter type: <Equipm::ShelfClass> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "main-ethernet"
( main-ethernet the class to which the shelf
| ext-ethernet ) belongs
Possible values:
- main-ethernet : main shelf - supports ethernet-based traffic

90 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 5 Equipment Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- ext-ethernet : extension shelf - supports ethernet-based
traffic
[no] planned-type Parameter type: <Equipm::ShelfType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "not-planned"
Data driven field type the planned type of the shelf
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
[no] unlock Parameter type: boolean obsolete parameter replaced by
parameter "lock"
the holder is unlocked
[no] lock Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
the holder is locked
[no] extended-lt-slots Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
change to extended lt slots
[no] description Parameter type: <Description-127> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- description to help the operator to identify the object any description to be used by the
- length: x<=127 operator

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 91

5 Equipment Configuration Commands

5.11 Environment Monitoring Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure environment monitoring status to enable/disable the data relay
from an external monitor box connected on the NTIO board of ISAM to the monitor server. The operator can
configure the following parameters:
enable-supervise: enable relay of environment monitoring from an external monitor box.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure equipment envbox [ [ no ] enable-supervise ]

Command Parameters
Table 5.11-2 "Environment Monitoring Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] enable-supervise Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable environment monitoring
relay

92 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

6- xDSL Configuration Commands

6.1 xDSL Configuration Command Tree 6-94

6.2 xDSL Common Service Profile Configuration 6-99
Command
6.3 xDSL Common Spectrum Profile Configuration 6-102
Command
6.4 xDSL Artificial Noise Downstream Configuration 6-108
Command
6.5 xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL/ADSL2 Configuration 6-110
Command
6.6 xDSL Spectrum Profile for RE-ADSL2 Configuration 6-112
Command
6.7 xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL2 Plus Configuration 6-114
Command
6.8 ADSL2-plus Custom PSD shape 6-117
6.9 xDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL Configuration 6-118
Command
6.10 VDSL Ghs Tones Transmission Power Control 6-125
Configuration Command
6.11 VDSL Custom PSD shape 6-127
6.12 VDSL Custom PSD shape 6-128
6.13 xDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL2 Configuration 6-129
Command
6.14 VDSL2 Custom PSD shape Downstream 6-135
6.15 VDSL2 Custom PSD shape Upstream 6-136
6.16 VDSL2 Custom PSD shape 6-137
6.17 VDSL2 Virtual Noise Downstream 6-138
6.18 VDSL2 Virtual Noise Upstream 6-139
6.19 xDSL Line Configuration Command 6-140
6.20 xDSL Line TCA Threshold Configuration Command 6-144
6.21 xDSL Local Loop Unbundling Configuration 6-146
Command

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 93

6 xDSL Configuration Commands

6.1 xDSL Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "xDSL Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----xdsl
----[no] service-profile
- (index)
- name
- (scope)
- version
- [no] ra-mode-down
- [no] ra-mode-up
- [no] min-bitrate-down
- [no] min-bitrate-up
- [no] plan-bitrate-down
- [no] plan-bitrate-up
- [no] max-bitrate-down
- [no] max-bitrate-up
- [no] max-delay-down
- [no] max-delay-up
- [no] imp-noise-prot-dn
- [no] imp-noise-prot-up
- [no] inp-wo-erasure-dn
- [no] inp-wo-erasure-up
- [no] min-l2-br-down
- [no] active
----[no] spectrum-profile
- (index)
- name
- (scope)
- version
- [no] dis-ansi-t1413
- [no] dis-etsi-dts
- [no] dis-g992-1-a
- [no] dis-g992-1-b
- [no] dis-g992-2-a
- [no] dis-g992-3-a
- [no] dis-g992-3-b
- [no] g992-3-l1
- [no] g992-3-l2
- [no] g992-3-am
- [no] g992-5-a
- [no] g992-5-b
- [no] ansi-t1.424
- [no] dis-etsi-ts
- [no] itu-g993-1
- [no] ieee-802.3ah
- [no] g992-5-am

94 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 6 xDSL Configuration Commands

- [no] g993-2-8a
- [no] g993-2-8b
- [no] g993-2-8c
- [no] g993-2-8d
- [no] g993-2-12a
- [no] g993-2-12b
- [no] g993-2-17a
- [no] g993-2-30a
- [no] min-noise-down
- [no] min-noise-up
- [no] trgt-noise-down
- [no] trgt-noise-up
- [no] max-noise-down
- [no] max-noise-up
- [no] carrier-mask-down
- [no] carrier-mask-up
- [no] rf-band-list
- [no] power_mgnt_mode
- [no] l0-time
- [no] l2-time
- [no] l2-agpow-red-tx
- [no] modification
- [no] active
- [no] rau-noise-down
- [no] rau-noise-up
- [no] rau-time-down
- [no] rau-time-up
- [no] rad-noise-down
- [no] rad-noise-up
- [no] rad-time-down
- [no] rad-time-up
- [no] l2-agpw-to-red-tx
----artificial-noise-down
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----adsl-adsl2
- [no] proprietary-feat
- [no] max-agpowlev-down
- [no] max-agpowlev-up
- [no] max-psd-down
- [no] max-psd-up
- [no] pbo-mode-up
- [no] max-recv-power-up
----re-adsl
- [no] proprietary-feat
- [no] max-agpowlev-down
- [no] max-agpowlev-up
- [no] max-psd-down
- [no] max-psd-up
- [no] pbo-mode-up
- [no] max-recv-power-up
----adsl2-plus
- [no] proprietary-feat
- [no] max-agpowlev-down
- [no] max-agpowlev-up
- [no] max-psd-down
- [no] max-psd-up

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 95

6 xDSL Configuration Commands

- [no] psd-shape-down
- [no] pbo-mode-up
- [no] max-recv-power-up
----cust-psd-pt-down
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----vdsl
- [no] proprietary-feat
- [no] vdsl-band-plan
- [no] optional-band
- [no] optional-endfreq
- [no] adsl-band
- [no] max-agpowlev-down
- [no] max-agpowlev-up
- [no] psd-shape-down
- [no] psd-shape-up
- [no] pbo-mode-down
- [no] rx-psd-shape-up
- [no] ghstones-pwr-mode
- [no] max-band
- [no] max-freq
- [no] m-psd-level-down
- [no] m-psd-level-up
- [no] psd-pbo-par-a-up
- [no] psd-pbo-par-b-up
- [no] cust-psd-sc-down
- [no] cust-psd-ty-down
- [no] cust-rx-psd-sc-up
- [no] cust-rx-psd-ty-up
----ghstone-set-pwr-ctrl
- [no] a43
- [no] b43
- [no] a43c
- [no] v43
----cust-psd-pt-down
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----cust-rx-psd-pt-up
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----vdsl2
- [no] proprietary-feat
- [no] max-agpowlev-down
- [no] max-agpowlev-up
- [no] psd-shape-down
- [no] cs-psd-shape-dn
- [no] cs-psd-shape-up
- [no] psd-shape-up
- [no] rx-psd-shape-up
- [no] psd-pbo-e-len-up
- [no] m-psd-level-down
- [no] m-psd-level-up
- [no] psd-pbo-par-a-up
- [no] psd-pbo-par-b-up
- [no] v-noise-snr-down

96 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 6 xDSL Configuration Commands

- [no] v-noise-snr-up
- [no] v-noise-psd-down
- [no] v-noise-psd-up
- [no] cust-psd-sc-down
- [no] cust-psd-ty-down
- [no] cust-psd-sc-up
- [no] cust-psd-ty-up
- [no] cust-rx-psd-sc-up
- [no] cust-rx-psd-ty-up
----cust-psd-pt-down
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----cust-psd-pt-up
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----cust-rx-psd-pt-up
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----v-noise-psd-pt-down
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----v-noise-psd-pt-up
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----line
- (if-index)
- [no] service-profile
- [no] spectrum-profile
- [no] ansi-t1413
- [no] etsi-dts
- [no] g992-1-a
- [no] g992-1-b
- [no] g992-2-a
- [no] g992-3-a
- [no] g992-3-b
- [no] g992-3-l1
- [no] g992-3-l2
- [no] g992-3-am
- [no] g992-5-a
- [no] g992-5-b
- [no] ansi-t1.424
- [no] etsi-ts
- [no] itu-g993-1
- [no] ieee-802.3ah
- [no] g992-5-am
- [no] g993-2-8a
- [no] g993-2-8b
- [no] g993-2-8c
- [no] g993-2-8d
- [no] g993-2-12a
- [no] g993-2-12b
- [no] g993-2-17a
- [no] g993-2-30a
- [no] carrier-data-mode

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 97

6 xDSL Configuration Commands

- [no] admin-up
- [no] bonding-mode
- [no] transfer-mode
----tca-line-threshold
- [no] enable
- [no] es-nearend
- [no] ses-nearend
- [no] uas-nearend
- [no] es-day-nearend
- [no] ses-day-nearend
- [no] uas-day-nearend
- [no] es-farend
- [no] ses-farend
- [no] uas-farend
- [no] es-day-farend
- [no] ses-day-farend
- [no] uas-day-farend
----local-loop
- [no] unbundle

98 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 6 xDSL Configuration Commands

6.2 xDSL Common Service Profile Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the DSL service profile. The service profile groups all parameters on
DSL service level (data rates, Rate Adaption mode, delay, ...). The service parameters are common for all DSL
flavors.
DESCRIPTION FOR THE COMMAND PARAMETER-SCOPE:The combination scope+profile must be
unique.Typically local-profile must be used especially when configuring via CLI.Use of network-profile is
depreciated.The network-profile was foreseen to allow management agents to define network-wide unique
profiles,independent ofwhat local profiles may have been created.
DESCRIPTION FOR THE COMMAND PARAMETER max-delay-down and max-delay-up:The delay is expressed
in milliseconds.Range: 1 to 63 ms in steps of 1 ms with 1 as special value.The value 1 is used to specify that fast or
pseudo fast latency (i.e. no interleaving).

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure xdsl ( no service-profile (index) ) | ( service-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> [ (scope) ] [
version <SignedInteger> ] [ no ra-mode-down | ra-mode-down <Xdsl::RAModeDownType> ] [ no ra-mode-up |
ra-mode-up <Xdsl::RAModeUpType> ] [ no min-bitrate-down | min-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no
min-bitrate-up | min-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no plan-bitrate-down | plan-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no
plan-bitrate-up | plan-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no max-bitrate-down | max-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [
no max-bitrate-up | max-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no max-delay-down | max-delay-down
<Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> ] [ no max-delay-up | max-delay-up <Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> ] [ no imp-noise-prot-dn
| imp-noise-prot-dn <Xdsl::ImpNoiseProtection> ] [ no imp-noise-prot-up | imp-noise-prot-up
<Xdsl::ImpNoiseProtection> ] [ [ no ] inp-wo-erasure-dn ] [ [ no ] inp-wo-erasure-up ] [ no min-l2-br-down |
min-l2-br-down <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ [ no ] active ] )

Command Parameters
Table 6.2-1 "xDSL Common Service Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
Table 6.2-2 "xDSL Common Service Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 99

6 xDSL Configuration Commands
Parameter
(scope)
version
[no] ra-mode-down
[no] ra-mode-up
[no] min-bitrate-down
[no] min-bitrate-up
[no] plan-bitrate-down
[no] plan-bitrate-up
[no] max-bitrate-down
100 Released
Type Description
Format: profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Format: obsolete parameter that will be
local-profile ignored
Possible values: scope of the profile
- local-profile : the local profile
Parameter type: <SignedInteger> optional parameter
Format: version maintained by manager,
- a signed integer usually 1 for new profile
Parameter type: <Xdsl::RAModeDownType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "automatic"
( operator-ctrld rate adaptation mode for down
| automatic stream
| dynamic )
Possible values:
- operator-ctrld : operator controlled rate adaptive mode in
downstream
- automatic : automatic rate adaptive mode at startup in
downstream
- dynamic : dynamic rate adaptive mode at startup and at
showtime in downstream
Parameter type: <Xdsl::RAModeUpType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "automatic"
( operator-ctrld rate adaptation mode for up
| automatic stream
| dynamic )
Possible values:
- operator-ctrld : operator controlled rate adaptive mode in
upstream
- automatic : automatic rate adaptive mode at startup in
upstream
- dynamic : dynamic rate adaptive mode at startup and at
showtime in upstream
Parameter type: <Xdsl::BitRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1024
- a bit rate value minimum downstream bit rate to
- unit: kbps be maintained
- range: [0...262143]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::BitRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 64
- a bit rate value minimum upstream bit rate to be
- unit: kbps maintained
- range: [0...262143]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::BitRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1536
- a bit rate value planned bitrate in downstream
- unit: kbps
- range: [0...262143]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::BitRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 128
- a bit rate value planned bitrate in upstream
- unit: kbps
- range: [0...262143]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::BitRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 6144
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

Parameter
[no] max-bitrate-up
[no] max-delay-down
[no] max-delay-up
[no] imp-noise-prot-dn
[no] imp-noise-prot-up
[no] inp-wo-erasure-dn
[no] inp-wo-erasure-up
[no] min-l2-br-down
[no] active
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
6 xDSL Configuration Commands
Type Description
- a bit rate value maximum bitrate in downstream
- unit: kbps
- range: [0...262143]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::BitRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 640
- a bit rate value maximum bitrate in upstream
- unit: kbps
- range: [0...262143]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 16
- a delay time period maximum delay for interleaving
- unit: msec function in downstream
- range: [1...63]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 16
- a delay time period maximum delay for interleaving
- unit: msec function in upstream
- range: [1...63]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::ImpNoiseProtection> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- minimum impulse noise protection minimum impulse noise
- unit: 1/10 symbols protection in downstream
- range: [0...80]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::ImpNoiseProtection> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- minimum impulse noise protection minimum impulse noise
- unit: 1/10 symbols protection in upstream
- range: [0...80]
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
min-inp even without erasure
detection
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
min-inp even without erasure
detection
Parameter type: <Xdsl::BitRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 128
- a bit rate value minimum downstream bitrate to
- unit: kbps be maintained during L2
- range: [0...262143]
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
The parameter is not visible
during creation.
to activate the profile
Released 101
6 xDSL Configuration Commands

6.3 xDSL Common Spectrum Profile Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the DSL spectrum profile. The spectrum profiles groups all
parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the environmental conditions of the
line (spectrum management).
The Spectrum Configuration profile contains parameters which have a common value for all DSL flavors
(Common) and parameters which have a specific value depending on the DSL flavor used (ADSL1/2, READSL2,
ADSL2Plus, VDSL,VDSL2).
The specific values depending on the DSL flavor can be configured via:
configure xdsl spectrum-profile adsl-adsl2
configure xdsl spectrum-profile re-adsl
configure xdsl spectrum-profile adsl2-plus
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl2

The actual selected operating mode determines which set of DSL specific parameters is used. In case a common
parameter is not supported for a specific DSL flavor, this parameter will be ignored for that flavor.
When all the DSL specific flavors are configure the complete profile has to be activated.
DESCRIPTION FOR THE COMMAND PARAMETER-SCOPE:The combination scope+profilemust be
unique.Typically local-profile must be used especially when configuring via CLI.Use of network-profile is
depreciated.The network-profile was foreseen to allow management agents to define network-wide unique
profiles,independent ofwhat local profiles may have been created.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure xdsl ( no spectrum-profile (index) ) | ( spectrum-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> [ (scope) ] [
version <SignedInteger> ] [ [ no ] dis-ansi-t1413 ] [ [ no ] dis-etsi-dts ] [ [ no ] dis-g992-1-a ] [ [ no ] dis-g992-1-b ]
[ [ no ] dis-g992-2-a ] [ [ no ] dis-g992-3-a ] [ [ no ] dis-g992-3-b ] [ [ no ] g992-3-l1 ] [ [ no ] g992-3-l2 ] [ [ no ]
g992-3-am ] [ [ no ] g992-5-a ] [ [ no ] g992-5-b ] [ [ no ] ansi-t1.424 ] [ [ no ] dis-etsi-ts ] [ [ no ] itu-g993-1 ] [ [ no
] ieee-802.3ah ] [ [ no ] g992-5-am ] [ [ no ] g993-2-8a ] [ [ no ] g993-2-8b ] [ [ no ] g993-2-8c ] [ [ no ] g993-2-8d ]
[ [ no ] g993-2-12a ] [ [ no ] g993-2-12b ] [ [ no ] g993-2-17a ] [ [ no ] g993-2-30a ] [ no min-noise-down |
min-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ] [ no min-noise-up | min-noise-up <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ] [ no
trgt-noise-down | trgt-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ] [ no trgt-noise-up | trgt-noise-up <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ]
[ no max-noise-down | max-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMarginPlus> ] [ no max-noise-up | max-noise-up
<Xdsl::NoiseMarginPlus> ] [ no carrier-mask-down | carrier-mask-down <Xdsl::CarrierMaskDown> ] [ no
carrier-mask-up | carrier-mask-up <Xdsl::CarrierMaskUp> ] [ no rf-band-list | rf-band-list <Xdsl::RFBand> ] [ no
power_mgnt_mode | power_mgnt_mode <Xdsl::LinePowerMgtMode> ] [ no l0-time | l0-time
<Xdsl::LineL0Time> ] [ no l2-time | l2-time <Xdsl::LineL2Time> ] [ no l2-agpow-red-tx | l2-agpow-red-tx

102 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 6 xDSL Configuration Commands

<Xdsl::LineL2Atpr> ] [ no modification | modification <Xdsl::ModifyStatus> ] [ [ no ] active ] [ no rau-noise-down

| rau-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ] [ no rau-noise-up | rau-noise-up <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ] [ no
rau-time-down | rau-time-down <Xdsl::RaTime> ] [ no rau-time-up | rau-time-up <Xdsl::RaTime> ] [ no
rad-noise-down | rad-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ] [ no rad-noise-up | rad-noise-up <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ] [
no rad-time-down | rad-time-down <Xdsl::RaTime> ] [ no rad-time-up | rad-time-up <Xdsl::RaTime> ] [ no
l2-agpw-to-red-tx | l2-agpw-to-red-tx <Xdsl::LineL2AtprT> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 6.3-1 "xDSL Common Spectrum Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Table 6.3-2 "xDSL Common Spectrum Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
name
(scope)
version
[no] dis-ansi-t1413
[no] dis-etsi-dts
[no] dis-g992-1-a
[no] dis-g992-1-b
[no] dis-g992-2-a
[no] dis-g992-3-a
[no] dis-g992-3-b
[no] g992-3-l1
[no] g992-3-l2
[no] g992-3-am
Type Description
Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
Type Description
Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Format: obsolete parameter that will be
local-profile ignored
Possible values: scope of the profile
- local-profile : the local profile
Parameter type: <SignedInteger> optional parameter
Format: version maintained by manager,
- a signed integer usually 1 for new profile
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable ANSI T1.413-1998
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable ETSI DTS/TM06006
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable G.992.1 POTS
non-overlapped spectrum
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable G.992.1 ISDN
non-overlapped spectrum
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable G.992.2 POTS
non-overlapped spectrum
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable G.992.3 POTS
non-overlapped spectrum
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable G.992.3 ISDN
non-overlapped spectrum
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum US mask 1
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum US mask 2
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 103

6 xDSL Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

G.992.3 extended POTS with
non-overlapped spectrum
[no] g992-5-a Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
[no] g992-5-b Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.992.5 ISDN non-overlapped
spectrum
[no] ansi-t1.424 Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
ANSI T1.424
[no] dis-etsi-ts Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable ETSI TS
[no] itu-g993-1 Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
ITU G993-1
[no] ieee-802.3ah Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
IEEE 802.3ah
[no] g992-5-am Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.992.5 extended POTS
non-overlapped spectrum
[no] g993-2-8a Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.993.2_8A VDSL-2 with profile
8A
[no] g993-2-8b Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.993.2_8B VDSL-2 with profile
8B
[no] g993-2-8c Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.993.2_8C VDSL-2 with profile
8C
[no] g993-2-8d Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.993.2_8D VDSL-2 with profile
8D
[no] g993-2-12a Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.993.2_12A VDSL-2 with
profile 12A
[no] g993-2-12b Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.993.2_12B VDSL-2 with
profile 12B
[no] g993-2-17a Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.993.2_17A VDSL-2 with
profile 17A
[no] g993-2-30a Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.993.2_30A VDSL-2 with
profile 30A
[no] min-noise-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- a noise margin value minimum noise margin in
- unit: 1/10 db downstream
- range: [0...310]
[no] min-noise-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- a noise margin value minimum noise margin in
- unit: 1/10 db upstream
- range: [0...310]
[no] trgt-noise-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 60
- a noise margin value target noise margin in
- unit: 1/10 db downstream

104 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


Parameter
[no] trgt-noise-up
[no] max-noise-down
[no] max-noise-up
[no] carrier-mask-down
[no] carrier-mask-up
[no] rf-band-list
[no] power_mgnt_mode
[no] l0-time
[no] l2-time
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
6 xDSL Configuration Commands
Type Description
- range: [0...310]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 60
- a noise margin value target noise margin in upstream
- unit: 1/10 db
- range: [0...310]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::NoiseMarginPlus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 511
- a normal noise margin value plus special value maximum noise margin in
- unit: 1/10 db downstream
- range: [0...310,511]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::NoiseMarginPlus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 511
- a normal noise margin value plus special value maximum noise margin in
- unit: 1/10 db upstream
- range: [0...310,511]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::CarrierMaskDown> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00
- an octet string bitmask defining carrier mask : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
- length: 64 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00"
the downstream carrier mask
pattern
Parameter type: <Xdsl::CarrierMaskUp> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00
- an octet string bitmask defining carrier mask : 00 : 00"
- length: 8 the upstream carrier mask pattern
Parameter type: <Xdsl::RFBand> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "07 : 12 : 07 : d0 : 19 : 0d
- a variable lenght octet string defining rf band list : ac : 0e : d8 : 19 : 1b : 58 : 1b :
- length: x<=80 bc : 19 : 27 : 74 : 27 : a6 : 19"
list of RF bands
Parameter type: <Xdsl::LinePowerMgtMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none permission of power management
| l2 states
| l3
| l2-l3 )
Possible values:
- none : l2 or l3 not supported
- l2 : only l2 supported
- l3 : only l3 supported
- l2-l3 : l2 and l3 supported
Parameter type: <Xdsl::LineL0Time> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 255
- min time in a state before transitting into another min time between exit from and
- unit: sec entry in l2 state
- range: [0...1800]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::LineL2Time> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 60
- min time in a state before transitting into another min time between entry in l2 and
Released 105
6 xDSL Configuration Commands
Parameter
[no] l2-agpow-red-tx
[no] modification
[no] active
[no] rau-noise-down
[no] rau-noise-up
[no] rau-time-down
[no] rau-time-up
[no] rad-noise-down
[no] rad-noise-up
[no] rad-time-down
[no] rad-time-up
106 Released
Type Description
- unit: sec first power trim
- range: [0...1800]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::LineL2Atpr> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3
- the maximum aggregate transmit power reduction the maximum aggregate transmit
- unit: db power reduction for l2
- range: [0...31]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::ModifyStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "complete"
( start to modify the profile
| cancel
| complete )
Possible values:
- start : to start modifying the profile
- cancel : to cancel the modifications done
- complete : to complete the modifications
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
The parameter is not visible
during creation.
to activate the profile
Parameter type: <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 70
- a noise margin value downstream upshift noise margin
- unit: 1/10 db for rate adaptation
- range: [0...310]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 70
- a noise margin value upstream upshift noise margin for
- unit: 1/10 db rate adaptation
- range: [0...310]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::RaTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 300
- a data rate value downstream minimum upshift
- unit: sec rate adaptation interval
- range: [0...16383]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::RaTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 300
- a data rate value upstream minimum upshift rate
- unit: sec adaptation interval
- range: [0...16383]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 20
- a noise margin value downstream downshift noise
- unit: 1/10 db margin for rate adaptation
- range: [0...310]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 20
- a noise margin value upstream downshift noise margin
- unit: 1/10 db for rate adaptation
- range: [0...310]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::RaTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 30
- a data rate value downstream minimum downshift
- unit: sec rate adaptation interval
- range: [0...16383]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::RaTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 30
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
 6 xDSL Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] l2-agpw-to-red-tx
- a data rate value upstream minimum downshift
- unit: sec rate adaptation interval
- range: [0...16383]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::LineL2AtprT> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 31
- the total maximum aggregate transmit power reduction total maximum aggregate
- unit: db transmit power reduction for L2
- range: [0...31]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 107

6 xDSL Configuration Commands

6.4 xDSL Artificial Noise Downstream

Configuration Command

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure artificial noise in Downstream
This command allows to specify the transmitter-referred artificial noise level to be used as additional noise source
at the downstream transmitter. A number of 2 to 32 Artificial Noise PSD points can be specified downstream.
Artificial Noise PSD points are defined in the range -140dBm/Hz..-40 dBm/Hz. These values must be manually
converted to the range 0..200 using the formula -2*(40 + PSD level).
A special value (-167,5 dBm/Hz) (entered value: 255) states no artificial noise has to be applied. If all PSD points
are configured with a frequency of 0 and an invalid PSD of -167,5 dBm/Hz (entered value: 255), no artificial noise
shall be used.
The successive PSD points must have increasing (>/=) frequencies. If one point is marked as unused, all successive
points will be marked as unused too. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are
defined at a same frequency (brickwall).

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) artificial-noise-down (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency

<Xdsl::CustFreq> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::CustPsd> ]

Command Parameters
Table 6.4-1 "xDSL Artificial Noise Downstream Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: the name of the operator
- psd point
- range: [1...32]
Table 6.4-2 "xDSL Artificial Noise Downstream Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
- unit: khz

108 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 6 xDSL Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- range: [0...30000]
[no] psd Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustPsd> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 255
- psd level psd level
- unit: -2*(40+PSD level in dBm/Hz)
- range: [0...200,255]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 109

6 xDSL Configuration Commands

6.5 xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL/ADSL2

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the ADSL and ADSL2 specific part of the DSL spectrum profile. The
spectrum profiles groups all parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the
environmental conditions of the line (spectrum management).
The Spectrum Configuration Profile contains parameters which have a common value for all DSL flavors
(Common) and parameters which have a specific value depending on the DSL flavor used (ADSL1/2, READSL2,
ADSL2Plus, VDSL).
This chapter contains the ADSL-ADSL2 flavor specific parameters.
Note: the activation of the profile has to be done via configure xdsl spectrum-profile.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) adsl-adsl2 [ [ no ] proprietary-feat ] [ no max-agpowlev-down |

max-agpowlev-down <Xdsl::PowerLevel> ] [ no max-agpowlev-up | max-agpowlev-up <Xdsl::PowerLevel> ] [ no
max-psd-down | max-psd-down <Xdsl::Adsl2PowerSpectralDensityDown> ] [ no max-psd-up | max-psd-up
<Xdsl::Adsl2PowerSpectralDensityUp> ] [ [ no ] pbo-mode-up ] [ no max-recv-power-up | max-recv-power-up
<Xdsl::RxPowerLevel> ]

Command Parameters
Table 6.5-1 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL/ADSL2 Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
Table 6.5-2 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL/ADSL2 Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] proprietary-feat Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable proprietary features of the
modem
[no] max-agpowlev-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::PowerLevel> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 255

110 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


Parameter
[no] max-agpowlev-up
[no] max-psd-down
[no] max-psd-up
[no] pbo-mode-up
[no] max-recv-power-up
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
6 xDSL Configuration Commands
Type Description
- a power level value maximum aggregate power
- unit: 1/10 * dBm allowed in downstream
- range: [0...255]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::PowerLevel> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 255
- a power level value maximum aggregate power
- unit: 1/10 * dBm allowed in upstream
- range: [0...255]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::Adsl2PowerSpectralDensityDown> optional parameter with default
Format: value: -400
- a power spectral density value maximum power spectral density
- unit: 1/10 * dBm/Hz allowed in downstream
- range: [-600...-400]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::Adsl2PowerSpectralDensityUp> optional parameter with default
Format: value: -380
- a power spectral density value maximum power spectral density
- unit: 1/10 * dBm/Hz allowed in upstream
- range: [-600...-380]
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
upstream power backoff mode
ON
Parameter type: <Xdsl::RxPowerLevel> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 255
- a received power level value the maximum receive power
- unit: 1/10 * dBm allowed in upstream
- range: [-255...255]
Released 111
6 xDSL Configuration Commands

6.6 xDSL Spectrum Profile for RE-ADSL2

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Reach Extented ADSL2 specific part of the DSL spectrum profile.
The spectrum profiles groups all parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the
environmental conditions of the line (spectrum management).
The Spectrum Configuration profile contains parameters which have a common value for all DSL flavors
(Common) and parameters which have a specific value depending on the DSL flavor used (ADSL1/2, READSL2,
ADSL2Plus, VDSL).
This chapter contains the Reach Extended DSL2 flavor specific parameters.
Note: the activation of the profile has to be done via configure xdsl spectrum-profile.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) re-adsl [ [ no ] proprietary-feat ] [ no max-agpowlev-down |

max-agpowlev-down <Xdsl::PowerLevel> ] [ no max-agpowlev-up | max-agpowlev-up <Xdsl::PowerLevel> ] [ no
max-psd-down | max-psd-down <Xdsl::ReAdsl2PowerSpectralDensityDown> ] [ no max-psd-up | max-psd-up
<Xdsl::ReAdsl2PowerSpectralDensityUp> ] [ [ no ] pbo-mode-up ] [ no max-recv-power-up | max-recv-power-up
<Xdsl::RxPowerLevel> ]

Command Parameters
Table 6.6-1 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for RE-ADSL2 Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
Table 6.6-2 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for RE-ADSL2 Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] proprietary-feat Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable proprietary features of the
modem
[no] max-agpowlev-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::PowerLevel> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 255

112 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


Parameter
[no] max-agpowlev-up
[no] max-psd-down
[no] max-psd-up
[no] pbo-mode-up
[no] max-recv-power-up
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
6 xDSL Configuration Commands
Type Description
- a power level value maximum aggregate power
- unit: 1/10 * dBm allowed in downstream
- range: [0...255]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::PowerLevel> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 255
- a power level value maximum aggregate power
- unit: 1/10 * dBm allowed in upstream
- range: [0...255]
Parameter type: optional parameter with default
<Xdsl::ReAdsl2PowerSpectralDensityDown> value: -370
Format: maximum power spectral density
- a power spectral density value allowed in downstream
- unit: 1/10 * dBm/Hz
- range: [-600...-370]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::ReAdsl2PowerSpectralDensityUp> optional parameter with default
Format: value: -329
- a power spectral density value maximum power spectral density
- unit: 1/10 * dBm/Hz allowed in upstream
- range: [-600...-329]
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
upstream power backoff mode
ON
Parameter type: <Xdsl::RxPowerLevel> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 255
- a received power level value the maximum receive power
- unit: 1/10 * dBm allowed in upstream
- range: [-255...255]
Released 113
6 xDSL Configuration Commands

6.7 xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL2 Plus

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the ADSL2-plus specific part of the DSL spectrum profile. The
spectrum profiles groups all parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the
environmental conditions of the line (spectrum management).
The Spectrum Configuration profile contains parameters which have a common value for all DSL flavors
(Common) and parameters which have a specific value depending on the DSL flavor used (ADSL1/2, READSL2,
ADSL2Plus, VDSL).
This chapter contains the ADSL2-plus flavor specific parameters.
Note: the activation of the profile has to be done via configure xdsl spectrum-profile.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) adsl2-plus [ [ no ] proprietary-feat ] [ no max-agpowlev-down |

max-agpowlev-down <Xdsl::PowerLevel> ] [ no max-agpowlev-up | max-agpowlev-up <Xdsl::PowerLevel> ] [ no
max-psd-down | max-psd-down <Xdsl::Adsl2PlusPowerSpectralDensityDown> ] [ no max-psd-up | max-psd-up
<Xdsl::Adsl2PlusPowerSpectralDensityUp> ] [ no psd-shape-down | psd-shape-down
<Xdsl::Adsl2PlusPsdShapeDown> ] [ [ no ] pbo-mode-up ] [ no max-recv-power-up | max-recv-power-up
<Xdsl::RxPowerLevel> ]

Command Parameters
Table 6.7-1 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL2 Plus Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
Table 6.7-2 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL2 Plus Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] proprietary-feat Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable proprietary features of the
modem
[no] max-agpowlev-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::PowerLevel> optional parameter with default

114 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 6 xDSL Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] max-agpowlev-up
[no] max-psd-down
[no] max-psd-up
[no] psd-shape-down
Format: value: 255
- a power level value maximum aggregate power
- unit: 1/10 * dBm allowed in downstream
- range: [0...255]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::PowerLevel> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 255
- a power level value maximum aggregate power
- unit: 1/10 * dBm allowed in upstream
- range: [0...255]
Parameter type: optional parameter with default
<Xdsl::Adsl2PlusPowerSpectralDensityDown> value: -400
Format: maximum power spectral density
- a power spectral density value allowed in downstream
- unit: 1/10 * dBm/Hz
- range: [-600...-400]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::Adsl2PlusPowerSpectralDensityUp> optional parameter with default
Format: value: -380
- a power spectral density value maximum power spectral density
- unit: 1/10 * dBm/Hz allowed in upstream
- range: [-600...-380]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::Adsl2PlusPsdShapeDown> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "std-psd-down"
( custom-psd-down power spectral density shape in
| std-psd-down downstream
| ca100-psd-down
| ca110-psd-down
| ca120-psd-down
| ca130-psd-down
| ca140-psd-down
| ca150-psd-down
| ca160-psd-down
| ca170-psd-down
| ca180-psd-down
| ca190-psd-down
| ca200-psd-down
| ca210-psd-down
| ca220-psd-down
| ca230-psd-down
| ca240-psd-down
| ca250-psd-down
| ca260-psd-down
| ca270-psd-down
| ca280-psd-down
| cust-psd-down : <Xdsl::Adsl2PlusCustPsdShape> )
Possible values:
- cust-psd-down : custom psd shape in downstream in octet
string format
- custom-psd-down : custom psd shape in downstream
- std-psd-down : standard psd mask downstream
- ca100-psd-down : psd mask downstream with cut-off 100
- ca110-psd-down : psd mask downstream with cut-off 110
- ca120-psd-down : psd mask downstream with cut-off 120
- ca130-psd-down : psd mask downstream with cut-off 130
- ca140-psd-down : psd mask downstream with cut-off 140
- ca150-psd-down : psd mask downstream with cut-off 150
- ca160-psd-down : psd mask downstream with cut-off 160
- ca170-psd-down : psd mask downstream with cut-off 170

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 115

6 xDSL Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] pbo-mode-up
[no] max-recv-power-up
- ca180-psd-down : psd mask downstream with cut-off 180
- ca190-psd-down : psd mask downstream with cut-off 190
- ca200-psd-down : psd mask downstream with cut-off 200
- ca210-psd-down : psd mask downstream with cut-off 210
- ca220-psd-down : psd mask downstream with cut-off 220
- ca230-psd-down : psd mask downstream with cut-off 230
- ca240-psd-down : psd mask downstream with cut-off 240
- ca250-psd-down : psd mask downstream with cut-off 250
- ca260-psd-down : psd mask downstream with cut-off 260
- ca270-psd-down : psd mask downstream with cut-off 270
- ca280-psd-down : psd mask downstream with cut-off 280
Field type <Xdsl::Adsl2PlusCustPsdShape>
- an octet string defining custom psd shape
- length: x<=61
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
upstream power backoff mode
ON
Parameter type: <Xdsl::RxPowerLevel> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 255
- a received power level value the maximum receive power
- unit: 1/10 * dBm allowed in upstream
- range: [-255...255]

116 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 6 xDSL Configuration Commands

6.8 ADSL2-plus Custom PSD shape

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure custom psd shape
It helps operator to enter the custom psd shape in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets the operator can
enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) adsl2-plus cust-psd-pt-down (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFrqAdsl2> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::CustomAdsl2Psd> ]

Command Parameters
Table 6.8-1 "ADSL2-plus Custom PSD shape" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...20]
Table 6.8-2 "ADSL2-plus Custom PSD shape" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFrqAdsl2> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
- unit: khz
- range: [0...2208]
[no] psd Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustomAdsl2Psd> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- psd level psd level
- unit: -2 * (PSD level in dBm/Hz)
- range: [0...255]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 117

6 xDSL Configuration Commands

6.9 xDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the VDSL specific part of the DSL spectrum profile. The spectrum
profiles groups all parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the environmental
conditions of the line (spectrum management).
The Spectrum Configuration profile contains parameters which have a common value for all DSL flavors
(Common) and parameters which have a specific value depending on the DSL flavor used (ADSL1/2, READSL2,
ADSL2Plus, VDSL).
This chapter contains the VDSL flavor specific parameters.
Note: the activation of the profile has to be done via configure xdsl spectrum-profile.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl [ [ no ] proprietary-feat ] [ no vdsl-band-plan | vdsl-band-plan

<Xdsl::VdslBandPlan> ] [ no optional-band | optional-band <Xdsl::OptionalBandUsage> ] [ no optional-endfreq |
optional-endfreq <Xdsl::OptionalBandEndFreq> ] [ no adsl-band | adsl-band <Xdsl::AdslBandUsage> ] [ no
max-agpowlev-down | max-agpowlev-down <Xdsl::VdslPowerLevel> ] [ no max-agpowlev-up | max-agpowlev-up
<Xdsl::VdslPowerLevel> ] [ no psd-shape-down | psd-shape-down <Xdsl::VdslPsdShapeDown> ] [ no
psd-shape-up | psd-shape-up <Xdsl::VdslPsdShapeUp> ] [ [ no ] pbo-mode-down ] [ no rx-psd-shape-up |
rx-psd-shape-up <Xdsl::RxVdslPsdShapeUp> ] [ no ghstones-pwr-mode | ghstones-pwr-mode
<Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwr> ] [ no max-band | max-band <Xdsl::VdslMaxBandNum> ] [ no max-freq | max-freq
<Xdsl::VdslMaxFrequency> ] [ no m-psd-level-down | m-psd-level-down <Xdsl::MaxPsdDown> ] [ no
m-psd-level-up | m-psd-level-up <Xdsl::MaxPsdUp> ] [ no psd-pbo-par-a-up | psd-pbo-par-a-up
<Xdsl::ABParamType> ] [ no psd-pbo-par-b-up | psd-pbo-par-b-up <Xdsl::ABParamType> ] [ no
cust-psd-sc-down | cust-psd-sc-down <Xdsl::PsdScaleBit> ] [ no cust-psd-ty-down | cust-psd-ty-down
<Xdsl::PsdTypeBit> ] [ no cust-rx-psd-sc-up | cust-rx-psd-sc-up <Xdsl::PsdScaleBit> ] [ no cust-rx-psd-ty-up |
cust-rx-psd-ty-up <Xdsl::PsdTypeBit> ]

Command Parameters
Table 6.9-1 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
Table 6.9-2 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL Configuration Command" Command Parameters

118 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


Parameter
[no] proprietary-feat
[no] vdsl-band-plan
[no] optional-band
[no] optional-endfreq
[no] adsl-band
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
6 xDSL Configuration Commands
Type Description
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable proprietary features of the
modem
Parameter type: <Xdsl::VdslBandPlan> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "band-plan-a4"
( band-plan-a4 the VDSL band plan
| band-plan-a3
| band-plan-a2
| band-plan-b4
| band-plan-b3
| band-plan-b2
| band-plan-c4
| band-plan-c3
| band-plan-c2
| annex-a
| annex-b-998e
| annex-b-997e
| annex-b-998ade
| annex-b-hpe
| annex-c )
Possible values:
- band-plan-a4 : 4 bands of frequency 998 (ITU-T)
- band-plan-a3 : 3 bands of frequency 998
- band-plan-a2 : 2 bands of frequency 998
- band-plan-b4 : 4 bands of frequency 997 (ITU-T)
- band-plan-b3 : 3 bands of frequency 997
- band-plan-b2 : 2 bands of frequency 997
- band-plan-c4 : 4 bands of specified frequency
- band-plan-c3 : 3 bands of specified frequency
- band-plan-c2 : 2 bands of specified frequency
- annex-a : ITU-T G.993.2 VDSL2 Annex A (extended)
band plan
- annex-b-998e : ITU-T G.993.2 VDSL2 Annex B band plan
type 998E
- annex-b-997e : ITU-T G.993.2 VDSL2 Annex B band plan
type 997E
- annex-b-998ade : ITU-T G.993.2 VDSL2 Annex B band
plan type 998ADE
- annex-b-hpe : ITU-T G.993.2 VDSL2 Annex B band plan
type HPE
- annex-c : ITU-T G.993.2 VDSL2 Annex C band plan
Parameter type: <Xdsl::OptionalBandUsage> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "off"
( off optional band Usage
| up
| down )
Possible values:
- off : usage of optional band is not allowed
- up : optional band can be used for upstream
- down : optional band can be used for downstream
Parameter type: <Xdsl::OptionalBandEndFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 138
- an end frequency of the VDSL optional band optional band end frequency
- unit: KHz
- range: [138...276]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::AdslBandUsage> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "excl-adsl"
Released 119
6 xDSL Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

( allow-adsl adsl band Usage
| excl-adsl
| excl-adsl2plus
| excl-adsl-upto : <Xdsl::AdslBandEndFreq> )
Possible values:
- allow-adsl : usage of adsl spectrum is allowed
- excl-adsl : usage of adsl spectrum is not allowed
- excl-adsl2plus : usage of adsl2plus spectrum is not allowed
- excl-adsl-upto : usage of adsl spectrum with end frequency
Field type <Xdsl::AdslBandEndFreq>
- end frequency of the ADSL band
- unit: KHz
- range: [276...2208]
[no] max-agpowlev-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::VdslPowerLevel> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 255
- a power level value max power allowed on the line in
- unit: 1/10 * dBm downstream
- range: [-310...255]
[no] max-agpowlev-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::VdslPowerLevel> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 255
- a power level value max power allowed on the line in
- unit: 1/10 * dBm upstream
- range: [-310...255]
[no] psd-shape-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::VdslPsdShapeDown> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "etsi-p-cab-m1"
( custom-psd-down power spectral density shape in
| ansi-ftt-ex-m1 downstream
| ansi-ftt-ex-m2
| ansi-ftt-cab-m1
| ansi-ftt-cab-m2
| etsi-p-ex-p1-m1
| etsi-p-ex-p1-m2
| etsi-p-ex-p2-m1
| etsi-p-ex-p2-m2
| etsi-p-cab-m1
| etsi-p-cab-m2
| ansi-ftt-m1-adsl
| ansi-ftt-m2-adsl
| ansi-ftt-m1-adsl-2plus
| ansi-ftt-m2-adsl-2plus
| etsi-p-x-m1-adsl
| etsi-p-x-m2-adsl
| etsi-p-m1-adsl-2plus
| etsi-p-m2-adsl-2plus
| cust-psd-down : <Xdsl::VdslCustPsdShapeDwnStream> )
Possible values:
- cust-psd-down : custom psd shape in downstream in octet
string format
- custom-psd-down : custom psd shape in downstream
- ansi-ftt-ex-m1 : ANSI standard spectral density in
downstream
- ansi-ftt-ex-m2 : ANSI standard spectral density in
downstream
- ansi-ftt-cab-m1 : ANSI standard spectral density in
downstream
- ansi-ftt-cab-m2 : ANSI standard spectral density in
downstream

120 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 6 xDSL Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- etsi-p-ex-p1-m1 : ETSI standard spectral density in
downstream
- etsi-p-ex-p1-m2 : ETSI standard spectral density in
downstream
- etsi-p-ex-p2-m1 : ETSI standard spectral density in
downstream
- etsi-p-ex-p2-m2 : ETSI standard spectral density in
downstream
- etsi-p-cab-m1 : ETSI standard spectral density in
downstream
- etsi-p-cab-m2 : ETSI standard spectral density in
downstream
- ansi-ftt-m1-adsl : ANSI standard spectral density in
downstream
- ansi-ftt-m2-adsl : ANSI standard spectral density in
downstream
- ansi-ftt-m1-adsl-2plus: ANSI standard spectral density in
downstream
- ansi-ftt-m2-adsl-2plus: ANSI standard spectral density in
downstream
- etsi-p-x-m1-adsl : ETSI standard spectral density in
downstream
- etsi-p-x-m2-adsl : ETSI standard spectral density in
downstream
- etsi-p-m1-adsl-2plus : ETSI standard spectral density in
downstream
- etsi-p-m2-adsl-2plus : ETSI standard spectral density in
downstream
Field type <Xdsl::VdslCustPsdShapeDwnStream>
- an octet string defining custom psd shape
- length: x<=97
[no] psd-shape-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::VdslPsdShapeUp> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "etsi-p-m1"
( ansi-ftt-ex-m1 power spectral density shape in
| ansi-ftt-ex-m2 upstream
| ansi-ftt-cab-m1
| ansi-ftt-cab-m2
| etsi-p-m1
| etsi-p-m2 )
Possible values:
- ansi-ftt-ex-m1 : ANSI standard spectral density in
upstream
- ansi-ftt-ex-m2 : ANSI standard spectral density in
upstream
- ansi-ftt-cab-m1 : ANSI standard spectral density in
upstream
- ansi-ftt-cab-m2 : ANSI standard spectral density in
upstream
- etsi-p-m1 : ETSI standard spectral density in upstream
- etsi-p-m2 : ETSI standard spectral density in upstream
[no] pbo-mode-down Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
upstream power backoff mode
OFF
[no] rx-psd-shape-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::RxVdslPsdShapeUp> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "etsi-a"
( custom-rx-psd-up the reference RX PSD shape for
| ansi-a upstream

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 121

6 xDSL Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

| ansi-f
| ansi-custom-ex
| ansi-custom-cab
| etsi-a
| etsi-b
| etsi-c
| etsi-d
| etsi-e
| etsi-f
| etsi-custom-ex
| etsi-custom-cab
| ab-param
| cust-rx-psd-up : <Xdsl::VdslCustPsdShape> )
Possible values:
- cust-rx-psd-up : custom receive psd in upstream in octet
string format
- custom-rx-psd-up : custom receive psd in upstream
- ansi-a : ansi standard spectral density shape in upstream
- ansi-f : ansi standard spectral density shape in upstream
- ansi-custom-ex : ansi custom spectral density shape in
upstream
- ansi-custom-cab : ansi custom spectral density shape in
upstream
- etsi-a : etsi standard spectral density shape in upstream
- etsi-b : etsi standard spectral density shape in upstream
- etsi-c : etsi standard spectral density shape in upstream
- etsi-d : etsi standard spectral density shape in upstream
- etsi-e : etsi standard spectral density shape in upstream
- etsi-f : etsi standard spectral density shape in upstream
- etsi-custom-ex : etsi custom spectral density shape in
upstream
- etsi-custom-cab : etsi custom standard spectral density
shape in upstream
- ab-param : ABParameter spectral density shape in
upstream
Field type <Xdsl::VdslCustPsdShape>
- an octet string defining custom psd shape
- length: x<=61
[no] ghstones-pwr-mode Parameter type: <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwr> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "standard"
( standard the Tx power control of the G.hs
| auto tones
| per-tone-set )
Possible values:
- standard : the max power as per G994.1 standard definition
- auto : the max Tx power level is derived from
psd-shape-down
- per-tone-set : choose from the tone sets
[no] max-band Parameter type: <Xdsl::VdslMaxBandNum> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "unrestricted"
( unrestricted max number of bands to be used
| <Xdsl::VdslMaxBandNum> ) from specified band plan
Possible values:
- unrestricted : unrestricted bands
Field type <Xdsl::VdslMaxBandNum>
- number of upstream and downstream bands
- range: [0,2...8]

122 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


Parameter
[no] max-freq
[no] m-psd-level-down
[no] m-psd-level-up
[no] psd-pbo-par-a-up
[no] psd-pbo-par-b-up
[no] cust-psd-sc-down
[no] cust-psd-ty-down
[no] cust-rx-psd-sc-up
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
6 xDSL Configuration Commands
Type Description
Parameter type: <Xdsl::VdslMaxFrequency> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "ulimited"
( ulimited max frequency that can be used
| <Xdsl::VdslMaxFrequency> ) during showtime
Possible values:
- ulimited : unlimited frequency
Field type <Xdsl::VdslMaxFrequency>
- maximum frequency that can be used during showtime
- unit: KHz
- range: [1104...30000]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::MaxPsdDown> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-constraint"
( no-constraint max PSD level for downstream
| <Xdsl::MaxPsdLevelType> )
Possible values:
- no-constraint : no constraint on psd level
Field type <Xdsl::MaxPsdLevelType>
- Max psd level
- unit: 1/10 * dBm/Hz
- range: [-955...0]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::MaxPsdUp> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-constraint"
( no-constraint max PSD level for upstream
| <Xdsl::MaxPsdLevelType> )
Possible values:
- no-constraint : no constraint on psd level
Field type <Xdsl::MaxPsdLevelType>
- Max psd level
- unit: 1/10 * dBm/Hz
- range: [-955...0]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::ABParamType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0f : a0 : 12 : 7a : 15 : 18
- binary string : 15 : 18 : 15 : 18"
- length: 10 parmtr A val for each band to
compute PSD ref for US PBO
Parameter type: <Xdsl::ABParamType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "00 : 00 : 07 : b9 : 06 : 29
- binary string : 04 : 35 : 03 : af"
- length: 10 parmtr B val for each band to
compute PSD ref for US PBO
Parameter type: <Xdsl::PsdScaleBit> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "linear"
( linear psd scale
| logarithmic )
Possible values:
- linear : linear scale
- logarithmic : logarithmic scale
Parameter type: <Xdsl::PsdTypeBit> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "mask"
( mask psd type
| template )
Possible values:
- mask : PSD mask
- template : PSD template
Parameter type: <Xdsl::PsdScaleBit> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "linear"
( linear psd scale
Released 123
6 xDSL Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] cust-rx-psd-ty-up
| logarithmic )
Possible values:
- linear : linear scale
- logarithmic : logarithmic scale
Parameter type: <Xdsl::PsdTypeBit> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "mask"
( mask psd type
| template )
Possible values:
- mask : PSD mask
- template : PSD template

124 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 6 xDSL Configuration Commands

6.10 VDSL Ghs Tones Transmission Power Control

Configuration Command

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure transmission power of the G.hs tones in VDSL environment.G.hs is
intended to be a robust mechanism for activating a multiplicity of xDSL. Activation of regional standards or legacy
devices can be handled by implicit (escape) or explicit (non-standard facilities) mechanisms.
The parameters defined are used for control of the transmission power.There are various tone sets defined for the
control of the transmission power, viz., A43,B43,A43C and V43.The power of each tone of the set shall be
equivalent to the given PSD value integrated in a total bandwidth of 4.3125 kHz

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl ghstone-set-pwr-ctrl [ no a43 | a43 <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrCtrl> ] [
no b43 | b43 <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrCtrl> ] [ no a43c | a43c <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrCtrl> ] [ no v43 | v43
<Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrCtrl> ]

Command Parameters
Table 6.10-1 "VDSL Ghs Tones Transmission Power Control Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
Table 6.10-2 "VDSL Ghs Tones Transmission Power Control Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] a43 Parameter type: <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrCtrl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "standard"
( standard power control of the ghstones for
| auto tones set a43
| manual : <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrLvl> )
Possible values:
- standard : the max power as per G994.1 standard definition
- auto : the max Tx power level is derived from
psd-shape-down
- manual : custom max Tx power level

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 125

6 xDSL Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

Field type <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrLvl>
- power of each DS tone
- unit: 1/2 * dBm/Hz
- range: [-198...-80]
[no] b43 Parameter type: <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrCtrl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "standard"
( standard power control of the ghs tones for
| auto tones set b43
| manual : <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrLvl> )
Possible values:
- standard : the max power as per G994.1 standard definition
- auto : the max Tx power level is derived from
psd-shape-down
- manual : custom max Tx power level
Field type <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrLvl>
- power of each DS tone
- unit: 1/2 * dBm/Hz
- range: [-198...-80]
[no] a43c Parameter type: <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrCtrl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "standard"
( standard power control of the ghs tones for
| auto tones set a43c
| manual : <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrLvl> )
Possible values:
- standard : the max power as per G994.1 standard definition
- auto : the max Tx power level is derived from
psd-shape-down
- manual : custom max Tx power level
Field type <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrLvl>
- power of each DS tone
- unit: 1/2 * dBm/Hz
- range: [-198...-80]
[no] v43 Parameter type: <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrCtrl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "standard"
( standard power control of the ghs tones for
| auto tones set v43
| manual : <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrLvl> )
Possible values:
- standard : the max power as per G994.1 standard definition
- auto : the max Tx power level is derived from
psd-shape-down
- manual : custom max Tx power level
Field type <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrLvl>
- power of each DS tone
- unit: 1/2 * dBm/Hz
- range: [-198...-80]

126 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 6 xDSL Configuration Commands

6.11 VDSL Custom PSD shape

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure custom psd shape
It helps operator to enter the custom psd shape in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets the operator can
enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl cust-psd-pt-down (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFreq> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::CustomAdsl2Psd> ]

Command Parameters
Table 6.11-1 "VDSL Custom PSD shape" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...32]
Table 6.11-2 "VDSL Custom PSD shape" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
- unit: khz
- range: [0...30000]
[no] psd Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustomAdsl2Psd> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- psd level psd level
- unit: -2 * (PSD level in dBm/Hz)
- range: [0...255]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 127

6 xDSL Configuration Commands

6.12 VDSL Custom PSD shape

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure custom rx-psd shape
It helps operator to enter the custom psd shape in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets the operator can
enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl cust-rx-psd-pt-up (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFreq> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::CustomAdsl2Psd> ]

Command Parameters
Table 6.12-1 "VDSL Custom PSD shape" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...20]
Table 6.12-2 "VDSL Custom PSD shape" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
- unit: khz
- range: [0...30000]
[no] psd Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustomAdsl2Psd> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- psd level psd level
- unit: -2 * (PSD level in dBm/Hz)
- range: [0...255]

128 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 6 xDSL Configuration Commands

6.13 xDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL2

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the VDSL2 specific part of the DSL spectrum profile. The spectrum
profiles groups all parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the environmental
conditions of the line (spectrum management).
The Spectrum Configuration profile contains parameters which have a common value for all DSL flavors
(Common) and parameters which have a specific value depending on the DSL flavor used (ADSL1/2, READSL2,
ADSL2Plus, VDSL,VDSL2).
This chapter contains the VDSL2 flavor specific parameters.
Note: the activation of the profile has to be done via configure xdsl spectrum-profile.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl2 [ [ no ] proprietary-feat ] [ no max-agpowlev-down |

max-agpowlev-down <Xdsl::VdslPowerLevel> ] [ no max-agpowlev-up | max-agpowlev-up
<Xdsl::VdslPowerLevel> ] [ no psd-shape-down | psd-shape-down <Xdsl::Vdsl2PsdShapeDown> ] [ no
cs-psd-shape-dn | cs-psd-shape-dn <Xdsl::VdslCustPsdShapeDwnStream> ] [ no cs-psd-shape-up | cs-psd-shape-up
<Xdsl::Vdsl2CustPsdShape> ] [ no psd-shape-up | psd-shape-up <Xdsl::Vdsl2PsdShapeUp> ] [ no rx-psd-shape-up
| rx-psd-shape-up <Xdsl::RxVdslPsdShapeUp> ] [ no psd-pbo-e-len-up | psd-pbo-e-len-up
<Xdsl::PsdPboElectrLength> ] [ no m-psd-level-down | m-psd-level-down <Xdsl::MaxPsdDown> ] [ no
m-psd-level-up | m-psd-level-up <Xdsl::MaxPsdUp> ] [ no psd-pbo-par-a-up | psd-pbo-par-a-up
<Xdsl::ABParamType> ] [ no psd-pbo-par-b-up | psd-pbo-par-b-up <Xdsl::ABParamType> ] [ no
v-noise-snr-down | v-noise-snr-down <Xdsl::SnrmMode> ] [ no v-noise-snr-up | v-noise-snr-up
<Xdsl::SnrmMode> ] [ no v-noise-psd-down | v-noise-psd-down <Xdsl::VirtualNoisePsdDownType> ] [ no
v-noise-psd-up | v-noise-psd-up <Xdsl::VirtualNoisePsdUpType> ] [ no cust-psd-sc-down | cust-psd-sc-down
<Xdsl::PsdScaleBit> ] [ no cust-psd-ty-down | cust-psd-ty-down <Xdsl::PsdTypeBit> ] [ no cust-psd-sc-up |
cust-psd-sc-up <Xdsl::PsdScaleBit> ] [ no cust-psd-ty-up | cust-psd-ty-up <Xdsl::PsdTypeBit> ] [ no
cust-rx-psd-sc-up | cust-rx-psd-sc-up <Xdsl::PsdScaleBit> ] [ no cust-rx-psd-ty-up | cust-rx-psd-ty-up
<Xdsl::PsdTypeBit> ]

Command Parameters
Table 6.13-1 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL2 Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 129

6 xDSL Configuration Commands
Resource Identifier
Table 6.13-2 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL2 Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] proprietary-feat
[no] max-agpowlev-down
[no] max-agpowlev-up
[no] psd-shape-down
[no] cs-psd-shape-dn
130 Released
Type Description
- range: [1...256]
Type Description
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable proprietary features of the
modem
Parameter type: <Xdsl::VdslPowerLevel> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 255
- a power level value maximum power allowed on the
- unit: 1/10 * dBm line in downstream
- range: [-310...255]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::VdslPowerLevel> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 255
- a power level value maximum power allowed on the
- unit: 1/10 * dBm line in upstream
- range: [-310...255]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::Vdsl2PsdShapeDown> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "regionbm1-psd-down"
( cust-psd-down power spectral density shape in
| regiona-psd-down downstream
| regionbm1-psd-down
| regionbm2-psd-down
| regionc-psd-down
| custom-psd-down : <Xdsl::VdslCustPsdShapeDwnStream>
)
Possible values:
- custom-psd-down : custom psd shape in downstream in
octet string format
- cust-psd-down : custom psd shape in downstream
- regiona-psd-down : Region A spectral density in
downstream
- regionbm1-psd-down : Region BM1 spectral density in
downstream
- regionbm2-psd-down : Region BM2 spectral density in
downstream
- regionc-psd-down : RegionC spectral density in
downstream
Field type <Xdsl::VdslCustPsdShapeDwnStream>
- an octet string defining custom psd shape
- length: x<=97
Parameter type: <Xdsl::VdslCustPsdShapeDwnStream> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00
- an octet string defining custom psd shape : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
- length: x<=97 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00"
(deprecated)power spectral
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

Parameter
[no] cs-psd-shape-up
[no] psd-shape-up
[no] rx-psd-shape-up
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
6 xDSL Configuration Commands
Type Description
density shape in downstream
Parameter type: <Xdsl::Vdsl2CustPsdShape> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00
- an octet string defining custom psd shape : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
- length: x<=61 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00"
(deprecated)power spectral
density shape in upstream
Parameter type: <Xdsl::Vdsl2PsdShapeUp> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "regionbm1-psd-up"
( regiona-psd-up power spectral density shape in
| regionbm1-psd-up upstream
| regionbm2-psd-up
| regionc-psd-up
| custom-psd-up )
Possible values:
- custom-psd-up : custom psd shape in upstream
- regiona-psd-up : Region A spectral density in upstream
- regionbm1-psd-up : Region BM1 spectral density in
upstream
- regionbm2-psd-up : Region BM2 spectral density in
upstream
- regionc-psd-up : RegionC spectral density in upstream
Parameter type: <Xdsl::RxVdslPsdShapeUp> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "etsi-a"
( custom-rx-psd-up the reference RX PSD shape for
| ansi-a upstream
| ansi-f
| ansi-custom-ex
| ansi-custom-cab
| etsi-a
| etsi-b
| etsi-c
| etsi-d
| etsi-e
| etsi-f
| etsi-custom-ex
| etsi-custom-cab
| ab-param
| cust-rx-psd-up : <Xdsl::VdslCustPsdShape> )
Possible values:
- cust-rx-psd-up : custom receive psd in upstream in octet
string format
- custom-rx-psd-up : custom receive psd in upstream
- ansi-a : ansi standard spectral density shape in upstream
- ansi-f : ansi standard spectral density shape in upstream
- ansi-custom-ex : ansi custom spectral density shape in
upstream
- ansi-custom-cab : ansi custom spectral density shape in
upstream
- etsi-a : etsi standard spectral density shape in upstream
- etsi-b : etsi standard spectral density shape in upstream
Released 131
6 xDSL Configuration Commands
Parameter
[no] psd-pbo-e-len-up
[no] m-psd-level-down
[no] m-psd-level-up
[no] psd-pbo-par-a-up
[no] psd-pbo-par-b-up
[no] v-noise-snr-down
132 Released
Type Description
- etsi-c : etsi standard spectral density shape in upstream
- etsi-d : etsi standard spectral density shape in upstream
- etsi-e : etsi standard spectral density shape in upstream
- etsi-f : etsi standard spectral density shape in upstream
- etsi-custom-ex : etsi custom spectral density shape in
upstream
- etsi-custom-cab : etsi custom standard spectral density
shape in upstream
- ab-param : ABParameter spectral density shape in
upstream
Field type <Xdsl::VdslCustPsdShape>
- an octet string defining custom psd shape
- length: x<=61
Parameter type: <Xdsl::PsdPboElectrLength> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "estimated"
( estimated the electrical length to be used
| <Xdsl::PsdPboLength> ) with the AB parameters
Possible values:
- estimated : estimated electrical length
Field type <Xdsl::PsdPboLength>
- electrical parameter AB range
- unit: 1/2 * dB
- range: [0...256]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::MaxPsdDown> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-constraint"
( no-constraint maximum PSD level for
| <Xdsl::MaxPsdLevelType> ) downstream
Possible values:
- no-constraint : no constraint on psd level
Field type <Xdsl::MaxPsdLevelType>
- Max psd level
- unit: 1/10 * dBm/Hz
- range: [-955...0]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::MaxPsdUp> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-constraint"
( no-constraint maximum PSD level for
| <Xdsl::MaxPsdLevelType> ) upstream
Possible values:
- no-constraint : no constraint on psd level
Field type <Xdsl::MaxPsdLevelType>
- Max psd level
- unit: 1/10 * dBm/Hz
- range: [-955...0]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::ABParamType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0f : a0 : 12 : 7a : 15 : 18
- binary string : 15 : 18 : 15 : 18"
- length: 10 par A value for computing the
PSD reference for US PBO
Parameter type: <Xdsl::ABParamType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "00 : 00 : 07 : b9 : 06 : 29
- binary string : 04 : 35 : 03 : af"
- length: 10 par B value for computing the
PSD reference for US PBO
Parameter type: <Xdsl::SnrmMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "mode-1"
( mode-1 downstream mode of virtual
| mode-2 noise SNR margin
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

Parameter
[no] v-noise-snr-up
[no] v-noise-psd-down
[no] v-noise-psd-up
[no] cust-psd-sc-down
[no] cust-psd-ty-down
[no] cust-psd-sc-up
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
6 xDSL Configuration Commands
Type Description
| mode-3 )
Possible values:
- mode-1 : Mode-1 ratio
- mode-2 : Mode-2 ratio
- mode-3 : Mode-3 ratio (Not supported, for future use)
Parameter type: <Xdsl::SnrmMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "mode-1"
( mode-1 upstream mode of virtual noise
| mode-2 SNR Margin
| mode-3 )
Possible values:
- mode-1 : Mode-1 ratio
- mode-2 : Mode-2 ratio
- mode-3 : Mode-3 ratio (Not supported, for future use)
Parameter type: <Xdsl::VirtualNoisePsdDownType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "00 : 00 : 00 : ff : 00 : 00 :
- binary string ff : 00 : 00 : ff : 00 : 00 : ff : 00 :
- length: x<=97 00 : ff : 00 : 00 : ff : 00 : 00 : ff :
00 : 00 : ff : 00 : 00 : ff : 00 : 00 :
ff : 00 : 00 : ff : 00 : 00 : ff : 00 :
00 : ff : 00 : 00 : ff : 00 : 00 : ff :
00 : 00 : ff : 00 : 00 : ff : 00 : 00 :
ff : 00 : 00 : ff : 00 : 00 : ff : 00 :
00 : ff : 00 : 00 : ff : 00 : 00 : ff :
00 : 00 : ff : 00 : 00 : ff : 00 : 00 :
ff : 00 : 00 : ff : 00 : 00 : ff : 00 :
00 : ff : 00 : 00 : ff : 00 : 00 : ff :
00 : 00 : ff"
(deprecated)virtual noise level for
determining the SNR margin in
downstream bands
Parameter type: <Xdsl::VirtualNoisePsdUpType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "00 : 00 : 00 : ff : 00 : 00 :
- binary string ff : 00 : 00 : ff : 00 : 00 : ff : 00 :
- length: x<=49 00 : ff : 00 : 00 : ff : 00 : 00 : ff :
00 : 00 : ff : 00 : 00 : ff : 00 : 00 :
ff : 00 : 00 : ff : 00 : 00 : ff : 00 :
00 : ff : 00 : 00 : ff : 00 : 00 : ff :
00 : 00 : ff"
(deprecated)virtual noise level for
determining the SNR margin in
upstream bands
Parameter type: <Xdsl::PsdScaleBit> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "linear"
( linear psd scale
| logarithmic )
Possible values:
- linear : linear scale
- logarithmic : logarithmic scale
Parameter type: <Xdsl::PsdTypeBit> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "mask"
( mask psd type
| template )
Possible values:
- mask : PSD mask
- template : PSD template
Parameter type: <Xdsl::PsdScaleBit> optional parameter with default
Released 133
6 xDSL Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

Format: value: "linear"
( linear psd scale
| logarithmic )
Possible values:
- linear : linear scale
- logarithmic : logarithmic scale
[no] cust-psd-ty-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::PsdTypeBit> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "mask"
( mask psd type
| template )
Possible values:
- mask : PSD mask
- template : PSD template
[no] cust-rx-psd-sc-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::PsdScaleBit> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "linear"
( linear psd scale
| logarithmic )
Possible values:
- linear : linear scale
- logarithmic : logarithmic scale
[no] cust-rx-psd-ty-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::PsdTypeBit> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "mask"
( mask psd type
| template )
Possible values:
- mask : PSD mask
- template : PSD template

134 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 6 xDSL Configuration Commands

6.14 VDSL2 Custom PSD shape Downstream

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure custom psd shape in Downstream direction
It helps operator to enter the custom psd shape in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets the operator can
enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl2 cust-psd-pt-down (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFreq> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::CustomAdsl2Psd> ]

Command Parameters
Table 6.14-1 "VDSL2 Custom PSD shape Downstream" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...32]
Table 6.14-2 "VDSL2 Custom PSD shape Downstream" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
- unit: khz
- range: [0...30000]
[no] psd Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustomAdsl2Psd> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- psd level psd level
- unit: -2 * (PSD level in dBm/Hz)
- range: [0...255]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 135

6 xDSL Configuration Commands

6.15 VDSL2 Custom PSD shape Upstream

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure Custom PSD shape in Downstream
It helps operator to enter the custom psd shape in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets the operator can
enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl2 cust-psd-pt-up (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFreq> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::CustomAdsl2Psd> ]

Command Parameters
Table 6.15-1 "VDSL2 Custom PSD shape Upstream" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...20]
Table 6.15-2 "VDSL2 Custom PSD shape Upstream" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
- unit: khz
- range: [0...30000]
[no] psd Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustomAdsl2Psd> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- psd level psd level
- unit: -2 * (PSD level in dBm/Hz)
- range: [0...255]

136 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 6 xDSL Configuration Commands

6.16 VDSL2 Custom PSD shape

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure custom rx-psd shape Upstream
It helps operator to enter the custom psd shape in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets the operator can
enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl2 cust-rx-psd-pt-up (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFreq> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::CustomAdsl2Psd> ]

Command Parameters
Table 6.16-1 "VDSL2 Custom PSD shape" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...20]
Table 6.16-2 "VDSL2 Custom PSD shape" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
- unit: khz
- range: [0...30000]
[no] psd Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustomAdsl2Psd> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- psd level psd level
- unit: -2 * (PSD level in dBm/Hz)
- range: [0...255]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 137

6 xDSL Configuration Commands

6.17 VDSL2 Virtual Noise Downstream

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure virtual noise in Downstream
It helps operator to enter the custom psd shape in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets, as was the case
with the earlier command, the operator can enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl2 v-noise-psd-pt-down (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFreq> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::CustPsdVdsl2VtNoise> ]

Command Parameters
Table 6.17-1 "VDSL2 Virtual Noise Downstream" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...32]
Table 6.17-2 "VDSL2 Virtual Noise Downstream" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
- unit: khz
- range: [0...30000]
[no] psd Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustPsdVdsl2VtNoise> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- psd level psd level
- unit: -2*(40+PSD level in dBm/Hz)
- range: [0...200,255]

138 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 6 xDSL Configuration Commands

6.18 VDSL2 Virtual Noise Upstream

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure virtual noise in Upstream
It helps operator to enter the custom psd shape in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets, as was the case
with the earlier command, the operator can enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl2 v-noise-psd-pt-up (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFreq> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::CustPsdVdsl2VtNoise> ]

Command Parameters
Table 6.18-1 "VDSL2 Virtual Noise Upstream" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd level
- range: [1...16]
Table 6.18-2 "VDSL2 Virtual Noise Upstream" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
- unit: khz
- range: [0...30000]
[no] psd Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustPsdVdsl2VtNoise> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- psd level psd level
- unit: -2*(40+PSD level in dBm/Hz)
- range: [0...200,255]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 139

6 xDSL Configuration Commands

6.19 xDSL Line Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the xDSL line.
For the configuration one should associate a spectrum and a service profile to the line. The op-mode controls the
operational modes allowed on the line. It can be used to disable an operational mode that is enabled in the
spectrum profile but is not allowed on the line. It uses the same bitmap coding as op-mode in the xDSL
spectrum-profile.'0' is used as special value to indicate that all the modes supported by the line are allowed.
The modes which are not supported by the line must be disabled.
An operational mode is allowed on the line when it is enabled in the op-mode of the line configuration and the
op-mode in the xDSL spectrum-profile.
The configuration of the TCA line threshold is part of the XDSL line configuration. This can be configured by the
following command: configure xdsl line (if-index) tca-line-threshold.
To deconfigure a line the service-profile and spectrum-profile has to be put to 0.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure xdsl line (if-index) [ no service-profile | service-profile <Xdsl::LineServiceProfile> ] [ no

spectrum-profile | spectrum-profile <Xdsl::LineSpectrumProfile> ] [ [ no ] ansi-t1413 ] [ [ no ] etsi-dts ] [ [ no ]
g992-1-a ] [ [ no ] g992-1-b ] [ [ no ] g992-2-a ] [ [ no ] g992-3-a ] [ [ no ] g992-3-b ] [ [ no ] g992-3-l1 ] [ [ no ]
g992-3-l2 ] [ [ no ] g992-3-am ] [ [ no ] g992-5-a ] [ [ no ] g992-5-b ] [ [ no ] ansi-t1.424 ] [ [ no ] etsi-ts ] [ [ no ]
itu-g993-1 ] [ [ no ] ieee-802.3ah ] [ [ no ] g992-5-am ] [ [ no ] g993-2-8a ] [ [ no ] g993-2-8b ] [ [ no ] g993-2-8c ]
[ [ no ] g993-2-8d ] [ [ no ] g993-2-12a ] [ [ no ] g993-2-12b ] [ [ no ] g993-2-17a ] [ [ no ] g993-2-30a ] [ no
carrier-data-mode | carrier-data-mode <Xdsl::CarrierDataMode> ] [ [ no ] admin-up ] [ no bonding-mode |
bonding-mode <Xdsl::BondingMode> ] [ no transfer-mode | transfer-mode <Xdsl::TpsTcMode> ]

Command Parameters
Table 6.19-1 "xDSL Line Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number

140 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 6 xDSL Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 6.19-2 "xDSL Line Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] service-profile Parameter type: <Xdsl::LineServiceProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none service profile to be configured
| <Xdsl::ProfilePointer> on this port
| name : <PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Xdsl::ProfilePointer>
- profile index
- range: [0...256]
Field type <PrintableString>
- printable string
[no] spectrum-profile Parameter type: <Xdsl::LineSpectrumProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none spectrum profile to be configured
| <Xdsl::ProfilePointer> on this port
| name : <PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Xdsl::ProfilePointer>
- profile index
- range: [0...256]
Field type <PrintableString>
- printable string
[no] ansi-t1413 Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
ANSI T1.413-1998
[no] etsi-dts Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
ETSI DTS/TM06006
[no] g992-1-a Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.992.1 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
[no] g992-1-b Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.992.1 ISDN non-overlapped
spectrum
[no] g992-2-a Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.992.2 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
[no] g992-3-a Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
[no] g992-3-b Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.992.3 ISDN non-overlapped
spectrum
[no] g992-3-l1 Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum US mask 1
[no] g992-3-l2 Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum US mask 2
[no] g992-3-am Parameter type: boolean optional parameter

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 141

6 xDSL Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

G.992.3 extended POTS with
non-overlapped spectrum
[no] g992-5-a Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
[no] g992-5-b Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.992.5 ISDN non-overlapped
spectrum
[no] ansi-t1.424 Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
ANSI T1.424
[no] etsi-ts Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
ETSI TS
[no] itu-g993-1 Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
ITU G993-1
[no] ieee-802.3ah Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
IEEE 802.3ah
[no] g992-5-am Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.992.5 extended POTS
non-overlapped spectrum
[no] g993-2-8a Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.993.2_8A VDSL-2 with profile
8A
[no] g993-2-8b Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.993.2_8B VDSL-2 with profile
8B
[no] g993-2-8c Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.993.2_8C VDSL-2 with profile
8C
[no] g993-2-8d Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.993.2_8D VDSL-2 with profile
8D
[no] g993-2-12a Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.993.2_12A VDSL-2 with
profile 12A
[no] g993-2-12b Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.993.2_12B VDSL-2 with
profile 12B
[no] g993-2-17a Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.993.2_17A VDSL-2 with
profile 17A
[no] g993-2-30a Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.993.2_30A VDSL-2 with
profile 30A
[no] carrier-data-mode Parameter type: <Xdsl::CarrierDataMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "off"
( off carrier data measurement
| on collection
| on-init )
Possible values:
- off : disable the collection
- on : enable the collection
- on-init : enable and re-initialize the line
[no] admin-up Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
set the admin-state of the line to
up
[no] bonding-mode Parameter type: <Xdsl::BondingMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "native"

142 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 6 xDSL Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

( native channel-1 bonding mode
| atm-bonding )
Possible values:
- native : (deprecated)native mode for channel-1
- atm-bonding : (deprecated)atm bonding mode for
channel-1
[no] transfer-mode Parameter type: <Xdsl::TpsTcMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "system-default"
( atm tps tc mode
| ptm
| system-default )
Possible values:
- atm : atm mode
- ptm : ptm mode
- system-default : determined by the system, based on board
type

Command Output
Table 6.19-3 "xDSL Line Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name
service-profile-name
spectrum-profile-name
Type Description
Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the service profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the spectrum profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 143

6 xDSL Configuration Commands

6.20 xDSL Line TCA Threshold Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the Threshold Crossing Alert (TCA) thresholds. The configuration
is specific per xdsl line.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure xdsl line (if-index) tca-line-threshold [ [ no ] enable ] [ no es-nearend | es-nearend

<Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> ] [ no ses-nearend | ses-nearend <Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> ] [ no uas-nearend |
uas-nearend <Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> ] [ no es-day-nearend | es-day-nearend <Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> ] [ no
ses-day-nearend | ses-day-nearend <Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> ] [ no uas-day-nearend | uas-day-nearend
<Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> ] [ no es-farend | es-farend <Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> ] [ no ses-farend | ses-farend
<Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> ] [ no uas-farend | uas-farend <Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> ] [ no es-day-farend |
es-day-farend <Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> ] [ no ses-day-farend | ses-day-farend <Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> ] [ no
uas-day-farend | uas-day-farend <Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> ]

Command Parameters
Table 6.20-1 "xDSL Line TCA Threshold Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 6.20-2 "xDSL Line TCA Threshold Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] enable Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable the reporting of TCA's for
this XDSL line
[no] es-nearend Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default

144 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


Parameter
[no] ses-nearend
[no] uas-nearend
[no] es-day-nearend
[no] ses-day-nearend
[no] uas-day-nearend
[no] es-farend
[no] ses-farend
[no] uas-farend
[no] es-day-farend
[no] ses-day-farend
[no] uas-day-farend
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
6 xDSL Configuration Commands
Type Description
Format: value: 0
- the tca threshold for errored second, 0 - disable errored seconds at the near end
- range: [0...900]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the tca threshold for errored second, 0 - disable severely errored seconds at the
- range: [0...900] near end
Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the tca threshold for errored second, 0 - disable unavailable seconds at the near
- range: [0...900] end
Parameter type: <Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the tca threshold for a day errored second, 0 - disable errored seconds at the near end
- range: [0...86400] for a day
Parameter type: <Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the tca threshold for a day errored second, 0 - disable severely errored seconds at the
- range: [0...86400] near end for a day
Parameter type: <Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the tca threshold for a day errored second, 0 - disable unavailable seconds at the near
- range: [0...86400] end for a day
Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the tca threshold for errored second, 0 - disable errored seconds at the far end
- range: [0...900]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the tca threshold for errored second, 0 - disable severely errored seconds at the
- range: [0...900] far end
Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the tca threshold for errored second, 0 - disable unavailable seconds at the far end
- range: [0...900]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the tca threshold for a day errored second, 0 - disable errored seconds at the far end for
- range: [0...86400] a day
Parameter type: <Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the tca threshold for a day errored second, 0 - disable severely errored seconds at the
- range: [0...86400] far end for a day
Parameter type: <Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the tca threshold for a day errored second, 0 - disable unavailable seconds at the far end
- range: [0...86400] for a day
Released 145
6 xDSL Configuration Commands

6.21 xDSL Local Loop Unbundling Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure Local Loop Unbundling.
Local Loop Unbundling enables handing over narrowband (POTS) services or broadband (Data, High Speed
Internet, 3-Play) services to another operator. For an ILEC (Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier), Local Loop
Unbundling hands over the broadband services to a CLEC (Competitive Local Exchange Carrier). For a CLEC,
Local Loop Unbundling hands over the narrowband services to an ILEC. Two situations exist : 1) No Local Loop
Unbundling : In this case, both broadband and narrowband services are offered by one operator, ILEC or CLEC.
2) Local Loop Unbundling : In this case, the ILEC operator enables the CLEC to make use of the existing
infrastructure to provide broadband services to the customers, while the ILEC keeps the narrowband. The CLEC
operator enables the ILEC to make use of the existing infrastructure to provide narrowband services to the
customers, while the CLEC keeps the broadband.
The Local Loop Unbundling is a function introduced in the splitter of the XD combo 300 equipment practice (7302
ISAM Voice Package). For an ILEC, it allows to bypass the broadband circuits (DSL modem and low pass filter),
and connect the line to the broadband circuits (DSL modem and Low Pass Filter) of the CLEC. For a CLEC, it
allows to bypass the narrowband circuits (internal POTS), and connect the line to the narrowband circuits or local
exchanges of the ILEC.
In case of ILEC, the narrowband service remains accessible irrespective of whether Local Loop Unbundling is
enabled or disabled. In case of CLEC, the broadband service remains accessible irrespective of whether Local
Loop Unbundling is enabled or disabled.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure xdsl line (if-index) local-loop [ [ no ] unbundle ]

Command Parameters
Table 6.21-1 "xDSL Local Loop Unbundling Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>

146 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 6 xDSL Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 6.21-2 "xDSL Local Loop Unbundling Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] unbundle Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
Enable LLU Relay

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 147

7- ATM Configuration Commands

7.1 ATM Configuration Command Tree 7-149

7.2 ATM PVC Configuration Command 7-150
7.3 IPOA X-connect L2 interworking port Configuration 7-152
Command

148 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 7 ATM Configuration Commands

7.1 ATM Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "ATM Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----atm
----[no] pvc
- (port-index)
- [no] admin-down
- [no] aal5-encap-type
----[no] ip-cross-connect
- (interworking-port)
- cpe
- next-hop

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 149

7 ATM Configuration Commands

7.2 ATM PVC Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an ATM PVC.
The admin status allows or disallows traffic on the PVC.
The encapsulation type configures the way higher-layer traffic is encapsulated in the AAL5 container.
The LLC Encapsulation method allows the multiplexing of multiple protocols over a single ATM VC. The protocol
type of each PDU is identified by a prefixed IEEE 802.2 LLC header.
In the VC Multiplexing method, each ATM VC carries PDUs of exactly one protocol type. When multiple protocols
must be transported, there is a separate VC for each protocol type.
Use of the encapsulations:
llc-snap and vc-mux-bridged-8023 can be used for cross-connects, ibridge, PPPoE, and IPoE
llc-snap-routed and vc-mux-routed can be used for IPoA
llc-nlpid and vc-mux-pppoa can be used for PPPoA

It is also possible to automatically detect the used encapsulation type on the link.
automatic:ip is used for auto-detection between llc-snap, vc-mux-bridged-8023, llc-snap-routed, and
vc-mux-routed
automatic:ppp is used for auto-detection between llc-snap, vc-mux-bridged-8023, llc-nlpid, and vc-mux-pppoa
automatic:pppoa is used for auto-detection between llc-nlpid and vc-mux-pppoa

The only encapsulation type supported on L2 LTs is llc-snap.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges, and executed by operators with atm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure atm ( no pvc (port-index) ) | ( pvc (port-index) [ [ no ] admin-down ] [ no aal5-encap-type |

aal5-encap-type <Atm::VccEncapType> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 7.2-1 "ATM PVC Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port-index)
Type Description
Format: the atm static Interface with vpi
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / and vci
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiMandatoryId> :
<Eqpt::VciMandatoryId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>

150 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 7 ATM Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiMandatoryId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciMandatoryId>
- atm VCI
Table 7.2-2 "ATM PVC Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] admin-down Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable traffic flow
[no] aal5-encap-type Parameter type: <Atm::VccEncapType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "llc-snap"
( llc-snap The parameter is not visible
| llc-snap-routed during modification.
| llc-nlpid encapsulation method for traffic
| vc-mux-bridged-8023 in an AAL5 container
| vc-mux-routed
| vc-mux-pppoa
| automatic : ip
| automatic : ppp
| automatic : pppoa )
Possible values:
- llc-snap : logical link control encapsulation bridged
protocol
- llc-snap-routed : logical link control encapsulation routed
protocol
- llc-nlpid : logical link control encapsulation pppoa protocol
- vc-mux-bridged-8023 : virtual channel multiplex bridged
protocol
- vc-mux-routed : virtual channel multiplex routed protocol
- vc-mux-pppoa : virtual channel multiplex pppoa protocol
- automatic : automatic detection of encapsulation type
Possible values:
- ip : autodetection of the used ip encapsulation
- ppp : autodetection of the used ppp encapsulation
- pppoa : autodetection of the used pppoa encapsulation
Field type <SignedInteger>
- a signed integer

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 151

7 ATM Configuration Commands

7.3 IPOA X-connect L2 interworking port

Configuration Command

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the parameter on the IPOA X-connect L2 interworking port level

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure atm ( no ip-cross-connect (interworking-port) ) | ( ip-cross-connect (interworking-port) [ cpe

<Ip::V4AddressHex> ] next-hop <Ip::V4AddressHex> )

Command Parameters
Table 7.3-1 "IPOA X-connect L2 interworking port Configuration Command" Resource
Resource Identifier
(interworking-port)
Table 7.3-2 "IPOA X-connect L2 interworking port Configuration Command" Command
Parameter
cpe
Parameters
Type Description
Format: index of rack/shelf/slot/port
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / user-bridgeport
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Parameters
Type Description
Parameter type: <Ip::V4AddressHex> optional parameter
Format: IP address for cpe
- IPv4-address

152 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 7 ATM Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

next-hop Parameter type: <Ip::V4AddressHex> mandatory parameter
Format: IP address for next hop
- IPv4-address

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 153

8- Interface Management Configuration Commands

8.1 Interface Management Configuration Command Tree 8-155

8.2 Network Interface Configuration Command 8-156
8.3 Extend Interface Configuration Command 8-159
8.4 Interface Alarm Configuration Command 8-160
8.5 SHub Management Interface Configuration Command 8-161
8.6 SHub IP Configuration Command 8-162
8.7 SHub ICMP Configuration Command 8-163
8.8 SHub Multi-Network Configuration Command 8-164
8.9 SHub Unnumbered Interface Configuration Command 8-165
8.10 SHub Port Control Configuration Command 8-166
8.11 SHub Interface Uplink Group Configuration Command 8-168
8.12 SHub Interface Uplink Group Portlist Configuration 8-169
Command

154 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 8 Interface Management Configuration Commands

8.1 Interface Management Configuration Command

Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Interface Management Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----interface
----port
- (port)
- [no] admin-up
- [no] link-updown-trap
- [no] link-state-trap
- [no] user
- [no] severity
----atm-pvc
- (pvc-index)
- [no] customer-id
----alarm
- (index)
- [no] default-severity
----shub
----[no] vlan-id
- (vlan-id)
- [no] mtu
- [no] admin-status
----ip
- (vlan-id)
- [no] vrf-id
----icmp
- [no] err-msg-suppress
- [no] ping-msg-suppress
----[no] ip-addr
- (ip-addr)
----[no] unnumbered-as
- (borrowed-index)
----port
- (network-port)
- [no] mode
- [no] port-type
- [no] admin-status
- [no] mc-flooding
----[no] group
- (group-id)
- [no] threshold
----[no] port
- (port)

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 155

8 Interface Management Configuration Commands

8.2 Network Interface Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure interface management parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure interface port (port) [ [ no ] admin-up ] [ [ no ] link-updown-trap ] [ no link-state-trap | link-state-trap

<Itf::ifLinkUpDownTrap> ] [ no user | user <Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> ] [ no severity | severity
<Itf::asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverity> ]

Command Parameters
Table 8.2-1 "Network Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: the interface index
( xdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| ethernet-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-bonding : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| ip-gateway : <Eqpt::VrfId>
| ip-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| ip-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| shdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| ima-group : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /

156 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


Resource Identifier
Table 8.2-2 "Network Interface Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] admin-up
[no] link-updown-trap
[no] link-state-trap
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
8 Interface Management Configuration Commands
Type Description
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- xdsl-line : a static xdsl line interface
- ethernet-line : a static ethernet line interface
- atm-bonding : atm bonding
- ip-gateway : ip user gateway interface
- ip-line : ip line interface
- shdsl-line : a shdsl line interface
- ima-group : an ima group interface
- vlan-port : vlan port
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::VrfId>
- VRF id
Type Description
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
admin status is up
Parameter type: boolean obsolete parameter replaced by
parameter "link-state-trap"
enable link-up/link-down traps
Parameter type: <Itf::ifLinkUpDownTrap> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( enable indicates if link-up/link-down
| disable traps should be generated
Released 157
8 Interface Management Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

| no-value )
Possible values:
- enable : enable link-up/link-down traps
- disable : disable link-up/link-down traps
- no-value : no valid value
[no] user Parameter type: <Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "available"
- a string identifying the customer or user description of the user connected
- length: x<=64 to this interface
[no] severity Parameter type: <Itf::asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverity> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "default"
( indeterminate set minimum severity for alarm
| warning to be reported
| minor
| major
| critical
| no-alarms
| default
| no-value )
Possible values:
- indeterminate : not a definite known severity
- warning : just to inform as a warning
- minor : not service affecting
- major : service affecting
- critical : service breaking
- no-alarms : do not report alarm
- default : take default as specified in
asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverityDefaultTable
- no-value : no entry in the table

158 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 8 Interface Management Configuration Commands

8.3 Extend Interface Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure extended interface management parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure interface atm-pvc (pvc-index) [ no customer-id | customer-id <Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> ]

Command Parameters
Table 8.3-1 "Extend Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(pvc-index) Format: the ATM PVC interface index
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Table 8.3-2 "Extend Interface Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] customer-id Parameter type: <Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "available"
- a string identifying the customer or user Config the customerId per PVC
- length: x<=64

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 159

8 Interface Management Configuration Commands

8.4 Interface Alarm Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the default severity for an alarm on this type of interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure interface alarm (index) [ no default-severity | default-severity

<Itf::asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverityDefault> ]

Command Parameters
Table 8.4-1 "Interface Alarm Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the IANA ifType
( xdsl-line
| ethernet-line
| shdsl-line )
Possible values:
- xdsl-line : xdsl line
- ethernet-line : ethernet line
- shdsl-line : shdsl line
Table 8.4-2 "Interface Alarm Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] default-severity Parameter type: optional parameter with default
<Itf::asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverityDefault> value: "major"
Format: default severity to be reported
( indeterminate
| warning
| minor
| major
| critical )
Possible values:
- indeterminate : not a definite known severity
- warning : just to inform as a warning
- minor : not service affecting
- major : service affecting
- critical : service breaking

160 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 8 Interface Management Configuration Commands

8.5 SHub Management Interface Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure parameters related to SHub interface management.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure interface shub ( no vlan-id (vlan-id) ) | ( vlan-id (vlan-id) [ no mtu | mtu <Shub::ifMainMtu> ] [ no
admin-status | admin-status <Shub::AdminStatus> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 8.5-1 "SHub Management Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: vlan id
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]
Table 8.5-2 "SHub Management Interface Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] mtu Parameter type: <Shub::ifMainMtu> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1500
- MTU for interface as shown to higher interface sub-layer MTU for the vlan interface
- range: [90...9100]
[no] admin-status Parameter type: <Shub::AdminStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "down"
( up administrative state of the vlan
| down interface
| auto-up )
Possible values:
- up : up
- down : down
- auto-up : autoup

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 161

8 Interface Management Configuration Commands

8.6 SHub IP Configuration Command

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure IP parameters related to SHub.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure interface shub ip (vlan-id) [ no vrf-id | vrf-id <Vrf::ShubVrfID> ]

Command Parameters
Table 8.6-1 "SHub IP Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: vlan id
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]
Table 8.6-2 "SHub IP Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] vrf-id Parameter type: <Vrf::ShubVrfID> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the vrf id which uniquely identify a vrf the VRF instance to which this
- range: [0...127] interface is associated

162 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 8 Interface Management Configuration Commands

8.7 SHub ICMP Configuration Command

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure ICMP parameters related to SHub.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure interface shub ip (vlan-id) icmp [ [ no ] err-msg-suppress ] [ [ no ] ping-msg-suppress ]

Command Parameters
Table 8.7-1 "SHub ICMP Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: vlan id
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]
Table 8.7-2 "SHub ICMP Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] err-msg-suppress Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
suppress the sending of ICMP err
msgs
[no] ping-msg-suppress Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
suppress ping packets

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 163

8 Interface Management Configuration Commands

8.8 SHub Multi-Network Configuration Command

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure multinet IP parameters related to SHub.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure interface shub ip (vlan-id) ( no ip-addr (ip-addr) ) | ( ip-addr (ip-addr) )

Command Parameters
Table 8.8-1 "SHub Multi-Network Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: vlan id
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]
(ip-addr) Format: ip-address
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]

164 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 8 Interface Management Configuration Commands

8.9 SHub Unnumbered Interface Configuration

Command

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure an unnumber interfaces related to SHub.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure interface shub ip (vlan-id) ( no unnumbered-as (borrowed-index) ) | ( unnumbered-as (borrowed-index)

)

Command Parameters
Table 8.9-1 "SHub Unnumbered Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: vlan id
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]
(borrowed-index) Format: vlan-id of the associated
- vlan id numbered interface
- range: [1...4093]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 165

8 Interface Management Configuration Commands

8.10 SHub Port Control Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure parameters related to port control configuration of an SHub
interface.
NOTE:
Due to IEEE 802.3 limitation, some special configuration rules for 1Gbps ports should be considered when doing
configuration:
For 1Gbps electrical port , auto-negotiation is mandatory for both sides.
For 1Gbps optical port, both sides should be auto-negotiation or both sides should be fixed.
Detail limitation please refer to IEEE 802.3-2002 section 40.5.1 and 28.2.3.1

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure interface shub port (network-port) [ no mode | mode <Sys::PortCtrlMode> ] [ no port-type | port-type
<Sys::Type> ] [ no admin-status | admin-status <Shub::AdminStatus> ] [ [ no ] mc-flooding ]

Command Parameters
Table 8.10-1 "SHub Port Control Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(network-port) Format: identifier of the port interface
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub
Table 8.10-2 "SHub Port Control Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] mode Parameter type: <Sys::PortCtrlMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "automatic"
( automatic negotiation mode of the port
| 10mbps : full interface parameters
| 10mbps : half
| 100mbps : full
| 100mbps : half
| 1gbps : full
| 1gbps : half )
Possible values:
- automatic : determine the parameters of interface

166 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 8 Interface Management Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

automatically
- 10mbps : mode of interface is 10Mbps
- 100mbps : mode of interface is 100Mbps
- 1gbps : mode of interface is 1Gbps
Possible values:
- full : data transfer in full duplex
- half : data transfer in half duplex
[no] port-type Parameter type: <Sys::Type> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "unused"
( user the type of port interface
| subtending
| network
| unused
| outband-mngt )
Possible values:
- user : port to a directly connected user
- subtending : port to a subtended ISAM
- network : port to the service provider (ISP)
- unused : port is not in use
- outband-mngt : port is used for outband-management
[no] admin-status Parameter type: <Shub::AdminStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "down"
( up administrative state of the port
| down
| auto-up )
Possible values:
- up : up
- down : down
- auto-up : autoup
[no] mc-flooding Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable multicast flooding

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 167

8 Interface Management Configuration Commands

8.11 SHub Interface Uplink Group Configuration

Command

Command Description
This node allows the user to configure parameters related to uplink group configuration of an interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure interface shub ( no group (group-id) ) | ( group (group-id) [ no threshold | threshold <Itf::Threshold> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 8.11-1 "SHub Interface Uplink Group Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(group-id) Format: A unique number for each logical
- the number of uplink group uplink group
- range: [1...7]
Table 8.11-2 "SHub Interface Uplink Group Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] threshold Parameter type: <Itf::Threshold> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- the min nbr of links to be operational UP in grp the min nbr of links to be
- range: [0...7] operational UP in grp

168 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 8 Interface Management Configuration Commands

8.12 SHub Interface Uplink Group Portlist

Configuration Command

Command Description
This node allows the user to configure parameters related to uplink group portlist configuration of an interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure interface shub group (group-id) ( no port (port) ) | ( port (port) )

Command Parameters
Table 8.12-1 "SHub Interface Uplink Group Portlist Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(group-id) Format: A unique number for each logical
- the number of uplink group uplink group
- range: [1...7]
(port) Format: the port
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 169

9- Error Configuration Commands

9.1 Error Configuration Command Tree 9-171

9.2 Error Log Configuration Command 9-172

170 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 9 Error Configuration Commands

9.1 Error Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Error Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----error
- [no] log-full-action

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 171

9 Error Configuration Commands

9.2 Error Log Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure parameters related to the error log.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure error [ no log-full-action | log-full-action <Error::errorLogFullAction> ]

Command Parameters
Table 9.2-2 "Error Log Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] log-full-action Parameter type: <Error::errorLogFullAction> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "wrap"
( wrap set the action when error log
| halt ) buffer is full
Possible values:
- wrap : older log records are overwritten by recent ones
- halt : logging is stopped until the log buffer is reset

172 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

10- System Configuration Commands

10.1 System Configuration Command Tree 10-174

10.2 System Configuration Command 10-177
10.3 System Management Host IP Address Configuration 10-179
Command
10.4 System Management Vlan Host IP-Address 10-180
Configuration Command
10.5 System Management Default Route Configuration 10-181
Command
10.6 System SNTP Configuration Command 10-182
10.7 SHub System Loop ID Syntax Configuration 10-183
Command
10.8 SHub System ICMP Filter Configuration Command 10-184
10.9 SHub System ICMP Filter In Port List Configuration 10-187
Command
10.10 SHub System ICMP Filter Out Port List Configuration 10-188
Command
10.11 SHub System TCP Filter Configuration Command 10-189
10.12 SHub System TCP Filter In Port List Configuration 10-192
Command
10.13 SHub System TCP Filter Out Port List Configuration 10-193
Command
10.14 SHub System UDP Filter Configuration Command 10-194
10.15 SHub System UDP Filter In Port List Configuration 10-197
Command
10.16 SHub System UDP Filter Out Port List Configuration 10-198
Command
10.17 SHub System Other Protocol Filter Configuration 10-199
Command
10.18 SHub System Other Protocol Filter Configuration 10-202
Command
10.19 SHub System VLAN Filter Configuration Command 10-205
10.20 SHub System IP Group Configuration Command 10-206
10.21 SHub System ID Configuration Command 10-207
10.22 SHub System VLAN Group Configuration Command 10-208
10.23 SHub System HTTP Configuration Command 10-209
10.24 System Clock Configuration Command 10-210

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 173

10 System Configuration Commands

10.1 System Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "System Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----system
- [no] id
- name
- location
- contact-person
- [no] en-snmp-auth-trap
- [no] ether-shape-rate
- mgnt-vlan-id
- system-mac
- [no] single-public-ip
- [no] port-num-in-proto
----management
- host-ip-address
----[no] vlan
- (vlan)
- host-ip-address
----[no] default-route
- (default-route)
----sntp
- server-ip-addr
- [no] server-port
- [no] polling-rate
- [no] enable
- [no] timezone-offset
----loop-id-syntax
- [no] atm-based-dsl
- [no] efm-based-dsl
----shub
----filter
----ip-filter
----[no] icmp
- (index-num)
- [no] action-drop
- [no] dst-ip-addr
- [no] src-ip-addr
- [no] msg-type
- [no] msg-code
- [no] direction
- [no] vlan-id
----[no] in-port
- (port)
----[no] out-port
- (port)
----[no] tcp

174 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 10 System Configuration Commands

- (index-num)
- [no] action-drop
- [no] dst-ip-addr
- [no] src-ip-addr
- [no] min-dst-port
- [no] max-dst-port
- [no] min-src-port
- [no] max-src-port
- [no] ack
- [no] rst
- [no] tos
- [no] direction
- [no] vlan-id
----[no] in-port
- (port)
----[no] out-port
- (port)
----[no] udp
- (index-num)
- [no] action-drop
- [no] dst-ip-addr
- [no] src-ip-addr
- [no] min-dst-port
- [no] max-dst-port
- [no] min-src-port
- [no] max-src-port
- [no] direction
- [no] vlan-id
----[no] in-port
- (port)
----[no] out-port
- (port)
----[no] in-port
- (filter-rule)
- port
- [no] protocol
- [no] action-drop
- [no] dst-ip-addr
- [no] src-ip-addr
- [no] vlan-id
----[no] out-port
- (filter-rule)
- port
- [no] protocol
- [no] action-drop
- [no] dst-ip-addr
- [no] src-ip-addr
- [no] vlan-id
----[no] shub-manager
- (index)
- src-ip-addr
----entry
----ip
- [no] ip-cfg-mode
----id
- [no] contact
- [no] location
----vlan
- ext-vlan-id

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 175

10 System Configuration Commands

----status
- [no] http-access
----clock-mgmt
- [no] priority-scheme
- [no] ext-source

176 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 10 System Configuration Commands

10.2 System Configuration Command

Command Description
This command displays the ID that represents the SID (System ID) of the NE and is used to identify the NE in TL1
messages. The System ID may only include letters, digits, and hyphens, and must be unique for each NE in a
managed network. The name is an administratively assigned name for this managed node. By convention, this is the
node's fully qualified domain name. The location is the physical location of this node. The textual identification of
the contact person for this managed node, together with information on how to contact this person, is given by
contact-person.
The snmp-auth-traps indicates whether the SNMP agent process is permitted to generate authentication-failure
traps. The ether-shape-rate indicates the Ethernet frame shaping rate in kb/s.
The system-mac is used to configure the system MAC address in ISAM. The systemMacAddr is the MAC address of
the LANX interface on the NT board. The lanxBaseMacAddr is the first MAC address of the consecutive MAC
addresses used by the LANX. The lanxRangeMac is the number of MAC addresses supported in LANX.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system [ no id | id <Sys::systemId> ] name <Transport::sysName> location <Transport::sysLocation>

contact-person <Transport::sysContact> [ [ no ] en-snmp-auth-trap ] [ no ether-shape-rate | ether-shape-rate
<Sys::etherShapeRate> ] mgnt-vlan-id <Vlan::VlanId> system-mac <Sys::systemMac> [ [ no ] single-public-ip ] [
no port-num-in-proto | port-num-in-proto <Sys::PortNumberInprotocol> ]

Command Parameters
Table 10.2-2 "System Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] id Parameter type: <Sys::systemId> optional parameter with default
Format: value: """"
- system ID the system ID of the NE
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_./]
- length: x<=64
name Parameter type: <Transport::sysName> optional parameter
Format: fully-qualified domain name of
- a printable string the system
- length: x<=255
location Parameter type: <Transport::sysLocation> optional parameter
Format: location of this system
- a printable string
- length: x<=255
contact-person Parameter type: <Transport::sysContact> optional parameter
Format: info about the contact person for

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 177

10 System Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] en-snmp-auth-trap
[no] ether-shape-rate
mgnt-vlan-id
system-mac
[no] single-public-ip
[no] port-num-in-proto
- a printable string this system
- length: x<=255
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable the generation of
authentication-failure traps
Parameter type: <Sys::etherShapeRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 128
- ethernet frame shaping rate outgoing ethernet frames shaping
- unit: kbps rate on management itf
- range: [128...2000]
Parameter type: <Vlan::VlanId> optional parameter
Format: configure management vlan id
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]
Parameter type: <Sys::systemMac> optional parameter
Format: sys mac addr in
<Sys::MacAddr> / <Sys::MacAddr> / <Sys::Range> sysMacAddr/lanxBaseMacAddr/lanxRan
Field type <Sys::MacAddr>
- a mac-address (example : 01:02:03:04:05:06)
- length: 6
Field type <Sys::MacAddr>
- a mac-address (example : 01:02:03:04:05:06)
- length: 6
Field type <Sys::Range>
- range of the shub
- range: [24]
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable single-ip on the shub
Parameter type: <Sys::PortNumberInprotocol> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "log-slot-num"
( log-slot-num numbering scheme for the Line
| position-based ID field (all protocols)
| type-based
| legacy-num )
Possible values:
- log-slot-num : a system defined, predetermined and unique
number
- position-based : flat-numbering independent of slot-type
- type-based : flat-numbering per slot-type(tl1-like)
- legacy-num : numbering used since the early
days(position-based-like)

178 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 10 System Configuration Commands

10.3 System Management Host IP Address

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IP address of the system.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system management [ host-ip-address <Ip::ExternalAddress> ]

Command Parameters
Table 10.3-2 "System Management Host IP Address Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
host-ip-address Parameter type: <Ip::ExternalAddress> optional parameter
Format: the host ip-address specification
( bootp
| manual : <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthHost> )
Possible values:
- bootp : use bootp to get ip-address
- manual : set ip-address manually
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthHost>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [8...30]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 179

10 System Configuration Commands

10.4 System Management Vlan Host IP-Address

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IP-address of the system.

User Level
none

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system management ( no vlan (vlan) ) | ( vlan (vlan) host-ip-address <Sys::ExternalAddress> )

Command Parameters
Table 10.4-1 "System Management Vlan Host IP-Address Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan) Format: the management vlan
- vlan id
- range: [6]
Table 10.4-2 "System Management Vlan Host IP-Address Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
host-ip-address Parameter type: <Sys::ExternalAddress> mandatory parameter
Format: the host ip-address specification
( bootp
| manual : <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthHost> )
Possible values:
- bootp : use bootp to get ip-address
- manual : set ip-address manually
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthHost>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [8...30]

180 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 10 System Configuration Commands

10.5 System Management Default Route

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the default route of the system. Before the default route can be
configured, the IP address of the system must be set.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges, and executed by operators with transport
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system management ( no default-route ) | ( default-route (default-route) )

Command Parameters
Table 10.5-2 "System Management Default Route Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(default-route) Format: mandatory parameter
- IPv4-address IP-address of the default-route

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 181

10 System Configuration Commands

10.6 System SNTP Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the SNTP and its related parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system sntp [ server-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> ] [ no server-port | server-port <Sys::portNumber> ] [ no

polling-rate | polling-rate <Sys::pollingRate> ] [ [ no ] enable ] [ no timezone-offset | timezone-offset
<Sys::timeZoneOffset> ]

Command Parameters
Table 10.6-2 "System SNTP Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
server-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter
Format: configure the ip address of the
- IPv4-address sntp server
[no] server-port Parameter type: <Sys::portNumber> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 123
- index number configure the port number of the
- range: [0...65535] sntp server
[no] polling-rate Parameter type: <Sys::pollingRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3600
- polling rate in second configure polling rate for the sntp
- unit: seconds agent
- range: [60...864000]
[no] enable Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
sntp application in the NE is
enabled
[no] timezone-offset Parameter type: <Sys::timeZoneOffset> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- specify the offset for timezone from GMT/UTC set the offset of the local
- unit: minutes timezone from GMT/UTC
- range: [-780...780]

182 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 10 System Configuration Commands

10.7 SHub System Loop ID Syntax Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the SHub system loop ID syntax. For atm-based-dsl, default value
is "Access_Node_ID atm Rack/Frame/Slot/Port:VPI.VCI". For efm-based-dsl, default value is "Access_Node_ID
eth Rack/Frame/Slot/Port".
The system loop ID syntax is a concatenation of keywords, separators and free text strings.
The operator can use the following predefined keywords to construct the system loop ID :
Access_Node_ID to specify the system id.
Rack to specify the rack number.
Frame to specify the shelf number.
Slot to specify the slot number.
Port to specify the port number.
VPI to specify the vpi.
VCI to specify the vci.
Q-VID to specify the vlan identifier.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system loop-id-syntax [ no atm-based-dsl | atm-based-dsl <PrintableString-0-64> ] [ no efm-based-dsl |

efm-based-dsl <PrintableString-0-64> ]

Command Parameters
Table 10.7-2 "SHub System Loop ID Syntax Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] atm-based-dsl
[no] efm-based-dsl
Type Description
Parameter type: <PrintableString-0-64> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "Access_Node_ID atm
- a printable string Rack/Frame/Slot/Port : VPI.VCI"
- length: x<=64 define the syntax of loop Id for
atm based dsl lines
Parameter type: <PrintableString-0-64> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "Access_Node_ID eth
- a printable string Rack/Frame/Slot/Port"
- length: x<=64 defines the syntax of loop Id for
efm based dsl lines

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 183

10 System Configuration Commands

10.8 SHub System ICMP Filter Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an ICMP filter on the SHub. The ICMP filter takes into account
source and/or destination IP addresses; either or both must be specified. Optionally the ICMP message type and/or
the ICMP message code can be specified.
The physical ports where the filters have to be applied are configured subsequently, by means of dedicated
configuration commands.
When the filter is to be applied to incoming traffic, the command to configure the in-port is to be used. When the
filter is to be applied to outgoing traffic, the command to configure the out-port is to be used.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of the L3 ICMP filter, please
check if the filter was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete and re-create the
entire L3 ICMP filter.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system shub filter ip-filter ( no icmp (index-num) ) | ( icmp (index-num) [ [ no ] action-drop ] [ no
dst-ip-addr | dst-ip-addr <Ip::NetworkAddressAndIpMaskFull> ] [ no src-ip-addr | src-ip-addr
<Ip::NetworkAddressAndIpMaskFull> ] [ no msg-type | msg-type <Sys::MsgType> ] [ no msg-code | msg-code
<Sys::MsgCode> ] [ no direction | direction <Sys::Direction> ] [ no vlan-id | vlan-id <Vlan::VlanFilterIndex> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 10.8-1 "SHub System ICMP Filter Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index-num) Format: L3 Filter rule number
- Filter rule number
- range: [1...65535]
Table 10.8-2 "SHub System ICMP Filter Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] action-drop Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
the packet will be discarded
[no] dst-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::NetworkAddressAndIpMaskFull> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0/0"
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> destination IP address to be
Field type <Ip::V4Address> matched with the packet

184 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 10 System Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
[no] src-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::NetworkAddressAndIpMaskFull> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0/0"
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> source IP address to be matched
Field type <Ip::V4Address> with the packet
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
[no] msg-type Parameter type: <Sys::MsgType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-icmp-type"
( echo-reply message type to be checked
| dest-unreach against the packet
| src-quench
| redirect
| echo-request
| time-exceeded
| param-prob
| time-stamp-req
| time-stamp-reply
| infor-req
| infor-reply
| addr-mask-req
| addr-mask-reply
| no-icmp-type )
Possible values:
- echo-reply : echo reply
- dest-unreach : destination unreachable
- src-quench : source quench
- redirect : redirect
- echo-request : echo request
- time-exceeded : time exceeded message
- param-prob : parameter problem
- time-stamp-req : timestamp request message
- time-stamp-reply : timestamp reply messages
- infor-req : information request
- infor-reply : information reply
- addr-mask-req : address mask request
- addr-mask-reply : address mask reply
- no-icmp-type : message type is not icmp
[no] msg-code Parameter type: <Sys::MsgCode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-icmp-code"
( network-unreach message code to be checked
| host-unreach against the packet
| protocol-unreach
| port-unreach
| fragment-need
| src-route-fail
| dest-nwk-unknown
| dest-host-unknown
| src-host-isolated
| dest-nwk-prohibit
| dest-host-prohibit
| nwk-unreach-tos

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 185

10 System Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

| host-unreach-tos
| no-icmp-code )
Possible values:
- network-unreach : network unreachable
- host-unreach : host unreachable
- protocol-unreach : protocol unreachable
- port-unreach : port unreachable
- fragment-need : fragmentation needed
- src-route-fail : source route failed
- dest-nwk-unknown : destination network unknown
- dest-host-unknown : destination host unknown
- src-host-isolated : source host isolated
- dest-nwk-prohibit : destination network administratively
prohibited
- dest-host-prohibit : destination host administratively
prohibited
- nwk-unreach-tos : network unreachable for type of service
- host-unreach-tos : host unreachable for type of service
- no-icmp-code : message type is not icmp
[no] direction Parameter type: <Sys::Direction> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "in"
( in specifies in which direction the
| out ) filters are applied
Possible values:
- in : incoming packets
- out : outgoing packets
[no] vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::VlanFilterIndex> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "any"
( any vlan to be filtered, zero means
| <Vlan::VlanFilterIndex> ) wildcard for vlan
Possible values:
- any : defaul vlan-id
Field type <Vlan::VlanFilterIndex>
- vlan id
- range: [0...4092]

Command Output
Table 10.8-3 "SHub System ICMP Filter Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Sys::WaitRowStatusICMP> the status of L3 ICMP filter
( valid This element is only shown in
| corrupted detail mode.
| corrupted )
Possible values:
- valid : ICMP filter configuration is ok
- corrupted : ICMP filter configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : ICMP filter configuration is not
operational(not-ready)

186 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 10 System Configuration Commands

10.9 SHub System ICMP Filter In Port List

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the physical ports where the ICMP filter is to be applied. It is used
for ICMP filters related to incoming traffic.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system shub filter ip-filter icmp (index-num) ( no in-port (port) ) | ( in-port (port) )

Command Parameters
Table 10.9-1 "SHub System ICMP Filter In Port List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index-num) Format: L3 Filter rule number
- Filter rule number
- range: [1...65535]
(port) Format: the network port
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 187

10 System Configuration Commands

10.10 SHub System ICMP Filter Out Port List

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the physical ports where the ICMP filter is to be applied. It is used
for ICMP filters related to outgoing traffic.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system shub filter ip-filter icmp (index-num) ( no out-port (port) ) | ( out-port (port) )

Command Parameters
Table 10.10-1 "SHub System ICMP Filter Out Port List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index-num) Format: L3 Filter rule number
- Filter rule number
- range: [1...65535]
(port) Format: the port
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Shub::SlotId>
| network : <Shub::NetworkPort>
| nt
| unassigned-link : <Shub::NoExtLink> )
Possible values:
- lt : port of the line board
- network : network port
- nt : port of the nt
- unassigned-link : unassigned external link
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Shub::SlotId>
- the egress lt slot
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub
Field type <Shub::NoExtLink>
- unassigned external SFP port

188 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 10 System Configuration Commands

10.11 SHub System TCP Filter Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a TCP filter on the SHub. The TCP filter takes into account source
and/or destination IP addresses; either or both must be specified.
When both source and destination protocol ports need to be configured, the latter must be performed through
separate commands.
The physical ports where the filters have to be applied are configured subsequently, by means of dedicated
configuration commands.
When the filter is to be applied to incoming traffic, the command to configure the in-port is to be used. When the
filter is to be applied to outgoing traffic, the command to configure the out-port is to be used.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of the L3 TCP filter, please check
if the filter was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete and re-create the entire
TCP filter.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system shub filter ip-filter ( no tcp (index-num) ) | ( tcp (index-num) [ [ no ] action-drop ] [ no
dst-ip-addr | dst-ip-addr <Ip::NetworkAddressAndIpMaskFull> ] [ no src-ip-addr | src-ip-addr
<Ip::NetworkAddressAndIpMaskFull> ] [ no min-dst-port | min-dst-port <Sys::Port> ] [ no max-dst-port |
max-dst-port <Sys::Port> ] [ no min-src-port | min-src-port <Sys::Port> ] [ no max-src-port | max-src-port
<Sys::Port> ] [ no ack | ack <Sys::AckBit> ] [ no rst | rst <Sys::RstBit> ] [ no tos | tos <Sys::Tos> ] [ no direction |
direction <Sys::Direction> ] [ no vlan-id | vlan-id <Vlan::VlanFilterIndex> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 10.11-1 "SHub System TCP Filter Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index-num) Format: L3 Filter rule number
- Filter rule number
- range: [1...65535]
Table 10.11-2 "SHub System TCP Filter Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] action-drop Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
the packet will be discarded
[no] dst-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::NetworkAddressAndIpMaskFull> optional parameter with default

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 189

10 System Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] src-ip-addr
[no] min-dst-port
[no] max-dst-port
[no] min-src-port
[no] max-src-port
[no] ack
[no] rst
[no] tos
Format: value: "0.0.0.0/0"
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> destination IP address to be
Field type <Ip::V4Address> matched with the packet
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
Parameter type: <Ip::NetworkAddressAndIpMaskFull> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0/0"
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> source IP address to be matched
Field type <Ip::V4Address> with the packet
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
Parameter type: <Sys::Port> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- number(1...65535) min port in destination port
- range: [0...65535] range(TCP/UDP ports)
Parameter type: <Sys::Port> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 65535
- number(1...65535) maximum port in the destination
- range: [0...65535] port range
Parameter type: <Sys::Port> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- number(1...65535) minimum port in the source port
- range: [0...65535] range
Parameter type: <Sys::Port> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 65535
- number(1...65535) maximum port in the source port
- range: [0...65535] range
Parameter type: <Sys::AckBit> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "any"
( establish tcp ACK bit to be checked
| not-establish against the packet
| any )
Possible values:
- establish : establish the bit
- not-establish : not establish the bit
- any : default value
Parameter type: <Sys::RstBit> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "any"
( set tcp RST bit to be checked against
| not-set the packet
| any )
Possible values:
- set : set the bit
- not-set : not set the bit
- any : default value
Parameter type: <Sys::Tos> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "any"
( any IP TOS bit to be checked against
| high-reliable the packet
| high-throughput
| high-relia-thro
| low-delay
| low-delay-high-relai

190 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 10 System Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

| low-delay-high-thro
| best-tos
| not-applicable )
Possible values:
- any : normal
- high-reliable : high reliable
- high-throughput : high throughput
- high-relia-thro : high reliable and throughput
- low-delay : low delay
- low-delay-high-relai : low delay and high reliability
- low-delay-high-thro : low delay and high throughput
- best-tos : low delay, high reliability and throughput
- not-applicable : tos is don't care
[no] direction Parameter type: <Sys::Direction> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "in"
( in specifies direction in which filters
| out ) are applied
Possible values:
- in : incoming packets
- out : outgoing packets
[no] vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::VlanFilterIndex> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "any"
( any vlan to be filtered, zero means
| <Vlan::VlanFilterIndex> ) wildcard for vlan
Possible values:
- any : defaul vlan-id
Field type <Vlan::VlanFilterIndex>
- vlan id
- range: [0...4092]

Command Output
Table 10.11-3 "SHub System TCP Filter Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Sys::WaitRowStatusTCP> the status of L3 TCP filter
( valid This element is only shown in
| corrupted detail mode.
| corrupted )
Possible values:
- valid : TCP filter configuration is ok
- corrupted : TCP filter configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : TCP filter configuration is not
operational(not-ready)

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 191

10 System Configuration Commands

10.12 SHub System TCP Filter In Port List

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the physical ports where the TCP filter is to be applied. It is used
for TCP filters related to incoming traffic.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system shub filter ip-filter tcp (index-num) ( no in-port (port) ) | ( in-port (port) )

Command Parameters
Table 10.12-1 "SHub System TCP Filter In Port List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index-num) Format: L3 Filter rule number
- Filter rule number
- range: [1...65535]
(port) Format: the network port
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub

192 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 10 System Configuration Commands

10.13 SHub System TCP Filter Out Port List

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the physical ports where the TCP filter is to be applied. It is used
for TCP filters related to outgoing traffic.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system shub filter ip-filter tcp (index-num) ( no out-port (port) ) | ( out-port (port) )

Command Parameters
Table 10.13-1 "SHub System TCP Filter Out Port List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index-num) Format: L3 Filter rule number
- Filter rule number
- range: [1...65535]
(port) Format: the port
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Shub::SlotId>
| network : <Shub::NetworkPort>
| nt
| unassigned-link : <Shub::NoExtLink> )
Possible values:
- lt : port of the line board
- network : network port
- nt : port of the nt
- unassigned-link : unassigned external link
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Shub::SlotId>
- the egress lt slot
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub
Field type <Shub::NoExtLink>
- unassigned external SFP port

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 193

10 System Configuration Commands

10.14 SHub System UDP Filter Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a UDP filter on the SHub. The UDP filter takes into account
source and/or destination IP addresses; either or both must be specified.
When both source and destination protocol ports need to be configured, the latter must be performed through
separate commands.
The physical ports where the filters have to be applied are configured subsequently, by means of dedicated
configuration commands.
When the filter is to be applied to incoming traffic, the command to configure the in-port is to be used. When the
filter is to be applied to outgoing traffic, the command to configure the out-port is to be used.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of the L3 UDP filter, please
check if the filter was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete and re-create the
entire UDP filter.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system shub filter ip-filter ( no udp (index-num) ) | ( udp (index-num) [ [ no ] action-drop ] [ no
dst-ip-addr | dst-ip-addr <Ip::NetworkAddressAndIpMaskFull> ] [ no src-ip-addr | src-ip-addr
<Ip::NetworkAddressAndIpMaskFull> ] [ no min-dst-port | min-dst-port <Sys::Port> ] [ no max-dst-port |
max-dst-port <Sys::Port> ] [ no min-src-port | min-src-port <Sys::Port> ] [ no max-src-port | max-src-port
<Sys::Port> ] [ no direction | direction <Sys::Direction> ] [ no vlan-id | vlan-id <Vlan::VlanFilterIndex> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 10.14-1 "SHub System UDP Filter Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index-num) Format: L3 Filter rule number
- Filter rule number
- range: [1...65535]
Table 10.14-2 "SHub System UDP Filter Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] action-drop Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
the packet will be discarded
[no] dst-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::NetworkAddressAndIpMaskFull> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0/0"

194 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 10 System Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] src-ip-addr
[no] min-dst-port
[no] max-dst-port
[no] min-src-port
[no] max-src-port
[no] direction
[no] vlan-id
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> destination IP address to be
Field type <Ip::V4Address> matched with the packet
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
Parameter type: <Ip::NetworkAddressAndIpMaskFull> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0/0"
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> source IP address to be matched
Field type <Ip::V4Address> with the packet
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
Parameter type: <Sys::Port> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- number(1...65535) min port in the destination port
- range: [0...65535] range(TCP/UDP ports)
Parameter type: <Sys::Port> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 65535
- number(1...65535) maximum port in the destination
- range: [0...65535] port range
Parameter type: <Sys::Port> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- number(1...65535) minimum port in the source port
- range: [0...65535] range
Parameter type: <Sys::Port> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 65535
- number(1...65535) maximum port in the source port
- range: [0...65535] range
Parameter type: <Sys::Direction> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "in"
( in specifies in which direction the
| out ) filters are applied
Possible values:
- in : incoming packets
- out : outgoing packets
Parameter type: <Vlan::VlanFilterIndex> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "any"
( any vlan to be filtered, zero means
| <Vlan::VlanFilterIndex> ) wildcard for vlan
Possible values:
- any : defaul vlan-id
Field type <Vlan::VlanFilterIndex>
- vlan id
- range: [0...4092]

Command Output
Table 10.14-3 "SHub System UDP Filter Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Sys::WaitRowStatusUDP> the status of L3 UDP filter
( valid This element is only shown in
| corrupted detail mode.
| corrupted )

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 195

10 System Configuration Commands

name Type Description

Possible values:
- valid : UDP filter configuration is ok
- corrupted : UDP filter configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : UDP filter configuration is not
operational(not-ready)

196 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 10 System Configuration Commands

10.15 SHub System UDP Filter In Port List

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the physical ports where the UDP filter is to be applied. It is used
for UDP filters related to incoming traffic.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system shub filter ip-filter udp (index-num) ( no in-port (port) ) | ( in-port (port) )

Command Parameters
Table 10.15-1 "SHub System UDP Filter In Port List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index-num) Format: L3 Filter rule number
- Filter rule number
- range: [1...65535]
(port) Format: the network port
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 197

10 System Configuration Commands

10.16 SHub System UDP Filter Out Port List

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the physical ports where the UDP filter is to be applied. It is used
for UDP filters related to outgoing traffic.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system shub filter ip-filter udp (index-num) ( no out-port (port) ) | ( out-port (port) )

Command Parameters
Table 10.16-1 "SHub System UDP Filter Out Port List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index-num) Format: L3 Filter rule number
- Filter rule number
- range: [1...65535]
(port) Format: the port
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Shub::SlotId>
| network : <Shub::NetworkPort>
| nt
| unassigned-link : <Shub::NoExtLink> )
Possible values:
- lt : port of the line board
- network : network port
- nt : port of the nt
- unassigned-link : unassigned external link
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Shub::SlotId>
- the egress lt slot
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub
Field type <Shub::NoExtLink>
- unassigned external SFP port

198 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 10 System Configuration Commands

10.17 SHub System Other Protocol Filter

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an IP filter on the SHub, for protocols other than ICMP, TCP or
UDP. The IP filter takes into account source and/or destination IP addresses; either or both must be specified.
The physical ports where the filters have to be applied are configured subsequently, by means of dedicated
configuration commands.
When the filter is to be applied to incoming traffic, the command to configure the in-port is to be used. When the
filter is to be applied to outgoing traffic, the command to configure the out-port is to be used.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of the L3 IP filter, please check if
the filter was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete and re-create the entire IP
filter.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system shub filter ip-filter ( no in-port (filter-rule) port <Shub::InNetworkPort> ) | ( in-port (filter-rule)
port <Shub::InNetworkPort> [ no protocol | protocol <Sys::RestrictedProtocol> ] [ [ no ] action-drop ] [ no
dst-ip-addr | dst-ip-addr <Ip::NetworkAddressAndIpMaskFull> ] [ no src-ip-addr | src-ip-addr
<Ip::NetworkAddressAndIpMaskFull> ] [ no vlan-id | vlan-id <Vlan::VlanFilterIndex> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 10.17-1 "SHub System Other Protocol Filter Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(filter-rule) Format: L3 filter rule number
- Filter rule number
- range: [1...65535]
port Parameter type: <Shub::InNetworkPort> the network port
Format:
( network : <Shub::NetworkPort>
| all )
Possible values:
- network : network port
- all : apply to all ports
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub
Table 10.17-2 "SHub System Other Protocol Filter Configuration Command" Command

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 199

10 System Configuration Commands

Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] protocol Parameter type: <Sys::RestrictedProtocol> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "any"
( igmp type of protocol to be checked
| ggp against the packet
| ip
| egp
| igp
| nvp
| irtp
| idrp
| rsvp
| msrp
| igrp
| ospf
| any )
Possible values:
- igmp : check the packet for igmp
- ggp : check the packet for ggp
- ip : check the packet for ip
- egp : check the packet for egp
- igp : check the packet for igp
- nvp : check the packet for nvp
- irtp : check the packet for irtp
- idrp : check the packet for idrp
- rsvp : check the packet for rsvp
- msrp : check the packet for msrp
- igrp : check the packet for igrp
- ospf : check the packet for ospf
- any : check the all packets
[no] action-drop Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
the packet will be discarded
[no] dst-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::NetworkAddressAndIpMaskFull> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0/0"
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> destination IP address to be
Field type <Ip::V4Address> matched with the packet
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
[no] src-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::NetworkAddressAndIpMaskFull> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0/0"
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> source IP address to be matched
Field type <Ip::V4Address> with the packet
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
[no] vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::VlanFilterIndex> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "any"
( any vlan to be filtered, zero means
| <Vlan::VlanFilterIndex> ) wildcard for vlan
Possible values:
- any : defaul vlan-id
Field type <Vlan::VlanFilterIndex>
- vlan id

200 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 10 System Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- range: [0...4092]

Command Output
Table 10.17-3 "SHub System Other Protocol Filter Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Sys::WaitRowStatusPortList> the status of L3 IP filter
( valid This element is only shown in
| corrupted detail mode.
| corrupted )
Possible values:
- valid : IP filter configuration is ok
- corrupted : IP filter configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : IP filter configuration is not
operational(not-ready)

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 201

10 System Configuration Commands

10.18 SHub System Other Protocol Filter

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an IP filter on the SHub, for protocols other than ICMP, TCP or
UDP. The IP filter takes into account source and/or destination IP addresses; either or both must be specified.
The physical ports where the filters have to be applied are configured subsequently, by means of dedicated
configuration commands.
When the filter is to be applied to incoming traffic, the command to configure the in-port is to be used. When the
filter is to be applied to outgoing traffic, the command to configure the out-port is to be used.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of the L3 IP filter, please check if
the filter was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete and re-create the entire IP
filter.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system shub filter ip-filter ( no out-port (filter-rule) port <Shub::OutPort> ) | ( out-port (filter-rule) port
<Shub::OutPort> [ no protocol | protocol <Sys::RestrictedProtocol> ] [ [ no ] action-drop ] [ no dst-ip-addr |
dst-ip-addr <Ip::NetworkAddressAndIpMaskFull> ] [ no src-ip-addr | src-ip-addr
<Ip::NetworkAddressAndIpMaskFull> ] [ no vlan-id | vlan-id <Vlan::VlanFilterIndex> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 10.18-1 "SHub System Other Protocol Filter Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(filter-rule) Format: L3 filter rule number
- Filter rule number
- range: [1...65535]
port Parameter type: <Shub::OutPort> the network port
Format:
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Shub::SlotId>
| network : <Shub::NetworkPort>
| nt
| unassigned-link : <Shub::NoExtLink>
| all )
Possible values:
- lt : port of the line board
- network : network port

202 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 10 System Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- nt : port of the nt
- unassigned-link : unassigned external link
- all : apply to all ports
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Shub::SlotId>
- the egress lt slot
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub
Field type <Shub::NoExtLink>
- unassigned external SFP port
Table 10.18-2 "SHub System Other Protocol Filter Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] protocol Parameter type: <Sys::RestrictedProtocol> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "any"
( igmp type of protocol to be checked
| ggp against the packet
| ip
| egp
| igp
| nvp
| irtp
| idrp
| rsvp
| msrp
| igrp
| ospf
| any )
Possible values:
- igmp : check the packet for igmp
- ggp : check the packet for ggp
- ip : check the packet for ip
- egp : check the packet for egp
- igp : check the packet for igp
- nvp : check the packet for nvp
- irtp : check the packet for irtp
- idrp : check the packet for idrp
- rsvp : check the packet for rsvp
- msrp : check the packet for msrp
- igrp : check the packet for igrp
- ospf : check the packet for ospf
- any : check the all packets
[no] action-drop Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
the packet will be discarded
[no] dst-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::NetworkAddressAndIpMaskFull> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0/0"
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> destination IP address to be
Field type <Ip::V4Address> matched with the packet
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
[no] src-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::NetworkAddressAndIpMaskFull> optional parameter with default

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 203

10 System Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

Format: value: "0.0.0.0/0"
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> source IP address to be matched
Field type <Ip::V4Address> with the packet
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
[no] vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::VlanFilterIndex> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "any"
( any vlan to be filtered, zero means
| <Vlan::VlanFilterIndex> ) wildcard for vlan
Possible values:
- any : defaul vlan-id
Field type <Vlan::VlanFilterIndex>
- vlan id
- range: [0...4092]

Command Output
Table 10.18-3 "SHub System Other Protocol Filter Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Sys::WaitRowStatusPortList> the status of L3 IP filter
( valid This element is only shown in
| corrupted detail mode.
| corrupted )
Possible values:
- valid : IP filter configuration is ok
- corrupted : IP filter configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : IP filter configuration is not
operational(not-ready)

204 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 10 System Configuration Commands

10.19 SHub System VLAN Filter Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the management VLAN filter IP address.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system shub filter ( no shub-manager (index) ) | ( shub-manager (index) src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> )

Command Parameters
Table 10.19-1 "SHub System VLAN Filter Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index number of the SrcIp
- index(1..100)
- range: [1...100]
Table 10.19-2 "SHub System VLAN Filter Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
src-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> mandatory parameter
Format: MgmtVlan filter IP address to be
- IPv4-address matched with the packet

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 205

10 System Configuration Commands

10.20 SHub System IP Group Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IP related parameter.
The default IP address is used when manual mode is selected or when the system fails to obtain an IP address
dynamically. The default IP address, subnet mask and default gateway will only take effect when the configuration
is stored and restored.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system shub entry ip [ no ip-cfg-mode | ip-cfg-mode <Sys::DefIpAddr> ]

Command Parameters
Table 10.20-2 "SHub System IP Group Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] ip-cfg-mode Parameter type: <Sys::DefIpAddr> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "manual"
( manual specifies how the system get the
| dynamic ) IP address
Possible values:
- manual : ip address got from the system
- dynamic : ip address got through dynamic IP address

206 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 10 System Configuration Commands

10.21 SHub System ID Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure information regarding the location and contact person for the
node.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system shub entry id [ no contact | contact <Sys::IssSysContact> ] [ no location | location
<Sys::IssSysLocation> ]

Command Parameters
Table 10.21-2 "SHub System ID Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] contact Parameter type: <Sys::IssSysContact> optional parameter with default
Format: value: """"
- textual identification of the contact person textual identification of the
- length: x<=50 contact person
[no] location Parameter type: <Sys::IssSysLocation> optional parameter with default
Format: value: """"
- physical location of this node physical location of this node
- length: x<=50

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 207

10 System Configuration Commands

10.22 SHub System VLAN Group Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the SHub system VLAN group.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system shub entry vlan [ ext-vlan-id <Vlan::ExtVlanIndex> ]

Command Parameters
Table 10.22-2 "SHub System VLAN Group Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
ext-vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::ExtVlanIndex> optional parameter
Format: External Vlan id
- external vlan id
- range: [2...4093]

208 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 10 System Configuration Commands

10.23 SHub System HTTP Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure HTTP access to the SHub system.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system shub entry status [ [ no ] http-access ]

Command Parameters
Table 10.23-2 "SHub System HTTP Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] http-access Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable http access for the users

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 209

10 System Configuration Commands

10.24 System Clock Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the clock source priority scheme.
This command allows the operator to configure the external clock source as E1 or DS1, or 2048Khz
ext-source parameter is ignored when priority-scheme is selected local for Non-BITS card.
The system takes default ds1 for ANSI markets and e1 for ETSI markets.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system clock-mgmt [ no priority-scheme | priority-scheme <Sys::SysClkSrcPriorityScheme> ] [ no

ext-source | ext-source <Sys::SysClkExtSource> ]

Command Parameters
Table 10.24-2 "System Clock Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] priority-scheme Parameter type: <Sys::SysClkSrcPriorityScheme> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "autoselect"
( autoselect select the clock priority Scheme
| local
| external-local )
Possible values:
- autoselect : select based on location
- local : always select local clock
- external-local : external clock > local clock
[no] ext-source Parameter type: <Sys::SysClkExtSource> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "khz2048"
( e1 select the external clock type E1
| ds1 or DS1 or 2048Khz
| khz2048 )
Possible values:
- e1 : select ETSI Source
- ds1 : select DS1 Source
- khz2048 : select 2048KHz Source

210 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

11- Security Configuration Commands

11.1 Security Configuration Command Tree 11-212

11.2 Security Banner Configuration Commmand 11-216
11.3 Operator Configuration Command 11-217
11.4 Profile Configuration Command 11-219
11.5 Default Profile Configuration Command 11-223
11.6 SNMP View Configuration Command 11-227
11.7 Security SNMP Community Configuration Command 11-229
11.8 Security SNMPv3 Group Configuration Command 11-231
11.9 Security SNMPv3 User Configuration Command 11-233
11.10 Security SNMPv3 User-Group Configuration 11-235
Command
11.11 SNMP Notify View Configuration Command 11-237
11.12 Security SNMP Notification Profile Configuration 11-239
Command
11.13 Security SNMP Notification Profile Filter 11-241
Configuration Command
11.14 Security SNMP Element Manager Configuration 11-243
Command
11.15 SHub Security SNMP Community Configuration 11-245
Command
11.16 Security IP Address Pool Configuration Command 11-247
11.17 Security IP Address Pool Reserve Configuration 11-249
Command
11.18 Security RADIUS Client Configuration Command 11-250
11.19 Security RADIUS Authentication Server 11-251
Configuration Command
11.20 Security RADIUS Accounting Server Configuration 11-253
Command
11.21 Security RADIUS Dynamic Authorization Client 11-255
Configuration Command
11.22 Security RADIUS Policy Configuration Command 11-256
11.23 Security RADIUS Server Configuration Command 11-258
11.24 Security Domain Configuration Command 11-260
11.25 Security Domain IP Pool Configuration Command 11-262
11.26 Security Domain User Configuration Command 11-263
11.27 Security Connection Profile Configuration Command 11-264
11.28 Security Connection Policy Configuration Command 11-265
11.29 Security 802.1x PAE System Configuration 11-266
Command
11.30 Security 802.1x Port Authentication Configuration 11-267
Command
11.31 Security 802.1x Extension, Port Authentication 11-269
Configuration Command
11.32 Security 802.1x Port Configuration Command 11-271
11.33 Security Password Policy Configuration Commmand 11-272
11.34 File Transfer Configure Command 11-274
11.35 file Transfer server Configure Commands 11-275

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 211

11 Security Configuration Commands

11.1 Security Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Security Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----system
----security
- [no] login-banner
- [no] welcome-banner
----[no] operator
- (name)
- profile
- password
- [no] prompt
- [no] description
- [no] more
----[no] profile
- (name)
- [no] prompt
- [no] password-timeout
- [no] terminal-timeout
- [no] slot-numbering
- [no] description
- [no] aaa
- [no] atm
- [no] alarm
- [no] dhcp
- [no] equipment
- [no] igmp
- [no] ip
- [no] pppoe
- [no] qos
- [no] software-mngt
- [no] transport
- [no] vlan
- [no] xdsl
- [no] security
----default-profile
- [no] prompt
- [no] password-timeout
- [no] terminal-timeout
- [no] slot-numbering
- [no] description
- [no] aaa
- [no] atm
- [no] alarm
- [no] dhcp
- [no] equipment
- [no] igmp

212 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

- [no] ip
- [no] pppoe
- [no] qos
- [no] software-mngt
- [no] transport
- [no] vlan
- [no] xdsl
- [no] security
----snmp
----[no] view
- (notify-view)
- subtree
- type
----[no] community
- (name)
- host-address
- [no] context
- [no] privilege
- [no] read-view
- [no] write-view
- [no] notify-view
----[no] group
- (name)
- security-level
- context
- [no] read-view
- [no] write-view
- [no] notify-view
----[no] user
- (name)
- [no] authentication
- [no] privacy
- [no] public
----[no] map-user-group
- (name)
- group-name
----[no] notify-view
- (notify-view)
- subtree
- type
----[no] notify-profile
- (name)
- snmp-version
----[no] filter
- notify-view
----[no] manager
- (name)
- destination
- notify-profile
- [no] nt
- [no] shub
- [no] epon
----shub
----[no] community
- (index)
- name
- [no] privilege
- [no] ip-addr
----[no] ip-addr-pool

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 213

11 Security Configuration Commands

- (name)
- vrf-index
- start-addr
- [no] size
- [no] admin-down
----[no] reserve-address
- (ip-address)
----radius
- [no] relay
- [no] auth-super-user
- [no] operator-policy
----[no] auth-server
- (name)
- vrf-index
- ip-address
- [no] port
- secret
- [no] retry-limit
- [no] timeout-limit
- [no] admin-down
- [no] dead-interval
----[no] acc-server
- (name)
- vrf-index
- ip-address
- [no] port
- secret
- [no] retry-limit
- [no] timeout-limit
- [no] admin-down
- [no] dead-interval
----[no] dyn-auth-client
- (name)
- vrf-index
- ip-address
- secret
- [no] admin-down
----[no] policy
- (name)
- nas-id
- nas-ip-address
- [no] keep-domain-name
- [no] disable-accnt-msg
- [no] acc-interval
- [no] disable-eap
----[no] servers
- (index)
- auth-server
- vrf-index-auth
- [no] acc-server
- [no] vrf-index-acc
- priority
----[no] domain
- (name)
- vrf-index
- [no] vlan-id
- [no] primary-dns
- [no] second-dns
- [no] primary-nbns

214 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

- [no] second-nbns
- [no] sess-timeout
- [no] qos-policy
- authenticator
- [no] admin-down
----[no] ip-pool
- (name)
- vrf-index
- priority
----[no] user
- (name)
- password
----[no] conn-profile
- (name)
- version
- [no] reject-no-domain
- [no] reject-inv-domain
- domain-name
----[no] conn-policy
- conn-profile-name
----pae
- [no] port-access
----authenticator
- (port)
- [no] controlled-port
- [no] quiet-period
- [no] tx-period
- [no] supp-timeout
- [no] server-timeout
- [no] max-req
----ext-authenticator
- (port)
- [no] authentication
- [no] init-authreq-off
- [no] handshake
- [no] handshake-period
----port
- (port)
- [no] initialize
----password
- min-length
- min-num-numeric-char
- min-num-special-char
- [no] mixed-case
----filetransfer
- [no] protocol
----[no] server
- (serverid)
- user-name
- password

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 215

11 Security Configuration Commands

11.2 Security Banner Configuration Commmand

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the login banner and the welcome banner.
There is a limit to the number of characters that can be entered in a single CLI command. For lengthy banners,
Alcatel recommends that the operator enter separate commands to configure the login banner and the welcome
banner.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security [ no login-banner | login-banner <Sec::Banner> ] [ no welcome-banner |

welcome-banner <Sec::Banner> ]

Command Parameters
Table 11.2-2 "Security Banner Configuration Commmand" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] login-banner
[no] welcome-banner
Type Description
Parameter type: <Sec::Banner> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- a banner to be shown to the operator banner to be shown before the
- length: x<=480 operator enters its name
Parameter type: <Sec::Banner> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- a banner to be shown to the operator the banner to be shown when the
- length: x<=480 operator logged in

216 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

11.3 Operator Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify an operator instance.
After this instance is created, an operator can log in to the system with the specified name and password.
Operators have a profile that determines most of the operator properties. The operator profile must be created
before the operator can be created.
The operator profile is assigned when the operator is created. The profile cannot be changed afterward. If the
operator wants to change the profile, the operator must first delete the operator and then recreate it.
The default values for prompt can be found in configure system security profile profile-name.
The following rules apply to a plain text password.
The password must consist of a minimum of six and a maximum of 20 printable characters.
The password must contain at least one non-alphanumeric character.
A new password must be different from the last three passwords.

Never specify a new password using the encrypted option. You could mistakenly enter any hexadecimal string that
is not necessarily linked to a password, and it is almost impossible to calculate a password from an encrypted
string. The encrypted method of specifying passwords is only intended to restore an existing configuration.
An operator must enter a new password when logging in for the first time after another operator has changed his
or her password.
There is no separate command to change a password. An operator must change the password in the operator's
operator node.
The prompt can be composed with following components :
%n : the name of the current operator.
%s : the current numbering scheme (typ|leg|pos).
%! : the current history number.
% num d : the current context.
- num is the maximum number of components (starting from the last) that are shown (default is all).
- each component will be separated from the next one with a >.
- a > is also added in front of the first component.
%% : a %
%c : # if the current node was an existing node or $ if it is newly created.
any other character is just added to the prompt as is.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all,admin privileges, and executed by operators with all
privileges.
The last operator with security write permissions cannot be deleted.
An operator can be deleted when still logged in. The operator instance is only removed after the operator has
logged out or is logged out by the system.
Operators without security read or write permissions cannot see other operators.
Operators without security write permissions cannot create, delete, or modify another operator, but they can enter
the commands to perform these actions. However, these commands always fail when executed.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 217

11 Security Configuration Commands

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security ( no operator (name) ) | ( operator (name) profile <Sec::ProfileName> password
<Sec::Password> [ no prompt | prompt <Sec::Prompt> ] [ no description | description <Sec::OperatorDesc> ] [ [ no
] more ] )

Command Parameters
Table 11.3-1 "Operator Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: the name of the operator
- the name of an operator
- range: [a-z0-9]
- length: 1<=x<=11
Table 11.3-2 "Operator Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
profile Parameter type: <Sec::ProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- the name of an operator profile during modification.
- range: [a-z0-9] the name of an operator profile
- length: 1<=x<=11
password Parameter type: <Sec::Password> mandatory parameter
Format: the password needed to log in
( prompt
| plain : <Sec::PlainPassword>
| encrypted : <Sec::EncryptedPassword> )
Possible values:
- prompt : prompts the operator for a password
- plain : the password in plain text
- encrypted : the hashed password
Field type <Sec::PlainPassword>
- the password in plain text
- length: 6<=x<=20
Field type <Sec::EncryptedPassword>
- the encrypted password
- length: 20
[no] prompt Parameter type: <Sec::Prompt> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- a specification of the prompt the specification of the prompt
- length: x<=28
[no] description Parameter type: <Sec::OperatorDesc> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- any description to be used by the operator any description to be used by the
- length: x<=31 operator
[no] more Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
the output is passed via the more
filter

218 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

11.4 Profile Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify an operator profile.
The operator profile determines most of the operator properties.
An operator profile is typically used to limit the commands that a group of operators can execute to those for which
they have the necessary skills and for which they are responsible.
Any change of the attribute slot-numbering will only take effect for new CLI sessions. The slot-numbering of an
active CLI session will never be changed. The actual slot-numbering used for a session can be made visible with
the command show sessions
terminal-timeout: A value of 0 equals an infinite timeout value (i.e. the terminal will never time out).
The prompt can be composed with following components :
%n : the name of the current operator.
%s : the current numbering scheme (typ|leg|pos).
%! : the current history number.
% num d : the current context.
- num is the maximum number of components (starting from the last) that are shown (default is all).
- each component will be separated from the next one with a >.
- a > is also added in front of the first component.
%% : a %
%c : # if the current node was an existing node or $ if it is newly created.
any other character is just added to the prompt as is.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all,admin privileges.
The last operator with security write permissions cannot be deleted.
The permissions of a profile cannot be changed as long as one operator belongs to the profile.
Operators without security read or write permissions cannot see other operator profiles.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security ( no profile (name) ) | ( profile (name) [ no prompt | prompt <Sec::Prompt> ] [ no
password-timeout | password-timeout <Sec::PasswordTimeout> ] [ no terminal-timeout | terminal-timeout
<Sec::InactivityTimeout> ] [ no slot-numbering | slot-numbering <Sec::SlotDesc> ] [ no description | description
<Sec::ProfileDesc> ] [ no aaa | aaa <Sec::Aaa> ] [ no atm | atm <Sec::Atm> ] [ no alarm | alarm <Sec::Alarm> ] [
no dhcp | dhcp <Sec::Dhcp> ] [ no equipment | equipment <Sec::Equipment> ] [ no igmp | igmp <Sec::Igmp> ] [ no
ip | ip <Sec::Ip> ] [ no pppoe | pppoe <Sec::Pppoe> ] [ no qos | qos <Sec::Qos> ] [ no software-mngt |
software-mngt <Sec::Sw> ] [ no transport | transport <Sec::Transport> ] [ no vlan | vlan <Sec::Vlan> ] [ no xdsl |
xdsl <Sec::Xdsl> ] [ no security | security <Sec::Security> ] )

Command Parameters

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 219

11 Security Configuration Commands

Table 11.4-1 "Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters

Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: the name of the profile
- the name of an operator profile
- range: [a-z0-9]
- length: 1<=x<=11
Table 11.4-2 "Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] prompt Parameter type: <Sec::Prompt> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "\"%s : %n%d%c \""
- a specification of the prompt the specification of the prompt
- length: x<=28
[no] password-timeout Parameter type: <Sec::PasswordTimeout> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the maximum time a password may be unchanged the maximum time a password
- unit: days may be unchanged
- range: [0...365]
[no] terminal-timeout Parameter type: <Sec::InactivityTimeout> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 30
- specify the inactivity timeout of the terminal specify the inactivity timeout of
- unit: minutes the terminal
- range: [0...120]
[no] slot-numbering Parameter type: <Sec::SlotDesc> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "legacy-based"
( type-based slot numbering scheme to be used
| position-based by the operator
| legacy-based )
Possible values:
- type-based : flat-numbering per slot-type (tl1-like)
- position-based : flat-numbering independent of slot-type
- legacy-based : numbering used since the early days
(position-based-like)
[no] description Parameter type: <Sec::ProfileDesc> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- any description to be used by the operator any description to be used by the
- length: x<=31 operator
[no] aaa Parameter type: <Sec::Aaa> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( write the access rights to AAA related
| read commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] atm Parameter type: <Sec::Atm> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( write the access rights to ATM related
| read commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] alarm Parameter type: <Sec::Alarm> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"

220 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

( write the access rights to alarm related
| read commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] dhcp Parameter type: <Sec::Dhcp> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( write the access rights to DHCP related
| read commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] equipment Parameter type: <Sec::Equipment> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( write the access rights to equipment
| read related commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] igmp Parameter type: <Sec::Igmp> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( write the access rights to IGMP related
| read commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] ip Parameter type: <Sec::Ip> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( write the access rights to IP related
| read commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] pppoe Parameter type: <Sec::Pppoe> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( write the access rights to PPPOE
| read related commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] qos Parameter type: <Sec::Qos> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( write the access rights to qos related
| read commands
| none )

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 221

11 Security Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] software-mngt Parameter type: <Sec::Sw> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( write access rights to software
| read management related commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] transport Parameter type: <Sec::Transport> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( write the access rights to transport
| read related commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] vlan Parameter type: <Sec::Vlan> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( write the access rights to VLAN related
| read commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] xdsl Parameter type: <Sec::Xdsl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( write the access rights to xDSL related
| read commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] security Parameter type: <Sec::Security> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( write the access rights to security
| read related commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access

222 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

11.5 Default Profile Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the superuser to specify a default operator profile. The default profile is used when an
operator is authenticated via a RADIUS server but the RADIUS server does not support vendor-specific attributes.
The default profile determines most of the operator properties.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all,admin privileges.
Operators without security read or write permissions cannot see the default profile.
Operators withouit security read or write permissions can never see default-profile.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security default-profile [ no prompt | prompt <Sec::Prompt> ] [ no password-timeout |

password-timeout <Sec::PasswordTimeout> ] [ no terminal-timeout | terminal-timeout <Sec::InactivityTimeout> ] [
no slot-numbering | slot-numbering <Sec::SlotDesc> ] [ no description | description <Sec::ProfileDesc> ] [ no aaa |
aaa <Sec::Aaa> ] [ no atm | atm <Sec::Atm> ] [ no alarm | alarm <Sec::Alarm> ] [ no dhcp | dhcp <Sec::Dhcp> ] [
no equipment | equipment <Sec::Equipment> ] [ no igmp | igmp <Sec::Igmp> ] [ no ip | ip <Sec::Ip> ] [ no pppoe |
pppoe <Sec::Pppoe> ] [ no qos | qos <Sec::Qos> ] [ no software-mngt | software-mngt <Sec::Sw> ] [ no transport |
transport <Sec::Transport> ] [ no vlan | vlan <Sec::Vlan> ] [ no xdsl | xdsl <Sec::Xdsl> ] [ no security | security
<Sec::Security> ]

Command Parameters
Table 11.5-2 "Default Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] prompt
[no] password-timeout
[no] terminal-timeout
[no] slot-numbering
Type Description
Parameter type: <Sec::Prompt> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "\"%s : %n%d%c \""
- a specification of the prompt the specification of the prompt
- length: x<=28
Parameter type: <Sec::PasswordTimeout> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the maximum time a password may be unchanged the maximum time a password
- unit: days may be unchanged
- range: [0...365]
Parameter type: <Sec::InactivityTimeout> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- specify the inactivity timeout of the terminal the maximum time a terminal
- unit: minutes may be inactive
- range: [0...120]
Parameter type: <Sec::SlotDesc> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "legacy-based"

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 223

11 Security Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

( type-based slot description to be used by the
| position-based operator
| legacy-based )
Possible values:
- type-based : flat-numbering per slot-type (tl1-like)
- position-based : flat-numbering independent of slot-type
- legacy-based : numbering used since the early days
(position-based-like)
[no] description Parameter type: <Sec::ProfileDesc> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- any description to be used by the operator any description to be used by the
- length: x<=31 operator
[no] aaa Parameter type: <Sec::Aaa> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "read"
( write the access rights to AAA related
| read commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] atm Parameter type: <Sec::Atm> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "write"
( write the access rights to ATM related
| read commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] alarm Parameter type: <Sec::Alarm> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "write"
( write the access rights to alarm related
| read commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] dhcp Parameter type: <Sec::Dhcp> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "write"
( write the access rights to DHCP related
| read commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] equipment Parameter type: <Sec::Equipment> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "write"
( write the access rights to equipment
| read related commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access

224 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] igmp Parameter type: <Sec::Igmp> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "write"
( write the access rights to IGMP related
| read commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] ip Parameter type: <Sec::Ip> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "write"
( write the access rights to IP related
| read commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] pppoe Parameter type: <Sec::Pppoe> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "write"
( write the access rights to PPOE related
| read commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] qos Parameter type: <Sec::Qos> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "write"
( write the access rights to qos related
| read commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] software-mngt Parameter type: <Sec::Sw> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "write"
( write access rights to software
| read management related commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] transport Parameter type: <Sec::Transport> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "write"
( write the access rights to transport
| read related commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] vlan Parameter type: <Sec::Vlan> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "write"
( write the access rights to VLAN related

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 225

11 Security Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

| read commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] xdsl Parameter type: <Sec::Xdsl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "write"
( write the access rights to xDSL related
| read commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] security Parameter type: <Sec::Security> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( write the access rights to security
| read related commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access

226 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

11.6 SNMP View Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a view.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
A subtree is identified by an object ID, which is a sequence of numbers (example: 1.3.6.1.6.3.12.1.3). This sequence
uniquely identifies a node or a leaf in the MIB tree.
The same subtree can also be addressed using symbolic MIB names (example: snmpTargetParamsTable).
Combinations of symbolic names and numbers are also possible: 1.3.6.1.6.3.12.1.3.1.7.97.97.97 can be written as
snmpTargetParamsTable.1.7.97.97.97 or as snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97.97, ...
For each number, we can indicate that it may be ignored when comparing it with MIB elements, by adding an
asterisk after the number (example: snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97*.97). Because the number is ignored
anyway, we recommend replacing it with a 0. For example, snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.0*.97. 0* can be
abbreviated as *. So, the recommended representation is snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.*.97.
The system stores a view entry based on the view name and the object ID: snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.0*.97
and snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97*.97 are stored in two different locations, but match the same MIB
elements. A consequence of this strategy is that snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97*.97 and
snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97.97 can not exist at the same time.
The most specific filter element takes precedence in the case where more than one filter element matches the same
MIB element.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of an SNMP view, please check if
the view was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete and re-create the entire
SNMP view.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security snmp ( no view (notify-view) subtree <Snmp::ViewSubtree> ) | ( view (notify-view)
subtree <Snmp::ViewSubtree> type <Snmp::FilterType> )

Command Parameters
Table 11.6-1 "SNMP View Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(notify-view) Format: the name of the view
- the name of a view
- length: x<=32
subtree Parameter type: <Snmp::ViewSubtree> the subtree
Format:

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 227

11 Security Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

<Snmp::ViewSubtree>
Field type <Snmp::ViewSubtree>
- specification of view subtree. Eg(vacmAccessTable.*.7)
Table 11.6-2 "SNMP View Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
type Parameter type: <Snmp::FilterType> mandatory parameter
Format: the filter type
( include
| exclude )
Possible values:
- include : include the matching varbinds
- exclude : exclude the matching varbinds

Command Output
Table 11.6-3 "SNMP View Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusVacmFilter> the status of an SNMP view
( valid This element is only shown in
| corrupted detail mode.
| corrupted )
Possible values:
- valid : SNMP view configuration is ok
- corrupted : SNMP view configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : SNMP view configuration is not
operational(not-ready)

228 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

11.7 Security SNMP Community Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure community names.
An existing community can not be modified.
SNMP uses community names as a kind of password without user name to verify if a request may be executed.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
There must be at least one community with read-write privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security snmp ( no community (name) host-address <Ip::AddressAndIpMaskFull> ) | (

community (name) host-address <Ip::AddressAndIpMaskFull> [ no context | context <Transport::Context> ] [ no
privilege | privilege <Snmp::CommunityPrivilege> ] [ no read-view | read-view <Snmp::ViewName> ] [ no
write-view | write-view <Snmp::ViewName> ] [ no notify-view | notify-view <Snmp::ViewName> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 11.7-1 "Security SNMP Community Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: the name of the community
- the community name
- length: x<=32
host-address Parameter type: <Ip::AddressAndIpMaskFull> the host IP address from where
Format: access is allowed
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
Table 11.7-2 "Security SNMP Community Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] context Parameter type: <Transport::Context> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "nt"
( nt the context allowed for this

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 229

11 Security Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

| shub community
| epon )
Possible values:
- nt : nt context
- shub : shub context
- epon : epon context
[no] privilege Parameter type: <Snmp::CommunityPrivilege> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "read-write"
( read-only the access privileges we have
| read-write when we use this community
| write-only )
Possible values:
- read-only : only read privileges
- read-write : read and write privileges
- write-only : only write privileges
[no] read-view Parameter type: <Snmp::ViewName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "everything"
- the name of a view the name of the view to be used
- length: x<=32 for read accesses
[no] write-view Parameter type: <Snmp::ViewName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "everything"
- the name of a view the name of the view to be used
- length: x<=32 for write accesses
[no] notify-view Parameter type: <Snmp::ViewName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "everything"
- the name of a view the name of the view to filter
- length: x<=32 notifications

230 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

11.8 Security SNMPv3 Group Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an SNMPv3 Group.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of an SNMPv3 Group, please
check if the group was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete and re-create the
entire SNMPv3 Group.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security snmp ( no group (name) security-level <Snmp::SecurityLevel> context
<Snmp::Context> ) | ( group (name) security-level <Snmp::SecurityLevel> context <Snmp::Context> [ no
read-view | read-view <Snmp::ViewName> ] [ no write-view | write-view <Snmp::ViewName> ] [ no notify-view |
notify-view <Snmp::ViewName> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 11.8-1 "Security SNMPv3 Group Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of snmpV3 group
- name of the snmpv3 group
- length: 1<=x<=32
security-level Parameter type: <Snmp::SecurityLevel> security level for the group
Format:
( none
| authentication
| privacy-and-auth )
Possible values:
- none : no authentication and no privacy
- authentication : authentication without privacy
- privacy-and-auth : authentication and privacy
context Parameter type: <Snmp::Context> context for the group
Format:
( single : nt
| single : shub
| single : epon
| all )

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 231

11 Security Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Possible values:
- single : grant access to a specific context
- all : grant access to all contexts
Possible values:
- nt : the nt context
- shub : the shub context
- epon : the epon context
- : any context
Table 11.8-2 "Security SNMPv3 Group Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] read-view Parameter type: <Snmp::ViewName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "everything"
- the name of a view the name of the view to be used
- length: x<=32 for read accesses
[no] write-view Parameter type: <Snmp::ViewName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "everything"
- the name of a view the name of the view used for
- length: x<=32 write accesses
[no] notify-view Parameter type: <Snmp::ViewName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "everything"
- the name of a view the name of the view to filter
- length: x<=32 notifications

Command Output
Table 11.8-3 "Security SNMPv3 Group Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusconfigGroup> the status of an SNMPv3 group
( valid This element is only shown in
| corrupted detail mode.
| corrupted )
Possible values:
- valid : SNMPv3 group configuration is ok
- corrupted : SNMPv3 group configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : SNMPv3 group configuration is not
operational(not-ready)

232 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

11.9 Security SNMPv3 User Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an SNMPv3 user.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of an SNMPv3 user, please check
if the user was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete and re-create the entire
SNMPv3 user.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security snmp ( no user (name) ) | ( user (name) [ no authentication | authentication
<Snmp::AuthType> ] [ no privacy | privacy <Snmp::PrivacyType> ] [ no public | public <Snmp::Identifier> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 11.9-1 "Security SNMPv3 User Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the user
- snmpv3 user name
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 11.9-2 "Security SNMPv3 User Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] authentication Parameter type: <Snmp::AuthType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none authentication for the user
| md5 : prompt
| sha1 : prompt
| md5 : plain : <Sec::PlainPassword>
| sha1 : plain : <Sec::PlainPassword>
| md5 : encrypted : <Snmp::AuthEncryptedKey>
| sha1 : encrypted : <Snmp::AuthEncryptedKey> )
Possible values:
- none : no authentication
- md5 : md5 based authentication
- sha1 : sha1 based authentication
Possible values:

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 233

11 Security Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- prompt : prompts the operator to enter a password
- plain : enter the password in plain text
- encrypted : enter the encrypted password
Field type <Sec::PlainPassword>
- the password in plain text
- length: 6<=x<=20
Field type <Snmp::AuthEncryptedKey>
- an encrypted password
- length: 16<=x<=24
[no] privacy Parameter type: <Snmp::PrivacyType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none
| des : prompt
| des : plain : <Sec::PlainPassword>
| des : encrypted : <Snmp::PrivacyEncryptedKey> )
Possible values:
- none : no privacy required
- des : des based privacy
Possible values:
- prompt : prompts the operator for a password
- plain : enter the password in plain text
- encrypted : enter the encrypted password
Field type <Sec::PlainPassword>
- the password in plain text
- length: 6<=x<=20
Field type <Snmp::PrivacyEncryptedKey>
- an encrypted privacy password
- length: 16
[no] public Parameter type: <Snmp::Identifier> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- a hexadecimal identifier identifier used by scenarios to
- length: 1<=x<=32 change security keys

Command Output
Table 11.9-3 "Security SNMPv3 User Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusSnmpUser> the status of an SNMPv3 user
( valid This element is only shown in
| corrupted detail mode.
| corrupted )
Possible values:
- valid : SNMPv3 user configuration is ok
- corrupted : SNMPv3 user configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : SNMPv3 user configuration is not
operational(not-ready)

234 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

11.10 Security SNMPv3 User-Group Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to map an SNMPv3 user to an SNMPv3 group.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of mapping an SNMPv3 user to
SNMPv3 user-group , please check if the mapping was done and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not,
please delete and re-create the entire configuration of mapping an SNMPv3 user to SNMPv3 user-group.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security snmp ( no map-user-group (name) ) | ( map-user-group (name) group-name
<Snmp::GroupName> )

Command Parameters
Table 11.10-1 "Security SNMPv3 User-Group Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the snmpV3 user
- snmpv3 user name
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 11.10-2 "Security SNMPv3 User-Group Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
group-name Parameter type: <Snmp::GroupName> mandatory parameter
Format: name of the snmpV3 group
- name of the snmpv3 group
- length: 1<=x<=32

Command Output
Table 11.10-3 "Security SNMPv3 User-Group Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusMapUser> the status of mapping an
( valid SNMPv3 user to an SNMPv3
| corrupted group

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 235

11 Security Configuration Commands

name Type Description

| corrupted ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- valid : mapping SNMPv3 user to SNMPv3 group
configuration is ok
- corrupted : mapping SNMPv3 user to SNMPv3 group
configuration is not operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : mapping SNMPv3 user to SNMPv3 group
configuration is not operational(not-ready)

236 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

11.11 SNMP Notify View Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a Notify View.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
A subtree is identified by an object ID, which is a sequence of numbers (example: 1.3.6.1.6.3.12.1.3). This sequence
uniquely identifies a node or a leaf in the MIB tree.
The same subtree can also be addressed using symbolic MIB names (example: snmpTargetParamsTable).
Combinations of symbolic names and numbers are also possible: 1.3.6.1.6.3.12.1.3.1.7.97.97.97 can be written as
snmpTargetParamsTable.1.7.97.97.97 or as snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97.97, ...
For each number, we can indicate that it may be ignored when comparing it with MIB elements, by adding an
asterisk after the number (example: snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97*.97). Because the number is ignored
anyway, we recommend replacing it with a 0. For example, snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.0*.97. 0* can be
abbreviated as *. So, the recommended representation is snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.*.97.
The system stores a view entry based on the view name and the object ID: snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.0*.97
and snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97*.97 are stored in two different locations, but match the same MIB
elements. A consequence of this strategy is that snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97*.97 and
snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97.97 can not exist at the same time.
The most specific filter element takes precedence in the case where more than one filter element matches the same
MIB element.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of a Notify View, please check if
the view was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete and re-create the entire
Notify View.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security snmp ( no notify-view (notify-view) subtree <Snmp::ViewSubtree> ) | ( notify-view
(notify-view) subtree <Snmp::ViewSubtree> type <Snmp::FilterType> )

Command Parameters
Table 11.11-1 "SNMP Notify View Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(notify-view) Format: the name of the notify view
- the name of a view
- length: x<=32
subtree Parameter type: <Snmp::ViewSubtree> the subtree
Format:

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 237

11 Security Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

<Snmp::ViewSubtree>
Field type <Snmp::ViewSubtree>
- specification of view subtree. Eg(vacmAccessTable.*.7)
Table 11.11-2 "SNMP Notify View Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
type Parameter type: <Snmp::FilterType> mandatory parameter
Format: the filter type
( include
| exclude )
Possible values:
- include : include the matching varbinds
- exclude : exclude the matching varbinds

Command Output
Table 11.11-3 "SNMP Notify View Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusNotifyFilter> the status of an SNMP notify
( valid view
| corrupted This element is only shown in
| corrupted ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- valid : SNMP Notify View configuration is ok
- corrupted : SNMP notify view configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : SNMP notify view configuration is not
operational(not-ready)

238 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

11.12 Security SNMP Notification Profile

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a notification profile.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of the SNMP notification profile,
please check if the profile was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete and
re-create the entire SNMP notification profile.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security snmp ( no notify-profile (name) ) | ( notify-profile (name) snmp-version
<Snmp::SnmpVersion> )

Command Parameters
Table 11.12-1 "Security SNMP Notification Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the notification profile
- notification-profile name
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 11.12-2 "Security SNMP Notification Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
snmp-version Parameter type: <Snmp::SnmpVersion> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
( v1 : <Snmp::CommunityString> during modification.
| v2 : <Snmp::CommunityString> snmp-version of the profile
| v3 : <Snmp::SecurityName> : none
| v3 : <Snmp::SecurityName> : authentication
| v3 : <Snmp::SecurityName> : privacy-and-auth )
Possible values:
- v1 : SNMP version1
- v2 : SNMP version2
- v3 : SNMP version3
Field type <Snmp::CommunityString>
- community string

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 239

11 Security Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- length: 1<=x<=32
Field type <Snmp::SecurityName>
- snmpv3 user name
- length: 1<=x<=32
Possible values:
- none : no authentication and no privacy
- authentication : authentication only
- privacy-and-auth : authentication and privacy

Command Output
Table 11.12-3 "Security SNMP Notification Profile Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusProfile> the status of notification profile
( valid This element is only shown in
| corrupted detail mode.
| corrupted )
Possible values:
- valid : notification profile configuration is ok
- corrupted : notification profile configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : notification profile configuration is not
operational(not-ready)

240 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

11.13 Security SNMP Notification Profile Filter

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a filter for a notification profile.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of a filter for SNMP notification
profile, please check if the filter was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete and
re-create the entire notification profile filter.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security snmp notify-profile (name) ( no filter ) | ( filter notify-view <Snmp::ViewName> )

Command Parameters
Table 11.13-1 "Security SNMP Notification Profile Filter Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the notification profile
- notification-profile name
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 11.13-2 "Security SNMP Notification Profile Filter Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
notify-view Parameter type: <Snmp::ViewName> mandatory parameter
Format: view to be accessed
- the name of a view
- length: x<=32

Command Output
Table 11.13-3 "Security SNMP Notification Profile Filter Configuration Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusNotifyView> the status of notification profile

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 241

11 Security Configuration Commands

name Type Description

( valid filter
| corrupted This element is only shown in
| corrupted ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- valid : notification profile filter configuration is ok
- corrupted : notification profile filter configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : notification profile filter configuration is not
operational(not-ready)

242 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

11.14 Security SNMP Element Manager

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an Element Manager using a Profile.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of the SNMP element manager,
please check if the element manager was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete
and re-create the entire SNMP element manager.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security snmp ( no manager (name) ) | ( manager (name) destination <Snmp::Address>
notify-profile <Snmp::NotifyProfile> [ [ no ] nt ] [ [ no ] shub ] [ [ no ] epon ] )

Command Parameters
Table 11.14-1 "Security SNMP Element Manager Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the element manager
- element manager name
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 11.14-2 "Security SNMP Element Manager Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
destination Parameter type: <Snmp::Address> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
<Snmp::IpAddress> : <Snmp::AddressPort> during modification.
Field type <Snmp::IpAddress> destination address of the element
- ip-address for the manager manager
Field type <Snmp::AddressPort>
- port number for the manager
- range: [1...65535]
notify-profile Parameter type: <Snmp::NotifyProfile> mandatory parameter
Format: name of the notification profile
- notification-profile name
- length: 1<=x<=32
[no] nt Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable storing in nt

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 243

11 Security Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] shub Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable storing in shub
[no] epon Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable storing in epon

Command Output
Table 11.14-3 "Security SNMP Element Manager Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusconfigManger> the status of an SNMP Element
( valid Manager
| corrupted This element is only shown in
| corrupted ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- valid : SNMPv3 element manager configuration is ok
- corrupted : SNMPv3 element manager configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : SNMPv3 element manager configuration is not
operational(not-ready)

244 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

11.15 SHub Security SNMP Community

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure community names.
There can be many entries with the same community name or IP address.
SNMP uses community names as a kind of password without user name to verify if a request may be executed.
It is possible to allow only a limited number of IP addresses to use a given community name.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
The community used by the command line interface (CLI) can not be deleted nor modified.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of SNMP community names,
please check if the names were created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete and
re-create the entire SNMP community names configuration.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security snmp shub ( no community (index) ) | ( community (index) name
<Snmp::SHubCommunityName> [ no privilege | privilege <Snmp::SHubCommunityPrivilege> ] [ no ip-addr |
ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 11.15-1 "SHub Security SNMP Community Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: number of the entry in the
- number of the entry in the community table community table
- range: [1...10]
Table 11.15-2 "SHub Security SNMP Community Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <Snmp::SHubCommunityName> mandatory parameter
Format: the name of the community
- a printable string
- length: x<=255
[no] privilege Parameter type: <Snmp::SHubCommunityPrivilege> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "read-only"
( read-only the privileges we have when we

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 245

11 Security Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

| read-write ) use this community
Possible values:
- read-only : only read
- read-write : read and write
[no] ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0"
- IPv4-address the ip-address from where we
may use this community

Command Output
Table 11.15-3 "SHub Security SNMP Community Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusCommunity> the status of SNMP community
( valid names
| corrupted This element is only shown in
| corrupted ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- valid : SNMP community names configuration is ok
- corrupted : SNMP community names configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : SNMP community names configuration is not
operational(not-ready)

246 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

11.16 Security IP Address Pool Configuration

Command

Command Description
This is a (conceptual) table for local IP address allocation for PPP users ONLY. Two IP pools in the same VRF
should not contain overlapping IP address spaces. The IP address space is determined by start and size. An Ip pool
row in this table can be deleted only when, no domains use this pool and no Ip addresses are allocated to user
sessions from this pool. When a row is deleted in this table, the corresponding rows in the IP address pool reserve
and status are also removed.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security ( no ip-addr-pool (name) vrf-index <Aaa::IpVrfIndex> ) | ( ip-addr-pool (name)
vrf-index <Aaa::IpVrfIndex> start-addr <Ip::AddressAndMask> [ no size | size <Aaa::IpAddressPoolSize> ] [ [ no
] admin-down ] )

Command Parameters
Table 11.16-1 "Security IP Address Pool Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the IP address pool
- name of IP address pool
- length: 1<=x<=64
vrf-index Parameter type: <Aaa::IpVrfIndex> vrf associated with this pool
Format:
- vrf index
- range: [1...127]
Table 11.16-2 "Security IP Address Pool Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
start-addr Parameter type: <Ip::AddressAndMask> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLength> during modification.
Field type <Ip::V4Address> first address from where
- IPv4-address allocation of IP address starts
Field type <Ip::PrefixLength>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...30]
[no] size Parameter type: <Aaa::IpAddressPoolSize> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 247

11 Security Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- length of the IP address prefix of the Pool The parameter is not visible
- range: [0...1000] during modification.
number of IP addresses in the
pool from start address
[no] admin-down Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
adminstrative state down

248 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

11.17 Security IP Address Pool Reserve

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the security IP address pool reserve address. A conceptual table is
used for reserving and unreserving an IP address from the specified pool. A entry can only be created when the
corresponding entry in the table (with the same IP address index) is created. An IP address can be reserved only
when the IP address is not allocated to any user session. After the row has been created in this table, the value for
IP address pool status changes to locally reserved. To unreserve an IP address, the corresponding entry should be
deleted.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security ip-addr-pool (name)vrf-index <Aaa::IpVrfIndex> ( no reserve-address (ip-address) ) | (

reserve-address (ip-address) )

Command Parameters
Table 11.17-1 "Security IP Address Pool Reserve Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the IP address pool
- name of IP address pool
- length: 1<=x<=64
vrf-index Parameter type: <Aaa::IpVrfIndex> vrf associated with this pool
Format:
- vrf index
- range: [1...127]
(ip-address) Format: IP addess to be
- IPv4-address reserved/unreserved.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 249

11 Security Configuration Commands

11.18 Security RADIUS Client Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command enables or disables relay functionality on the SHub and, configures the superuser authentication
type and the operator's RADIUS policy

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security radius [ [ no ] relay ] [ [ no ] auth-super-user ] [ no operator-policy | operator-policy

<Aaa::RadiusPolicyName> ]

Command Parameters
Table 11.18-2 "Security RADIUS Client Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] relay
[no] auth-super-user
[no] operator-policy
Type Description
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable radius relay
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable superuser RADIUS
Authentication
Parameter type: <Aaa::RadiusPolicyName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none operator RADIUS policy name
| name : <Aaa::IgnoredRadiusPolicyName> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Aaa::IgnoredRadiusPolicyName>
- name of the RADIUS policy
- length: 1<=x<=64

250 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

11.19 Security RADIUS Authentication Server

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the RADIUS authentication servers. The conceptual table lists the
RADIUS authentication servers with their configurable parameters. If an entry (server) must be deleted, it must not
be associated with any RADIUS policy. If an entry is associated with a policy, the deletion is not allowed.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security radius ( no auth-server (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> ) | ( auth-server (name)
vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> ip-address <Aaa::InetAddress> [ no port | port <Aaa::InetPortNumber> ] secret
<Aaa::Password> [ no retry-limit | retry-limit <Aaa::RadiusRetryLimit> ] [ no timeout-limit | timeout-limit
<Aaa::RadiusTimeout> ] [ [ no ] admin-down ] [ no dead-interval | dead-interval <Aaa::RadiusDeadInterval> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 11.19-1 "Security RADIUS Authentication Server Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of RADIUS authentication
- name of the RADIUS auth server server
- length: 1<=x<=64
vrf-index Parameter type: <Aaa::VrfIndex> vrf to which this auth server
Format: belongs
- a vrf index
- range: [0...127]
Table 11.19-2 "Security RADIUS Authentication Server Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
ip-address Parameter type: <Aaa::InetAddress> mandatory parameter
Format: IP address of RADIUS
- IPv4-address authentication server
[no] port Parameter type: <Aaa::InetPortNumber> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1812
- UDP port to which RADIUS auth messages should be sent UDP port to which RADIUS auth
- range: [0...65535] messages should be sent
secret Parameter type: <Aaa::Password> mandatory parameter
Format: secret string used between

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 251

11 Security Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] retry-limit
[no] timeout-limit
[no] admin-down
[no] dead-interval
- password string hidden from users RADIUS server and client
- length: 6<=x<=64
Parameter type: <Aaa::RadiusRetryLimit> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3
- radius retry limit no of times RADIUS server be
- range: [0...100] tried before giving up
Parameter type: <Aaa::RadiusTimeout> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3
- radius timeout time in sec between
- range: [1...60] retransmission to RADIUS server
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
adminstrative state down
Parameter type: <Aaa::RadiusDeadInterval> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 600
- radius dead interval no of sec before setting oper state
- range: [0...3600] to unknown from down

252 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

11.20 Security RADIUS Accounting Server

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the RADIUS accounting servers. The conceptual table lists the
RADIUS accounting servers with their configurable parameters. If an entry (server) must be deleted, it must not be
associated with any RADIUS policy. If an entry is associated with a policy, the deletion is not allowed.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security radius ( no acc-server (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> ) | ( acc-server (name)
vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> ip-address <Aaa::InetAddress> [ no port | port <Aaa::InetPortNumber> ] secret
<Aaa::Password> [ no retry-limit | retry-limit <Aaa::RadiusRetryLimit> ] [ no timeout-limit | timeout-limit
<Aaa::RadiusTimeout> ] [ [ no ] admin-down ] [ no dead-interval | dead-interval <Aaa::RadiusDeadInterval> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 11.20-1 "Security RADIUS Accounting Server Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the RADIUS accounting
- name of the RADIUS accounting server server
- length: 1<=x<=64
vrf-index Parameter type: <Aaa::VrfIndex> vrf to which the RADIUS Acc
Format: Server belongs
- a vrf index
- range: [0...127]
Table 11.20-2 "Security RADIUS Accounting Server Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
ip-address Parameter type: <Aaa::InetAddress> mandatory parameter
Format: IP address of RADIUS
- IPv4-address accounting server
[no] port Parameter type: <Aaa::InetPortNumber> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1813
- UDP port to which RADIUS auth messages should be sent UDP port to which RADIUS
- range: [0...65535] accounting messages be sent
secret Parameter type: <Aaa::Password> mandatory parameter
Format: secret string used between

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 253

11 Security Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] retry-limit
[no] timeout-limit
[no] admin-down
[no] dead-interval
- password string hidden from users RADIUS server and client
- length: 6<=x<=64
Parameter type: <Aaa::RadiusRetryLimit> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 10
- radius retry limit no of times RADIUS server be
- range: [0...100] tried before giving up
Parameter type: <Aaa::RadiusTimeout> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 15
- radius timeout time in sec between
- range: [1...60] retransmission to RADIUS server
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
adminstrative state down
Parameter type: <Aaa::RadiusDeadInterval> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 600
- radius dead interval no of sec before setting oper state
- range: [0...3600] to unknown from down

254 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

11.21 Security RADIUS Dynamic Authorization

Client Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the RADIUS Dynamic Authorization Clients. The conceptual table
lists the RADIUS Dynamic Authorization Clients with their configurable parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security radius ( no dyn-auth-client (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> ) | ( dyn-auth-client
(name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> ip-address <Aaa::InetAddress> secret <Aaa::Password> [ [ no ] admin-down ] )

Command Parameters
Table 11.21-1 "Security RADIUS Dynamic Authorization Client Configuration Command"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the RADIUS Dynamic
- name of dynamic auth client name Authorization client
- length: 1<=x<=64
vrf-index Parameter type: <Aaa::VrfIndex> vrf to which the RADIUS Dyn
Format: Auth Client belongs
- a vrf index
- range: [0...127]
Table 11.21-2 "Security RADIUS Dynamic Authorization Client Configuration Command"
Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
ip-address Parameter type: <Aaa::InetAddress> mandatory parameter
Format: IP address of RADIUS
- IPv4-address authentication server
secret Parameter type: <Aaa::Password> mandatory parameter
Format: secret string used between
- password string hidden from users RADIUS server and client
- length: 6<=x<=64
[no] admin-down Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
adminstrative state down

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 255

11 Security Configuration Commands

11.22 Security RADIUS Policy Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure RADIUS policies. The conceptual table lists the RADIUS policies
with the parameters that apply globally for each RADIUS policy. An entry in this table (policy) can be deleted only
if it is not associated with any of the domains. If this entry is deleted, the corresponding entry in the RADIUS server
is also deleted.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security radius ( no policy (name) ) | ( policy (name) nas-id <Aaa::NasId> nas-ip-address
<Aaa::InetAddress> [ [ no ] keep-domain-name ] [ [ no ] disable-accnt-msg ] [ no acc-interval | acc-interval
<Aaa::AccInt> ] [ [ no ] disable-eap ] )

Command Parameters
Table 11.22-1 "Security RADIUS Policy Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Table 11.22-2 "Security RADIUS Policy Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
nas-id
nas-ip-address
[no] keep-domain-name
[no] disable-accnt-msg
[no] acc-interval
Type Description
Format: name of the RADIUS policy
- name of the radius policy
- length: 1<=x<=64
Type Description
Parameter type: <Aaa::NasId> mandatory parameter
Format: NAS-Identifier used in messages
- a binary string of min 6 and max 64 towards Radius servers
- length: x<=64
Parameter type: <Aaa::InetAddress> mandatory parameter
Format: NAS-IP-Address used in
- IPv4-address messages towards Radius servers
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
don't strip domain name when
sending to RADIUS server
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable
Parameter type: <Aaa::AccInt> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- radius accnt interval Interim Accounting Interval in

256 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- range: [0,60...2147483647] seconds
[no] disable-eap Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 257

11 Security Configuration Commands

11.23 Security RADIUS Server Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure RADIUS servers. The conceptual table lists the set of RADIUS
servers with the parameters of each set. The servers that are placed in a set using this table must first be defined in
the RADIUS Authenticaion and Accounting server configuration commands. The value returned by the RADIUS
server is used by the management station as the value for the index when a new entry in this table is created.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security radius policy (name) ( no servers (index) ) | ( servers (index) auth-server
<Aaa::RadAuthServer> vrf-index-auth <Aaa::VrfIndex> [ no acc-server | acc-server <Aaa::RadAccServer> ] [ no
vrf-index-acc | vrf-index-acc <Aaa::IgnoredVrfIndex> ] priority <Aaa::Priority> )

Command Parameters
Table 11.23-1 "Security RADIUS Server Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the RADIUS policy
- name of the radius policy
- length: 1<=x<=64
(index) Format: index of RADIUS profile
- unique nbr identifying a set within a RADIUS profile.
- range: [1...2]
Table 11.23-2 "Security RADIUS Server Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
auth-server Parameter type: <Aaa::RadAuthServer> mandatory parameter
Format: the radius authentication server
name : <Aaa::RadAuthServerName>
Possible values:
- name : use a radius server for authentication
Field type <Aaa::RadAuthServerName>
- name of the RADIUS auth server
- length: 1<=x<=64
vrf-index-auth Parameter type: <Aaa::VrfIndex> mandatory parameter
Format: vrf to which the RADIUS auth
- a vrf index server belongs
- range: [0...127]

258 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] acc-server Parameter type: <Aaa::RadAccServer> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none the radius accounting server
| name : <Aaa::RadAccServerName> )
Possible values:
- none : no radius server for accounting
- name : use a radius server for accounting
Field type <Aaa::RadAccServerName>
- name of the RADIUS accounting server
- length: 1<=x<=64
[no] vrf-index-acc Parameter type: <Aaa::IgnoredVrfIndex> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- a vrf index vrf to which the RADIUS
- range: [0...127] accounting server belongs
priority Parameter type: <Aaa::Priority> mandatory parameter
Format: priority of the set of RADIUS
- priority of the server set servers
- range: [1...256]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 259

11 Security Configuration Commands

11.24 Security Domain Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the domain.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security ( no domain (name) ) | ( domain (name) vrf-index <Aaa::DomainVrfIndex> [ no
vlan-id | vlan-id <Vlan::VlanIndexOrZero> ] [ no primary-dns | primary-dns <Aaa::InetAddress> ] [ no second-dns
| second-dns <Aaa::InetAddress> ] [ no primary-nbns | primary-nbns <Aaa::InetAddress> ] [ no second-nbns |
second-nbns <Aaa::InetAddress> ] [ no sess-timeout | sess-timeout <Aaa::DomainSessionTimeout> ] [ no
qos-policy | qos-policy <Aaa::QosProfileName> ] authenticator <Aaa::Authenticator> [ [ no ] admin-down ] )

Command Parameters
Table 11.24-1 "Security Domain Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the domain
- name of the domain
- length: 1<=x<=64
Table 11.24-2 "Security Domain Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
vrf-index Parameter type: <Aaa::DomainVrfIndex> mandatory parameter
Format: valid VRF index
- a vrf index for a domain
- range: [-1,1...127]
[no] vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::VlanIndexOrZero> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- vlan id a vlan id
- range: [0...4092]
[no] primary-dns Parameter type: <Aaa::InetAddress> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0"
- IPv4-address IP address of primary DNS server
[no] second-dns Parameter type: <Aaa::InetAddress> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0"
- IPv4-address IP address of secondary DNS
server
[no] primary-nbns Parameter type: <Aaa::InetAddress> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0"
- IPv4-address IP address of primary NBNS
server

260 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] second-nbns Parameter type: <Aaa::InetAddress> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0"
- IPv4-address IP address of secondary NBNS
server
[no] sess-timeout Parameter type: <Aaa::DomainSessionTimeout> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- maximum lifetime of a session maximum lifetime of a session
- range: [0...2147483647]
[no] qos-policy Parameter type: <Aaa::QosProfileName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none name of the QoS policy to be
| name : <Aaa::IgnoredQosProfileName> ) applied to this domain
Possible values:
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Aaa::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64
authenticator Parameter type: <Aaa::Authenticator> mandatory parameter
Format: type of authenticator
( local
| radius : <Aaa::RadPolicyName> )
Possible values:
- local : authenticator type is local
- radius : authenticator type is RADIUS
Field type <Aaa::RadPolicyName>
- name of the radius policy
- length: 1<=x<=64
[no] admin-down Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
adminstrative state down

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 261

11 Security Configuration Commands

11.25 Security Domain IP Pool Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to define the domain IP pool.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security domain (name) ( no ip-pool (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> ) | ( ip-pool (name)
vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> priority <SignedInteger> )

Command Parameters
Table 11.25-1 "Security Domain IP Pool Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the domain
- name of the domain
- length: 1<=x<=64
(name) Format: name of the IP address pool
- name of IP address pool
- length: 1<=x<=64
vrf-index Parameter type: <Aaa::VrfIndex> vrf associated with this pool
Format:
- a vrf index
- range: [0...127]
Table 11.25-2 "Security Domain IP Pool Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
priority Parameter type: <SignedInteger> mandatory parameter
Format: priority associated with this IP
- a signed integer pool

262 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

11.26 Security Domain User Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the security domain for a user. A conceptual table lists the
configurable parameters for a user of a particular domain. This table is used for authenticating users locally. If a
domain is deleted, all users of the domain are deleted from the table.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security domain (name) ( no user (name) ) | ( user (name) password <Aaa::Password> )

Command Parameters
Table 11.26-1 "Security Domain User Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the domain
- name of the domain
- length: 1<=x<=64
(name) Format: name of the user of a particular
- a description domain
- length: 1<=x<=64
Table 11.26-2 "Security Domain User Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
password Parameter type: <Aaa::Password> mandatory parameter
Format: user password, minimum 6
- password string hidden from users characters
- length: 6<=x<=64

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 263

11 Security Configuration Commands

11.27 Security Connection Profile Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the connection profile parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security ( no conn-profile (name) ) | ( conn-profile (name) version <SignedInteger> [ [ no ]
reject-no-domain ] [ [ no ] reject-inv-domain ] domain-name <Aaa::DomainName> )

Command Parameters
Table 11.27-1 "Security Connection Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of connection profile
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 11.27-2 "Security Connection Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
version Parameter type: <SignedInteger> mandatory parameter
Format: version number to be associated
- a signed integer to the Profile
[no] reject-no-domain Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
reject user session auth if no
domain
[no] reject-inv-domain Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
reject user session auth if invalid
domain
domain-name Parameter type: <Aaa::DomainName> mandatory parameter
Format: name of the domain
- name of the domain
- length: 1<=x<=64

264 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

11.28 Security Connection Policy Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a connection policy associated with the specified policy. The
operator should specify the index that indicates which connection policy to apply and the profile-index, which
provides the connection profile associated with this policy.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security ( no conn-policy ) | ( conn-policy conn-profile-name <AsamProfileName> )

Command Parameters
Table 11.28-2 "Security Connection Policy Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
conn-profile-name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: connection profile associated
- a profile name with this policy
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 265

11 Security Configuration Commands

11.29 Security 802.1x PAE System Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the administrative enable and disable state for port access control
in a system.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security pae [ [ no ] port-access ]

Command Parameters
Table 11.29-2 "Security 802.1x PAE System Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] port-access Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable port access control

266 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

11.30 Security 802.1x Port Authentication

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure security 802.1x port authentication.
This command is valid for user ports. If the user port resides on a board that does not support user authentication,
this command will fail.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security pae authenticator (port) [ no controlled-port | controlled-port

<Aaa::PaeControlledPortControl> ] [ no quiet-period | quiet-period <Aaa::paeQuitTime> ] [ no tx-period | tx-period
<Aaa::paeTime> ] [ no supp-timeout | supp-timeout <Aaa::paeTime> ] [ no server-timeout | server-timeout
<Aaa::paeTime> ] [ no max-req | max-req <Aaa::paeMaxReq> ]

Command Parameters
Table 11.30-1 "Security 802.1x Port Authentication Configuration Command" Resource
Resource Identifier
(port)
Table 11.30-2 "Security 802.1x Port Authentication Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Type Description
Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Parameters

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 267

11 Security Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] controlled-port
[no] quiet-period
[no] tx-period
[no] supp-timeout
[no] server-timeout
[no] max-req
Parameter type: <Aaa::PaeControlledPortControl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "auto"
( force-unauthorized current value of the controlled
| auto Port
| force-authorized )
Possible values:
- force-unauthorized : force unauthorized control
- auto : automatic control
- force-authorized : force authorized control
Parameter type: <Aaa::paeQuitTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 60
- quietPeriod quietPeriod constant currently
- range: [0...65535] used, value in seconds
Parameter type: <Aaa::paeTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 30
- authentication time txPeriod constant currently used,
- range: [1...65535] value in seconds
Parameter type: <Aaa::paeTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 30
- authentication time suppTimeout constant currently
- range: [1...65535] used, value in seconds
Parameter type: <Aaa::paeTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 30
- authentication time serverTimeout constant currently
- range: [1...65535] used, value in seconds
Parameter type: <Aaa::paeMaxReq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 2
- max number of requests maxReq constant currently used
- range: [1...10]

268 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

11.31 Security 802.1x Extension, Port

Authentication Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the security 802.1x extension port authentication.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security pae ext-authenticator (port) [ [ no ] authentication ] [ [ no ] init-authreq-off ] [ [ no ]

handshake ] [ no handshake-period | handshake-period <Aaa::PortHandShakePeriod> ]

Command Parameters
Table 11.31-1 "Security 802.1x Extension, Port Authentication Configuration Command" Resource
Resource Identifier
(port)
Table 11.31-2 "Security 802.1x Extension, Port Authentication Configuration Command"
Parameter
[no] authentication
[no] init-authreq-off
Parameters
Type Description
Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Command Parameters
Type Description
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable 802.1x authentication
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 269

11 Security Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] handshake
[no] handshake-period
disable initiate authentication
request to supplicant
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable handshake for this port
Parameter type: <Aaa::PortHandShakePeriod> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 15
- handshake time interval specify the handshake time
- range: [5...90] interval

270 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

11.32 Security 802.1x Port Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the security 802.1x port.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security pae port (port) [ [ no ] initialize ]

Command Parameters
Table 11.32-1 "Security 802.1x Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Table 11.32-2 "Security 802.1x Port Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] initialize Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
initalize this port

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 271

11 Security Configuration Commands

11.33 Security Password Policy Configuration

Commmand

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the password policy.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security,all privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security password [ min-length <Sec::PwdLength> ] [ min-num-numeric-char

<Sec::PwdNumChars> ] [ min-num-special-char <Sec::PwdSpeChars> ] [ no mixed-case | mixed-case
<Sec::MixCase> ]

Command Parameters
Table 11.33-2 "Security Password Policy Configuration Commmand" Command Parameters
Parameter
min-length
min-num-numeric-char
min-num-special-char
[no] mixed-case
Type Description
Parameter type: <Sec::PwdLength> optional parameter
Format: the minimum length of the
- the minimum length of the password password
- unit: characters
- range: [6...20]
Parameter type: <Sec::PwdNumChars> optional parameter
Format: minimum number of numerical
- minimum number of numerical characters characters
- unit: characters
- range: [0...20]
Parameter type: <Sec::PwdSpeChars> optional parameter
Format: minimum number of special
- minimum number of special character character
- unit: characters
- range: [0...20]
Parameter type: <Sec::MixCase> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "not-mandatory"
( mandatory both upper and lower case
| not-mandatory ) charactersre must be present
Possible values:
- mandatory : both upper and lower case characters must be
present
- not-mandatory : both upper and lower case characters not

272 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

mandatory

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 273

11 Security Configuration Commands

11.34 File Transfer Configure Command

Command Description
This command configure file transfer states and attributes.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security filetransfer [ no protocol | protocol <SwMngt::Protocol> ]

Command Parameters
Table 11.34-2 "File Transfer Configure Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] protocol Parameter type: <SwMngt::Protocol> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "tftp"
( tftp the protocol that is to be used for
| ftp file transfer
| sftp )
Possible values:
- tftp : the tftp protocol is selected for file transfer
- ftp : the ftp protocol is selected for file transfer
- sftp : the sftp protocol is selected for file transfer

274 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 11 Security Configuration Commands

11.35 file Transfer server Configure Commands

Command Description
This command configure file transfer server states and attributes.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security filetransfer ( no server (serverid) ) | ( server (serverid) user-name
<SwMngt::UserName> password <SwMngt::Password> )

Command Parameters
Table 11.35-1 "file Transfer server Configure Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(serverid) Format: (IP address) of the file transfer
- IPv4-address server
Table 11.35-2 "file Transfer server Configure Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
user-name Parameter type: <SwMngt::UserName> mandatory parameter
Format: the username used to access the
- the username used to access the file server file server
- length: x<=32
password Parameter type: <SwMngt::Password> mandatory parameter
Format: the password used to access the
- the password used to access the file server file server
- length: 1<=x<=32

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 275

12- Secure Shell Configuration Commands

12.1 Secure Shell Configuration Command Tree 12-277

12.2 SSH Server Configuration Command 12-278
12.3 Secure Shell User Configuration Command 12-279
12.4 Secure Shell Access Configuration Command 12-280
12.5 Secure Shell SFTP User Configuration Command 12-282

276 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 12 Secure Shell Configuration Commands

12.1 Secure Shell Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Secure Shell Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----system
----security
----ssh
----server-profile
- [no] server-retries
- [no] idle-timeout
- [no] dis-hmac-sha-1
- [no] dis-hmac-sha-1-96
- [no] dis-aes
- [no] dis-des-3
- [no] dis-blowfish
- [no] dis-des-56
----[no] user
- (name)
- key
----access
- [no] ftp
- [no] protocol
- [no] cli
- [no] tl1
----sftp-user
- (username)
- password

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 277

12 Secure Shell Configuration Commands

12.2 SSH Server Configuration Command

Command Description
This command configures the SSH Server parameters like maximum number of server retries, idle timeout,
authentiation and encryption algorithm to be used

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security ssh server-profile [ no server-retries | server-retries <SSH::ServerRetries> ] [ no

idle-timeout | idle-timeout <SSH::ServerIdleTimeOut> ] [ [ no ] dis-hmac-sha-1 ] [ [ no ] dis-hmac-sha-1-96 ] [ [ no
] dis-aes ] [ [ no ] dis-des-3 ] [ [ no ] dis-blowfish ] [ [ no ] dis-des-56 ]

Command Parameters
Table 12.2-2 "SSH Server Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] server-retries
[no] idle-timeout
[no] dis-hmac-sha-1
[no] dis-hmac-sha-1-96
[no] dis-aes
[no] dis-des-3
[no] dis-blowfish
[no] dis-des-56
Type Description
Parameter type: <SSH::ServerRetries> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3
- maximum number of attempts can be tried maximum number of attempts
- range: [1...3] can be tried
Parameter type: <SSH::ServerIdleTimeOut> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1800
- maximum idle time allowed maximum idle time allowed
- unit: sec
- range: [0...1800]
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable hma-sha-1 authentication
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable hma-sha-1-96
authentication
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable aes encryption
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable 3des encryption
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable blowfish encryption
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable des-56 encryption

278 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 12 Secure Shell Configuration Commands

12.3 Secure Shell User Configuration Command

Command Description
This command is used to configure a client (user, operator) who is authorised to manage the system in a secure
way and choosing the public key authentication (as opposed to password authentication)method. A maximum of 10
such users can be configured. As parameters, the command requires a client user name and the corresponding
public key. The public key is generated by the user using e.g. ssh-keygen (Unix), PuTTYgen (PC), etc.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security ssh ( no user (name) ) | ( user (name) [ key <SSH::SshClientPublicKey> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 12.3-1 "Secure Shell User Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: unique index to the table
- unique index to the table
- length: 1<=x<=9
Table 12.3-2 "Secure Shell User Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
key Parameter type: <SSH::SshClientPublicKey> optional parameter
Format: public string of the client
- user public key to be stored
- length: 1<=x<=725

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 279

12 Secure Shell Configuration Commands

12.4 Secure Shell Access Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable or disable the access to the channels like SFTP, TL1 over SSH, CLI
over SSH.
Enabling of the channels can be done via any CLI sessions, i.e., CLI over TELNET or CLI over SSH
Disabling of the channels can be done only through CLI over SSH
Options for cli
1. ssh - enables only CLI/SSH and disables CLI/TELNET
2. telnet - enables only CLI/TELNET and disables CLI/SSH
3. telnet-ssh - enables both CLI/SSH and CLI/TELNET

Options for file transfer protocol

1. ftp - enables the FTP application
2. sftp - enables the SFTP application
3. tftp - enables the TFTP application

Options for tl1

1. none - disable both TL1/SSH and TL1/UDP
2. ssh - enables only TL1/SSH and disables TL1/UDP
3. udp - enables only TL1/UDP and disables TL1/SSH
4. udp-ssh - enable both TL1/SSH and TL1/UDP

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security ssh access [ no ftp | ftp <SSH::ChannelFTP> ] [ no protocol | protocol
<SwMngt::Protocol> ] [ no cli | cli <SSH::ChannelCLISSH> ] [ no tl1 | tl1 <SSH::ChannelTL1SSH> ]

Command Parameters
Table 12.4-2 "Secure Shell Access Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] ftp Parameter type: <SSH::ChannelFTP> obsolete parameter replaced by
Format: parameter "protocol"
( sftp specifies whether to select tftp or
| tftp ) sftp
Possible values:
- sftp : enable the sftp application
- tftp : enable the tftp application

280 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 12 Secure Shell Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] protocol Parameter type: <SwMngt::Protocol> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "tftp"
( tftp the protocol that is to be used for
| ftp file transfer
| sftp )
Possible values:
- tftp : the tftp protocol is selected for file transfer
- ftp : the ftp protocol is selected for file transfer
- sftp : the sftp protocol is selected for file transfer
[no] cli Parameter type: <SSH::ChannelCLISSH> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "telnet-ssh"
( ssh enable/disable cli over ssh or
| telnet telnet
| telnet-ssh )
Possible values:
- ssh : enable only cli over ssh
- telnet : enable only cli over telnet
- telnet-ssh : enable both cli over ssh and telnet
[no] tl1 Parameter type: <SSH::ChannelTL1SSH> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "udp-ssh"
( none enable/disable tl1 over ssh or udp
| ssh
| udp
| udp-ssh )
Possible values:
- none : disable both tl1 over ssh and udp
- ssh : enable only tl1 over ssh
- udp : enable only tl1 over udp
- udp-ssh : enable both tl1 over ssh and udp

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 281

12 Secure Shell Configuration Commands

12.5 Secure Shell SFTP User Configuration

Command

Command Description
The system acts as an SFTP client towards an external SFTP server. This command allows the operator to
configure the user name and password the system should use towards the external SFTP server.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system security ssh sftp-user [ (username) ] [ password <SSH::SftpPassword> ]

Command Parameters
Table 12.5-2 "Secure Shell SFTP User Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(username) Format: optional parameter
- specifies sftp user name to be used user name used when ISAM acts
- length: x<=32 as SFTP client
password Parameter type: <SSH::SftpPassword> optional parameter
Format: password used when ISAM acts
( prompt as SFTP client
| plain : <SSH::SftpPassword> )
Possible values:
- prompt : prompts the operator for a password
- plain : the password in plain text
Field type <SSH::SftpPassword>
- sftp password
- length: 6<=x<=32

282 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

13- Transaction Configuration Commands

13.1 Transaction Configuration Command Tree 13-284

13.2 Transaction Configuration Command 13-285

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 283

13 Transaction Configuration Commands

13.1 Transaction Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Transaction Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----system
----transaction
- [no] time-out-value
- log-full-action

284 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 13 Transaction Configuration Commands

13.2 Transaction Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure transaction parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system transaction [ no time-out-value | time-out-value <Trans::TimeoutValue> ] [ log-full-action

<Trans::logFullaction> ]

Command Parameters
Table 13.2-2 "Transaction Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] time-out-value
log-full-action
Type Description
Parameter type: <Trans::TimeoutValue> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 6000
( indefinite set the timeout for transaction
| <Trans::TimeoutValue> )
Possible values:
- indefinite : indefinite timeout value
Field type <Trans::TimeoutValue>
- timeout of the transaction
- unit: 1/100 sec
- range: [0,6000...360000]
Parameter type: <Trans::logFullaction> optional parameter
Format: set action to be taken when the
( wrap log is full
| halt )
Possible values:
- wrap : older log records are overwritten by recent ones
- halt : logging is stopped until the log buffer is reset

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 285

14- SYSLOG Configuration Commands

14.1 SYSLOG Configuration Command Tree 14-287

14.2 SYSLOG Destination Configuration command 14-288
14.3 SYSLOG Route Configuration Command 14-290

286 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 14 SYSLOG Configuration Commands

14.1 SYSLOG Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "SYSLOG Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----system
----syslog
----[no] destination
- (name)
- type
- [no] disable
----[no] route
- (name)
- msg-type
- facility
- [no] emergency
- [no] alert
- [no] critical
- [no] error
- [no] warning
- [no] notice
- [no] information
- [no] debug

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 287

14 SYSLOG Configuration Commands

14.2 SYSLOG Destination Configuration command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a syslog destination. Log messages can be sent to a file (file:), a
remote server (udp:), all logged in CLI-users (all-cli) or all logged in TL1-users (all-tl1) or both (all-users).

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system syslog ( no destination (name) ) | ( destination (name) type <Sys::ServerType> [ [ no ] disable ]
)

Command Parameters
Table 14.2-1 "SYSLOG Destination Configuration command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the syslog destination
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 14.2-2 "SYSLOG Destination Configuration command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
type Parameter type: <Sys::ServerType> mandatory parameter
Format: destination type
( file : <Sys::ServName> : <Sys::FileSize>
| udp : <Ip::V4Address> : <Sys::NetworkPort> : unlimited
| udp : <Ip::V4Address> : <Sys::NetworkPort> :
<SYS::MaxRate>
| all-cli
| all-tl1
| all-users )
Possible values:
- file : file in which logs to be stored
- udp : log messages to the destination
- all-cli : cli users terminal logging
- all-tl1 : tl1 users terminal logging
- all-users : all cli and tl1 users
Field type <Sys::ServName>
- filename in which logs to be stored
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=12

288 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 14 SYSLOG Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Sys::FileSize>
- the maximum file size
- range: [0...1000000]
Field type <Sys::NetworkPort>
- the network port number
- range: [1...65535]
Possible values:
- unlimited : transfer rate is unlimited
Field type <SYS::MaxRate>
- transfer rate
- range: [0...2147483647]
[no] disable Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable logging to the destination

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 289

14 SYSLOG Configuration Commands

14.3 SYSLOG Route Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows an operator to configure which messages must be sent to a given syslog destination and to
assign the appropriate syslog parameters to them.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure system syslog ( no route (name) msg-type <Sys::MessageType> ) | ( route (name) msg-type
<Sys::MessageType> facility <Sys::LogFacility> [ [ no ] emergency ] [ [ no ] alert ] [ [ no ] critical ] [ [ no ] error ]
[ [ no ] warning ] [ [ no ] notice ] [ [ no ] information ] [ [ no ] debug ] )

Command Parameters
Table 14.3-1 "SYSLOG Route Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the destination where
- a profile name messages must be sent to
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
msg-type Parameter type: <Sys::MessageType> type of the message to be routed
Format:
( all
| authentication
| cli-config-chgs
| tl1-config-chgs
| cli-msgs
| tl1-msgs
| tracing1
| tracing2
| tracing3
| video-cdr )
Possible values:
- all : messages of any type
- authentication : authentication messages
- cli-config-chgs : cli configuration change messages
- tl1-config-chgs : tl1 configuration change messages
- cli-msgs : cli messages
- tl1-msgs : tl1 messages
- tracing1 : protocol tracing messages
- tracing2 : protocol tracing messages

290 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 14 SYSLOG Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- tracing3 : protocol tracing messages
- video-cdr : video cdr messages
Table 14.3-2 "SYSLOG Route Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
facility Parameter type: <Sys::LogFacility> mandatory parameter
Format: facility to be set in the outgoing
( kern message
| user
| mail
| daemon
| auth
| syslog
| pr
| news
| uucp
| cron
| local0
| local1
| local2
| local3
| local4
| local5
| local6
| local7 )
Possible values:
- kern : kernel facility
- user : user facility
- mail : mail facility
- daemon : daemon facility
- auth : authentication facility
- syslog : syslog facility
- pr : printer facility
- news : news facility
- uucp : uucp facility
- cron : cron facility
- local0 : local0 facility
- local1 : local1 facility
- local2 : local2 facility
- local3 : local3 facility
- local4 : local4 facility
- local5 : local5 facility
- local6 : local6 facility
- local7 : local7 facility
[no] emergency Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
pass messages of severity
emergency
[no] alert Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
pass messages of severity alert
[no] critical Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
pass messages of severity critical
[no] error Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
pass messages of severity error
[no] warning Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
pass messages of severity
warning
[no] notice Parameter type: boolean optional parameter

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 291

14 SYSLOG Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

pass messages of severity notice
[no] information Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
pass messages of severity info
[no] debug Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
pass messages of severity debug

292 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

15- Software Management Configuration
Commands

15.1 Software Management Configuration Command Tree 15-294

15.2 Software Management Overall Software Package 15-295
Configuration Command
15.3 Database Automatic Activation Configure Command 15-298

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 293

15 Software Management Configuration Commands

15.1 Software Management Configuration

Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Software Management Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----software-mngt
----oswp
- (index)
- primary-file-server-id
- second-file-server-id
- download-set
- autofetch
- [no] activate
----database
- [no] activate
- [no] backup
- [no] auto-backup-intvl

294 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 15 Software Management Configuration Commands

15.2 Software Management Overall Software

Package Configuration Command

Introduction
The Overall Software Package (OSWP) can be in any one of the following states: operational, aborting,
downloading, enabled, disabled, activated, and committed. The operator can perform such functions as download
the OSWP or set of files, abort its download, or enable or disable its autofetch property. The operator can also
specify primary and secondary TFTP-server IDs for downloading the database.
The operator can also configure the download set or the set of files that are needed before triggering activation.

Download a new OSWP

To download an OSWP, the system must have only one enabled/active/committed OSWP, the management channel
between the system and the manager must be established, and the system must not be involved in another software
download process.
The manager requests that the system download a new OSWP. The manager specifies the path name of the overall
descriptor file, the TFTP-servers where the overall descriptor files are located, and the set of files the manager
wants to have available on the system before activating the new OSWP.
The system downloads the overall descriptor files and stores them persistently. The system downloads the software
files that are specified in the downloaded SWP descriptor files, on condition that sufficient resources are available
for their persistent storage. The manager can monitor the progress of the download process with granularity.
The download process can be implicitly or explicitly interrupted. The implicit interruption can occur due to reasons
such as the unavailability of enough resources to store SWP files, the system not being able to download or
interpret the overall descriptor file, or the system not being able to download a selected SWP descriptor file. The
explicit interruption can occur when the manager requests that the system abort the ongoing download process.
If there are no exceptions, the system has two OSWPs; the Enabled/Active/Committed OSWP and the new
downloaded OSWP. The state of the new OSWP is Enabled/NotActive/UnCommitted.

Abort an OSWP
The manager can abort an OSWP when the system has two OSWPs. The state of the first OSWP is
Enabled/Active/Committed while the second OSWP is in one of the following three states:
Enabled/NotActive/UnCommitted, Downloading/NotActive/UnCommitted, or Disabled/NotActive/UnCommitted.
The management channel between the system and the manager is established and the system is not involved in any
other software download process.
The manager requests that the system remove the NotActive/UnCommitted OSWP. The system removes all the
persistent stored files and databases not related to the Enabled/Active/Committed OSWP. The state of the OSWP to
be removed is Aborting/NotActive/UnCommitted during the complete removal operation.
After a successful abort, the system has only one OSWP. The state of this OSWP is Enabled/Active/Committed.
Only files and databases related to this OSWP are stored persistently in the system.

Activate a Not-Active OSWP

To activate a not-active OSWP, the system requires two OSWPs. The state of one OSWP is Enabled/Active and the

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 295

15 Software Management Configuration Commands

state of the second OSWP is Enabled/NotActive. The management channel between the system and the manager is
established and the system is not involved in another software download process.
The manager requests that the system activates the Enabled/NotActive OSWP. In case the manager requests to
activate with linked database, the system first selects an available database that is compatible with and linked to the
Enabled/NotActive OSWP. In case the manager requests to activate with default database, the system creates a
default database that is compatible with the Enabled/NotActive OSWP. The system then starts the activation
process of the NotActive OSWP.
Finally, after the successful activation of the Not-active OSWP, the system has two OSWPs. The previous
Not-active OSWP is now active, together with the selected compatible database. Also, the previous Active OSWP
is still available, but NotActive.

Commit an OSWP
To commit an OSWP, the system requires two OSWPs. The state of the first OSWP is
Enabled/Active/UnCommitted and the state of the second OSWP is Enabled/NotActive/Committed.
The manager requests that the system commit the active OSWP. The system removes all the persistent stored files
and databases that do not belong to the Enabled/Active OSWP. The state of the OSWP to be committed is
Enabled/Active/Committing during the complete commit operation.
Finally, after a successful commit process, the system has only one OSWP. The state of this OSWP is
Enabled/Active/Committed. Only files related to this OSWP are stored persistently in the system.

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure various OSWP attributes and parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges, and executed by operators with
software management privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure software-mngt oswp (index) [ primary-file-server-id <SwMngt::serverId> ] [ second-file-server-id

<SwMngt::serverId> ] [ download-set <SwMngt::downloadSet> ] [ autofetch <SwMngt::autoFetch> ] [ no activate
| activate <SwMngt::OswpAutoAct> ]

Command Parameters
Table 15.2-1 "Software Management Overall Software Package Configuration Command"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index to the swm oswp table
- id of one of the two oswps
- range: [1...2]
Table 15.2-2 "Software Management Overall Software Package Configuration Command"
Command Parameters

296 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 15 Software Management Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

primary-file-server-id Parameter type: <SwMngt::serverId> optional parameter
Format: tftp/sftp server address for overall
- IPv4-address descriptor file
second-file-server-id Parameter type: <SwMngt::serverId> optional parameter
Format: 2nd tftp/sftp server address for
- IPv4-address overall descriptor file
download-set Parameter type: <SwMngt::downloadSet> obsolete parameter that will be
Format: ignored
( min-set set of files needed before
| actual-set triggering activation
| complete-set )
Possible values:
- min-set : minimum set of files needed to activate
- actual-set : files applicable for the board types
- complete-set : all the files
autofetch Parameter type: <SwMngt::autoFetch> obsolete parameter that will be
Format: ignored
disabled disable autofetch feature
Possible values:
- disabled : disable autofetch feature
[no] activate Parameter type: <SwMngt::OswpAutoAct> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "manually"
( manually determines when to active an
| after-download ) OSWP
Possible values:
- manually : manually activate the OSWP
- after-download : enable the automatic activation of OSWP
after downloading

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 297

15 Software Management Configuration Commands

15.3 Database Automatic Activation Configure

Command

Command Description
This command configure database automatic activation and automatic backup states and attributes.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges, and executed by operators with
software management privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure software-mngt database [ no activate | activate <SwMngt::DbAutoAct> ] [ no backup | backup

<SwMngt::DbAutoBackup> ] [ no auto-backup-intvl | auto-backup-intvl <SwMngt::DbAutoBackIntvl> ]

Command Parameters
Table 15.3-2 "Database Automatic Activation Configure Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] activate Parameter type: <SwMngt::DbAutoAct> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "manually"
( after-download determines when to active
| manually ) database
Possible values:
- after-download : enable the automatic activation of
database after downloading
- manually : manually activate the OSWP
[no] backup Parameter type: <SwMngt::DbAutoBackup> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "manually"
( manually backup destination of database
| activate : <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::dbpath> )
Possible values:
- manually : manually backup of the database
- activate : automatic backup of the database
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <SwMngt::dbpath>
- path for the db (example: /path_to_db)
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_./]
- length: x<=255
[no] auto-backup-intvl Parameter type: <SwMngt::DbAutoBackIntvl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 24
- the interval period for automatic backup the interval period for automatic

298 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 15 Software Management Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- unit: hours backup
- range: [1...168]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 299

16- Ethernet Configuration Commands

16.1 Ethernet Configuration Command Tree 16-301

16.2 Ethernet IP Configuration Command 16-302
16.3 SHub Ethernet MAC Filter Configuration Command 16-303
16.4 SHub Ethernet MAC Filter Port List Configuration 16-305
Command
16.5 SHub Ethernet Rate Configuration Command 16-306

300 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 16 Ethernet Configuration Commands

16.1 Ethernet Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Ethernet Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----transport
----ip
- default-ttl
----shub
----[no] mac-filter
- (index-num)
- [no] protocol-type
- filter
- vlan-id
- [no] action-drop
----[no] in-port
- (port)
----rate-limit
- (ctrl-index)
- [no] lookup-enabled
- [no] bcast-pkt-enabled
- [no] mcast-pkt-enabled
- max-nbr-pkts

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 301

16 Ethernet Configuration Commands

16.2 Ethernet IP Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the Ethernet IP.The parameters are configured to forwarding or
not forwarding of the datagrams, along with whether the TTL value has been provided by the transport layer.
The default value inserted into the Time-To-Live field of the IP header of datagrams originated at this entity,
whenever a TTL value is not supplied by the transport layer protocol. The indication of whether this entity is acting
as an IP router in respect to the forwarding of datagrams received by, but not addressed to, this entity. IP routers
forward datagrams, IP hosts do not.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges, and executed by operators with transport
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure transport ip [ default-ttl <Ip::TTL> ]

Command Parameters
Table 16.2-2 "Ethernet IP Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
default-ttl Parameter type: <Ip::TTL> optional parameter
Format: default value for time-to-live
- time-to-live value of IP-header field of IP header
- range: [1...255]

302 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 16 Ethernet Configuration Commands

16.3 SHub Ethernet MAC Filter Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a MAC filter.
The MAC filter by default applies to any incoming SHub port, either network or LT. To apply the filter only to
specific ports, use the subsequent command to configure the incoming ports. Refer to section "SHub Ethernet MAC
Filter Port List Configuration Command".

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure transport shub ( no mac-filter (index-num) ) | ( mac-filter (index-num) [ no protocol-type |

protocol-type <Sys::ProtocolType> ] filter <Sys::MacFilter> [ vlan-id <Sys::FilterVlanId> ] [ [ no ] action-drop ] )

Command Parameters
Table 16.3-1 "SHub Ethernet MAC Filter Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index-num) Format: L2 Filter rule number
- Filter rule number
- range: [1...65535]
Table 16.3-2 "SHub Ethernet MAC Filter Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] protocol-type Parameter type: <Sys::ProtocolType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- message protocol type specifies the non IP protocol type
- range: [0,1536...65535] to be filtered
filter Parameter type: <Sys::MacFilter> mandatory parameter
Format: specifies to MAC addresses to be
( any - <Sys::MacAddr> matched with the packet
| <Sys::MacAddr> - any
| <Sys::MacAddr> - <Sys::MacAddr> )
Possible values:
- any : all source MAC address
Field type <Sys::MacAddr>
- a mac-address (example : 01:02:03:04:05:06)
- length: 6
Possible values:

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 303

16 Ethernet Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- any : all destination MAC address
Field type <Sys::MacAddr>
- a mac-address (example : 01:02:03:04:05:06)
- length: 6
vlan-id Parameter type: <Sys::FilterVlanId> optional parameter
Format: Vlan Id to be filtered
- vlan id
- range: [0...4094]
[no] action-drop Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
the packet will be discarded

304 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 16 Ethernet Configuration Commands

16.4 SHub Ethernet MAC Filter Port List

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to limit the filter to only the traffic coming from one specific port.
This command allows traffic from an LT to be filtered, but not from an individual DSL port.
By using this command, traffic from an LT can be filtered but not from an individual DSL port.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure transport shub mac-filter (index-num) ( no in-port (port) ) | ( in-port (port) )

Command Parameters
Table 16.4-1 "SHub Ethernet MAC Filter Port List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index-num) Format: L2 Filter rule number
- Filter rule number
- range: [1...65535]
(port) Format: the port number
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Shub::SlotId>
| network : <Shub::NetworkPort> )
Possible values:
- lt : line board
- network : network port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Shub::SlotId>
- the egress lt slot
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 305

16 Ethernet Configuration Commands

16.5 SHub Ethernet Rate Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the rate limit.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure transport shub rate-limit (ctrl-index) [ [ no ] lookup-enabled ] [ [ no ] bcast-pkt-enabled ] [ [ no ]

mcast-pkt-enabled ] [ max-nbr-pkts <Sys::RateCtrlLimit> ]

Command Parameters
Table 16.5-1 "SHub Ethernet Rate Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ctrl-index) Format: control index of the rate
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub
Table 16.5-2 "SHub Ethernet Rate Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] lookup-enabled Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable this status
[no] bcast-pkt-enabled Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable this status
[no] mcast-pkt-enabled Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable this status
max-nbr-pkts Parameter type: <Sys::RateCtrlLimit> optional parameter
Format: limiting value for the maximum
- max nbr of packets transmitted on this interface number of packets
- range: [1...65535]

306 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

17- QoS Configuration Commands

17.1 QoS Configuration Command Tree 17-309

17.2 QoS Configuration Command 17-313
17.3 QoS 802.1P Class-to-Queue Mapping Configuration 17-315
Command
17.4 QoS Dsl Control Pkt Policer Configuration Command 17-316
17.5 QoS DSCP-to-Dot1P Alignment for L3 Forwarded 17-317
Traffic Configuration Command
17.6 QoS Queue Profile Configuration Command 17-318
17.7 QoS Scheduler Profile Configuration Command 17-319
17.8 QoS CAC Profile Configuration Command 17-320
17.9 QoS Single Dot1P Marker Configuration Command 17-322
17.10 QoS Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command 17-323
17.11 QoS DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration 17-324
Command
17.12 QoS DSCP Contract Table Code-point Configuration 17-325
Command For DSCP-contract
17.13 QoS Dot1P and DSCP Contract Table Marker 17-326
Configuration Command
17.14 DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration 17-327
Command For D1p-dscp-contract
17.15 QoS Dot1P and Single DSCP Marker Configuration 17-328
Command
17.16 QoS Dot1P Alignment Marker Configuration 17-329
Command
17.17 QoS Policer Profile Configuration Command 17-331
17.18 QoS L2 Filter Profile Configuration Command 17-333
17.19 QoS L3 Filter Profile Configuration Command 17-335
17.20 QoS Policy Action Profile Configuration Command 17-337
17.21 QoS Policy Profile Configuration Command 17-339
17.22 QoS Session Profile Configuration Command 17-341
17.23 QoS Session Upstream Policy List Configuration 17-344
Command
17.24 QoS Session Downstream Policy List Configuration 17-345
Command
17.25 QoS Board-Level Queue and Performance 17-346
Configuration Command
17.26 QoS Queue Threshold Crossing Alarm Configuration 17-348
Command
17.27 QoS DSL Link Configuration Command 17-350
17.28 QoS LIM Queue Configuration Command 17-352
17.29 QoS ShdSL Link Configuration Command 17-354
17.30 QoS LIM Queue (SHDSL) Configuration Command 17-356
17.31 QoS Interface Configuration Command 17-358
17.32 QoS Interface Queue Configuration Command 17-360
17.33 SHub QoS Traffic Class Configuration Command 17-362
17.34 SHub QoS Queue Configuration Command 17-363
17.35 SHub QoS DSCP2P Map Configuration Command 17-365
17.36 SHub QoS Flow Configuration Command 17-366
17.37 SHub QoS Policer Configuration Command 17-368
17.38 SHub QoS Ingress Policing on Port Configuration 17-369

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 307

 Command

308 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.1 QoS Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "QoS Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----qos
- [no] atm-overhead-fact
- [no] eth-efm-fact
- [no] enable-alignment
- [no] cac-mode
----tc-map-dot1p
- (index)
- queue
----dsl-ctrl-pkt-policer
- [no] sustained-rate
- [no] burst-size
----dscp-map-dot1p
- (index)
- dot1p-value
----profiles
----[no] queue
- (name)
- (bac-complex-type)
----[no] scheduler
- (name)
- wfq-q1-weight
----[no] cac
- (name)
- res-voice-bandwidth
- max-mcast-bandwidth
- res-data-bandwidth
----marker
----[no] d1p
- (name)
- default-dot1p
----[no] dscp
- (name)
- default-dscp
- [no] alignment
----[no] dscp-contract
- (name)
- [no] alignment
----codepoint
- (codepoint)
- [no] dscp-value
----[no] d1p-dscp-contract
- (name)
- dot1p-value
- [no] alignment
----codepoint

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 309

17 QoS Configuration Commands

- (codepoint)
- [no] dscp-value
----[no] d1p-dscp
- (name)
- default-dscp
- default-dot1p
----[no] d1p-alignment
- (name)
- (alignment)
----[no] policer
- (name)
- committed-info-rate
- committed-burst-size
----[no] l2-filter
- (name)
- [no] dst-mac-addr
- [no] src-mac-addr
- [no] ethertype
- [no] dot1p-priority
- [no] canonical-format
- [no] vlan-id
----[no] l3-filter
- (name)
- [no] dst-ip-addr
- [no] src-ip-addr
- [no] min-dst-port
- [no] max-dst-port
- [no] min-src-port
- [no] max-src-port
- [no] dscp-value
- [no] protocol
----[no] policy-action
- (name)
- [no] dscp-value
- [no] dot1p-value
- [no] discard-packet
- [no] shared-policer
- [no] policer-profile
----[no] policy
- (name)
- filter
- [no] precedence
- [no] policy-action
----[no] session
- (name)
- logical-flow-type
- [no] up-policer
- [no] down-policer
- [no] up-marker
----[no] up-policy
- (name)
----[no] down-policy
- (name)
----global
- (index)
- [no] buffer-occ-thresh
- [no] queue-stats
- [no] dsload-tca
- [no] dsload-thresh

310 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

- [no] buffer-tca
- [no] up-buf-thresh
- [no] up-obc-thresh
- [no] dn-obc-thresh
- [no] dn-buf-thresh
- [no] part-buf-thresh
----tca
- (index)
- queue
- [no] tca-enable
- [no] load-thresh
- [no] dis-frame-th
----dsl-port
- (index)
- scheduler-profile
- cac-profile
----queue
- (queue)
- queue-profile
----shdsl-port
- (index)
- scheduler-profile
- cac-profile
----queue
- (queue)
- queue-profile
----interface
- (index)
- scheduler-profile
- cac-profile
----queue
- (queue)
- queue-profile
----shub
----tc-map-dot1p
- (tc-priority)
- traffic-class
----queue-config
- (port)
- [no] queue0-weight
- [no] queue1-weight
- [no] rx-pause
- [no] egress-rate
- [no] dscp2p-enable
----dscp-map-dot1p
- (dscp-index)
- dot1p-value
----[no] flow
- (index)
- [no] name
- (old-type)
- [no] type
----[no] policer
- (port-id)
- flow
- meter
----[no] meter
- (index)
- [no] name

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 311

17 QoS Configuration Commands

- max-ingress-rate
- burst-size

312 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.2 QoS Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify global QoS parameters.
The ATM overhead factor is used to calculate ATM bandwidth required by streams for which bandwidth
parameters are specified as Ethernet bandwidth. The ATM overhead factor specifies in terms of percentage what
part of a given raw ATM bit rate will be available for Ethernet frames. The default value is 85%, which means a
typical overhead of 15% for ATM/AAL5. QoS management will use this value to deduct the available Ethernet rate
on ATM-based DSL interfaces.
The Eth EFM overhead factor is used to calculate EFM bandwidth required by streams for which bandwidth
parameters are specified as Ethernet bandwidth. The Eth EFM overhead factor specifies in terms of percentage
what part of a given raw EFM bit rate will be available for Ethernet frames. The default value is 97%, which
means a typical overhead of 3% for EFM Encapsulation.
The enable alignment is used to enable or disable the DSCP to P-bits alignment for all the L3 forwarded traffic.
The Global CAC-mode selection switch determines whether Connection Admission Control relies on the
guaranteed sync rate or the actual line rate of the physical interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos [ no atm-overhead-fact | atm-overhead-fact <Qos::AtmFactor> ] [ no eth-efm-fact | eth-efm-fact

<Qos::EthEfmFactor> ] [ [ no ] enable-alignment ] [ no cac-mode | cac-mode <Qos::CacMode> ]

Command Parameters
Table 17.2-2 "QoS Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] atm-overhead-fact
[no] eth-efm-fact
[no] enable-alignment
[no] cac-mode
Type Description
Parameter type: <Qos::AtmFactor> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 85
- over head factor introduced by atm layer over head factor introduced by
- unit: % atm layer
- range: [1...100]
Parameter type: <Qos::EthEfmFactor> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 97
- value to estimate bandwidth overhead by efm layer value to estimate bndwdth
- unit: % ovrhead inserted by efm layer
- range: [1...100]
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
DSCP to P-bit alignment for all
forwarded L3 traffic
Parameter type: <Qos::CacMode> optional parameter with default

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 313

17 QoS Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

Format: value: "msr"
( nocac This object stores an global CAC
| msr mode selection switch
| alr )
Possible values:
- nocac : no cac in system
- msr : base on minimum synchronized rate
- alr : base on actual line rate

314 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.3 QoS 802.1P Class-to-Queue Mapping

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the downstream traffic class mapping table. This table defines
which 802.1P codepoint is cast to which egress buffer on the L3 units.
There is a second class to the queue mapping table on the SHub, but this class is independent from the
configuration perspective of this table. (See the traffic class configuration section for more information.) The
second class is used mainly for upstream traffic segregation into egress buffers on the SHub.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos tc-map-dot1p (index) [ queue <Qos::Queues> ]

Command Parameters
Table 17.3-1 "QoS 802.1P Class-to-Queue Mapping Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: value of 802.1p field
- value of 802.1p field
- range: [0...7]
Table 17.3-2 "QoS 802.1P Class-to-Queue Mapping Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
queue Parameter type: <Qos::Queues> optional parameter
Format: output dsl port queue number
- output dsl port queue number
- range: [0...3]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 315

17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.4 QoS Dsl Control Pkt Policer Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a upstream QoS Dsl Control Packet Policer.This control packet
policer serves to prevent DoS attacks from subscriber premises against the control plane of the ISAM. The policing
parameters that can be configured are the sustainable rate in packets/sec and the maximum burst size in packets.
Control packets arriving at a higher rate then the sustainable rate are dropped by the policer.
Control packets arriving in a longer burst then the maximum burst size are dropped by the policer.
Control packets are packets directed to the LSM itself or inserted by the LSM. The control packet protocol type
depends on the applied forwarding model, and can be 802.1x, ARP, RIP, DHCP, IGMP, PPPoEDiscovery , PPP
LCP, PPP control, PPP LCP termination acknowledgement. Policing is not applied on control packets inserted by
the LSM.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos dsl-ctrl-pkt-policer [ no sustained-rate | sustained-rate <Qos::SustainedRate> ] [ no burst-size |

burst-size <Qos::DslCtrlBurstSize> ]

Command Parameters
Table 17.4-2 "QoS Dsl Control Pkt Policer Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] sustained-rate Parameter type: <Qos::SustainedRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 15
- the police rate of inc user pkts in pps max sustainable rate in
- range: [1...64] packets/sec
[no] burst-size Parameter type: <Qos::DslCtrlBurstSize> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 10
- the burst size max burst size, in packets
- range: [1...128]

316 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.5 QoS DSCP-to-Dot1P Alignment for L3

Forwarded Traffic Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a DSCP-to-Dot1P Alignment Table for L3 forwarded traffic.This
facility allows DSCP to P-bits alignment without the use of QoS session profiles via configuring a mapping table
with global scope. It is only applied to traffic in interfaces with L3 forwarding.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos dscp-map-dot1p (index) [ dot1p-value <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlign> ]

Command Parameters
Table 17.5-1 "QoS DSCP-to-Dot1P Alignment for L3 Forwarded Traffic Configuration Command"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the DSCP value
- the DSCP value
- range: [0...63]
Table 17.5-2 "QoS DSCP-to-Dot1P Alignment for L3 Forwarded Traffic Configuration Command"
Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
dot1p-value Parameter type: <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlign> optional parameter
Format: the DOT1P value
- the DOT1P value
- range: [0...7]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 317

17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.6 QoS Queue Profile Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS queue profile. A queue profile or buffer acceptance control
(BAC) profile contains configuration information on data plane queues. BAC profiles can be used on the L3 line
cards.
Minimum and Maximum Threshold value for queues are given in packets.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos profiles ( no queue (name) ) | ( queue (name) (bac-complex-type) )

Command Parameters
Table 17.6-1 "QoS Queue Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Table 17.6-2 "QoS Queue Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
(bac-complex-type)
Type Description
Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Type Description
Format: mandatory parameter
( tail-drop : <Qos::MaxThreshold> buffer acceptance control
| red : <Qos::MinThreshold> : <Qos::MaxThreshold> : algorithm
<Qos::DiscardProbability> )
Possible values:
- tail-drop : tail drop algorithm
- red : random early detection algorithm
Field type <Qos::MinThreshold>
- minimum threshold value of green frames per packet
- range: [1...512]
Field type <Qos::MaxThreshold>
- maximum threshold value of green frames per packet
- range: [2...512]
Field type <Qos::DiscardProbability>
- maximum discard probability of green frames
- unit: %
- range: [0...100]

318 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.7 QoS Scheduler Profile Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS scheduler profile. The scheduler profiles contain
configuration settings for the data plane schedulers. These scheduler profiles are applicable to downstream
schedulers on the L3 line cards. The scheduler settings on the service hub can be modified separately.
On the L2 line cards, the schedulers have static settings.
There are two queues with WFQ scheduling method, so the only parameter to tune is the weight of the second
queue (also known as the controlled load queue), while the weight for the first queue is auto-adjusted to yield a sum
of 100%.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos profiles ( no scheduler (name) ) | ( scheduler (name) wfq-q1-weight <Qos::WfqQ1Weight> )

Command Parameters
Table 17.7-1 "QoS Scheduler Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 17.7-2 "QoS Scheduler Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
wfq-q1-weight Parameter type: <Qos::WfqQ1Weight> mandatory parameter
Format: weight of DSL link WFQ
- weight of DSL link WFQ scheduler for Queue one scheduler for Queue one
- range: [0...100]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 319

17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.8 QoS CAC Profile Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a connection admission control (CAC) profile. CAC profiles are
used primarily for multicast video admission control. CAC profiles can be attached to subscriber interfaces. The
scope of a CAC profile is a DSL link (and not a PVC), regardless of the number of PVCs on a DSL link.
The system derives the line rate from the physical interfaces and calculates an estimate of the available Ethernet
bandwidth using configurable overhead factors. The line rate taken into account may be the guaranteed sync rate
or the actual line rate in case of DSL, based on a global configuration setting.
From this bandwidth, a part can be reserved for voice and data applications and the remaining part will be kept by
the system as the available bandwidth for multicast video. Only preconfigured multicast streams are considered for
CAC. Note that unicast video (regardless of whether it is premium content or generic Internet streaming video) is
ignored by the CAC function.
The maximum bandwidth that video will occupy can be further confined using the maximum multicast bandwidth
'max-mcast-bandwidth' parameter.
CAC profiles are applicable to line cards, but not to SHub interfaces.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos profiles ( no cac (name) ) | ( cac (name) res-voice-bandwidth <Qos::BandWidthKBPS>
max-mcast-bandwidth <Qos::BandWidthKBPS> res-data-bandwidth <Qos::BandWidthKBPS> )

Command Parameters
Table 17.8-1 "QoS CAC Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 17.8-2 "QoS CAC Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
res-voice-bandwidth Parameter type: <Qos::BandWidthKBPS> mandatory parameter
Format: reserved bandwidth for the voice
- interface bandwidth services
- unit: kbps
- range: [0...2147483647]
max-mcast-bandwidth Parameter type: <Qos::BandWidthKBPS> mandatory parameter
Format: maximum allowed bandwidth for

320 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


Parameter
res-data-bandwidth
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
17 QoS Configuration Commands
Type Description
- interface bandwidth multicast video service
- unit: kbps
- range: [0...2147483647]
Parameter type: <Qos::BandWidthKBPS> mandatory parameter
Format: reserved bandwidth for all data
- interface bandwidth services
- unit: kbps
- range: [0...2147483647]
Released 321
17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.9 QoS Single Dot1P Marker Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for singleDot1P.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos profiles marker ( no d1p (name) ) | ( d1p (name) default-dot1p <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> )

Command Parameters
Table 17.9-1 "QoS Single Dot1P Marker Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 17.9-2 "QoS Single Dot1P Marker Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
default-dot1p Parameter type: <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> mandatory parameter
Format: the default dot-1p bit value to be
- the dot-1p bit value applied on all frames
- range: [0...7]

322 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.10 QoS Single DSCP Marker Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for a single DSCP.
All IP packets will be marked with the specified DSCP value. This marker type is incompatible with DSCP to P-bits
alignment.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos profiles marker ( no dscp (name) ) | ( dscp (name) default-dscp
<Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> [ [ no ] alignment ] )

Command Parameters
Table 17.10-1 "QoS Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 17.10-2 "QoS Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
default-dscp Parameter type: <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> mandatory parameter
Format: the default DSCP value to be
- the DSCP value applied on all frames
- range: [0...63]
[no] alignment Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable DSCP to P-bits alignment

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 323

17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.11 QoS DSCP Contract Table Marker

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for a DSCP contract table. To configure the DSCP
codepoints in the contract table, the command "configure qos profiles marker dscp-contract (name) codepoint
(codepoint)" is to be used.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos profiles marker ( no dscp-contract (name) ) | ( dscp-contract (name) [ [ no ] alignment ] )

Command Parameters
Table 17.11-1 "QoS DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 17.11-2 "QoS DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] alignment Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable DSCP to P-bits alignment

324 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.12 QoS DSCP Contract Table Code-point

Configuration Command For DSCP-contract

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure codepoints in the DSCP contract table. To configure a marker, use
the command "configure qos profiles marker dscp-contract (name)".

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos profiles marker dscp-contract (name) codepoint (codepoint) [ no dscp-value | dscp-value
<Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> ]

Command Parameters
Table 17.12-1 "QoS DSCP Contract Table Code-point Configuration Command For
DSCP-contract" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
(codepoint) Format: the value of the codepoint
- the number of the DSCP codepoint
- range: [0...63]
Table 17.12-2 "QoS DSCP Contract Table Code-point Configuration Command For
DSCP-contract" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] dscp-value Parameter type: <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- the DSCP value the dscp value to be assigned to
- range: [0...63] the codepoint

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 325

17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.13 QoS Dot1P and DSCP Contract Table Marker

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for Dot1P and a DSCP contract table. To configure the
DSCP codepoints in the contract table, the command "configure qos profiles marker d1p-dscp-contract (name)
codepoint (codepoint)" is to be used.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos profiles marker ( no d1p-dscp-contract (name) ) | ( d1p-dscp-contract (name) dot1p-value
<Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> [ [ no ] alignment ] )

Command Parameters
Table 17.13-1 "QoS Dot1P and DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 17.13-2 "QoS Dot1P and DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
dot1p-value Parameter type: <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> mandatory parameter
Format: the default dot-1p bit value to be
- the dot-1p bit value applied on all frames
- range: [0...7]
[no] alignment Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable DSCP to P-bits alignment

326 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.14 DSCP Contract Table Codepoint

Configuration Command For D1p-dscp-contract

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure codepoints for a DSCP contract table. To configure a Dot1P and
DSCP contract table , use the command "configure qos profiles marker d1p-dscp-contract (name)".

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos profiles marker d1p-dscp-contract (name) codepoint (codepoint) [ no dscp-value | dscp-value
<Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> ]

Command Parameters
Table 17.14-1 "DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration Command For D1p-dscp-contract"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
(codepoint) Format: the number of the codepoint
- the number of the DSCP codepoint
- range: [0...63]
Table 17.14-2 "DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration Command For D1p-dscp-contract"
Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] dscp-value Parameter type: <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- the DSCP value the dscp value to be assigned to
- range: [0...63] the codepoint

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 327

17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.15 QoS Dot1P and Single DSCP Marker

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for Dot1P and single DSCP.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos profiles marker ( no d1p-dscp (name) ) | ( d1p-dscp (name) default-dscp
<Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> default-dot1p <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> )

Command Parameters
Table 17.15-1 "QoS Dot1P and Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 17.15-2 "QoS Dot1P and Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
default-dscp Parameter type: <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> mandatory parameter
Format: the default DSCP value to be
- the DSCP value applied on all frames
- range: [0...63]
default-dot1p Parameter type: <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> mandatory parameter
Format: the default dot-1p bit value to be
- the dot-1p bit value applied on all frames
- range: [0...7]

328 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.16 QoS Dot1P Alignment Marker Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for Dot1P alignment.
Default value for the global DSCP To Dot1P Alignment Table

DSCP Value P-bit Value

0-7 0
8-15 1
16-23 2
24-31 3
32-39 4
40-47 5
48-55 6
56-63 7

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos profiles marker ( no d1p-alignment (name) ) | ( d1p-alignment (name) (alignment) )

Command Parameters
Table 17.16-1 "QoS Dot1P Alignment Marker Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 17.16-2 "QoS Dot1P Alignment Marker Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(alignment) Format: mandatory parameter
enable enable dot1p alignment

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 329

17 QoS Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

Possible values:
- enable : enable dot1p alignment

330 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.17 QoS Policer Profile Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS policer profile. A QoS policer profile contains all settings
related to a policer. The ISAM supports single token bucket policers, where the action upon conformance is either
pass or discard.
The L3 line cards units support both upstream and downstream policing. A policer profile can be used within a
QoS session profile for upstream and downstream policing.
The L2 line cards units do not support policing.
The SHub supports ingress policing, but it does not use policer profiles. See the section about the QoS Ingress
Policing Configuration Command to set up ingress policing on the SHub.
The policer granularity on the L3 line cards units is8 kb/s. Values specified with 1-kb/s granularity are always
rounded upwards. A valid range is from8 kb/s to 64 Mb/s, with a fixed granularity of8 kb/s.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos profiles ( no policer (name) ) | ( policer (name) committed-info-rate <Qos::CommittedInfoRate>
committed-burst-size <Qos::CommittedBurstSize> )

Command Parameters
Table 17.17-1 "QoS Policer Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 17.17-2 "QoS Policer Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
committed-info-rate Parameter type: <Qos::CommittedInfoRate> mandatory parameter
Format: committed information rate of a
- information rate policer
- unit: kbps
- range: [8...65536]
committed-burst-size Parameter type: <Qos::CommittedBurstSize> mandatory parameter
Format: committed burst size of a policer
- committed burst size of a policer
- unit: bytes
- range: [64...262144]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 331

17 QoS Configuration Commands

332 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.18 QoS L2 Filter Profile Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an L2 filter. The created L2 filter can be reused to build policy
actions based on L2 filtering criteria, inside QoS session profiles.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos profiles ( no l2-filter (name) ) | ( l2-filter (name) [ no dst-mac-addr | dst-mac-addr
<Qos::MacAddrAndMask> ] [ no src-mac-addr | src-mac-addr <Qos::MacAddrAndMask> ] [ no ethertype |
ethertype <Qos::FilterEthernetType> ] [ no dot1p-priority | dot1p-priority <Qos::MatchDot1pValue> ] [ no
canonical-format | canonical-format <Qos::FilterCfi> ] [ no vlan-id | vlan-id <Qos::FilterVlanId> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 17.18-1 "QoS L2 Filter Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Table 17.18-2 "QoS L2 Filter Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] dst-mac-addr
[no] src-mac-addr
Type Description
Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Type Description
Parameter type: <Qos::MacAddrAndMask> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
<Qos::MacAddress> / <Qos::MacPrefixLength> 00/0"
Field type <Qos::MacAddress> destination mac address to be
- a mac-address (example : 01:02:03:04:05:06) matched with the packet
- length: 6
Field type <Qos::MacPrefixLength>
- the mac address prefix length
- range: [0...48]
Parameter type: <Qos::MacAddrAndMask> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
<Qos::MacAddress> / <Qos::MacPrefixLength> 00/0"
Field type <Qos::MacAddress> source mac address to be
- a mac-address (example : 01:02:03:04:05:06) matched with the packet
- length: 6
Field type <Qos::MacPrefixLength>
- the mac address prefix length
- range: [0...48]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 333

17 QoS Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] ethertype Parameter type: <Qos::FilterEthernetType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "all"
( ip ethernet type to be matched with
| x75 the packet
| nbs
| ecma
| chaos
| x25
| arp
| rarp
| appletalk
| snmp
| loopback
| pppoe-discovery
| pppoe
| all
| <Qos::EtherType> )
Possible values:
- ip : ip
- x75 : x75
- nbs : nbs
- ecma : ecma
- chaos : chaos
- x25 : x25
- arp : arp
- rarp : rarp
- appletalk : appletalk
- snmp : snmp
- loopback : loopback
- pppoe-discovery : pppoe-discovery
- pppoe : pppoe
- all : all ethtype values are considered a match
Field type <Qos::EtherType>
- ethertype value
- range: [-1...65535]
[no] dot1p-priority Parameter type: <Qos::MatchDot1pValue> optional parameter with default
Format: value: -1L
- dot1p value to be matched, -1 means match all dot1p value to be matched, -1
- range: [-1...7] means match all
[no] canonical-format Parameter type: <Qos::FilterCfi> optional parameter with default
Format: value: -1L
- canonical format indicator, -1 means match all canonical format indicator, -1
- range: [-1...1] means match all
[no] vlan-id Parameter type: <Qos::FilterVlanId> optional parameter with default
Format: value: -1L
- vlan id to be matched, -1 means match all vlan id to be matched, -1 means
- range: [-1...4093] match all

334 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.19 QoS L3 Filter Profile Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an L3 filter. The created L3 filter can be reused to build policy
actions based on L3 filtering criteria, inside QoS session profiles.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos profiles ( no l3-filter (name) ) | ( l3-filter (name) [ no dst-ip-addr | dst-ip-addr
<Ip::AddressAndMaskFull> ] [ no src-ip-addr | src-ip-addr <Ip::AddressAndMaskFull> ] [ no min-dst-port |
min-dst-port <Qos::L4PortNumber> ] [ no max-dst-port | max-dst-port <Qos::L4PortNumber> ] [ no min-src-port |
min-src-port <Qos::L4PortNumber> ] [ no max-src-port | max-src-port <Qos::L4PortNumber> ] [ no dscp-value |
dscp-value <Qos::MatchDscpValue> ] [ no protocol | protocol <Qos::Protocol> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 17.19-1 "QoS L3 Filter Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 17.19-2 "QoS L3 Filter Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] dst-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::AddressAndMaskFull> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0/0"
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> destination ip address to be
Field type <Ip::V4Address> matched with the packet
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
[no] src-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::AddressAndMaskFull> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0/0"
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> source ip address to be matched
Field type <Ip::V4Address> with the packet
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
[no] min-dst-port Parameter type: <Qos::L4PortNumber> optional parameter with default

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 335

17 QoS Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] max-dst-port
[no] min-src-port
[no] max-src-port
[no] dscp-value
[no] protocol
Format: value: 0L
- the layer-4 port number minimum value of the layer-4
- range: [0...65535] destination port number
Parameter type: <Qos::L4PortNumber> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 65535L
- the layer-4 port number maximum value of the layer-4
- range: [0...65535] destination port number
Parameter type: <Qos::L4PortNumber> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- the layer-4 port number minimum value of the layer-4
- range: [0...65535] source port number
Parameter type: <Qos::L4PortNumber> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 65535L
- the layer-4 port number maximum value of the layer-4
- range: [0...65535] source port number
Parameter type: <Qos::MatchDscpValue> optional parameter with default
Format: value: -1L
- dscp value to be matched, -1 means match all dscp value to be matched, -1
- range: [-1...63] means match all
Parameter type: <Qos::Protocol> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "all"
( icmp protocol to be matched with the
| igmp packet
| ip
| tcp
| egp
| igrp
| udp
| rsvp
| gre
| eigrp
| ipinip
| all
| <Qos::ProtocolType> )
Possible values:
- icmp : icmp
- igmp : igmp
- ip : ip(protocol id should be 4)
- tcp : tcp
- egp : egp
- igrp : igrp
- udp : udp
- rsvp : rsvp
- gre : gre
- eigrp : eigrp
- ipinip : ipinip(protocol id should be 94)
- all : all are considered as match
Field type <Qos::ProtocolType>
- ip protocol value
- range: [0...255]

336 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.20 QoS Policy Action Profile Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS policy action profile. A QoS policy action contains: discard
packet, set a DSCP value, set a Dot1P value, policing with a policer, policer sharing attribute.
Dot1P and DSCP values are set to frames matched by the filter associated with this policy action.
The forwarding action for the frames matched by the filter can be discard or pass. The default forwarding action is
pass. When the forwarding action is discard, the other policy actions in this entry will not be checked; the frame
will be discarded immediately.
Policy sharing causes multiple QoS subflow with the same policy action profile to share their policer instance, in
case they are set up within the same session profile in the same direction.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos profiles ( no policy-action (name) ) | ( policy-action (name) [ no dscp-value | dscp-value
<Qos::SetDscpValue> ] [ no dot1p-value | dot1p-value <Qos::SetDot1pValue> ] [ [ no ] discard-packet ] [ [ no ]
shared-policer ] [ no policer-profile | policer-profile <Qos::QosProfileName> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 17.20-1 "QoS Policy Action Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 17.20-2 "QoS Policy Action Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] dscp-value Parameter type: <Qos::SetDscpValue> optional parameter with default
Format: value: -1L
- dscp value set in a matched packet, -1 means no change dscp value set in a matched
- range: [-1...63] packet, -1 means no change
[no] dot1p-value Parameter type: <Qos::SetDot1pValue> optional parameter with default
Format: value: -1L
- dot1p value set in a matched packet, -1 means no change dot1p value set in a matched
- range: [-1...7] packet, -1 means no change

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 337

17 QoS Configuration Commands
Parameter
[no] discard-packet
[no] shared-policer
[no] policer-profile
338 Released
Type Description
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
discard the packet matching the
policy
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable the sharing policer
instances among subflows
Parameter type: <Qos::QosProfileName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none policer used to the packet
| name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> ) matching the policy
Possible values:
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
 17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.21 QoS Policy Profile Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS policy profile. A policy rule groups together a policy
condition (filter) with a set of associated actions. A policy rule contains:
Filter type (L2 filter or L3 filter)
L2 or L3 filter
Precedence of this policy rule
Policy action

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos profiles ( no policy (name) ) | ( policy (name) filter <Qos::PolicyFilter> [ no precedence |
precedence <Qos::PolicyPrecedence> ] [ no policy-action | policy-action <Qos::QosProfileName> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 17.21-1 "QoS Policy Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 17.21-2 "QoS Policy Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
filter Parameter type: <Qos::PolicyFilter> mandatory parameter
Format: the filter for the policy rule
( l2-name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
| l3-name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> )
Possible values:
- l2-name : refer to a l2 filter
- l3-name : refer to a l3 filter
Field type <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64
Field type <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64
[no] precedence Parameter type: <Qos::PolicyPrecedence> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 10L

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 339

17 QoS Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] policy-action
- the precedence value of the policy rule precedence value of the policy
- range: [0...255] rule
Parameter type: <Qos::QosProfileName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none policy action profile applicable
| name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> ) for the policy
Possible values:
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64

340 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.22 QoS Session Profile Configuration Command

Command Description
This commmand allows the operator to configure the QoS session profile. The QoS session profile is the main
building block for conveying user traffic contractual rights and treatment. The QoS session profile is a
"macro"-profile, which consists of individual settings as well as references to smaller profiles.
The scope of a QoS session profile is always a user logical interface (for example, a session or Service Access
Point(SAP)). The following "logical interface" or "logical flow" types are supported:
Generic - any defined logical flow.
PVC - all frames on a PVC.
802.1X session - all frames on a PVC except (port based)PPP frames.
PVC.VLAN - all frames on a .1D port with the same VLAN ID.
PPP - all frames in a terminated PPP session/interface.
IP - all frames in a terminated IP session/interface.
IPoE VLAN CC - all IPoE frames in a VLAN CC interface.
PPPoE VLAN CC - all PPPoE frames in a VLAN CC interface.
IPoA CC - all IPoA frames in a IPoA CC interface.
PPPoA CC - all PPPoA frames in a PPPoA CC interface.
IPoE I-Bridge - all IPoE frames in I-Bridge interface.
PPPoE I-Bridge - all PPPoE frames in I-Bridge interface.
PPPoA Relay - all PPPoA frames in PPPoA relay interface.
IPoE IP Aware Bridge - all IPoE frames in IP Aware Bridge interface.
IPoA IP Aware Bridge - all IPoA frames in IP Aware Bridge interface.

A QoS session profile is composed of

a logical flow type,
a marker profile,
two policer profiles for up and downstream policing,
two lists for upstream and downstream policy conditions and actions.

The logical flow type will constrain the usage of a session profile to the intended interface type.However, if the
logical flow type is generic the session profile can be attached to any interface, and unsupported settings for the
target hardware are silently ignored by the system. Operators must always create specific profiles for specific
interface types to avoid incorrect configurations.
QoS session profiles are supported on the L3 units.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos profiles ( no session (name) ) | ( session (name) logical-flow-type <Qos::LogicalFlowType> [ no
up-policer | up-policer <Qos::QosProfileName> ] [ no down-policer | down-policer <Qos::QosProfileName> ] [ no
up-marker | up-marker <Qos::QosProfileName> ] )

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 341

17 QoS Configuration Commands

Command Parameters
Table 17.22-1 "QoS Session Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Table 17.22-2 "QoS Session Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
logical-flow-type
[no] up-policer
Type Description
Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Type Description
Parameter type: <Qos::LogicalFlowType> mandatory parameter
Format: a traffic stream up on which
( generic policy to be made
| pvc
| dot-1x-session
| pvc-vlan-combination
| ppp-session
| ip-session
| ipoe-vlan-cc
| pppoe-vlan-cc
| ipoa-cc
| pppoa-cc
| ipoe-ibridge
| pppoe-ibridge
| pppoa-relay
| pppoe-relay
| ipoe-ip-aware-bridge
| ipoa-ip-aware-bridge )
Possible values:
- generic : any defined logical flow
- pvc : all frames on a pvc
- dot-1x-session : frames on a pvc except ppp frames
- pvc-vlan-combination : frames on dot-1D port with the
same vlan-id
- ppp-session : all frames on a ppp session
- ip-session : all frames in an IP session or interface
- ipoe-vlan-cc : all ipoe frames in a vlan cc interface
- pppoe-vlan-cc : all pppoe frames in a vlan cc interface
- ipoa-cc : all ipoa frames in a ipoa cc interface
- pppoa-cc : all pppoa frames in a pppoa cc interface
- ipoe-ibridge : all ipoe frames in i-bridge interface
- pppoe-ibridge : all pppoe frames in i-bridge interface
- pppoa-relay : pppoa frames in pppoa relay interface
- pppoe-relay : all pppoe frames in pppee relay with mac
concentration interface
- ipoe-ip-aware-bridge : ipoe frames in ip aware bridge
interface
- ipoa-ip-aware-bridge : all ipoa frames in ip aware bridge
interface
Parameter type: <Qos::QosProfileName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none policer profile name applicable
| name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> ) on this session upstream
Possible values:
- none : no profile name to associate

342 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64
[no] down-policer Parameter type: <Qos::QosProfileName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none policer profile applicable on this
| name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> ) session downstream
Possible values:
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64
[no] up-marker Parameter type: <Qos::QosProfileName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none marker profile name applicable
| name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> ) on this session upstream
Possible values:
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 343

17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.23 QoS Session Upstream Policy List

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a list of upstream policies in a QoS session profile. The maximum
number of upstream policy rules is 16 per interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos profiles session (name) ( no up-policy (name) ) | ( up-policy (name) )

Command Parameters
Table 17.23-1 "QoS Session Upstream Policy List Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
(name) Format: policy profile name applicable
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32

344 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.24 QoS Session Downstream Policy List

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a list of downstream policies in a QoS session profile.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos profiles session (name) ( no down-policy (name) ) | ( down-policy (name) )

Command Parameters
Table 17.24-1 "QoS Session Downstream Policy List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
(name) Format: policy profile name applicable
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 345

17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.25 QoS Board-Level Queue and Performance

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure various parameters related to board-level traffic load and packet
loss.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos global (index) [ no buffer-occ-thresh | buffer-occ-thresh <Qos::PercentThresh> ] [ [ no ]

queue-stats ] [ [ no ] dsload-tca ] [ no dsload-thresh | dsload-thresh <Qos::PercentThresh> ] [ [ no ] buffer-tca ] [ no
up-buf-thresh | up-buf-thresh <Qos::UpAggrBufOvflwTcaTh> ] [ no up-obc-thresh | up-obc-thresh
<Qos::UpObcAggrBufOvflwTcaTh> ] [ no dn-obc-thresh | dn-obc-thresh <Qos::DnObcAggrBufOvflwTcaTh> ] [
no dn-buf-thresh | dn-buf-thresh <Qos::DnUcAggrBufOvflwTcaTh> ] [ no part-buf-thresh | part-buf-thresh
<Qos::PartBufThresh> ]

Command Parameters
Table 17.25-1 "QoS Board-Level Queue and Performance Configuration Command" Resource
Resource Identifier
(index)
Table 17.25-2 "QoS Board-Level Queue and Performance Configuration Command" Command
Parameter
[no] buffer-occ-thresh
Parameters
Type Description
Format: the physical number of the slot
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
Parameters
Type Description
Parameter type: <Qos::PercentThresh> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0

346 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


Parameter
[no] queue-stats
[no] dsload-tca
[no] dsload-thresh
[no] buffer-tca
[no] up-buf-thresh
[no] up-obc-thresh
[no] dn-obc-thresh
[no] dn-buf-thresh
[no] part-buf-thresh
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
17 QoS Configuration Commands
Type Description
- Percentage of the QoS Thresh the ratio of occupied data buffer
- range: [0...100] entries to the LIM global data
buffer size.
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable or disable generation of
queue statistics
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable or disable the threshold
crossing alarm associated to
card-level load of donwstream
traffic
Parameter type: <Qos::PercentThresh> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- Percentage of the QoS Thresh Percentage of LIM fan-out load
- range: [0...100] above which the alarm will be
triggered.
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable the threshold crossover
alarm of aggregation buffer
overflow
Parameter type: <Qos::UpAggrBufOvflwTcaTh> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- Qos thresh the threshold of upstream
- range: [0...2147483647] aggregation buffer overflow
TCA.
Parameter type: <Qos::UpObcAggrBufOvflwTcaTh> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- Qos thresh The threshold of OBC-directed
- range: [0...2147483647] upstream aggregation buffer
overflow TCA.
Parameter type: <Qos::DnObcAggrBufOvflwTcaTh> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- Qos thresh The threshold of downstream
- range: [0...2147483647] OBC-directed aggregation buffer
overflow TCA.
Parameter type: <Qos::DnUcAggrBufOvflwTcaTh> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- Qos thresh The threshold of downstream
- range: [0...2147483647] data aggregation buffer overflow
TCA.
Parameter type: <Qos::PartBufThresh> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0"
- threshold of dropped lower class packts of global buffer The threshold of dropped lower
- range: [0-9] class packets of global buffer
- length: 1<=x<=20 occupancy threshold overflow
TCA.
Released 347
17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.26 QoS Queue Threshold Crossing Alarm

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure various parameters related to subscriber interface and queue level
traffic load and packet loss.
Load per physical line is calculated by matching the total number of bytes transmitted versus the capacity of the
interface in the relevant measurement epoch. Load per queue is measured in terms of the contribution to the
interface level load of traffic passed in a certain queue.
Threshold crossing alarms can be specified for the load and packet loss parameters per line and per traffic class.
This feature can be useful to detect network anomalies by watching over packet discard or load level in
high-priority traffic classes.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos tca (index) queue <Qos::TcaQueues> [ [ no ] tca-enable ] [ no load-thresh | load-thresh
<Qos::PercentThresh> ] [ no dis-frame-th | dis-frame-th <Qos::QosQueueStatsDiscFramesTcaThreshold> ]

Command Parameters
Table 17.26-1 "QoS Queue Threshold Crossing Alarm Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: physical port of a dsl link
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
queue Parameter type: <Qos::TcaQueues> the queue with in the scope of
Format: one dsl link of tca
- output dsl port queue number
- range: [0...3]

348 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

Table 17.26-2 "QoS Queue Threshold Crossing Alarm Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] tca-enable Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
each queue statistic TCA of this
queue
[no] load-thresh Parameter type: <Qos::PercentThresh> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- Percentage of the QoS Thresh The threshold of queue traffic
- range: [0...100] load.
[no] dis-frame-th Parameter type: optional parameter with default
<Qos::QosQueueStatsDiscFramesTcaThreshold> value: 0
Format: The threshold of discarded
- Qos thresh frames of this queue.
- range: [0...2147483647]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 349

17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.27 QoS DSL Link Configuration Command

Command Description
Obsolete command, replaced by configure qos interface (index).
This command allows the operator to configure QoS settings on subscriber interfaces. For each subscriber
interface the operator can apply scheduling and CAC settings.
A scheduler profile is used to configure egress scheduler settings for egress subscriber interfaces on L3 cards. A
CAC profile is used to configure CAC settings for a subscriber interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos dsl-port (index) [ scheduler-profile <Qos::QosProfileName> ] [ cac-profile <Qos::ProfileName> ]

Obsolete command, replaced by configure qos interface (index).

Command Parameters
Table 17.27-1 "QoS DSL Link Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Table 17.27-2 "QoS DSL Link Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
scheduler-profile
Type Description
Format: physical port of a subscriber
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / interface.
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Type Description
Parameter type: <Qos::QosProfileName> optional parameter
Format: name of scheduler profile to be
( none mapped on this subscriber
| name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> ) interface.
Possible values:
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>

350 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64
cac-profile Parameter type: <Qos::ProfileName> optional parameter
Format: name of cac profile to be mapped
name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> on this subscriber interface.
Possible values:
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 351

17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.28 QoS LIM Queue Configuration Command

Command Description
Obsolete command, replaced by configure qos interface (index) queue.
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS Line Card queue. On the L3 line cards, each DSL interface
supports four downstream buffers, which can be configured independently using buffer acceptance control (BAC)
profiles.
The operator can configure downstream buffers, such that the total buffer pool is oversubscribed. However, this is
not recommended because this allows QoS un-aware packet discard. If the total downstream buffer pool is
over-subscribed, the system logs a warning message. Proceed with care, as this allows QoS un-aware packet
discard in extreme traffic conditions.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos dsl-port (index) queue (queue) [ queue-profile <Qos::QosQueueProfileName> ]

Obsolete command, replaced by configure qos interface (index) queue.

Command Parameters
Table 17.28-1 "QoS LIM Queue Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: physical port of a subscriber
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / interface.
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(queue) Format: queue in scope of 1 dsl link on a
- output dsl port queue number line-interface-module
- range: [0...3]
Table 17.28-2 "QoS LIM Queue Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
queue-profile Parameter type: <Qos::QosQueueProfileName> optional parameter
Format: name of the queue profile

352 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
Possible values:
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 353

17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.29 QoS ShdSL Link Configuration Command

Command Description
Obsolete command, replaced by configure qos interface (index).
This command allows the operator to configure Shdsl links. For each Shdsl link the operator can apply scheduling
and CAC settings.
A scheduler profile is used to configure egress scheduler settings for each egress Shdsl interface. A CAC profile is
used to configure CAC settings for each Shdsl interface.
The Shdsl link table can be configured on the SMLT-H , SMLT-J and NSLT-A units.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos shdsl-port (index) [ scheduler-profile <Qos::ProfileName> ] [ cac-profile <Qos::ProfileName> ]

Obsolete command, replaced by configure qos interface (index).

Command Parameters
Table 17.29-1 "QoS ShdSL Link Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Table 17.29-2 "QoS ShdSL Link Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
scheduler-profile
Type Description
Format: physical port of a shdsl link
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Type Description
Parameter type: <Qos::ProfileName> optional parameter
Format: name of scheduler profile to be
name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> mapped on this dsl link
Possible values:
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile

354 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- length: 1<=x<=64
cac-profile Parameter type: <Qos::ProfileName> optional parameter
Format: name of cac profile to be mapped
name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> on this dsl link
Possible values:
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 355

17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.30 QoS LIM Queue (SHDSL) Configuration

Command

Command Description
Obsolete command, replaced by configure qos interface (index) queue.
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS Line Card queue. On the L3 line cards, each SHDSL
interface supports four downstream buffers, which can be configured independently using buffer acceptance
control (BAC) profiles.
The operator can configure downstream buffers, such that the total buffer pool is oversubscribed. However, this is
not recommended because this allows QoS un-aware packet discard. If the total downstream buffer pool is
over-subscribed, the system logs a warning message. Proceed with care, as this allows QoS un-aware packet
discard in extreme traffic conditions.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos shdsl-port (index) queue (queue) [ queue-profile <Qos::QosQueueProfileName> ]

Obsolete command, replaced by configure qos interface (index) queue.

Command Parameters
Table 17.30-1 "QoS LIM Queue (SHDSL) Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: physical port of a shdsl link
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(queue) Format: queue in scope of 1 dsl link on a
- output dsl port queue number line-interface-module
- range: [0...3]
Table 17.30-2 "QoS LIM Queue (SHDSL) Configuration Command" Command Parameters

356 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

queue-profile Parameter type: <Qos::QosQueueProfileName> optional parameter
Format: name of the queue profile
name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
Possible values:
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 357

17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.31 QoS Interface Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure QoS settings on a user-port Interface. A user-port Interface can be
a DSL-link, an Shdsl-link or an Ethernet Line. For each Interface the operator can apply scheduling and CAC
settings.
A scheduler profile is used to configure egress scheduler settings for each egress Interface. A CAC profile is used
to configure CAC settings for each Interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos interface (index) [ scheduler-profile <Qos::ProfileName> ] [ cac-profile <Qos::ProfileName> ]

Command Parameters
Table 17.31-1 "QoS Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: physical port of a user-port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / Interface
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 17.31-2 "QoS Interface Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
scheduler-profile Parameter type: <Qos::ProfileName> optional parameter
Format: the name of the scheduler profile
name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> to be mapped on this user-port
Possible values: Interface
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64
cac-profile Parameter type: <Qos::ProfileName> optional parameter
Format: the name of the cac profile to be

358 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> mapped on this user-port
Possible values: Interface
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 359

17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.32 QoS Interface Queue Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS Line Card queue. On the L3 line cards, each user-port
(DSL-Link, Shdsl-link or Ethernet Line) supports four downstream buffers, which can be configured independently
using buffer acceptance control (BAC) profiles.
The operator can configure downstream buffers, such that the total buffer pool is oversubscribed. Please take note
that this allows QoS un-aware packet discard under extreme traffic conditions. When the total downstream buffer
pool is over-subscribed, the system logs a warning message.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos interface (index) queue (queue) [ queue-profile <Qos::QosQueueProfileName> ]

Command Parameters
Table 17.32-1 "QoS Interface Queue Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: physical port of a user-port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / Interface
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(queue) Format: queue in scope of 1 user-port
- output dsl port queue number Interface on a
- range: [0...3] line-interface-module
Table 17.32-2 "QoS Interface Queue Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
queue-profile Parameter type: <Qos::QosQueueProfileName> optional parameter
Format: name of the queue profile
name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>

360 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

Possible values:
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 361

17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.33 SHub QoS Traffic Class Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure SHub QoS traffic classes. The SHub has four defined traffic
classes. The mapping of frames with 802.1P codepoint to egress buffers determines how each traffic class is put
into egress buffers and, in a later step, how each traffic class is scheduled on the SHub egress interfaces.
This traffic class mapping table is not applicable on the units.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos shub tc-map-dot1p (tc-priority) [ traffic-class <Qos::ShubTrafficClass> ]

Command Parameters
Table 17.33-1 "SHub QoS Traffic Class Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(tc-priority) Format: priority value in the received
- priority value in the received frames frames
- range: [0...7]
Table 17.33-2 "SHub QoS Traffic Class Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
traffic-class Parameter type: <Qos::ShubTrafficClass> optional parameter
Format: value of traffic class,the received
- value of traffic class, the received frame is mapped to frame is mapped to
- range: [0...3]

362 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.34 SHub QoS Queue Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the SHub QoS queue. The SHub features several network interfaces
that can be used for network, subtending, or directly attached customer interfaces (known as "user" interfaces on
the SHub) in any combination.
Each network interface features a hierarchical scheduler with queues (0, 1) scheduled as weighted round robin
(WRR) and queues (2,3) scheduled as strict priority. Queue 3 is the highest priority.
The WRR weights, egress shaping rate, and ingress policing rate can be configured for each SHub interface. See
the section on the QoS Ingress Policing Configuration Command for more information.
The SHub can also send and receive pause frames, but it is configured such that it will never generate pause frames
as a result of congestion on an egress interface. However, the SHub can correctly honor backpressure from peer
nodes that cannot handle the traffic.
Note that all SHub port settings are the same within a link aggregate group.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos shub queue-config (port) [ no queue0-weight | queue0-weight <Qos::ShubQueueWeight1> ] [ no

queue1-weight | queue1-weight <Qos::ShubQueueWeight1> ] [ [ no ] rx-pause ] [ no egress-rate | egress-rate
<Qos::ShubPortRate> ] [ [ no ] dscp2p-enable ]

Command Parameters
Table 17.34-1 "SHub QoS Queue Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: the unique id for the port
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub
Table 17.34-2 "SHub QoS Queue Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] queue0-weight Parameter type: <Qos::ShubQueueWeight1> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1
- the weight for the queue queue zero weight
- range: [1...15]
[no] queue1-weight Parameter type: <Qos::ShubQueueWeight1> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 2
- the weight for the queue queue one weight
- range: [1...15]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 363

17 QoS Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] rx-pause
[no] egress-rate
[no] dscp2p-enable
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable qos pause for receive
Parameter type: <Qos::ShubPortRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 16383
- a flow rate value port egress rate
- unit: 64kbps
- range: [1...16383]
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
dscp to p-bit map enable

364 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.35 SHub QoS DSCP2P Map Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to map the DSCP value to the 802.1p priority.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos shub dscp-map-dot1p (dscp-index) [ dot1p-value <Qos::ShubDSCPPriority> ]

Command Parameters
Table 17.35-1 "SHub QoS DSCP2P Map Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(dscp-index) Format: the dscp value
- the dscp value in the ip frame
- range: [0...63]
Table 17.35-2 "SHub QoS DSCP2P Map Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
dot1p-value Parameter type: <Qos::ShubDSCPPriority> optional parameter
Format: the 802.1p priority value mapped
- the 801.1p priority value mapped to to
- range: [0...7]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 365

17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.36 SHub QoS Flow Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure various flows to be policed.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos shub ( no flow (index) ) | ( flow (index) [ no name | name <Qos::DisplayString> ] [ (old-type) ] [ no
type | type <Qos::FlowType> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 17.36-1 "SHub QoS Flow Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index used to identify a flow
- unique index for the flow
- range: [1...64]
Table 17.36-2 "SHub QoS Flow Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] name Parameter type: <Qos::DisplayString> optional parameter with default
Format: value: """"
- string to identify the meter name of the flow
- length: 1<=x<=15
(old-type) Format: obsolete parameter replaced by
( port parameter "type"
| vlan : <Qos::VlanId> type of qos flow
| vlan-dot1p : <Qos::VlanId> : <Qos::FlowPriority>
| vlan-dscp : <Qos::VlanId> : <Qos::FlowDscp> )
Possible values:
- port : rate limit a physical port
- vlan : rate limit a VLAN on an ingress port
- vlan-dot1p : rate limit a VLAN on a 802.1p traffic class
criterion
- vlan-dscp : rate limit a vlan on a dscp traffic class criterion
Field type <Qos::VlanId>
- vlan id to detect the flow
- range: [0...4096]
Field type <Qos::VlanId>
- vlan id to detect the flow
- range: [0...4096]
Field type <Qos::FlowPriority>

366 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- flow priority for the vlan dot1p
- range: [0...8]
Field type <Qos::FlowDscp>
- dscp value to detect the flow
- range: [0...64]
[no] type Parameter type: <Qos::FlowType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "port"
( port type of qos flow
| vlan : <Qos::VlanId>
| vlan-dot1p : <Qos::VlanId> : <Qos::FlowPriority>
| vlan-dscp : <Qos::VlanId> : <Qos::FlowDscp> )
Possible values:
- port : rate limit a physical port
- vlan : rate limit a VLAN on an ingress port
- vlan-dot1p : rate limit a VLAN on a 802.1p traffic class
criterion
- vlan-dscp : rate limit a vlan on a dscp traffic class criterion
Field type <Qos::VlanId>
- vlan id to detect the flow
- range: [0...4096]
Field type <Qos::VlanId>
- vlan id to detect the flow
- range: [0...4096]
Field type <Qos::FlowPriority>
- flow priority for the vlan dot1p
- range: [0...8]
Field type <Qos::FlowDscp>
- dscp value to detect the flow
- range: [0...64]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 367

17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.37 SHub QoS Policer Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to enact policing on a SHub interface. It uses previously created policer and
flow definition blocks.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos shub ( no policer (port-id) flow <Qos::PolicerFlowIndex> ) | ( policer (port-id) flow
<Qos::PolicerFlowIndex> meter <Qos::PolicerMeterIndex> )

Command Parameters
Table 17.37-1 "SHub QoS Policer Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port-id) Format: shub qos port index
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub
flow Parameter type: <Qos::PolicerFlowIndex> index of an existing flow
Format:
- index for the flow
- range: [1...64]
Table 17.37-2 "SHub QoS Policer Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
meter Parameter type: <Qos::PolicerMeterIndex> mandatory parameter
Format: index of an existing meter
- index for the meter
- range: [1...64]

368 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 17 QoS Configuration Commands

17.38 SHub QoS Ingress Policing on Port

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a SHub policer. The construct can be used subsequently on many
physical interfaces in association with SHubflows.
The values 1 and 2 cannot be used as a meter index to configure a meter. If these values are used, the system
returns a "bad-value" error.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure qos shub ( no meter (index) ) | ( meter (index) [ no name | name <Qos::DisplayString> ]
max-ingress-rate <Qos::MeterIngressRate> burst-size <Qos::MeterBurstSize> )

Command Parameters
Table 17.38-1 "SHub QoS Ingress Policing on Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index used to identify a meter
- unique index for meter
- range: [3...64]
Table 17.38-2 "SHub QoS Ingress Policing on Port Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] name Parameter type: <Qos::DisplayString> optional parameter with default
Format: value: """"
- string to identify the meter name of the meter
- length: 1<=x<=15
max-ingress-rate Parameter type: <Qos::MeterIngressRate> mandatory parameter
Format: the max ingress rate applied on a
- ingress max policing rate,in steps of 64Kbps port
- range: [1...16383]
burst-size Parameter type: <Qos::MeterBurstSize> mandatory parameter
Format: max ingress burst size allowed
- ingress policer's burst tolerance
- range: [0...7]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 369

18- VLAN Configuration Commands

18.1 VLAN Configuration Command Tree 18-371

18.2 VLAN General Configuration Command 18-373
18.3 VLAN Configuration Command 18-374
18.4 VLAN Filtering Database Configuration Command 18-378
18.5 VLAN Protocol-based Configuration Command 18-380
18.6 SHub General VLAN Configuration Command 18-382
18.7 SHub VLAN Configuration Command 18-383
18.8 SHub Static Egress Port for VLAN Configuration 18-385
Command
18.9 SHub Static Untagged Egress Port for VLAN 18-387
Configuration Command
18.10 SHub Unicast MAC Filtering Database Configuration 18-388
Command

370 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 18 VLAN Configuration Commands

18.1 VLAN Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "VLAN Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----vlan
- [no] broadcast-frames
- priority-policy
- pvid-usage
----[no] id
- (vlanid)
- [no] name
- mode
- [no] priority
- [no] broadcast-frames
- [no] protocol-filter
- [no] pppoe-relay
- [no] pppoe-relay-tag
- [no] dhcp-opt-82
- [no] circuit-id
- [no] circuit-id-dhcp
- [no] remote-id
- [no] remote-id-dhcp
- [no] dhcp-linerate
- [no] pppoe-linerate
- [no] circuit-id-pppoe
- [no] remote-id-pppoe
----[no] unicast-mac
- (unicast-mac)
- vlan-id
- forward-port
----[no] port-protocol
- (port)
- protocol-group
- vlan-id
- priority
----shub
- [no] dual-tag-mode
----[no] id
- (vlanid)
- [no] name
- mode
- [no] mac-move-allow
----[no] egress-port
- (port)
----[no] untag-port
- (port)
----[no] unicast-mac
- (unicast-mac)

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 371

18 VLAN Configuration Commands

- vlan-id
- forward-port

372 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 18 VLAN Configuration Commands

18.2 VLAN General Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify VLAN parameters that are globally applicable to VLANs:
- broadcast-frames : applies to VLANs of type residential bridge. when configured, broadcasting of frames is
configurable on a per VLAN basis. When the parameter is configured as "no broadcast-frames", downstream
broadcast is disabled globally for all VLANs.
- priority-policy : applies to VLANs of type residential bridge, cross-connect and QoS-aware. It indicates if the
priority of upstream frames is selected from the VLAN (pvid) or port-default. This configuration is only applicable
for untagged user traffic.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure vlan [ [ no ] broadcast-frames ] priority-policy <Vlan::PriorityMap> [ pvid-usage <Vlan::PvidUsage> ]

Command Parameters
Table 18.2-2 "VLAN General Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] broadcast-frames Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
broadcasting of frames is
configurable per vlan
priority-policy Parameter type: <Vlan::PriorityMap> optional parameter
Format: specifies ethernet priority policy
( vlan-specific of upstream frames
| port-default )
Possible values:
- vlan-specific : the priority of the vlan
- port-default : the default priority of the port
pvid-usage Parameter type: <Vlan::PvidUsage> obsolete parameter that will be
Format: ignored
( c-vlan-translation multi-vlan service supports
| standard ) c-vlan translation
Possible values:
- c-vlan-translation : enable cvlan translation
- standard : disable cvlan translation

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 373

18 VLAN Configuration Commands

18.3 VLAN Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify a VLAN and its attributes. The following combination is not
allowed:pppoe-relay-tag=configurable, while circuit-id-pppoe and remote-id-pppoe are both notadd or
addcustomerid.
- broadcast-frames: applies to VLANs of type residential bridge.The configured value of this parameter has no
meaning when broadcast-frames is not enabled at node level, meaning globally for all VLANs
- priority: The selection of the vlan based priority can apply provided the prioritypolicy at node level is
vlan-specific.
The vlan numbering space is the concatenation of an Service Provider VLAN, say S-VLAN-ID, and a Customer
VLAN, say C-VLAN-ID. Remark that the S-VLAN-ID is assumed to be unique.
The VLAN-ID value "0" - which is not a valid VLAN-tag value- is used to indicate "not applicable". The value 4097
should not be used as a valid forwarding vlan.
Following convention applies:
- S-VLAN is identified as (S-VLAN-ID, C-VLAN-ID=0)
- unstacked C-VLAN:
- the S-VLAN is absent or not applicable
- C-VLAN-ID > 0. A constraint exists for VLAN 1: it is reserved as the VLAN-unaware bridge. This VLAN is
managed as any other VLAN (i.e. it can be created, modified, removed) but it must be a residential bridged VLAN.
- stacked C-VLAN is identified as (S-VLAN-ID>1, C-VLAN-ID>1)

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure vlan ( no id (vlanid) ) | ( id (vlanid) [ no name | name <Vlan::AdminString> ] mode

<Vlan::SystemMode> [ no priority | priority <Vlan::Priority> ] [ [ no ] broadcast-frames ] [ no protocol-filter |
protocol-filter <Vlan::ProtGroup> ] [ [ no ] pppoe-relay ] [ no pppoe-relay-tag | pppoe-relay-tag
<Vlan::PppoeRelayEnableR3.1> ] [ [ no ] dhcp-opt-82 ] [ no circuit-id | circuit-id <Vlan::CircuitId> ] [ no
circuit-id-dhcp | circuit-id-dhcp <Vlan::CircuitIdDhcp> ] [ no remote-id | remote-id <Vlan::RemoteId> ] [ no
remote-id-dhcp | remote-id-dhcp <Vlan::RemoteIdDhcp> ] [ no dhcp-linerate | dhcp-linerate <Vlan::Dhcp-linerate>
] [ no pppoe-linerate | pppoe-linerate <Vlan::Pppoe-linerate> ] [ no circuit-id-pppoe | circuit-id-pppoe
<Vlan::CircuitIdPppoe> ] [ no remote-id-pppoe | remote-id-pppoe <Vlan::RemoteIdPppoe> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 18.3-1 "VLAN Configuration Command" Resource Parameters

374 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 18 VLAN Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

(vlanid) Format: vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
Table 18.3-2 "VLAN Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] name Parameter type: <Vlan::AdminString> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- char string name
- length: x<=32
mode Parameter type: <Vlan::SystemMode> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
( cross-connect during modification.
| residential-bridge mode
| qos-aware
| layer2-terminated )
Possible values:
- cross-connect : crossconnect vlan
- residential-bridge : residential bridge vlan
- qos-aware : qos aware vlan
- layer2-terminated : layer2 terminated vlan
[no] priority Parameter type: <Vlan::Priority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- priority of ethernet frames default frame priority
- range: [0...7]
[no] broadcast-frames Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
switch broadcast frames
[no] protocol-filter Parameter type: <Vlan::ProtGroup> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "pass-all"
( pass-all filter protocol groups
| pass-ipoe
| pass-pppoe
| pass-pppoe-ipoe )
Possible values:
- pass-all : pass all traffic
- pass-ipoe : pass traffic of IPoE protocol group
- pass-pppoe : pass traffic of PPPoE protocol group
- pass-pppoe-ipoe : pass PPPoE and IPoE protocol groups
[no] pppoe-relay Parameter type: boolean obsolete parameter replaced by
parameter "pppoe-relay-tag"
enable PPPoE relay
[no] pppoe-relay-tag Parameter type: <Vlan::PppoeRelayEnableR3.1> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "false"
( true the format of the pppoe relay tag
| false
| configurable )

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 375

18 VLAN Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] dhcp-opt-82
[no] circuit-id
[no] circuit-id-dhcp
[no] remote-id
[no] remote-id-dhcp
[no] dhcp-linerate
[no] pppoe-linerate
Possible values:
- true : pppoe tag with the current fixed format
- false : no pppoe tag
- configurable : circuit-id-pppoe and remote-id-pppoe
controlling format
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
The parameter is not visible
during creation.
enable dhcp option 82 (relay)
Parameter type: <Vlan::CircuitId> obsolete parameter replaced by
Format: parameter "circuit-id-dhcp"
( customer-id The parameter is not visible
| physical-id during creation.
| ccsa-format circuit id
| disable )
Possible values:
- customer-id : customer identity as circuit id
- physical-id : physical line identity as circuit id
- ccsa-format : circuit id in ccsa format
- disable : no circuit id
Parameter type: <Vlan::CircuitIdDhcp> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( customer-id The parameter is not visible
| physical-id during creation.
| ccsa-format circuit id
| disable )
Possible values:
- customer-id : customer identity as circuit id
- physical-id : physical line identity as circuit id
- ccsa-format : circuit id in ccsa format
- disable : no circuit id
Parameter type: <Vlan::RemoteId> obsolete parameter replaced by
Format: parameter "remote-id-dhcp"
( customer-id The parameter is not visible
| disable ) during creation.
Possible values: remote id
- customer-id : customer identity as remote id
- disable : no remote id
Parameter type: <Vlan::RemoteIdDhcp> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( customer-id The parameter is not visible
| disable ) during creation.
Possible values: remote id
- customer-id : customer identity as remote id
- disable : no remote id
Parameter type: <Vlan::Dhcp-linerate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "notadd"
( addactuallinerate The parameter is not visible
| notadd ) during creation.
Possible values: enable insertion of the linerate for
- addactuallinerate : add DSLlinerate for DHCP dhcp protocol
- notadd : not add DSLlinerate for DHCP
Parameter type: <Vlan::Pppoe-linerate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "notadd"
( addactuallinerate The parameter is not visible
| notadd ) during creation.
Possible values: enable insertion of the linerate for

376 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 18 VLAN Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- addactuallinerate : add DSLlinerate for PPPoE pppoe protocol
- notadd : not add DSLlinerate for PPPoE
[no] circuit-id-pppoe Parameter type: <Vlan::CircuitIdPppoe> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( disable The parameter is not visible
| customer-id during creation.
| physical-id the circuitid sub option for pppoe
| ccsa-format ) relay
Possible values:
- disable : no circuit id
- customer-id : customer identity as circuit id
- physical-id : physical line identity as circuit id
- ccsa-format : circuit id in ccsa format
[no] remote-id-pppoe Parameter type: <Vlan::RemoteIdPppoe> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( disable The parameter is not visible
| customer-id ) during creation.
Possible values: the remoteid sub option for pppoe
- disable : no remote id relay
- customer-id : customer identity as remote id

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 377

18 VLAN Configuration Commands

18.4 VLAN Filtering Database Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify entries in the Layer 2 filtering database for a specific VLAN and
unicast MAC address.
This information is used by the bridge in determining how to propagate a received frame.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure vlan ( no unicast-mac (unicast-mac) vlan-id <Vlan::StackedVlan> ) | ( unicast-mac (unicast-mac)

vlan-id <Vlan::StackedVlan> forward-port <Itf::AtmInterfaceVpiVci> )

Command Parameters
Table 18.4-1 "VLAN Filtering Database Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(unicast-mac) Format: unicast mac address
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03)
- length: 6
vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> vlan id
Format:
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
Table 18.4-2 "VLAN Filtering Database Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
forward-port Parameter type: <Itf::AtmInterfaceVpiVci> mandatory parameter

378 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 18 VLAN Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

Format: forward bridge port
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 379

18 VLAN Configuration Commands

18.5 VLAN Protocol-based Configuration

Command

Command Description
For protocol-based VLANs, this node allows the operator to specify how incoming traffic on a port is allocated to a
particular VLAN and priority.
For Ethernet frames, the mapping to either the PPPoE or IPoE protocol is:
protocol value 0x8863: PPPoE
protocol value 0x8864: PPPoE
protocol value 0x0800: IPoE
protocol value 0x0806: IPoE
protocol value 0x8035: IPoE

For RFC_1042 frames the mapping to either PPPoE or IPoE protocol is:
protocol value 0x8863: PPPoE
protocol value 0x8864: PPPoE
protocol value 0x0800: IPoE
protocol value 0x0806: IPoE
protocol value 0x8035: IPoE

priority: The selection of the priority for upstream frames, in case of a protocol based vlan, is not dependent on the
configuration of the priority-policy configured at node level.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure vlan ( no port-protocol (port) protocol-group <Vlan::GroupId> ) | ( port-protocol (port) protocol-group
<Vlan::GroupId> vlan-id <Vlan::StackedVlan> priority <Vlan::Priority> )

Command Parameters
Table 18.5-1 "VLAN Protocol-based Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / EFM port,...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number

380 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 18 VLAN Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
protocol-group Parameter type: <Vlan::GroupId> protocol group
Format:
( pppoe
| ipoe )
Possible values:
- pppoe : PPPoE
- ipoe : IPoE
Table 18.5-2 "VLAN Protocol-based Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> mandatory parameter
Format: protocol group vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
priority Parameter type: <Vlan::Priority> mandatory parameter
Format: priority of protocol based vlan
- priority of ethernet frames
- range: [0...7]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 381

18 VLAN Configuration Commands

18.6 SHub General VLAN Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify the tagging mode globally applicable to SHub VLANs.
Setting means that the SHub works as a stacked-VLAN bridge in dual tagged mode.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure vlan shub [ [ no ] dual-tag-mode ]

Command Parameters
Table 18.6-2 "SHub General VLAN Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] dual-tag-mode Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
vlan stacking is active

382 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 18 VLAN Configuration Commands

18.7 SHub VLAN Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify a VLAN and its attributes on the SHub.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of VLAN, please check if the
VLAN was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete and re-create the entire
VLAN.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure vlan shub ( no id (vlanid) ) | ( id (vlanid) [ no name | name <Vlan::AdminString> ] mode
<Shub::SystemMode> [ [ no ] mac-move-allow ] )

Command Parameters
Table 18.7-1 "SHub VLAN Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlanid) Format: vlan id
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]
Table 18.7-2 "SHub VLAN Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] name Parameter type: <Vlan::AdminString> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- char string name
- length: x<=32
mode Parameter type: <Shub::SystemMode> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
( cross-connect during modification.
| residential-bridge mode
| layer2-terminated
| layer2-term-nwport
| v-vlan
| reserved
| voice-vlan )
Possible values:
- cross-connect : crossconnect vlan
- residential-bridge : residential bridge vlan
- layer2-terminated : layer2 terminated vlan
- layer2-term-nwport : layer2 terminated vlan on network

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 383

18 VLAN Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

port
- v-vlan : virtual vlan
- reserved : internal and external communication via vlan
- voice-vlan : voice vlan
[no] mac-move-allow Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
mac move allowed

Command Output
Table 18.7-3 "SHub VLAN Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Vlan::WaitRowStatusVlan> the status of the VLAN instance
( valid This element is only shown in
| corrupted detail mode.
| corrupted )
Possible values:
- valid : VLAN configuration is ok
- corrupted : VLAN configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : VLAN configuration is not
operational(not-ready)

384 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 18 VLAN Configuration Commands

18.8 SHub Static Egress Port for VLAN

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify the set of ports that are statically allocated as egress ports for the
specified VLAN.
egress-port: controller port (nt) is not supported in NANT-A and ECNT-C board.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure vlan shub id (vlanid) ( no egress-port (port) ) | ( egress-port (port) )

Command Parameters
Table 18.8-1 "SHub Static Egress Port for VLAN Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlanid) Format: vlan id
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]
(port) Format: egress port
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Shub::SlotId>
| network : <Shub::NetworkPort>
| nt
| unassigned-link : <Shub::NoExtLink> )
Possible values:
- lt : port of the line board
- network : network port
- nt : port of the nt
- unassigned-link : unassigned external link
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Shub::SlotId>
- the egress lt slot
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub
Field type <Shub::NoExtLink>
- unassigned external SFP port

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 385

18 VLAN Configuration Commands

386 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 18 VLAN Configuration Commands

18.9 SHub Static Untagged Egress Port for VLAN

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify the egress ports that should transmit packets for this VLAN as
untagged.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure vlan shub id (vlanid) ( no untag-port (port) ) | ( untag-port (port) )

Command Parameters
Table 18.9-1 "SHub Static Untagged Egress Port for VLAN Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlanid) Format: vlan id
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]
(port) Format: the untagged network port
network : <Shub::NetworkPort>
Possible values:
- network : network port
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 387

18 VLAN Configuration Commands

18.10 SHub Unicast MAC Filtering Database

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify entries in the Layer 2 filtering database for a specific VLAN and
unicast MAC address. This configuration applies to the SHub.
This information is used by the bridge in determining how to propagate a received frame.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure vlan shub ( no unicast-mac (unicast-mac) vlan-id <Sys::VlanId> ) | ( unicast-mac (unicast-mac) vlan-id
<Sys::VlanId> forward-port <Shub::UcastForwardPort> )

Command Parameters
Table 18.10-1 "SHub Unicast MAC Filtering Database Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(unicast-mac) Format: unicast mac address
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03)
- length: 6
vlan-id Parameter type: <Sys::VlanId> vlan id
Format:
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]
Table 18.10-2 "SHub Unicast MAC Filtering Database Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
forward-port Parameter type: <Shub::UcastForwardPort> mandatory parameter
Format: forward port
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Shub::SlotId>
| network : <Shub::NetworkPort>
| nt )
Possible values:
- lt : port of the line board
- network : network port
- nt : port of the nt
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>

388 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 18 VLAN Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Shub::SlotId>
- the egress lt slot
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 389

19- Bridge Configuration Commands

19.1 Bridge Configuration Command Tree 19-391

19.2 Bridge General Configuration Command 19-392
19.3 Bridge Port Configuration Command 19-393
19.4 Bridge Port to VLAN Association Configuration 19-397
Command
19.5 SHub Bridge Configuration Command 19-401
19.6 SHub Bridge Port Configuration Command 19-402
19.7 Mac learning Configuration Command 19-404

390 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 19 Bridge Configuration Commands

19.1 Bridge Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Bridge Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----bridge
- ageing-time
----[no] port
- (port)
- [no] pvid
- [no] default-priority
- [no] mac-learn-off
- [no] max-unicast-mac
- [no] accept-frame-type
- [no] qos-profile
- [no] prio-regen-prof
----[no] vlan-id
- (index)
- (old-tag)
- [no] tag
- [no] network-vlan
- [no] vlan-scope
- [no] qos
- [no] qos-profile
- [no] prior-best-effort
- [no] prior-background
- [no] prior-spare
- [no] prior-exc-effort
- [no] prior-ctrl-load
- [no] prior-less-100ms
- [no] prior-less-10ms
- [no] prior-nw-ctrl
----shub
- ageing-time
----port
- (network-port)
- [no] default-priority
- [no] pvid
- [no] accept-frame-type
- [no] enable-dual-tag
- [no] enable-pbit-mode
----mac-learning
- [no] disable-nw-port

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 391

19 Bridge Configuration Commands

19.2 Bridge General Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify the aging time for dynamically learned MAC addresses in the filtering
database. The setting is applicable to the entire bridge.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure bridge [ ageing-time <Vlan::AgingTime> ]

Command Parameters
Table 19.2-2 "Bridge General Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
ageing-time Parameter type: <Vlan::AgingTime> optional parameter
Format: ageing timeout for dynamic mac
- ageing time entries
- unit: sec
- range: [10...1000000]

392 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 19 Bridge Configuration Commands

19.3 Bridge Port Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify various parameters applicable to a specific bridge port. These
parameters determine the handling of frames on the bridge port.
Priority Regeneration Profile: these profiles are predetermined. Following profiles are available:
Profile 1: Trusted Port
Profile 2: Best Effort
Profile 3: Controlled Load, all priority 3 traffic
Profile 4: Controlled Load, all priority 4 traffic
Profile 5: Background
Profile 6: Best Effort, Controlled Load, Voice
Profile 7: Best Effort, Controlled Load, Voice according 802.1d Annex G
Profile 8: Best Effort, Voice
Profile 9: L2 VPN with 3 traffic classes
Profile 10: L2 VPN with 4 traffic classes

Details on these profiles can be obtained using a show command.

The parameter 'acceptable-frame-type' controls the format of frames received from the users. The parameter can
take either of three values,
single-tagged: This configuration allows the user to send single tagged frames. The VLAN-id of tagged frames will
be verified against the configured port-vlan associations. Untagged frames and priority tagged frames will be
discarded (in absence of configuration on how to handle untagged and priority tagged frames). Double tagged
frames will be discarded. The configuration of this value should be completed with the configuration of:
one or more port-vlan associations.

The configuration of this value should not be combined with the configuration of:
a port default vlan, or
a port-protocol default vlan for PPPoE, or
a terminated PPPoE interface, or
a port-protocol default vlan for IPoE, or
a terminated IPoE interface.

untagged: This configuration allows the user to send untagged frames and on some types of HW also priority
tagged frames. Processing untagged / priority tagged frames requires additional configuration. Such frames will be
discarded in absence of such additional configuration. The configuration of the acceptable-Frame-Type to this
value results also in the autonomous creation by the system of an 'IGMP channel' and of an '802.1x Port'
associated to this Bridge Port. These objects are created with default values such that the corresponding function is
'disabled'. The configuration this value should be completed with the creation of:
one or more port-vlan associations and
a port default vlan, and/or
a port-protocol default vlan for PPPoE, and/or
a port-protocol default vlan for IPoE,

or instead of a port-protocol default vlan for PPPoE.

a terminated PPPoE interface, or

or instead of a port-protocol default vlan for IPoE.

a terminated IPoE interface.

However, note that this value is not always strictly forced on all HW. E.g. some type of LSMs will accept and

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 393

19 Bridge Configuration Commands

forward single tagged frames when the VLAN-id matches a configured port-vlan association. Other type of LSMs
will always discard single tagged frame.
Note that for the multivlan feature, tagged user traffic will be sent but the "acceptable frame types" must be set to
"untagged".
mixed-untagged: This value allows the user to send single tagged frames, untagged frames, and on some types of
HW also priority tagged frames. The VLAN-id of single tagged frames will be verified against the configured
port-vlan associations. Untagged / priority tagged frames will be processed according additional configuration.
Such frames will be discarded in absence of such additional configuration. The configuration of this value should
be completed with the configuration of:
one or more port-vlan associations, and
a port default vlan, and/or
a port-protocol default vlan for PPPoE, and/or
a port-protocol default vlan for IPoE.

default-priority: The selection of the port default-priority can apply provided the priority-policy at node level is
port-default.
mac-learn-off : The configuration value has no effect in case the bridge port is used for IpoA CC : the system
accepts all values but no mac learning will be done.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure bridge ( no port (port) ) | ( port (port) [ no pvid | pvid <Vlan::StackedVlan> ] [ no default-priority |
default-priority <Vlan::Priority> ] [ [ no ] mac-learn-off ] [ no max-unicast-mac | max-unicast-mac
<Vlan::MaxMac> ] [ no accept-frame-type | accept-frame-type <Vlan::VlanFrameTypes> ] [ no qos-profile |
qos-profile <Vlan::QosProfileName> ] [ no prio-regen-prof | prio-regen-prof <Vlan::PrioRegenProfile> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 19.3-1 "Bridge Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / EFM port, ...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>

394 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


Resource Identifier
Table 19.3-2 "Bridge Port Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] pvid
[no] default-priority
[no] mac-learn-off
[no] max-unicast-mac
[no] accept-frame-type
[no] qos-profile
[no] prio-regen-prof
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
19 Bridge Configuration Commands
Type Description
- atm VCI
Type Description
Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "stacked : 0 : 4097"
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> The parameter is not visible
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> ) during creation.
Possible values: default vlan id for untagged
- stacked : stacked vlan identity frames
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
Parameter type: <Vlan::Priority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- priority of ethernet frames priority to be set in upstream
- range: [0...7] frames
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable self learning of mac
address
Parameter type: <Vlan::MaxMac> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "1"
- number of unicast mac addresses max unicast mac addresses
- range: [1...64]
Parameter type: <Vlan::VlanFrameTypes> obsolete parameter that will be
Format: ignored
( single-tagged accept frame types
| untagged
| mixed-tagged )
Possible values:
- single-tagged : admit only vlan tagged
- untagged : admit only vlan untagged
- mixed-tagged : admit vlan tagged and vlan untagged
Parameter type: <Vlan::QosProfileName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none qos profile name
| name : <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64
Parameter type: <Vlan::PrioRegenProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "trusted-port"
( trusted-port priority regeneration profile
| best-effort
| cl-all-prio-3
| cl-all-prio-4
| background
| be-cl-voice
Released 395
19 Bridge Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

| be-cl-1d-voice
| be-voice
| l2-vpn-3
| l2-vpn-4 )
Possible values:
- trusted-port : trusted port
- best-effort : best effort
- cl-all-prio-3 : controlled load, all priority 3 traffic
- cl-all-prio-4 : controlled load, all priority 4 traffic
- background : background
- be-cl-voice : best effort, controlled load, voice
- be-cl-1d-voice : best effort, controlled load, 802.Id Annex
G voice
- be-voice : best effort voice
- l2-vpn-3 : L2 VPN with 3 traffic classes
- l2-vpn-4 : L2 VPN with 4 traffic classes

396 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 19 Bridge Configuration Commands

19.4 Bridge Port to VLAN Association

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to associate a VLAN to a bridge port and to define VLAN attributes on this port.
The parameters that allow to configure the priority bits (prior-best-effort till prior-nw-ctrl) only apply in case of a
qos-aware VLAN.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure bridge port (port) ( no vlan-id (index) ) | ( vlan-id (index) [ (old-tag) ] [ no tag | tag
<Vlan::PortUntagStatus> ] [ no network-vlan | network-vlan <Vlan::StackedVlan> ] [ no vlan-scope | vlan-scope
<Vlan::VlanScope> ] [ no qos | qos <Vlan::QosPolicy> ] [ no qos-profile | qos-profile <Vlan::QosProfileName> ] [
[ no ] prior-best-effort ] [ [ no ] prior-background ] [ [ no ] prior-spare ] [ [ no ] prior-exc-effort ] [ [ no ]
prior-ctrl-load ] [ [ no ] prior-less-100ms ] [ [ no ] prior-less-10ms ] [ [ no ] prior-nw-ctrl ] )

Command Parameters
Table 19.4-1 "Bridge Port to VLAN Association Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / EFM port, ...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
(index) Format: vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 397

19 Bridge Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
Table 19.4-2 "Bridge Port to VLAN Association Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(old-tag) Format: obsolete parameter replaced by
( untagged parameter "tag"
| single-tagged tag control for egress port
| priority-tagged )
Possible values:
- untagged : untagged outgoing frames
- single-tagged : singletagged outgoing frames
- priority-tagged : prioritytagged outgoing frames
[no] tag Parameter type: <Vlan::PortUntagStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "untagged"
( untagged tag control for egress port
| single-tagged
| priority-tagged )
Possible values:
- untagged : untagged outgoing frames
- single-tagged : singletagged outgoing frames
- priority-tagged : prioritytagged outgoing frames
[no] network-vlan Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "stacked : 0 : 4097"
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> network vlan id
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
[no] vlan-scope Parameter type: <Vlan::VlanScope> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "network"
( network the vlan scope
| local )
Possible values:
- network : network wide scope
- local : local scope
[no] qos Parameter type: <Vlan::QosPolicy> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "profile : trusted-port"
( priority : <Vlan::Priority> the qos policy
| profile : trusted-port

398 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


Parameter
[no] qos-profile
[no] prior-best-effort
[no] prior-background
[no] prior-spare
[no] prior-exc-effort
[no] prior-ctrl-load
[no] prior-less-100ms
[no] prior-less-10ms
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
19 Bridge Configuration Commands
Type Description
| profile : best-effort
| profile : cl-all-prio-3
| profile : cl-all-prio-4
| profile : background
| profile : be-cl-voice
| profile : be-cl-1d-voice
| profile : be-voice
| profile : l2-vpn-3
| profile : l2-vpn-4 )
Possible values:
- priority : fixed priority identify
- profile : regeneration profile identify
Field type <Vlan::Priority>
- priority of ethernet frames
- range: [0...7]
Possible values:
- trusted-port : trusted port
- best-effort : best effort
- cl-all-prio-3 : controlled load, all priority 3 traffic
- cl-all-prio-4 : controlled load, all priority 4 traffic
- background : background
- be-cl-voice : best effort, controlled load, voice
- be-cl-1d-voice : best effort, controlled load, 802.Id Annex
G voice
- be-voice : best effort voice
- l2-vpn-3 : L2 VPN with 3 traffic classes
- l2-vpn-4 : L2 VPN with 4 traffic classes
Parameter type: <Vlan::QosProfileName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none qos profile name
| name : <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable best effort priority (value
0)
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable background priority (value
1)
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable spare priority (value 2)
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable the excellent effort
priority (value 3)
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable the controlled load priority
(value 4)
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable video <100ms latency and
jitter priority (value 5)
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable video <10ms latency and
jitter priority (value 6)
Released 399
19 Bridge Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] prior-nw-ctrl Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable the network controlled
priority (value 7)

400 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 19 Bridge Configuration Commands

19.5 SHub Bridge Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify the aging time for dynamically learned MAC addresses in the filtering
database. The setting is applicable to the entire SHub bridge.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure bridge shub [ ageing-time <Shub::AgingTime> ]

Command Parameters
Table 19.5-2 "SHub Bridge Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
ageing-time Parameter type: <Shub::AgingTime> optional parameter
Format: program ageing timeout for
- ageing time dynamic mac entries
- unit: sec
- range: [10...1000000]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 401

19 Bridge Configuration Commands

19.6 SHub Bridge Port Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify various parameters applicable to a specific bridge port on the SHub.
These parameters determine the handling of frames on the bridge port.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure bridge shub port (network-port) [ no default-priority | default-priority <Shub::PortPriority> ] [ no pvid |
pvid <Vlan::VlanOamIndex> ] [ no accept-frame-type | accept-frame-type <Shub::VlanFrameTypes> ] [ [ no ]
enable-dual-tag ] [ [ no ] enable-pbit-mode ]

Command Parameters
Table 19.6-1 "SHub Bridge Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(network-port) Format: the network port
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub
Table 19.6-2 "SHub Bridge Port Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] default-priority Parameter type: <Shub::PortPriority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0"
- port priority default ingress user priority
- range: [0...7]
[no] pvid Parameter type: <Vlan::VlanOamIndex> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1
- vlan id port vlan id
- range: [1...4093]
[no] accept-frame-type Parameter type: <Shub::VlanFrameTypes> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "all"
( all accept frame types
| tagged )
Possible values:
- all : admit all frame types
- tagged : admit only vlan tagged
[no] enable-dual-tag Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable dual tag
[no] enable-pbit-mode Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
copy pbit mode

402 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 19 Bridge Configuration Commands

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 403

19 Bridge Configuration Commands

19.7 Mac learning Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the mac learning states.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure bridge shub mac-learning [ [ no ] disable-nw-port ]

Command Parameters
Table 19.7-2 "Mac learning Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] disable-nw-port Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable network port mac
learning function

404 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

20- Link Aggregation Configuration Commands

20.1 Link Aggregation Configuration Command Tree 20-406

20.2 Link Aggregation Configuration Command 20-407
20.3 Link Aggregation Group Configuration Command 20-408

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 405

20 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands

20.1 Link Aggregation Configuration Command

Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Link Aggregation Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----la
- [no] disable-lacp
----aggregator-port
- (network-port)
- name
- [no] link-up-down-trap
- [no] actor-sys-prio
- selection-policy
- actor-key
- [no] actor-port-prio
- [no] active-lacp
- [no] short-timeout
- [no] aggregatable
- lacp-mode

406 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 20 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands

20.2 Link Aggregation Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the Link Aggregation on the SHub. It allows the operator to enable
or disable the Link Aggregation feature.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure la [ [ no ] disable-lacp ]

Command Parameters
Table 20.2-2 "Link Aggregation Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] disable-lacp Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
la module stops protocol
operations

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 407

20 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands

20.3 Link Aggregation Group Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify the Link Aggregation Group parameters. The configuration should be
performed for the primary link. Note that a Link Aggregation Group is identified by means of the primary link, also
referred to as aggregator-port. The primary link for an aggregation group is the link with the lowest port number
within the group, provided the operational state of the link is UP.
The configuration should be performed for the primary link. The settings configured for the primary link of the
aggregation group apply to each and every link that is a member of the Link Aggregation Group.
The link that is denoted as primary link may change during the lifetime of the aggregation group. To cope with this
phenomenon, the operator is advised to repeat the configurations described in this section for each link of the
aggregation group. Care shall be taken to configure identical settings for all links within the aggregation group.
The primary link can be learned using a show command.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure la aggregator-port (network-port) [ name <Shub::AggName> ] [ [ no ] link-up-down-trap ] [ no

actor-sys-prio | actor-sys-prio <Shub::LaPortActorSysPriority> ] [ selection-policy <Shub::AggSelectPolicy> ] [
actor-key <Shub::LacpKey> ] [ no actor-port-prio | actor-port-prio <Shub::LaPortActorPortPriority> ] [ [ no ]
active-lacp ] [ [ no ] short-timeout ] [ [ no ] aggregatable ] [ lacp-mode <Shub::LacpMode> ]

Command Parameters
Table 20.3-1 "Link Aggregation Group Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(network-port) Format: interface index of network port
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub
Table 20.3-2 "Link Aggregation Group Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <Shub::AggName> optional parameter
Format: aggregate name
- char string
- length: x<=20
[no] link-up-down-trap Parameter type: boolean optional parameter

408 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


Parameter
[no] actor-sys-prio
selection-policy
actor-key
[no] actor-port-prio
[no] active-lacp
[no] short-timeout
[no] aggregatable
lacp-mode
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
20 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands
Type Description
enable link up down trap
Parameter type: <Shub::LaPortActorSysPriority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "1"
- la aggregate actor system priority actor system priority
- range: [0...255]
Parameter type: <Shub::AggSelectPolicy> optional parameter
Format: link aggregation selection policy
( mac-src
| mac-dst
| mac-src-dst
| ip-src
| ip-dst
| ip-src-dst )
Possible values:
- mac-src : source mac based
- mac-dst : destination mac based
- mac-src-dst : source and destination mac based
- ip-src : source ip based
- ip-dst : destination ip based
- ip-src-dst : source and destination ip based
Parameter type: <Shub::LacpKey> optional parameter
Format: key for the actor
- link aggregate key
- range: [0...65535]
Parameter type: <Shub::LaPortActorPortPriority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "1"
- la aggregate actor port priority port priority for the actor
- range: [0...65535]
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
set lacp active for the actor
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
short timeout for the lacp
protocol
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
port is candidate to be aggregated
Parameter type: <Shub::LacpMode> optional parameter
Format: lacp mode
( enable-lacp
| disable-lacp
| manual )
Possible values:
- enable-lacp : enable lacp
- disable-lacp : disable lacp
- manual : manual aggregation
Released 409
21- Multiple Spanning Tree Configuration
Commands

21.1 Multiple Spanning Tree Configuration Command Tree 21-411

21.2 SHub MSTP general configuration Command 21-412
21.3 SHub MSTP Instance configuration Command 21-414
21.4 SHub MSTP Vlan-Instance Mapping configuration 21-415
Command
21.5 SHub MSTP Port configuration Command 21-416
21.6 SHub MSTP Port-Instance configuration Command 21-418

410 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 21 Multiple Spanning Tree Configuration Commands

21.1 Multiple Spanning Tree Configuration

Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Multiple Spanning Tree Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----mstp
----general
- [no] disable-stp
- [no] priority
- [no] max-age
- [no] hello-time
- [no] forward-delay
- [no] version
- [no] tx-hold-count
- [no] path-cost-type
- [no] max-hop-count
- region-name
- [no] region-version
- [no] config-id-sel
----[no] instance
- (instance)
- [no] priority
----[no] associate-vlan
- (vlan)
----port
- (port)
- [no] priority
- [no] disable-stp
- path-cost
- [no] edge-port
- [no] admin-p2p
- [no] hello-time
----port-instance
- (network-port)
- instance
- [no] priority
- [no] disable-stp
- path-cost

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 411

21 Multiple Spanning Tree Configuration Commands

21.2 SHub MSTP general configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the general MSTP parameters .The configuration of the parameters
apply for the whole bridge.This configuration applies to the SHub.
The port, instance and port-instance specific MSTP parameters are in subsequent chapters.
The bridge max-age value should be less than or equal to (2 * ((forward-delay/100)-1) and should be greater than
or equal to (2 * ((Port hello-time/100) + 1)).
The bridge hello-time is only applicable when the version is stp/rstp, in case of version mstp the port hello-time is
used.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure mstp general [ [ no ] disable-stp ] [ no priority | priority <Shub::StpPriority> ] [ no max-age | max-age
<Shub::StpMaxAge> ] [ no hello-time | hello-time <Shub::StpHelloTime> ] [ no forward-delay | forward-delay
<Shub::StpFwDelay> ] [ no version | version <Shub::StpProtVersion> ] [ no tx-hold-count | tx-hold-count
<Shub::StpTxHoldCount> ] [ no path-cost-type | path-cost-type <Shub::StpPathCostType> ] [ no max-hop-count |
max-hop-count <Shub::StpMaxHopCount> ] [ region-name <Shub::StpRegionName> ] [ no region-version |
region-version <Shub::StpRegionVersion> ] [ no config-id-sel | config-id-sel <Shub::StpConfigIdSelector> ]

Command Parameters
Table 21.2-2 "SHub MSTP general configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] disable-stp Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
all stp protocol operations stop
[no] priority Parameter type: <Shub::StpPriority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 32768
- stp bridge priority(n*4096) stp bridge priority(n*4096)
- range: [0...61440]
[no] max-age Parameter type: <Shub::StpMaxAge> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 2000
- stp bridge priority(n*100) stp max-age for
- unit: 10msec root-bridge(n*100)
- range: [600...4000]
[no] hello-time Parameter type: <Shub::StpHelloTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 200
- stp bridge hello time(n*100) stp hello-time for bridge acting as
- unit: 10msec root(n*100)
- range: [100...1000]

412 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


Parameter
[no] forward-delay
[no] version
[no] tx-hold-count
[no] path-cost-type
[no] max-hop-count
region-name
[no] region-version
[no] config-id-sel
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
21 Multiple Spanning Tree Configuration Commands
Type Description
Parameter type: <Shub::StpFwDelay> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1500
- stp bridge forward delay(n*100) forward delay value (n*100)
- unit: 10msec
- range: [400...3000]
Parameter type: <Shub::StpProtVersion> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "rstp"
( stp-compatible spanning tree protocol version
| rstp
| mstp )
Possible values:
- stp-compatible : spanning tree protocol IEEE 802.1D
- rstp : rapid spanning tree protocol IEEE 802.1w
- mstp : multiple spanning tree protocol IEEE 802.1s
Parameter type: <Shub::StpTxHoldCount> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3
- maximum transmission rate limit maximum transmission rate limit
- range: [1...10]
Parameter type: <Shub::StpPathCostType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "32-bit"
( 16-bit version of stp default path costs
| 32-bit )
Possible values:
- 16-bit : stp-8021d-1998 path cost
- 32-bit : stp-8021t-2001 path cost
Parameter type: <Shub::StpMaxHopCount> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 2000
- maximum hop count value max hop count(n*100)
- unit: 10msec
- range: [600...4000]
Parameter type: <Shub::StpRegionName> optional parameter
Format: name of regions configuration(by
- name of the regions configuration default the bridgeId)
- length: x<=32
Parameter type: <Shub::StpRegionVersion> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- version of the MSTP region version of the MSTP region
- range: [0...4000]
Parameter type: <Shub::StpConfigIdSelector> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- configuration id format selector to identify the bridge configuration id selector used to
- range: [0...255] identify the bridge
Released 413
21 Multiple Spanning Tree Configuration Commands

21.3 SHub MSTP Instance configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the MSTP parameters for a specific MSTP instance. This
configuration applies to the SHub.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure mstp ( no instance (instance) ) | ( instance (instance) [ no priority | priority <Shub::StpPriority> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 21.3-1 "SHub MSTP Instance configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(instance) Format: MSTP instance
- MSTP Instance
- range: [1...16]
Table 21.3-2 "SHub MSTP Instance configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] priority Parameter type: <Shub::StpPriority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 32768
- stp bridge priority(n*4096) the Bridge Priority(n*4096)
- range: [0...61440]

414 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 21 Multiple Spanning Tree Configuration Commands

21.4 SHub MSTP Vlan-Instance Mapping

configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to map/unmap VLANs to a specific MSTP instance.The VLAN can be associated
with the MSTP instance without being configured first. One or more VLANs can be associated to an instance, but
one VLAN can not be assigned to different instances.
This configuration applies to the SHub.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure mstp instance (instance) ( no associate-vlan (vlan) ) | ( associate-vlan (vlan) )

Command Parameters
Table 21.4-1 "SHub MSTP Vlan-Instance Mapping configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(instance) Format: MSTP instance
- MSTP Instance
- range: [1...16]
(vlan) Format: vlan id to be associated with the
- vlan id mstp instance
- range: [2...4094]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 415

21 Multiple Spanning Tree Configuration Commands

21.5 SHub MSTP Port configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the port parameters for the Common Instance. This configuration
applies to the SHub.
By default mstp is enabled on the network and outband ports.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure mstp port (port) [ no priority | priority <Shub::MstpPortPriority> ] [ [ no ] disable-stp ] [ path-cost
<Shub::MstpPathCost> ] [ [ no ] edge-port ] [ no admin-p2p | admin-p2p <Shub::MstpAdminP2PPort> ] [ no
hello-time | hello-time <Shub::StpHelloTime> ]

Command Parameters
Table 21.5-1 "SHub MSTP Port configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: isam network port
<Shub::MstpNetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::MstpNetworkPort>
- Network Port on Shub
Table 21.5-2 "SHub MSTP Port configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] priority Parameter type: <Shub::MstpPortPriority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 128
- mstp port priority(n*16) mstp port priority(n*16)
- range: [0...240]
[no] disable-stp Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
current Msti port state disabled
path-cost Parameter type: <Shub::MstpPathCost> optional parameter
Format: port path cost
- port path cost
- range: [1...200000000]
[no] edge-port Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
port state enabled for the MSTP
[no] admin-p2p Parameter type: <Shub::MstpAdminP2PPort> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "auto"
( force-true admin p2p status of the LAN
| force-false segment attached to the port
| auto )

416 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 21 Multiple Spanning Tree Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

Possible values:
- force-true : p2p link connection
- force-false : shared media connection
- auto : auto
[no] hello-time Parameter type: <Shub::StpHelloTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 200
- stp bridge hello time(n*100) port hello time
- unit: 10msec
- range: [100...1000]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 417

21 Multiple Spanning Tree Configuration Commands

21.6 SHub MSTP Port-Instance configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the MSTP parameters for a specific port-instance configuration. In
order to be able to configure the port-instance parameters, the port must be member of the vlan-port map.This
configuration applies to the SHub.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure mstp port-instance (network-port) instance <Shub::MstpInstance> [ no priority | priority

<Shub::MstpPortPriority> ] [ [ no ] disable-stp ] [ path-cost <Shub::MstpPathCost> ]

Command Parameters
Table 21.6-1 "SHub MSTP Port-Instance configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(network-port) Format: isam network port
<Shub::MstpNetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::MstpNetworkPort>
- Network Port on Shub
instance Parameter type: <Shub::MstpInstance> mstp instance
Format:
- MSTP Instance
- range: [1...16]
Table 21.6-2 "SHub MSTP Port-Instance configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] priority Parameter type: <Shub::MstpPortPriority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 128
- mstp port priority(n*16) mstp port priority(n*16)
- range: [0...240]
[no] disable-stp Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
current Msti port state disabled
path-cost Parameter type: <Shub::MstpPathCost> optional parameter
Format: port path cost
- port path cost
- range: [1...200000000]

418 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

22- IP Configuration Commands

22.1 IP Configuration Command Tree 22-420

22.2 VLAN Bundle Configuration Command 22-422
22.3 VRF Configuration Command 22-423
22.4 IP Interface Network Configuration Command 22-425
22.5 IP Interface Network Numbered Configuration 22-427
Command
22.6 IP Interface User Port Configuration Command 22-428
22.7 IP Interface User Bridge Port Configuration Command 22-430
22.8 IP User Gateway Interface VRF Configuration 22-432
Command
22.9 VRF Route Configuration Command 22-433
22.10 IP SHub VRF Configuration Command 22-435
22.11 IP SHub VRF Route Map Command 22-436
22.12 IP SHub VRF Route Preference Command 22-438
22.13 IP SHub VRF Route Configuration Command 22-439
22.14 IP SHub ARP Configuration Command 22-441
22.15 IP SHub ARP per VLAN Configuration Command 22-442

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 419

22 IP Configuration Commands

22.1 IP Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "IP Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----ip
----[no] vlan-bind
- (vlan-id)
- layer3-itf
----[no] vrf
- (index)
- name
- [no] desc
- [no] contact
- [no] my-ipaddress
- [no] default-ttl
- [no] reassem-timeout
- [no] mode
----[no] network-itf
- (vlanid)
- [no] arp-policy
- [no] unnumbered
----[no] ip-address
- (ip-address)
----user-itf
----[no] port
- (port-interface)
- [no] qos-profile
----[no] bridgeport
- (port-interface)
- [no] qos-profile
----gateway-itf
----[no] ip-address
- (ip-address)
----[no] route-dest
- (dest-ip-address)
- next-hop
----shub
----[no] vrf
- (index)
- name
- (modeandcommstatus)
----[no] routing-option
----[no] route-map
- (dest-ip)
- source-proto
- (export)
- dest-proto
----preference
----route-type

420 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 22 IP Configuration Commands

- (index)
- value
----[no] route-dest
- (dest)
- next-hop
- vlan-id
- [no] metric
----arp
- [no] cache-timeout
- [no] cache-pending
- [no] cache-refresh
- [no] cache-retry-time
- [no] max-retry-itvl
- [no] max-retries
----vlan
- (vlanid)
- [no] gratuitous-arp

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 421

22 IP Configuration Commands

22.2 VLAN Bundle Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to create or delete a VLAN bundle.
Deleting the last VLAN deletes the VLAN bundle.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ip ( no vlan-bind (vlan-id) ) | ( vlan-bind (vlan-id) layer3-itf <Itf::IpoeInterface> )

Command Parameters
Table 22.2-1 "VLAN Bundle Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: specifies the vlan ID.
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]
Table 22.2-2 "VLAN Bundle Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
layer3-itf Parameter type: <Itf::IpoeInterface> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
( <Ip::Layer3ID> during modification.
| new ) specifies the layer3 interface.
Possible values:
- new : new ip interface
Field type <Ip::Layer3ID>
- the layer3 interface

422 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 22 IP Configuration Commands

22.3 VRF Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to create, delete, or modify a VRF context for the data plane. VRF index 0 is
reserved and cannot be created, deleted, or modified.
Modification of my-ipaddress is not possible if PPPoE connections are established in the VRF.
Removal of the VRF is not possible when IP interfaces are attached or when a PPPoE connection is established in
the VRF.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ip ( no vrf (index) ) | ( vrf (index) name <Vrf::VrfName> [ no desc | desc <Vrf::VrfDescription> ] [ no
contact | contact <Vrf::VrfContact> ] [ no my-ipaddress | my-ipaddress <Ip::V4AddressHex> ] [ no default-ttl |
default-ttl <Vrf::DefaultTTL> ] [ no reassem-timeout | reassem-timeout <Vrf::ReAssyTimeOut> ] [ no mode |
mode <Vrf::VrfMode> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 22.3-1 "VRF Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the vrf index
- the VRF ID which uniquely identify a VRF
- range: [1...127]
Table 22.3-2 "VRF Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <Vrf::VrfName> mandatory parameter
Format: the name
- the name which uniquely identify a VRF
- length: 1<=x<=32
[no] desc Parameter type: <Vrf::VrfDescription> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- a string describing the VRF the description
- length: x<=32
[no] contact Parameter type: <Vrf::VrfContact> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- the contact info for administration of VRF contact information for
- length: x<=32 administration of this VRF
[no] my-ipaddress Parameter type: <Ip::V4AddressHex> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0"
- IPv4-address Ip Address of the system within

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 423

22 IP Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] default-ttl
[no] reassem-timeout
[no] mode
this VRF
Parameter type: <Vrf::DefaultTTL> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 32
- time-to-live value of IP-header default value for time-to-live
- range: [1...255]
Parameter type: <Vrf::ReAssyTimeOut> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 30
- reassembly timeout value maximum seconds the fragments
- unit: sec to be held for reassembly
- range: [0...2147483647]
Parameter type: <Vrf::VrfMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "forwarder"
( forwarder the mode
| router )
Possible values:
- forwarder : acting in forwarder mode without user to user
traffic
- router : acting in router mode

424 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 22 IP Configuration Commands

22.4 IP Interface Network Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to create the IP interface on a network port.
A vrf configured in router mode can be associated with only one vlan interface. If the user tries to associate
another vlan interface with the same vrf , CLI provides an error , but deletion of the unassociated vlan is not
possible directly. Please use the admin command "admin ip no vlan-itf-delete (index) " only to remove the
unassociated vlan interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ip vrf (index) ( no network-itf (vlanid) ) | ( network-itf (vlanid) [ no arp-policy | arp-policy
<Vrf::ArpPolicy> ] [ [ no ] unnumbered ] )

Command Parameters
Table 22.4-1 "IP Interface Network Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the vrf index
- the VRF ID which uniquely identify a VRF
- range: [1...127]
(vlanid) Format: vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
Table 22.4-2 "IP Interface Network Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] arp-policy Parameter type: <Vrf::ArpPolicy> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "not-trusted"
( not-trusted system behaviour to received

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 425

22 IP Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

| trusted ) ARP packets
Possible values:
- not-trusted : not trusted ARP packets
- trusted : trusted ARP packets
[no] unnumbered Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
unnumbered interface

426 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 22 IP Configuration Commands

22.5 IP Interface Network Numbered Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to associate the IP address with the numbered interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ip vrf (index) network-itf (vlanid) ( no ip-address (ip-address) ) | ( ip-address (ip-address) )

Command Parameters
Table 22.5-1 "IP Interface Network Numbered Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the vrf index
- the VRF ID which uniquely identify a VRF
- range: [1...127]
(vlanid) Format: vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
(ip-address) Format: inet-address
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLength>
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLength>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...30]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 427

22 IP Configuration Commands

22.6 IP Interface User Port Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the user port interface (rack/shelf/Lt-slot/port/vpi:vci).

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ip vrf (index) user-itf ( no port (port-interface) ) | ( port (port-interface) [ no qos-profile | qos-profile
<Vlan::QosProfileName> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 22.6-1 "IP Interface User Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
(port-interface)
Type Description
Format: the vrf index
- the VRF ID which uniquely identify a VRF
- range: [1...127]
Format: identification of the port or
( atm-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| atm-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /

428 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 22 IP Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

<Eqpt::PortId> )
Possible values:
- atm-port : atm port
- bridge-port : bridge port
- vlan-port : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
Table 22.6-2 "IP Interface User Port Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] qos-profile Parameter type: <Vlan::QosProfileName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none qos profile name
| name : <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 429

22 IP Configuration Commands

22.7 IP Interface User Bridge Port Configuration

Command

Command Description
Obsolete command, replaced by configure ip vrf (index) user-itf port.
This command allows the operator to configure the user bridge port(IPoE) interface
(rack/shelf/Lt-slot/port/vpi:vci).

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ip vrf (index) user-itf ( no bridgeport (port-interface) ) | ( bridgeport (port-interface) [ no qos-profile |
qos-profile <Vlan::QosProfileName> ] )
Obsolete command, replaced by configure ip vrf (index) user-itf port.

Command Parameters
Table 22.7-1 "IP Interface User Bridge Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
(port-interface)
Type Description
Format: the vrf index
- the VRF ID which uniquely identify a VRF
- range: [1...127]
Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

430 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 22 IP Configuration Commands

Table 22.7-2 "IP Interface User Bridge Port Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] qos-profile Parameter type: <Vlan::QosProfileName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none qos profile name
| name : <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 431

22 IP Configuration Commands

22.8 IP User Gateway Interface VRF Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to create a user gateway interface. When a VRF is created, an autogenerated
entry is added to the VRF IP interface table. The operator can then associate multiple IP addresses with this
interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ip vrf (index) gateway-itf ( no ip-address (ip-address) ) | ( ip-address (ip-address) )

Command Parameters
Table 22.8-1 "IP User Gateway Interface VRF Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the vrf index
- the VRF ID which uniquely identify a VRF
- range: [1...127]
(ip-address) Format: inet-address
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLength>
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLength>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...30]

432 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 22 IP Configuration Commands

22.9 VRF Route Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to create or delete an indirect or direct route toward the network and a direct
route toward the user side. The next-hop address must match one of the network-side IP interfaces.
Only one default route can be created per VRF. Use the address 0.0.0.0 to specify a default route.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ip vrf (index) ( no route-dest (dest-ip-address) next-hop <Ip::IfType> ) | ( route-dest (dest-ip-address)
next-hop <Ip::IfType> )

Command Parameters
Table 22.9-1 "VRF Route Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
(dest-ip-address)
next-hop
Type Description
Format: the vrf index
- the VRF ID which uniquely identify a VRF
- range: [1...127]
Format: inet-address with prefix
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
Parameter type: <Ip::IfType> the next hop IP-address
Format:
( direct : user-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| <Ip::V4Address> : network : vlan : <Eqpt::VlanId>
| <Ip::V4Address> : network : any
| direct : network : <Eqpt::VlanId>
| direct : user-bridgeport : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
/ <Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| direct : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| direct : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 433

22 IP Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

| direct : user-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| direct : user-bridgeport : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
/ <Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> )
Possible values:
- direct : direct ip-address
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Possible values:
- network : a l2-vlan interface
- user-port : an atm pvc interface
- user-bridgeport : an bridge port interface
- vlan : an vlan port interface
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Possible values:
- any : any vlan
- vlan : a particular vlan
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::VlanId>
- VLAN id

434 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 22 IP Configuration Commands

22.10 IP SHub VRF Configuration Command

Command Description
This commands allows the operator to create, delete, or modify a VRF context for the control plane. VRF index 0 is
reserved and cannot be created, deleted, or modified.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ip shub ( no vrf (index) ) | ( vrf (index) name <Vrf::ShubVrfName> (modeandcommstatus) )

Command Parameters
Table 22.10-1 "IP SHub VRF Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the vrf id
- the vrf id which uniquely identify a vrf
- range: [0...127]
Table 22.10-2 "IP SHub VRF Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <Vrf::ShubVrfName> mandatory parameter
Format: the name
- the name which uniquely identify a vrf
- length: x<=32
(modeandcommstatus) Format: mandatory parameter
( fast-path-mode : ena-user-user-com some help
| fast-path-mode : dis-user-user-com
| slow-path-mode )
Possible values:
- fast-path-mode : set fast-path mode
- slow-path-mode : set slow-path mode
Possible values:
- ena-user-user-com : set user to user comm via service-hub
- dis-user-user-com : unset user to user comm

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 435

22 IP Configuration Commands

22.11 IP SHub VRF Route Map Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the route map in the IP SHub.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ip shub vrf (index) routing-option ( no route-map (dest-ip) source-proto <Ip::SourceProto> ) | (
route-map (dest-ip) source-proto <Ip::SourceProto> (export) dest-proto <Ip::DestProto> )

Command Parameters
Table 22.11-1 "IP SHub VRF Route Map Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the vrf id
- the vrf id which uniquely identify a vrf
- range: [0...127]
(dest-ip) Format: ip address and mask of the
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::IpPrefixLengthInv> destination route
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::IpPrefixLengthInv>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
source-proto Parameter type: <Ip::SourceProto> source routing protocol
Format:
( any
| static
| rip
| ospf )
Possible values:
- any : any routing protocol
- static : static routing
- rip : berkeley rip or rip2
- ospf : open shortest path first
Table 22.11-2 "IP SHub VRF Route Map Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(export) Format: mandatory parameter
( permit route allowed for export
| deny )
Possible values:

436 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 22 IP Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- permit : permit the route export
- deny : deny the route export
dest-proto Parameter type: <Ip::DestProto> mandatory parameter
Format: destination routing protocol
( any
| ospf
| rip
| ospf-rip )
Possible values:
- any : any routing protocol
- ospf : ospf routing protocol
- rip : rip routing protocol
- ospf-rip : ospf and rip routing protocol

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 437

22 IP Configuration Commands

22.12 IP SHub VRF Route Preference Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify the preference for the route learned by the dynamic routing protocols.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ip shub vrf (index) routing-option preference route-type (index) [ value <Vrf::ShubProtPref> ]

Command Parameters
Table 22.12-1 "IP SHub VRF Route Preference Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the vrf id
- the vrf id which uniquely identify a vrf
- range: [0...127]
(index) Format: the routing protocol id
( static
| rip
| ospf )
Possible values:
- static : static route
- rip : RIPv2 protocol
- ospf : open shortest path first
Table 22.12-2 "IP SHub VRF Route Preference Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
value Parameter type: <Vrf::ShubProtPref> optional parameter
Format: the preference for the route
- the preference for the route
- range: [1...254]

438 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 22 IP Configuration Commands

22.13 IP SHub VRF Route Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to create, delete, or modify a VRF context for the control plane. VRF index 0 is
reserved and cannot be created, deleted, or modified.
The IP address of the route destination must be of the type x.x.x.0/24.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ip shub vrf (index) ( no route-dest (dest) next-hop <Ip::NextHopV4Address> ) | ( route-dest (dest)
next-hop <Ip::NextHopV4Address> vlan-id <Vlan::VlanId> [ no metric | metric <Vrf::ShubRouteMetric> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 22.13-1 "IP SHub VRF Route Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the vrf id
- the vrf id which uniquely identify a vrf
- range: [0...127]
(dest) Format: the destination ip address and
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> mask of this route
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
next-hop Parameter type: <Ip::NextHopV4Address> the next hop ip address of this
Format: route
( direct
| <Ip::V4Address> )
Possible values:
- direct : direct ip-address
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Table 22.13-2 "IP SHub VRF Route Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::VlanId> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- vlan id during modification.
- range: [1...4093] vlan id

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 439

22 IP Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] metric Parameter type: <Vrf::ShubRouteMetric> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1
- the value of routing metric the primary routing metric for
- range: [0...254] this route

440 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 22 IP Configuration Commands

22.14 IP SHub ARP Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IP SHub ARP parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ip shub arp [ no cache-timeout | cache-timeout <Ip::ArpCacheTimeOut> ] [ no cache-pending |

cache-pending <Ip::ArpCachePendingTime> ] [ no cache-refresh | cache-refresh <Ip::ArpCacheRefreshTime> ] [
no cache-retry-time | cache-retry-time <Ip::ArpCacheRetryTime> ] [ no max-retry-itvl | max-retry-itvl
<Ip::ArpCacheMaxRetryTime> ] [ no max-retries | max-retries <Ip::ArpMaxRetries> ]

Command Parameters
Table 22.14-2 "IP SHub ARP Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] cache-timeout
[no] cache-pending
[no] cache-refresh
[no] cache-retry-time
[no] max-retry-itvl
[no] max-retries
Type Description
Parameter type: <Ip::ArpCacheTimeOut> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 7200
- time after which the entry in cache is removed time after which the entry in
- range: [30...86400] cache is removed
Parameter type: <Ip::ArpCachePendingTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 30
- time an unresolved entry will be held in cache time an unresolved entry will be
- range: [30...3000] held in cache
Parameter type: <Ip::ArpCacheRefreshTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 90
- refresh interval for next hop ARP cache entries. refresh interval for next hop ARP
- range: [30...3600] cache entries
Parameter type: <Ip::ArpCacheRetryTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1
- retry time for next hop ARP cache entries retry time for next hop ARP
- range: [1...60] cache entries
Parameter type: <Ip::ArpCacheMaxRetryTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3600
- max retry time for next hop ARP cache entries max retry time for next hop ARP
- range: [600...18000] cache entries
Parameter type: <Ip::ArpMaxRetries> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3
- max number of retry attempts maximum number of retry
- range: [2...10] attempts for ARP resolution

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 441

22 IP Configuration Commands

22.15 IP SHub ARP per VLAN Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IP SHub ARP parameters for each VLAN.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ip shub arp vlan (vlanid) [ [ no ] gratuitous-arp ]

Command Parameters
Table 22.15-1 "IP SHub ARP per VLAN Configuration Command " Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlanid) Format: the vlan id
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]
Table 22.15-2 "IP SHub ARP per VLAN Configuration Command " Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] gratuitous-arp Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
process gratuitous broadcast ARP
messages

442 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

23- IGMP Configuration Commands

23.1 IGMP Configuration Command Tree 23-444

23.2 IGMP Channel Configuration Command 23-446
23.3 IGMP Channel Permission Package Members 23-448
Configuration Command
23.4 IGMP Channel Preview Package Members 23-450
Configuration Command
23.5 IGMP Package Bitmaps Configuration Command 23-452
23.6 IGMP System Configuration Command 23-454
23.7 IGMP System CDR Type Configuration Command 23-457
23.8 IGMP Vlan System Configuration Command 23-458
23.9 SHub IGMP IGS System Configuration Command 23-459
23.10 SHub IGMP Response Timer Configuration 23-461
Command
23.11 SHub IGMP Router Port Configuration Command 23-462
23.12 SHub IGMP VLAN Filter Configuration Command 23-463
23.13 Shub IGMP Vlan enhanced performance 23-466
Configuration Command
23.14 Shub IGMP CAC BUNDLE TABLE Configuration 23-467
Command

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 443

23 IGMP Configuration Commands

23.1 IGMP Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "IGMP Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----igmp
----[no] channel
- (port)
- [no] perm-pkg-bitmap
- [no] max-num-group
- [no] cac-disable
- [no] ip-anti-spoof-dis
- [no] igmp-version
----[no] fullview-packages
- (package)
----[no] preview-packages
- (package)
----package
- (index)
- [no] name
- [no] template-name
- [no] template-version
----system
- [no] src-ip-address
- [no] verify-checksum
- [no] query-interval
- [no] max-rsp-time
- [no] robustness
- [no] mem-query-int
- [no] last-memb-cnt
- [no] last-max-resp-tim
- [no] host-report-intv
- [no] start
- [no] preview-valid
- [no] cdr-validation
- [no] cdr-generation
- [no] except-cdr-rate
- [no] cdr-export
- [no] cdr-file-aging
- [no] cdr-polling
- [no] user-igmp-version
- [no] netw-igmp-version
- [no] v3-max-num-rec
----cdr-type
- [no] periodic
- [no] period
- [no] attempt-max-pview
- [no] attempt-blackout
- [no] attempt-no-perm

444 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 23 IGMP Configuration Commands

----[no] vlan
- (vlan-id)
- netw-igmp-version
- [no] v3-max-num-rec
----shub
----igs-system
- [no] start-snooping
- [no] enable-snooping
- self-ip-addr-mode
- [no] self-ip-addr
- trace-selection
- [no] router-purge-intv
- [no] host-purge-intv
- [no] max-mcast-learn
- [no] glb-leave
- [no] reduced-resp-int
- [no] remove-root-int
----response-timer
- (vlan-id)
- [no] leave-rsp-timer
----[no] vlan-router-port
- (vlan-id)
- network-port
- [no] state
----vlan-filter
- (filter-id)
- [no] snoop-filter
- [no] igmp-version
- [no] operation-mode
- [no] self-ip-addr-mode
- [no] self-ip-addr
- [no] querier
- [no] query-int
- [no] v2-max-rsp-time
- [no] v3-max-rsp-time
- [no] v3-max-num-rec
- [no] drop-rpt-network
- [no] robustness
- [no] unsolicit-rpt-int
- [no] retry-count
----[no] vlan-enhance-perf
- (vlan-id)
- [no] pkt-fwd-state
----[no] bundle
- (bundle)
- [no] bandwidth
- [no] max-num-channel

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 445

23 IGMP Configuration Commands

23.2 IGMP Channel Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure pre-configured IGMP source channel parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure igmp ( no channel (port) ) | ( channel (port) [ no perm-pkg-bitmap | perm-pkg-bitmap

<Igmp::PermPkgBitMap> ] [ no max-num-group | max-num-group <Igmp::ChannelMaxNumGroup> ] [ [ no ]
cac-disable ] [ [ no ] ip-anti-spoof-dis ] [ no igmp-version | igmp-version <Igmp::UserItfVersion> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 23.2-1 "IGMP Channel Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: identification of the port, vlanport
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / or virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI

446 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


Resource Identifier
Table 23.2-2 "IGMP Channel Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] perm-pkg-bitmap
[no] max-num-group
[no] cac-disable
[no] ip-anti-spoof-dis
[no] igmp-version
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
23 IGMP Configuration Commands
Type Description
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
Type Description
Parameter type: <Igmp::PermPkgBitMap> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "01 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00
- a binary string : 00 : 00"
- length: 8 packages, the user is allowed to
join
Parameter type: <Igmp::ChannelMaxNumGroup> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- max group number this port can support max group number the port can
- range: [0...100] support
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disables bandwidth CAC for
conf. streams,default=enable
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disables IP@
anti-spoofing,default=enable
Parameter type: <Igmp::UserItfVersion> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "system-inherited"
( system-inherited version of the IGMP protocol
|2
|3)
Possible values:
- system-inherited : inherits GMQs to userversion from the
System level
- 2 : IGMPV2 GMQs
- 3 : IGMPV3 GMQs
Released 447
23 IGMP Configuration Commands

23.3 IGMP Channel Permission Package Members

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IGMP channel permission package members.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure igmp channel (port) ( no fullview-packages (package) ) | ( fullview-packages (package) )

Command Parameters
Table 23.3-1 "IGMP Channel Permission Package Members Configuration Command" Resource
Resource Identifier
(port)
Parameters
Type Description
Format: identification of the port, vlanport
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / or virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

448 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 23 IGMP Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
(package) Format: package member
- the package number
- range: [1...1024]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 449

23 IGMP Configuration Commands

23.4 IGMP Channel Preview Package Members

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IGMP channel preview package members.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure igmp channel (port) ( no preview-packages (package) ) | ( preview-packages (package) )

Command Parameters
Table 23.4-1 "IGMP Channel Preview Package Members Configuration Command" Resource
Resource Identifier
(port)
Parameters
Type Description
Format: identification of the port, vlanport
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / or virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

450 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 23 IGMP Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
(package) Format: package member
- the package number
- range: [1...1024]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 451

23 IGMP Configuration Commands

23.5 IGMP Package Bitmaps Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure IGMP package bitmaps. The package is intended primarily for use
by a network/element manager, such as an AWS, to support multiple sets of packages in different regions.
A package is a group of zero or more multicast sources that share a common access permission. Grouping the
source channels into one or more packages provides flexibility for the service provider to deliver different levels of
services to the end users; for example, "Basic Package", "Middle-Tier Package", and "Premium Package".
NOTE:There is no requirement to configure the package. If the package is modified, there is no effect on the
multicast source.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure igmp package (index) [ no name | name <Igmp::igmpPackageName> ] [ no template-name |

template-name <Igmp::igmpPackageTemplateName> ] [ no template-version | template-version
<Igmp::igmpPackageTemplateVersion> ]

Command Parameters
Table 23.5-1 "IGMP Package Bitmaps Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the package
- index of the package
- range: [1...1024]
Table 23.5-2 "IGMP Package Bitmaps Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] name Parameter type: <Igmp::igmpPackageName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- a printable string name of the package
- length: x<=32
[no] template-name Parameter type: <Igmp::igmpPackageTemplateName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- a printable string name of the service template
- length: x<=32 containing this pkg
[no] template-version Parameter type: <Igmp::igmpPackageTemplateVersion> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- version of the service template containing this package version of the service template

452 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 23 IGMP Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- range: [0...2147483647] containing this pkg

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 453

23 IGMP Configuration Commands

23.6 IGMP System Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IGMP parameters that are globally applicable to the Node.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure igmp system [ no src-ip-address | src-ip-address <Ip::V4Address> ] [ [ no ] verify-checksum ] [ no

query-interval | query-interval <Igmp::SystemQueryInterval> ] [ no max-rsp-time | max-rsp-time
<Igmp::SystemQueryMaxResponseTime> ] [ no robustness | robustness <Igmp::SystemRobustness> ] [ no
mem-query-int | mem-query-int <Igmp::MembQueryIntvl> ] [ no last-memb-cnt | last-memb-cnt
<Igmp::MembQueryCount> ] [ no last-max-resp-tim | last-max-resp-tim <Igmp::SystemLastMembMaxRespTime>
] [ no host-report-intv | host-report-intv <Igmp::SystemUnsolicitedReportIntvl> ] [ [ no ] start ] [ no preview-valid |
preview-valid <Igmp::SystemPrevalidIntval> ] [ no cdr-validation | cdr-validation
<Igmp::SystemPrecdrvalidIntval> ] [ [ no ] cdr-generation ] [ no except-cdr-rate | except-cdr-rate
<Igmp::CDRGenerationForSingles> ] [ no cdr-export | cdr-export <Igmp::CDRGenerationMethod> ] [ no
cdr-file-aging | cdr-file-aging <Igmp::CDRFileAgingTime> ] [ no cdr-polling | cdr-polling
<Igmp::CDRSystemPollingCycle> ] [ no user-igmp-version | user-igmp-version
<Igmp::igmpSystemGMQToUserSideVersion> ] [ no netw-igmp-version | netw-igmp-version
<Igmp::V3ProcessingAdminStatus> ] [ no v3-max-num-rec | v3-max-num-rec
<Igmp::V3MaxNumRecordsReport> ]

Command Parameters
Table 23.6-2 "IGMP System Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] src-ip-address
[no] verify-checksum
[no] query-interval
[no] max-rsp-time
Type Description
Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0"
- IPv4-address source ip addr which is tx in
every mcast IP datagram
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
verification performed on Rx
IGMP frame
Parameter type: <Igmp::SystemQueryInterval> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 125
- interval at which general membership queries transmitted interval at which general
- unit: sec membership queries transmitted
- range: [2...3175]
Parameter type: <Igmp::SystemQueryMaxResponseTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 100
- max query resp time advertised in IGMPv2 queries max query response time
- unit: 1/10 sec advertised in queries 1/10 sec

454 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


Parameter
[no] robustness
[no] mem-query-int
[no] last-memb-cnt
[no] last-max-resp-tim
[no] host-report-intv
[no] start
[no] preview-valid
[no] cdr-validation
[no] cdr-generation
[no] except-cdr-rate
[no] cdr-export
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
23 IGMP Configuration Commands
Type Description
- range: [1...31744]
Parameter type: <Igmp::SystemRobustness> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 2
- tuning for the expected packet loss on a subnet expected pkt loss on subnet
- range: [1...10]
Parameter type: <Igmp::MembQueryIntvl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 10
- spacing between GSQs (group-specific queries) minimum interval between
- unit: 1/10 sec group-specific queries
- range: [2...31744]
Parameter type: <Igmp::MembQueryCount> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 2
- number of GSQs ( group-specific queries) to be sent number of GSQs ( group-specific
- range: [1...10] queries) to be sent
Parameter type: <Igmp::SystemLastMembMaxRespTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 2
- allows shorter max response time allows shorter max response time
- unit: 1/10 sec
- range: [1...31744]
Parameter type: <Igmp::SystemUnsolicitedReportIntvl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 10
- intrvl of repetitions of host's report of grp membership intrvl of repetitions of host's
- unit: sec report of grp membership
- range: [1...255]
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
start IGMP and mcast app
module
Parameter type: <Igmp::SystemPrevalidIntval> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 8
- time interval that confirm the preview session is valid time interval that confirm the
- unit: sec preview session is valid
- range: [1...120]
Parameter type: <Igmp::SystemPrecdrvalidIntval> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 2
( none minimum session time for
| <Igmp::SystemPrecdrvalidIntval> ) generating a CDR
Possible values:
- none : CDR generation valid immediately
Field type <Igmp::SystemPrecdrvalidIntval>
- minimum session time for generating a CDR
- unit: sec
- range: [0...120]
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
start CDR generation in the
system
Parameter type: <Igmp::CDRGenerationForSingles> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3
- limit the generation of CDR records limit the generation of the CDR
- unit: min records
- range: [1...30]
Parameter type: <Igmp::CDRGenerationMethod> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "local-file-storage"
( local-file-storage the method the cdr is to be
| remote-logging ) generated and forwarded
Possible values:
- local-file-storage : method the cdr generated and forwarded
- remote-logging : remote logging method
Released 455
23 IGMP Configuration Commands
Parameter
[no] cdr-file-aging
[no] cdr-polling
[no] user-igmp-version
[no] netw-igmp-version
[no] v3-max-num-rec
456 Released
Type Description
Parameter type: <Igmp::CDRFileAgingTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 8
- configure the CDR file aging time configure the CDR file aging
- unit: hour time
- range: [4...24]
Parameter type: <Igmp::CDRSystemPollingCycle> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 180
- configure the polling period for the CDR records configure the polling period for
- unit: sec the CDR records
- range: [60...900]
Parameter type: optional parameter with default
<Igmp::igmpSystemGMQToUserSideVersion> value: "3"
Format: version of the IGMP protocol
(2
|3)
Possible values:
- 2 : IGMPv2 GMQs
- 3 : IGMPv3 GMQs
Parameter type: <Igmp::V3ProcessingAdminStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "3"
(2 version for IGMP packet to
|3) receive/forward to n/w side
Possible values:
- 2 : IGMP version2
- 3 : IGMP version3
Parameter type: <Igmp::V3MaxNumRecordsReport> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3
- max number of records in an IGMPv3 membership report max num of group records in one
- range: [0...10] IGMPv3 report (2 exp N)
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
 23 IGMP Configuration Commands

23.7 IGMP System CDR Type Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IGMP system Call Detail Record

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure igmp system cdr-type [ [ no ] periodic ] [ no period | period <Igmp::IntermGenCDRPeriod> ] [ [ no ]

attempt-max-pview ] [ [ no ] attempt-blackout ] [ [ no ] attempt-no-perm ]

Command Parameters
Table 23.7-2 "IGMP System CDR Type Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] periodic
[no] period
[no] attempt-max-pview
[no] attempt-blackout
[no] attempt-no-perm
Type Description
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
interim CDR records generated
for fullview/preview
Parameter type: <Igmp::IntermGenCDRPeriod> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 15
- intermediate CDR generation period intermediate CDR generation
- unit: min period
- range: [0...60]
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
CDR generated when max nbr
preview exceeded is true
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
CDR generated allowed when
blackout period is active
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
CDR generated to join a mcast
with no access rights

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 457

23 IGMP Configuration Commands

23.8 IGMP Vlan System Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IGMP parameters on a per Vlan basis.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure igmp ( no vlan (vlan-id) ) | ( vlan (vlan-id) netw-igmp-version <Igmp::VlanV3ProcessStatus> [ no

v3-max-num-rec | v3-max-num-rec <Igmp::V3MaxNumRecordReport> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 23.8-1 "IGMP Vlan System Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: index of the system vlan
- vlan index
- range: [1...4093]
Table 23.8-2 "IGMP Vlan System Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
netw-igmp-version Parameter type: <Igmp::VlanV3ProcessStatus> mandatory parameter
Format: IGMP version of the protocol
(2
|3)
Possible values:
- 2 : IGMP version2
- 3 : IGMP version3
[no] v3-max-num-rec Parameter type: <Igmp::V3MaxNumRecordReport> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3
- max num of group records in one IGMPv3 report (2 exp N) max num of group records in one
- range: [0...10] IGMPv3 report (2 exp N)

458 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 23 IGMP Configuration Commands

23.9 SHub IGMP IGS System Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IGS system-related parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure igmp shub igs-system [ [ no ] start-snooping ] [ [ no ] enable-snooping ] [ self-ip-addr-mode

<Igmp::SelfIpAddressMode> ] [ no self-ip-addr | self-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> ] [ trace-selection <SignedInteger>
] [ no router-purge-intv | router-purge-intv <Igmp::RouterInterval> ] [ no host-purge-intv | host-purge-intv
<Igmp::HostInterval> ] [ no max-mcast-learn | max-mcast-learn <Igmp::MaxMulticastLearn> ] [ no glb-leave |
glb-leave <Igmp::GlobalLeaveMessageStatus> ] [ no reduced-resp-int | reduced-resp-int
<Igmp::ReducedResponseInterval> ] [ no remove-root-int | remove-root-int <Igmp::RemoveRootTimer> ]

Command Parameters
Table 23.9-2 "SHub IGMP IGS System Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] start-snooping
[no] enable-snooping
self-ip-addr-mode
[no] self-ip-addr
trace-selection
[no] router-purge-intv
Type Description
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
start the snooping module
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable snooping in the system
Parameter type: <Igmp::SelfIpAddressMode> optional parameter
Format: sets the mode through which IP
( configure address can be got
| from-ip )
Possible values:
- configure : query by configure
- from-ip : query by ip
Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0"
- IPv4-address The parameter is not visible
during creation.
source address while sending
IGMP query
Parameter type: <SignedInteger> optional parameter
Format: specifies what will be traced
- a signed integer
Parameter type: <Igmp::RouterInterval> optional parameter with default

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 459

23 IGMP Configuration Commands
Parameter
[no] host-purge-intv
[no] max-mcast-learn
[no] glb-leave
[no] reduced-resp-int
[no] remove-root-int
460 Released
Type Description
Format: value: 125
- interval after which port entry be purged interval after which router port
- unit: sec entry be purged
- range: [1...900]
Parameter type: <Igmp::HostInterval> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 260
- interval after which port entry be purged interval after which host port
- unit: sec entry be purged
- range: [12...1825]
Parameter type: <Igmp::MaxMulticastLearn> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- max number of mcast entry shub can learn for channel max num of mcast entry shub can
CAC learn for channel CAC
- range: [0...1024]
Parameter type: <Igmp::GlobalLeaveMessageStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "enabled"
( enabled enables or disables sending
| disabled ) IGMP global leave messages
Possible values:
- enabled : enable the IGMP global leave messages
- disabled : disable the IGMP global leave messages
Parameter type: <Igmp::ReducedResponseInterval> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 125
- timer to respond a report with in the interval timer to respond a report with in
- unit: sec the interval
- range: [1...255]
Parameter type: <Igmp::RemoveRootTimer> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 2
- remove multicast root in h/w after sending leave message remove mcast root in h/w after
- unit: sec sending leave message
- range: [0...128]
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
 23 IGMP Configuration Commands

23.10 SHub IGMP Response Timer Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the SHub response timer for each VLAN.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure igmp shub response-timer (vlan-id) [ no leave-rsp-timer | leave-rsp-timer <Igmp::LeaveResponse> ]

Command Parameters
Table 23.10-1 "SHub IGMP Response Timer Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: VlanId for the leave response
- vlan id timer
- range: [1...4093]
Table 23.10-2 "SHub IGMP Response Timer Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] leave-rsp-timer Parameter type: <Igmp::LeaveResponse> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1
- time intvl(secs) before sending leave message to router interval to wait for query
- range: [0...10] response from host

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 461

23 IGMP Configuration Commands

23.11 SHub IGMP Router Port Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the reachable router port.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure igmp shub ( no vlan-router-port (vlan-id) network-port <Shub::NetworkPort> ) | ( vlan-router-port

(vlan-id) network-port <Shub::NetworkPort> [ no state | state <Igmp::VlanRouterPortConfigStatus> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 23.11-1 "SHub IGMP Router Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: the id of a vlan for which a
- vlan id network port is reachable
- range: [1...4093]
network-port Parameter type: <Shub::NetworkPort> the network port that is reachable
Format:
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub
Table 23.11-2 "SHub IGMP Router Port Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] state Parameter type: <Igmp::VlanRouterPortConfigStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "static"
static config status of the vlan router
Possible values: port
- static : configure static port

462 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 23 IGMP Configuration Commands

23.12 SHub IGMP VLAN Filter Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the VLAN filter status to enable or disable IGMP snooping on that
specific VLAN.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure igmp shub vlan-filter (filter-id) [ [ no ] snoop-filter ] [ no igmp-version | igmp-version

<Igmp::VlanVersion> ] [ no operation-mode | operation-mode <Igmp::VlanMode> ] [ no self-ip-addr-mode |
self-ip-addr-mode <Igmp::VlanSelfIpAddressMode> ] [ no self-ip-addr | self-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> ] [ no
querier | querier <Igmp::VlanQuerier> ] [ no query-int | query-int <Igmp::VlanQueryInterval> ] [ no
v2-max-rsp-time | v2-max-rsp-time <Igmp::V2VlanMaxResponseTime> ] [ no v3-max-rsp-time | v3-max-rsp-time
<Igmp::V3VlanMaxResponseTime> ] [ no v3-max-num-rec | v3-max-num-rec <Igmp::VlanMaxV3AllowedGrps>
] [ no drop-rpt-network | drop-rpt-network <Igmp::ReportAcptOnAllPorts> ] [ no robustness | robustness
<Igmp::VlanRobustnessVar> ] [ no unsolicit-rpt-int | unsolicit-rpt-int <Igmp::VlanUnsolicitedReportInterval> ] [
no retry-count | retry-count <Igmp::VlanRetryCount> ]

Command Parameters
Table 23.12-1 "SHub IGMP VLAN Filter Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(filter-id) Format: Vlan Id for which IGMP features
- vlan id for igmp filter is to be disabled
- range: [1...4093]
Table 23.12-2 "SHub IGMP VLAN Filter Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] snoop-filter Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable the snoop filter
[no] igmp-version Parameter type: <Igmp::VlanVersion> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "3"
(2 version of IGMP protocol for
|3) Vlan
Possible values:
- 2 : IGMPv2 of the vlan
- 3 : IGMPv3 of the vlan
[no] operation-mode Parameter type: <Igmp::VlanMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "proxyreorting"

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 463

23 IGMP Configuration Commands
Parameter
[no] self-ip-addr-mode
[no] self-ip-addr
[no] querier
[no] query-int
[no] v2-max-rsp-time
[no] v3-max-rsp-time
[no] v3-max-num-rec
[no] drop-rpt-network
464 Released
Type Description
( enhance-perf <SignedInteger> Vlan Mode for IGMP
| proxy-reporting <SignedInteger> )
Possible values:
- enhance-perf : mode of the Vlan
- proxy-reporting : mode of the Vlan
Field type <SignedInteger>
- a signed integer
Parameter type: <Igmp::VlanSelfIpAddressMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "inherit-system"
( conf-ip-addr mode to replace Source IP
| inherit-ip-intf address for IGMP packet
| inherit-system )
Possible values:
- conf-ip-addr : source IP @ inherited from the self-ip-addr
object
- inherit-ip-intf : source IP@ inherited from the configured
IP interface
- inherit-system : inherit value from system object
Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0"
- IPv4-address The parameter is not visible
during creation.
source address on IGMPreptmsgs
and IGMPgenmsgs
Parameter type: <Igmp::VlanQuerier> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disabled"
( enabled enables or disables query
| disabled ) message generation
Possible values:
- enabled : enable the snooping switch to generate general
query messages
- disabled : disable the generation of general query messages
Parameter type: <Igmp::VlanQueryInterval> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 125
- interval in which LANX will wait to send query messsage interval,LANX will wait to send
- range: [60...600] the query messsage
Parameter type: <Igmp::V2VlanMaxResponseTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 25
- time to insert in the GMQ messages for IGMPv2 time to insert in the GMQ
- unit: sec messages for IGMPv2
- range: [1...25]
Parameter type: <Igmp::V3VlanMaxResponseTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 125
- time to insert in the GMQ messages for IGMPV3 time to insert in the GMQ
- unit: sec messages for IGMPV3
- range: [1...600]
Parameter type: <Igmp::VlanMaxV3AllowedGrps> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3
- max number of groups per generated igmpv3 report max number of records per
- range: [0...10] generated igmpv3 report
Parameter type: <Igmp::ReportAcptOnAllPorts> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "enabled"
( enabled IGMP snooping module accepts
| disabled ) reports/leave messages
Possible values:
- enabled : enable IGMP to accept reports/leaves messages
- disabled : disable IGMP to accept reports/leaves messages
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
 23 IGMP Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] robustness Parameter type: <Igmp::VlanRobustnessVar> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1
- number of unsolicited report should sent on the network number of unsolicited report
- range: [1...10] should sent on the network
[no] unsolicit-rpt-int Parameter type: <Igmp::VlanUnsolicitedReportInterval> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 10
- interval to send unsolicited membership report interval to send unsolicited
- range: [1...255] membership report
[no] retry-count Parameter type: <Igmp::VlanRetryCount> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- max nunber of queries sent before deleting the port max number of queries sent
- range: [0...10] before deleting the port

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 465

23 IGMP Configuration Commands

23.13 Shub IGMP Vlan enhanced performance

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a specific to the Enhanced Performance IGMP snooping

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure igmp shub ( no vlan-enhance-perf (vlan-id) ) | ( vlan-enhance-perf (vlan-id) [ no pkt-fwd-state |

pkt-fwd-state <Igmp::PktFwdState> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 23.13-1 "Shub IGMP Vlan enhanced performance Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: vlan id
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]
Table 23.13-2 "Shub IGMP Vlan enhanced performance Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] pkt-fwd-state Parameter type: <Igmp::PktFwdState> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disabled"
( enabled enable/disable,colord report msg
| disabled ) to be forwded in upstrm
Possible values:
- enabled : colored the report messages will be forward in
the upstream
- disabled : colored the report messages will not be
forwarded in the upstream

466 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 23 IGMP Configuration Commands

23.14 Shub IGMP CAC BUNDLE TABLE

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure igmp CAC BUNDLE.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure igmp shub ( no bundle (bundle) ) | ( bundle (bundle) [ no bandwidth | bandwidth
<Igmp::BundleBandWidth> ] [ no max-num-channel | max-num-channel <Igmp::BundleMaxChannel> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 23.14-1 "Shub IGMP CAC BUNDLE TABLE Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(bundle) Format: name of this bundle
- the name of the bundle
- length: x<=32
Table 23.14-2 "Shub IGMP CAC BUNDLE TABLE Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] bandwidth Parameter type: <Igmp::BundleBandWidth> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- max bandwidth for this bundle max bandwidth for this bundle
- unit: kbps
- range: [0...2147483647]
[no] max-num-channel Parameter type: <Igmp::BundleMaxChannel> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- max allowed channels for this bundle max allowed channels for this
- range: [0...1024] bundle

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 467

24- Multicast Configuration Commands

24.1 Multicast Configuration Command Tree 24-469

24.2 Multicast General Group Configuration Command 24-471
24.3 General Multicast Package Members Configuration 24-472
Command
24.4 Multicast Capacity Configuration Command 24-473
24.5 Multicast Sources Configuration Command 24-474
24.6 Multicast Sources Package Members Configuration 24-476
Command
24.7 SHub Dynamic and Static-Dynamic Multicast Egress 24-477
Port Show Command
24.8 SHub Static Multicast Streams Configuration 24-478
Command
24.9 SHub Static Multicast Egress Port Configuration 24-479
Command
24.10 SHub IGMP CAC Multicast Sources Configuration 24-481
Command

468 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 24 Multicast Configuration Commands

24.1 Multicast Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Multicast Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----mcast
----general
- [no] fast-change
- [no] pkg-memb-bitmap
- [no] max-bitrate
- [no] mean-bit-rate
----[no] package-member
- (package)
----capacity
- [no] max-num-group
- [no] max-num-uncfg
- [no] cfg-res-time
- [no] uncfg-res-time
----[no] src
- (class-d-addr)
- [no] dis-fast-change
- [no] pkg-mem-bitmap
- [no] name
- [no] guaranteed-serv
- [no] atm-peak-bit-rate
- [no] eth-peak-bit-rate
- [no] atm-sus-bit-rate
- [no] eth-sus-bit-rate
- vlan-id
- [no] service-name
- [no] preview-duration
- [no] preview-number
- [no] preview-blackout
----[no] packagemember
- (package)
----shub
- [no] active-streams
- [no] max-bw
- [no] max-no-rate-based
----[no] mcast-addr
- (mcast-addr)
- vlan-id
----[no] egress-port
- (port)
----[no] src
- (src)
- vlan-id
- ip-addr
- [no] eth-sus-bit-rate

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 469

24 Multicast Configuration Commands

- [no] guaranteed-serv
- [no] bundle

470 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 24 Multicast Configuration Commands

24.2 Multicast General Group Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure general multicast parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure mcast general [ [ no ] fast-change ] [ no pkg-memb-bitmap | pkg-memb-bitmap

<Igmp::PkgMemBitMap> ] [ no max-bitrate | max-bitrate <Igmp::GeneralMcastMaxBitRate> ] [ no mean-bit-rate |
mean-bit-rate <Igmp::GeneralMcastMeanBitRate> ]

Command Parameters
Table 24.2-2 "Multicast General Group Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] fast-change
[no] pkg-memb-bitmap
[no] max-bitrate
[no] mean-bit-rate
Type Description
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable fast channel change
Parameter type: <Igmp::PkgMemBitMap> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff :
- a binary string ff"
- length: 8 package(s) a class D address
belongs
Parameter type: <Igmp::GeneralMcastMaxBitRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 2500
- reasonable max bitrate in ATM level for upstream reasonable downstream max
- unit: kbps bitrate in ATM level
- range: [0...100000]
Parameter type: <Igmp::GeneralMcastMeanBitRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 2500
- reasonable mean bitrate in ATM level for upstream reasonable downstream mean
- unit: kbps bitrate in ATM level
- range: [0...100000]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 471

24 Multicast Configuration Commands

24.3 General Multicast Package Members

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IGMP general multicast package members.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure mcast general ( no package-member (package) ) | ( package-member (package) )

Command Parameters
Table 24.3-1 "General Multicast Package Members Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(package) Format: package member
- the package number
- range: [1...1024]

472 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 24 Multicast Configuration Commands

24.4 Multicast Capacity Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the multicast capacity parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure mcast capacity [ no max-num-group | max-num-group <Igmp::McastCapacityMaxNumGroup> ] [ no

max-num-uncfg | max-num-uncfg <Igmp::McastCapacityMaxNumUnCfg> ] [ no cfg-res-time | cfg-res-time
<Igmp::multicastCapacityCfgSourceReserveTime> ] [ no uncfg-res-time | uncfg-res-time
<Igmp::multicastCapacityUnCfgSourceReserveTime> ]

Command Parameters
Table 24.4-2 "Multicast Capacity Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] max-num-group
[no] max-num-uncfg
[no] cfg-res-time
[no] uncfg-res-time
Type Description
Parameter type: <Igmp::McastCapacityMaxNumGroup> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1024
- no of groups the system can support in enough bandwidth no of grps the system supports in
- range: [0...1024] enough bandwidth
Parameter type: <Igmp::McastCapacityMaxNumUnCfg> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 64
- no of uncfg grps,system can support in enough bandwidth no of uncfg grps the system
- range: [0...128] supports in enough bandwidth
Parameter type: optional parameter with default
<Igmp::multicastCapacityCfgSourceReserveTime> value: 125
Format: time to reserve the unused
- time to reserve guaranteed configured groups
- unit: sec
- range: [0...2147483647]
Parameter type: optional parameter with default
<Igmp::multicastCapacityUnCfgSourceReserveTime> value: 0
Format: time to reserve the unused
- time to reserve unconfigured groups
- unit: sec
- range: [0...2147483647]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 473

24 Multicast Configuration Commands

24.5 Multicast Sources Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the multicast source.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure mcast ( no src (class-d-addr) ) | ( src (class-d-addr) [ [ no ] dis-fast-change ] [ no pkg-mem-bitmap |

pkg-mem-bitmap <Igmp::PkgMemBitMap> ] [ no name | name <Igmp::multicastSrcName> ] [ [ no ]
guaranteed-serv ] [ no atm-peak-bit-rate | atm-peak-bit-rate <Igmp::McastSrcAtmPeakBitRate> ] [ no
eth-peak-bit-rate | eth-peak-bit-rate <Igmp::McastSrcEtherPeakBitRate> ] [ no atm-sus-bit-rate | atm-sus-bit-rate
<Igmp::McastSrcAtmSustainBitRate> ] [ no eth-sus-bit-rate | eth-sus-bit-rate
<Igmp::McastSrcEtherSustainBitRate> ] vlan-id <Igmp::McastSrcVLANID> [ no service-name | service-name
<Igmp::multicastSrcServiceName> ] [ no preview-duration | preview-duration
<Igmp::multicastSrcMaxPreDuration> ] [ no preview-number | preview-number
<Igmp::multicastSrcMaxPreNumber> ] [ no preview-blackout | preview-blackout
<Igmp::multicastSrcPreBlackout> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 24.5-1 "Multicast Sources Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(class-d-addr)
Table 24.5-2 "Multicast Sources Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] dis-fast-change
[no] pkg-mem-bitmap
[no] name
[no] guaranteed-serv
[no] atm-peak-bit-rate
Type Description
Format: mcast src address in network-byte
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255) order(big-endian)
Type Description
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable fast channel change
Parameter type: <Igmp::PkgMemBitMap> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "01 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00
- a binary string : 00 : 00"
- length: 8 indicates to which package(s) a
class D address belongs
Parameter type: <Igmp::multicastSrcName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- a printable string name of the source
- length: x<=32
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable guaranteed service
Parameter type: <Igmp::McastSrcAtmPeakBitRate> obsolete parameter replaced by
Format: parameter "eth-peak-bit-rate"

474 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


Parameter
[no] eth-peak-bit-rate
[no] atm-sus-bit-rate
[no] eth-sus-bit-rate
vlan-id
[no] service-name
[no] preview-duration
[no] preview-number
[no] preview-blackout
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
24 Multicast Configuration Commands
Type Description
- peak bit rate for transmit/downstream traffic The parameter is not visible
- range: [0...100000] during modification.
peak bit rate for
transmit/downstream traffic
Parameter type: <Igmp::McastSrcEtherPeakBitRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 2125
- peak bit rate for transmit/downstream traffic The parameter is not visible
- range: [0...100000] during modification.
peak bit rate for
transmit/downstream traffic
Parameter type: <Igmp::McastSrcAtmSustainBitRate> obsolete parameter replaced by
Format: parameter "eth-sus-bit-rate"
- sustainable bit rate for transmit/downstream traffic The parameter is not visible
- range: [0...100000] during modification.
sustainable bit rate for
transmit/downstream traffic
Parameter type: <Igmp::McastSrcEtherSustainBitRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 2125
- sustainable bit rate for transmit/downstream traffic The parameter is not visible
- range: [0...100000] during modification.
sustainable bit rate for
transmit/downstream traffic
Parameter type: <Igmp::McastSrcVLANID> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- VLAN for this multicast source during modification.
- range: [1...4093] VLAN for this multicast source
Parameter type: <Igmp::multicastSrcServiceName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- a printable string name of service or service
- length: x<=32 provider of the mcast source
Parameter type: <Igmp::multicastSrcMaxPreDuration> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 180
- reasonable max duration for each preview per mcast grp Maximum duration for each
- unit: sec preview per multicast group
- range: [1...6000]
Parameter type: <Igmp::multicastSrcMaxPreNumber> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3
- valid max no. of previews for each preview per mcast grp Max number of previews for each
- range: [1...100] preview per mcast group
Parameter type: <Igmp::multicastSrcPreBlackout> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- valid preview Blackout Duration time of per mcast group Preview Blackout Duration time
- unit: sec of per multicast group
- range: [0...7200]
Released 475
24 Multicast Configuration Commands

24.6 Multicast Sources Package Members

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the multicast source package members.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure mcast src (class-d-addr) ( no packagemember (package) ) | ( packagemember (package) )

Command Parameters
Table 24.6-1 "Multicast Sources Package Members Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(class-d-addr) Format: mcast src address in network-byte
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255) order(big-endian)
(package) Format: package member
- the package number
- range: [1...1024]

476 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 24 Multicast Configuration Commands

24.7 SHub Dynamic and Static-Dynamic Multicast

Egress Port Show Command

Command Description
This command displays the egress ports to which the traffic related to the specified multicast IP address is to be
forwarded. The command applies to dynamic and static-dynamic multicast streams.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure mcast shub [ no active-streams | active-streams <Igmp::MaxMcastLearn> ] [ no max-bw | max-bw

<Igmp::SystemMaxbandwidth> ] [ no max-no-rate-based | max-no-rate-based <Igmp::SystemMaxNoRateBased> ]

Command Parameters
Table 24.7-2 "SHub Dynamic and Static-Dynamic Multicast Egress Port Show Command"
Parameter
[no] active-streams
[no] max-bw
[no] max-no-rate-based
Command Parameters
Type Description
Parameter type: <Igmp::MaxMcastLearn> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- maximum number of simultaneous active multicast streams maximum number of
- range: [0...1024] simultaneous active multicast
streams
Parameter type: <Igmp::SystemMaxbandwidth> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- max bandwidth for the system maximum bandwidth for the
- unit: kbps system
- range: [0...2147483647]
Parameter type: <Igmp::SystemMaxNoRateBased> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- max number for non configured entry max no for non config entry,only
- range: [0...1024] for dynamic mc stream

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 477

24 Multicast Configuration Commands

24.8 SHub Static Multicast Streams Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify entries in the IP multicast table for a specific VLAN and multicast IP
address. This configuration applies to the SHub.
The bridge uses this information to determine how to propagate a received frame.
The configuration is used to prohibit flooding of unknown multicast traffic on the specific VLAN and multicast IP
address.
The IP multicast table can hold up to 1000 entries.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure mcast shub ( no mcast-addr (mcast-addr) vlan-id <Vlan::VlanId> ) | ( mcast-addr (mcast-addr) vlan-id
<Vlan::VlanId> )

Command Parameters
Table 24.8-1 "SHub Static Multicast Streams Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(mcast-addr) Format: multicast ip address
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255)
vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::VlanId> vlan id
Format:
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]

478 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 24 Multicast Configuration Commands

24.9 SHub Static Multicast Egress Port

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify the ports to which the traffic related to the specified multicast IP
address is to be forwarded.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure mcast shub mcast-addr (mcast-addr)vlan-id <Vlan::VlanId> ( no egress-port (port) ) | ( egress-port
(port) )

Command Parameters
Table 24.9-1 "SHub Static Multicast Egress Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(mcast-addr) Format: multicast ip address
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255)
vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::VlanId> vlan id
Format:
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]
(port) Format: egress port
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Shub::SlotId>
| network : <Shub::NetworkPort>
| unassigned-link : <Shub::NoExtLink> )
Possible values:
- lt : line board
- network : network port
- unassigned-link : unassigned external link
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Shub::SlotId>
- the egress lt slot
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub
Field type <Shub::NoExtLink>
- unassigned external SFP port

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 479

24 Multicast Configuration Commands

480 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 24 Multicast Configuration Commands

24.10 SHub IGMP CAC Multicast Sources

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the CAC Multicast Source.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure mcast shub ( no src (src) vlan-id <Igmp::McastSrcVLANID> ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> ) | ( src (src)
vlan-id <Igmp::McastSrcVLANID> ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> [ no eth-sus-bit-rate | eth-sus-bit-rate
<Igmp::McastSrcEtherSustainBitRate> ] [ [ no ] guaranteed-serv ] [ no bundle | bundle
<Igmp::IgnoredBundleName> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 24.10-1 "SHub IGMP CAC Multicast Sources Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(src) Format: mcast src address in network-byte
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255) order(big-endian)
vlan-id Parameter type: <Igmp::McastSrcVLANID> vlan for this multicast source
Format:
- VLAN for this multicast source
- range: [1...4093]
ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> ip address of the multicast server
Format: in network-byte order
- IPv4-address (big-endian)
Table 24.10-2 "SHub IGMP CAC Multicast Sources Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] eth-sus-bit-rate Parameter type: <Igmp::McastSrcEtherSustainBitRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 2125
- sustainable bit rate for transmit/downstream traffic sustainable bit rate for
- range: [0...100000] transmit/downstream traffic
[no] guaranteed-serv Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable guaranteed service
[no] bundle Parameter type: <Igmp::IgnoredBundleName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none bundle name of this source

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 481

24 Multicast Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

| name : <Igmp::multicastSrcBundleName> )
Possible values:
- none : no bundle name to associate
- name : enter bundle name to be associated
Field type <Igmp::multicastSrcBundleName>
- the name of the bundle
- length: x<=32

482 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

25- PPPoX-Relay Configuration Commands

25.1 PPPoX-Relay Configuration Command Tree 25-484

25.2 PPPoX Cross-connect Global Configuration 25-485
Command
25.3 PPPoX Cross-connect Engine Configuration 25-487
Command
25.4 PPPoX Cross-connect Engine Monitoring 25-489
Configuration Command
25.5 PPPoX Cross-connect Client Port Configuration 25-490
Command
25.6 PPPoX Cross-connect Client Port Monitoring 25-492
Configuration Command

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 483

25 PPPoX-Relay Configuration Commands

25.1 PPPoX-Relay Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "PPPoX-Relay Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----pppox-relay
----cross-connect
----global-session
- [no] pado-timeout
- [no] pads-timeout
- [no] max-pad-attempts
- [no] trans-max-age
- [no] cc-max-age
----[no] engine
- (vlan-id)
- [no] max-payload-tag
- [no] name
- [no] lock
- [no] service-name
----[no] monitor
----[no] client-port
- (port)
- vlan-id
- default-priority
- [no] max-cc
- [no] qos-profile
----[no] monitor

484 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 25 PPPoX-Relay Configuration Commands

25.2 PPPoX Cross-connect Global Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify the system-wide configuration parameters applicable to all PPP
sessions.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges, and executed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure pppox-relay cross-connect global-session [ no pado-timeout | pado-timeout <PPPoX::PadTimeOut> ] [

no pads-timeout | pads-timeout <PPPoX::PadTimeOut> ] [ no max-pad-attempts | max-pad-attempts
<PPPoX::PadRRetrials> ] [ no trans-max-age | trans-max-age <PPPoX::TransactionMaxAge> ] [ no cc-max-age |
cc-max-age <PPPoX::CcMaxAge> ]

Command Parameters
Table 25.2-2 "PPPoX Cross-connect Global Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] pado-timeout
[no] pads-timeout
[no] max-pad-attempts
[no] trans-max-age
[no] cc-max-age
Type Description
Parameter type: <PPPoX::PadTimeOut> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3
- timeout for PAD-O PAD-S messages timeout for PAD-O message
- unit: sec
- range: [1...60]
Parameter type: <PPPoX::PadTimeOut> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3
- timeout for PAD-O PAD-S messages timeout for PAD-S message
- unit: sec
- range: [1...60]
Parameter type: <PPPoX::PadRRetrials> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 10
- maximum number of PAD-R messages maximum number of PAD-R
- range: [1...16] messages
Parameter type: <PPPoX::TransactionMaxAge> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 300
- maximum age of PPP transaction maximum age of PPP transaction
- unit: sec
- range: [1...300]
Parameter type: <PPPoX::CcMaxAge> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 300
- maximum age of PPP cross-connection maximum age of PPP cross

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 485

25 PPPoX-Relay Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- range: [300...3000] connection

486 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 25 PPPoX-Relay Configuration Commands

25.3 PPPoX Cross-connect Engine Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the PPP cross-connect engine. The PPP cross-connect engine is
identified by a VLAN ID. The name is the name used to identify the PPP cross-connect engine. The lock command
locks or unlocks the PPP control plane. For example, if the control plane is unlocked, no new PPP
cross-connections can be established, but the existing connections remain until they are released by the PPP server
or client.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges, and executed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure pppox-relay cross-connect ( no engine (vlan-id) ) | ( engine (vlan-id) [ no max-payload-tag |

max-payload-tag <PPPoX::MaxPayLoadTag> ] [ no name | name <PPPoX::EngineName> ] [ [ no ] lock ] [ no
service-name | service-name <PPPoX::EngineName> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 25.3-1 "PPPoX Cross-connect Engine Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlan-id)
Table 25.3-2 "PPPoX Cross-connect Engine Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] max-payload-tag
Type Description
Format: vlan identity
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
Type Description
Parameter type: <PPPoX::MaxPayLoadTag> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-insert"
( insert insert:add tag holding the MRU

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 487

25 PPPoX-Relay Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

| no-insert ) to PADI and PADR messages
Possible values:
- insert : add tag holding the MRU to PADI and PADR
messages
- no-insert : donot add tag holding the MRU to PADI and
PADR messages
[no] name Parameter type: <PPPoX::EngineName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- Engine Name name to identify the engine
- length: 1<=x<=32
[no] lock Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
lock control plane engine
[no] service-name Parameter type: <PPPoX::EngineName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- Engine Name service name issued by engine in
- length: 1<=x<=32 PAD-I message

488 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 25 PPPoX-Relay Configuration Commands

25.4 PPPoX Cross-connect Engine Monitoring

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the exception event counters for the PPP cross-connect engine.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges, and executed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure pppox-relay cross-connect engine (vlan-id) ( no monitor ) | ( monitor )

Command Parameters
Table 25.4-1 "PPPoX Cross-connect Engine Monitoring Configuration Command" Resource
Resource Identifier
(vlan-id)
Parameters
Type Description
Format: vlan identity
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 489

25 PPPoX-Relay Configuration Commands

25.5 PPPoX Cross-connect Client Port

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify the PPP cross-connect client port.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges, and executed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure pppox-relay cross-connect ( no client-port (port) ) | ( client-port (port) vlan-id <Vlan::StackedVlan>
default-priority <PPPoX::DefaultPriority> [ no max-cc | max-cc <PPPoX::MaxNumPppCc> ] [ no qos-profile |
qos-profile <PPPoX::QosProfileName> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 25.5-1 "PPPoX Cross-connect Client Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: client port identification
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Table 25.5-2 "PPPoX Cross-connect Client Port Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> during modification.
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> ) associates client port to cc-engine

490 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 25 PPPoX-Relay Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
default-priority Parameter type: <PPPoX::DefaultPriority> mandatory parameter
Format: indicates the p-bit for the client
- indicates the p-bit for the client port port
- range: [0...7]
[no] max-cc Parameter type: <PPPoX::MaxNumPppCc> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 64
- max no. of PPP cross connection on a port max no. of PPP cross connection
- range: [1...64] on a port
[no] qos-profile Parameter type: <PPPoX::QosProfileName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none qos profile name associated with
| name : <PPPoX::IgnoredQosProfileName> ) client port
Possible values:
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <PPPoX::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 491

25 PPPoX-Relay Configuration Commands

25.6 PPPoX Cross-connect Client Port Monitoring

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the exception event counters for the PPP cross-connect client port.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges, and executed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure pppox-relay cross-connect client-port (port) ( no monitor ) | ( monitor )

Command Parameters
Table 25.6-1 "PPPoX Cross-connect Client Port Monitoring Configuration Command" Resource
Resource Identifier
(port)
Parameters
Type Description
Format: client port identification
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

492 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

26- PPPoE Configuration Commands

26.1 PPPoE Configuration Command Tree 26-494

26.2 PPPoE Server Configuration Command 26-495
26.3 PPPoE Profile Configuration Command 26-496
26.4 PPPoX Interface Configuration Command 26-497

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 493

26 PPPoE Configuration Commands

26.1 PPPoE Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "PPPoE Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----pppoe
- server-name
- [no] enable-server
----[no] ppp-profile
- (index)
- [no] auth-type
- [no] keep-alive-intvl
----[no] pppox-interface
- (port)
- [no] max-num-session
- [no] ppp-profile-name

494 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 26 PPPoE Configuration Commands

26.2 PPPoE Server Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the PPPoE access concentrator and admin state.
The access concentrator (server name) is used to send the AC_NAME tag in the PADO that is sent to the host. The
default AC name is set to AlcatelPppoeServer.
The server admin state, when disabled, locks the PPPoE server and no more new PPPoE sessions are established.
When the server admin state is set to disabled from the enabled state, the existing PPPoE sessions are not torn
down.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges, and executed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure pppoe server-name <PPPoE::ServerName> [ [ no ] enable-server ]

Command Parameters
Table 26.2-2 "PPPoE Server Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
server-name Parameter type: <PPPoE::ServerName> optional parameter
Format: name of the access server
- name of the access server
- length: 1<=x<=32
[no] enable-server Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable PPPoE server

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 495

26 PPPoE Configuration Commands

26.3 PPPoE Profile Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure PPP profile parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges, and executed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure pppoe ( no ppp-profile (index) ) | ( ppp-profile (index) [ no auth-type | auth-type

<PPPoE::pppProfileAuthenType> ] [ no keep-alive-intvl | keep-alive-intvl <PPPoE::ProfileKeepAliveInterval> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 26.3-1 "PPPoE Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: name of the profile
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 26.3-2 "PPPoE Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] auth-type Parameter type: <PPPoE::pppProfileAuthenType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "chap"
( pap the type of PPP authentication
| chap used
| pap-chap
| chap-pap )
Possible values:
- pap : only PAP negotiation
- chap : only CHAP negotiation
- pap-chap : negotiate PAP first, if it fails, attempt CHAP
- chap-pap : negotiate CHAP first, if it fails, attempt PAP
[no] keep-alive-intvl Parameter type: <PPPoE::ProfileKeepAliveInterval> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 30
- timeout value for echo req pkt keepalive timeout value, after
- unit: sec sending echo request pckt
- range: [0...65535]

496 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 26 PPPoE Configuration Commands

26.4 PPPoX Interface Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure PPP sessions.
Note:Configuring max-num-sessions to -1 means, maximum PPPoE sessions as allowed by the system can be
established.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges, and executed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure pppoe ( no pppox-interface (port) ) | ( pppox-interface (port) [ no max-num-session | max-num-session

<PPPoE::MaxNumSessions> ] [ no ppp-profile-name | ppp-profile-name <AsamProfileName> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 26.4-1 "PPPoX Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: configure the pppox interafce
( bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- bridge-port : bridge port
- vlan-port : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 497

26 PPPoE Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Table 26.4-2 "PPPoX Interface Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] max-num-session
[no] ppp-profile-name
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
Type Description
Parameter type: <PPPoE::MaxNumSessions> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 4
- max no of PPP sessions max no of PPP sessions
- range: [-1...65535] established in PPPoX interface
Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "DefaultPppProfile"
- a profile name the PPP profile to be used for
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.] PPP interface
- length: 1<=x<=32

498 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

27- DHCP Relay Configuration Commands

27.1 DHCP Relay Configuration Command Tree 27-500

27.2 DHCP Relay Agent Configuration Command 27-501
27.3 DHCP Relay SHub Configuration Command 27-503
27.4 DHCP Relay SHub Server Configuration Command 27-504
per VRF
27.5 DHCP Relay SHub Agent Configuration Command per 27-505
VRF

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 499

27 DHCP Relay Configuration Commands

27.1 DHCP Relay Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "DHCP Relay Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----dhcp-relay
----agent
- (vrfid)
- bcast-vlan
- [no] option-82
- [no] circuit-id
- [no] remote-id
- [no] client-hw-address
- [no] dhcp-linerate
----shub
- [no] relaying
----[no] server
- (index)
- ip-addr
- server-name
----agent
- (index)
- [no] enable-relaying
- [no] secs-threshold
- [no] hops-threshold
- [no] context-lifetime
- [no] agent-ip-addr

500 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 27 DHCP Relay Configuration Commands

27.2 DHCP Relay Agent Configuration Command

vrfid
The vrfid is a unique value for each VRF assigned by the management.

bcast-vlan
The bcast-vlan is an index that represents a VLAN that is used for forwarding upstream broadcast DHCP packets
when the DHCP relay agent is disabled.The default value for the bcast-vlan is zero and is created whenever an
instances of VRF is formed.The operator cannot set a value of zero as the instance creation or deletion is depended
on the VRF instance created or deleted.

option-82
The operator can enable or disable option 82 information insertion in the upstream broadcast DHCP packets.

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the DHCP relay agent for each VRF interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp privileges, and executed by operators with dhcp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure dhcp-relay agent (vrfid) [ bcast-vlan <Dhcp::VlanId> ] [ [ no ] option-82 ] [ no circuit-id | circuit-id
<Dhcp::CircuitId> ] [ no remote-id | remote-id <Dhcp::RemoteId> ] [ no client-hw-address | client-hw-address
<Dhcp::ChaddrMode> ] [ no dhcp-linerate | dhcp-linerate <Dhcp::Dhcp-linerate> ]

Command Parameters
Table 27.2-1 "DHCP Relay Agent Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vrfid) Format: vrf index
- the VRF ID which uniquely identify a VRF
- range: [1...127]
Table 27.2-2 "DHCP Relay Agent Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
bcast-vlan Parameter type: <Dhcp::VlanId> optional parameter
Format: vlan used to forward upstream
(0 bcast DHCP packets

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 501

27 DHCP Relay Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

| l2-vlan : <Eqpt::VlanId> )
Possible values:
- 0 : no interface type
- l2-vlan : a l2-vlan interface
Field type <Eqpt::VlanId>
- VLAN id
[no] option-82 Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable option82
[no] circuit-id Parameter type: <Dhcp::CircuitId> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "notadd"
( customer-id circuit id
| physical-id
| ccsa-format
| notadd )
Possible values:
- customer-id : add customer identity as circuitId
- physical-id : add physical line identity as circuitId
- ccsa-format : add circuitId in ccsa format
- notadd : not add circuitId
[no] remote-id Parameter type: <Dhcp::RemoteId> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "notadd"
( customer-id remote id
| notadd )
Possible values:
- customer-id : add customer identity as remoteId
- notadd : not add remoteId
[no] client-hw-address Parameter type: <Dhcp::ChaddrMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "unchanged"
( unchanged chaddr mode
| copysourcemac )
Possible values:
- unchanged : chaddr field of the dhcp message is kept
unmodified
- copysourcemac : mac addr of dslam is copied to chaddr
field of dhcp msg
[no] dhcp-linerate Parameter type: <Dhcp::Dhcp-linerate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "notadd"
( addactuallinerate enable line rate insertion for
| notadd ) DHCP protocol
Possible values:
- addactuallinerate : add linerate for DHCP
- notadd : not add linerate for DHCP

502 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 27 DHCP Relay Configuration Commands

27.3 DHCP Relay SHub Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the DHCP SHub parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp privileges, and executed by operators with dhcp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure dhcp-relay shub [ [ no ] relaying ]

Command Parameters
Table 27.3-2 "DHCP Relay SHub Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] relaying Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable relay agent

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 503

27 DHCP Relay Configuration Commands

27.4 DHCP Relay SHub Server Configuration

Command per VRF

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the list of DHCP relay servers to a particular VRF.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp privileges, and executed by operators with dhcp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure dhcp-relay shub ( no server (index) ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> ) | ( server (index) ip-addr
<Ip::V4Address> server-name <Dhcp::RelayServerName> )

Command Parameters
Table 27.4-1 "DHCP Relay SHub Server Configuration Command per VRF " Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the vrf id
- the vrf id which uniquely identify a vrf
- range: [0...127]
ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> IP address given to this interface
Format:
- IPv4-address
Table 27.4-2 "DHCP Relay SHub Server Configuration Command per VRF " Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
server-name Parameter type: <Dhcp::RelayServerName> mandatory parameter
Format: The name of the Relay Server
- a printable string
- length: x<=32

504 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 27 DHCP Relay Configuration Commands

27.5 DHCP Relay SHub Agent Configuration

Command per VRF

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the DHCP relay agent to a particular VRF.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp privileges, and executed by operators with dhcp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure dhcp-relay shub agent (index) [ [ no ] enable-relaying ] [ no secs-threshold | secs-threshold

<Dhcp::SecsThreshold> ] [ no hops-threshold | hops-threshold <Dhcp::HopThreshold> ] [ no context-lifetime |
context-lifetime <Dhcp::ContextLife> ] [ no agent-ip-addr | agent-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> ]

Command Parameters
Table 27.5-1 "DHCP Relay SHub Agent Configuration Command per VRF" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Table 27.5-2 "DHCP Relay SHub Agent Configuration Command per VRF" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] enable-relaying
[no] secs-threshold
[no] hops-threshold
[no] context-lifetime
[no] agent-ip-addr
Type Description
Format: the vrf id
- the vrf id which uniquely identify a vrf
- range: [0...127]
Type Description
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable relaying for this vrf
Parameter type: <Dhcp::SecsThreshold> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- relay hops threshold the time within a request must be
- unit: second answered
- range: [0...5]
Parameter type: <Dhcp::HopThreshold> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 4
- relay hops threshold max nbr of hops the request may
- range: [1...16] go through
Parameter type: <Dhcp::ContextLife> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 30
- application context life-time for this vrf availability of application context
- unit: seconds
- range: [1...120]
Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0"

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 505

27 DHCP Relay Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- IPv4-address agent IP address

506 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

28- OSPF Configuration Commands

28.1 OSPF Configuration Command Tree 28-508

28.2 OSPF Parameters Configuration Command 28-511
28.3 OSPF Area Configuration Command 28-513
28.4 OSPF Interface Configuration Command 28-514
28.5 OSPF Interface Timers Configuration Command 28-516
28.6 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command 28-518
28.7 OSPF Interface Metric Configuration Command 28-520
28.8 OSPF Aggregate Configuration Command 28-521
28.9 OSPF External Aggregate Configuration Command 28-522
28.10 OSPF Stub Area Configuration Command 28-524
28.11 OSPF Interface Configuration Command 28-525
28.12 OSPF Interface Timers Configuration Command 28-527
28.13 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command 28-529
28.14 OSPF Interface Metric Configuration Command 28-531
28.15 OSPF Stub Aggregate Configuration Command 28-532
28.16 OSPF NSSA Area Configuration Command 28-533
28.17 OSPF Interface Configuration Command 28-535
28.18 OSPF Interface Timers Configuration Command 28-537
28.19 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command 28-539
28.20 OSPF Interface Metric Configuration Command 28-541
28.21 OSPF NSSA Aggregate Configuration Command 28-542
28.22 OSPF External Aggregate Configuration Command 28-543
28.23 OSPF Redistribution Configuration Command 28-545
28.24 OSPF Redistribution Route Configuration Command 28-546

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 507

28 OSPF Configuration Commands

28.1 OSPF Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "OSPF Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----ospf
- [no] enable
- router-id
- [no] as-border-router
- [no] enable-opaque-lsa
- [no] overflow-state-it
- [no] dis-rfc1583-comp
- [no] abr-type
- [no] passive-interface
----[no] area
- (area-id)
----[no] interface
- (ip-addr)
- [no] disable
- [no] router-priority
- [no] passive
- [no] itf-type
- [no] authentication
----timers
- [no] transit-delay
- [no] retransmit-itvl
- [no] hello-interval
- [no] dead-interval
- [no] poll-interval
----[no] md5-key
- (index)
- key
- [no] accept-starts
- [no] generate-starts
----metric
- value
----[no] aggregate-addr
- (dest-ip)
- [no] omit-advertise
----[no] extern-aggr-addr
- (dest-ip)
- [no] advertise
----[no] stub-area
- (area-id)
- [no] metric-type
- [no] metric
- [no] summary
----[no] interface
- (ip-addr)

508 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 28 OSPF Configuration Commands

- [no] disable
- [no] router-priority
- [no] passive
- [no] itf-type
- [no] authentication
----timers
- [no] transit-delay
- [no] retransmit-itvl
- [no] hello-interval
- [no] dead-interval
- [no] poll-interval
----[no] md5-key
- (index)
- key
- [no] accept-starts
- [no] generate-starts
----metric
- value
----[no] aggregate-addr
- (dest-ip)
- [no] omit-advertise
----[no] nssa-area
- (area-id)
- [no] summary
- [no] translation
- [no] trans-itvl
- [no] asbr-rtr-trans
- [no] metric-type
----[no] interface
- (ip-addr)
- [no] disable
- [no] router-priority
- [no] passive
- [no] itf-type
- [no] authentication
----timers
- [no] transit-delay
- [no] retransmit-itvl
- [no] hello-interval
- [no] dead-interval
- [no] poll-interval
----[no] md5-key
- (index)
- key
- [no] accept-starts
- [no] generate-starts
----metric
- value
----[no] aggregate-addr
- (dest-ip)
- lsa-type
- [no] omit-advertise
----[no] extern-aggr-addr
- (dest-ip)
- [no] advertise
----redistribution
- [no] enable
- [no] local
- [no] static

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 509

28 OSPF Configuration Commands

- [no] rip
----[no] route-destination
- (dest-ip)
- [no] metric-type
- [no] metric

510 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 28 OSPF Configuration Commands

28.2 OSPF Parameters Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the OSPF parameters and attributes.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ospf [ [ no ] enable ] router-id <Ip::V4Address> [ [ no ] as-border-router ] [ [ no ] enable-opaque-lsa ] [

no overflow-state-it | overflow-state-it <Ospf::OvrflowIntrvl> ] [ [ no ] dis-rfc1583-comp ] [ no abr-type | abr-type
<Ospf::AbrType> ] [ [ no ] passive-interface ]

Command Parameters
Table 28.2-2 "OSPF Parameters Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] enable
router-id
[no] as-border-router
[no] enable-opaque-lsa
[no] overflow-state-it
[no] dis-rfc1583-comp
[no] abr-type
Type Description
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enables OSPF on the SHub
Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter
Format: uniquely identifying the Shub in
- IPv4-address the autonomous system
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
shub configured as a autonomous
system border router
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable opaque-capable for router
Parameter type: <Ospf::OvrflowIntrvl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- interval the router is in overflow state time the router attempts to leave
- unit: sec the overflow state
- range: [0...65535]
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
LSA advertisements compatible
with RFC 1583
Parameter type: <Ospf::AbrType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "standard"
( standard type of area border router
| cisco
| ibm )
Possible values:
- standard : standard abr
- cisco : cisco abr
- ibm : ibm abr

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 511

28 OSPF Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] passive-interface Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
sets OSPF interface to passive

512 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 28 OSPF Configuration Commands

28.3 OSPF Area Configuration Command

Command Description
This command displays information about the configured parameters and cumulative statistics for the router's
attached areas.
The area identifier is a 32-bit represented in dotted decimal notation.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ospf ( no area (area-id) ) | ( area (area-id) )

Command Parameters
Table 28.3-1 "OSPF Area Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(area-id) Format: ospf area identifier
- IPv4-address

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 513

28 OSPF Configuration Commands

28.4 OSPF Interface Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an OSPF interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ospf area (area-id) ( no interface (ip-addr) ) | ( interface (ip-addr) [ [ no ] disable ] [ no router-priority |
router-priority <Ospf::Priority> ] [ [ no ] passive ] [ no itf-type | itf-type <Ospf::ITFType> ] [ no authentication |
authentication <Ospf::AuthType> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 28.4-1 "OSPF Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(area-id) Format: ospf area identifier
- IPv4-address
(ip-addr) Format: ip address identifying the
- IPv4-address interface
Table 28.4-2 "OSPF Interface Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] disable Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable interface
[no] router-priority Parameter type: <Ospf::Priority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1
- priority used in router election algorithm priority used in router election
- range: [0...255] algorithm
[no] passive Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
sets the interface as passive
[no] itf-type Parameter type: <Ospf::ITFType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "broadcast"
( broadcast ospf interface type
| nbma
| point-point
| point-multipoint )
Possible values:
- broadcast : broadcast lans like ethernet
- nbma : non broadcast multiple access
- point-point : point to point
- point-multipoint : point to multi point
[no] authentication Parameter type: <Ospf::AuthType> optional parameter with default

514 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 28 OSPF Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

Format: value: "none"
( none indicates the OSPF interface
| md5 authentication
| plain : prompt
| plain : plain : <Ospf::Key> )
Possible values:
- none : no authentication
- plain : simple password
- md5 : md5 authentication
Possible values:
- prompt : prompts the operator for a password
- plain : the password in plain text
Field type <Ospf::Key>
- authentication key
- length: x<=8

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 515

28 OSPF Configuration Commands

28.5 OSPF Interface Timers Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the OSPF interface timers.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ospf area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) timers [ no transit-delay | transit-delay <Ospf::TransDelay> ] [ no
retransmit-itvl | retransmit-itvl <Ospf::RetransIntvl> ] [ no hello-interval | hello-interval <Ospf::HelloIntvl> ] [ no
dead-interval | dead-interval <Ospf::DeadIntvl> ] [ no poll-interval | poll-interval <Ospf::PollIntvl> ]

Command Parameters
Table 28.5-1 "OSPF Interface Timers Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(area-id) Format: ospf area identifier
- IPv4-address
(ip-addr) Format: ip address identifying the
- IPv4-address interface
Table 28.5-2 "OSPF Interface Timers Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] transit-delay Parameter type: <Ospf::TransDelay> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1
- time to transmit link state packets time to transmit link update
- unit: sec packets
- range: [0...3600]
[no] retransmit-itvl Parameter type: <Ospf::RetransIntvl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 5
- interval between LSA retransmission interval between LSA
- unit: sec retransmission
- range: [0...3600]
[no] hello-interval Parameter type: <Ospf::HelloIntvl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 10
- interval between sending hello packets interval between sending hello
- unit: sec packets
- range: [1...65535]
[no] dead-interval Parameter type: <Ospf::DeadIntvl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 40

516 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 28 OSPF Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] poll-interval
- interval when no hello pkts are received interval when no hello pkts are
- unit: sec received
- range: [0...65535]
Parameter type: <Ospf::PollIntvl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 120
- time between hello pkts sent to neighbour time between hello pkts sent to
- unit: sec neighbour
- range: [0...65535]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 517

28 OSPF Configuration Commands

28.6 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an MD5 key for an OSPF interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ospf area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) ( no md5-key (index) ) | ( md5-key (index) key
<Ospf::AuthTypeMd5> [ no accept-starts | accept-starts <Ospf::MD5startDelay> ] [ no generate-starts |
generate-starts <Ospf::MD5startDelay> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 28.6-1 "OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(area-id) Format: ospf area identifier
- IPv4-address
(ip-addr) Format: ip address identifying the
- IPv4-address interface
(index) Format: the number of the md5 key
- the number of the MD5 key
- range: [1...5]
Table 28.6-2 "OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
key Parameter type: <Ospf::AuthTypeMd5> mandatory parameter
Format: the md5 key
( prompt
| plain : <Ospf::Key> )
Possible values:
- prompt : prompts the operator for a password
- plain : the password in plain text
Field type <Ospf::Key>
- authentication key
- length: x<=8
[no] accept-starts Parameter type: <Ospf::MD5startDelay> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "now"
( now when the key must be used to
| <Sys::Time> ) accept

518 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 28 OSPF Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] generate-starts
Possible values:
- now : the key will be used from now on
Field type <Sys::Time>
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs)
- unit: UTC
Parameter type: <Ospf::MD5startDelay> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "now"
( now when the key must be used to
| <Sys::Time> ) generate
Possible values:
- now : the key will be used from now on
Field type <Sys::Time>
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs)
- unit: UTC

Command Output
Table 28.6-3 "OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
accept-expires Parameter type: <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay> delay before the key expires for
( now accepting
| never This element is only shown in
| <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay> ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- now : the key will expire now
- never : the key will never expire
Field type <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay>
- the delay before the md5-key expires
- unit: sec
- range: [-1...2147483647]
generate-expires Parameter type: <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay> delay before the key expires for
( now generating
| never This element is only shown in
| <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay> ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- now : the key will expire now
- never : the key will never expire
Field type <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay>
- the delay before the md5-key expires
- unit: sec
- range: [-1...2147483647]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 519

28 OSPF Configuration Commands

28.7 OSPF Interface Metric Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the metric on an OSPF interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ospf area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) metric [ value <Ospf::Metric> ]

Command Parameters
Table 28.7-1 "OSPF Interface Metric Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(area-id) Format: ospf area identifier
- IPv4-address
(ip-addr) Format: ip address identifying the
- IPv4-address interface
Table 28.7-2 "OSPF Interface Metric Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
value Parameter type: <Ospf::Metric> optional parameter
Format: the value for the metric
- metric dependent on TOS
- range: [1...65535]

520 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 28 OSPF Configuration Commands

28.8 OSPF Aggregate Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an OSPF aggregate.
Inter-area route summarization is done on ABRs and it applies to routes from within the AS. It does not apply to
external routes injected into OSPF via redistribution. In order to take advantage of summarization, network
numbers in areas should be assigned in a contiguous way to be able to lump these addresses into one range.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ospf area (area-id) ( no aggregate-addr (dest-ip) ) | ( aggregate-addr (dest-ip) [ [ no ] omit-advertise ] )

Command Parameters
Table 28.8-1 "OSPF Aggregate Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(area-id) Format: ospf area identifier
- IPv4-address
(dest-ip) Format: ip address and mask of the
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> destination route
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
Table 28.8-2 "OSPF Aggregate Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] omit-advertise Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
do not advertise the aggregate
information of the subnet

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 521

28 OSPF Configuration Commands

28.9 OSPF External Aggregate Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an OSPF aggregate from external autonomous system.
External route summarization is specific to external routes that are injected into OSPF via redistribution. Also,
make sure that external ranges that are being summarized are contiguous. Summarization overlapping ranges from
two different routers could cause packets to be sent to the wrong destination.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ospf area (area-id) ( no extern-aggr-addr (dest-ip) ) | ( extern-aggr-addr (dest-ip) [ no advertise |
advertise <Ospf::ExtAggregateEffect> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 28.9-1 "OSPF External Aggregate Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(area-id) Format: ospf area identifier
- IPv4-address
(dest-ip) Format: ip address and mask of the
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> destination route
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
Table 28.9-2 "OSPF External Aggregate Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] advertise Parameter type: <Ospf::ExtAggregateEffect> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "advertise"
( enable advertisement of the indicated
| disable aggregate
| allow-all
| deny-all )
Possible values:
- enable : advertise the aggregate information of the subnet
- disable : do not advertise the aggregate information of the

522 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 28 OSPF Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

subnet
- allow-all : allow all advertisement
- deny-all : deny all advertisement

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 523

28 OSPF Configuration Commands

28.10 OSPF Stub Area Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the OSPF stub area.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ospf ( no stub-area (area-id) ) | ( stub-area (area-id) [ no metric-type | metric-type <Ospf::MetricType>
] [ no metric | metric <Ospf::StubMetric> ] [ [ no ] summary ] )

Command Parameters
Table 28.10-1 "OSPF Stub Area Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(area-id) Format: ospf area identifier
- IPv4-address
Table 28.10-2 "OSPF Stub Area Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] metric-type Parameter type: <Ospf::MetricType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "ospf"
ospf type of metric advertised as a
Possible values: default route
- ospf : ospf metric
[no] metric Parameter type: <Ospf::StubMetric> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- metric value at the indicated TOS metric value at the indicated TOS
- range: [0...16777215]
[no] summary Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
controls the import of summary
LSAs into stub areas

524 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 28 OSPF Configuration Commands

28.11 OSPF Interface Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an OSPF interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ospf stub-area (area-id) ( no interface (ip-addr) ) | ( interface (ip-addr) [ [ no ] disable ] [ no
router-priority | router-priority <Ospf::Priority> ] [ [ no ] passive ] [ no itf-type | itf-type <Ospf::ITFType> ] [ no
authentication | authentication <Ospf::AuthType> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 28.11-1 "OSPF Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(area-id) Format: ospf area identifier
- IPv4-address
(ip-addr) Format: ip address identifying the
- IPv4-address interface
Table 28.11-2 "OSPF Interface Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] disable Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable interface
[no] router-priority Parameter type: <Ospf::Priority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1
- priority used in router election algorithm priority used in router election
- range: [0...255] algorithm
[no] passive Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
sets the interface as passive
[no] itf-type Parameter type: <Ospf::ITFType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "broadcast"
( broadcast ospf interface type
| nbma
| point-point
| point-multipoint )
Possible values:
- broadcast : broadcast lans like ethernet
- nbma : non broadcast multiple access
- point-point : point to point
- point-multipoint : point to multi point
[no] authentication Parameter type: <Ospf::AuthType> optional parameter with default

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 525

28 OSPF Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

Format: value: "none"
( none indicates the OSPF interface
| md5 authentication
| plain : prompt
| plain : plain : <Ospf::Key> )
Possible values:
- none : no authentication
- plain : simple password
- md5 : md5 authentication
Possible values:
- prompt : prompts the operator for a password
- plain : the password in plain text
Field type <Ospf::Key>
- authentication key
- length: x<=8

526 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 28 OSPF Configuration Commands

28.12 OSPF Interface Timers Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the OSPF interface timers.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ospf stub-area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) timers [ no transit-delay | transit-delay <Ospf::TransDelay> ]
[ no retransmit-itvl | retransmit-itvl <Ospf::RetransIntvl> ] [ no hello-interval | hello-interval <Ospf::HelloIntvl> ] [
no dead-interval | dead-interval <Ospf::DeadIntvl> ] [ no poll-interval | poll-interval <Ospf::PollIntvl> ]

Command Parameters
Table 28.12-1 "OSPF Interface Timers Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(area-id) Format: ospf area identifier
- IPv4-address
(ip-addr) Format: ip address identifying the
- IPv4-address interface
Table 28.12-2 "OSPF Interface Timers Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] transit-delay Parameter type: <Ospf::TransDelay> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1
- time to transmit link state packets time to transmit link update
- unit: sec packets
- range: [0...3600]
[no] retransmit-itvl Parameter type: <Ospf::RetransIntvl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 5
- interval between LSA retransmission interval between LSA
- unit: sec retransmission
- range: [0...3600]
[no] hello-interval Parameter type: <Ospf::HelloIntvl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 10
- interval between sending hello packets interval between sending hello
- unit: sec packets
- range: [1...65535]
[no] dead-interval Parameter type: <Ospf::DeadIntvl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 40

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 527

28 OSPF Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] poll-interval
- interval when no hello pkts are received interval when no hello pkts are
- unit: sec received
- range: [0...65535]
Parameter type: <Ospf::PollIntvl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 120
- time between hello pkts sent to neighbour time between hello pkts sent to
- unit: sec neighbour
- range: [0...65535]

528 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 28 OSPF Configuration Commands

28.13 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an MD5 key for an OSPF interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ospf stub-area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) ( no md5-key (index) ) | ( md5-key (index) key
<Ospf::AuthTypeMd5> [ no accept-starts | accept-starts <Ospf::MD5startDelay> ] [ no generate-starts |
generate-starts <Ospf::MD5startDelay> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 28.13-1 "OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(area-id) Format: ospf area identifier
- IPv4-address
(ip-addr) Format: ip address identifying the
- IPv4-address interface
(index) Format: the number of the md5 key
- the number of the MD5 key
- range: [1...5]
Table 28.13-2 "OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
key Parameter type: <Ospf::AuthTypeMd5> mandatory parameter
Format: the md5 key
( prompt
| plain : <Ospf::Key> )
Possible values:
- prompt : prompts the operator for a password
- plain : the password in plain text
Field type <Ospf::Key>
- authentication key
- length: x<=8
[no] accept-starts Parameter type: <Ospf::MD5startDelay> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "now"
( now when the key must be used to
| <Sys::Time> ) accept

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 529

28 OSPF Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] generate-starts
Possible values:
- now : the key will be used from now on
Field type <Sys::Time>
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs)
- unit: UTC
Parameter type: <Ospf::MD5startDelay> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "now"
( now when the key must be used to
| <Sys::Time> ) generate
Possible values:
- now : the key will be used from now on
Field type <Sys::Time>
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs)
- unit: UTC

Command Output
Table 28.13-3 "OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
accept-expires Parameter type: <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay> delay before the key expires for
( now accepting
| never This element is only shown in
| <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay> ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- now : the key will expire now
- never : the key will never expire
Field type <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay>
- the delay before the md5-key expires
- unit: sec
- range: [-1...2147483647]
generate-expires Parameter type: <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay> delay before the key expires for
( now generating
| never This element is only shown in
| <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay> ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- now : the key will expire now
- never : the key will never expire
Field type <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay>
- the delay before the md5-key expires
- unit: sec
- range: [-1...2147483647]

530 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 28 OSPF Configuration Commands

28.14 OSPF Interface Metric Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the metric on an OSPF interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ospf stub-area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) metric [ value <Ospf::Metric> ]

Command Parameters
Table 28.14-1 "OSPF Interface Metric Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(area-id) Format: ospf area identifier
- IPv4-address
(ip-addr) Format: ip address identifying the
- IPv4-address interface
Table 28.14-2 "OSPF Interface Metric Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
value Parameter type: <Ospf::Metric> optional parameter
Format: the value for the metric
- metric dependent on TOS
- range: [1...65535]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 531

28 OSPF Configuration Commands

28.15 OSPF Stub Aggregate Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an OSPF stub aggregate.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ospf stub-area (area-id) ( no aggregate-addr (dest-ip) ) | ( aggregate-addr (dest-ip) [ [ no ]

omit-advertise ] )

Command Parameters
Table 28.15-1 "OSPF Stub Aggregate Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(area-id) Format: ospf area identifier
- IPv4-address
(dest-ip) Format: ip address and mask of the
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> destination route
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
Table 28.15-2 "OSPF Stub Aggregate Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] omit-advertise Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
do not advertise the aggregate
information of the subnet

532 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 28 OSPF Configuration Commands

28.16 OSPF NSSA Area Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the OSPF NSSA area.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ospf ( no nssa-area (area-id) ) | ( nssa-area (area-id) [ [ no ] summary ] [ no translation | translation
<Ospf::Trnsltn> ] [ no trans-itvl | trans-itvl <Ospf::TrnltnIntvl> ] [ [ no ] asbr-rtr-trans ] [ no metric-type |
metric-type <Ospf::NSSAMetricType> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 28.16-1 "OSPF NSSA Area Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(area-id) Format: ospf area identifier
- IPv4-address
Table 28.16-2 "OSPF NSSA Area Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] summary Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
controls the import of summary
LSAs into stub areas
[no] translation Parameter type: <Ospf::Trnsltn> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "candidate"
( always NSSA routers ability to translate
| candidate ) Type-7 to Type-5 LSAs
Possible values:
- always : always
- candidate : candidate
[no] trans-itvl Parameter type: <Ospf::TrnltnIntvl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 40
- time trsltr finds its service is not reqd time trsltr finds its service is not
- unit: sec reqd
- range: [0...65535]
[no] asbr-rtr-trans Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
p-bit setting for the type-7 LSA
generated by ASBR
[no] metric-type Parameter type: <Ospf::NSSAMetricType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "ospf"
( ospf type of metric advertised as a
| comparable-metric default route

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 533

28 OSPF Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

| non-comparable )
Possible values:
- ospf : ospf metric
- comparable-metric : comparable cost
- non-comparable : non comparable

534 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 28 OSPF Configuration Commands

28.17 OSPF Interface Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an OSPF interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ospf nssa-area (area-id) ( no interface (ip-addr) ) | ( interface (ip-addr) [ [ no ] disable ] [ no
router-priority | router-priority <Ospf::Priority> ] [ [ no ] passive ] [ no itf-type | itf-type <Ospf::ITFType> ] [ no
authentication | authentication <Ospf::AuthType> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 28.17-1 "OSPF Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(area-id) Format: ospf area identifier
- IPv4-address
(ip-addr) Format: ip address identifying the
- IPv4-address interface
Table 28.17-2 "OSPF Interface Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] disable Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable interface
[no] router-priority Parameter type: <Ospf::Priority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1
- priority used in router election algorithm priority used in router election
- range: [0...255] algorithm
[no] passive Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
sets the interface as passive
[no] itf-type Parameter type: <Ospf::ITFType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "broadcast"
( broadcast ospf interface type
| nbma
| point-point
| point-multipoint )
Possible values:
- broadcast : broadcast lans like ethernet
- nbma : non broadcast multiple access
- point-point : point to point
- point-multipoint : point to multi point
[no] authentication Parameter type: <Ospf::AuthType> optional parameter with default

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 535

28 OSPF Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

Format: value: "none"
( none indicates the OSPF interface
| md5 authentication
| plain : prompt
| plain : plain : <Ospf::Key> )
Possible values:
- none : no authentication
- plain : simple password
- md5 : md5 authentication
Possible values:
- prompt : prompts the operator for a password
- plain : the password in plain text
Field type <Ospf::Key>
- authentication key
- length: x<=8

536 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 28 OSPF Configuration Commands

28.18 OSPF Interface Timers Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the OSPF interface timers.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ospf nssa-area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) timers [ no transit-delay | transit-delay <Ospf::TransDelay>
] [ no retransmit-itvl | retransmit-itvl <Ospf::RetransIntvl> ] [ no hello-interval | hello-interval <Ospf::HelloIntvl> ]
[ no dead-interval | dead-interval <Ospf::DeadIntvl> ] [ no poll-interval | poll-interval <Ospf::PollIntvl> ]

Command Parameters
Table 28.18-1 "OSPF Interface Timers Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(area-id) Format: ospf area identifier
- IPv4-address
(ip-addr) Format: ip address identifying the
- IPv4-address interface
Table 28.18-2 "OSPF Interface Timers Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] transit-delay Parameter type: <Ospf::TransDelay> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1
- time to transmit link state packets time to transmit link update
- unit: sec packets
- range: [0...3600]
[no] retransmit-itvl Parameter type: <Ospf::RetransIntvl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 5
- interval between LSA retransmission interval between LSA
- unit: sec retransmission
- range: [0...3600]
[no] hello-interval Parameter type: <Ospf::HelloIntvl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 10
- interval between sending hello packets interval between sending hello
- unit: sec packets
- range: [1...65535]
[no] dead-interval Parameter type: <Ospf::DeadIntvl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 40

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 537

28 OSPF Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] poll-interval
- interval when no hello pkts are received interval when no hello pkts are
- unit: sec received
- range: [0...65535]
Parameter type: <Ospf::PollIntvl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 120
- time between hello pkts sent to neighbour time between hello pkts sent to
- unit: sec neighbour
- range: [0...65535]

538 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 28 OSPF Configuration Commands

28.19 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an MD5 key for an OSPF interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ospf nssa-area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) ( no md5-key (index) ) | ( md5-key (index) key
<Ospf::AuthTypeMd5> [ no accept-starts | accept-starts <Ospf::MD5startDelay> ] [ no generate-starts |
generate-starts <Ospf::MD5startDelay> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 28.19-1 "OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(area-id) Format: ospf area identifier
- IPv4-address
(ip-addr) Format: ip address identifying the
- IPv4-address interface
(index) Format: the number of the md5 key
- the number of the MD5 key
- range: [1...5]
Table 28.19-2 "OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
key Parameter type: <Ospf::AuthTypeMd5> mandatory parameter
Format: the md5 key
( prompt
| plain : <Ospf::Key> )
Possible values:
- prompt : prompts the operator for a password
- plain : the password in plain text
Field type <Ospf::Key>
- authentication key
- length: x<=8
[no] accept-starts Parameter type: <Ospf::MD5startDelay> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "now"
( now when the key must be used to
| <Sys::Time> ) accept

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 539

28 OSPF Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] generate-starts
Possible values:
- now : the key will be used from now on
Field type <Sys::Time>
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs)
- unit: UTC
Parameter type: <Ospf::MD5startDelay> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "now"
( now when the key must be used to
| <Sys::Time> ) generate
Possible values:
- now : the key will be used from now on
Field type <Sys::Time>
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs)
- unit: UTC

Command Output
Table 28.19-3 "OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
accept-expires Parameter type: <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay> delay before the key expires for
( now accepting
| never This element is only shown in
| <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay> ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- now : the key will expire now
- never : the key will never expire
Field type <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay>
- the delay before the md5-key expires
- unit: sec
- range: [-1...2147483647]
generate-expires Parameter type: <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay> delay before the key expires for
( now generating
| never This element is only shown in
| <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay> ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- now : the key will expire now
- never : the key will never expire
Field type <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay>
- the delay before the md5-key expires
- unit: sec
- range: [-1...2147483647]

540 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 28 OSPF Configuration Commands

28.20 OSPF Interface Metric Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the metric on an OSPF interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ospf nssa-area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) metric [ value <Ospf::Metric> ]

Command Parameters
Table 28.20-1 "OSPF Interface Metric Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(area-id) Format: ospf area identifier
- IPv4-address
(ip-addr) Format: ip address identifying the
- IPv4-address interface
Table 28.20-2 "OSPF Interface Metric Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
value Parameter type: <Ospf::Metric> optional parameter
Format: the value for the metric
- metric dependent on TOS
- range: [1...65535]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 541

28 OSPF Configuration Commands

28.21 OSPF NSSA Aggregate Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an OSPF NSSA aggregate.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ospf nssa-area (area-id) ( no aggregate-addr (dest-ip) lsa-type <Ospf::LSAType> ) | ( aggregate-addr
(dest-ip) lsa-type <Ospf::LSAType> [ [ no ] omit-advertise ] )

Command Parameters
Table 28.21-1 "OSPF NSSA Aggregate Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(area-id) Format: ospf area identifier
- IPv4-address
(dest-ip) Format: ip address and mask of the
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> destination route
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
lsa-type Parameter type: <Ospf::LSAType> type of address aggregate
Format:
( summary
| nssa-external )
Possible values:
- summary : type-3, summary link
- nssa-external : type-7, nssa external link
Table 28.21-2 "OSPF NSSA Aggregate Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] omit-advertise Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
do not advertise the aggregate
information of the subnet

542 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 28 OSPF Configuration Commands

28.22 OSPF External Aggregate Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an OSPF aggregate from external autonomous system.
External route summarization is specific to external routes that are injected into OSPF via redistribution. Also,
make sure that external ranges that are being summarized are contiguous. Summarization overlapping ranges from
two different routers could cause packets to be sent to the wrong destination.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ospf nssa-area (area-id) ( no extern-aggr-addr (dest-ip) ) | ( extern-aggr-addr (dest-ip) [ no advertise |
advertise <Ospf::ExtAggregateEffect> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 28.22-1 "OSPF External Aggregate Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(area-id) Format: ospf area identifier
- IPv4-address
(dest-ip) Format: ip address and mask of the
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> destination route
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
Table 28.22-2 "OSPF External Aggregate Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] advertise Parameter type: <Ospf::ExtAggregateEffect> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "advertise"
( enable advertisement of the indicated
| disable aggregate
| allow-all
| deny-all )
Possible values:
- enable : advertise the aggregate information of the subnet
- disable : do not advertise the aggregate information of the

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 543

28 OSPF Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

subnet
- allow-all : allow all advertisement
- deny-all : deny all advertisement

544 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 28 OSPF Configuration Commands

28.23 OSPF Redistribution Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the redistribution of the OSPF.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ospf redistribution [ [ no ] enable ] [ [ no ] local ] [ [ no ] static ] [ [ no ] rip ]

Command Parameters
Table 28.23-2 "OSPF Redistribution Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] enable Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable OSPF route redistribution
[no] local Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
import local routes to OSPF
[no] static Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
import static routes to OSPF
[no] rip Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
import rip routes to OSPF

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 545

28 OSPF Configuration Commands

28.24 OSPF Redistribution Route Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the redistribution of OSPF route parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ospf redistribution ( no route-destination (dest-ip) ) | ( route-destination (dest-ip) [ no metric-type |

metric-type <Ospf::RouteMetricType> ] [ no metric | metric <Ospf::RouteMetric> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 28.24-1 "OSPF Redistribution Route Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(dest-ip) Format: ip address and mask of the
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> destination route
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
Table 28.24-2 "OSPF Redistribution Route Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] metric-type Parameter type: <Ospf::RouteMetricType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "as-ext-type2"
( as-ext-type1 metric type applied to the router
| as-ext-type2 )
Possible values:
- as-ext-type1 : asexttype1 metric type
- as-ext-type2 : asexttype2 metric type
[no] metric Parameter type: <Ospf::RouteMetric> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 10
- metric value for route before its advrtsd metric value applied to the router
- range: [1...16777215]

546 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

29- RIP Configuration Commands

29.1 RIP Configuration Command Tree 29-548

29.2 RIP Common Configuration Command 29-549
29.3 RIP Redistribution Configuration Command 29-550
29.4 RIP Interface Configuration Command 29-551
29.5 RIP Interface Timers Configuration Command 29-553
29.6 RIP Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command 29-554
29.7 RIP Route Aggregation Command 29-556
29.8 RIP Route Map Command 29-557

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 547

29 RIP Configuration Commands

29.1 RIP Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "RIP Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----rip
- [no] max-peer
----redistribution
- [no] enable
- [no] default-metric
- [no] local
- [no] static
- [no] ospf
----[no] interface
- (ip-addr)
- [no] authentication
- default-metric
- [no] send
- [no] receive
- [no] split-horizon
----timers
- [no] update-timer
- [no] route-age-out
- [no] junk-collection
----[no] md5-key
- (index)
- key
- starts
- expires
----[no] aggregation
- (ip-addr)
----[no] route-map
- (vlan-id)
- sub-index
- ip-addr
- [no] direction
- [no] deny

548 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 29 RIP Configuration Commands

29.2 RIP Common Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify global parameters for the RIP protocol.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure rip [ no max-peer | max-peer <Rip::Rip2Peer> ]

Command Parameters
Table 29.2-2 "RIP Common Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] max-peer Parameter type: <Rip::Rip2Peer> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 25
- max nbr of peers max nbr of peer conversing with
- range: [1...25] RIP2 simultaneously

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 549

29 RIP Configuration Commands

29.3 RIP Redistribution Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure RIP redistribution.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure rip redistribution [ [ no ] enable ] [ no default-metric | default-metric <Rip::RouteMetric> ] [ [ no ] local

] [ [ no ] static ] [ [ no ] ospf ]

Command Parameters
Table 29.3-2 "RIP Redistribution Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] enable Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable RIP route redistribution
[no] default-metric Parameter type: <Rip::RouteMetric> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3
- metric default metric used for the
- range: [1...6] imported routes
[no] local Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
import local routes to RIP
[no] static Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
import static routes to RIP
[no] ospf Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
import ospf routes to RIP

550 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 29 RIP Configuration Commands

29.4 RIP Interface Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the user to configure RIP interface parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure rip ( no interface (ip-addr) ) | ( interface (ip-addr) [ no authentication | authentication <Rip::AuthType>
] default-metric <Rip::DefMetric> [ no send | send <Rip::ConfSend> ] [ no receive | receive <Rip::ConfRcv> ] [ no
split-horizon | split-horizon <Rip::SpltHorizon> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 29.4-1 "RIP Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ip-addr) Format: interface IP address
- IPv4-address
Table 29.4-2 "RIP Interface Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] authentication Parameter type: <Rip::AuthType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none authentication method
| md5
| plain : prompt
| plain : plain : <Rip::Key> )
Possible values:
- none : no authentication
- plain : simple password
- md5 : md5 authentication
Possible values:
- prompt : prompts the operator for a password
- plain : the password in plain text
Field type <Rip::Key>
- authentication key
- length: 1<=x<=16
default-metric Parameter type: <Rip::DefMetric> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- default metric during modification.
- range: [0...15] metric used for default route in
RIP updates
[no] send Parameter type: <Rip::ConfSend> optional parameter with default

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 551

29 RIP Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

Format: value: "rip1-compatible"
( disable RIP version used for sending RIP
| rip1 packets
| rip1-compatible
| rip2 )
Possible values:
- disable : don't send any packets
- rip1 : rip version 1
- rip1-compatible : rip version 1 comptible
- rip2 : rip version 2
[no] receive Parameter type: <Rip::ConfRcv> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "rip1-or-rip2"
( rip1 RIP version used for accepting
| rip2 RIP packets
| rip1-or-rip2
| disable )
Possible values:
- rip1 : accept rip1 packets
- rip2 : accept rip2 packets
- rip1-or-rip2 : accept rip1 or rip2 packets
- disable : don't receive packets
[no] split-horizon Parameter type: <Rip::SpltHorizon> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "enable"
( enable split horizon status used in the
| poison-reverse system
| disable )
Possible values:
- enable : enable split horizon
- poison-reverse : split horizon with Poison Reverse
- disable : disable split horizon

552 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 29 RIP Configuration Commands

29.5 RIP Interface Timers Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the user to configure RIP interface timers.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure rip interface (ip-addr) timers [ no update-timer | update-timer <Rip::UpdateTmr> ] [ no route-age-out |
route-age-out <Rip::RouteAgeTmr> ] [ no junk-collection | junk-collection <Rip::GrbTmr> ]

Command Parameters
Table 29.5-1 "RIP Interface Timers Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ip-addr) Format: interface IP address
- IPv4-address
Table 29.5-2 "RIP Interface Timers Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] update-timer Parameter type: <Rip::UpdateTmr> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 30
- update timer interval between RIP updates in
- unit: secs secs
- range: [10...3600]
[no] route-age-out Parameter type: <Rip::RouteAgeTmr> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 180
- route age timer time for unrefreshed route to be
- unit: secs put in garbage in secs
- range: [30...500]
[no] junk-collection Parameter type: <Rip::GrbTmr> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 120
- garbage collection timer lifetime of route in garbage bin in
- unit: secs secs
- range: [120...180]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 553

29 RIP Configuration Commands

29.6 RIP Interface MD5 Key Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a MD5 key for a RIP interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure rip interface (ip-addr) ( no md5-key (index) ) | ( md5-key (index) key <Rip::AuthTypeMD5> starts
<Rip::MD5startDelay> expires <Rip::MD5expiryDelay> )

Command Parameters
Table 29.6-1 "RIP Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ip-addr) Format: interface IP address
- IPv4-address
(index) Format: the number of the md5 key
- the number of the MD5 key
- range: [1...5]
Table 29.6-2 "RIP Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
key Parameter type: <Rip::AuthTypeMD5> mandatory parameter
Format: the md5 key
( prompt
| plain : <Rip::Key> )
Possible values:
- prompt : prompts the operator for a password
- plain : the password in plain text
Field type <Rip::Key>
- authentication key
- length: 1<=x<=16
starts Parameter type: <Rip::MD5startDelay> mandatory parameter
Format: when the key must be used
( now
| <Rip::MD5startDelay> )
Possible values:
- now : the key will be used from now on
Field type <Rip::MD5startDelay>

554 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 29 RIP Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- the delay before the md5-key will be used
- unit: sec
- range: [0...2147483647]
expires Parameter type: <Rip::MD5expiryDelay> mandatory parameter
Format: delay before the key expires
( never
| <Rip::MD5expiryDelay> )
Possible values:
- never : the key will never expire
Field type <Rip::MD5expiryDelay>
- the delay before the md5-key expires
- unit: sec
- range: [0...2147483647]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 555

29 RIP Configuration Commands

29.7 RIP Route Aggregation Command

Command Description
This command allows the user to add or delete a route aggregation.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure rip ( no aggregation (ip-addr) ) | ( aggregation (ip-addr) )

Command Parameters
Table 29.7-1 "RIP Route Aggregation Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ip-addr) Format: aggregated IP address and
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> subnetmask
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]

556 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 29 RIP Configuration Commands

29.8 RIP Route Map Command

Command Description
This command allows the user to define a route map.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure rip ( no route-map (vlan-id) sub-index <Rip::SubIndex> ) | ( route-map (vlan-id) sub-index
<Rip::SubIndex> ip-addr <Ip::AddressAndIpMaskFull> [ no direction | direction <Rip::RouteMapDirection> ] [ [
no ] deny ] )

Command Parameters
Table 29.8-1 "RIP Route Map Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: interface IP address
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]
sub-index Parameter type: <Rip::SubIndex> identifies the rule for each
Format: ip-address
- identifies the rule for each ip-address
- range: [1...128]
Table 29.8-2 "RIP Route Map Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::AddressAndIpMaskFull> mandatory parameter
Format: IP address of subnet that can be
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> allowed/disallowed
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
[no] direction Parameter type: <Rip::RouteMapDirection> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "transmit"
transmit Direction in which the RIP routes
Possible values: are advertised.
- transmit : route map in transmitting direction
[no] deny Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
deny route map

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 557

30- Cluster Management Configure Commands

30.1 Cluster Management Configure Command Tree 30-559

30.2 Cluster System Configuration Command 30-560
30.3 Cluster Neighbor Discovery Configuration Command 30-561
30.4 Cluster Topology Collection Configuration Command 30-562
30.5 Cluster Port Configuration Command 30-563

558 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 30 Cluster Management Configure Commands

30.1 Cluster Management Configure Command

Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Cluster Management Configure Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----cluster
----system
- [no] name
- role
----neighbour
- [no] discov-mode-off
- [no] interval
- [no] hold-time
----collection
- [no] collect-sys-off
- [no] hop-delay
- [no] port-delay
- [no] scope
- [no] interval
- [no] manual
----[no] port
- (port)
- [no] discov-port-off
- [no] collect-port-off

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 559

30 Cluster Management Configure Commands

30.2 Cluster System Configuration Command

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the parameters of an NE on the system level

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure cluster system [ no name | name <Cluster::ClusterName> ] [ role <Cluster::ClusterRole> ]

Command Parameters
Table 30.2-2 "Cluster System Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] name Parameter type: <Cluster::ClusterName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- the cluster namer the cluster name
- length: x<=255
role Parameter type: <Cluster::ClusterRole> optional parameter
Format: the cluster role
( command
| member
| backup
| candidate )
Possible values:
- command : act as a command node
- member : act as a member node
- backup : act as a backup node
- candidate : act as a candidate node

560 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 30 Cluster Management Configure Commands

30.3 Cluster Neighbor Discovery Configuration

Command

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the neighbor discovery on system level

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure cluster neighbour [ [ no ] discov-mode-off ] [ no interval | interval <Cluster::DiscoveryInterval> ] [ no

hold-time | hold-time <Cluster::DiscoveryHoldTime> ]

Command Parameters
Table 30.3-2 "Cluster Neighbor Discovery Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] discov-mode-off Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
neighbour discovery in the NE is
disabled
[no] interval Parameter type: <Cluster::DiscoveryInterval> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 60
- the neighbour discovery interval the neighbour discovery interval
- range: [1...2147483647]
[no] hold-time Parameter type: <Cluster::DiscoveryHoldTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 180
- the neighbour discovery hold time the neighbour discovery hold
- range: [1...255] time

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 561

30 Cluster Management Configure Commands

30.4 Cluster Topology Collection Configuration

Command

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the topology collection on system level

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure cluster collection [ [ no ] collect-sys-off ] [ no hop-delay | hop-delay <Cluster::CollectionHopDelay> ] [

no port-delay | port-delay <Cluster::CollectionPortDelay> ] [ no scope | scope <Cluster::CollectionScope> ] [ no
interval | interval <Cluster::CollectionInterval> ] [ [ no ] manual ]

Command Parameters
Table 30.4-2 "Cluster Topology Collection Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] collect-sys-off Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
topology collection in the NE is
disabled
[no] hop-delay Parameter type: <Cluster::CollectionHopDelay> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 200
- time of the collection hop delay the topology collection hop delay
- range: [1...65535]
[no] port-delay Parameter type: <Cluster::CollectionPortDelay> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 20
- time of the collection port delay the topology collection port delay
- range: [1...65535]
[no] scope Parameter type: <Cluster::CollectionScope> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3
- the collection scope of the cluster the topology collection scope
- range: [1...10]
[no] interval Parameter type: <Cluster::CollectionInterval> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the topology collection interval the topology collection interval
- range: [0...2147483647]
[no] manual Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
the manual topology collection in
the NE is enabled

562 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 30 Cluster Management Configure Commands

30.5 Cluster Port Configuration Command

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the parameter on the port level

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure cluster ( no port (port) ) | ( port (port) [ [ no ] discov-port-off ] [ [ no ] collect-port-off ] )

Command Parameters
Table 30.5-1 "Cluster Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: index of a port
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub
Table 30.5-2 "Cluster Port Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] discov-port-off Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
neighbour discovery in the port is
disabled
[no] collect-port-off Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
topology collection in the NE is
disabled

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 563

31- XDSL Bonding Configuration Commands

31.1 XDSL Bonding Configuration Command Tree 31-565

31.2 XDSL Bonding Assembly Timer Configuration 31-566
Command
31.3 xDSL Bonding Group Profile Configuration Command 31-567
31.4 xDSL Bonding Configuration Command 31-570
31.5 xDSL Bonding Configuration Command 31-572

564 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 31 XDSL Bonding Configuration Commands

31.1 XDSL Bonding Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "XDSL Bonding Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----xdsl-bonding
- group-assembly-time
----[no] group-profile
- (index)
- name
- (scope)
- version
- [no] min-bitrate-up
- [no] min-bitrate-down
- [no] plan-bitrate-up
- [no] plan-bitrate-down
- [no] max-bitrate-up
- [no] max-bitrate-down
- [no] max-delay-down
- [no] max-delay-up
- [no] imp-noise-prot-dn
- [no] imp-noise-prot-up
- [no] active
----group
- (bonding-group-idx)
- [no] group-profile
- [no] admin-up
- [no] admin-status
----[no] link
- (bonding-link-id)

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 565

31 XDSL Bonding Configuration Commands

31.2 XDSL Bonding Assembly Timer Configuration

Command

Command Description
This node provides the provisioning of the bonding group assembly timeout. Default value is zero ('0'), and is
interpreted as disabling the timer.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure xdsl-bonding group-assembly-time <Xdsl::SignedIntegerSEC>

Command Parameters
Table 31.2-2 "XDSL Bonding Assembly Timer Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
group-assembly-time Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerSEC> optional parameter
Format: Max waiting period for group to
- second become operational
- unit: sec

566 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 31 XDSL Bonding Configuration Commands

31.3 xDSL Bonding Group Profile Configuration

Command

Command Description
This node allows to manage the xDSL bonding group profile. A profile can be created in one step with all the
necessary parameters and making it active. It can also be created in several steps by specifying a few parameters in
each step and make the profile active in the last step.
DESCRIPTION FOR THE COMMAND PARAMETER-SCOPE:The combination scope+profile must be
unique.Typically local-profile must be used especially when configuring via CLI.Use of network-profile is
depreciated.The network-profile was foreseen to allow management agents to define network-wide unique
profiles,independent of what local profiles may have been created.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure xdsl-bonding ( no group-profile (index) ) | ( group-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> (scope)
version <SignedInteger> [ no min-bitrate-up | min-bitrate-up <Xdsl::Bitrate> ] [ no min-bitrate-down |
min-bitrate-down <Xdsl::Bitrate> ] [ no plan-bitrate-up | plan-bitrate-up <Xdsl::Bitrate> ] [ no plan-bitrate-down |
plan-bitrate-down <Xdsl::Bitrate> ] [ no max-bitrate-up | max-bitrate-up <Xdsl::Bitrate> ] [ no max-bitrate-down |
max-bitrate-down <Xdsl::Bitrate> ] [ no max-delay-down | max-delay-down <Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> ] [ no
max-delay-up | max-delay-up <Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> ] [ no imp-noise-prot-dn | imp-noise-prot-dn
<Xdsl::SignedIntegerSYMBOL> ] [ no imp-noise-prot-up | imp-noise-prot-up <Xdsl::SignedIntegerSYMBOL> ] [
[ no ] active ] )

Command Parameters
Table 31.3-1 "xDSL Bonding Group Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile
- bonding group profile index
- range: [1...100]
Table 31.3-2 "xDSL Bonding Group Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: name of the profile
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
(scope) Format: mandatory parameter

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 567

31 XDSL Bonding Configuration Commands
Parameter
version
[no] min-bitrate-up
[no] min-bitrate-down
[no] plan-bitrate-up
[no] plan-bitrate-down
[no] max-bitrate-up
[no] max-bitrate-down
[no] max-delay-down
[no] max-delay-up
[no] imp-noise-prot-dn
[no] imp-noise-prot-up
[no] active
568 Released
Type Description
( local-profile scope of the profile
| network-profile )
Possible values:
- local-profile : the local profile
- network-profile : the network profile
Parameter type: <SignedInteger> mandatory parameter
Format: version maintained by manager,
- a signed integer usually 1 for new profile
Parameter type: <Xdsl::Bitrate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 64
- bitrate minimum upstream bit rate to be
- unit: kbits/sec maintained
- range: [0...65535]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::Bitrate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1024
- bitrate minimum downstream bit rate to
- unit: kbits/sec be maintained
- range: [0...65535]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::Bitrate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 128
- bitrate planned bitrate in upstream
- unit: kbits/sec
- range: [0...65535]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::Bitrate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1536
- bitrate planned bitrate in downstream
- unit: kbits/sec
- range: [0...65535]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::Bitrate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 640
- bitrate maximum bitrate in upstream
- unit: kbits/sec
- range: [0...65535]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::Bitrate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 6144
- bitrate maximum bitrate in downstream
- unit: kbits/sec
- range: [0...65535]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 16
- a delay time period maximum delay for interleaving
- unit: msec function in downstream
- range: [1...63]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 16
- a delay time period maximum delay for interleaving
- unit: msec function in upstream
- range: [1...63]
Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerSYMBOL> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- impulse noise protection minimum impulse noise
- unit: 1/10 symbols protection in downstream
Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerSYMBOL> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- impulse noise protection minimum impulse noise
- unit: 1/10 symbols protection in upstream
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
 31 XDSL Bonding Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

to activate the profile

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 569

31 XDSL Bonding Configuration Commands

31.4 xDSL Bonding Configuration Command

Command Description
This node allows to configure a bonding group, which consists of assigning a predefined bonding group profile.
Configuring bonding group will fail if ATM PVCs are configured on any of the DSL lines in the bonding group

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure xdsl-bonding group (bonding-group-idx) [ no group-profile | group-profile

<Xdsl::GroupProfileIndexWithRemove> ] [ [ no ] admin-up ] [ [ no ] admin-status ]

Command Parameters
Table 31.4-1 "xDSL Bonding Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(bonding-group-idx)
Table 31.4-2 "xDSL Bonding Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] group-profile
Type Description
Format: a unique interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Type Description
Parameter type: <Xdsl::GroupProfileIndexWithRemove> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none a valid profile index for the
| <Xdsl::GroupProfileIndexWithRemove> interface
| name : <PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Xdsl::GroupProfileIndexWithRemove>
- bonding group profile index
- range: [0...100]
Field type <PrintableString>

570 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 31 XDSL Bonding Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- printable string
[no] admin-up Parameter type: boolean obsolete parameter replaced by
parameter "admin-status"
set the admin-state of the group
to up
[no] admin-status Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
The parameter is not visible
during creation.

Command Output
Table 31.4-3 "xDSL Bonding Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
group-profile-name Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the group profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 571

31 XDSL Bonding Configuration Commands

31.5 xDSL Bonding Configuration Command

Command Description
This node provides the provisoning of the bonding group, which consists of adding/removing links to/from the
bonding group.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure xdsl-bonding group (bonding-group-idx) ( no link (bonding-link-id) ) | ( link (bonding-link-id) )

Command Parameters
Table 31.5-1 "xDSL Bonding Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(bonding-group-idx)
(bonding-link-id)
Type Description
Format: a unique interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Format: a bonding link interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

572 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

32- CPE Remote Configuration Commands

32.1 CPE Remote Configuration Command Tree 32-574

32.2 CPE Remote Management System Configuration 32-575
Commands
32.3 CPE Manager Configuration Command 32-576
32.4 CPE IPProxy Session Configuration Command 32-577
32.5 CPE IPProxy Shub Vlan Configuration Command 32-578

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 573

32 CPE Remote Configuration Commands

32.1 CPE Remote Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "CPE Remote Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----cpe-management
- [no] proxy-mode
- [no] vlan-id
----[no] manager
- (address)
----[no] session
- (dslport)
- [no] connection
----shub
----[no] vlan-id
- (vlan-id)

574 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 32 CPE Remote Configuration Commands

32.2 CPE Remote Management System

Configuration Commands

Command Description
This node allows to configure CPE Remote Management System;

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure cpe-management [ no proxy-mode | proxy-mode <CpeProxy::SystemMode> ] [ no vlan-id | vlan-id

<CpeProxy::VlanIndex> ]

Command Parameters
Table 32.2-2 "CPE Remote Management System Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] proxy-mode Parameter type: <CpeProxy::SystemMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( snmp set the CPE Proxy mode
| none
| ip )
Possible values:
- snmp : this mode is relaying SNMP messages
- none : disables the cpeproxy
- ip : enables the ipproxy mode
[no] vlan-id Parameter type: <CpeProxy::VlanIndex> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0"
- cpe ipproxy vlan number configure the svlan number.
- range: [0...4093]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 575

32 CPE Remote Configuration Commands

32.3 CPE Manager Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows to configure a CPE manager.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure cpe-management ( no manager (address) ) | ( manager (address) )

Command Parameters
Table 32.3-1 "CPE Manager Configuration Command " Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(address)
Type Description
Format: the address of a CPE manager
<CpeProxy::IPaddress> : <CpeProxy::PortNumber>
Field type <CpeProxy::IPaddress>
- IP address of CPE Management Station
Field type <CpeProxy::PortNumber>
- cpe management station udp port number
- range: [1...65535]

576 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 32 CPE Remote Configuration Commands

32.4 CPE IPProxy Session Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows to configure a ipproxy session.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure cpe-management ( no session (dslport) ) | ( session (dslport) [ no connection | connection

<CpeProxy::cpeIpProxySessionProtocolPort> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 32.4-1 "CPE IPProxy Session Configuration Command " Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(dslport) Format: identification of port to which the
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / CPE is connected
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 32.4-2 "CPE IPProxy Session Configuration Command " Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] connection Parameter type: optional parameter with default
<CpeProxy::cpeIpProxySessionProtocolPort> value: 0
Format: protocol port for ipproxy session.
- cpe ipproxy port number
- range: [0,13410...13457]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 577

32 CPE Remote Configuration Commands

32.5 CPE IPProxy Shub Vlan Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows to configure a cpe management shub vlan.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure cpe-management shub ( no vlan-id (vlan-id) ) | ( vlan-id (vlan-id) )

Command Parameters
Table 32.5-1 "CPE IPProxy Shub Vlan Configuration Command " Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: configure the cpe management
- cpe ipproxy shub vlan number shub vlan number
- range: [1...4093]

578 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

33- SHDSL Configuration Commands

33.1 SHDSL Configuration Command Tree 33-580

33.2 SHDSL Span Configuration Command 33-581
33.3 SHDSL Unit Configuration Command 33-584
33.4 SHDSL Segment Configuration Command 33-586

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 579

33 SHDSL Configuration Commands

33.1 SHDSL Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "SHDSL Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----shdsl
----span
- (if-index)
- [no] active
- [no] admin-up
- [no] repeaters
- [no] op-mode
- [no] spectral-profile
- [no] wire-mode
- [no] mgmt-by-stu-r
- [no] regi-set
- [no] min-line-rate
- [no] max-line-rate
- [no] margin-down-worst
- [no] margin-down-curr
- [no] margin-up-worst
- [no] margin-up-curr
- [no] probe
- [no] tc-pam-sele
----unit
- (if-index)
- unit-id
- [no] loop-attenuation
- [no] snr-margin
- [no] loopback-timeout
----segment
- (if-index)
- unit-id
- side
- [no] loopback
- [no] pbo-mode

580 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 33 SHDSL Configuration Commands

33.2 SHDSL Span Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the SHDSL span profile.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure shdsl span (if-index) [ [ no ] active ] [ [ no ] admin-up ] [ no repeaters | repeaters

<Shdsl::SpanConfNumRepeaters> ] [ no op-mode | op-mode <Shdsl::SpanOperationalMode> ] [ no spectral-profile
| spectral-profile <Shdsl::SpanSpectralProfile> ] [ no wire-mode | wire-mode <Shdsl::SpanWireMode> ] [ [ no ]
mgmt-by-stu-r ] [ no regi-set | regi-set <Shdsl::SpanRegionalSetting> ] [ no min-line-rate | min-line-rate
<Shdsl::BitRate> ] [ no max-line-rate | max-line-rate <Shdsl::BitRate> ] [ no margin-down-worst |
margin-down-worst <Shdsl::NoiseMarginWC> ] [ no margin-down-curr | margin-down-curr
<Shdsl::NoiseMarginCC> ] [ no margin-up-worst | margin-up-worst <Shdsl::NoiseMarginWC> ] [ no
margin-up-curr | margin-up-curr <Shdsl::NoiseMarginCC> ] [ no probe | probe <Shdsl::SpanLineProbeEnable> ] [
no tc-pam-sele | tc-pam-sele <Shdsl::SpanTCPAMSelection> ]

Command Parameters
Table 33.2-1 "SHDSL Span Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 33.2-2 "SHDSL Span Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] active Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
set the span-profile active
[no] admin-up Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
admin status is up
[no] repeaters Parameter type: <Shdsl::SpanConfNumRepeaters> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the number of SRUs to be configured for this span number of repeaters

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 581

33 SHDSL Configuration Commands
Parameter
[no] op-mode
[no] spectral-profile
[no] wire-mode
[no] mgmt-by-stu-r
[no] regi-set
[no] min-line-rate
[no] max-line-rate
[no] margin-down-worst
[no] margin-down-curr
[no] margin-up-worst
582 Released
Type Description
- range: [0...8]
Parameter type: <Shdsl::SpanOperationalMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "native"
( native span operational mode
| ima
| efm )
Possible values:
- native : the operational mode is native
- ima : the operational mode is ima
- efm : the operational mode is efm
Parameter type: <Shdsl::SpanSpectralProfile> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "symmetric"
( symmetric spectral mode
| asymmetric )
Possible values:
- symmetric : the spectral mode is symmetric
- asymmetric : the spectral mode is asymmetric
Parameter type: <Shdsl::SpanWireMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "two-wire"
( two-wire M-pair operation wire mode
| four-wire
| six-wire
| eight-wire )
Possible values:
- two-wire : the M-pair operation is one-pair
- four-wire : the M-pair operation is two-pair
- six-wire : the M-pair operation is three-pair
- eight-wire : the M-pair operation is four-pair
Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable the STU-R initiated
management flow
Parameter type: <Shdsl::SpanRegionalSetting> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "annex-b/g"
( annex-a/f the number specifies regional
| annex-b/g ) setting
Possible values:
- annex-a/f : Annex A/F Region 1
- annex-b/g : Annex B/G Region 2
Parameter type: <Shdsl::BitRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 192
- bitrate the minimum requested data rate
- unit: kbits/sec
Parameter type: <Shdsl::BitRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 5696
- bitrate the maximum requested data rate
- unit: kbits/sec
Parameter type: <Shdsl::NoiseMarginWC> optional parameter with default
Format: value: -11
- a noise margin value of worst conditions target relative margin in dwnstrm
- unit: db for worst case noise
- range: [-11...10]
Parameter type: <Shdsl::NoiseMarginCC> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 5
- a noise margin value of current conditions relative margin in dwnstrm for
- unit: db current noise condition
- range: [-11,0...10]
Parameter type: <Shdsl::NoiseMarginWC> optional parameter with default
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
 33 SHDSL Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

Format: value: -11
- a noise margin value of worst conditions target relative margin in upstrm
- unit: db for worst case noise
- range: [-11...10]
[no] margin-up-curr Parameter type: <Shdsl::NoiseMarginCC> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 5
- a noise margin value of current conditions relative margin in upstrm for
- unit: db current noise conditions
- range: [-11,0...10]
[no] probe Parameter type: <Shdsl::SpanLineProbeEnable> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "enable"
( disable the number enable/disable line
| enable ) probe
Possible values:
- disable : enable the line probe
- enable : disable the line probe
[no] tc-pam-sele Parameter type: <Shdsl::SpanTCPAMSelection> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "auto"
( auto the TC-PAM modulation
| tc-pam32 selection for the span
| tc-pam16 )
Possible values:
- auto : auto-tcPam selection
- tc-pam32 : tcPam32 selection
- tc-pam16 : tcPam16 selection

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 583

33 SHDSL Configuration Commands

33.3 SHDSL Unit Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the SHDSL unit profile in one SHDSL span.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure shdsl unit (if-index) unit-id <Shdsl::UnitId> [ no loop-attenuation | loop-attenuation

<Shdsl::UnitLoopAttenThreshold> ] [ no snr-margin | snr-margin <Shdsl::UnitSnrMarginThreshold> ] [ no
loopback-timeout | loopback-timeout <Shdsl::UnitLoopbackTimeout> ]

Command Parameters
Table 33.3-1 "SHDSL Unit Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
unit-id Parameter type: <Shdsl::UnitId> unit identifier in an SHDSL span
Format:
( stu-c
| stu-r )
Possible values:
- stu-c : the SHDSL unit is STU-C
- stu-r : the SHDSL unit is STU-R
Table 33.3-2 "SHDSL Unit Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] loop-attenuation Parameter type: <Shdsl::UnitLoopAttenThreshold> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- a loop attenuation threshold value for an SHDSL unit the loop attenuation threshold
- unit: db value
- range: [0...127]
[no] snr-margin Parameter type: <Shdsl::UnitSnrMarginThreshold> optional parameter with default

584 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 33 SHDSL Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] loopback-timeout
Format: value: 0
- an SNR margin threshold value for an SHDSL unit the snr margin threshold value
- unit: db
- range: [0...15]
Parameter type: <Shdsl::UnitLoopbackTimeout> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- a loopback timeout duration value for an SHDSL unit the loopback timeout value
- unit: min
- range: [0...4095]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 585

33 SHDSL Configuration Commands

33.4 SHDSL Segment Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the SHDSL segment points on either sides of an SHDSL unit.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure shdsl segment (if-index) unit-id <Shdsl::UnitId> side <Shdsl::SegmentSide> [ no loopback | loopback
<Shdsl::SegmentTermLoopbackConf> ] [ no pbo-mode | pbo-mode <Shdsl::SegmentTermPowerBackoff> ]

Command Parameters
Table 33.4-1 "SHDSL Segment Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
unit-id Parameter type: <Shdsl::UnitId> unit identifier in an SHDSL span
Format:
( stu-c
| stu-r )
Possible values:
- stu-c : the SHDSL unit is STU-C
- stu-r : the SHDSL unit is STU-R
side Parameter type: <Shdsl::SegmentSide> the particular side of an SHDSL
Format: unit in an SHDSL segment
( network
| customer )
Possible values:
- network : the network side
- customer : the customer side
Table 33.4-2 "SHDSL Segment Configuration Command" Command Parameters

586 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 33 SHDSL Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] loopback Parameter type: <Shdsl::SegmentTermLoopbackConf> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none the loopback mode for the
| normal ) associated side
Possible values:
- none : no loopback
- normal : normal loopback
[no] pbo-mode Parameter type: <Shdsl::SegmentTermPowerBackoff> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "default"
( default the power backoff mode for the
| selected ) associated side
Possible values:
- default : the default mode
- selected : the selected mode

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 587

34- IMA Configuration Commands

34.1 IMA Configuration Command Tree 34-589

34.2 IMA Group Configuration Commands 34-590
34.3 IMA Link Configuration Commands 34-592

588 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 34 IMA Configuration Commands

34.1 IMA Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "IMA Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----ima
----group
- (if-index)
- [no] activate
- [no] admin-up
- [no] min-tx-links
- [no] min-rx-links
- near-end-ima-id
----[no] link
- (link-if-index)
- grp-index

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 589

34 IMA Configuration Commands

34.2 IMA Group Configuration Commands

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the IMA group profile.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ima group (if-index) [ [ no ] activate ] [ [ no ] admin-up ] [ no min-tx-links | min-tx-links

<Ima::GroupMinNumTxLinks> ] [ no min-rx-links | min-rx-links <Ima::GroupMinNumRxLinks> ] [
near-end-ima-id <Ima::GroupTxImaId> ]

Command Parameters
Table 34.2-1 "IMA Group Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 34.2-2 "IMA Group Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] activate Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
[no] admin-up Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
admin status is up
[no] min-tx-links Parameter type: <Ima::GroupMinNumTxLinks> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1
- a mininum number of transmit links required to be active the mininum number of transmit
- range: [1...8] links
[no] min-rx-links Parameter type: <Ima::GroupMinNumRxLinks> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1
- a mininum number of receive links required to be active the mininum number of receive
- range: [1...32] links
near-end-ima-id Parameter type: <Ima::GroupTxImaId> optional parameter
Format: the imd id used by the near-end

590 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 34 IMA Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- an imd id used by the near-end ima function ima function
- range: [0...255]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 591

34 IMA Configuration Commands

34.3 IMA Link Configuration Commands

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the IMA link profile.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ima ( no link (link-if-index) ) | ( link (link-if-index) grp-index <Itf::ImaLine> )

Command Parameters
Table 34.3-1 "IMA Link Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(link-if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 34.3-2 "IMA Link Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
grp-index Parameter type: <Itf::ImaLine> mandatory parameter
Format: logical interface number assigned
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / to this IMA grp Link
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

592 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

35- L2CP Configuration Commands

35.1 L2CP Configuration Command Tree 35-594

35.2 L2CP Session Configuration Command 35-595

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 593

35 L2CP Configuration Commands

35.1 L2CP Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "L2CP Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----l2cp
----[no] session
- (index)
- bras-ip-address
- [no] gsmp-version
- [no] gsmp-sub-version
- [no] encap-type
- [no] topo-discovery
- [no] layer2-oam
- [no] alive-timer
- [no] port-reprt-shaper
- [no] aggr-reprt-shaper
- [no] tcp-retry-time
- [no] gsmp-retry-time
- [no] dslam-name
- [no] window-size
- [no] tcp-port
- [no] vrf-id

594 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 35 L2CP Configuration Commands

35.2 L2CP Session Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the L2CP session parameters for a given session id.
In current version, ISAM supports L2CP only on top of TCP/IP; as result of this command, ISAM shall start a TCP
connection to a BRAS identified by a configured IP address. Then depending on the setting of the GSMP Retry
Timer, the ISAM shall start the GSMP Adjacency Protocol to setup a L2CP session with that BRAS.
This means:
if TCP Retry Timer is zero, ISAM shall not start the TCP connection. If TCP Retry Timer is not zero, ISAM
shall start the setup of a TCP connection to a BRAS whose IP address must be configured too. In no way the
ISAM accepts that a (unknown) BRAS tries to start a TCP connection
if GSMP Retry Timer is zero, ISAM shall not start the GSMP Adjacency Protocol but instead be prepared to
handle GSMP Adjacency Protocol messages from that BRAS. If GSMP Retry Timer is not zero, ISAM shall start
the GSMP Adjacency Protocol in addition to being prepared to handle GSMP Adjacency Protocol messages
from that BRAS

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges, and executed by operators with transport
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure l2cp ( no session (index) ) | ( session (index) bras-ip-address <L2cp::InetAddress> [ no gsmp-version |
gsmp-version <L2cp::Version> ] [ no gsmp-sub-version | gsmp-sub-version <L2cp::SubVersion> ] [ no encap-type
| encap-type <L2cp::EncapType> ] [ no topo-discovery | topo-discovery <L2cp::AccessTopologyDiscovery> ] [ no
layer2-oam | layer2-oam <L2cp::Layer2OAM> ] [ no alive-timer | alive-timer <L2cp::AliveTimer> ] [ no
port-reprt-shaper | port-reprt-shaper <L2cp::ReportShaper> ] [ no aggr-reprt-shaper | aggr-reprt-shaper
<L2cp::AggrReportShaper> ] [ no tcp-retry-time | tcp-retry-time <L2cp::TcpRetryTimer> ] [ no gsmp-retry-time |
gsmp-retry-time <L2cp::GsmpRetryTimer> ] [ no dslam-name | dslam-name <L2cp::DslamName> ] [ no
window-size | window-size <L2cp::WindowSize> ] [ no tcp-port | tcp-port <L2cp::InetPortNumber> ] [ no vrf-id |
vrf-id <L2cp::VrfIndex> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 35.2-1 "L2CP Session Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index to the l2cp session table
- identity of the l2cp session
- range: [1...255]
Table 35.2-2 "L2CP Session Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
bras-ip-address Parameter type: <L2cp::InetAddress> mandatory parameter

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 595

35 L2CP Configuration Commands
Parameter
[no] gsmp-version
[no] gsmp-sub-version
[no] encap-type
[no] topo-discovery
[no] layer2-oam
[no] alive-timer
[no] port-reprt-shaper
[no] aggr-reprt-shaper
[no] tcp-retry-time
[no] gsmp-retry-time
596 Released
Type Description
Format: The parameter is not visible
- IPv4-address during modification.
IPv4 address used for the L2cp
session peer
Parameter type: <L2cp::Version> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3
- version of the GSMP protocol The parameter is not visible
- range: [3] during modification.
version of gsmp protocol
Parameter type: <L2cp::SubVersion> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1
- sub version of the GSMP protocol The parameter is not visible
- range: [1] during modification.
sub version of gsmp protocol
Parameter type: <L2cp::EncapType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "tcp"
tcp The parameter is not visible
Possible values: during modification.
- tcp : tcp encapsulation type encapsulation type
Parameter type: <L2cp::AccessTopologyDiscovery> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "enabled"
( disabled The parameter is not visible
| enabled ) during modification.
Possible values: topology discovery capability
- disabled : no topology discovery
- enabled : topology discovery
Parameter type: <L2cp::Layer2OAM> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "enabled"
( disabled The parameter is not visible
| enabled ) during modification.
Possible values: layer2 OAM is supported
- disabled : no layer2 oam
- enabled : layer2 oam
Parameter type: <L2cp::AliveTimer> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 100
- adjacency protocol watchdog alive time adjacency protocol watchdog
- unit: 100 msec alive time.
- range: [1...255]
Parameter type: <L2cp::ReportShaper> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 10
- time between two EventReport msgs related to same port The parameter is not visible
- unit: 100 msec during modification.
- range: [1...255] time between 2 EventReport
msgs on the same port
Parameter type: <L2cp::AggrReportShaper> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 10
- time between two EventReport msgs related to any port The parameter is not visible
- unit: 10 msec during modification.
- range: [1...2550] time between 2 EventReport
msgs on any port
Parameter type: <L2cp::TcpRetryTimer> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 10
- time between 2 TCP connection setup attempts. time between 2 TCP connection
- unit: 100 msec setup attempts
- range: [0...255]
Parameter type: <L2cp::GsmpRetryTimer> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 10
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
 35 L2CP Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- time between 2 GSMP/L2CP connection setup attempts. time between 2 GSMP/L2CP
- unit: 100 msec connection setup attempts
- range: [0...255]
[no] dslam-name Parameter type: <L2cp::DslamName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
- a mac-address (example : 01:02:03:04:05:06) 00"
- length: 6 The parameter is not visible
during modification.
l2cp name of the DSLAM
[no] window-size Parameter type: <L2cp::WindowSize> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 10
- max no.of unacknow req msgs to be transmtted in a The parameter is not visible
window during modification.
- range: [10] max no.of unacknow req msgs to
be transmtted in a window
[no] tcp-port Parameter type: <L2cp::InetPortNumber> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 6068
- tcp port number The parameter is not visible
- range: [0...65535] during modification.
tcp port number of the session
established to the peer.
[no] vrf-id Parameter type: <L2cp::VrfIndex> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the VRF ID which uniquely identify a VRF The parameter is not visible
- range: [0] during modification.
vrf to be used to obtain
connectivity to the peer.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 597

36- Voice Configuration Commands

36.1 Voice Configuration Command Tree 36-599

36.2 Voice Sip Server Configuration Commands 36-601
36.3 Voice Sip User Agent Configuration Commands by 36-603
dhcp
36.4 Voice Sip User Agent Configuration Commands by 36-606
Manual
36.5 Voice Sip Dial Plan Configuration Commands 36-609
36.6 Voice Sip Dial Plan Digitmap Configuration 36-610
Commands
36.7 Voice Sip Termination Configuration Commands 36-611
36.8 voice sip Local Loop Unbundling Configuration 36-613
Command

598 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 36 Voice Configuration Commands

36.1 Voice Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Voice Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----voice
----sip
----[no] server
- (name)
- [no] admin-status
- [no] address
- [no] port
- [no] server_type
----[no] user-agent-dhcp
- (name)
- associated-slot
- associated-proxyserver
- associated-regserver
- associated-dialplan
- [no] user-agent-domain
- [no] admin-status
- [no] port
- vlan-id
- [no] signal-dscp
- [no] signal-pbits
- [no] rtp-dscp
- [no] rtp-pbits
----[no] user-agent-manual
- (name)
- associated-slot
- associated-proxyserver
- associated-regserver
- associated-dialplan
- [no] user-agent-domain
- [no] admin-status
- ip-address
- prefix-length
- gateway-ip
- domain-server
- [no] port
- vlan-id
- [no] signal-dscp
- [no] signal-pbits
- [no] rtp-dscp
- [no] rtp-pbits
----[no] dialplan
- (name)
- [no] pre-activated
- [no] static-prefix

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 599

36 Voice Configuration Commands

- [no] static-suffix
----[no] digitmap
- (name)
- type
- rule
- [no] access-type
----[no] termination
- (termination)
- user-agent
- directory-number
- [no] user-name
- [no] uri
- [no] direct-uri
- [no] line-feed
- [no] md5-realm
- [no] md5-password
- [no] admin-status
----local-loop
- [no] unbundle

600 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 36 Voice Configuration Commands

36.2 Voice Sip Server Configuration Commands

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip Server profile.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure voice sip ( no server (name) ) | ( server (name) [ no admin-status | admin-status
<Sip::ServerAdminStatus> ] [ no address | address <Sip::ServerAddr> ] [ no port | port <Sip::ServerPort> ] [ no
server_type | server_type <Sip::ServerType> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 36.2-1 "Voice Sip Server Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: uniquely identify of this voice
- uniquely identifies this voice server server
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 36.2-2 "Voice Sip Server Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] admin-status Parameter type: <Sip::ServerAdminStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "down"
( up administrative status of this sip
| down ) server
Possible values:
- up : unlock the sip server
- down : lock the sip server
[no] address Parameter type: <Sip::ServerAddr> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "ipv4"
( ipv4 : <Ip::V4Address> The address(ipv4 or dns) of this
| dns : <Sip::ServerAddr> ) sip server
Possible values:
- ipv4 : the address type of the server is ipv4
- dns : the address type of the server is dns
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Sip::ServerAddr>
- address of this voice server
- length: 7<=x<=64
[no] port Parameter type: <Sip::ServerPort> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 5060

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 601

36 Voice Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] server_type
- gauge port of voice server
Parameter type: <Sip::ServerType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "broadworks"
( broadworks The parameter is not visible
| nortel during creation.
| alcatel The type of voice application
| others ) server
Possible values:
- broadworks : The server type is broadworks
- nortel : The server type is nortel
- alcatel : The server type is alcatel
- others : The server type is others

602 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 36 Voice Configuration Commands

36.3 Voice Sip User Agent Configuration

Commands by dhcp

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip user agent profile by dhcp.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure voice sip ( no user-agent-dhcp (name) ) | ( user-agent-dhcp (name) associated-slot

<Equipm::LtSlotIndex> associated-proxyserver <Sip::Server> associated-regserver <Sip::Server>
associated-dialplan <Sip::DialPlan> [ no user-agent-domain | user-agent-domain <Sip::UserAgentUaDomain> ] [
no admin-status | admin-status <Sip::UserAgentAdminStatus> ] [ no port | port <Sip::UserAgentPort> ] vlan-id
<Sip::UserAgentVlanId> [ no signal-dscp | signal-dscp <Sip::UserAgentSignalDscp> ] [ no signal-pbits |
signal-pbits <Sip::UserAgentSignalPbits> ] [ no rtp-dscp | rtp-dscp <Sip::UserAgentRtpDscp> ] [ no rtp-pbits |
rtp-pbits <Sip::UserAgentRtpPbits> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 36.3-1 "Voice Sip User Agent Configuration Commands by dhcp" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Table 36.3-2 "Voice Sip User Agent Configuration Commands by dhcp" Command Parameters
Parameter
associated-slot
associated-proxyserver
Type Description
Format: uniquely identify of this user
- uniquely identifies the User Agent agent
- length: x<=32
Type Description
Parameter type: <Equipm::LtSlotIndex> mandatory parameter
Format: slot associated with this user
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> agent
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Parameter type: <Sip::Server> mandatory parameter
Format: sip proxy server name that
( none associated with this user agent
| name : <Sip::ServerName> )

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 603

36 Voice Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

associated-regserver
associated-dialplan
[no] user-agent-domain
[no] admin-status
[no] port
vlan-id
[no] signal-dscp
[no] signal-pbits
[no] rtp-dscp
Possible values:
- none : no sip server for user agent
- name : sip server associated with user agent
Field type <Sip::ServerName>
- uniquely identifies this voice server
- length: 1<=x<=32
Parameter type: <Sip::Server> mandatory parameter
Format: sip registrar server name that
( none associated with this user agent
| name : <Sip::ServerName> )
Possible values:
- none : no sip server for user agent
- name : sip server associated with user agent
Field type <Sip::ServerName>
- uniquely identifies this voice server
- length: 1<=x<=32
Parameter type: <Sip::DialPlan> mandatory parameter
Format: dial plan name associated with
( none subscriber club
| name : <Sip::DialPlanName> )
Possible values:
- none : no dial plan for user agent
- name : dial plan associated with user agent
Field type <Sip::DialPlanName>
- uniquely identifies the dial plan
- length: 1<=x<=32
Parameter type: <Sip::UserAgentUaDomain> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- domain of SIP User Agent domain of sip user agent
- length: 1<=x<=64
Parameter type: <Sip::UserAgentAdminStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "down"
( up administrative status of this
| down ) subscriber club
Possible values:
- up : unlock the sip user agent
- down : lock the sip user agent
Parameter type: <Sip::UserAgentPort> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 5060
- gauge The transport layer port number
of the SIP User Agent
Parameter type: <Sip::UserAgentVlanId> mandatory parameter
Format: vlan id for sip user agent
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]
Parameter type: <Sip::UserAgentSignalDscp> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 46
- dscp mark used for outgoing sip packets dscp mark for sip signalling
- range: [0...63] packets
Parameter type: <Sip::UserAgentSignalPbits> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 6
- the dot-1p bit value 802.1p bits for sip signalling
- range: [0...7] packets.
Parameter type: <Sip::UserAgentRtpDscp> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 46
- dscp mark used for outgoing sip packets dscp mark for rtp or rtcp packets
- range: [0...63]

604 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 36 Voice Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] rtp-pbits Parameter type: <Sip::UserAgentRtpPbits> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 6
- the dot-1p bit value 802.1p bits rtp or rtcp packets
- range: [0...7]

Command Output
Table 36.3-3 "Voice Sip User Agent Configuration Commands by dhcp" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
mode Parameter type: <Sip::ConfigMode> The config mode of the sip user
( dhcp agent
| manual ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dhcp : sip user agent config mode is dhcp
- manual : sip user agent config mode is manual

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 605

36 Voice Configuration Commands

36.4 Voice Sip User Agent Configuration

Commands by Manual

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip user agent profile by manual.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure voice sip ( no user-agent-manual (name) ) | ( user-agent-manual (name) associated-slot

<Equipm::LtSlotIndex> associated-proxyserver <Sip::Server> associated-regserver <Sip::Server>
associated-dialplan <Sip::DialPlan> [ no user-agent-domain | user-agent-domain <Sip::UserAgentUaDomain> ] [
no admin-status | admin-status <Sip::UserAgentAdminStatus> ] ip-address <Sip::UserAgentIpAddr> prefix-length
<Sip::PrefixLength> gateway-ip <Sip::UserAgentIpAddr> domain-server <Sip::UserAgentIpAddr> [ no port | port
<Sip::UserAgentPort> ] vlan-id <Sip::UserAgentVlanId> [ no signal-dscp | signal-dscp
<Sip::UserAgentSignalDscp> ] [ no signal-pbits | signal-pbits <Sip::UserAgentSignalPbits> ] [ no rtp-dscp |
rtp-dscp <Sip::UserAgentRtpDscp> ] [ no rtp-pbits | rtp-pbits <Sip::UserAgentRtpPbits> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 36.4-1 "Voice Sip User Agent Configuration Commands by Manual" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Table 36.4-2 "Voice Sip User Agent Configuration Commands by Manual" Command Parameters
Parameter
associated-slot
associated-proxyserver
Type Description
Format: uniquely identify of this user
- uniquely identifies the User Agent agent
- length: x<=32
Type Description
Parameter type: <Equipm::LtSlotIndex> mandatory parameter
Format: slot associated with this user
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> agent
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Parameter type: <Sip::Server> mandatory parameter
Format: sip proxy server name that
( none associated with this user agent

606 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 36 Voice Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

| name : <Sip::ServerName> )
Possible values:
- none : no sip server for user agent
- name : sip server associated with user agent
Field type <Sip::ServerName>
- uniquely identifies this voice server
- length: 1<=x<=32
associated-regserver Parameter type: <Sip::Server> mandatory parameter
Format: sip registrar server name that
( none associated with this user agent
| name : <Sip::ServerName> )
Possible values:
- none : no sip server for user agent
- name : sip server associated with user agent
Field type <Sip::ServerName>
- uniquely identifies this voice server
- length: 1<=x<=32
associated-dialplan Parameter type: <Sip::DialPlan> mandatory parameter
Format: dial plan name associated with
( none subscriber club
| name : <Sip::DialPlanName> )
Possible values:
- none : no dial plan for user agent
- name : dial plan associated with user agent
Field type <Sip::DialPlanName>
- uniquely identifies the dial plan
- length: 1<=x<=32
[no] user-agent-domain Parameter type: <Sip::UserAgentUaDomain> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- domain of SIP User Agent domain of sip user agent
- length: 1<=x<=64
[no] admin-status Parameter type: <Sip::UserAgentAdminStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "down"
( up administrative status of this
| down ) subscriber club
Possible values:
- up : unlock the sip user agent
- down : lock the sip user agent
ip-address Parameter type: <Sip::UserAgentIpAddr> mandatory parameter
Format: user agent ip address
- IPv4-address
prefix-length Parameter type: <Sip::PrefixLength> mandatory parameter
Format: Mask of the subnet where this
- gauge user agent is located.
gateway-ip Parameter type: <Sip::UserAgentIpAddr> mandatory parameter
Format: IP address of the associated
- IPv4-address default gateway
domain-server Parameter type: <Sip::UserAgentIpAddr> mandatory parameter
Format: domain server ip address
- IPv4-address
[no] port Parameter type: <Sip::UserAgentPort> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 5060
- gauge The transport layer port number
of the SIP User Agent
vlan-id Parameter type: <Sip::UserAgentVlanId> mandatory parameter
Format: vlan id for sip user agent
- vlan id

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 607

36 Voice Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- range: [1...4093]
[no] signal-dscp Parameter type: <Sip::UserAgentSignalDscp> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 46
- dscp mark used for outgoing sip packets dscp mark for sip signalling
- range: [0...63] packets
[no] signal-pbits Parameter type: <Sip::UserAgentSignalPbits> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 6
- the dot-1p bit value 802.1p bits for sip signalling
- range: [0...7] packets.
[no] rtp-dscp Parameter type: <Sip::UserAgentRtpDscp> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 46
- dscp mark used for outgoing sip packets dscp mark for rtp or rtcp packets
- range: [0...63]
[no] rtp-pbits Parameter type: <Sip::UserAgentRtpPbits> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 6
- the dot-1p bit value 802.1p bits rtp or rtcp packets
- range: [0...7]

Command Output
Table 36.4-3 "Voice Sip User Agent Configuration Commands by Manual" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
mode Parameter type: <Sip::ConfigMode> The config mode of the sip user
( dhcp agent
| manual ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dhcp : sip user agent config mode is dhcp
- manual : sip user agent config mode is manual

608 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 36 Voice Configuration Commands

36.5 Voice Sip Dial Plan Configuration Commands

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip dial plan profile.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure voice sip ( no dialplan (name) ) | ( dialplan (name) [ no pre-activated | pre-activated
<Sip::DialPlanPreActivated> ] [ no static-prefix | static-prefix <Sip::DialPlanStaticPrefix> ] [ no static-suffix |
static-suffix <Sip::DialPlanStaticSuffix> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 36.5-1 "Voice Sip Dial Plan Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Table 36.5-2 "Voice Sip Dial Plan Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] pre-activated
[no] static-prefix
[no] static-suffix
Type Description
Format: unique identity of a voice sip dial
- uniquely identifies the dial plan plan
- length: 1<=x<=32
Type Description
Parameter type: <Sip::DialPlanPreActivated> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "off"
( on identify the status for sip dial
| off ) plan prefix
Possible values:
- on : Prefix activated of dial plan is on
- off : Prefix activated of dial plan is off
Parameter type: <Sip::DialPlanStaticPrefix> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- static prefix added to all valid DNs identify static prefix(area code)
- length: x<=32 added to valid DNs
Parameter type: <Sip::DialPlanStaticSuffix> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- static suffix added to all valid DNs identify static suffix(area code)
- length: x<=32 added all valid DNs

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 609

36 Voice Configuration Commands

36.6 Voice Sip Dial Plan Digitmap Configuration

Commands

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip dialplan digitmap profile.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure voice sip ( no digitmap (name) type <Sip::DialPlanDigitmapType> rule

<Sip::DialPlanDigitmapValue> ) | ( digitmap (name) type <Sip::DialPlanDigitmapType> rule
<Sip::DialPlanDigitmapValue> [ no access-type | access-type <Sip::DialPlanDigitmapAccessType> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 36.6-1 "Voice Sip Dial Plan Digitmap Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: identify voice application dial
- uniquely identifies the dial plan plan within the scope
- length: 1<=x<=32
type Parameter type: <Sip::DialPlanDigitmapType> identify the type of sip dial plan
Format: digitmap
regular
Possible values:
- regular : digitmap type
rule Parameter type: <Sip::DialPlanDigitmapValue> identify the value of sip dial plan
Format: digitmap
- identity the value of digitmap
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 36.6-2 "Voice Sip Dial Plan Digitmap Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] access-type Parameter type: <Sip::DialPlanDigitmapAccessType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "allowed"
allowed The parameter is not visible
Possible values: during creation.
- allowed : the digitmap can be used The access type of digitmap

610 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 36 Voice Configuration Commands

36.7 Voice Sip Termination Configuration

Commands

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip termination profile.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure voice sip ( no termination (termination) ) | ( termination (termination) user-agent

<Sip::UserAgentName> directory-number <Sip::TermDnumber> [ no user-name | user-name
<Sip::TermUserName> ] [ no uri | uri <Sip::TermUri> ] [ no direct-uri | direct-uri <Sip::TermUri> ] [ no line-feed |
line-feed <Sip::TermLineCharacter> ] [ no md5-realm | md5-realm <Sip::MD5Realm> ] [ no md5-password |
md5-password <Sip::MD5Realm> ] [ no admin-status | admin-status <Sip::TermAdminStatus> ] )

Command Parameters
Table 36.7-1 "Voice Sip Termination Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(termination) Format: The unique internal identifier of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the termination port
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 36.7-2 "Voice Sip Termination Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
user-agent Parameter type: <Sip::UserAgentName> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- uniquely identifies the User Agent during modification.
- length: x<=32 sip user agent name associated
with this termination
directory-number Parameter type: <Sip::TermDnumber> mandatory parameter
Format: identify the domain number of
- identify the DN of the subscriber line the subscriber line

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 611

36 Voice Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

- length: x<=32
[no] user-name Parameter type: <Sip::TermUserName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- identify the user name for this port identify the user name for this
- length: x<=64 termination port
[no] uri Parameter type: <Sip::TermUri> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- sip uri by which the user agent sip uri by which user agent
- length: x<=80 identifies subscriber line
[no] direct-uri Parameter type: <Sip::TermUri> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- sip uri by which the user agent direct SIP URI of the SIP
- length: x<=80 termination
[no] line-feed Parameter type: <Sip::TermLineCharacter> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "25"
( 25 the characteristic of the
| 40 ) subscriber line
Possible values:
- 25 : the line character of this port is 25
- 40 : the line character of this port is 40
[no] md5-realm Parameter type: <Sip::MD5Realm> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- the string for MD5 realm identifier corrsponding to
- length: x<=64 service provider domain
[no] md5-password Parameter type: <Sip::MD5Realm> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- the string for MD5 the password associated with the
- length: x<=64 user
[no] admin-status Parameter type: <Sip::TermAdminStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "down"
( up identify the status of this port
| down ) administration
Possible values:
- up : unlock the sip application server
- down : lock the sip application server

612 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 36 Voice Configuration Commands

36.8 voice sip Local Loop Unbundling

Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure voice SIP port Local Loop Unbundling.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure voice sip termination (termination) local-loop [ [ no ] unbundle ]

Command Parameters
Table 36.8-1 "voice sip Local Loop Unbundling Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(termination) Format: The unique internal identifier of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the termination port
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 36.8-2 "voice sip Local Loop Unbundling Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] unbundle Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
Enable LLU Relay

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 613

37- Debug Configuration Commands

37.1 Debug Configuration Command Tree 37-615

37.2 Protocol Tracing Configuration Command 37-616

614 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 37 Debug Configuration Commands

37.1 Debug Configuration Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Debug Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----debug
----[no] protocol-trace
- (trace-subject)
- protocol
- syslog
- [no] events
- [no] packet-summary

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 615

37 Debug Configuration Commands

37.2 Protocol Tracing Configuration Command

Command Description
This commands allows the operator to enable/disable protocol tracing. The operator can enter the protocol, port
and level of detail for which tracing can be enabled.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure debug ( no protocol-trace (trace-subject) protocol <Debug::Protocol> ) | ( protocol-trace (trace-subject)

protocol <Debug::Protocol> syslog <Debug::SyslogMsgType> [ [ no ] events ] [ [ no ] packet-summary ] )

Command Parameters
Table 37.2-1 "Protocol Tracing Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(trace-subject)
Type Description
Format: subject for which tracing is
( dsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / enabled(e.g ADSL line,PVC)
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Debug::PortId>
| atm-pvc : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Debug::PortId> : <Debug::VpiId> :
<Debug::VciId>
| shdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Debug::PortId>
| ethernet-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Debug::PortId> )
Possible values:
- dsl-line : the xDSL line
- atm-pvc : the PVC of the ADSL line
- shdsl-line : a static shdsl line interface
- ethernet-line : an ethernet line interface
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Debug::PortId>
- the portId
Field type <Debug::VpiId>
- the virtual path id
Field type <Debug::VciId>

616 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 37 Debug Configuration Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- the virtual ciruit Id
protocol Parameter type: <Debug::Protocol> protocol to be traced
Format:
( igmp
| dhcp
| arp )
Possible values:
- igmp : enable tracing for igmp protocol
- dhcp : enable tracing for dhcp protocol
- arp : enable tracing for arp protocol
Table 37.2-2 "Protocol Tracing Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
syslog Parameter type: <Debug::SyslogMsgType> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
( tracing1 during modification.
| tracing2 msg type used to log trace msgs
| tracing3 ) to syslog
Possible values:
- tracing1 : msg type tracing1 used for syslog
- tracing2 : msg type tracing2 used for syslog
- tracing3 : msg type tracing3 used for syslog
[no] events Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable events tracing
[no] packet-summary Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable pkt summary tracing

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 617

38- Ethernet User Ports Configuration Commands

38.1 Ethernet User Ports Configuration Command Tree 38-619

38.2 Ethernet Line Configuration Command 38-620
38.3 Ethernet Line TCA Threshold Configuration 38-621
Command

618 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 38 Ethernet User Ports Configuration Commands

38.1 Ethernet User Ports Configuration Command

Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Ethernet User Ports Configuration Commands".

Command Tree
----configure
----ethernet
----line
- (if-index)
----tca-line-threshold
- [no] enable
- [no] los
- [no] fcs
- [no] los-day
- [no] fcs-day

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 619

38 Ethernet User Ports Configuration Commands

38.2 Ethernet Line Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the ethernet line.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges, and executed by operators with transport
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ethernet line (if-index)

Command Parameters
Table 38.2-1 "Ethernet Line Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

620 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 38 Ethernet User Ports Configuration Commands

38.3 Ethernet Line TCA Threshold Configuration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the Threshold Crossing Alert (TCA) thresholds. The configuration
is specific per ethernet line.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges, and executed by operators with transport
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> configure ethernet line (if-index) tca-line-threshold [ [ no ] enable ] [ no los | los

<ETHITF::IntervalTcaThreshold> ] [ no fcs | fcs <ETHITF::IntervalTcaThreshold> ] [ no los-day | los-day
<ETHITF::DayTcaThreshold> ] [ no fcs-day | fcs-day <ETHITF::DayTcaThreshold> ]

Command Parameters
Table 38.3-1 "Ethernet Line TCA Threshold Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 38.3-2 "Ethernet Line TCA Threshold Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] enable Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable the reporting of TCA's for
this ethernet line
[no] los Parameter type: <ETHITF::IntervalTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the tca threshold for errored second, 0 - disable loss of signal error in 15 minute
- range: [0...900]
[no] fcs Parameter type: <ETHITF::IntervalTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 621

38 Ethernet User Ports Configuration Commands

Parameter Type Description

Format: value: 0
- the tca threshold for errored second, 0 - disable frame check sequence error in 15
- range: [0...900] minute
[no] los-day Parameter type: <ETHITF::DayTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the tca threshold for a day errored second, 0 - disable loss of signal error in 1 day
- range: [0...86400]
[no] fcs-day Parameter type: <ETHITF::DayTcaThreshold> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the tca threshold for a day errored second, 0 - disable frame check sequence error in 1
- range: [0...86400] day

622 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

39- Equipment Status Commands

39.1 Equipment Status Command Tree 39-624

39.2 Slot Status Command 39-625
39.3 Profile Description Command 39-629
39.4 Applique Status Command 39-630
39.5 Shelf Summary Status Command 39-634
39.6 Protection Element Status Command 39-636
39.7 Protection Group Status Command 39-638
39.8 External-link-host Status Commands 39-641
39.9 External-link-remote Status Commands 39-644
39.10 NE Status Command 39-646
39.11 Rack Status Command 39-648
39.12 Shelf Status Command 39-650

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 623

39 Equipment Status Commands

39.1 Equipment Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Equipment Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----equipment
----slot
- (slot)
----capab-profile
- (profilename)
----applique
- (applique)
----shelf-summary
- (shelf)
----protection-element
- (slot-id)
----protection-group
- (prot-group-id)
----external-link-host
- (faceplate-number)
----external-link-remote
- (exp-slot)
----isam
----rack
- (rack)
----shelf
- (shelf)

624 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 39 Equipment Status Commands

39.2 Slot Status Command

Command Description
This commands shows the slot status. The following information is shown for each slot:
type : describes the type of the unit that is currently present in the slot.
capab-profile: capabilty profile assigned to the slot, applicable for line boards only.
oper-status: describes whether the unit is able to perform its normal operation.
error-status: provides the reason why the board is not operational. These values correspond to the alarms
generated in case of a failure.
available-status: provides further information regarding the state of the unit.
manufacturer: provides an identification of the unit manufacturer.
inventory-pba: provides the Alcatel Printed Board Assembly code of the unit.
inventory-fpba: provides the Alcatel Printed Board Assembly code of the unit which also identifies the boot
software.
inventory-ics: provides the Item Change Status iteration code of the unit.
inventory-clei: provides the (USA) Common Language Equipment Identification code of the unit.
serial-no: provides the serial number of the board.
failed-test: provides identification of the last failing test using four numbers, from MSB to LSB:
- - table number (1 byte)
- - segment number (1 byte)
- - case number (1 byte)
- - check number (1 byte)
As long as there has been no failing self test, the value of this attribute will be 0.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show equipment slot [ (slot) ]

Command Parameters
Table 39.2-1 "Slot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(slot)
Type Description
Format: the physical slot position
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| nt-a
| nt-b
| acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
| ext-a : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ext-b : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> )
Possible values:

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 625

39 Equipment Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- ext-a : nt-a slot in an extension shelf
- ext-b : nt-b slot in an extension shelf
- acu : acu slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number

Command Output
Table 39.2-2 "Slot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
planned-type Parameter type: <Equipm::BoardType> A string representing the board
Data driven field type that is planned in the slot.
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration This element is only shown in
and software. detail mode.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
actual-type Parameter type: <Equipm::BoardType> A string representing the board
Data driven field type that is actually present in the slot.
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration This element is always shown.
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
oper-status Parameter type: <Equipm::OperStatus> Specifies whether the plug-in unit
short name: enabled ( ( enabled | yes ) is able to perform its normal
| ( disabled | no ) ) operation.
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- enabled :
- yes :
- disabled :
- no :
error-status Parameter type: <Equipm::OperError> Specifies for what reason the
( no-error board is not operational. These
| type-mismatch values correspond with the
| board-missing alarms which are generated in
| no-installation case of a failure.
| no-planned-board This element is always shown.
| waiting-for-sw
| init-boot-failed
| init-download-failed
| init-connection-failed
| configuration-failed
| board-reset-protection
| invalid-parameter
| temperature-alarm
| tempshutdown
| defense
| board-not-licensed
| sem-power-fail

626 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 39 Equipment Status Commands

name Type Description

| sem-ups-fail
| unknown-error )
Possible values:
- no-error :
- type-mismatch :
- board-missing :
- no-installation :
- no-planned-board :
- waiting-for-sw :
- init-boot-failed :
- init-download-failed :
- init-connection-failed:
- configuration-failed :
- board-reset-protection:
- invalid-parameter :
- temperature-alarm :
- tempshutdown :
- defense :
- board-not-licensed :
- sem-power-fail :
- sem-ups-fail :
- unknown-error :
availability Parameter type: <Equipm::AvailStatus> Specifies the state of the board. It
( available is set to available after a
| in-test successfull selftest of the board
| failed (if applicable).
| power-off This element is always shown.
| not-installed
| offline
| dependency )
Possible values:
- available :
- in-test :
- failed :
- power-off :
- not-installed :
- offline :
- dependency :
alarm-profile Parameter type: <Equipm::AlarmProf> The name of the customized
( none alarm profile that is allocated to
| name : <PrintableString> ) the board, if any.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- none : no profile name to associate detail mode.
- name : profile name
Field type <PrintableString>
- printable string
capab-profile Parameter type: <Equipm::CapabilityProfile> To display the configured profile
Data driven field type of the board.
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration This element is only shown in
and software. detail mode.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
manufacturer Parameter type: <PrintableString> Specifies the company of the
- printable string board.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
mnemonic Parameter type: <PrintableString> Specifies the name of the board.
- printable string This element is only shown in

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 627

39 Equipment Status Commands

name Type Description

detail mode.
pba-code Parameter type: <PrintableString> Specifies the Alcatel printed
- printable string board assembly code of of the
board.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
fpba-code Parameter type: <PrintableString> Specifies the Alcatel printed
- printable string board assembly code of the
board, which also identifies the
boot software.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
fpba-ics Parameter type: <PrintableString> pecifies the item change status
- printable string iteration code of the board.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
clei-code Parameter type: <PrintableString> Specifies the common language
- printable string equipment identification code of
the board.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
serial-no Parameter type: <PrintableString> Specifies the serial number of the
- printable string board.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
failed-test Parameter type: <Equipm::Octet-4> Specifies the last failing test.
- a binary string This element is only shown in
detail mode.

628 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 39 Equipment Status Commands

39.3 Profile Description Command

Command Description
This commands displays the information related to a profile. The following information is shown for each profile:
profile-id : displays the profile-id associated with a profile name
description :displays the description of the profile.
board-type: displays the board type associated with a given profile

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show equipment capab-profile [ (profilename) ]

Command Parameters
Table 39.3-1 "Profile Description Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(profilename) Format: the profile name
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.

Command Output
Table 39.3-2 "Profile Description Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
profile-id Parameter type: <AsamProfilePointer> The profile id of the
- a pointer to a profile or profile index corresponding profile name.
- range: [0...65535] This element is always shown.
description Parameter type: <PrintableString> Description of the profile
- printable string This element is always shown.
board-type Parameter type: <Equipm::Profile> Description of the profile
Data driven field type This element is always shown.
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 629

39 Equipment Status Commands

39.4 Applique Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the applique status. The following information is shown for each applique slot:
type: provides the type of the applique that is currently present in the slot.
oper-status: describes whether the applique is able to perform its normal operation.
error-status: describes the reason why the applique is not operational. These values correspond to the alarms
generated in case of a failure.
available-status: provides further information regarding the state of the applique.
manufacturer: provides an identification of the applique manufacturer.
inventory-pba: provides the Alcatel Printed Board Assembly code of the applique.
inventory-fpba: provides the Alcatel Printed Board Assembly code of the applique which also identifies the boot
software.
inventory-ics: provides the Item Change Status iteration code of the qpplique.
inventory-clei: provides the (USA) Common Language Equipment Identification code of the applique.
serial-no: provides the serial number of the applique.
failed-test: provides the identification of the last failing test using four numbers, from MSB to LSB:
- - table number (1 byte)
- - segment number (1 byte)
- - case number (1 byte)
- - check number (1 byte)
As long as there has been no failing self test, the value of this attribute will be 0.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show equipment applique [ (applique) ]

Command Parameters
Table 39.4-1 "Applique Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(applique)
Type Description
Format: the physical applique position
( iont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::AppliqueSlotId>
| lp : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Possible values:
- iont : an nt applique slot
- lp : an lt applique slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number

630 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 39 Equipment Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::AppliqueSlotId>
- the applique slot number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number

Command Output
Table 39.4-2 "Applique Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
planned-type Parameter type: <Equipm::AppliqueType> A string representing the board
Data driven field type that is planned in the slot.
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration This element is only shown in
and software. detail mode.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
actual-type Parameter type: <Equipm::AppliqueType> A string representing the board
Data driven field type that is actually present in the slot.
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration This element is always shown.
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
oper-status Parameter type: <Equipm::OperStatus> Specifies whether the plug-in unit
short name: enabled ( ( enabled | yes ) is able to perform its normal
| ( disabled | no ) ) operation.
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- enabled :
- yes :
- disabled :
- no :
error-status Parameter type: <Equipm::OperError> Specifies for what reason the
( no-error board is not operational. These
| type-mismatch values correspond with the
| board-missing alarms which are generated in
| no-installation case of a failure.
| no-planned-board This element is always shown.
| waiting-for-sw
| init-boot-failed
| init-download-failed
| init-connection-failed
| configuration-failed
| board-reset-protection
| invalid-parameter
| temperature-alarm
| tempshutdown
| defense
| board-not-licensed
| sem-power-fail
| sem-ups-fail
| unknown-error )
Possible values:
- no-error :
- type-mismatch :
- board-missing :
- no-installation :
- no-planned-board :

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 631

39 Equipment Status Commands

name Type Description

- waiting-for-sw :
- init-boot-failed :
- init-download-failed :
- init-connection-failed:
- configuration-failed :
- board-reset-protection:
- invalid-parameter :
- temperature-alarm :
- tempshutdown :
- defense :
- board-not-licensed :
- sem-power-fail :
- sem-ups-fail :
- unknown-error :
availability Parameter type: <Equipm::AvailStatus> Specifies the state of the board. It
( available is set to available after a
| in-test successfull selftest of the board
| failed (if applicable).
| power-off This element is always shown.
| not-installed
| offline
| dependency )
Possible values:
- available :
- in-test :
- failed :
- power-off :
- not-installed :
- offline :
- dependency :
manufacturer Parameter type: <PrintableString> Specifies the company of the
- printable string board.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
mnemonic Parameter type: <PrintableString> Specifies the name of the board.
- printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
pba-code Parameter type: <PrintableString> Specifies the Alcatel Printed
- printable string Board Assembly code of of the
board.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
fpba-code Parameter type: <PrintableString> Specifies the Alcatel Printed
- printable string Board Assembly code of the
board, which also identifies the
boot software.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
fpba-ics Parameter type: <PrintableString> Specifies the item change status
- printable string iteration code of the board.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
clei-code Parameter type: <PrintableString> Specifies the common language
- printable string equipment identification code of
the board.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

632 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 39 Equipment Status Commands

name Type Description

serial-no Parameter type: <PrintableString> Specifies the serial number of the
- printable string board.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
failed-test Parameter type: <Equipm::Octet-4> Specifies the last failing test.
- a binary string This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 633

39 Equipment Status Commands

39.5 Shelf Summary Status Command

Command Description
This commands shows a summary of the slots in a shelf.
The least significant bit of the first byte shown corresponds to the slot position 1.

User Level
none

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show equipment shelf-summary [ (shelf) ]

Command Parameters
Table 39.5-1 "Shelf Summary Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(shelf) Format: the physical shelf position
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number

Command Output
Table 39.5-2 "Shelf Summary Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
changes Parameter type: <Counter> Number of configuration or status
- counter changes for slots/boards within
this shelf.
This element is always shown.
occupied-slots Parameter type: <Equipm::Octet-8> Specifies the occupation of slots.
- a binary string This element is only shown in
- length: 8 detail mode.
admin-unlocked Parameter type: <Equipm::Octet-8> Specifies the administrative state
- a binary string of the boards whether it is locked
- length: 8 or not.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
oper-unlocked Parameter type: <Equipm::Octet-8> Specifies the operational state of
- a binary string the boards whether it is locked or

634 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 39 Equipment Status Commands

name Type Description

- length: 8 not.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
avail-boards Parameter type: <Equipm::Octet-8> Specifies the availability state of
- a binary string the boards whether it is available
- length: 8 or not.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
mismatches Parameter type: <Equipm::Octet-8> Specifies any mismatch between
- a binary string the actual board-type and the
- length: 8 planned board-type.
This element is always shown.
alarms Parameter type: <Equipm::Octet-8> Specifies the boards which
- a binary string generated an alarm.
- length: 8 This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 635

39 Equipment Status Commands

39.6 Protection Element Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the protected element-related parameter of the equipment.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show equipment protection-element [ (slot-id) ]

Command Parameters
Table 39.6-1 "Protection Element Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(slot-id)
Type Description
Format: Index in eqpt Prot Element Table
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| nt-a
| nt-b
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number

Command Output
Table 39.6-2 "Protection Element Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
standby-status Parameter type: <Equipm::ProtElementStandbyStatus> The standby status of the
( providing-service protection group element.
| hot-standby This element is always shown.
| cold-standby
| idle )

636 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 39 Equipment Status Commands

name Type Description

Possible values:
- providing-service : providing services
- hot-standby : hot standby
- cold-standby : cold standby
- idle : idle
group-id Parameter type: <Equipm::ProtGroupId> The belonged group id of
- index of protection group protection element.
This element is always shown.
redcy-ctrl-status Parameter type: <Equipm::ProtElementRedcyCtrlStatus> the redcy ctrl status of the
( normal protection group element.
| forced_active ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- normal : enables redundancy (active or standby)
- forced_active : forces the element to be active

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 637

39 Equipment Status Commands

39.7 Protection Group Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the parameters related to protection groups.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show equipment protection-group [ (prot-group-id) ]

Command Parameters
Table 39.7-1 "Protection Group Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(prot-group-id) Format: Index in eqpt Prot Group Table
- a signed integer

Command Output
Table 39.7-2 "Protection Group Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
admin-status Parameter type: <Equipm::PortGroupAdminStatus> distinguishes the
( unlock administration-status
| lock ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- unlock : unlock
- lock : lock
service-status Parameter type: <Equipm::ServiceStatus> indicate the service status of
( in-service protection group, a protection
| not-in-service ) group and its elements are not
Possible values: configurable when it is out of
- in-service : the protection group is in service service
- not-in-service : the protection group is not in service This element is always shown.
eps-quenchfactor Parameter type: <Equipm::TimeTicks> timervalue of quenching
- timer value for quench mechanish mechanism, 0 is valid value
- unit: 1/100 sec This element is only shown in
detail mode.
prot-group-type Parameter type: <Equipm::PortGroupType> distinguishes between 1+1 and
( one-plus-one 1:N protection groups
| one-for-n ) This element is always shown.

638 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 39 Equipment Status Commands

name Type Description

Possible values:
- one-plus-one : one to one
- one-for-n : one to many
prot-changes Parameter type: <Counter> wrap around counter which
- counter indicates the number of status
changes in this protection group
as well as the status changes for
the protecting elements within
this group
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
switchover-count Parameter type: <Counter> wrap around counter for the
- counter number of switchovers being
performed
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
last-switchover-reason Parameter type: <Equipm::SwitchOverReason> contains the reason of the last
( no-switch-over switch over
| forced-active This element is only shown in
| board-not-present detail mode.
| extender-chain-failure
| link-failure
| watchdog-timeout
| file-system-corrupt
| configuration-mismatch
| board-unplanned
| board-locked
| shelf-defense
| revertive-switchover
| lanx-failure )
Possible values:
- no-switch-over : no switch over has been performed yet
- forced-active : chain A is forced
- board-not-present : board is removed or not reachable
- extender-chain-failure: extender chain failure
- link-failure : link failure
- watchdog-timeout : redundancy watchdog
- file-system-corrupt : curruption of file system
- configuration-mismatch: mismatch in boardType or
Swversion
- board-unplanned : board has been unplanned
- board-locked : board has been locked
- shelf-defense : shelf-error detected by defense
- revertive-switchover : switchover because protected board
is operational again (in case of 1:N)
- lanx-failure : lanx failure
alarm-bitmap Parameter type: <Equipm::BitMapType> status bitmap: bit 0 set means no
( no-alarm defect at all, bit 1 : if bit set, loss
| stand-by-degrd ) of switch-over capabilities alarm
Possible values: is set (excludes bit 0 setting),bit 2
- no-alarm : no-alarm .. 31 : reserved for future
- stand-by-degrd : standby degradation alarm extensions
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
oper-prot-element Parameter type: <SignedInteger> only supported for 1:N protection
- a signed integer groups,indicates which element is
currently protected by the spare

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 639

39 Equipment Status Commands

name Type Description

element, value 0 means that
currently the spare element is not
protecting any element
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

640 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 39 Equipment Status Commands

39.8 External-link-host Status Commands

Command Description
This command allows the operator to show the host shelf's external-links status. The following information is
shown for each external-link:
The shub port which the host external link is connected to
The downlink status
The slot id of the expansion shelf that is cabled to the host expansion board.
The output "none" for the display parameter "exp-slot" means the sfp is not connected to any rack/shelf/slot.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show equipment external-link-host [ (faceplate-number) ]

Command Parameters
Table 39.8-1 "External-link-host Status Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(faceplate-number) Format: the external-link faceplate
- the external link faceplate number number
- range: [2...17]

Command Output
Table 39.8-2 "External-link-host Status Commands" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
shub-port Parameter type: <Equipm::lanxPortNumber> the shub port which the host
- the shub port which the host external link is connected to external link is connected to
- range: [1...24] This element is always shown.
downlink-status Parameter type: <Equipm::HostSfpDownlinkStatus> the host expansion card's external
( ok downlink status
| sfp-not-present This element is always shown.
| los
| tx-fail
| invalid-alcatel-id
| unknown
| sfp-control-fail
| uplink
| tx-fail-and-los )

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 641

39 Equipment Status Commands

name Type Description

Possible values:
- ok : the downlink is operational
- sfp-not-present : no sfp present for the downlink
- los : los is detected by the host for the downlink
- tx-fail : the downlink tx failed
- invalid-alcatel-id : the downlink sfp plugged does not have
a valid alcatel id
- unknown : the host expansion card is planned but not
inserted
- sfp-control-fail : sfp not responding or i2c failure
- uplink : the sfp is configured as uplink
- tx-fail-and-los : the downlink tx failed and los detected by
the host for the downlink
exp-slot Parameter type: <Equipm::ExpansionSlotIndex> the slot id of the expansion shelf
<Eqpt::ExpRack> / <Eqpt::ExpShelf> / <Eqpt::ExpSlot> that is cabled to the host
Field type <Eqpt::ExpRack> expansion board
- the physical number of the expansion rack This element is always shown.
Field type <Eqpt::ExpShelf>
- physical nbr of expansion shelf within expansion rack
Field type <Eqpt::ExpSlot>
- the physical number of the slot within expansion shelf
host-sfp-type Parameter type: <Equipm::SfpType> the host shelf sfp type
( unknown This element is only shown in
| 1000base-sx detail mode.
| 1000base-lx
| 1000base-cx
| 1000base-t
| reserved
| reserved
| reserved
| reserved )
Possible values:
- unknown : the sfp ethernet type is not known
- 1000base-sx : gigabit ethernet compliance code
- 1000base-lx : gigabit ethernet compliance code
- 1000base-cx : gigabit ethernet compliance code
- 1000base-t : gigabit ethernet compliance code
- reserved : reserved bit 4
- reserved : reserved bit 5
- reserved : reserved bit 6
- reserved : reserved bit 7
cabling-status Parameter type: <Equipm::SfpCableMismatch> the host shelf cabling mismatch
( no-mismatch This element is always shown.
| unexpected-lt
| assign-mismatch
| incompat-shelf )
Possible values:
- no-mismatch : no cabling mismatch is detected
- unexpected-lt : remote LT is detected at an unassigned
downlink SFP port
- assign-mismatch : the detected remote LT does not match
the LT assigned to this host SFP
- incompat-shelf : the detected remote shelf does not match
the shelf type assigned to this host SFP
phy-address Parameter type: <Ip::PhysicalAddress> the physical address of the
- media dependent physical address remote interface cabled to host
- length: x<=65535 shelf SFP

642 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 39 Equipment Status Commands

name Type Description

This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 643

39 Equipment Status Commands

39.9 External-link-remote Status Commands

Command Description
This command allows the operator to show the remote shelves external-links status. The following information is
shown for each external-link:
The slot id of the expansion shelf
The link status
The faceplate number of the host external-link device in which the expansion shelf's external-link device is
cabled to

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show equipment external-link-remote [ (exp-slot) ]

Command Parameters
Table 39.9-1 "External-link-remote Status Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(exp-slot) Format: the physical expansion slot
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::ExpSlotId> position
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::ExpSlotId>
- the expansion slot number

Command Output
Table 39.9-2 "External-link-remote Status Commands" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
sfp-status Parameter type: <Equipm::ExpSfpStatus> the status of the expansion shelf
( ok sfp
| sfp-not-present This element is always shown.
| los
| tx-fail
| invalid-alcatel-id
| unknown
| sfp-control-fail

644 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


name
host-sfp-faceplate-nbr
exp-sfp-type
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
39 Equipment Status Commands
Type Description
| tx-fail-and-los )
Possible values:
- ok : the expansion shelf SFP is operational
- sfp-not-present : no sfp present
- los : los is detected by the expansion shelf sfp
- tx-fail : the expansion shelf tx failed
- invalid-alcatel-id : the expansion shelf sfp plugged does
not have a valid alcatel id
- unknown : the status is not available or cannot be retrieved
- sfp-control-fail : sfp not responding or i2c failure
- tx-fail-and-los : the expansion shelf tx failed and los
detected by the expansion shelf sfp
Parameter type: <Equipm::hostExtLinkFaceplateNumber> the faceplate number of the host
( not-cabled shelf external-link device which
| <Eqpt::hostExtLinkFaceplateNumber> ) the expansion shelf external-link
Possible values: device is cabled to
- not-cabled : device is not cabled This element is always shown.
Field type <Eqpt::hostExtLinkFaceplateNumber>
- the faceplate number of the host shelf external-link
- range: [2...17]
Parameter type: <Equipm::SfpType> the expansion shelf sfp type
( unknown This element is always shown.
| 1000base-sx
| 1000base-lx
| 1000base-cx
| 1000base-t
| reserved
| reserved
| reserved
| reserved )
Possible values:
- unknown : the sfp ethernet type is not known
- 1000base-sx : gigabit ethernet compliance code
- 1000base-lx : gigabit ethernet compliance code
- 1000base-cx : gigabit ethernet compliance code
- 1000base-t : gigabit ethernet compliance code
- reserved : reserved bit 4
- reserved : reserved bit 5
- reserved : reserved bit 6
- reserved : reserved bit 7
Released 645
39 Equipment Status Commands

39.10 NE Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the status of the NE.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show equipment isam

Command Output
Table 39.10-2 "NE Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
planned-type Parameter type: <Equipm::SystemType> Specifies the planned isam type.
( laus This element is only shown in
| laeu detail mode.
| leeu
| maus
| leus
| lneu )
Possible values:
- laus : large ASAM US / ANSI market (6 racks, 3 shelves
per rack)
- laeu : large ASAM EU / ETSI market (6 racks, 3 shelves
per rack)
- leeu : large ISAM for EU / ETSI market
- maus : mini RAM ASAM for US / ANSI market
- leus : large ISAM for US / ANSI market
- lneu : new equipment practice (NEP)
actual-type Parameter type: <Equipm::SystemType> A string representing the system
( laus type that is actually present.
| laeu This element is always shown.
| leeu
| maus
| leus
| lneu )
Possible values:
- laus : large ASAM US / ANSI market (6 racks, 3 shelves
per rack)
- laeu : large ASAM EU / ETSI market (6 racks, 3 shelves
per rack)

646 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 39 Equipment Status Commands

name Type Description

- leeu : large ISAM for EU / ETSI market
- maus : mini RAM ASAM for US / ANSI market
- leus : large ISAM for US / ANSI market
- lneu : new equipment practice (NEP)
description Parameter type: <Description-127> Specifies the location of the
- description to help the operator to identify the object system.
- length: x<=127 This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 647

39 Equipment Status Commands

39.11 Rack Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the rack status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show equipment rack [ (rack) ]

Command Parameters
Table 39.11-1 "Rack Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(rack) Format: the rack identifier
<Eqpt::RackId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number

Command Output
Table 39.11-2 "Rack Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
planned-type Parameter type: <Equipm::RackType> Specifies the planned rack type.
( altr-e This element is only shown in
| altr-a detail mode.
| not-planned
| not-allowed
| empty )
Possible values:
- altr-e : ISAM ETSI DSL line termination rack (2200mm)
- altr-a : ISAM ANSI DSL line termination rack
- not-planned : holder is not planned
- not-allowed : shelf is not allowed in this position
- empty : shelf is empty in this position
actual-type Parameter type: <Equipm::RackType> A string representing the racktype
( altr-e that is actually present.
| altr-a This element is always shown.
| not-planned
| not-allowed

648 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 39 Equipment Status Commands

name Type Description

| empty )
Possible values:
- altr-e : ISAM ETSI DSL line termination rack (2200mm)
- altr-a : ISAM ANSI DSL line termination rack
- not-planned : holder is not planned
- not-allowed : shelf is not allowed in this position
- empty : shelf is empty in this position
description Parameter type: <Description-127> Specifies the location of the rack.
- description to help the operator to identify the object This element is only shown in
- length: x<=127 detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 649

39 Equipment Status Commands

39.12 Shelf Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the shelf status. The following information is shown in addition to configuration information:
oper-status: describes whether the board is able to perform its normal operation.
error-status: provides the reason why the board is not operational. These values correspond to the alarms
generated in case of a failure.
available-status: provides further information regarding the state of the board.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show equipment shelf [ (shelf) ]

Command Parameters
Table 39.12-1 "Shelf Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(shelf) Format: a shelf identifier: <rack>/<shelf>
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number

Command Output
Table 39.12-2 "Shelf Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
planned-type Parameter type: <Equipm::ShelfType> Specifies the planned shelf type.
Data driven field type This element is only shown in
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration detail mode.
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
actual-type Parameter type: <Equipm::ShelfType> A string representing the
Data driven field type shelftype that is actually present
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration in the rack.
and software. This element is always shown.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
admin-status Parameter type: <Equipm::HolderAdminStatus> Specifies the shelf is locked or

650 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 39 Equipment Status Commands

name Type Description

short name: locked ( ( lock | yes ) not.
| ( unlock | no ) ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lock : the holder is locked
- yes : the holder is locked
- unlock : the holder is unlocked
- no : the holder is unlocked
oper-status Parameter type: <Equipm::OperStatus> Specifies whether or not the shelf
short name: enabled ( ( enabled | yes ) is capable of performing its
| ( disabled | no ) ) normal functions.
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- enabled :
- yes :
- disabled :
- no :
error-status Parameter type: <Equipm::OperError> Specifies for what reason the
( no-error shelf is not operational.
| type-mismatch This element is always shown.
| board-missing
| no-installation
| no-planned-board
| waiting-for-sw
| init-boot-failed
| init-download-failed
| init-connection-failed
| configuration-failed
| board-reset-protection
| invalid-parameter
| temperature-alarm
| tempshutdown
| defense
| board-not-licensed
| sem-power-fail
| sem-ups-fail
| unknown-error )
Possible values:
- no-error :
- type-mismatch :
- board-missing :
- no-installation :
- no-planned-board :
- waiting-for-sw :
- init-boot-failed :
- init-download-failed :
- init-connection-failed:
- configuration-failed :
- board-reset-protection:
- invalid-parameter :
- temperature-alarm :
- tempshutdown :
- defense :
- board-not-licensed :
- sem-power-fail :
- sem-ups-fail :
- unknown-error :
availability Parameter type: <Equipm::AvailStatus> Specifies whether the shelf is
( available available or not.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 651

39 Equipment Status Commands

name Type Description

| in-test This element is always shown.
| failed
| power-off
| not-installed
| offline
| dependency )
Possible values:
- available :
- in-test :
- failed :
- power-off :
- not-installed :
- offline :
- dependency :
shelf-mode Parameter type: <Equipm::HolderMode> the shelf mode,applicable to NEP
( no-extended-lt-slots only!
| extended-lt-slots ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- no-extended-lt-slots : no extended lt slots
- extended-lt-slots : change to extended lt slots
class Parameter type: <Equipm::ShelfClass> Specifies classification of
( main-iq-hcl shelves.
| ext-iq This element is only shown in
| ext-hcl detail mode.
| main-ethernet
| ext-ethernet )
Possible values:
- main-iq-hcl : main shelf - supports iq- and hcl-based traffic
- ext-iq : extension shelf - supports only iq-based traffic
- ext-hcl : extension shelf - support only hcs-based traffic
- main-ethernet : main shelf - supports ethernet-based traffic
- ext-ethernet : extension shelf - supports ethernet-based
traffic
description Parameter type: <Description-127> Specifies the location of the shelf.
- description to help the operator to identify the object This element is only shown in
- length: x<=127 detail mode.

652 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

40- Trap Status Commands

40.1 Trap Status Command Tree 40-654

40.2 Trap Manager Queue Status Command 40-655

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 653

40 Trap Status Commands

40.1 Trap Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Trap Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----trap
----manager
- (address)

654 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 40 Trap Status Commands

40.2 Trap Manager Queue Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the status of the trap manager queue.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show trap manager [ (address) ]

Command Parameters
Table 40.2-1 "Trap Manager Queue Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(address)
Type Description
Format: the IP address of the manager
<Ip::V4Address> : <Trap::Port>
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Trap::Port>
- trap port number
- range: [1...65535]

Command Output
Table 40.2-2 "Trap Manager Queue Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-reset-time Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> time when the buffer has been
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) reset.
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.
buffer-status Parameter type: <Trap::QueueStatus> specifies whether the trap buffer
( no-traps-lost is overflowed or not.
| traps-lost ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- no-traps-lost : the queue did not overflow - no traps were
lost
- traps-lost : the queue did overflow - traps were lost

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 655

41- Alarm Log Status Commands

41.1 Alarm Log Status Command Tree 41-657

41.2 Alarm Log Status Command 41-659
41.3 Equipment Alarm Log Status Command 41-662
41.4 Equipment Holder Alarm Log Status Command 41-665
41.5 Plug-in Unit Alarm Log Status Command 41-669
41.6 ATM Alarm Log Status Command 41-673
41.7 Ethernet Interface Alarm Log Status Command 41-675
41.8 Software Management Alarm Log Status Command 41-676
41.9 xDSL Common Alarm Log Status Command 41-678
41.10 xDSL Near-end Alarm Log Status Command 41-680
41.11 xDSL Far-end Alarm Log Status Command 41-683
41.12 TCA xDSL Alarm Log Status Command 41-686
41.13 Electrical-to-Optical Conversion Alarm Log Status 41-691
Command
41.14 Authentication Alarm Log Status Command 41-693
41.15 xDSL Bonding Alarm Log Status Command 41-696
41.16 IPoX Alarm Log Status Command 41-699
41.17 Redundancy Alarm Log Status Command 41-700
41.18 Custom Alarm Log Status Command 41-702
41.19 SFP Alarm Log Status Command 41-706
41.20 LLU Relay Alarm Log Status Command 41-709
41.21 Custom External Alarm Log Status Command 41-711
41.22 Plug In Unit Extended Alarm Log Status Command 41-713
41.23 SIP User Agent Alarm Log Status Commands 41-716
41.24 SIP Slot Alarm Log Status Commands 41-718
41.25 SIP Termination Alarm Log Status Commands 41-720
41.26 Shdsl Alarm Log Status Command 41-722
41.27 Shdsl Alarm Log Status Command 41-725
41.28 Ima-Group Alarm Log Status Command 41-728
41.29 Ima-Link Alarm Log Status Command 41-731
41.30 Ether-Tca Alarm Log Status Command 41-734
41.31 Ether-Sfp Alarm Log Status Command 41-736
41.32 Alarm Qos Slot Log Status Commands 41-738
41.33 Alarm Qos Queue Log Status Commands 41-741
41.34 Log File Transfer Server Alarm Log Status 41-743
Command
41.35 Log L2 Forward Alarm Log Status Command 41-745
41.36 External Device Alarm Log Status Command 41-747

656 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.1 Alarm Log Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Alarm Log Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----alarm
----log
----table
- (index)
----equipment
- (index)
----eqpt-holder
- (index)
----plug-in-unit
- (index)
----atm
- (index)
----ether-itf
- (index)
----sw-mgmt
- (index)
----xdsl
----misc
- (index)
----near-end
- (index)
----far-end
- (index)
----xdsl-tca
- (index)
----eo-conversion
- (index)
----authentication
- (index)
----bonding-group
- (index)
----ipox
- (index)
----redundancy
- (index)
----custom
- (index)
----sfp
- (index)
----llu-relay
- (index)
----custom-ext-alarm
- (index)
----plug-in-unit-ext
- (index)

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 657

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

----sip-user-agent
- (index)
----sip-plugin-unit
- (index)
----sip-termination
- (index)
----shdsl
- (index)
----shdsl-isam
- (index)
----ima-group
- (index)
----ima-link
- (index)
----ether-tca
- (index)
----ether-sfp
- (index)
----qos-slot
- (index)
----qos-queue
- (index)
----filetransfer
- (index)
----l2forward
- (index)
----external-device
- (index)

658 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.2 Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the alarm log entries.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log table [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.2-1 "Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.2-2 "Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmType> unique id for an alarm.
( equipment This element is always shown.
| eqpt-holder
| plugin-unit
| atm
| custom
| ima-group
| ima-link
| redundancy
| shdsl
| ether-itf
| traffic-overflow
| queue-counter
| temporal
| spatial
| software-mngt
| xdsl
| xdsl-tca
| eo-conv
| authentication

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 659

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| bonding
| ipox
| sfp
| llu-relay
| shdsl-isam
| custom-ext-alarm
| plug-in-unit-ext
| sip-user-agent
| sip-plugin-unit
| sip-termination
| filetransfer
| external-device
| l2forward
| ether-tca
| ether-sfp )
Possible values:
- equipment : equipment alarms
- eqpt-holder : equipment holder alarms
- plugin-unit : plugin unit alarms
- atm : ATM alarms
- custom : customizable alarms
- ima-group : ima-group alarms
- ima-link : ima-link alarms
- redundancy : redundancy alarms
- shdsl : shdsl alarms
- ether-itf : ethernet interface alarms
- traffic-overflow : Traffic overflow alarms
- queue-counter : Queue Counter alarms
- temporal : temporal alarms
- spatial : spatial alarms
- software-mngt : software management alarms
- xdsl : xDSL alarms
- xdsl-tca : xDSL threshold cross alarms
- eo-conv : E/O conversion related alarms
- authentication : authentication related alarms
- bonding : bonding-group related alarms
- ipox : ipox related alarms
- sfp : SFP related alarms
- llu-relay : llu relay related alarms
- shdsl-isam : shdsl isam alarms
- custom-ext-alarm : customizable external alarms
- plug-in-unit-ext : other plugin unit alarms
- sip-user-agent : sip user agent related alarms
- sip-plugin-unit : sip plug in unit related alarms
- sip-termination : sip termination related alarms
- filetransfer : file transfer server alarms
- external-device : external device related alarms
- l2forward : l2forward related alarms
- ether-tca : ethernet threshold cross alarms
- ether-sfp : ethernet SFP related alarms
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.
log-info Parameter type: <Alarm::AdditionalInfo> some additional information
- string to identify the owner (example: Tom) about the table entry.
- length: x<=512 This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: alarm log table related information

660 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

last-entry-index Parameter type: <SignedInteger> index of the last entry that was
- a signed integer added to the log table.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
log-was-reset-on Parameter type: <Sys::Time> time when the alarm log was last
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) reset.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
log-buffer-size Parameter type: <UnsignedSignedInteger> size of the internal log buffer.
- an unsigned integer This element is only shown in
detail mode.
log-overflowed Parameter type: <Alarm::OverflowStatus> specifies whether log table is
( yes overflowed or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : buffer has overflowed
- no : no buffer overflow

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 661

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.3 Equipment Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the equipment alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log equipment [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.3-1 "Equipment Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.3-2 "Equipment Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
nt-disk Parameter type: <Alarm::ntDiskSpace> current status of nt disk space is
( ( ninty-perc-full | 90%-full ) 90% full or less than that
| ( less-than-ninty-perc | less-than-90% ) ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- ninty-perc-full : NT disk space is 90% full
- 90%-full : NT disk space is 90% full
- less-than-ninty-perc : NT disk space usage less that 90%
- less-than-90% : NT disk space usage less that 90%
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::ntDiskSpace> status of nt disk space with its
( ( ninty-perc-full | 90%-full ) previous logged value.
| ( less-than-ninty-perc | less-than-90% ) ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- ninty-perc-full : NT disk space is 90% full

662 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- 90%-full : NT disk space is 90% full
- less-than-ninty-perc : NT disk space usage less that 90%
- less-than-90% : NT disk space usage less that 90%
persist-data Parameter type: <Alarm::persistDataLoss> current status specifying
( lost persistant data is lost or not
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : persistant data is lost
- not-lost : persistant data is not lost
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::persistDataLoss> status of persist-data with its
( lost previous logged value.
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : persistant data is lost
- not-lost : persistant data is not lost
sntp-comm Parameter type: <Alarm::sntpCommLoss> current status of sntp
( lost communication is lost or not
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : SNTP communication lost
- not-lost : SNTP communication is not lost
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::sntpCommLoss> status of sntp communication
( lost with its previous logged value.
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : SNTP communication lost
- not-lost : SNTP communication is not lost
nt-disk Parameter type: <Alarm::ntDiskSpace> current status of nt disk space is
( ( ninty-perc-full | 90%-full ) 90% full or less than that
| ( less-than-ninty-perc | less-than-90% ) ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- ninty-perc-full : NT disk space is 90% full
- 90%-full : NT disk space is 90% full
- less-than-ninty-perc : NT disk space usage less that 90%
- less-than-90% : NT disk space usage less that 90%
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::ntDiskSpace> status of nt disk space with its
( ( ninty-perc-full | 90%-full ) previous logged value.
| ( less-than-ninty-perc | less-than-90% ) ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- ninty-perc-full : NT disk space is 90% full
- 90%-full : NT disk space is 90% full
- less-than-ninty-perc : NT disk space usage less that 90%
- less-than-90% : NT disk space usage less that 90%
preferred-mode Parameter type: <Alarm::clkPrefMode> current status of preferred timing
short name: pref-mode ( not-available mode
| available ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-available : Preferred timing mode is not available
- available : Preferred Timing mode available
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::clkPrefMode> status of preferred timing mode
( not-available with its previous logged value.
| available ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-available : Preferred timing mode is not available
- available : Preferred Timing mode available
timing-reference Parameter type: <Alarm::clkFreeMode> current status of timing reference
short name: time-ref ( failed This element is only shown in

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 663

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| available ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- failed : System is in holdover or free-run mode
- available : System is not in holdover or free-run mode
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::clkFreeMode> status of timing reference with its
( failed previous logged value
| available ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : System is in holdover or free-run mode
- available : System is not in holdover or free-run mode
connection-lost Parameter type: <Alarm::ShubLoc> current status of nt shub
short name: conn-lost ( lost communication is lost or intact
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : NT shub communication lost
- not-lost : NT shub communication intact
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::ShubLoc> status of nt shub communication
( lost with its previous logged value.
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : NT shub communication lost
- not-lost : NT shub communication intact
back-pnl-inv Parameter type: <Alarm::BackPnlInv> current status of BackPanel-type
short name: bpnl-inv ( invalid Invalid alarm.
| valid ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- invalid : BackPanel-type Invalid
- valid : BackPanel-type Valid
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::BackPnlInv> status of BackPanel-type Invalid
( invalid alarm with its previous logged
| valid ) value.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- invalid : BackPanel-type Invalid detail mode.
- valid : BackPanel-type Valid
shub-conf-lost Parameter type: <Alarm::SHubCfgLost> actual shub configuration may
short name: conf-lost ( lost differ from lanx database on nt
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : SHub configuration loss - recent changes lost
- not-lost : SHub configuration up to date
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::SHubCfgLost> status of shub configuration lost
( lost with its previous logged value.
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : SHub configuration loss - recent changes lost
- not-lost : SHub configuration up to date

664 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.4 Equipment Holder Alarm Log Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the equipment holder alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log eqpt-holder [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.4-1 "Equipment Holder Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.4-2 "Equipment Holder Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
shelf Parameter type: <Equipm::Shelf> specify which shelf the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> occurred on.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> This element is only shown in
- the rack number detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
rack-power Parameter type: <Alarm::rackPower> current status of rack power
( failing alarm, indicating fuse is broken
| ok ) or intact
Possible values: This element is only shown in

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 665

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- failing : the fuse is broken detail mode.
- ok : the fuse is intact
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::rackPower> status of rack power alarm with
( failing its previous logged value.
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : the fuse is broken
- ok : the fuse is intact
fan-unit1 Parameter type: <Alarm::fanUnit1> current status of fan-unit1
short name: fan1 ( ( failing | fail ) This element is only shown in
| ok ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- failing : fan unit 1 is failing
- fail : fan unit 1 is failing
- ok : fan unit 1 is ok
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::fanUnit1> status of fan-unit1 with its
( ( failing | fail ) previous logged value.
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : fan unit 1 is failing
- fail : fan unit 1 is failing
- ok : fan unit 1 is ok
fan-unit2 Parameter type: <Alarm::fanUnit2> current status of fan-unit2
short name: fan2 ( ( failing | fail ) This element is only shown in
| ok ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- failing : fan unit 2 is failing
- fail : fan unit 2 is failing
- ok : fan unit 2 is ok
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::fanUnit2> status of fan-unit2 with its
( ( failing | fail ) previous logged value.
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : fan unit 2 is failing
- fail : fan unit 2 is failing
- ok : fan unit 2 is ok
shelf-mismatch Parameter type: <Alarm::shelfTypeMismatch> current status specifies installed
( mismatch and planned shelf types are
| no-mismatch ) different
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- mismatch : installed and planned shelf types are different detail mode.
- no-mismatch : installed and planned shelf types are the
same
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::shelfTypeMismatch> status of shelf-mismatch with its
( mismatch previous logged value.
| no-mismatch ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- mismatch : installed and planned shelf types are different
- no-mismatch : installed and planned shelf types are the
same
ext-chain-instl Parameter type: <Alarm::extChainInstl> current alarm status of
( ( consistancy-problem | inconsistant ) consistency problem detected for
| ( no-consistancy-problem | ok ) ) installation of extension chain
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- consistancy-problem : consistency problem detected for detail mode.
installation of extension chain
- inconsistant : consistency problem detected for installation

666 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

of extension chain
- no-consistancy-problem: no consistancy problem
- ok : no consistancy problem
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::extChainInstl> status of consistency problem
( ( consistancy-problem | inconsistant ) with its previous logged value.
| ( no-consistancy-problem | ok ) ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- consistancy-problem : consistency problem detected for
installation of extension chain
- inconsistant : consistency problem detected for installation
of extension chain
- no-consistancy-problem: no consistancy problem
- ok : no consistancy problem
shelf-missing Parameter type: <Alarm::shelfMissing> current status specifies once
( missing inserted shelf has gone missing
| not-missing ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- missing : detected shelf now missing
- not-missing : detected shelf was missing, now reinserted
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::shelfMissing> status of shelf-missing with its
( missing previous logged value.
| not-missing ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- missing : detected shelf now missing
- not-missing : detected shelf was missing, now reinserted
shelf-install-missing Parameter type: <Alarm::shelfInstall> log status specifies shelf is
( yes planned but not installed
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : shelf now installed
- no : shelf now not installed
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::shelfInstall> status of shelf-install-missing
( yes alarm with its previous logged
| no ) value.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : shelf now installed detail mode.
- no : shelf now not installed
door Parameter type: <Alarm::door> current status of door alarm,
( ( failing | fail ) indicating the cabinet door is
| ok ) opened
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- failing : the cabinet door is opened detail mode.
- fail : the cabinet door is opened
- ok : the cabinet door is closed
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::door> status of door power alarm with
( ( failing | fail ) its previous logged value.
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : the cabinet door is opened
- fail : the cabinet door is opened
- ok : the cabinet door is closed
fuse Parameter type: <Alarm::fuse> current status of fuse alarm,
( ( failing | fail ) indicating the fuse is broken
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : the fuse is broken
- fail : the fuse is broken

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 667

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- ok : the fuse works properly
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::fuse> status of fuse alarm with its
( ( failing | fail ) previous logged value.
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : the fuse is broken
- fail : the fuse is broken
- ok : the fuse works properly
single-fan-fail Parameter type: <Alarm::singleFanFail> current status of single fan alarm,
short name: single-fan ( ( failing | fail ) indicating the fan is broken
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : single fan failure
- fail : single fan failure
- ok : the fan works properly
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::singleFanFail> status of single fan alarm with its
( ( failing | fail ) previous logged value.
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : single fan failure
- fail : single fan failure
- ok : the fan works properly
double-fan-fail Parameter type: <Alarm::doubleFanFail> current status of double fans
short name: double-fan ( ( failing | fail ) alarm, indicating the fans are
| ok ) broken
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- failing : double fan failure detail mode.
- fail : double fan failure
- ok : the fans work properly
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::doubleFanFail> status of double fans alarm with
( ( failing | fail ) its previous logged value.
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : double fan failure
- fail : double fan failure
- ok : the fans work properly
ac-power-fail Parameter type: <Alarm::acPowerFail> current status of AC power
short name: ac-pwr ( ( failing | fail ) failure alarm, indicating the AC
| ok ) Power is broken
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- failing : system AC power fails detail mode.
- fail : system AC power fails
- ok : the system AC power works properly
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::acPowerFail> status of AC power failure alarm
( ( failing | fail ) with its previous logged value.
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : system AC power fails
- fail : system AC power fails
- ok : the system AC power works properly

668 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.5 Plug-in Unit Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the plug-in unit alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log plug-in-unit [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.5-1 "Plug-in Unit Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.5-2 "Plug-in Unit Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::SlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt-a This element is only shown in
| nt-b detail mode.
| acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
| ext-a : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ext-b : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- ext-a : nt-a slot in an extension shelf
- ext-b : nt-b slot in an extension shelf
- acu : acu slot

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 669

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
board-mismatch Parameter type: <Alarm::boardMismatch> alarm specifing the planned and
( yes plugged-in types are different
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : planned and plugged-in types are different
- no : planned and plugged-in types are same
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::boardMismatch> status of board-mismatch with its
( yes previous logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : planned and plugged-in types are different
- no : planned and plugged-in types are same
sw-download Parameter type: <Alarm::swStatus> alarm specifing download of the
( waiting software is completed or not.
| completed ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- waiting : not able to download all the applicable SW files
- completed : download completed
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::swStatus> status of sw-download with its
( waiting previous logged value.
| completed ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- waiting : not able to download all the applicable SW files
- completed : download completed
temperature Parameter type: <Alarm::tempStatus> alarm specifing board
( above-thres temperature is crossed the
| below-thres ) threshold or not.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : temperature threshold on board exceeded detail mode.
- below-thres : board temperature within threshold
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::tempStatus> status of board temperature with
( above-thres its previous logged value.
| below-thres ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- above-thres : temperature threshold on board exceeded
- below-thres : board temperature within threshold
sem-power-fail Parameter type: <Alarm::extPowerStatus> alarm specifing SEM external
( sem-power-fail power failure.
| sem-power-ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- sem-power-fail : SEM external power failure
- sem-power-ok : SEM external power ok
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::extPowerStatus> status of SEM external power
( sem-power-fail with its previous logged value.
| sem-power-ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- sem-power-fail : SEM external power failure

670 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- sem-power-ok : SEM external power ok
sem-ups-fail Parameter type: <Alarm::powerSupplyStatus> alarm specifing SEM external
( sem-ups-fail power supply failure.
| sem-ups-ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- sem-ups-fail : SEM external power supply failure
- sem-ups-ok : SEM external power supply ok
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::powerSupplyStatus> status of SEM external power
( sem-ups-fail supply with its previous logged
| sem-ups-ok ) value.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- sem-ups-fail : SEM external power supply failure detail mode.
- sem-ups-ok : SEM external power supply ok
temp-shutoff Parameter type: <Alarm::tempShutoffStatus> alarm specifing board is swiched
( board-switched-off off because of excess
| board-switched-on ) temperature.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- board-switched-off : board switched off - excess detail mode.
temperature
- board-switched-on : board switched on
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::tempShutoffStatus> status of temp-shutoff with its
( board-switched-off previous logged value.
| board-switched-on ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- board-switched-off : board switched off - excess
temperature
- board-switched-on : board switched on
defense Parameter type: <Alarm::defenseAction> indicates board is disconnected
( board-disconnected from the system or not
| board-connected ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- board-disconnected : board disconnected from system
- board-connected : board still connected to system
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::defenseAction> status of defense with its previous
( board-disconnected logged value.
| board-connected ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- board-disconnected : board disconnected from system
- board-connected : board still connected to system
board-present Parameter type: <Alarm::boardPresence> indicates the presence of the
( missing board.
| yes ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- missing : board was present, but now missing
- yes : board present
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::boardPresence> status of board-present with its
( missing previous logged value.
| yes ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- missing : board was present, but now missing
- yes : board present
board-inserted Parameter type: <Alarm::boardInsertion> indicates the status of board was
( never-inserted inserted or not.
| inserted ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- never-inserted : board was never inserted
- inserted : board was inserted

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 671

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::boardInsertion> status of board-inserted with its
( never-inserted previous logged value.
| inserted ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- never-inserted : board was never inserted
- inserted : board was inserted
board-init Parameter type: <Alarm::boardInit> specifies board initializaion is
( failed sucessful or failed.
| completed ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : board initialization failed
- completed : board initialization completed
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::boardInit> status of board-init with its
( failed previous logged value.
| completed ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : board initialization failed
- completed : board initialization completed
num-of-resets Parameter type: <Alarm::boardReset> specifies number of reset of
( exceeded-threshold board.
| within-threshold ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- exceeded-threshold : board initialization failed
- within-threshold : board initialization completed
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::boardReset> status of num-of-resets with its
( exceeded-threshold previous logged value.
| within-threshold ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- exceeded-threshold : board initialization failed
- within-threshold : board initialization completed
board-reset-cf Parameter type: <Alarm::boardResetCommFail> indicates there has been a reset
( yes and/or communication failure of
| ok ) the board.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : board reset/communication failure occurred detail mode.
- ok : no board reset/communication failure
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::boardResetCommFail> status of board-reset-cf with its
( yes previous logged value.
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : board reset/communication failure occurred
- ok : no board reset/communication failure
shub-uplink Parameter type: <Alarm::lanxuplinkbrkdwn> indicates that lanx uplink
( failure breakdown or removal.
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failure : lanx uplink breakdown or removal
- ok : no breakdown or removal of lanx uplink
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::lanxuplinkbrkdwn> status of shub-uplink with its
( failure previous logged value.
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failure : lanx uplink breakdown or removal
- ok : no breakdown or removal of lanx uplink

672 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.6 ATM Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the ATM alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log atm [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.6-1 "ATM Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.6-2 "ATM Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Equipm::AtmIndex> identify where the alarm has
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred.
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
vpi-vci Parameter type: <Alarm::VpiVciValues> identify where the alarm has
- the vpi and vci value (vpi/vci) occurred.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 673

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status

name Type Description
cell-dis-up Parameter type: <Alarm::CellDiscardUpstream> specifies ATM cell is discarded
( discarded or not in upstream direction.
| no-discard ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- discarded : ATM cell discarded in upstream direction
- no-discard : no ATM cell discarded in upstream direction
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::CellDiscardUpstream> status of cell-dis-up with its
( discarded previous logged value.
| no-discard ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- discarded : ATM cell discarded in upstream direction
- no-discard : no ATM cell discarded in upstream direction
cell-dis-down Parameter type: <Alarm::CellDiscardDownstream> specifies ATM cell is discarded
( discarded or not in downstream direction.
| no-discard ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- discarded : ATM cell discarded in downstream direction
- no-discard : no ATM cell discarded in downstream
direction
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::CellDiscardDownstream> status of cell-dis-down with its
( discarded previous logged value.
| no-discard ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- discarded : ATM cell discarded in downstream direction
- no-discard : no ATM cell discarded in downstream
direction

674 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.7 Ethernet Interface Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the ethernet interface alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log ether-itf [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.7-1 "Ethernet Interface Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.7-2 "Ethernet Interface Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
ether-ifindex Parameter type: <Ether::InterfaceIndex> identify where the alarm has
- index of the collision interface occurred.
- range: [0...2147483647] This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::EtherLinkStatus> status of link-down with its
( yes previous logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : board switched off - excess temperature
- no : board switched on

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 675

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.8 Software Management Alarm Log Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the software management Alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log sw-mgmt [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.8-1 "Software Management Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.8-2 "Software Management Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
nt-position Parameter type: <Equipm::NtSlotIndex> identifies the physical position of
( nt-a the slot
| nt-b ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
sw-rollback Parameter type: <Alarm::SwRollback> specifies implicit software
( yes rollback is performed or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.

676 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- yes : implicit software rollback performed
- no : no implicit software rollback
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::SwRollback> status of sw-rollback with its
( yes previous logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : implicit software rollback performed
- no : no implicit software rollback
db-rollback Parameter type: <Alarm::DbRollback> specifies implicit database
( yes rollback is performed or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : implicit database rollback performed
- no : no implicit database rollback
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::DbRollback> status of db-rollback with its
( yes previous logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : implicit database rollback performed
- no : no implicit database rollback

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 677

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.9 xDSL Common Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL common alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log xdsl misc [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.9-1 "xDSL Common Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.9-2 "xDSL Common Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
line-config Parameter type: <Alarm::LineConfig> specifies whether line
( config-error configuration data is used or not.

678 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| config-ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- config-error : line configuration data cannot be used
- config-ok : Line configuration data OK
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::LineConfig> status of line-config with its
( config-error previous logged value.
| config-ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- config-error : line configuration data cannot be used
- config-ok : Line configuration data OK
line-capacity Parameter type: <Alarm::LineCapacity> specifies whether line capacity is
( below-requirement set up or not.
| meets-requirement ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- below-requirement : line capacity not enough to set up
requested profile
- meets-requirement : line capacity enough to set up
requested profile
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::LineCapacity> status of line-capacity with its
( below-requirement previous logged value.
| meets-requirement ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- below-requirement : line capacity not enough to set up
requested profile
- meets-requirement : line capacity enough to set up
requested profile
xdsl-init Parameter type: <Alarm::Initialization> specifies xdsl line initialization is
( failed successful or not.
| successful ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : initialization unsuccessful due to comminication
problem
- successful : initialization successful
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::Initialization> status of xdsl-init with its
( failed previous logged value.
| successful ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : initialization unsuccessful due to comminication
problem
- successful : initialization successful
peer-modem Parameter type: <Alarm::PeerModem> specifies whether peer modem
( no detected or not.
| yes ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- no : no peer modem detected
- yes : peer modem detected
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::PeerModem> status of peer-modem with its
( no previous logged value.
| yes ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- no : no peer modem detected
- yes : peer modem detected

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 679

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.10 xDSL Near-end Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL near-end alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log xdsl near-end [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.10-1 "xDSL Near-end Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.10-2 "xDSL Near-end Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> Specifies where the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred.
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndLOS> specifies near end loss of signal
( yes occured or not.

680 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : near end loss of signal occurred
- no : no near end loss of signal
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndLOS> status of los with its previous
( yes logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : near end loss of signal occurred
- no : no near end loss of signal
lof Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndLOF> specifies near end loss of frame
( yes occured or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : near end loss of frame occurred
- no : no near end loss of frame
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndLOF> status of lof with its previous
( yes logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : near end loss of frame occurred
- no : no near end loss of frame
lom Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndLOM> specifies near end loss of margin
( yes occured or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : near end loss of margin occurred
- no : no near end loss of margin
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndLOM> status of lom with its previous
( yes logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : near end loss of margin occurred
- no : no near end loss of margin
ese Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndESE> specifies near end excessive
( yes severe errors occured or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : near end excessive severe errors occurred
- no : no near end excessive severe errors occurred
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndESE> status of ese with its previous
( yes logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : near end excessive severe errors occurred
- no : no near end excessive severe errors occurred
bitrate Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndBRthres> specifies whether upstream
( below-plan planned bitrate reached or not
| meets-plan ) after initialization.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- below-plan : upstream planned bitrate not reached after detail mode.
initialization
- meets-plan : upstream planned bitrate reached
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndBRthres> status of bitrate with its previous
( below-plan logged value.
| meets-plan ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 681

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- below-plan : upstream planned bitrate not reached after
initialization
- meets-plan : upstream planned bitrate reached
ncd Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndNCD> specifies whether near end cell
( no-cell-deline delineation is occured or not.
| cell-deline-occurred ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- no-cell-deline : no near end cell delineation
- cell-deline-occurred : near end cell delineation occurred
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndNCD> status of ncd with its previous
( no-cell-deline logged value.
| cell-deline-occurred ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- no-cell-deline : no near end cell delineation
- cell-deline-occurred : near end cell delineation occurred
lcd Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndLCD> specifies whether loss of near end
( yes cell deliniation is occured or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loss of near end cell deliniation
- no : no loss of near end cell deliniation
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndLCD> status of lcd with its previous
( yes logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loss of near end cell deliniation
- no : no loss of near end cell deliniation

682 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.11 xDSL Far-end Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL far-end alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log xdsl far-end [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.11-1 "xDSL Far-end Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.11-2 "xDSL Far-end Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> identifies where the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLOS> specifies whether far end loss of
( yes signal occured or not.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 683

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far end loss of signal occurred
- no : no far end loss of signal
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLOS> status of los with its previous
( yes logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far end loss of signal occurred
- no : no far end loss of signal
lof Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLOF> specifies whether far end loss of
( yes frame occured or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far end loss of frame occurred
- no : no far end loss of frame
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLOF> status of lof with its previous
( yes logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far end loss of frame occurred
- no : no far end loss of frame
lpr Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLPR> specifies whether far end loss of
( yes power detected or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far end loss of power detected
- no : no far end loss of power
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLPR> status of lpr with its previous
( yes logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far end loss of power detected
- no : no far end loss of power
lol Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLOL> specifies whether far end loss of
( yes link detected or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far end loss of link detected
- no : no far end loss of link
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLOL> status of lol with its previous
( yes logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far end loss of link detected
- no : no far end loss of link
lom Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLOM> specifies whether far end loss of
( yes margin occured or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far end loss of margin occurred
- no : no far end loss of margin
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLOM> status of lom with its previous
( yes logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far end loss of margin occurred

684 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- no : no far end loss of margin
ese Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndESE> specifies whether far end
( yes excessive severe errors occured
| no ) or not.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : far end excessive severe errors occurred detail mode.
- no : no far end excessive severe errors occurred
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndESE> status of ese with its previous
( yes logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far end excessive severe errors occurred
- no : no far end excessive severe errors occurred
bitrate Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndBRthres> specifies whether downstream
( below-plan planned bitrate reached or not.
| meets-plan ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- below-plan : downstream planned bitrate not reached after
initialization
- meets-plan : downstream planned bitrate reached
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndBRthres> status of bitrate with its previous
( below-plan logged value.
| meets-plan ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- below-plan : downstream planned bitrate not reached after
initialization
- meets-plan : downstream planned bitrate reached
ncd Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndNCD> specifies whether far end cell
( no-cell-deline delineation occured or not.
| cell-deline-occurred ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- no-cell-deline : no far end cell delineation
- cell-deline-occurred : far end cell delineation occurred
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndNCD> status of ncd with its previous
( no-cell-deline logged value.
| cell-deline-occurred ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- no-cell-deline : no far end cell delineation
- cell-deline-occurred : far end cell delineation occurred
lcd Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLCD> specifies there is loss of far end
( yes cell deliniation or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loss of far end cell deliniation
- no : no loss of far end cell deliniation
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLCD> status of lcd with its previous
( yes logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loss of far end cell deliniation
- no : no loss of far end cell deliniation

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 685

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.12 TCA xDSL Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL threshold cross alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log xdsl-tca [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.12-1 "TCA xDSL Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.12-2 "TCA xDSL Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Equipm::PortIndex> identifies where the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
errored-secs Parameter type: <Alarm::ErroredSeconds> number of errored seconds
( above-thres exceeded or below threshold

686 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| below-thres ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- above-thres : number of errored seconds exceeded
threshold
- below-thres : number of errored seconds below threshold
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::ErroredSeconds> status of errored-secs with its
( above-thres previous logged value.
| below-thres ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- above-thres : number of errored seconds exceeded
threshold
- below-thres : number of errored seconds below threshold
es-in-a-day Parameter type: <Alarm::ErroredSecondsInAday> errored seconds in a day
( above-thres exceeded or below threshold
| below-thres ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- above-thres : number of errored seconds in a day, exceeded
threshold
- below-thres : number of errored seconds in a day, below
threshold
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::ErroredSecondsInAday> status of es-in-a-day with its
( above-thres previous logged value.
| below-thres ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- above-thres : number of errored seconds in a day, exceeded
threshold
- below-thres : number of errored seconds in a day, below
threshold
severely-es Parameter type: <Alarm::SeverelyErroredSeconds> number of severely errored
( above-thres seconds exceeded or below
| below-thres ) threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of severely errored seconds exceeded detail mode.
threshold
- below-thres : number of severely errored seconds below
threshold
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::SeverelyErroredSeconds> status of severely-es with its
( above-thres previous logged value.
| below-thres ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- above-thres : number of severely errored seconds exceeded
threshold
- below-thres : number of severely errored seconds below
threshold
severely-es-in-a-day Parameter type: <Alarm::SevErroredSecsInAday> number of severely errored
( above-thres seconds in a day, exceeded or
| below-thres ) below threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of severely errored seconds in a day, detail mode.
exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of severely errored seconds in a day,
below threshold
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::SevErroredSecsInAday> status of severely-es-in-a-day
( above-thres with its previous logged value.
| below-thres ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- above-thres : number of severely errored seconds in a day,

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 687

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of severely errored seconds in a day,
below threshold
unavail-secs Parameter type: <Alarm::UnavailableSeconds> number of unavailable seconds
( above-thres exceeded or below threshold
| below-thres ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- above-thres : number of unavailable seconds exceeded
threshold
- below-thres : number of unavailable seconds below
threshold
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::UnavailableSeconds> status of unavail-secs with its
( above-thres previous logged value.
| below-thres ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- above-thres : number of unavailable seconds exceeded
threshold
- below-thres : number of unavailable seconds below
threshold
unavail-secs-in-a-day Parameter type: <Alarm::UnavailSecsInAday> number of far end unavailable
( above-thres seconds in a day, exceeded or
| below-thres ) below threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of unavailable seconds in a day, detail mode.
exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of unavailable seconds in a day,
below threshold
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::UnavailSecsInAday> status of unavail-secs-in-a-day
( above-thres with its previous logged value.
| below-thres ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- above-thres : number of unavailable seconds in a day,
exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of unavailable seconds in a day,
below threshold
es Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndErroredSeconds> number of far end errored
( above-thres seconds exceeded or below
| below-thres ) threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of far end errored seconds exceeded detail mode.
threshold
- below-thres : number of far end errored seconds below
threshold
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndErroredSeconds> status of es with its previous
( above-thres logged value.
| below-thres ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- above-thres : number of far end errored seconds exceeded
threshold
- below-thres : number of far end errored seconds below
threshold
fe-severely-es Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndSevErroredSecs> number of far end severely
( above-thres errored seconds exceeded or
| below-thres ) below threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of far end severely errored seconds detail mode.
exceeded threshold

688 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- below-thres : number of far end severely errored seconds
below threshold
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndSevErroredSecs> status of fe-severely-es with its
( above-thres previous logged value.
| below-thres ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- above-thres : number of far end severely errored seconds
exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of far end severely errored seconds
below threshold
fe-sev-es/day Parameter type: <Alarm::SevErroredSecsInAday> number of severely errored
( above-thres seconds in a day, exceeded or
| below-thres ) below threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of severely errored seconds in a day, detail mode.
exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of severely errored seconds in a day,
below threshold
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::SevErroredSecsInAday> status of fe-sev-es/day with its
( above-thres previous logged value.
| below-thres ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- above-thres : number of severely errored seconds in a day,
exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of severely errored seconds in a day,
below threshold
fe-unavail-secs Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndUnavailSecs> number of far end unavailable
( above-thres seconds in a day, exceeded or
| below-thres ) below threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of far end unavailable seconds detail mode.
exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of far end unavailable seconds below
threshold
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndUnavailSecs> status of fe-unavail-secs with its
( above-thres previous logged value.
| below-thres ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- above-thres : number of far end unavailable seconds
exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of far end unavailable seconds below
threshold
fe-unavail-sec/day Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndUnavailSecsInAday> number of far end unavailable
( above-thres seconds in a day, exceeded or
| below-thres ) below threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of far end unavailable seconds in a detail mode.
day, exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of far end unavailable seconds in a
day, below threshold
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndUnavailSecsInAday> status of fe-unavail-sec/day with
( above-thres its previous logged value.
| below-thres ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- above-thres : number of far end unavailable seconds in a
day, exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of far end unavailable seconds in a

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 689

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

day, below threshold
fe-es-in-a-day Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndErroredSecsInAday> number of far end errored
( above-thres seconds in a day, exceeded or
| below-thres ) below threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of far end errored seconds in a day, detail mode.
exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of far end errored seconds in a day,
below threshold
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndErroredSecsInAday> status of fe-es-in-a-day with its
( above-thres previous logged value.
| below-thres ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- above-thres : number of far end errored seconds in a day,
exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of far end errored seconds in a day,
below threshold

690 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.13 Electrical-to-Optical Conversion Alarm Log

Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the electrical-to-optical conversion alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log eo-conversion [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.13-1 " Electrical-to-Optical Conversion Alarm Log Status Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.13-2 " Electrical-to-Optical Conversion Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <SignedInteger> identifies where the alarm
- a signed integer occurred
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
loss-of-signal Parameter type: <Alarm::EoConvLOS> specifies whether loss of signal
( yes detected or not in the EO
| no ) conversion module
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : loss of signal detected in the EO conversion module detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 691

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- no : no loss of signal detected in the EO conversion
module
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::EoConvLOS> status of loss-of-signal with its
( yes previous logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loss of signal detected in the EO conversion module
- no : no loss of signal detected in the EO conversion
module
transmission Parameter type: <Alarm::EoConvTx> specifies whether transmission
( faulty fault is occurred or not in the EO
| ok ) module
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- faulty : transmission fault in the EO module detail mode.
- ok : transmission OK
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::EoConvTx> status of transmission with its
( faulty previous logged value.
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- faulty : transmission fault in the EO module
- ok : transmission OK

692 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.14 Authentication Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the authentication-related alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log authentication [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.14-1 "Authentication Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.14-2 "Authentication Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
vrf-assignment Parameter type: <Alarm::VRFassignment> specifies whether VRF for a user
short name: vrf-assign ( failed session is assigned or failed
| successful ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : failure to assign a VRF for a user session
- successful : assigned a VRF for a user session
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::VRFassignment> status of vrf-assignment with its
( failed previous logged value.
| successful ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : failure to assign a VRF for a user session
- successful : assigned a VRF for a user session
vlan-assignment Parameter type: <Alarm::VLANassignment> specifies whether a VLAN for a

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 693

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

short name: vlan-assign ( failed user session is assigned or failed
| successful ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : failure to assign a VLAN for a user session
- successful : assigned a VLAN for a user session
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::VLANassignment> status of vlan-assignment with its
( failed previous logged value.
| successful ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : failure to assign a VLAN for a user session
- successful : assigned a VLAN for a user session
ip-addr-pool-assign Parameter type: <Alarm::IPaddrPoolAssign> specifies whether IP address pool
short name: ip-pool-assign ( failed for a user session is assigned or
| successful ) failed
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- failed : failure to assign IP address pool for a user session detail mode.
- successful : assigned IP address pool for a user session
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::IPaddrPoolAssign> status of ip-addr-pool-assign with
( failed its previous logged value.
| successful ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : failure to assign IP address pool for a user session
- successful : assigned IP address pool for a user session
qos-param-assign Parameter type: <Alarm::QOSparamAssign> specifies whether QOS
short name: qos-assign ( failed parameters for a user session is
| successful ) assigned or failed
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- failed : failure to assign QOS parameters for a user session detail mode.
- successful : assigned QOS parameters for a user session
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::QOSparamAssign> status of qos-param-assign with
( failed its previous logged value.
| successful ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : failure to assign QOS parameters for a user session
- successful : assigned QOS parameters for a user session
ip-addr-assign Parameter type: <Alarm::IPaddrAssign> specifies whether IP address for a
short name: ip-assign ( failed user session is assigned or failed
| successful ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : failure to assign IP address for a user session
- successful : assigned IP address for a user session
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::IPaddrAssign> status of ip-addr-assign with its
( failed previous logged value.
| successful ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : failure to assign IP address for a user session
- successful : assigned IP address for a user session
radius-pool-id Parameter type: <Alarm::RADIUSpoolId> specifies whether pool-id is
short name: rad-pool-id ( not-specified specified or not for a RADIUS
| specified ) server.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- not-specified : RADIUS server did not specify a pool-id detail mode.
- specified : RADIUS specified the pool-id
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::RADIUSpoolId> status of radius-pool-id with its
( not-specified previous logged value.
| specified ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.

694 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- not-specified : RADIUS server did not specify a pool-id
- specified : RADIUS specified the pool-id

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 695

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.15 xDSL Bonding Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL bonding-related alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log bonding-group [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.15-1 "xDSL Bonding Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.15-2 "xDSL Bonding Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
group Parameter type: <Xdsl::BondingInterfaceIndex> identifies the bonding group
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / interface index
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
up-plan-bitrate Parameter type: <Alarm::UpPlannedBitrate> specifies whether the group
( reached-threshold upstream planned bit rate is

696 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| not-reached ) reached threshold or not
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- reached-threshold : upstream planned bitrate threshold detail mode.
reached
- not-reached : upstream planned bitrate threshold not
reached
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::UpPlannedBitrate> status of up-plan-bitrate with its
( reached-threshold previous logged value.
| not-reached ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- reached-threshold : upstream planned bitrate threshold
reached
- not-reached : upstream planned bitrate threshold not
reached
down-plan-bitrate Parameter type: <Alarm::DownPlanBitrate> specifies whether the downstream
( reached-threshold planned bit rate is reached
| not-reached ) threshold or not
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- reached-threshold : downstream planned bitrate threshold detail mode.
reached
- not-reached : downstream planned bitrate threshold not
reached
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::DownPlanBitrate> status of down-plan-bitrate with
( reached-threshold its previous logged value.
| not-reached ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- reached-threshold : downstream planned bitrate threshold
reached
- not-reached : downstream planned bitrate threshold not
reached
up-min-bitrate Parameter type: <Alarm::UpMinBitrate> specifies whether the upstream
( reached-threshold minimum bit rate is reached
| not-reached ) threshold or not
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- reached-threshold : upstream minimum bitrate threshold detail mode.
reached
- not-reached : upstream minimum bitrate threshold not
reached
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::UpMinBitrate> status of up-min-bitrate with its
( reached-threshold previous logged value.
| not-reached ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- reached-threshold : upstream minimum bitrate threshold
reached
- not-reached : upstream minimum bitrate threshold not
reached
down-min-bitrate Parameter type: <Alarm::DownMinBitrate> specifies whether the downstream
( reached-threshold minimum bit rate is reached
| not-reached ) threshold or not
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- reached-threshold : downstream minimum bitrate threshold detail mode.
reached
- not-reached : downstream minimum bitrate threshold not
reached
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::DownMinBitrate> status of down-min-bitrate with
( reached-threshold its previous logged value.
| not-reached ) This element is only shown in

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 697

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

Possible values: detail mode.
- reached-threshold : downstream minimum bitrate threshold
reached
- not-reached : downstream minimum bitrate threshold not
reached
up-config Parameter type: <Alarm::UpConfig> specifies whether the upstream
( not-feasible configuration is feasible or not
| feasible ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-feasible : upstream configuration not feasible
- feasible : upstream configuration not feasible
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::UpConfig> status of up-config with its
( not-feasible previous logged value.
| feasible ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-feasible : upstream configuration not feasible
- feasible : upstream configuration not feasible
down-config Parameter type: <Alarm::DownConfig> specifies whether the downstream
( not-feasible configuration is feasible or not
| feasible ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-feasible : downstream configuration not feasible
- feasible : downstream configuration not feasible
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::DownConfig> status of down-config with its
( not-feasible previous logged value.
| feasible ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-feasible : downstream configuration not feasible
- feasible : downstream configuration not feasible
peer-cpe-conn Parameter type: <Alarm::PeerCPE> specifies whether a peer CPE
( not-connected modem is connected or not
| connected ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-connected : peer cpe modem not connected
- connected : peer cpe modem connected
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::PeerCPE> status of peer-cpe-conn with its
( not-connected previous logged value.
| connected ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-connected : peer cpe modem not connected
- connected : peer cpe modem connected
bond-cpe-conn Parameter type: <Alarm::BondCPE> specifies whether a bonding CPE
( not-connected modem is connected or not
| connected ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-connected : bonding cpe modem not connected
- connected : bonding cpe modem connected
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::BondCPE> status of bond-cpe-conn with its
( not-connected previous logged value.
| connected ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-connected : bonding cpe modem not connected
- connected : bonding cpe modem connected

698 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.16 IPoX Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the IPoX alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log ipox [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.16-1 "IPoX Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.16-2 "IPoX Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ip-addr-pool Parameter type: <Alarm::IPAddrPoolPreempt> specifies whether the ip addr pool
( preempted on the DHCP server and the local
| no-preempt ) pool are preempted or not
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- preempted : the ip addr pool on the DHCP server and the detail mode.
local pool are preempted
- no-preempt : the ip addr pool on the DHCP server and the
local pool are not preempted

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 699

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.17 Redundancy Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the redundancy alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log redundancy [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.17-1 "Redundancy Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.17-2 "Redundancy Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
loss-swo-cap Parameter type: <Alarm::SwoCap> identify the switchover capability
( loss in a redundant system.
| not-loss ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- loss : system loss of the swichover capability
- not-loss : system not loss of the swichover capability
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::SwoCap> status of the switchover
( loss capability with its previous
| not-loss ) logged value.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- loss : system loss of the swichover capability detail mode.
- not-loss : system not loss of the swichover capability

700 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 701

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.18 Custom Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the custom alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log custom [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.18-1 "Custom Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.18-2 "Custom Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
custom-alarm1 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom1> identify the customizableAlarm1
( yes .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::custom1> status of customizableAlarm1
( yes with its previous logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
custom-alarm2 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom2> identify the customizableAlarm2
( yes .
| no ) This element is only shown in

702 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::custom2> status of customizableAlarm2
( yes with its previous logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
custom-alarm3 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom3> identify the customizableAlarm3
( yes .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::custom3> status of customizableAlarm3
( yes with its previous logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
custom-alarm4 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom4> identify the customizableAlarm4
( yes .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::custom4> status of customizableAlarm4
( yes with its previous logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
custom-alarm5 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom5> identify the customizableAlarm5
( yes .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::custom5> status of customizableAlarm5
( yes with its previous logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
Only Show Details: host expansion shelves customizable alarms
name Type Description
alarm index 1 Parameter type: <SignedInteger> this is the shelf id (equipment
- a signed integer hoder id) for host expansion
alarms, otherwise it is the rack ID
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
he-custom-alarm1 Parameter type: <Alarm::he-custom1> identify the host expansion shelf's
( yes customizableAlarm1 .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 703

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::he-custom1> status of the host expansion
( yes shelf's customizableAlarm1 with
| no ) its previous logged value.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm detail mode.
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
he-custom-alarm2 Parameter type: <Alarm::he-custom2> identify the host expansion shelf's
( yes customizableAlarm2 .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::he-custom2> status of the host expansion
( yes shelf's customizableAlarm2 with
| no ) its previous logged value.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm detail mode.
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
he-custom-alarm3 Parameter type: <Alarm::he-custom3> identify the host expansion shelf's
( yes customizableAlarm3 .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::he-custom3> status of the host expansion
( yes shelf's customizableAlarm3 with
| no ) its previous logged value.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm detail mode.
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
he-custom-alarm4 Parameter type: <Alarm::he-custom4> identify the host expansion shelf's
( yes customizableAlarm4 .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::he-custom4> status of the host expansion
( yes shelf's customizableAlarm4 with
| no ) its previous logged value.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm detail mode.
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
he-custom-alarm5 Parameter type: <Alarm::he-custom5> identify the host expansion shelf's
( yes customizableAlarm5 .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::he-custom5> status of the host expansion
( yes shelf's customizableAlarm5 with
| no ) its previous logged value.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm detail mode.
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
he-custom-alarm6 Parameter type: <Alarm::he-custom6> identify the host expansion shelf's
( yes customizableAlarm6 .

704 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::he-custom6> status of the host expansion
( yes shelf's customizableAlarm6 with
| no ) its previous logged value.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm detail mode.
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 705

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.19 SFP Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the SFP alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log sfp [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.19-1 "SFP Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.19-2 "SFP Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
alarm index 1 Parameter type: <SignedInteger> this is the host sfp faceplate
- a signed integer number for host alarms or it is the
equipment slot id for expansion
shelf alarms
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
alarm index 2 Parameter type: <SignedInteger> this is the lanx port id for host
- a signed integer alarms. this index is not used for
expansion shelf alarms
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: host shelf alarms
name Type Description
host-sfp-los Parameter type: <Alarm::hostSFPLOS> current status host downlink SFP
( failing loss of signal

706 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : host downlink SFP loss of signal
- ok : host downlink SFP signal ok
host-sfp-tx Parameter type: <Alarm::hostSFPTxFail> status host downlink SFP tx
( failing failure
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : host downlink SFP tx failure
- ok : host downlink SFP tx ok
host-sfp-pres Parameter type: <Alarm::hostSFPMissing> current status host downlink SFP
( not-present not present
| present ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-present : host downlink SFP not present
- present : host downlink SFP present
host-sfp-id Parameter type: <Alarm::hostSFPInvalidAlcatelID> status host downlink SFP does
( invalid not have valid Alcatel ID
| valid ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- invalid : host downlink SFP does not have valid Alcatel ID
- valid : host downlink SFP has valid Alcatel ID
host-sfp-ctrl Parameter type: <Alarm::hostSFPControlFail> status host downlink SFP control
( failing failure
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : host downlink SFP control failure
- ok : host downlink SFP control ok
host-sfp-rmtlt Parameter type: <Alarm::hostSFPUnexpectedRemoteLT> host downlink SFP unexpected
( yes remote plug-in
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : host shelf SFP unexpected remote LT plug-in
- no : host shelf SFP expected remote LT plug-in
host-sfp-mismatch Parameter type: <Alarm::hostSFPAssignmentMismatch> host downlink SFP assignment
( yes does not match reported
| no ) rack/shelf/slot
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : host shelf SFP assignment does not match reported detail mode.
rack/shelf/slot
- no : host shelf SFP assignment matches reported
rack/shelf/slot
host-sfp-incompt Parameter type: <Alarm::hostSFPIncompatibleShelf> host downlink SFP incompatible
( yes shelf type detected
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : host shelf SFP incompatible shelf type detected
- no : host shelf SFP compatible shelf type detected
Only Show Details: expansion shelf alarms
name Type Description
exp-sfp-los Parameter type: <Alarm::expansionShelfSFPLos> current status expansion shelf
( failing downlink SFP loss of signal
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : expansion shelf downlink SFP loss of signal
- ok : expansion shelf downlink SFP signal ok
exp-sfp-tx Parameter type: <Alarm::expansionShelfSFPTxFail> status expansion shelf downlink

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 707

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

( failing SFP tx failure
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : expansion shelf host downlink SFP tx failure
- ok : expansion shelf downlink SFP tx ok
exp-sfp-pres Parameter type: <Alarm::expansionShelfSFPMissing> current status expansion shelf
( not-present downlink SFP not present
| present ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-present : expansion shelf downlink SFP not present
- present : expansion shelf downlink SFP present
exp-sfp-id Parameter type: <Alarm::expShelfSFPInvalidAlcatelID> status expansion shelf downlink
( invalid SFP does not have valid Alcatel
| valid ) ID
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- invalid : expansion shelf downlink SFP does not have valid detail mode.
Alcatel ID
- valid : expansion shelf downlink SFP has valid Alcatel ID
exp-sfp-ctrl Parameter type: <Alarm::expansionShelfSFPControlFail> status expansion shelf downlink
( failing SFP control failure
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : expansion shelf downlink SFP control failure
- ok : expansion shelf downlink SFP control ok

708 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.20 LLU Relay Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the LLU relay alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log llu-relay [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.20-1 "LLU Relay Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.20-2 "LLU Relay Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
slot-id Parameter type: <Equipm::FullLtSlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- lt : lt-slot detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
wrong-or-no-applq Parameter type: <Alarm::relayNotSet> current status specifing that relay
( yes not set
| no ) This element is only shown in

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 709

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : wrong appliq
- no : right appliq
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::relayNotSet> status of relay with its previous
( yes logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : wrong appliq
- no : right appliq

710 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.21 Custom External Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the customizable external alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log custom-ext-alarm [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.21-1 "Custom External Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.21-2 "Custom External Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.
ext-alarm1 Parameter type: <Alarm::custExtAlarm1> current status specifying external
( yes alarm 1 is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : customizable external alarm 1
- no : no customizable external alarm 1
ext-alarm2 Parameter type: <Alarm::custExtAlarm2> current status specifying external
( yes alarm 2 is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : customizable external alarm 2
- no : no customizable external alarm 2
ext-alarm3 Parameter type: <Alarm::custExtAlarm3> current status specifying external
( yes alarm 3 is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 711

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- yes : customizable external alarm 3
- no : no customizable external alarm 3
ext-alarm4 Parameter type: <Alarm::custExtAlarm4> current status specifying external
( yes alarm 4 is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : customizable external alarm 4
- no : no customizable external alarm 4
ext-alarm5 Parameter type: <Alarm::custExtAlarm5> current status specifying external
( yes alarm 5 is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : customizable external alarm 5
- no : no customizable external alarm 5

712 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.22 Plug In Unit Extended Alarm Log Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the plug-in unit extended alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log plug-in-unit-ext [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.22-1 "Plug In Unit Extended Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.22-2 "Plug In Unit Extended Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::SlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt-a This element is always shown.
| nt-b
| acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
| ext-a : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ext-b : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- ext-a : nt-a slot in an extension shelf

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 713

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- ext-b : nt-b slot in an extension shelf
- acu : acu slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
fan-alarm Parameter type: <Alarm::pluginFan> current status specifying fan
( yes alarm is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : fan alarm
- no : no fan alarm
dc-a-alarm Parameter type: <Alarm::plugin-dc-a> current status specifying dc-a
( yes failure alarm is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : dc a failure alarm
- no : no dc a failure alarm
dc-b-alarm Parameter type: <Alarm::plugin-dc-b> current status specifying dc-b
( yes failure alarm is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : dc b failure alarm
- no : no dc b failure alarm
dg-alarm Parameter type: <Alarm::plugin-dg> current status specifying dying
( yes gasp alarm is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : dying gasp alarm
- no : no dying gasp alarm
apsf-alarm Parameter type: <Alarm::pluginApsf> applique power supply failure yes
( yes or no
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : apsf failure alarm
- no : no apsf failure alarm
ntr-a-loss Parameter type: <Alarm::NTRALoss> log status specifying NTR-A loss
( yes alarm is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : ntr-a signal unavailable
- no : ntr-a signal available
ntr-b-loss Parameter type: <Alarm::NTRBLoss> log status specifying NTR-B loss
( yes alarm is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : ntr-b signal unavailable
- no : ntr-b signal available
ds-los-or-high-attn Parameter type: <Alarm::SFP1LOS> current status specifying
( yes ds-los-or-high-attn alarm is
| no ) present or not
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- yes : LOS due to DS optical link removed, broken or

714 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

causing high attn
- no : LOS due to DS optical link removed, broken or
causing high attn

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 715

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.23 SIP User Agent Alarm Log Status Commands

Command Description
This command displays the SIP user agent alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log sip-user-agent [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.23-1 "SIP User Agent Alarm Log Status Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.23-2 "SIP User Agent Alarm Log Status Commands" Display parameters
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
dhcp-unreach Parameter type: <Alarm::dhcpServerUnreach> specifies DHCP server status.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : DHCP server unreachable
- no : DHCP server reachable
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::dhcpServerUnreach> status of specifies dhcp server
( yes with its previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : DHCP server unreachable
- no : DHCP server reachable
proxy-srv-unreach Parameter type: <Alarm::sipProxyServerUnreach> specifies sip proxy server status.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : proxy server unreachable
- no : proxy server reachable
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::sipProxyServerUnreach> status of specifies sip proxy

716 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

( yes server with its previous logged
| no ) value
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : proxy server unreachable detail mode.
- no : proxy server reachable
reg-srv-unreach Parameter type: <Alarm::sipRegistratorServerUnreach> specifies sip registrator server
( yes status.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : registrator server unreachable
- no : registrator server reachable
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::sipRegistratorServerUnreach> status of specifies sip registrator
( yes server with its previous logged
| no ) value
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : registrator server unreachable detail mode.
- no : registrator server reachable

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 717

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.24 SIP Slot Alarm Log Status Commands

Command Description
This command displays the SIP slot alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log sip-plugin-unit [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.24-1 "SIP Slot Alarm Log Status Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.24-2 "SIP Slot Alarm Log Status Commands" Display parameters
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
inval-cdefile Parameter type: <Alarm::invalidCDEFile> specifies the CDE file is invalid
( yes or valid.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : invalid CDE file
- no : correct CDE file
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::invalidCDEFile> status of specifies cde file with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : invalid CDE file
- no : correct CDE file
short-res Parameter type: <Alarm::shortResource> sepcifies the call resource short
( yes or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : short call resource
- no : have call resource
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::shortResource> status of specifies call resources

718 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

( yes with its previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : short call resource
- no : have call resource

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 719

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.25 SIP Termination Alarm Log Status

Commands

Command Description
This command displays the SIP termination alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log sip-termination [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.25-1 "SIP Termination Alarm Log Status Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.25-2 "SIP Termination Alarm Log Status Commands" Display parameters
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
unknown-sub Parameter type: <Alarm::unknownSubscriber> specfies the sip subscriber
( yes unknow or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : wrong subscriber
- no : right subscriber
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::unknownSubscriber> status of specifies subscribers
( yes with its previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : wrong subscriber
- no : right subscriber
ground-key Parameter type: <Alarm::groundKey> status of the ground key.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:

720 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- yes : current to ground
- no : current not to ground
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::groundKey> status of specifies ground key
( yes with its previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : current to ground
- no : current not to ground
port-hightemp Parameter type: <Alarm::highTemperature> status of the port temperature.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : high temperature
- no : not high temperature
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::highTemperature> status of specifies temperature
( yes with its previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : high temperature
- no : not high temperature

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 721

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.26 Shdsl Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the Shdsl alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log shdsl [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.26-1 "Shdsl Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.26-2 "Shdsl Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Itf::ShdslLine> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
lnk-dev Parameter type: <Alarm::LinkDeviceValues> identify where the alarm has
- a signed integer occurred
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

722 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status

name Type Description
loop-act-net Parameter type: <Alarm::LoopbackActiveNetwork> loopback active at the network
( yes side
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loopback active
- no : no loopback active
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::LoopbackActiveNetwork> status of loop-act-net with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loopback active
- no : no loopback active
loop-act-cus Parameter type: <Alarm::LoopbackActiveCustom> loopback active at the custom
( yes side
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loopback active
- no : no loopback active
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::LoopbackActiveCustom> status of loop-act-cus with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loopback active
- no : no loopback active
config-error Parameter type: <Alarm::ConfigError> configuration error
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : config error
- no : no config error
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::ConfigError> status of config-error with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : config error
- no : no config error
loss-atm Parameter type: <Alarm::LossATMCellDel> loss of atm cell delineation
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : loss atm cell delineation
- no : no loss atm cell delineation
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::LossATMCellDel> status of loss-atm with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loss atm cell delineation
- no : no loss atm cell delineation
loss-pr Parameter type: <Alarm::LossPowerSTUR> loss of power at stu-r
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : loss power at stu-r
- no : no loss power at stu-r
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::LossPowerSTUR> status of loss-pr with its previous
( yes logged value

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 723

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loss power at stu-r
- no : no loss power at stu-r
secu-error Parameter type: <Alarm::UnableDisableSTUR> loss of ability to disable stu-r
( yes access
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loss ability at stu-r
- no : no loss ability at stu-r
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::UnableDisableSTUR> status of secu-error with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loss ability at stu-r
- no : no loss ability at stu-r
dev-fault Parameter type: <Alarm::DeviceFault> fault of device
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : device fault
- no : no device fault
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::DeviceFault> status of dev-fault with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : device fault
- no : no device fault
atm-ncd Parameter type: <Alarm::ATMCellDel> none of atm cell delineation
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : no atm cell delineation
- no : atm cell delineation
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::ATMCellDel> status of atm-ncd with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : no atm cell delineation
- no : atm cell delineation

724 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.27 Shdsl Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the Shdsl alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log shdsl-isam [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.27-1 "Shdsl Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.27-2 "Shdsl Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Equipm::PortIndex> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
lnk-dev Parameter type: <Alarm::LinkDeviceValues> identify where the alarm has
- a signed integer occurred
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 725

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status

name Type Description
loss-syn-net Parameter type: <Alarm::LossSyncWordNetwork> loss of sync word at the network
( yes side on each pair
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loss sync word
- no : no loss sync word
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::LossSyncWordNetwork> status of loss-syn-net with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loss sync word
- no : no loss sync word
loss-syn-cus Parameter type: <Alarm::LossSyncWordCustom> loss of sync word at the custom
( yes side on each pair
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loss sync word
- no : no loss sync word
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::LossSyncWordCustom> status of loss-syn-cus with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loss sync word
- no : no loss sync word
loop-att-net Parameter type: <Alarm::LoopAttenuationNetwork> loop attenuation alarm at the
( yes network side on each pair
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loop attenuation
- no : no loop attenuation
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::LoopAttenuationNetwork> status of loop-att-net with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loop attenuation
- no : no loop attenuation
loop-att-cus Parameter type: <Alarm::LoopAttenuationCustom> loop attenuation alarm at the
( yes custom side on each pair
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loop attenuation
- no : no loop attenuation
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::LoopAttenuationCustom> status of loop-att-cus with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loop attenuation
- no : no loop attenuation
snr-net Parameter type: <Alarm::SNRNetwork> snr margin alarm at the network
( yes side each pair
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : snr margin
- no : no snr margin
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::SNRNetwork> status of snr-net with its previous
( yes logged value

726 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : snr margin
- no : no snr margin
snr-cus Parameter type: <Alarm::SNRCustom> snr margin alarm at the custom
( yes side each pair
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : snr margin
- no : no snr margin
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::SNRCustom> status of snr-cus with its previous
( yes logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : snr margin
- no : no snr margin
dc-net Parameter type: <Alarm::DCContinuityFaultNetwork> dc continuity fault at the network
( yes side on each pair
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : dc fault
- no : no dc fault
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::DCContinuityFaultNetwork> status of dc-net with its previous
( yes logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : dc fault
- no : no dc fault
dc-cus Parameter type: <Alarm::DCContinuityFaultCustom> dc continuity fault at the custom
( yes side on each pair
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : dc fault
- no : no dc fault
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::DCContinuityFaultCustom> status of dc-cus with its previous
( yes logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : dc fault
- no : no dc fault

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 727

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.28 Ima-Group Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the Ima-Group alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log ima-group [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.28-1 "Ima-Group Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.28-2 "Ima-Group Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Equipm::AtmImaIndex> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
far-end-start Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndStartup> far-end starting up
( yes This element is only shown in

728 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : far-end startup
- no : no far-end startup
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndStartup> status of far-end-start with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far-end startup
- no : no far-end startup
far-end-fconf Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndFailedConfig> failed configuration of far-end
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : far-end failed config
- no : no far-end failed config
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndFailedConfig> status of far-end-fconf with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far-end failed config
- no : no far-end failed config
near-end-fconf Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndFailedConfig> failed configuration of near-end
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : near-end failed config
- no : no near-end failed config
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndFailedConfig> status of near-end-fconf with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : near-end failed config
- no : no near-end failed config
far-end-ins-lnk Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndInsuffLinkNum> insufficient number of links at
( yes far-end
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : insufficient number of links at far-end
- no : no insufficient number of links at far-end
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndInsuffLinkNum> status of far-end-ins-lnk with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : insufficient number of links at far-end
- no : no insufficient number of links at far-end
near-end-ins-lnk Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndInsuffLinkNum> insufficient number of links at
( yes near-end
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : insufficient number of links at near-end
- no : no insufficient number of links at near-end
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndInsuffLinkNum> status of near-end-ins-lnk with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : insufficient number of links at near-end

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 729

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- no : no insufficient number of links at near-end
far-end-blk Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndBlocked> status that far-end is blocked
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : far-end blocked
- no : no far-end blocked
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndBlocked> status of far-end-blk with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far-end blocked
- no : no far-end blocked

730 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.29 Ima-Link Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the Ima-Link alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log ima-link [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.29-1 "Ima-Link Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.29-2 "Ima-Link Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Itf::ShdslLine> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
loss-ima-frm Parameter type: <Alarm::LossImaFrame> loss of ima frame
( yes This element is only shown in

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 731

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : loss ima frame
- no : no loss ima frame
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::LossImaFrame> status of loss-ima-frm with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loss ima frame
- no : no loss ima frame
lods Parameter type: <Alarm::LinkOutofDelaySynch> link out of delay synchronization
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : link out of delay
- no : no link out of delay
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::LinkOutofDelaySynch> status of lods with its previous
( yes logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : link out of delay
- no : no link out of delay
link-misc Parameter type: <Alarm::LinkMisconnect> link of misconnecting
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : link misconnect
- no : no link misconnect
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::LinkMisconnect> status of link-misc with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : link misconnect
- no : no link misconnect
link-rfi Parameter type: <Alarm::LinkRemoteFailureIndication> link of remote failure indication
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : link remote failure indication
- no : no link remote failure indication
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::LinkRemoteFailureIndication> status of link-rfi with its previous
( yes logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : link remote failure indication
- no : no link remote failure indication
link-fault Parameter type: <Alarm::LinkFault> fault of link
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : fault in link facility
- no : no fault in link facility
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::LinkFault> status of link-fault with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : fault in link facility

732 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- no : no fault in link facility
fe-tx-blk Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndTXBlocked> transmit blocked due to far-end
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : transmit blocked due to far-end
- no : no transmit blocked due to far-end
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndTXBlocked> status of fe-tx-blk with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : transmit blocked due to far-end
- no : no transmit blocked due to far-end
fe-rec-blk Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndRXBlocked> receive blocked due to far-end
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : receive blocked due to far-end
- no : no receive blocked due to far-end
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndRXBlocked> status of fe-rec-blk with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : receive blocked due to far-end
- no : no receive blocked due to far-end

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 733

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.30 Ether-Tca Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the Ether-Tca alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log ether-tca [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.30-1 "Ether-Tca Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.30-2 "Ether-Tca Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Equipm::PortIndex> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
etca-los Parameter type: <Alarm::EthTcaLos> ethernet loss of signal
( yes This element is only shown in

734 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : ethernet loss of signal errors exceeds
- no : ethernet loss of signal errors normal
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::EthTcaLos> status of etca-los with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : ethernet loss of signal errors exceeds
- no : ethernet loss of signal errors normal
etca-fcs Parameter type: <Alarm::EthTcaFcs> ethernet frame check sequence
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : ethernet frame check sequence errors exceeds
- no : ethernet frame check sequence errors normal
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::EthTcaFcs> status of etca-fcs with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : ethernet frame check sequence errors exceeds
- no : ethernet frame check sequence errors normal
etca-day-los Parameter type: <Alarm::EthDayLos> ethernet day los
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : ethernet day los errors exceeds
- no : ethernet day los errors normal
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::EthDayLos> status of etca-day-los with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : ethernet day los errors exceeds
- no : ethernet day los errors normal
etca-day-fcs Parameter type: <Alarm::EthDayFcs> ethernet day fcs
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : ethernet day fcs errors exceeds
- no : ethernet day fcs errors normal
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::EthDayFcs> status of etca-day-fcs with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : ethernet day fcs errors exceeds
- no : ethernet day fcs errors normal

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 735

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.31 Ether-Sfp Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the Ether-Sfp alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log ether-sfp [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.31-1 "Ether-Sfp Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.31-2 "Ether-Sfp Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Itf::EthernetPortIndex> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
sfp-los Parameter type: <Alarm::EthSfpLos> ethernet sfp loss of signal
( yes This element is only shown in

736 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : ethernet sfp los error
- no : ethernet sfp los normal
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::EthSfpLos> status of sfp-los with its previous
( yes logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : ethernet sfp los error
- no : ethernet sfp los normal
sfp-tx-fail Parameter type: <Alarm::EthSfpTxFail> ethernet sfp tx
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : ethernet sfp Tx Failure
- no : ethernet sfp Tx normal
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::EthSfpTxFail> status of sfp-tx-fail with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : ethernet sfp Tx Failure
- no : ethernet sfp Tx normal
sfp-not-prst Parameter type: <Alarm::EthSfpNotPrst> ethernet sfp presence
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : ethernet sfp not detected
- no : ethernet sfp detected
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::EthSfpNotPrst> status of sfp-not-prst with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : ethernet sfp not detected
- no : ethernet sfp detected
sfp-inv-id Parameter type: <Alarm::EthSfpInvalid> ethernet sfp id validity
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : ethernet sfp id invalid
- no : ethernet sfp id normal
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::EthSfpInvalid> status of sfp-inv-id with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : ethernet sfp id invalid
- no : ethernet sfp id normal

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 737

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.32 Alarm Qos Slot Log Status Commands

Command Description
This command displays the Qos Slot alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log qos-slot [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.32-1 "Alarm Qos Slot Log Status Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.32-2 "Alarm Qos Slot Log Status Commands" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::SlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt-a This element is always shown.
| nt-b
| acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
| ext-a : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ext-b : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- ext-a : nt-a slot in an extension shelf
- ext-b : nt-b slot in an extension shelf
- acu : acu slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>

738 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
up-overflow Parameter type: <Alarm::up-overflow> check LT load in upstream.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : up overflow alarm
- no : no up overflow alarm
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::up-overflow> status of specifies up overflow
( yes with its previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : up overflow alarm
- no : no up overflow alarm
dw-overflow Parameter type: <Alarm::dw-overflow> check LT load in downstream.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : down overflow alarm
- no : no down overflow alarm
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::dw-overflow> status of specifies down overflow
( yes with its previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : down overflow alarm
- no : no down overflow alarm
upobc-overflow Parameter type: <Alarm::upobc-overflow> check LT load to OBC in
( yes upstream.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : up to obc overflow alarm
- no : no up to obc overflow alarm
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::upobc-overflow> status of specifies up to obc
( yes overflow with its previous logged
| no ) value
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : up to obc overflow alarm detail mode.
- no : no up to obc overflow alarm
dwobc-overflow Parameter type: <Alarm::dwobc-overflow> check LT load to OBC in
( yes downstream.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : down to obc overflow alarm
- no : no down to obc overflow alarm
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::dwobc-overflow> status of specifies down to obc
( yes overflow with its previous logged
| no ) value
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : down to obc overflow alarm detail mode.
- no : no down to obc overflow alarm

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 739

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

lwpriority-overflow Parameter type: <Alarm::lwpriority-overflow> check Voice and Video load.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : alarm
- no : no dying gasp alarm
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::lwpriority-overflow> status of specifies voice and
( yes video load with its previous
| no ) logged value
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : alarm detail mode.
- no : no dying gasp alarm
fanout Parameter type: <Alarm::fanout> check LT Load.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : fan out alarm
- no : no fan out alarm
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::fanout> status of fan out with its previous
( yes logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : fan out alarm
- no : no fan out alarm

740 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.33 Alarm Qos Queue Log Status Commands

Command Description
This command displays the Qos Queue alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log qos-queue [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.33-1 "Alarm Qos Queue Log Status Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.33-2 "Alarm Qos Queue Log Status Commands" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is always shown.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
queue Parameter type: <SignedInteger> identify where the alarm has
- a signed integer occurred.
This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 741

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

queue-discard-overflow Parameter type: <Alarm::queue-discard-overflow> check the corresponding queue
( yes Load.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : queue discard alarm
- no : no queue discard alarm
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::queue-discard-overflow> status of specifies queue discard
( yes overflow with its previous logged
| no ) value
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : queue discard alarm detail mode.
- no : no queue discard alarm
queue-load Parameter type: <Alarm::queue-load> check the corresponding queue
( yes Load.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : queue load alarm
- no : no queue load alarm
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::queue-load> status of queue load with its
( yes previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : queue load alarm
- no : no queue load alarm

742 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.34 Log File Transfer Server Alarm Log Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the log status of the file transfer server alarm.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log filetransfer [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.34-1 "Log File Transfer Server Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.34-2 "Log File Transfer Server Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
server-id Parameter type: <Alarm::FileTransfer> this is the server id for file server
- file transfer protocol type alarms
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
fileserv-unavail Parameter type: <Alarm::FileTransferUnavial> current status specifing that
( unavailable whether file transfer server
| available ) available
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- unavailable : file transfer server unavailable detail mode.
- available : file transfer server available
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::relayNotSet> status of relay with its previous
( yes logged value

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 743

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : wrong appliq
- no : right appliq

744 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.35 Log L2 Forward Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the log status of the l2 forward alarm.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log l2forward [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.35-1 "Log L2 Forward Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.35-2 "Log L2 Forward Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
bridgeport Parameter type: <Itf::BridgePort> identify the bridge port where the
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / alarm has occurred.
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> This element is only shown in
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / detail mode.
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 745

41 Alarm Log Status Commands

name Type Description

Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlanSigned> identify the vlan id where the
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> alarm has occurred.
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4094,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4094,4097]
mac-conflict Parameter type: <Alarm::MACconflict> specifies whether duplicate mac
( yes address from the Bridge port.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : duplicate mac address from this bridge port
- no : no duplicate mac address from this bridge port
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::MACconflict> status of mac-conflict with its
( yes previous logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : duplicate mac address from this bridge port
- no : no duplicate mac address from this bridge port

746 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 41 Alarm Log Status Commands

41.36 External Device Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the external-device alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm log external-device [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 41.36-1 "External Device Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 41.36-2 "External Device Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
loss-env-mon Parameter type: <Alarm::LossEnvMon> status of env-monitor box
( lost This element is only shown in
| not-lost ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- lost : env-mon box lost or not alive
- not-lost : env-mon box exists
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::LossEnvMon> status of loss-env-mon with its
( lost previous logged value
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : env-mon box lost or not alive
- not-lost : env-mon box exists

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 747

42- Current Alarm Status Commands

42.1 Current Alarm Status Command Tree 42-749

42.2 Alarm Current Status Command 42-751
42.3 Equipment Current Alarm Status Command 42-754
42.4 Equipment Holder Current Alarm Status Command 42-756
42.5 Plug-in Unit Current Alarm Status Command 42-759
42.6 ATM Current Alarm Status Command 42-762
42.7 Ethernet Interface Current Alarm Status Command 42-764
42.8 Software Management Current Alarm Status 42-765
Command
42.9 xDSL Current Alarm Status Command 42-767
42.10 TCA xDSL Current Alarm Status Command 42-771
42.11 Electrical-to-Optical Conversion Current Alarm 42-774
Status Command
42.12 Authentication Current Alarm Status Command 42-776
42.13 xDSL Bonding Current Alarm Status Command 42-778
42.14 IPoX Current Alarm Status Command 42-780
42.15 Redundancy Current Alarm Status Command 42-781
42.16 Custom Current Alarm Status Command 42-782
42.17 SFP Current Alarm Status Command 42-784
42.18 LLU Relay Current Alarm Status Command 42-787
42.19 Custom External Current Alarm Status Command 42-788
42.20 Plug In Unit Extended Current Alarm Status 42-790
Command
42.21 SIP User Agent Current Alarm Status Command 42-792
42.22 SIP Slot Current Alarm Status Command 42-794
42.23 SIP Termination Current Alarm Status Command 42-795
42.24 Shdsl Current Alarm Status Command 42-797
42.25 Shdsl Current Alarm Status Command 42-799
42.26 Ima-Group Current Alarm Status Command 42-801
42.27 Ima-Link Current Alarm Status Command 42-803
42.28 Alarm Current Ether-Tca Status Command 42-805
42.29 Alarm Current Ether-Sfp Status Command 42-807
42.30 Alarm Current Qos Slot Status Command 42-809
42.31 Alarm Current Qos Queue Status Command 42-811
42.32 Alarm File Transfer Server Status Command 42-813
42.33 Alarm L2 Forward Status Command 42-814
42.34 Alarm Current External Device Status Command 42-816

748 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.1 Current Alarm Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Current Alarm Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----alarm
----current
----table
- (index)
----equipment
- (index)
----eqpt-holder
- (index)
----plug-in-unit
- (index)
----atm
- (index)
----ether-itf
- (index)
----sw-mgmt
- (index)
----xdsl
- (index)
----xdsl-tca
- (index)
----eo-conversion
- (index)
----authentication
- (index)
----bonding-group
- (index)
----ipox
- (index)
----redundancy
- (index)
----custom
- (index)
----sfp
- (index)
----llu-relay
- (index)
----custom-ext-alarm
- (index)
----plug-in-unit-ext
- (index)
----sip-user-agent
- (index)
----sip-plugin-unit
- (index)
----sip-termination

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 749

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

- (index)
----shdsl
- (index)
----shdsl-isam
- (index)
----ima-group
- (index)
----ima-link
- (index)
----ether-tca
- (index)
----ether-sfp
- (index)
----qos-slot
- (index)
----qos-queue
- (index)
----filetransfer
- (index)
----l2forward
- (index)
----external-device
- (index)

750 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.2 Alarm Current Status Command

Command Description
This command displays all current alarms.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current table [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.2-1 "Alarm Current Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.2-2 "Alarm Current Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmType> type of the alarms that are active.
( equipment This element is always shown.
| eqpt-holder
| plugin-unit
| atm
| custom
| ima-group
| ima-link
| redundancy
| shdsl
| ether-itf
| traffic-overflow
| queue-counter
| temporal
| spatial
| software-mngt
| xdsl
| xdsl-tca
| eo-conv
| authentication

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 751

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

| bonding
| ipox
| sfp
| llu-relay
| shdsl-isam
| custom-ext-alarm
| plug-in-unit-ext
| sip-user-agent
| sip-plugin-unit
| sip-termination
| filetransfer
| external-device
| l2forward
| ether-tca
| ether-sfp )
Possible values:
- equipment : equipment alarms
- eqpt-holder : equipment holder alarms
- plugin-unit : plugin unit alarms
- atm : ATM alarms
- custom : customizable alarms
- ima-group : ima-group alarms
- ima-link : ima-link alarms
- redundancy : redundancy alarms
- shdsl : shdsl alarms
- ether-itf : ethernet interface alarms
- traffic-overflow : Traffic overflow alarms
- queue-counter : Queue Counter alarms
- temporal : temporal alarms
- spatial : spatial alarms
- software-mngt : software management alarms
- xdsl : xDSL alarms
- xdsl-tca : xDSL threshold cross alarms
- eo-conv : E/O conversion related alarms
- authentication : authentication related alarms
- bonding : bonding-group related alarms
- ipox : ipox related alarms
- sfp : SFP related alarms
- llu-relay : llu relay related alarms
- shdsl-isam : shdsl isam alarms
- custom-ext-alarm : customizable external alarms
- plug-in-unit-ext : other plugin unit alarms
- sip-user-agent : sip user agent related alarms
- sip-plugin-unit : sip plug in unit related alarms
- sip-termination : sip termination related alarms
- filetransfer : file transfer server alarms
- external-device : external device related alarms
- l2forward : l2forward related alarms
- ether-tca : ethernet threshold cross alarms
- ether-sfp : ethernet SFP related alarms
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> time in seconds when the entry
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) was updated.
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: number of changes since start up and number of entires in the table
name Type Description
changes Parameter type: <Counter> number of changes that have
- counter occurred since startup.

752 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

This element is only shown in
detail mode.
entries Parameter type: <Gauge> number of entries
- gauge This element is only shown in
detail mode.
tot-delta-log Parameter type: <UnsignedSignedInteger> total number of delta log entries
- an unsigned integer This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: active severities in the table
name Type Description
indeterminate Parameter type: <Alarm::IndetSevState> status of the severity type
( active indeterminate
| not-active ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- active : at least one entry of this severity is present
- not-active : no entries of this severity
warning Parameter type: <Alarm::WarnSevState> status of the severity type
( active warning
| not-active ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- active : at least one entry of this severity is present
- not-active : no entries of this severity
minor Parameter type: <Alarm::MinorSevState> status of the severity type minor
( active This element is only shown in
| not-active ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- active : at least one entry of this severity is present
- not-active : no entries of this severity
major Parameter type: <Alarm::MajorSevState> status of the severity type major
( active This element is only shown in
| not-active ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- active : at least one entry of this severity is present
- not-active : no entries of this severity
critical Parameter type: <Alarm::CriticalSevState> status of the severity type critical
( active This element is only shown in
| not-active ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- active : at least one entry of this severity is present
- not-active : no entries of this severity

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 753

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.3 Equipment Current Alarm Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the equipment current alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current equipment [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.3-1 "Equipment Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.3-2 "Equipment Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
persist-data Parameter type: <Alarm::persistDataLoss> current status specifing persistant
( lost data is lost or not
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : persistant data is lost
- not-lost : persistant data is not lost
sntp-comm Parameter type: <Alarm::sntpCommLoss> current status of sntp
( lost communication is lost or not
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : SNTP communication lost
- not-lost : SNTP communication is not lost
nt-disk Parameter type: <Alarm::ntDiskSpace> current status of nt disk space is
( ( ninty-perc-full | 90%-full ) 90% full or less than that
| ( less-than-ninty-perc | less-than-90% ) ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- ninty-perc-full : NT disk space is 90% full
- 90%-full : NT disk space is 90% full
- less-than-ninty-perc : NT disk space usage less that 90%

754 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


name
preferred-mode
short name: pref-mode
timing-reference
short name: time-ref
connection-lost
short name: conn-lost
back-pnl-inv
short name: bpnl-inv
shub-conf-lost
short name: conf-lost
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
42 Current Alarm Status Commands
Type Description
- less-than-90% : NT disk space usage less that 90%
Parameter type: <Alarm::clkPrefMode> current status of preferred timing
( not-available mode
| available ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-available : Preferred timing mode is not available
- available : Preferred Timing mode available
Parameter type: <Alarm::clkFreeMode> current status of timing reference
( failed This element is only shown in
| available ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- failed : System is in holdover or free-run mode
- available : System is not in holdover or free-run mode
Parameter type: <Alarm::ShubLoc> current status of nt shub
( lost communication is lost or intact
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : NT shub communication lost
- not-lost : NT shub communication intact
Parameter type: <Alarm::BackPnlInv> current status of BackPanel-type
( invalid Invalid alarm.
| valid ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- invalid : BackPanel-type Invalid
- valid : BackPanel-type Valid
Parameter type: <Alarm::SHubCfgLost> actual shub configuration may
( lost differ from lanx database on nt
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : SHub configuration loss - recent changes lost
- not-lost : SHub configuration up to date
Released 755
42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.4 Equipment Holder Current Alarm Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the equipment holder current alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current eqpt-holder [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.4-1 "Equipment Holder Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.4-2 "Equipment Holder Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
shelf Parameter type: <Equipm::Shelf> specify which shelf the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> occurred on.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> This element is only shown in
- the rack number detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
rack-power Parameter type: <Alarm::rackPower> current status of rack power
( failing alarm, indicating fuse is broken
| ok ) or intact
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- failing : the fuse is broken detail mode.
- ok : the fuse is intact
fan-unit1 Parameter type: <Alarm::fanUnit1> current status of fan-unit1
short name: fan1 ( ( failing | fail ) This element is only shown in
| ok ) detail mode.
Possible values:

756 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

- failing : fan unit 1 is failing
- fail : fan unit 1 is failing
- ok : fan unit 1 is ok
fan-unit2 Parameter type: <Alarm::fanUnit2> current status of fan-unit2
short name: fan2 ( ( failing | fail ) This element is only shown in
| ok ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- failing : fan unit 2 is failing
- fail : fan unit 2 is failing
- ok : fan unit 2 is ok
shelf-type-mismatch Parameter type: <Alarm::shelfTypeMismatch> current status specifies installed
short name: shelf-type ( mismatch and planned shelf types are
| no-mismatch ) different
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- mismatch : installed and planned shelf types are different detail mode.
- no-mismatch : installed and planned shelf types are the
same
ext-chain-instl Parameter type: <Alarm::extChainInstl> current alarm status of
( ( consistancy-problem | inconsistant ) consistency problem detected for
| ( no-consistancy-problem | ok ) ) installation of extension chain
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- consistancy-problem : consistency problem detected for detail mode.
installation of extension chain
- inconsistant : consistency problem detected for installation
of extension chain
- no-consistancy-problem: no consistancy problem
- ok : no consistancy problem
shelf-missing Parameter type: <Alarm::shelfMissing> current status specifies once
( missing inserted shelf has gone missing
| not-missing ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- missing : detected shelf now missing
- not-missing : detected shelf was missing, now reinserted
shelf-install-missing Parameter type: <Alarm::shelfInstall> current status specifies shelf is
( yes planned but not installed
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : shelf now installed
- no : shelf now not installed
door Parameter type: <Alarm::door> current status of door alarm,
( ( failing | fail ) indicating the cabinet door is
| ok ) opened
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- failing : the cabinet door is opened detail mode.
- fail : the cabinet door is opened
- ok : the cabinet door is closed
fuse Parameter type: <Alarm::fuse> current status of fuse alarm,
( ( failing | fail ) indicating the fuse is broken
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : the fuse is broken
- fail : the fuse is broken
- ok : the fuse works properly
single-fan-fail Parameter type: <Alarm::singleFanFail> current status of single fan alarm,
short name: single-fan ( ( failing | fail ) indicating the fan is broken
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 757

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

double-fan-fail
short name: double-fan
ac-power-fail
short name: ac-pwr
- failing : single fan failure
- fail : single fan failure
- ok : the fan works properly
Parameter type: <Alarm::doubleFanFail> current status of double fans
( ( failing | fail ) alarm, indicating the fans are
| ok ) broken
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- failing : double fan failure detail mode.
- fail : double fan failure
- ok : the fans work properly
Parameter type: <Alarm::acPowerFail> current status of AC power
( ( failing | fail ) failure alarm, indicating the AC
| ok ) Power is broken
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- failing : system AC power fails detail mode.
- fail : system AC power fails
- ok : the system AC power works properly

758 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.5 Plug-in Unit Current Alarm Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the plug-in unit current alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current plug-in-unit [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.5-1 "Plug-in Unit Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.5-2 "Plug-in Unit Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::SlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt-a This element is only shown in
| nt-b detail mode.
| acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
| ext-a : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ext-b : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- ext-a : nt-a slot in an extension shelf
- ext-b : nt-b slot in an extension shelf
- acu : acu slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 759

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
board-mismatch Parameter type: <Alarm::boardMismatch> alarm specifing the planned and
( yes plugged-in types are different
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : planned and plugged-in types are different
- no : planned and plugged-in types are same
sw-download Parameter type: <Alarm::swStatus> alarm specifing download of the
( waiting software is completed or not.
| completed ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- waiting : not able to download all the applicable SW files
- completed : download completed
temperature Parameter type: <Alarm::tempStatus> alarm specifing board
( above-thres temperature is crossed the
| below-thres ) threshold or not.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : temperature threshold on board exceeded detail mode.
- below-thres : board temperature within threshold
sem-power-fail Parameter type: <Alarm::extPowerStatus> alarm specifing SEM external
( sem-power-fail power failure.
| sem-power-ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- sem-power-fail : SEM external power failure
- sem-power-ok : SEM external power ok
sem-ups-fail Parameter type: <Alarm::powerSupplyStatus> alarm specifing SEM external
( sem-ups-fail power supply failure.
| sem-ups-ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- sem-ups-fail : SEM external power supply failure
- sem-ups-ok : SEM external power supply ok
temp-shutoff Parameter type: <Alarm::tempShutoffStatus> alarm specifing board is swiched
( board-switched-off off because of excess
| board-switched-on ) temperature.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- board-switched-off : board switched off - excess detail mode.
temperature
- board-switched-on : board switched on
defense Parameter type: <Alarm::defenseAction> indicates board disconnected
( board-disconnected from the system or not
| board-connected ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- board-disconnected : board disconnected from system
- board-connected : board still connected to system
board-present Parameter type: <Alarm::boardPresence> indicates the presence of the
( missing board.
| yes ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- missing : board was present, but now missing
- yes : board present
board-inserted Parameter type: <Alarm::boardInsertion> indicates the status of board was
( never-inserted inserted or not.
| inserted ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- never-inserted : board was never inserted

760 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

- inserted : board was inserted
board-init Parameter type: <Alarm::boardInit> specifies board initializaion is
( failed sucessful or failed.
| completed ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : board initialization failed
- completed : board initialization completed
number-of-resets Parameter type: <Alarm::boardReset> specifies number of reset of
( exceeded-threshold board.
| within-threshold ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- exceeded-threshold : board initialization failed
- within-threshold : board initialization completed
board-reset-cf Parameter type: <Alarm::boardResetCommFail> indicates there has been a reset
( yes and/or communication failure of
| ok ) the board.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : board reset/communication failure occurred detail mode.
- ok : no board reset/communication failure
shub-uplink Parameter type: <Alarm::lanxuplinkbrkdwn> indicates that lanx uplink
( failure breakdown or removal
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failure : lanx uplink breakdown or removal
- ok : no breakdown or removal of lanx uplink

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 761

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.6 ATM Current Alarm Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the ATM current alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current atm [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.6-1 "ATM Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.6-2 "ATM Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Equipm::AtmIndex> identify where the alarm has
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred.
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
vpi-vci Parameter type: <Alarm::VpiVciValues> identify where the alarm has
- the vpi and vci value (vpi/vci) occurred.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
cell-discard-up Parameter type: <Alarm::CellDiscardUpstream> specifies ATM cell is discarded
( discarded or not in upstream direction.
| no-discard ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.

762 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


name
cell-discard-down
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
42 Current Alarm Status Commands
Type Description
- discarded : ATM cell discarded in upstream direction
- no-discard : no ATM cell discarded in upstream direction
Parameter type: <Alarm::CellDiscardDownstream> specifies ATM cell is discarded
( discarded or not in downstream direction.
| no-discard ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- discarded : ATM cell discarded in downstream direction
- no-discard : no ATM cell discarded in downstream
direction
Released 763
42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.7 Ethernet Interface Current Alarm Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the Ethernet Interface current alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current ether-itf [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.7-1 "Ethernet Interface Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.7-2 "Ethernet Interface Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ether-ifindex Parameter type: <Ether::InterfaceIndex> identify where the alarm has
- index of the collision interface occurred.
- range: [0...2147483647] This element is only shown in
detail mode.

764 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.8 Software Management Current Alarm Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the software management current alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current sw-mgmt [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.8-1 "Software Management Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.8-2 "Software Management Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
nt-position Parameter type: <Equipm::NtSlotIndex> identifies the physical position of
( nt-a the slot
| nt-b ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
sw-rollback Parameter type: <Alarm::SwRollback> specifies implicit software
( yes rollback is performed or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : implicit software rollback performed
- no : no implicit software rollback
db-rollback Parameter type: <Alarm::DbRollback> specifies implicit database
( yes rollback is performed or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 765

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

- yes : implicit database rollback performed
- no : no implicit database rollback

766 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.9 xDSL Current Alarm Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL current alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current xdsl [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.9-1 "xDSL Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.9-2 "xDSL Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
near-end-los Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndLOS> specifies near end loss of signal
( yes occured or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : near end loss of signal occurred
- no : no near end loss of signal
near-end-lof Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndLOF> specifies near end loss of frame
( yes occured or not.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 767

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : near end loss of frame occurred
- no : no near end loss of frame
near-end-lom Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndLOM> specifies near end loss of margin
( yes occured or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : near end loss of margin occurred
- no : no near end loss of margin
near-end-ese Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndESE> specifies near end excessive
( yes severe errors occured or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : near end excessive severe errors occurred
- no : no near end excessive severe errors occurred
line-config Parameter type: <Alarm::LineConfig> specifies whether line
( config-error configuration data is used or not.
| config-ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- config-error : line configuration data cannot be used
- config-ok : Line configuration data OK
line-capacity Parameter type: <Alarm::LineCapacity> specifies whether line capacity is
( below-requirement set up or not.
| meets-requirement ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- below-requirement : line capacity not enough to set up
requested profile
- meets-requirement : line capacity enough to set up
requested profile
near-end-bitrate Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndBRthres> specifies whether upstream
( below-plan planned bitrate reached or not
| meets-plan ) after initialization.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- below-plan : upstream planned bitrate not reached after detail mode.
initialization
- meets-plan : upstream planned bitrate reached
near-end-ncd Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndNCD> specifies whether near end cell
( no-cell-deline delineation is occured or not.
| cell-deline-occurred ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- no-cell-deline : no near end cell delineation
- cell-deline-occurred : near end cell delineation occurred
near-end-lcd Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndLCD> specifies whether loss of near end
( yes cell deliniation is occured or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loss of near end cell deliniation
- no : no loss of near end cell deliniation
far-end-los Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLOS> specifies whether far end loss of
( yes signal occured or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far end loss of signal occurred
- no : no far end loss of signal
far-end-lof Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLOF> specifies whether far end loss of
( yes frame occured or not.

768 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far end loss of frame occurred
- no : no far end loss of frame
far-end-lpr Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLPR> specifies whether far end loss of
( yes power detected or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far end loss of power detected
- no : no far end loss of power
far-end-lol Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLOL> specifies whether far end loss of
( yes link detected or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far end loss of link detected
- no : no far end loss of link
far-end-lom Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLOM> specifies whether far end loss of
( yes margin occured or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far end loss of margin occurred
- no : no far end loss of margin
far-end-ese Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndESE> specifies whether far end
( yes excessive severe errors occured
| no ) or not.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : far end excessive severe errors occurred detail mode.
- no : no far end excessive severe errors occurred
xdsl-init Parameter type: <Alarm::Initialization> specifies xdsl line initialization is
( failed successful or not.
| successful ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : initialization unsuccessful due to comminication
problem
- successful : initialization successful
peer-modem Parameter type: <Alarm::PeerModem> specifies whether peer modem
( no detected or not.
| yes ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- no : no peer modem detected
- yes : peer modem detected
far-end-bitrate Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndBRthres> specifies whether downstream
( below-plan planned bitrate reached or not.
| meets-plan ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- below-plan : downstream planned bitrate not reached after
initialization
- meets-plan : downstream planned bitrate reached
far-end-ncd Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndNCD> specifies whether far end cell
( no-cell-deline delineation occured or not.
| cell-deline-occurred ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- no-cell-deline : no far end cell delineation
- cell-deline-occurred : far end cell delineation occurred
far-end-lcd Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLCD> specifies there is loss of far end
( yes cell deliniation or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 769

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loss of far end cell deliniation
- no : no loss of far end cell deliniation

770 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.10 TCA xDSL Current Alarm Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL threshold cross current alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current xdsl-tca [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.10-1 "TCA xDSL Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.10-2 "TCA xDSL Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Equipm::PortIndex> identifies where the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
errored-secs Parameter type: <Alarm::ErroredSeconds> number of errored seconds
( above-thres exceeded or below threshold
| below-thres ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- above-thres : number of errored seconds exceeded
threshold
- below-thres : number of errored seconds below threshold
es-in-a-day Parameter type: <Alarm::ErroredSecondsInAday> errored seconds in a day

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 771

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

( above-thres exceeded or below threshold
| below-thres ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- above-thres : number of errored seconds in a day, exceeded
threshold
- below-thres : number of errored seconds in a day, below
threshold
severely-es Parameter type: <Alarm::SeverelyErroredSeconds> number of severely errored
( above-thres seconds exceeded or below
| below-thres ) threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of severely errored seconds exceeded detail mode.
threshold
- below-thres : number of severely errored seconds below
threshold
severely-es-in-a-day Parameter type: <Alarm::SevErroredSecsInAday> number of severely errored
( above-thres seconds in a day, exceeded or
| below-thres ) below threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of severely errored seconds in a day, detail mode.
exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of severely errored seconds in a day,
below threshold
unavailable-secs Parameter type: <Alarm::UnavailableSeconds> number of unavailable seconds
( above-thres exceeded or below threshold
| below-thres ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- above-thres : number of unavailable seconds exceeded
threshold
- below-thres : number of unavailable seconds below
threshold
unavail-secs-in-a-day Parameter type: <Alarm::UnavailSecsInAday> number of far end unavailable
( above-thres seconds in a day, exceeded or
| below-thres ) below threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of unavailable seconds in a day, detail mode.
exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of unavailable seconds in a day,
below threshold
far-end-es Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndErroredSeconds> number of far end errored
( above-thres seconds exceeded or below
| below-thres ) threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of far end errored seconds exceeded detail mode.
threshold
- below-thres : number of far end errored seconds below
threshold
fe-severely-es Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndSevErroredSecs> number of far end severely
( above-thres errored seconds exceeded or
| below-thres ) below threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of far end severely errored seconds detail mode.
exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of far end severely errored seconds
below threshold
fe-severely-es/day Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndSevErroredSecsInAday> number of severely errored
( above-thres seconds in a day, exceeded or

772 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

| below-thres ) below threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of severely errored seconds in a day, detail mode.
exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of severely errored seconds in a day,
below threshold
fe-unavail-secs Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndUnavailSecs> number of far end unavailable
( above-thres seconds in a day, exceeded or
| below-thres ) below threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of far end unavailable seconds detail mode.
exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of far end unavailable seconds below
threshold
fe-unavail-sec/day Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndUnavailSecsInAday> number of far end unavailable
( above-thres seconds in a day, exceeded or
| below-thres ) below threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of far end unavailable seconds in a detail mode.
day, exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of far end unavailable seconds in a
day, below threshold
fe-es-in-a-day Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndErroredSecsInAday> number of far end errored
( above-thres seconds in a day, exceeded or
| below-thres ) below threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of far end errored seconds in a day, detail mode.
exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of far end errored seconds in a day,
below threshold

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 773

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.11 Electrical-to-Optical Conversion Current

Alarm Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the Electrical-to-Optical conversion current alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current eo-conversion [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.11-1 "Electrical-to-Optical Conversion Current Alarm Status Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.11-2 "Electrical-to-Optical Conversion Current Alarm Status Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <SignedInteger> identifies where the alarm
- a signed integer occurred.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
loss-of-signal Parameter type: <Alarm::EoConvLOS> specifies whether loss of signal
( yes detected or not in the EO
| no ) conversion module
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : loss of signal detected in the EO conversion module detail mode.
- no : no loss of signal detected in the EO conversion
module
transmission Parameter type: <Alarm::EoConvTx> specifies whether transmission
( faulty fault is occurred or not in the EO
| ok ) module

774 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

Possible values: This element is only shown in
- faulty : transmission fault in the EO module detail mode.
- ok : transmission OK

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 775

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.12 Authentication Current Alarm Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the authentication current alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current authentication [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.12-1 "Authentication Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.12-2 "Authentication Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
vrf-assign Parameter type: <Alarm::VRFassignment> specifies whether VRF for a user
( failed session is assigned or failed
| successful ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : failure to assign a VRF for a user session
- successful : assigned a VRF for a user session
vlan-assign Parameter type: <Alarm::VLANassignment> specifies whether a VLAN for a
( failed user session is assigned or failed
| successful ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : failure to assign a VLAN for a user session
- successful : assigned a VLAN for a user session
ip-pool-assign Parameter type: <Alarm::IPaddrPoolAssign> specifies whether IP address pool
( failed for a user session is assigned or
| successful ) failed
Possible values: This element is only shown in

776 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

- failed : failure to assign IP address pool for a user session detail mode.
- successful : assigned IP address pool for a user session
qos-assign Parameter type: <Alarm::QOSparamAssign> specifies whether QOS
( failed parameters for a user session is
| successful ) assigned or failed
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- failed : failure to assign QOS parameters for a user session detail mode.
- successful : assigned QOS parameters for a user session
ip-assign Parameter type: <Alarm::IPaddrAssign> specifies whether IP address for a
( failed user session is assigned or failed
| successful ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : failure to assign IP address for a user session
- successful : assigned IP address for a user session
rad-pool-id Parameter type: <Alarm::RADIUSpoolId> specifies whether pool-id is
( not-specified specified or not for a RADIUS
| specified ) server.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- not-specified : RADIUS server did not specify a pool-id detail mode.
- specified : RADIUS specified the pool-id

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 777

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.13 xDSL Bonding Current Alarm Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Bonding current alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current bonding-group [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.13-1 "xDSL Bonding Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.13-2 "xDSL Bonding Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
group Parameter type: <Xdsl::BondingInterfaceIndex> identifies the bonding group
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / interface index
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
up-plan-bitrate Parameter type: <Alarm::UpPlannedBitrate> specifies whether the upstream
( reached-threshold planned bit rate is reached
| not-reached ) threshold or not
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- reached-threshold : upstream planned bitrate threshold detail mode.

778 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

reached
- not-reached : upstream planned bitrate threshold not
reached
down-plan-bitrate Parameter type: <Alarm::DownPlanBitrate> specifies whether the downstream
( reached-threshold planned bit rate is reached
| not-reached ) threshold or not
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- reached-threshold : downstream planned bitrate threshold detail mode.
reached
- not-reached : downstream planned bitrate threshold not
reached
up-min-bitrate Parameter type: <Alarm::UpMinBitrate> specifies whether the upstream
( reached-threshold minimum bit rate is reached
| not-reached ) threshold or not
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- reached-threshold : upstream minimum bitrate threshold detail mode.
reached
- not-reached : upstream minimum bitrate threshold not
reached
down-min-bitrate Parameter type: <Alarm::DownMinBitrate> specifies whether the downstream
( reached-threshold minimum bit rate is reached
| not-reached ) threshold or not
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- reached-threshold : downstream minimum bitrate threshold detail mode.
reached
- not-reached : downstream minimum bitrate threshold not
reached
up-config Parameter type: <Alarm::UpConfig> specifies whether the upstream
( not-feasible configuration is feasible or not
| feasible ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-feasible : upstream configuration not feasible
- feasible : upstream configuration not feasible
down-config Parameter type: <Alarm::DownConfig> specifies whether the downstream
( not-feasible configuration is feasible or not
| feasible ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-feasible : downstream configuration not feasible
- feasible : downstream configuration not feasible
peer-cpe-conn Parameter type: <Alarm::PeerCPE> specifies whether a peer CPE
( not-connected modem is connected or not
| connected ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-connected : peer cpe modem not connected
- connected : peer cpe modem connected
bond-cpe-conn Parameter type: <Alarm::BondCPE> specifies whether a bonding CPE
( not-connected modem is connected or not
| connected ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-connected : bonding cpe modem not connected
- connected : bonding cpe modem connected

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 779

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.14 IPoX Current Alarm Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the IPoX current alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current ipox [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.14-1 "IPoX Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm current table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.14-2 "IPoX Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ip-addr-pool Parameter type: <Alarm::IPAddrPoolPreempt> specifies whether the ip addr pool
( preempted on the DHCP server and the local
| no-preempt ) pool are preempted or not
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- preempted : the ip addr pool on the DHCP server and the detail mode.
local pool are preempted
- no-preempt : the ip addr pool on the DHCP server and the
local pool are not preempted

780 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.15 Redundancy Current Alarm Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the redundancy current alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current redundancy [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.15-1 "Redundancy Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.15-2 "Redundancy Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
loss-swo-cap Parameter type: <Alarm::SwoCap> identify the switchover capability
( loss in a redundant system.
| not-loss ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- loss : system loss of the swichover capability
- not-loss : system not loss of the swichover capability

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 781

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.16 Custom Current Alarm Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the custom current alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current custom [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.16-1 "Custom Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.16-2 "Custom Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
custom-alarm1 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom1> identify the customizableAlarm1
( yes .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
custom-alarm2 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom2> identify the customizableAlarm2
( yes .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
custom-alarm3 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom3> identify the customizableAlarm3
( yes .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
custom-alarm4 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom4> identify the customizableAlarm4

782 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

( yes .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
custom-alarm5 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom5> identify the customizableAlarm5
( yes .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
Only Show Details: host expansion shelves customizable alarms
name Type Description
alarm index 1 Parameter type: <SignedInteger> this is the shelf id (equipment
- a signed integer hoder id) for host expansion
alarms, otherwise it is the rack ID
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
he-custom-alarm1 Parameter type: <Alarm::he-custom1> identify the host expansion shelf's
( yes customizableAlarm1 .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
he-custom-alarm2 Parameter type: <Alarm::he-custom2> identify the host expansion shelf's
( yes customizableAlarm2 .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
he-custom-alarm3 Parameter type: <Alarm::he-custom3> identify the host expansion shelf's
( yes customizableAlarm3 .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
he-custom-alarm4 Parameter type: <Alarm::he-custom4> identify the host expansion shelf's
( yes customizableAlarm4 .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
he-custom-alarm5 Parameter type: <Alarm::he-custom5> identify the host expansion shelf's
( yes customizableAlarm5 .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
he-custom-alarm6 Parameter type: <Alarm::he-custom6> identify the host expansion shelf's
( yes customizableAlarm6 .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 783

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.17 SFP Current Alarm Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the SFP current alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current sfp [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.17-1 "SFP Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.17-2 "SFP Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
alarm index 1 Parameter type: <SignedInteger> this is the host sfp faceplate
- a signed integer number for host alarms or it is the
equipment slot id for expansion
shelf alarms
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
alarm index 2 Parameter type: <SignedInteger> this is the lanx port id for host
- a signed integer alarms. this index is not used for
expansion shelf alarms
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: host shelf alarms
name Type Description
host-sfp-los Parameter type: <Alarm::hostSFPLOS> current status of SFP alarm, Host
( failing downlink SFP loss of signal
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : host downlink SFP loss of signal
- ok : host downlink SFP signal ok

784 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

host-sfp-tx Parameter type: <Alarm::hostSFPTxFail> current status of SFP alarm, host
( failing downlink SFP Tx failure
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : host downlink SFP tx failure
- ok : host downlink SFP tx ok
host-sfp-pres Parameter type: <Alarm::hostSFPMissing> current status of SFP alarm, Host
( not-present downlink SFP not present
| present ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-present : host downlink SFP not present
- present : host downlink SFP present
host-sfp-id Parameter type: <Alarm::hostSFPInvalidAlcatelID> current status of SFP alarm, host
( invalid downlink SFP does not have
| valid ) valid Alcatel ID
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- invalid : host downlink SFP does not have valid Alcatel ID detail mode.
- valid : host downlink SFP has valid Alcatel ID
host-sfp-ctrl Parameter type: <Alarm::hostSFPControlFail> current status of SFP alarm, host
( failing downlink SFP control failure
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : host downlink SFP control failure
- ok : host downlink SFP control ok
host-sfp-rmtlt Parameter type: <Alarm::hostSFPUnexpectedRemoteLT> current status of SFP alarm, host
( yes downlink SFP unexpected remote
| no ) plug-in
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : host shelf SFP unexpected remote LT plug-in detail mode.
- no : host shelf SFP expected remote LT plug-in
host-sfp-mismatch Parameter type: <Alarm::hostSFPAssignmentMismatch> current status of SFP alarm, host
( yes downlink SFP assignment does
| no ) not match reported rack/shelf/slot
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : host shelf SFP assignment does not match reported detail mode.
rack/shelf/slot
- no : host shelf SFP assignment matches reported
rack/shelf/slot
host-sfp-incompt Parameter type: <Alarm::hostSFPIncompatibleShelf> current status of SFP alarm, host
( yes downlink SFP detected
| no ) incompatible shelf type
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : host shelf SFP incompatible shelf type detected detail mode.
- no : host shelf SFP compatible shelf type detected
Only Show Details: expansion shelf alarms
name Type Description
exp-sfp-los Parameter type: <Alarm::expansionShelfSFPLos> current status of SFP alarm,
( failing Expansion Shelf SFP loss of
| ok ) signal
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- failing : expansion shelf downlink SFP loss of signal detail mode.
- ok : expansion shelf downlink SFP signal ok
exp-sfp-tx Parameter type: <Alarm::expansionShelfSFPTxFail> current status of SFP alarm,
( failing Expansion shelf SFP Tx failure
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : expansion shelf host downlink SFP tx failure

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 785

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

- ok : expansion shelf downlink SFP tx ok
exp-sfp-pres Parameter type: <Alarm::expansionShelfSFPMissing> current status of SFP alarm,
( not-present expansion shelf SFP not present
| present ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-present : expansion shelf downlink SFP not present
- present : expansion shelf downlink SFP present
exp-sfp-id Parameter type: <Alarm::expShelfSFPInvalidAlcatelID> current status of SFP alarm,
( invalid expansion shelf SFP does not
| valid ) have valid Alcatel ID
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- invalid : expansion shelf downlink SFP does not have valid detail mode.
Alcatel ID
- valid : expansion shelf downlink SFP has valid Alcatel ID
exp-sfp-ctrl Parameter type: <Alarm::expansionShelfSFPControlFail> current status of SFP alarm,
( failing expansion shelf downlink SFP
| ok ) control failure
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- failing : expansion shelf downlink SFP control failure detail mode.
- ok : expansion shelf downlink SFP control ok

786 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.18 LLU Relay Current Alarm Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the LLU relay current alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current llu-relay [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.18-1 "LLU Relay Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.18-2 "LLU Relay Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
slot-id Parameter type: <Equipm::FullLtSlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- lt : lt-slot detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
wrong-or-no-applq Parameter type: <Alarm::relayNotSet> current status specifing that relay
( yes not set
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : wrong appliq
- no : right appliq

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 787

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.19 Custom External Current Alarm Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the custom external current alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current custom-ext-alarm [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.19-1 "Custom External Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.19-2 "Custom External Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ext-alarm1 Parameter type: <Alarm::custExtAlarm1> current status specifying external
( yes alarm 1 is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : customizable external alarm 1
- no : no customizable external alarm 1
ext-alarm2 Parameter type: <Alarm::custExtAlarm2> current status specifying external
( yes alarm 2 is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : customizable external alarm 2
- no : no customizable external alarm 2
ext-alarm3 Parameter type: <Alarm::custExtAlarm3> current status specifying external
( yes alarm 3 is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:

788 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

- yes : customizable external alarm 3
- no : no customizable external alarm 3
ext-alarm4 Parameter type: <Alarm::custExtAlarm4> current status specifying external
( yes alarm 4 is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : customizable external alarm 4
- no : no customizable external alarm 4
ext-alarm5 Parameter type: <Alarm::custExtAlarm5> current status specifying external
( yes alarm 5 is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : customizable external alarm 5
- no : no customizable external alarm 5

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 789

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.20 Plug In Unit Extended Current Alarm Status

Command

Command Description
This command shows the plug-in unit extended current alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current plug-in-unit-ext [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.20-1 "Plug In Unit Extended Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snapshot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.20-2 "Plug In Unit Extended Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
fan-alarm Parameter type: <Alarm::pluginFan> current status specifying fan
( yes alarm is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : fan alarm
- no : no fan alarm
dc-a-alarm Parameter type: <Alarm::plugin-dc-a> current status specifying dc-a
( yes failure alarm is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : dc a failure alarm
- no : no dc a failure alarm
dc-b-alarm Parameter type: <Alarm::plugin-dc-b> current status specifying dc-b
( yes failure alarm is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:

790 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

- yes : dc b failure alarm
- no : no dc b failure alarm
dg-alarm Parameter type: <Alarm::plugin-dg> current status specifying dying
( yes gasp alarm is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : dying gasp alarm
- no : no dying gasp alarm
apsf-alarm Parameter type: <Alarm::pluginApsf> power for the applique is
( yes available or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : apsf failure alarm
- no : no apsf failure alarm
ntr-a-loss Parameter type: <Alarm::NTRALoss> current status specifying NTR-A
( yes loss alarm is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : ntr-a signal unavailable
- no : ntr-a signal available
ntr-b-loss Parameter type: <Alarm::NTRBLoss> current status specifying NTR-B
( yes loss alarm is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : ntr-b signal unavailable
- no : ntr-b signal available
ds-los-or-high-attn Parameter type: <Alarm::SFP1LOS> current status specifying
( yes ds-los-or-high-attn alarm is
| no ) present or not
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- yes : LOS due to DS optical link removed, broken or
causing high attn
- no : LOS due to DS optical link removed, broken or
causing high attn

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 791

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.21 SIP User Agent Current Alarm Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the SIP user agent current alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current sip-user-agent [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.21-1 "SIP User Agent Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.21-2 "SIP User Agent Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
dhcp-unreach Parameter type: <Alarm::dhcpServerUnreach> specifies DHCP server status.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : DHCP server unreachable
- no : DHCP server reachable
proxy-srv-unreach Parameter type: <Alarm::sipProxyServerUnreach> specifies sip proxy server status.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : proxy server unreachable
- no : proxy server reachable
reg-srv-unreach Parameter type: <Alarm::sipRegistratorServerUnreach> specifies sip registrator server
( yes status.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.

792 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

- yes : registrator server unreachable
- no : registrator server reachable

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 793

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.22 SIP Slot Current Alarm Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the SIP slot current alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current sip-plugin-unit [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.22-1 "SIP Slot Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.22-2 "SIP Slot Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
inval-cdefile Parameter type: <Alarm::invalidCDEFile> specifies the CDE file is invalid
( yes or valid.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : invalid CDE file
- no : correct CDE file
short-res Parameter type: <Alarm::shortResource> sepcifies the call resource short
( yes or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : short call resource
- no : have call resource

794 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.23 SIP Termination Current Alarm Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the SIP termination current alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current sip-termination [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.23-1 "SIP Termination Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.23-2 "SIP Termination Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
unknown-sub Parameter type: <Alarm::unknownSubscriber> specfies the sip subscriber
( yes unknow or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : wrong subscriber
- no : right subscriber
ground-key Parameter type: <Alarm::groundKey> status of the ground key.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : current to ground
- no : current not to ground
port-hightemp Parameter type: <Alarm::highTemperature> status of the port temperature.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 795

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

- yes : high temperature
- no : not high temperature

796 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.24 Shdsl Current Alarm Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the Shdsl current alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current shdsl [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.24-1 "Shdsl Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.24-2 "Shdsl Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::ShdslLine> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
lnk-dev Parameter type: <Alarm::LinkDeviceValues> identify where the alarm has
- a signed integer occurred
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
loop-act-net Parameter type: <Alarm::LoopbackActiveNetwork> current status of loopback active
( yes at the network side
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 797

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

- yes : loopback active
- no : no loopback active
loop-act-cus Parameter type: <Alarm::LoopbackActiveCustom> current status of loopback active
( yes at the custom side
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loopback active
- no : no loopback active
config-error Parameter type: <Alarm::ConfigError> current status of configuration
( yes error
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : config error
- no : no config error
loss-atm Parameter type: <Alarm::LossATMCellDel> current status of loss of atm cell
( yes delineation
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loss atm cell delineation
- no : no loss atm cell delineation
loss-pr Parameter type: <Alarm::LossPowerSTUR> current status of loss of power at
( yes stu-r
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loss power at stu-r
- no : no loss power at stu-r
secu-error Parameter type: <Alarm::UnableDisableSTUR> current status of loss of ability to
( yes disable stu-r access
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loss ability at stu-r
- no : no loss ability at stu-r
dev-fault Parameter type: <Alarm::DeviceFault> current status of fault of device
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : device fault
- no : no device fault
atm-ncd Parameter type: <Alarm::ATMCellDel> current status of none of atm cell
( yes delineation
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : no atm cell delineation
- no : atm cell delineation

798 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.25 Shdsl Current Alarm Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the Shdsl current alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current shdsl-isam [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.25-1 "Shdsl Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.25-2 "Shdsl Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Equipm::PortIndex> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
lnk-dev Parameter type: <Alarm::LinkDeviceValues> identify where the alarm has
- a signed integer occurred
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
loss-syn-net Parameter type: <Alarm::LossSyncWordNetwork> current status of loss of sync
( yes word at the network side on each
| no ) pair
Possible values: This element is only shown in

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 799

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

- yes : loss sync word detail mode.
- no : no loss sync word
loss-syn-cus Parameter type: <Alarm::LossSyncWordCustom> current status of loss of sync
( yes word at the custom side on each
| no ) pair
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : loss sync word detail mode.
- no : no loss sync word
loop-att-net Parameter type: <Alarm::LoopAttenuationNetwork> current status of loop attenuation
( yes alarm at the network side on each
| no ) pair
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : loop attenuation detail mode.
- no : no loop attenuation
loop-att-cus Parameter type: <Alarm::LoopAttenuationCustom> current status of loop attenuation
( yes alarm at the custom side on each
| no ) pair
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : loop attenuation detail mode.
- no : no loop attenuation
snr-net Parameter type: <Alarm::SNRNetwork> current status of snr margin alarm
( yes at the network side each pair
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : snr margin
- no : no snr margin
snr-cus Parameter type: <Alarm::SNRCustom> current status of snr margin alarm
( yes at the custom side each pair
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : snr margin
- no : no snr margin
dc-net Parameter type: <Alarm::DCContinuityFaultNetwork> current status of dc continuity
( yes fault at the network side on each
| no ) pair
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : dc fault detail mode.
- no : no dc fault
dc-cus Parameter type: <Alarm::DCContinuityFaultCustom> current status of dc continuity
( yes fault at the custom side on each
| no ) pair
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : dc fault detail mode.
- no : no dc fault

800 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.26 Ima-Group Current Alarm Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the Ima-Group current alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current ima-group [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.26-1 "Ima-Group Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.26-2 "Ima-Group Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Equipm::AtmImaIndex> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
far-end-start Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndStartup> current status of far-end starting
( yes up
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far-end startup
- no : no far-end startup
far-end-fconf Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndFailedConfig> current status of failed
( yes configuration of far-end

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 801

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far-end failed config
- no : no far-end failed config
near-end-fconf Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndFailedConfig> current status of failed
( yes configuration of near-end
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : near-end failed config
- no : no near-end failed config
far-end-ins-lnk Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndInsuffLinkNum> current status of insufficient
( yes number of links at far-end
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : insufficient number of links at far-end
- no : no insufficient number of links at far-end
near-end-ins-lnk Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndInsuffLinkNum> current status of insufficient
( yes number of links at near-end
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : insufficient number of links at near-end
- no : no insufficient number of links at near-end
far-end-blk Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndBlocked> current status of status that
( yes far-end is blocked
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far-end blocked
- no : no far-end blocked

802 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.27 Ima-Link Current Alarm Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the Ima-Link current alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current ima-link [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.27-1 "Ima-Link Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.27-2 "Ima-Link Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::ShdslLine> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
loss-ima-frm Parameter type: <Alarm::LossImaFrame> current status of loss of ima
( yes frame
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loss ima frame
- no : no loss ima frame
lods Parameter type: <Alarm::LinkOutofDelaySynch> current status of link out of delay
( yes synchronization

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 803

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : link out of delay
- no : no link out of delay
link-misc Parameter type: <Alarm::LinkMisconnect> current status of link of
( yes misconnecting
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : link misconnect
- no : no link misconnect
link-rfi Parameter type: <Alarm::LinkRemoteFailureIndication> current status of link of remote
( yes failure indication
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : link remote failure indication
- no : no link remote failure indication
link-fault Parameter type: <Alarm::LinkFault> current status of fault of link
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : fault in link facility
- no : no fault in link facility
fe-tx-blk Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndTXBlocked> current status of transmit blocked
( yes due to far-end
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : transmit blocked due to far-end
- no : no transmit blocked due to far-end
fe-rec-blk Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndRXBlocked> current status of receive blocked
( yes due to far-end
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : receive blocked due to far-end
- no : no receive blocked due to far-end

804 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.28 Alarm Current Ether-Tca Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the Ether-Tca related alarms.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current ether-tca [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.28-1 "Alarm Current Ether-Tca Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.28-2 "Alarm Current Ether-Tca Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Equipm::PortIndex> identify where the alarm has
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
etca-los Parameter type: <Alarm::EthTcaLos> current status of ethernet los in 15
( yes min
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : ethernet loss of signal errors exceeds
- no : ethernet loss of signal errors normal
etca-fcs Parameter type: <Alarm::EthTcaFcs> current status of ethernet fcs in 15
( yes min

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 805

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : ethernet frame check sequence errors exceeds
- no : ethernet frame check sequence errors normal
etca-day-los Parameter type: <Alarm::EthDayLos> current status of ethernet day los
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : ethernet day los errors exceeds
- no : ethernet day los errors normal
etca-day-fcs Parameter type: <Alarm::EthDayFcs> current status of ethernet day fcs
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : ethernet day fcs errors exceeds
- no : ethernet day fcs errors normal

806 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.29 Alarm Current Ether-Sfp Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the Ether-Sfp related alarms.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current ether-sfp [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.29-1 "Alarm Current Ether-Sfp Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.29-2 "Alarm Current Ether-Sfp Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::EthernetPortIndex> identify where the alarm has
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
sfp-los Parameter type: <Alarm::EthSfpLos> current status of ethernet sfp los
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : ethernet sfp los error
- no : ethernet sfp los normal
sfp-tx-fail Parameter type: <Alarm::EthSfpTxFail> current status of ethernet sfp tx
( yes This element is only shown in

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 807

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : ethernet sfp Tx Failure
- no : ethernet sfp Tx normal
sfp-not-prst Parameter type: <Alarm::EthSfpNotPrst> current status of ethernet sfp
( yes presence
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : ethernet sfp not detected
- no : ethernet sfp detected
sfp-inv-id Parameter type: <Alarm::EthSfpInvalid> current status of ethernet sfp id
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : ethernet sfp id invalid
- no : ethernet sfp id normal

808 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.30 Alarm Current Qos Slot Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the Qos Slot related alarms.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current qos-slot [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.30-1 "Alarm Current Qos Slot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.30-2 "Alarm Current Qos Slot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::SlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt-a This element is only shown in
| nt-b detail mode.
| acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
| ext-a : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ext-b : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- ext-a : nt-a slot in an extension shelf
- ext-b : nt-b slot in an extension shelf
- acu : acu slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 809

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
up-overflow Parameter type: <Alarm::up-overflow> check LT load in upstream.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : up overflow alarm
- no : no up overflow alarm
dw-overflow Parameter type: <Alarm::dw-overflow> check LT load in downstream.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : down overflow alarm
- no : no down overflow alarm
upobc-overflow Parameter type: <Alarm::upobc-overflow> check LT load to OBC in
( yes upstream.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : up to obc overflow alarm
- no : no up to obc overflow alarm
dwobc-overflow Parameter type: <Alarm::dwobc-overflow> check LT load to OBC in
( yes downstream.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : down to obc overflow alarm
- no : no down to obc overflow alarm
lwpriority-overflow Parameter type: <Alarm::lwpriority-overflow> check Voice and Video load.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : alarm
- no : no dying gasp alarm
fanout Parameter type: <Alarm::fanout> check LT Load.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : fan out alarm
- no : no fan out alarm

810 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.31 Alarm Current Qos Queue Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the Qos Queue related alarms.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current qos-queue [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.31-1 "Alarm Current Qos Queue Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.31-2 "Alarm Current Qos Queue Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
queue Parameter type: <SignedInteger> identify where the alarm has
- a signed integer occurred.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
queue-discard-overflow Parameter type: <Alarm::queue-discard-overflow> check the corresponding queue
( yes Load.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 811

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

- yes : queue discard alarm
- no : no queue discard alarm
queue-load Parameter type: <Alarm::queue-load> check the corresponding queue
( yes Load.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : queue load alarm
- no : no queue load alarm

812 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.32 Alarm File Transfer Server Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the file transfer server related current alarms.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current filetransfer [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.32-1 "Alarm File Transfer Server Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.32-2 "Alarm File Transfer Server Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
server-id Parameter type: <Alarm::FileTransfer> identify where the alarm has
- file transfer protocol type occurred.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
fileserv-unavail Parameter type: <Alarm::FileTransferUnavial> current status specifing that
( unavailable whether file transfer server
| available ) available
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- unavailable : file transfer server unavailable detail mode.
- available : file transfer server available

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 813

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.33 Alarm L2 Forward Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the l2 forward related current alarms.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current l2forward [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.33-1 "Alarm L2 Forward Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.33-2 "Alarm L2 Forward Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
bridgeport Parameter type: <Itf::BridgePort> identify the bridge port where the
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / alarm has occurred.
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> This element is only shown in
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / detail mode.
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlanSigned> identify the vlan id where the
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> alarm has occurred.

814 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 42 Current Alarm Status Commands

name Type Description

| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4094,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4094,4097]
mac-conflict Parameter type: <Alarm::MACconflict> specifies whether duplicate mac
( yes address from the bridge port.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : duplicate mac address from this bridge port
- no : no duplicate mac address from this bridge port

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 815

42 Current Alarm Status Commands

42.34 Alarm Current External Device Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the external-device related alarms.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm current external-device [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 42.34-1 "Alarm Current External Device Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 42.34-2 "Alarm Current External Device Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
loss-env-mon Parameter type: <Alarm::LossEnvMon> current status of env-monitor box
( lost This element is only shown in
| not-lost ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- lost : env-mon box lost or not alive
- not-lost : env-mon box exists

816 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

43- Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.1 Alarm Snap-shot Status Command Tree 43-818

43.2 Alarm Snapshot Status Command 43-820
43.3 Alarm Snapshot Equipment Status Command 43-823
43.4 Equipment Holder Alarm Log Status Command 43-825
43.5 Plug-in Unit Alarm Log Status Command 43-828
43.6 ATM Alarm Log Status Command 43-831
43.7 Alarm Snapshot Ethernet Interface Status Command 43-833
43.8 Alarm Snapshot Software Management Status 43-834
Command
43.9 Alarm xDSL Snapshot Status Command 43-836
43.10 TCA xDSL Alarm Log Status Command 43-840
43.11 Alarm Electrical-to-Optical Conversion for Snapshot 43-843
Status Command
43.12 Authentication Alarms for Snapshot Status 43-844
Command
43.13 Alarm xDSL Bonding Snap Shot Status Command 43-846
43.14 Alarm IPoX Snapshot Status Command 43-848
43.15 Alarm Redundancy Snapshot Status Command 43-849
43.16 Alarm Custom Snapshot Status Command 43-850
43.17 Alarm SFP Snapshot Status Command 43-852
43.18 Alarm Snapshot LLU Relay Status Command 43-855
43.19 Alarm Custom External Snap Shot Status Command 43-856
43.20 Alarm Plug In Unit Extended Snap Shot Status 43-858
Command
43.21 Alarm Snap-shot SIP User Agent Status Command 43-860
43.22 Alarm Snap-shot SIP Slot Status Command 43-862
43.23 Alarm Snap-shot SIP Termination Status Command 43-863
43.24 Alarm Snap-shot Shdsl Status Command 43-865
43.25 Alarm Snap-shot Shdsl Status Command 43-867
43.26 Alarm Snap-shot Ima-Group Status Command 43-869
43.27 Alarm Snap-shot Ima-Link Status Command 43-871
43.28 Alarm Snap-shot Ether-Tca Status Command 43-873
43.29 Alarm Snap-shot Ether-Sfp Status Command 43-875
43.30 Alarm Snap-shot SIP Termination Status Command 43-877
43.31 Alarm Snap-shot SIP Termination Status Command 43-879
43.32 Alarm File Transfer Server Status Command 43-881
43.33 Alarm L2 Forward Status Command 43-882
43.34 Alarm Snap-shot External Device Status Command 43-884

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 817

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.1 Alarm Snap-shot Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----alarm
----snap-shot
----table
- (index)
----equipment
- (index)
----eqpt-holder
- (index)
----plug-in-unit
- (index)
----atm
- (index)
----ether-itf
- (index)
----sw-mgmt
- (index)
----xdsl
- (index)
----xdsl-tca
- (index)
----eo-conversion
- (index)
----authentication
- (index)
----bonding-group
- (index)
----ipox
- (index)
----redundancy
- (index)
----custom
- (index)
----sfp
- (index)
----llu-relay
- (index)
----custom-ext-alarm
- (index)
----plug-in-unit-ext
- (index)
----sip-user-agent
- (index)
----sip-plugin-unit
- (index)
----sip-termination

818 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

- (index)
----shdsl
- (index)
----shdsl-isam
- (index)
----ima-group
- (index)
----ima-link
- (index)
----ether-tca
- (index)
----ether-sfp
- (index)
----qos-slot
- (index)
----qos-queue
- (index)
----filetransfer
- (index)
----l2forward
- (index)
----external-device
- (index)

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 819

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.2 Alarm Snapshot Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the snapshot alarm entries.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot table [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.2-1 "Alarm Snapshot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.2-2 "Alarm Snapshot Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information:general information
name Type Description
timeout-period Parameter type: <IgnoredTimeTicks> specifies the time out of the
- a timeout value snapshot table
- unit: msec This element is always shown.
entries Parameter type: <IgnoredGauge> specifies nbr of entries in the
- gauge snapshot table.
This element is always shown.
indeterminate Parameter type: <Alarm::IndetSevState> active indeterminate severity
( active levels of the alarms in the
| not-active ) snapshot table.
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- active : at least one entry of this severity is present
- not-active : no entries of this severity
warning Parameter type: <Alarm::WarnSevState> active warning severity levels of
( active the alarms in the snapshot table.
| not-active ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- active : at least one entry of this severity is present
- not-active : no entries of this severity
minor Parameter type: <Alarm::MinorSevState> active minor severity levels of the

820 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

( active alarms in the snapshot table.
| not-active ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- active : at least one entry of this severity is present
- not-active : no entries of this severity
major Parameter type: <Alarm::MajorSevState> active major severity levels of the
( active alarms in the snapshot table.
| not-active ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- active : at least one entry of this severity is present
- not-active : no entries of this severity
critical Parameter type: <Alarm::CriticalSevState> active critical severity levels of
( active the alarms in the snapshot table.
| not-active ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- active : at least one entry of this severity is present
- not-active : no entries of this severity
owner-id Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmSnapShotOwner> the actual owner of the snap-shot
- string to identify the owner (example: Tom) This element is always shown.
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmType> unique id for an alarm.
( equipment This element is always shown.
| eqpt-holder
| plugin-unit
| atm
| custom
| ima-group
| ima-link
| redundancy
| shdsl
| ether-itf
| traffic-overflow
| queue-counter
| temporal
| spatial
| software-mngt
| xdsl
| xdsl-tca
| eo-conv
| authentication
| bonding
| ipox
| sfp
| llu-relay
| shdsl-isam
| custom-ext-alarm
| plug-in-unit-ext
| sip-user-agent
| sip-plugin-unit
| sip-termination
| filetransfer
| external-device
| l2forward
| ether-tca
| ether-sfp )
Possible values:

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 821

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

- equipment : equipment alarms
- eqpt-holder : equipment holder alarms
- plugin-unit : plugin unit alarms
- atm : ATM alarms
- custom : customizable alarms
- ima-group : ima-group alarms
- ima-link : ima-link alarms
- redundancy : redundancy alarms
- shdsl : shdsl alarms
- ether-itf : ethernet interface alarms
- traffic-overflow : Traffic overflow alarms
- queue-counter : Queue Counter alarms
- temporal : temporal alarms
- spatial : spatial alarms
- software-mngt : software management alarms
- xdsl : xDSL alarms
- xdsl-tca : xDSL threshold cross alarms
- eo-conv : E/O conversion related alarms
- authentication : authentication related alarms
- bonding : bonding-group related alarms
- ipox : ipox related alarms
- sfp : SFP related alarms
- llu-relay : llu relay related alarms
- shdsl-isam : shdsl isam alarms
- custom-ext-alarm : customizable external alarms
- plug-in-unit-ext : other plugin unit alarms
- sip-user-agent : sip user agent related alarms
- sip-plugin-unit : sip plug in unit related alarms
- sip-termination : sip termination related alarms
- filetransfer : file transfer server alarms
- external-device : external device related alarms
- l2forward : l2forward related alarms
- ether-tca : ethernet threshold cross alarms
- ether-sfp : ethernet SFP related alarms
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.

822 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.3 Alarm Snapshot Equipment Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the equipment snapshot.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot equipment [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.3-1 "Alarm Snapshot Equipment Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.3-2 "Alarm Snapshot Equipment Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
persist-data Parameter type: <Alarm::persistDataLoss> current status specifing persistant
( lost data is lost or not
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : persistant data is lost
- not-lost : persistant data is not lost
sntp-comm Parameter type: <Alarm::sntpCommLoss> current status of sntp
( lost communication is lost or not
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : SNTP communication lost
- not-lost : SNTP communication is not lost
nt-disk Parameter type: <Alarm::ntDiskSpace> current status of nt disk space is
( ( ninty-perc-full | 90%-full ) 90% full or less than that
| ( less-than-ninty-perc | less-than-90% ) ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- ninty-perc-full : NT disk space is 90% full
- 90%-full : NT disk space is 90% full
- less-than-ninty-perc : NT disk space usage less that 90%

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 823

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

- less-than-90% : NT disk space usage less that 90%
preferred-mode Parameter type: <Alarm::clkPrefMode> current status of preferred timing
( not-available mode
| available ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-available : Preferred timing mode is not available
- available : Preferred Timing mode available
timing-reference Parameter type: <Alarm::clkFreeMode> shows the availability or failure
( failed of timing reference
| available ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : System is in holdover or free-run mode
- available : System is not in holdover or free-run mode
connection-lost Parameter type: <Alarm::ShubLoc> current status of nt shub
( lost communication is lost or intact
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : NT shub communication lost
- not-lost : NT shub communication intact
back-pnl-inv Parameter type: <Alarm::BackPnlInv> current status of BackPanel-type
short name: bpnl-inv ( invalid Invalid alarm.
| valid ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- invalid : BackPanel-type Invalid
- valid : BackPanel-type Valid
shub-conf-lost Parameter type: <Alarm::SHubCfgLost> actual shub configuration may
( lost differ from lanx database on nt
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : SHub configuration loss - recent changes lost
- not-lost : SHub configuration up to date

824 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.4 Equipment Holder Alarm Log Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the snapshot equipment holder alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot eqpt-holder [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.4-1 "Equipment Holder Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.4-2 "Equipment Holder Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
shelf Parameter type: <Equipm::Shelf> specify which shelf the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> occurred on.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> This element is only shown in
- the rack number detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
rack-power Parameter type: <Alarm::rackPower> current status of rack power
( failing alarm, indicating fuse is broken
| ok ) or intact
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- failing : the fuse is broken detail mode.
- ok : the fuse is intact
fan-unit1 Parameter type: <Alarm::fanUnit1> current status of fan-unit1
( ( failing | fail ) This element is only shown in
| ok ) detail mode.
Possible values:

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 825

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

- failing : fan unit 1 is failing
- fail : fan unit 1 is failing
- ok : fan unit 1 is ok
fan-unit2 Parameter type: <Alarm::fanUnit2> current status of fan-unit2
( ( failing | fail ) This element is only shown in
| ok ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- failing : fan unit 2 is failing
- fail : fan unit 2 is failing
- ok : fan unit 2 is ok
shelf-type-mismatch Parameter type: <Alarm::shelfTypeMismatch> current status specifies installed
( mismatch and planned shelf types are
| no-mismatch ) different
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- mismatch : installed and planned shelf types are different detail mode.
- no-mismatch : installed and planned shelf types are the
same
ext-chain-instl Parameter type: <Alarm::extChainInstl> current alarm status of
( ( consistancy-problem | inconsistant ) consistency problem detected for
| ( no-consistancy-problem | ok ) ) installation of extension chain
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- consistancy-problem : consistency problem detected for detail mode.
installation of extension chain
- inconsistant : consistency problem detected for installation
of extension chain
- no-consistancy-problem: no consistancy problem
- ok : no consistancy problem
shelf-missing Parameter type: <Alarm::shelfMissing> current status specifies once
( missing inserted shelf has gone missing
| not-missing ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- missing : detected shelf now missing
- not-missing : detected shelf was missing, now reinserted
shelf-install-missing Parameter type: <Alarm::shelfInstall> current status specifies shelf is
( yes planned but not installed
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : shelf now installed
- no : shelf now not installed
door Parameter type: <Alarm::door> current status of door alarm,
( ( failing | fail ) indicating the cabinet door is
| ok ) opened
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- failing : the cabinet door is opened detail mode.
- fail : the cabinet door is opened
- ok : the cabinet door is closed
fuse Parameter type: <Alarm::fuse> current status of fuse alarm,
( ( failing | fail ) indicating the fuse is broken
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : the fuse is broken
- fail : the fuse is broken
- ok : the fuse works properly
single-fan-fail Parameter type: <Alarm::singleFanFail> current status of single fan alarm,
( ( failing | fail ) indicating the fan is broken
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.

826 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

- failing : single fan failure
- fail : single fan failure
- ok : the fan works properly
double-fan-fail Parameter type: <Alarm::doubleFanFail> current status of double fans
( ( failing | fail ) alarm, indicating the fans are
| ok ) broken
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- failing : double fan failure detail mode.
- fail : double fan failure
- ok : the fans work properly
ac-power-fail Parameter type: <Alarm::acPowerFail> current status of AC power
( ( failing | fail ) failure alarm, indicating the AC
| ok ) Power is broken
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- failing : system AC power fails detail mode.
- fail : system AC power fails
- ok : the system AC power works properly

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 827

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.5 Plug-in Unit Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the snapshot plug-in unit alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot plug-in-unit [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.5-1 "Plug-in Unit Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.5-2 "Plug-in Unit Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::SlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt-a This element is only shown in
| nt-b detail mode.
| acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
| ext-a : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ext-b : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- ext-a : nt-a slot in an extension shelf
- ext-b : nt-b slot in an extension shelf
- acu : acu slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>

828 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
board-mismatch Parameter type: <Alarm::boardMismatch> alarm specifing the planned and
( yes plugged-in types are different
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : planned and plugged-in types are different
- no : planned and plugged-in types are same
sw-download Parameter type: <Alarm::swStatus> alarm specifing download of the
( waiting software is completed or not.
| completed ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- waiting : not able to download all the applicable SW files
- completed : download completed
temperature Parameter type: <Alarm::tempStatus> alarm specifing board
( above-thres temperature is crossed the
| below-thres ) threshold or not.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : temperature threshold on board exceeded detail mode.
- below-thres : board temperature within threshold
temp-shutoff Parameter type: <Alarm::tempShutoffStatus> alarm specifing board is swiched
( board-switched-off off because of excess
| board-switched-on ) temperature.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- board-switched-off : board switched off - excess detail mode.
temperature
- board-switched-on : board switched on
sem-power-fail Parameter type: <Alarm::extPowerStatus> alarm specifing SEM external
( sem-power-fail power failure.
| sem-power-ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- sem-power-fail : SEM external power failure
- sem-power-ok : SEM external power ok
sem-ups-fail Parameter type: <Alarm::powerSupplyStatus> alarm specifing SEM external
( sem-ups-fail power supply failure.
| sem-ups-ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- sem-ups-fail : SEM external power supply failure
- sem-ups-ok : SEM external power supply ok
defense Parameter type: <Alarm::defenseAction> indicates board is disconnected
( board-disconnected from the system or not
| board-connected ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- board-disconnected : board disconnected from system
- board-connected : board still connected to system
board-present Parameter type: <Alarm::boardPresence> indicates the presence of the
( missing board.
| yes ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- missing : board was present, but now missing
- yes : board present
board-inserted Parameter type: <Alarm::boardInsertion> indicates the status of board was
( never-inserted inserted or not.
| inserted ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- never-inserted : board was never inserted

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 829

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

- inserted : board was inserted
board-init Parameter type: <Alarm::boardInit> specifies board initializaion is
( failed sucessful or failed.
| completed ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : board initialization failed
- completed : board initialization completed
number-of-resets Parameter type: <Alarm::boardReset> specifies number of reset of
( exceeded-threshold board.
| within-threshold ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- exceeded-threshold : board initialization failed
- within-threshold : board initialization completed
board-reset-cf Parameter type: <Alarm::boardResetCommFail> indicates there has been a reset
( yes and/or communication failure of
| ok ) the board.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : board reset/communication failure occurred detail mode.
- ok : no board reset/communication failure
shub-uplink Parameter type: <Alarm::lanxuplinkbrkdwn> indicates that lanx uplink
( failure breakdown or removal.
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failure : lanx uplink breakdown or removal
- ok : no breakdown or removal of lanx uplink

830 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.6 ATM Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the ATM alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot atm [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.6-1 "ATM Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.6-2 "ATM Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Equipm::AtmIndex> identify where the alarm has
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred.
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
vpi-vci Parameter type: <Alarm::VpiVciValues> identify where the alarm has
- the vpi and vci value (vpi/vci) occurred.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
cell-discard-up Parameter type: <Alarm::CellDiscardUpstream> specifies ATM cell is discarded
( discarded or not in upstream direction.
| no-discard ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 831

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

cell-discard-down
- discarded : ATM cell discarded in upstream direction
- no-discard : no ATM cell discarded in upstream direction
Parameter type: <Alarm::CellDiscardDownstream> specifies ATM cell is discarded
( discarded or not in downstream direction.
| no-discard ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- discarded : ATM cell discarded in downstream direction
- no-discard : no ATM cell discarded in downstream
direction

832 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.7 Alarm Snapshot Ethernet Interface Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the current Ethernet interface alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot ether-itf [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.7-1 "Alarm Snapshot Ethernet Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.7-2 "Alarm Snapshot Ethernet Interface Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ether-ifindex Parameter type: <Ether::InterfaceIndex> identify where the alarm has
- index of the collision interface occurred.
- range: [0...2147483647] This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 833

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.8 Alarm Snapshot Software Management Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the snapshot software management status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot sw-mgmt [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.8-1 "Alarm Snapshot Software Management Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.8-2 "Alarm Snapshot Software Management Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
nt-position Parameter type: <Equipm::NtSlotIndex> identifies the physical position of
( nt-a the slot
| nt-b ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
sw-rollback Parameter type: <Alarm::SwRollback> specifies implicit software
( yes rollback is performed or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : implicit software rollback performed
- no : no implicit software rollback
db-rollback Parameter type: <Alarm::DbRollback> specifies implicit database
( yes rollback is performed or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.

834 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

- yes : implicit database rollback performed
- no : no implicit database rollback

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 835

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.9 Alarm xDSL Snapshot Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the status of the snapshot xDSL alarm.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot xdsl [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.9-1 "Alarm xDSL Snapshot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.9-2 "Alarm xDSL Snapshot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
near-end-los Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndLOS> specifies near end loss of signal
( yes occured or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : near end loss of signal occurred
- no : no near end loss of signal
near-end-lof Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndLOF> specifies near end loss of frame
( yes occured or not.

836 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : near end loss of frame occurred
- no : no near end loss of frame
near-end-lom Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndLOM> specifies near end loss of margin
( yes occured or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : near end loss of margin occurred
- no : no near end loss of margin
near-end-ese Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndESE> specifies near end excessive
( yes severe errors occured or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : near end excessive severe errors occurred
- no : no near end excessive severe errors occurred
line-config Parameter type: <Alarm::LineConfig> specifies whether line
( config-error configuration data is used or not.
| config-ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- config-error : line configuration data cannot be used
- config-ok : Line configuration data OK
line-capacity Parameter type: <Alarm::LineCapacity> specifies whether line capacity is
( below-requirement set up or not.
| meets-requirement ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- below-requirement : line capacity not enough to set up
requested profile
- meets-requirement : line capacity enough to set up
requested profile
near-end-bitrate Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndBRthres> specifies whether upstream
( below-plan planned bitrate reached or not
| meets-plan ) after initialization.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- below-plan : upstream planned bitrate not reached after detail mode.
initialization
- meets-plan : upstream planned bitrate reached
near-end-ncd Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndNCD> specifies whether near end cell
( no-cell-deline delineation is occured or not.
| cell-deline-occurred ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- no-cell-deline : no near end cell delineation
- cell-deline-occurred : near end cell delineation occurred
near-end-lcd Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndLCD> specifies whether loss of near end
( yes cell deliniation is occured or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loss of near end cell deliniation
- no : no loss of near end cell deliniation
far-end-los Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLOS> specifies whether far end loss of
( yes signal occured or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far end loss of signal occurred
- no : no far end loss of signal
far-end-lof Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLOF> specifies whether far end loss of
( yes frame occured or not.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 837

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far end loss of frame occurred
- no : no far end loss of frame
far-end-lpr Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLPR> specifies whether far end loss of
( yes power detected or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far end loss of power detected
- no : no far end loss of power
far-end-lol Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLOL> specifies whether far end loss of
( yes link detected or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far end loss of link detected
- no : no far end loss of link
far-end-lom Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLOM> specifies whether far end loss of
( yes margin occured or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far end loss of margin occurred
- no : no far end loss of margin
far-end-ese Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndESE> specifies whether far end
( yes excessive severe errors occured
| no ) or not.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : far end excessive severe errors occurred detail mode.
- no : no far end excessive severe errors occurred
xdsl-init Parameter type: <Alarm::Initialization> specifies xdsl line initialization is
( failed successful or not.
| successful ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : initialization unsuccessful due to comminication
problem
- successful : initialization successful
peer-modem Parameter type: <Alarm::PeerModem> specifies whether peer modem
( no detected or not.
| yes ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- no : no peer modem detected
- yes : peer modem detected
far-end-bitrate Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndBRthres> specifies whether downstream
( below-plan planned bitrate reached or not.
| meets-plan ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- below-plan : downstream planned bitrate not reached after
initialization
- meets-plan : downstream planned bitrate reached
far-end-ncd Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndNCD> specifies whether far end cell
( no-cell-deline delineation occured or not.
| cell-deline-occurred ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- no-cell-deline : no far end cell delineation
- cell-deline-occurred : far end cell delineation occurred
far-end-lcd Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLCD> specifies there is loss of far end
( yes cell deliniation or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in

838 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loss of far end cell deliniation
- no : no loss of far end cell deliniation

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 839

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.10 TCA xDSL Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL threshold cross alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot xdsl-tca [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.10-1 "TCA xDSL Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.10-2 "TCA xDSL Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Equipm::PortIndex> identifies where the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
errored-secs Parameter type: <Alarm::ErroredSeconds> number of errored seconds
( above-thres exceeded or below threshold
| below-thres ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- above-thres : number of errored seconds exceeded
threshold
- below-thres : number of errored seconds below threshold
es-in-a-day Parameter type: <Alarm::ErroredSecondsInAday> errored seconds in a day

840 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

( above-thres exceeded or below threshold
| below-thres ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- above-thres : number of errored seconds in a day, exceeded
threshold
- below-thres : number of errored seconds in a day, below
threshold
severely-es Parameter type: <Alarm::SeverelyErroredSeconds> number of severely errored
( above-thres seconds exceeded or below
| below-thres ) threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of severely errored seconds exceeded detail mode.
threshold
- below-thres : number of severely errored seconds below
threshold
severely-es-in-a-day Parameter type: <Alarm::SevErroredSecsInAday> number of severely errored
( above-thres seconds in a day, exceeded or
| below-thres ) below threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of severely errored seconds in a day, detail mode.
exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of severely errored seconds in a day,
below threshold
unavailable-secs Parameter type: <Alarm::UnavailableSeconds> number of unavailable seconds
( above-thres exceeded or below threshold
| below-thres ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- above-thres : number of unavailable seconds exceeded
threshold
- below-thres : number of unavailable seconds below
threshold
unavail-secs-in-a-day Parameter type: <Alarm::UnavailSecsInAday> number of far end unavailable
( above-thres seconds in a day, exceeded or
| below-thres ) below threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of unavailable seconds in a day, detail mode.
exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of unavailable seconds in a day,
below threshold
far-end-es Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndErroredSeconds> number of far end errored
( above-thres seconds exceeded or below
| below-thres ) threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of far end errored seconds exceeded detail mode.
threshold
- below-thres : number of far end errored seconds below
threshold
fe-severely-es Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndSevErroredSecs> number of far end severely
( above-thres errored seconds exceeded or
| below-thres ) below threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of far end severely errored seconds detail mode.
exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of far end severely errored seconds
below threshold
fe-severely-es/day Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndSevErroredSecsInAday> number of severely errored
( above-thres seconds in a day, exceeded or

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 841

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

| below-thres ) below threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of severely errored seconds in a day, detail mode.
exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of severely errored seconds in a day,
below threshold
fe-unavail-secs Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndUnavailSecs> number of far end unavailable
( above-thres seconds in a day, exceeded or
| below-thres ) below threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of far end unavailable seconds detail mode.
exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of far end unavailable seconds below
threshold
fe-unavail-sec/day Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndUnavailSecsInAday> number of far end unavailable
( above-thres seconds in a day, exceeded or
| below-thres ) below threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of far end unavailable seconds in a detail mode.
day, exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of far end unavailable seconds in a
day, below threshold
fe-es-in-a-day Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndErroredSecsInAday> number of far end errored
( above-thres seconds in a day, exceeded or
| below-thres ) below threshold
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- above-thres : number of far end errored seconds in a day, detail mode.
exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of far end errored seconds in a day,
below threshold

842 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.11 Alarm Electrical-to-Optical Conversion for

Snapshot Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the electrical-to-optical conversion alarm log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot eo-conversion [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.11-1 "Alarm Electrical-to-Optical Conversion for Snapshot Status Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.11-2 "Alarm Electrical-to-Optical Conversion for Snapshot Status Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
loss-of-signal Parameter type: <Alarm::EoConvLOS> specifies whether loss of signal
( yes detected or not in the EO
| no ) conversion module
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : loss of signal detected in the EO conversion module detail mode.
- no : no loss of signal detected in the EO conversion
module
transmission Parameter type: <Alarm::EoConvTx> specifies whether transmission
( faulty fault is occurred or not in the EO
| ok ) module
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- faulty : transmission fault in the EO module detail mode.
- ok : transmission OK

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 843

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.12 Authentication Alarms for Snapshot Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the status of authentication-related alarms.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot authentication [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.12-1 " Authentication Alarms for Snapshot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.12-2 " Authentication Alarms for Snapshot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
vrf-assignment Parameter type: <Alarm::VRFassignment> specifies whether VRF for a user
( failed session is assigned or failed
| successful ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : failure to assign a VRF for a user session
- successful : assigned a VRF for a user session
vlan-assignment Parameter type: <Alarm::VLANassignment> specifies whether a VLAN for a
( failed user session is assigned or failed
| successful ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : failure to assign a VLAN for a user session
- successful : assigned a VLAN for a user session
ip-addr-pool-assign Parameter type: <Alarm::IPaddrPoolAssign> specifies whether IP address pool
( failed for a user session is assigned or
| successful ) failed
Possible values: This element is only shown in

844 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

- failed : failure to assign IP address pool for a user session detail mode.
- successful : assigned IP address pool for a user session
qos-param-assign Parameter type: <Alarm::QOSparamAssign> specifies whether QOS
( failed parameters for a user session is
| successful ) assigned or failed
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- failed : failure to assign QOS parameters for a user session detail mode.
- successful : assigned QOS parameters for a user session
ip-addr-assign Parameter type: <Alarm::IPaddrAssign> specifies whether IP address for a
( failed user session is assigned or failed
| successful ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : failure to assign IP address for a user session
- successful : assigned IP address for a user session
radius-pool-id Parameter type: <Alarm::RADIUSpoolId> specifies whether pool-id is
( not-specified specified or not for a RADIUS
| specified ) server.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- not-specified : RADIUS server did not specify a pool-id detail mode.
- specified : RADIUS specified the pool-id

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 845

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.13 Alarm xDSL Bonding Snap Shot Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the alarms of the xDSL bonding snap shot.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot bonding-group [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.13-1 "Alarm xDSL Bonding Snap Shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.13-2 "Alarm xDSL Bonding Snap Shot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
group Parameter type: <Xdsl::BondingInterfaceIndex> identifies the bonding group
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / interface index
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
up-plan-bitrate Parameter type: <Alarm::UpPlannedBitrate> specifies whether the group
( reached-threshold upstream planned bit rate is
| not-reached ) reached threshold or not
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- reached-threshold : upstream planned bitrate threshold detail mode.

846 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

reached
- not-reached : upstream planned bitrate threshold not
reached
down-plan-bitrate Parameter type: <Alarm::DownPlanBitrate> specifies whether the downstream
( reached-threshold planned bit rate is reached
| not-reached ) threshold or not
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- reached-threshold : downstream planned bitrate threshold detail mode.
reached
- not-reached : downstream planned bitrate threshold not
reached
up-min-bitrate Parameter type: <Alarm::UpMinBitrate> specifies whether the upstream
( reached-threshold minimum bit rate is reached
| not-reached ) threshold or not
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- reached-threshold : upstream minimum bitrate threshold detail mode.
reached
- not-reached : upstream minimum bitrate threshold not
reached
down-min-bitrate Parameter type: <Alarm::DownMinBitrate> specifies whether the downstream
( reached-threshold minimum bit rate is reached
| not-reached ) threshold or not
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- reached-threshold : downstream minimum bitrate threshold detail mode.
reached
- not-reached : downstream minimum bitrate threshold not
reached
up-config Parameter type: <Alarm::UpConfig> specifies whether the upstream
( not-feasible configuration is feasible or not
| feasible ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-feasible : upstream configuration not feasible
- feasible : upstream configuration not feasible
down-config Parameter type: <Alarm::DownConfig> specifies whether the downstream
( not-feasible configuration is feasible or not
| feasible ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-feasible : downstream configuration not feasible
- feasible : downstream configuration not feasible
peer-cpe-conn Parameter type: <Alarm::PeerCPE> specifies whether a peer CPE
( not-connected modem is connected or not
| connected ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-connected : peer cpe modem not connected
- connected : peer cpe modem connected
bond-cpe-conn Parameter type: <Alarm::BondCPE> specifies whether a bonding CPE
( not-connected modem is connected or not
| connected ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-connected : bonding cpe modem not connected
- connected : bonding cpe modem connected

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 847

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.14 Alarm IPoX Snapshot Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the snapshot IPoX alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot ipox [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.14-1 "Alarm IPoX Snapshot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.14-2 "Alarm IPoX Snapshot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ip-addr-pool Parameter type: <Alarm::IPAddrPoolPreempt> specifies whether the ip addr pool
( preempted on the DHCP server and the local
| no-preempt ) pool are preempted or not
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- preempted : the ip addr pool on the DHCP server and the detail mode.
local pool are preempted
- no-preempt : the ip addr pool on the DHCP server and the
local pool are not preempted

848 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.15 Alarm Redundancy Snapshot Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the redundancy snapshot-related alarms.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot redundancy [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.15-1 "Alarm Redundancy Snapshot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.15-2 "Alarm Redundancy Snapshot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
loss-swo-cap Parameter type: <Alarm::SwoCap> identify the switchover capability
( loss in a redundant system.
| not-loss ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- loss : system loss of the swichover capability
- not-loss : system not loss of the swichover capability

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 849

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.16 Alarm Custom Snapshot Status Command

Command Description
This command displays custom snapshot-related alarms.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot custom [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.16-1 "Alarm Custom Snapshot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.16-2 "Alarm Custom Snapshot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
custom-alarm1 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom1> identify the customizableAlarm1
( yes .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
custom-alarm2 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom2> identify the customizableAlarm2
( yes .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
custom-alarm3 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom3> identify the customizableAlarm3
( yes .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
custom-alarm4 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom4> identify the customizableAlarm4

850 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

( yes .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
custom-alarm5 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom5> identify the customizableAlarm5
( yes .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
Only Show Details: host expansion shelves customizable alarms
name Type Description
alarm index 1 Parameter type: <SignedInteger> this is the shelf id (equipment
- a signed integer hoder id) for host expansion
alarms, otherwise it is the rack ID
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
he-custom-alarm1 Parameter type: <Alarm::he-custom1> identify the host expansion's
( yes customizableAlarm1 .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
he-custom-alarm2 Parameter type: <Alarm::he-custom2> identify the host expansion's
( yes customizableAlarm2 .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
he-custom-alarm3 Parameter type: <Alarm::he-custom3> identify the host expansion's
( yes customizableAlarm3 .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
he-custom-alarm4 Parameter type: <Alarm::he-custom4> identify the host expansion's
( yes customizableAlarm4 .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
he-custom-alarm5 Parameter type: <Alarm::he-custom5> identify the host expansion's
( yes customizableAlarm5 .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
he-custom-alarm6 Parameter type: <Alarm::he-custom6> identify the host expansion's
( yes customizableAlarm6 .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 851

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.17 Alarm SFP Snapshot Status Command

This command displays the SFP snapshot-related alarms.

Command Description

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot sfp [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.17-1 "Alarm SFP Snapshot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.17-2 "Alarm SFP Snapshot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
alarm index 1 Parameter type: <SignedInteger> this is the host sfp faceplate
- a signed integer number for host alarms or it is the
equipment slot id for expansion
shelf alarms
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
alarm index 2 Parameter type: <SignedInteger> this is the lanx port id for host
- a signed integer alarms. this index is not used for
expansion shelf alarms
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: host shelf alarms
name Type Description
host-sfp-los Parameter type: <Alarm::hostSFPLOS> current status host downlink SFP
( failing loss of signal
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : host downlink SFP loss of signal
- ok : host downlink SFP signal ok

852 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

host-sfp-tx Parameter type: <Alarm::hostSFPTxFail> current status host downlink SFP
( failing tx failure
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : host downlink SFP tx failure
- ok : host downlink SFP tx ok
host-sfp-pres Parameter type: <Alarm::hostSFPMissing> current status host downlink SFP
( not-present not present
| present ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-present : host downlink SFP not present
- present : host downlink SFP present
host-sfp-id Parameter type: <Alarm::hostSFPInvalidAlcatelID> current status host downlink SFP
( invalid does not have valid Alcatel ID
| valid ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- invalid : host downlink SFP does not have valid Alcatel ID
- valid : host downlink SFP has valid Alcatel ID
host-sfp-ctrl Parameter type: <Alarm::hostSFPControlFail> current status host downlink SFP
( failing control failure
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : host downlink SFP control failure
- ok : host downlink SFP control ok
host-sfp-rmtlt Parameter type: <Alarm::hostSFPUnexpectedRemoteLT> current status of SFP alarm, host
( yes downlink SFP detected
| no ) unexpected remote plug-in
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : host shelf SFP unexpected remote LT plug-in detail mode.
- no : host shelf SFP expected remote LT plug-in
host-sfp-mismatch Parameter type: <Alarm::hostSFPAssignmentMismatch> current status of SFP alarm, host
( yes downlink SFP assignment does
| no ) not match reported rack/shelf/slot
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : host shelf SFP assignment does not match reported detail mode.
rack/shelf/slot
- no : host shelf SFP assignment matches reported
rack/shelf/slot
host-sfp-incompt Parameter type: <Alarm::hostSFPIncompatibleShelf> current status of SFP alarm, host
( yes downlink SFP detected
| no ) incompatible shelf type
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : host shelf SFP incompatible shelf type detected detail mode.
- no : host shelf SFP compatible shelf type detected
Only Show Details: expansion shelf alarms
name Type Description
exp-sfp-los Parameter type: <Alarm::expansionShelfSFPLos> current status expansion shelf
( failing SFP loss of signal
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : expansion shelf downlink SFP loss of signal
- ok : expansion shelf downlink SFP signal ok
exp-sfp-tx Parameter type: <Alarm::expansionShelfSFPTxFail> current status epansion shelf
( failing downlink SFP tx failure
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : expansion shelf host downlink SFP tx failure

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 853

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

- ok : expansion shelf downlink SFP tx ok
exp-sfp-pres Parameter type: <Alarm::expansionShelfSFPMissing> current status epansion shelf
( not-present downlink SFP not detected
| present ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-present : expansion shelf downlink SFP not present
- present : expansion shelf downlink SFP present
exp-sfp-id Parameter type: <Alarm::expShelfSFPInvalidAlcatelID> current status epansion shelf
( invalid downlink SFP does not have
| valid ) valid Alcatel ID
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- invalid : expansion shelf downlink SFP does not have valid detail mode.
Alcatel ID
- valid : expansion shelf downlink SFP has valid Alcatel ID
exp-sfp-ctrl Parameter type: <Alarm::expansionShelfSFPControlFail> current status epansion shelf
( failing downlink SFP control failure
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : expansion shelf downlink SFP control failure
- ok : expansion shelf downlink SFP control ok

854 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.18 Alarm Snapshot LLU Relay Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the alarm snapshot of the LLU relay.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot llu-relay [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.18-1 "Alarm Snapshot LLU Relay Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.18-2 "Alarm Snapshot LLU Relay Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
slot-id Parameter type: <Equipm::FullLtSlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- lt : lt-slot detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
wrong-or-no-applq Parameter type: <Alarm::relayNotSet> current status specifing that relay
( yes not set
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : wrong appliq
- no : right appliq

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 855

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.19 Alarm Custom External Snap Shot Status

Command

Command Description
This command shows the customizable external alarm snap shot status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot custom-ext-alarm [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.19-1 "Alarm Custom External Snap Shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.19-2 "Alarm Custom External Snap Shot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ext-alarm1 Parameter type: <Alarm::custExtAlarm1> current status specifying external
( yes alarm 1 is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : customizable external alarm 1
- no : no customizable external alarm 1
ext-alarm2 Parameter type: <Alarm::custExtAlarm2> current status specifying external
( yes alarm 2 is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : customizable external alarm 2
- no : no customizable external alarm 2
ext-alarm3 Parameter type: <Alarm::custExtAlarm3> current status specifying external
( yes alarm 3 is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:

856 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

- yes : customizable external alarm 3
- no : no customizable external alarm 3
ext-alarm4 Parameter type: <Alarm::custExtAlarm4> current status specifying external
( yes alarm 4 is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : customizable external alarm 4
- no : no customizable external alarm 4
ext-alarm5 Parameter type: <Alarm::custExtAlarm5> current status specifying external
( yes alarm 5 is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : customizable external alarm 5
- no : no customizable external alarm 5

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 857

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.20 Alarm Plug In Unit Extended Snap Shot

Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the alarm snap shot status for the extended plug in unit.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot plug-in-unit-ext [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.20-1 "Alarm Plug In Unit Extended Snap Shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snapshot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.20-2 "Alarm Plug In Unit Extended Snap Shot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
fan-alarm Parameter type: <Alarm::pluginFan> current status specifying fan
( yes alarm is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : fan alarm
- no : no fan alarm
dc-a-alarm Parameter type: <Alarm::plugin-dc-a> current status specifying dc-a
( yes failure alarm is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : dc a failure alarm
- no : no dc a failure alarm
dc-b-alarm Parameter type: <Alarm::plugin-dc-b> current status specifying dc-b
( yes failure alarm is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:

858 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

- yes : dc b failure alarm
- no : no dc b failure alarm
dg-alarm Parameter type: <Alarm::plugin-dg> current status specifying dying
( yes gasp alarm is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : dying gasp alarm
- no : no dying gasp alarm
apsf-alarm Parameter type: <Alarm::pluginApsf> power for the applique is
( yes available or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : apsf failure alarm
- no : no apsf failure alarm
ntr-a-loss Parameter type: <Alarm::NTRALoss> current status specifying NTR-A
( yes loss alarm is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : ntr-a signal unavailable
- no : ntr-a signal available
ntr-b-loss Parameter type: <Alarm::NTRBLoss> current status specifying NTR-B
( yes loss alarm is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : ntr-b signal unavailable
- no : ntr-b signal available
ds-los-or-high-attn Parameter type: <Alarm::SFP1LOS> current status specifying
( yes ds-los-or-high-attn alarm is
| no ) present or not
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- yes : LOS due to DS optical link removed, broken or
causing high attn
- no : LOS due to DS optical link removed, broken or
causing high attn

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 859

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.21 Alarm Snap-shot SIP User Agent Status

Command

Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of SIP User Agent

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot sip-user-agent [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.21-1 "Alarm Snap-shot SIP User Agent Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.21-2 "Alarm Snap-shot SIP User Agent Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
dhcp-unreach Parameter type: <Alarm::dhcpServerUnreach> specifies DHCP server status.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : DHCP server unreachable
- no : DHCP server reachable
proxy-srv-unreach Parameter type: <Alarm::sipProxyServerUnreach> specifies sip proxy server status.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : proxy server unreachable
- no : proxy server reachable
reg-srv-unreach Parameter type: <Alarm::sipRegistratorServerUnreach> specifies sip registrator server
( yes status.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.

860 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

- yes : registrator server unreachable
- no : registrator server reachable

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 861

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.22 Alarm Snap-shot SIP Slot Status Command

Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of SIP Slot

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot sip-plugin-unit [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.22-1 "Alarm Snap-shot SIP Slot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.22-2 "Alarm Snap-shot SIP Slot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
inval-cdefile Parameter type: <Alarm::invalidCDEFile> specifies the CDE file is invalid
( yes or valid.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : invalid CDE file
- no : correct CDE file
short-res Parameter type: <Alarm::shortResource> sepcifies the call resource short
( yes or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : short call resource
- no : have call resource

862 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.23 Alarm Snap-shot SIP Termination Status

Command

Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of SIP termination

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot sip-termination [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.23-1 "Alarm Snap-shot SIP Termination Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.23-2 "Alarm Snap-shot SIP Termination Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
unknown-sub Parameter type: <Alarm::unknownSubscriber> specifies the sip subscriber
( yes unknown or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : wrong subscriber
- no : right subscriber
ground-key Parameter type: <Alarm::groundKey> status of the ground key.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : current to ground
- no : current not to ground
port-hightemp Parameter type: <Alarm::highTemperature> status of the port temperature.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 863

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

- yes : high temperature
- no : not high temperature

864 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.24 Alarm Snap-shot Shdsl Status Command

Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of Shdsl

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot shdsl [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.24-1 "Alarm Snap-shot Shdsl Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.24-2 "Alarm Snap-shot Shdsl Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::ShdslLine> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
lnk-dev Parameter type: <Alarm::LinkDeviceValues> identify where the alarm has
- a signed integer occurred
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
loop-act-net Parameter type: <Alarm::LoopbackActiveNetwork> snap shot of loopback active at
( yes the network side
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 865

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

- yes : loopback active
- no : no loopback active
loop-act-cus Parameter type: <Alarm::LoopbackActiveCustom> snap shot of loopback active at
( yes the custom side
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loopback active
- no : no loopback active
config-error Parameter type: <Alarm::ConfigError> snap shot of configuration error
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : config error
- no : no config error
loss-atm Parameter type: <Alarm::LossATMCellDel> snap shot of loss of atm cell
( yes delineation
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loss atm cell delineation
- no : no loss atm cell delineation
loss-pr Parameter type: <Alarm::LossPowerSTUR> snap shot of loss of power at stu-r
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : loss power at stu-r
- no : no loss power at stu-r
secu-error Parameter type: <Alarm::UnableDisableSTUR> snap shot of loss of ability to
( yes disable stu-r access
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loss ability at stu-r
- no : no loss ability at stu-r
dev-fault Parameter type: <Alarm::DeviceFault> snap shot of fault of device
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : device fault
- no : no device fault
atm-ncd Parameter type: <Alarm::ATMCellDel> snap shot of none of atm cell
( yes delineation
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : no atm cell delineation
- no : atm cell delineation

866 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.25 Alarm Snap-shot Shdsl Status Command

Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of Shdsl

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot shdsl-isam [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.25-1 "Alarm Snap-shot Shdsl Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.25-2 "Alarm Snap-shot Shdsl Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Equipm::PortIndex> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
lnk-dev Parameter type: <Alarm::LinkDeviceValues> identify where the alarm has
- a signed integer occurred
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
loss-syn-net Parameter type: <Alarm::LossSyncWordNetwork> snap shot of loss of sync word at
( yes the network side on each pair
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 867

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

- yes : loss sync word
- no : no loss sync word
loss-syn-cus Parameter type: <Alarm::LossSyncWordCustom> snap shot of loss of sync word at
( yes the custom side on each pair
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : loss sync word
- no : no loss sync word
loop-att-net Parameter type: <Alarm::LoopAttenuationNetwork> snap shot of loop attenuation
( yes alarm at the network side on each
| no ) pair
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : loop attenuation detail mode.
- no : no loop attenuation
loop-att-cus Parameter type: <Alarm::LoopAttenuationCustom> snap shot of loop attenuation
( yes alarm at the custom side on each
| no ) pair
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : loop attenuation detail mode.
- no : no loop attenuation
snr-net Parameter type: <Alarm::SNRNetwork> snap shot of snr margin alarm at
( yes the network side each pair
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : snr margin
- no : no snr margin
snr-cus Parameter type: <Alarm::SNRCustom> snap shot of snr margin alarm at
( yes the custom side each pair
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : snr margin
- no : no snr margin
dc-net Parameter type: <Alarm::DCContinuityFaultNetwork> snap shot of dc continuity fault at
( yes the network side on each pair
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : dc fault
- no : no dc fault
dc-cus Parameter type: <Alarm::DCContinuityFaultCustom> snap shot of dc continuity fault at
( yes the custom side on each pair
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : dc fault
- no : no dc fault

868 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.26 Alarm Snap-shot Ima-Group Status

Command

Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of Ima-Group

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot ima-group [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.26-1 "Alarm Snap-shot Ima-Group Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.26-2 "Alarm Snap-shot Ima-Group Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Equipm::AtmImaIndex> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
far-end-start Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndStartup> snap shot of far-end starting up
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : far-end startup

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 869

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

- no : no far-end startup
far-end-fconf Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndFailedConfig> snap shot of failed configuration
( yes of far-end
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far-end failed config
- no : no far-end failed config
near-end-fconf Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndFailedConfig> snap shot of failed configuration
( yes of near-end
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : near-end failed config
- no : no near-end failed config
far-end-ins-lnk Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndInsuffLinkNum> snap shot of insufficient number
( yes of links at far-end
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : insufficient number of links at far-end
- no : no insufficient number of links at far-end
near-end-ins-lnk Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndInsuffLinkNum> snap shot of insufficient number
( yes of links at near-end
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : insufficient number of links at near-end
- no : no insufficient number of links at near-end
far-end-blk Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndBlocked> snap shot of status that far-end is
( yes blocked
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : far-end blocked
- no : no far-end blocked

870 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.27 Alarm Snap-shot Ima-Link Status Command

Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of Ima-Link

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot ima-link [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.27-1 "Alarm Snap-shot Ima-Link Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.27-2 "Alarm Snap-shot Ima-Link Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::ShdslLine> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
loss-ima-frm Parameter type: <Alarm::LossImaFrame> snap shot of loss of ima frame
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : loss ima frame
- no : no loss ima frame
lods Parameter type: <Alarm::LinkOutofDelaySynch> snap shot of link out of delay
( yes synchronization

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 871

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : link out of delay
- no : no link out of delay
link-misc Parameter type: <Alarm::LinkMisconnect> snap shot of link of
( yes misconnecting
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : link misconnect
- no : no link misconnect
link-rfi Parameter type: <Alarm::LinkRemoteFailureIndication> snap shot of link of remote failure
( yes indication
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : link remote failure indication
- no : no link remote failure indication
link-fault Parameter type: <Alarm::LinkFault> snap shot of fault of link
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : fault in link facility
- no : no fault in link facility
fe-tx-blk Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndTXBlocked> snap shot of transmit blocked due
( yes to far-end
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : transmit blocked due to far-end
- no : no transmit blocked due to far-end
fe-rec-blk Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndRXBlocked> snap shot of receive blocked due
( yes to far-end
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : receive blocked due to far-end
- no : no receive blocked due to far-end

872 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.28 Alarm Snap-shot Ether-Tca Status Command

Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of Ether-Tca

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot ether-tca [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.28-1 "Alarm Snap-shot Ether-Tca Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.28-2 "Alarm Snap-shot Ether-Tca Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Equipm::PortIndex> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
etca-los Parameter type: <Alarm::EthTcaLos> snap shot of ethernet los in 15
( yes min
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : ethernet loss of signal errors exceeds
- no : ethernet loss of signal errors normal
etca-fcs Parameter type: <Alarm::EthTcaFcs> snap shot of ethernet fcs in 15
( yes min

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 873

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : ethernet frame check sequence errors exceeds
- no : ethernet frame check sequence errors normal
etca-day-los Parameter type: <Alarm::EthDayLos> snap shot of ethernet day los
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : ethernet day los errors exceeds
- no : ethernet day los errors normal
etca-day-fcs Parameter type: <Alarm::EthDayFcs> snap shot of ethernet day fcs
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : ethernet day fcs errors exceeds
- no : ethernet day fcs errors normal

874 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.29 Alarm Snap-shot Ether-Sfp Status Command

Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of Ether-Sfp

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot ether-sfp [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.29-1 "Alarm Snap-shot Ether-Sfp Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.29-2 "Alarm Snap-shot Ether-Sfp Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::EthernetPortIndex> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
sfp-los Parameter type: <Alarm::EthSfpLos> snap shot of ethernet sfp los
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : ethernet sfp los error
- no : ethernet sfp los normal
sfp-tx-fail Parameter type: <Alarm::EthSfpTxFail> snap shot of ethernet sfp tx
( yes This element is only shown in

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 875

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : ethernet sfp Tx Failure
- no : ethernet sfp Tx normal
sfp-not-prst Parameter type: <Alarm::EthSfpNotPrst> snap shot of ethernet sfp presence
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : ethernet sfp not detected
- no : ethernet sfp detected
sfp-inv-id Parameter type: <Alarm::EthSfpInvalid> snap shot of ethernet sfp id
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : ethernet sfp id invalid
- no : ethernet sfp id normal

876 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.30 Alarm Snap-shot SIP Termination Status

Command

Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of Qos Slot

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot qos-slot [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.30-1 "Alarm Snap-shot SIP Termination Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snapshot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.30-2 "Alarm Snap-shot SIP Termination Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::SlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt-a This element is always shown.
| nt-b
| acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
| ext-a : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ext-b : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- ext-a : nt-a slot in an extension shelf
- ext-b : nt-b slot in an extension shelf
- acu : acu slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 877

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
up-overflow Parameter type: <Alarm::up-overflow> Check LT load in upstream.
( yes This element is always shown.
| no )
Possible values:
- yes : up overflow alarm
- no : no up overflow alarm
dw-overflow Parameter type: <Alarm::dw-overflow> Check LT load in downstream.
( yes This element is always shown.
| no )
Possible values:
- yes : down overflow alarm
- no : no down overflow alarm
upobc-overflow Parameter type: <Alarm::upobc-overflow> Check LT load to OBC in
( yes upstream.
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : up to obc overflow alarm
- no : no up to obc overflow alarm
dwobc-overflow Parameter type: <Alarm::dwobc-overflow> Check LT load to OBC in
( yes downstream.
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : down to obc overflow alarm
- no : no down to obc overflow alarm
lwpriority-overflow Parameter type: <Alarm::lwpriority-overflow> Check Voice and Video load.
( yes This element is always shown.
| no )
Possible values:
- yes : alarm
- no : no dying gasp alarm
fanout Parameter type: <Alarm::fanout> Check LT Load.
( yes This element is always shown.
| no )
Possible values:
- yes : fan out alarm
- no : no fan out alarm

878 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.31 Alarm Snap-shot SIP Termination Status

Command

Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of Qos Queue

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot qos-queue [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.31-1 "Alarm Snap-shot SIP Termination Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snapshot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.31-2 "Alarm Snap-shot SIP Termination Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is always shown.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
queue Parameter type: <SignedInteger> identify where the alarm has
- a signed integer occurred.
This element is always shown.
queue-discard-overflow Parameter type: <Alarm::queue-discard-overflow> Check the corresponding queue
( yes Load.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 879

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : queue discard alarm
- no : no queue discard alarm
queue-load Parameter type: <Alarm::queue-load> Check the corresponding queue
( yes Load.
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : queue load alarm
- no : no queue load alarm

880 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.32 Alarm File Transfer Server Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the snap-shot of file transfer server alarm

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot filetransfer [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.32-1 "Alarm File Transfer Server Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.32-2 "Alarm File Transfer Server Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
server-id Parameter type: <Alarm::FileTransfer> identify where the alarm has
- file transfer protocol type occurred.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
fileserv-unavail Parameter type: <Alarm::FileTransferUnavial> current status specifing that
( unavailable whether file transfer server
| available ) available
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- unavailable : file transfer server unavailable detail mode.
- available : file transfer server available

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 881

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.33 Alarm L2 Forward Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the snap-shot of l2 forward alarm

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot l2forward [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.33-1 "Alarm L2 Forward Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.33-2 "Alarm L2 Forward Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
bridgeport Parameter type: <Itf::BridgePort> identify the bridge port where the
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / alarm has occurred.
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> This element is only shown in
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / detail mode.
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlanSigned> identify the vlan id where the
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> alarm has occurred.

882 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

name Type Description

| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4094,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4094,4097]
mac-conflict Parameter type: <Alarm::MACconflict> specifies whether duplicate mac
( yes address from the bridge port.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : duplicate mac address from this bridge port
- no : no duplicate mac address from this bridge port

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 883

43 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands

43.34 Alarm Snap-shot External Device Status

Command

Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of external-device

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm snap-shot external-device [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 43.34-1 "Alarm Snap-shot External Device Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 43.34-2 "Alarm Snap-shot External Device Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
loss-env-mon Parameter type: <Alarm::LossEnvMon> snap shot status of env-monitor
( lost box
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : env-mon box lost or not alive
- not-lost : env-mon box exists

884 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

44- Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

44.1 Alarm Delta Log Status Command Tree 44-886

44.2 Alarm Generic Delta Alarm Log Status Command 44-887
44.3 Indeterminate Alarm Delta Log Status Command 44-889
44.4 Warning Alarm Delta Log Status Command 44-900
44.5 Minor Alarm Delta Log Status Command 44-911
44.6 Major Alarm Delta Log Status Command 44-922
44.7 Critical Alarm Delta Log Status Command 44-933

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 885

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

44.1 Alarm Delta Log Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Alarm Delta Log Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----alarm
----delta-log
----alarm-changes
----indeterminate
- (index)
----warning
- (index)
----minor
- (index)
----major
- (index)
----critical
- (index)

886 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

44.2 Alarm Generic Delta Alarm Log Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays common values related to the delta alarm log.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm delta-log alarm-changes

Command Output
Table 44.2-2 "Alarm Generic Delta Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
all Parameter type: <Counter> total number of changes of all
- counter alarms since startup and is
independent of the alarm severity
level.
This element is always shown.
indeterminate Parameter type: <Counter> total number of changes of all
- counter alarms with a severity level
indeterminate since startup.
This element is always shown.
warning Parameter type: <Counter> total number of changes of all
- counter alarms with a severity level
warning since startup.
This element is always shown.
minor Parameter type: <Counter> total number of changes of all
- counter alarms with a severity level
minor since startup.
This element is always shown.
major Parameter type: <Counter> total number of changes of all
- counter alarms with a severity level major
since startup.
This element is always shown.
critical Parameter type: <Counter> total number of changes of all
- counter alarms with a severity level
critical since startup.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 887

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

888 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

44.3 Indeterminate Alarm Delta Log Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays alarm values related to the indeterminate alarm delta log.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm delta-log indeterminate [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 44.3-1 "Indeterminate Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: delta log alarm table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 44.3-2 "Indeterminate Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmIndex> unique id for an alarm.
( xtca-ne-es This element is always shown.
| xtca-ne-ses
| xtca-ne-uas
| xtca-ne-day-es
| xtca-ne-day-ses
| xtca-ne-day-uas
| xtca-fe-es
| xtca-fe-ses
| xtca-fe-uas
| xtca-fe-day-es
| xtca-fe-day-ses
| xtca-fe-day-uas
| xdsl-ne-los
| xdsl-ne-lof
| xdsl-ne-lom

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 889

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| xdsl-ne-ese
| xdsl-act-cfg-error
| xdsl-act-not-feas
| xdsl-up-br-reach
| xdsl-ne-ncd
| xdsl-ne-lcd
| xdsl-fe-los
| xdsl-fe-lof
| xdsl-fe-lpr
| xdsl-fe-lol
| xdsl-fe-lom
| xdsl-fe-ese
| xdsl-act-comm
| xdsl-act-modem
| xdsl-do-br-reach
| xdsl-fe-ncd
| xdsl-fe-lcd
| sw-rollback
| db-rollback
| auto-fetch-failure
| cell-discard-up
| cell-discard-down
| persist-data-loss
| mac-conflict
| sntp-comm-lost
| preferred-mode
| timing-reference
| nt-disk-90%full
| shub-loc
| back-pnl-inv
| shub-conf-loss
| rack-power
| rack-fan-unit1
| rack-fan-unit2
| shelf-mismatch
| ext-chain-instl
| shelf-missing
| shelf-install-missing
| door
| fuse
| single-fan-fail
| double-fan-fail
| ac-power-fail
| board-mismatch
| waiting-for-sw
| temp-exceeded
| temp-shutdown
| defense
| board-missing
| board-instl-missing
| board-init
| board-reset-prot
| sem-power-fail
| sem-ups-fail
| board-reset-cf
| shub-uplink
| vrf-assign-fail

890 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| vlan-assign-fail
| ip-pool-assign-fail
| qos-assign-fail
| ip-addr-assign-fail
| missing-attributes
| ip-addr-preempt
| up-plan-bitrate
| up-min-bitrate
| up-config-not-feas
| down-plan-bitrate
| down-min-bitrate
| down-config-not-feas
| no-peer-cpe
| no-bonding-cpe
| host-sfp-los
| host-sfp-tx-fail
| host-sfp-not-prst
| host-sfp-inv-id
| host-sfp-ctrl-fail
| host-sfp-rmtlt
| host-sfp-mismatch
| host-sfp-incompt
| exp-sfp-los
| exp-sfp-tx-fail
| exp-sfp-not-prst
| exp-sfp-inv-id
| exp-sfp-ctrl-fail
| llu-relay-status
| custom1
| custom2
| custom3
| custom4
| custom5
| he-custom1
| he-custom2
| he-custom3
| he-custom4
| he-custom5
| he-custom6
| loss-over-cap
| der-temp1
| der-temp2
| der-temp3
| der-temp4
| der-temp5
| der-temp6
| der-temp7
| der-temp8
| der-temp9
| der-temp10
| der-temp11
| der-temp12
| der-temp13
| der-temp14
| der-temp15
| der-temp16
| der-temp17

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 891

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| der-temp18
| der-temp19
| der-temp20
| der-temp21
| der-temp22
| der-temp23
| der-temp24
| der-temp25
| der-temp26
| der-temp27
| der-temp28
| der-temp29
| der-temp30
| der-temp31
| der-spa1
| der-spa2
| der-spa3
| der-spa4
| der-spa5
| der-spa6
| der-spa7
| der-spa8
| der-spa9
| der-spa10
| der-spa11
| der-spa12
| der-spa13
| der-spa14
| der-spa15
| der-spa16
| der-spa17
| der-spa18
| der-spa19
| der-spa20
| der-spa21
| der-spa22
| der-spa23
| der-spa24
| der-spa25
| der-spa26
| der-spa27
| der-spa28
| der-spa29
| der-spa30
| der-spa31
| apsf-alarm
| custextalarm1
| custextalarm2
| custextalarm3
| custextalarm4
| custextalarm5
| pluginfan
| plugin-dc-a
| plugin-dc-b
| plugin-dg
| ntr-a-loss
| ntr-b-loss

892 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| ds-los-or-high-attn
| fileserv-unavail
| shdsl-n-loopback
| shdsl-c-loopback
| shdsl-conferr
| shdsl-atm-lcd
| shdsl-lpr
| shdsl-secu-err
| shdsl-dev-fault
| shdsl-atm-ncd
| shdsl-n-losw
| shdsl-c-losw
| shdsl-n-aten
| shdsl-c-aten
| shdsl-n-snr
| shdsl-c-snr
| shdsl-n-dccont
| shdsl-c-dccont
| ima-grp-fe-su
| ima-grp-fe-cfg
| ima-grp-ne-cfg
| ima-grp-fe-nl
| ima-grp-ne-nl
| ima-grp-fe-blk
| ima-lnk-lif
| ima-lnk-lods
| ima-lnk-misc
| ima-lnk-rfi
| ima-lnk-fault
| ima-lnk-txblk
| ima-lnk-rxblk
| dhcp-unreach
| proxy-srv-unreach
| reg-srv-unreach
| inval-cdefile
| short-res
| unknown-sub
| ground-key
| port-hightemp
| fanout
| up-overflow
| upobc-overflow
| dwobc-overflow
| dw-overflow
| lwpri-overflow
| queue-drop
| queue-load
| loss-env-mon
| etca-los
| etca-fcs
| etca-day-los
| etca-day-fcs
| user-sfp-los
| user-sfp-tx-fail
| user-sfp-not-prst
| user-sfp-inv-id )
Possible values:

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 893

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- xtca-ne-es : errored seconds in 15 min
- xtca-ne-ses : severely errored seconds in 15 min
- xtca-ne-uas : unavailable seconds in 15 min
- xtca-ne-day-es : errored seconds in 1 day
- xtca-ne-day-ses : severely errored seconds in 1 day
- xtca-ne-day-uas : unavailable seconds in 1 day
- xtca-fe-es : errored seconds in 15 min
- xtca-fe-ses : severely errored secs in 15 min
- xtca-fe-uas : unavailable seconds in 15 min
- xtca-fe-day-es : errored seconds in 1 day
- xtca-fe-day-ses : severely errored secs in 1 day
- xtca-fe-day-uas : unavailable seconds in 1 day
- xdsl-ne-los : loss of signal
- xdsl-ne-lof : loss of frame
- xdsl-ne-lom : loss of margin
- xdsl-ne-ese : excessive severe errors
- xdsl-act-cfg-error : line configuration data cannot be used
- xdsl-act-not-feas : line capacity not enough to setup
requested profile
- xdsl-up-br-reach : planned bitrate not reached after
initialization
- xdsl-ne-ncd : no cell delineation
- xdsl-ne-lcd : loss of cell delineation
- xdsl-fe-los : loss of signal
- xdsl-fe-lof : loss of frame
- xdsl-fe-lpr : loss of power
- xdsl-fe-lol : loss of link
- xdsl-fe-lom : loss of margin
- xdsl-fe-ese : excessive severe errors
- xdsl-act-comm : init not successful due to communications
problem
- xdsl-act-modem : no peer modem detected
- xdsl-do-br-reach : planned bitrate not reached after init
- xdsl-fe-ncd : no cell delineation
- xdsl-fe-lcd : loss of cell delineation
- sw-rollback : non active oswp,db cannot be operational -
will rollback
- db-rollback : selected oswp,db cannot be operational - will
rollback
- auto-fetch-failure : not able to fetch file from specified
server
- cell-discard-up : cell discarded in the upstream direction
- cell-discard-down : cell discarded in the downstream
direction
- persist-data-loss : all data lost after restart - system not
configured
- mac-conflict : duplicate mac address from this pvc
- sntp-comm-lost : sntp server not responding
- preferred-mode : preferred mode not available
- timing-reference : timing reference failure
- nt-disk-90%full : nt disk 90% full
- shub-loc : communication lost with shub
- back-pnl-inv : BackPanel-type Invalid
- shub-conf-loss : SHub configuration loss - recent changes
lost
- rack-power : power fuse broken
- rack-fan-unit1 : fan unit rack 1 failing

894 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- rack-fan-unit2 : fan unit rack 2 failing
- shelf-mismatch : shelf type different from planned type
- ext-chain-instl : consistancy problem for extension chain
installation
- shelf-missing : detected shelf no longer detected
- shelf-install-missing : shelf planned but not installed
- door : open cabinet door
- fuse : one power feed gone
- single-fan-fail : one or more fan of a certain shelf failed
- double-fan-fail : two or more fans of the main shelf failed
- ac-power-fail : external power failure - shelf shutdown in
15 minutes
- board-mismatch : board inserted different from planned
- waiting-for-sw : not able to download all the applicable sw
files
- temp-exceeded : temperature threshold exceeded on the
board
- temp-shutdown : board powered down itself - too high
temperature
- defense : plugin unit disconnected from system by defense
- board-missing : board detected after planning - now
missing
- board-instl-missing : board never detected after planning
- board-init : board initialisation failure
- board-reset-prot : number of resets exceeded
- sem-power-fail : SEM external power failure
- sem-ups-fail : SEM external power supply failure
- board-reset-cf : board reset and/or communication failure
- shub-uplink : lanx uplink breakdown or removal
- vrf-assign-fail : failure to assigna VRF for a user session
- vlan-assign-fail : failure to assign VLAN for a user session
- ip-pool-assign-fail : failure to assign an IP address pool
- qos-assign-fail : failure to assign a QoS for a user session
- ip-addr-assign-fail : failure to assign IP address for a user
session
- missing-attributes : radius should specify pool id when it
returns a VRF
- ip-addr-preempt : IP address preemption
- up-plan-bitrate : upstream bitrate is above min and below
planned
- up-min-bitrate : upstream bitrate is below min bitrate
- up-config-not-feas : upstream bitrate is not enough to set
up config group
- down-plan-bitrate : downstream bitrate is above min and
below planned
- down-min-bitrate : downstream bitrate is below min bitrate
- down-config-not-feas : downstream bitrate is not enough to
set up config group
- no-peer-cpe : no cpe modem is connected to the group
lines
- no-bonding-cpe : no bonding cpe modem is connected
- host-sfp-los : loss of signal
- host-sfp-tx-fail : Tx failure
- host-sfp-not-prst : not present
- host-sfp-inv-id : no valid Alcatel ID
- host-sfp-ctrl-fail : control failure
- host-sfp-rmtlt : unexpected remote plug-in

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 895

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- host-sfp-mismatch : assignment does not match reported
rack/shelf/slot
- host-sfp-incompt : incompatible shelf type detected
- exp-sfp-los : loss of signal
- exp-sfp-tx-fail : Tx failure
- exp-sfp-not-prst : not present
- exp-sfp-inv-id : no valid Alcatel ID
- exp-sfp-ctrl-fail : control failure
- llu-relay-status : LLU relay status
- custom1 : customizable alarm 1
- custom2 : customizable alarm 2
- custom3 : customizable alarm 3
- custom4 : customizable alarm 4
- custom5 : customizable alarm 5
- he-custom1 : host expansion customizable alarm 1
- he-custom2 : host expansion customizable alarm 2
- he-custom3 : host expansion customizable alarm 3
- he-custom4 : host expansion customizable alarm 4
- he-custom5 : host expansion customizable alarm 5
- he-custom6 : host expansion customizable alarm 6
- loss-over-cap : switch over capability in a redundant
system
- der-temp1 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 1
- der-temp2 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 2
- der-temp3 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 3
- der-temp4 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 4
- der-temp5 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 5
- der-temp6 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 6
- der-temp7 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 7
- der-temp8 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 8
- der-temp9 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 9
- der-temp10 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 10
- der-temp11 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 11
- der-temp12 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 12
- der-temp13 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 13
- der-temp14 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 14
- der-temp15 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 15
- der-temp16 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 16
- der-temp17 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 17
- der-temp18 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 18
- der-temp19 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 19
- der-temp20 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 20
- der-temp21 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 21
- der-temp22 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 22
- der-temp23 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 23
- der-temp24 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 24
- der-temp25 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 25
- der-temp26 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 26
- der-temp27 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 27
- der-temp28 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 28
- der-temp29 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 29
- der-temp30 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 30
- der-temp31 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 31
- der-spa1 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 1
- der-spa2 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 2
- der-spa3 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 3
- der-spa4 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 4

896 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- der-spa5 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 5
- der-spa6 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 6
- der-spa7 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 7
- der-spa8 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 8
- der-spa9 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 9
- der-spa10 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 10
- der-spa11 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 11
- der-spa12 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 12
- der-spa13 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 13
- der-spa14 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 14
- der-spa15 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 15
- der-spa16 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 16
- der-spa17 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 17
- der-spa18 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 18
- der-spa19 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 19
- der-spa20 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 20
- der-spa21 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 21
- der-spa22 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 22
- der-spa23 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 23
- der-spa24 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 24
- der-spa25 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 25
- der-spa26 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 26
- der-spa27 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 27
- der-spa28 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 28
- der-spa29 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 29
- der-spa30 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 30
- der-spa31 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 31
- apsf-alarm : Applique Power Supply Failure
- custextalarm1 : Customizable External Alarm Number 1
- custextalarm2 : Customizable External Alarm Number 2
- custextalarm3 : Customizable External Alarm Number 3
- custextalarm4 : Customizable External Alarm Number 4
- custextalarm5 : Customizable External Alarm Number 5
- pluginfan : REM Fan Alarm
- plugin-dc-a : REM DC A Alarm
- plugin-dc-b : REM DC B Alarm
- plugin-dg : Dying Gasp Alarm
- ntr-a-loss : NTR-A signal is not available
- ntr-b-loss : NTR-B signal is not available
- ds-los-or-high-attn : LOS due to opt link removed, broken
or high attn
- fileserv-unavail : file transfer server unavailable
- shdsl-n-loopback : loopback active at the network side
- shdsl-c-loopback : loopback active at the custom side
- shdsl-conferr : configuration error
- shdsl-atm-lcd : loss of atm cell delineation
- shdsl-lpr : loss of power at stu-r
- shdsl-secu-err : unable to disable stu-r access
- shdsl-dev-fault : device fault
- shdsl-atm-ncd : no atm cell delineation
- shdsl-n-losw : loss of sync word at the network side on
each pair
- shdsl-c-losw : loss of sync word at the customer side on
each pair
- shdsl-n-aten : loop attenuation alarm at the network side on
each pair
- shdsl-c-aten : loop attenuation alarm at the customer side

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 897

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

on each pair
- shdsl-n-snr : snr margin alarm at the network side each pair
- shdsl-c-snr : snr margin alarm at the customer side on each
pair
- shdsl-n-dccont : dc continuity fault at the network side on
each pair
- shdsl-c-dccont : dc continuity fault at the customer side on
each pair
- ima-grp-fe-su : far-end starting up
- ima-grp-fe-cfg : far-end failed configuration
- ima-grp-ne-cfg : near-end failed configuration
- ima-grp-fe-nl : insufficient number of links at far-end
- ima-grp-ne-nl : insufficient number of links at near-end
- ima-grp-fe-blk : far-end is blocked
- ima-lnk-lif : loss of ima frame
- ima-lnk-lods : link out of delay synchronization
- ima-lnk-misc : link misconnect
- ima-lnk-rfi : link remote failure indication
- ima-lnk-fault : fault in link facility
- ima-lnk-txblk : transmit blocked due to far-end
- ima-lnk-rxblk : receive blocked due to far-end
- dhcp-unreach : The DHCP server is unreachable
- proxy-srv-unreach : The SIP proxy server is unreachable
- reg-srv-unreach : The SIP registrator server is unreachable
- inval-cdefile : The CDE file is invalid
- short-res : Short of resource for more calls
- unknown-sub : subscriber exist in the POLT, but not in the
appl server
- ground-key : Return current to the ground
- port-hightemp : Temperature threshold on user port
exceeded.
- fanout : Lt load overflow
- up-overflow : Upstream load overflow
- upobc-overflow : Upstream load to OBC overflow
- dwobc-overflow : Downstream load to OBC overflow
- dw-overflow : Downstream load overflow
- lwpri-overflow : The number of BE and CL pkts dropped
exceed threshold
- queue-drop : The number of pkts dropped by queue exceed
threshold
- queue-load : The queue load exceed threshold
- loss-env-mon : env-monitor box lost or not alive
- etca-los : loss of signal errors in 15 min
- etca-fcs : frame check sequence errors in 15 min
- etca-day-los : loss of signal errors in 1 day
- etca-day-fcs : frame check sequence errors errors in 1 day
- user-sfp-los : user sfp loss of signal
- user-sfp-tx-fail : usesr sfp tx failure
- user-sfp-not-prst : user sfp not detected
- user-sfp-inv-id : user sfp invalid id
state Parameter type: <Alarm::AlarmState> reflect's the state of the alarm as
( active either active or non-active.
| non-active ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- active : alarm is active
- non-active : alarm is not active
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when

898 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: indeterminate alarm table related generic information
name Type Description
total-changes Parameter type: <Counter> total number of changes of all
- counter alarms with a severity level
indeterminate since startup.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
last-entry-id Parameter type: <SignedInteger> last entry that was added to the
- a signed integer indeterminate delta log.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
last-reset Parameter type: <Sys::Time> network time in seconds
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) indicating when the
- unit: UTC indeterminate delta log was last
reset.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
log-overflowed Parameter type: <Alarm::OverflowStatus> specifies whether the
( yes indeterminate delta log is
| no ) overflowed or not.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : buffer has overflowed detail mode.
- no : no buffer overflow

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 899

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

44.4 Warning Alarm Delta Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays alarm values related to the warning alarm delta log.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm delta-log warning [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 44.4-1 "Warning Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: delta log alarm table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 44.4-2 "Warning Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmIndex> unique id for an alarm.
( xtca-ne-es This element is always shown.
| xtca-ne-ses
| xtca-ne-uas
| xtca-ne-day-es
| xtca-ne-day-ses
| xtca-ne-day-uas
| xtca-fe-es
| xtca-fe-ses
| xtca-fe-uas
| xtca-fe-day-es
| xtca-fe-day-ses
| xtca-fe-day-uas
| xdsl-ne-los
| xdsl-ne-lof
| xdsl-ne-lom
| xdsl-ne-ese
| xdsl-act-cfg-error
| xdsl-act-not-feas
| xdsl-up-br-reach

900 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| xdsl-ne-ncd
| xdsl-ne-lcd
| xdsl-fe-los
| xdsl-fe-lof
| xdsl-fe-lpr
| xdsl-fe-lol
| xdsl-fe-lom
| xdsl-fe-ese
| xdsl-act-comm
| xdsl-act-modem
| xdsl-do-br-reach
| xdsl-fe-ncd
| xdsl-fe-lcd
| sw-rollback
| db-rollback
| auto-fetch-failure
| cell-discard-up
| cell-discard-down
| persist-data-loss
| mac-conflict
| sntp-comm-lost
| preferred-mode
| timing-reference
| nt-disk-90%full
| shub-loc
| back-pnl-inv
| shub-conf-loss
| rack-power
| rack-fan-unit1
| rack-fan-unit2
| shelf-mismatch
| ext-chain-instl
| shelf-missing
| shelf-install-missing
| door
| fuse
| single-fan-fail
| double-fan-fail
| ac-power-fail
| board-mismatch
| waiting-for-sw
| temp-exceeded
| temp-shutdown
| defense
| board-missing
| board-instl-missing
| board-init
| board-reset-prot
| sem-power-fail
| sem-ups-fail
| board-reset-cf
| shub-uplink
| vrf-assign-fail
| vlan-assign-fail
| ip-pool-assign-fail
| qos-assign-fail
| ip-addr-assign-fail

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 901

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| missing-attributes
| ip-addr-preempt
| up-plan-bitrate
| up-min-bitrate
| up-config-not-feas
| down-plan-bitrate
| down-min-bitrate
| down-config-not-feas
| no-peer-cpe
| no-bonding-cpe
| host-sfp-los
| host-sfp-tx-fail
| host-sfp-not-prst
| host-sfp-inv-id
| host-sfp-ctrl-fail
| host-sfp-rmtlt
| host-sfp-mismatch
| host-sfp-incompt
| exp-sfp-los
| exp-sfp-tx-fail
| exp-sfp-not-prst
| exp-sfp-inv-id
| exp-sfp-ctrl-fail
| llu-relay-status
| custom1
| custom2
| custom3
| custom4
| custom5
| he-custom1
| he-custom2
| he-custom3
| he-custom4
| he-custom5
| he-custom6
| loss-over-cap
| der-temp1
| der-temp2
| der-temp3
| der-temp4
| der-temp5
| der-temp6
| der-temp7
| der-temp8
| der-temp9
| der-temp10
| der-temp11
| der-temp12
| der-temp13
| der-temp14
| der-temp15
| der-temp16
| der-temp17
| der-temp18
| der-temp19
| der-temp20
| der-temp21

902 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| der-temp22
| der-temp23
| der-temp24
| der-temp25
| der-temp26
| der-temp27
| der-temp28
| der-temp29
| der-temp30
| der-temp31
| der-spa1
| der-spa2
| der-spa3
| der-spa4
| der-spa5
| der-spa6
| der-spa7
| der-spa8
| der-spa9
| der-spa10
| der-spa11
| der-spa12
| der-spa13
| der-spa14
| der-spa15
| der-spa16
| der-spa17
| der-spa18
| der-spa19
| der-spa20
| der-spa21
| der-spa22
| der-spa23
| der-spa24
| der-spa25
| der-spa26
| der-spa27
| der-spa28
| der-spa29
| der-spa30
| der-spa31
| apsf-alarm
| custextalarm1
| custextalarm2
| custextalarm3
| custextalarm4
| custextalarm5
| pluginfan
| plugin-dc-a
| plugin-dc-b
| plugin-dg
| ntr-a-loss
| ntr-b-loss
| ds-los-or-high-attn
| fileserv-unavail
| shdsl-n-loopback
| shdsl-c-loopback

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 903

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| shdsl-conferr
| shdsl-atm-lcd
| shdsl-lpr
| shdsl-secu-err
| shdsl-dev-fault
| shdsl-atm-ncd
| shdsl-n-losw
| shdsl-c-losw
| shdsl-n-aten
| shdsl-c-aten
| shdsl-n-snr
| shdsl-c-snr
| shdsl-n-dccont
| shdsl-c-dccont
| ima-grp-fe-su
| ima-grp-fe-cfg
| ima-grp-ne-cfg
| ima-grp-fe-nl
| ima-grp-ne-nl
| ima-grp-fe-blk
| ima-lnk-lif
| ima-lnk-lods
| ima-lnk-misc
| ima-lnk-rfi
| ima-lnk-fault
| ima-lnk-txblk
| ima-lnk-rxblk
| dhcp-unreach
| proxy-srv-unreach
| reg-srv-unreach
| inval-cdefile
| short-res
| unknown-sub
| ground-key
| port-hightemp
| fanout
| up-overflow
| upobc-overflow
| dwobc-overflow
| dw-overflow
| lwpri-overflow
| queue-drop
| queue-load
| loss-env-mon
| etca-los
| etca-fcs
| etca-day-los
| etca-day-fcs
| user-sfp-los
| user-sfp-tx-fail
| user-sfp-not-prst
| user-sfp-inv-id )
Possible values:
- xtca-ne-es : errored seconds in 15 min
- xtca-ne-ses : severely errored seconds in 15 min
- xtca-ne-uas : unavailable seconds in 15 min
- xtca-ne-day-es : errored seconds in 1 day

904 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- xtca-ne-day-ses : severely errored seconds in 1 day
- xtca-ne-day-uas : unavailable seconds in 1 day
- xtca-fe-es : errored seconds in 15 min
- xtca-fe-ses : severely errored secs in 15 min
- xtca-fe-uas : unavailable seconds in 15 min
- xtca-fe-day-es : errored seconds in 1 day
- xtca-fe-day-ses : severely errored secs in 1 day
- xtca-fe-day-uas : unavailable seconds in 1 day
- xdsl-ne-los : loss of signal
- xdsl-ne-lof : loss of frame
- xdsl-ne-lom : loss of margin
- xdsl-ne-ese : excessive severe errors
- xdsl-act-cfg-error : line configuration data cannot be used
- xdsl-act-not-feas : line capacity not enough to setup
requested profile
- xdsl-up-br-reach : planned bitrate not reached after
initialization
- xdsl-ne-ncd : no cell delineation
- xdsl-ne-lcd : loss of cell delineation
- xdsl-fe-los : loss of signal
- xdsl-fe-lof : loss of frame
- xdsl-fe-lpr : loss of power
- xdsl-fe-lol : loss of link
- xdsl-fe-lom : loss of margin
- xdsl-fe-ese : excessive severe errors
- xdsl-act-comm : init not successful due to communications
problem
- xdsl-act-modem : no peer modem detected
- xdsl-do-br-reach : planned bitrate not reached after init
- xdsl-fe-ncd : no cell delineation
- xdsl-fe-lcd : loss of cell delineation
- sw-rollback : non active oswp,db cannot be operational -
will rollback
- db-rollback : selected oswp,db cannot be operational - will
rollback
- auto-fetch-failure : not able to fetch file from specified
server
- cell-discard-up : cell discarded in the upstream direction
- cell-discard-down : cell discarded in the downstream
direction
- persist-data-loss : all data lost after restart - system not
configured
- mac-conflict : duplicate mac address from this pvc
- sntp-comm-lost : sntp server not responding
- preferred-mode : preferred mode not available
- timing-reference : timing reference failure
- nt-disk-90%full : nt disk 90% full
- shub-loc : communication lost with shub
- back-pnl-inv : BackPanel-type Invalid
- shub-conf-loss : SHub configuration loss - recent changes
lost
- rack-power : power fuse broken
- rack-fan-unit1 : fan unit rack 1 failing
- rack-fan-unit2 : fan unit rack 2 failing
- shelf-mismatch : shelf type different from planned type
- ext-chain-instl : consistancy problem for extension chain
installation

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 905

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- shelf-missing : detected shelf no longer detected
- shelf-install-missing : shelf planned but not installed
- door : open cabinet door
- fuse : one power feed gone
- single-fan-fail : one or more fan of a certain shelf failed
- double-fan-fail : two or more fans of the main shelf failed
- ac-power-fail : external power failure - shelf shutdown in
15 minutes
- board-mismatch : board inserted different from planned
- waiting-for-sw : not able to download all the applicable sw
files
- temp-exceeded : temperature threshold exceeded on the
board
- temp-shutdown : board powered down itself - too high
temperature
- defense : plugin unit disconnected from system by defense
- board-missing : board detected after planning - now
missing
- board-instl-missing : board never detected after planning
- board-init : board initialisation failure
- board-reset-prot : number of resets exceeded
- sem-power-fail : SEM external power failure
- sem-ups-fail : SEM external power supply failure
- board-reset-cf : board reset and/or communication failure
- shub-uplink : lanx uplink breakdown or removal
- vrf-assign-fail : failure to assigna VRF for a user session
- vlan-assign-fail : failure to assign VLAN for a user session
- ip-pool-assign-fail : failure to assign an IP address pool
- qos-assign-fail : failure to assign a QoS for a user session
- ip-addr-assign-fail : failure to assign IP address for a user
session
- missing-attributes : radius should specify pool id when it
returns a VRF
- ip-addr-preempt : IP address preemption
- up-plan-bitrate : upstream bitrate is above min and below
planned
- up-min-bitrate : upstream bitrate is below min bitrate
- up-config-not-feas : upstream bitrate is not enough to set
up config group
- down-plan-bitrate : downstream bitrate is above min and
below planned
- down-min-bitrate : downstream bitrate is below min bitrate
- down-config-not-feas : downstream bitrate is not enough to
set up config group
- no-peer-cpe : no cpe modem is connected to the group
lines
- no-bonding-cpe : no bonding cpe modem is connected
- host-sfp-los : loss of signal
- host-sfp-tx-fail : Tx failure
- host-sfp-not-prst : not present
- host-sfp-inv-id : no valid Alcatel ID
- host-sfp-ctrl-fail : control failure
- host-sfp-rmtlt : unexpected remote plug-in
- host-sfp-mismatch : assignment does not match reported
rack/shelf/slot
- host-sfp-incompt : incompatible shelf type detected
- exp-sfp-los : loss of signal

906 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- exp-sfp-tx-fail : Tx failure
- exp-sfp-not-prst : not present
- exp-sfp-inv-id : no valid Alcatel ID
- exp-sfp-ctrl-fail : control failure
- llu-relay-status : LLU relay status
- custom1 : customizable alarm 1
- custom2 : customizable alarm 2
- custom3 : customizable alarm 3
- custom4 : customizable alarm 4
- custom5 : customizable alarm 5
- he-custom1 : host expansion customizable alarm 1
- he-custom2 : host expansion customizable alarm 2
- he-custom3 : host expansion customizable alarm 3
- he-custom4 : host expansion customizable alarm 4
- he-custom5 : host expansion customizable alarm 5
- he-custom6 : host expansion customizable alarm 6
- loss-over-cap : switch over capability in a redundant
system
- der-temp1 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 1
- der-temp2 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 2
- der-temp3 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 3
- der-temp4 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 4
- der-temp5 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 5
- der-temp6 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 6
- der-temp7 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 7
- der-temp8 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 8
- der-temp9 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 9
- der-temp10 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 10
- der-temp11 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 11
- der-temp12 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 12
- der-temp13 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 13
- der-temp14 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 14
- der-temp15 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 15
- der-temp16 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 16
- der-temp17 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 17
- der-temp18 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 18
- der-temp19 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 19
- der-temp20 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 20
- der-temp21 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 21
- der-temp22 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 22
- der-temp23 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 23
- der-temp24 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 24
- der-temp25 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 25
- der-temp26 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 26
- der-temp27 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 27
- der-temp28 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 28
- der-temp29 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 29
- der-temp30 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 30
- der-temp31 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 31
- der-spa1 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 1
- der-spa2 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 2
- der-spa3 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 3
- der-spa4 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 4
- der-spa5 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 5
- der-spa6 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 6
- der-spa7 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 7
- der-spa8 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 8

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 907

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- der-spa9 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 9
- der-spa10 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 10
- der-spa11 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 11
- der-spa12 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 12
- der-spa13 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 13
- der-spa14 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 14
- der-spa15 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 15
- der-spa16 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 16
- der-spa17 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 17
- der-spa18 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 18
- der-spa19 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 19
- der-spa20 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 20
- der-spa21 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 21
- der-spa22 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 22
- der-spa23 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 23
- der-spa24 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 24
- der-spa25 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 25
- der-spa26 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 26
- der-spa27 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 27
- der-spa28 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 28
- der-spa29 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 29
- der-spa30 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 30
- der-spa31 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 31
- apsf-alarm : Applique Power Supply Failure
- custextalarm1 : Customizable External Alarm Number 1
- custextalarm2 : Customizable External Alarm Number 2
- custextalarm3 : Customizable External Alarm Number 3
- custextalarm4 : Customizable External Alarm Number 4
- custextalarm5 : Customizable External Alarm Number 5
- pluginfan : REM Fan Alarm
- plugin-dc-a : REM DC A Alarm
- plugin-dc-b : REM DC B Alarm
- plugin-dg : Dying Gasp Alarm
- ntr-a-loss : NTR-A signal is not available
- ntr-b-loss : NTR-B signal is not available
- ds-los-or-high-attn : LOS due to opt link removed, broken
or high attn
- fileserv-unavail : file transfer server unavailable
- shdsl-n-loopback : loopback active at the network side
- shdsl-c-loopback : loopback active at the custom side
- shdsl-conferr : configuration error
- shdsl-atm-lcd : loss of atm cell delineation
- shdsl-lpr : loss of power at stu-r
- shdsl-secu-err : unable to disable stu-r access
- shdsl-dev-fault : device fault
- shdsl-atm-ncd : no atm cell delineation
- shdsl-n-losw : loss of sync word at the network side on
each pair
- shdsl-c-losw : loss of sync word at the customer side on
each pair
- shdsl-n-aten : loop attenuation alarm at the network side on
each pair
- shdsl-c-aten : loop attenuation alarm at the customer side
on each pair
- shdsl-n-snr : snr margin alarm at the network side each pair
- shdsl-c-snr : snr margin alarm at the customer side on each
pair

908 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- shdsl-n-dccont : dc continuity fault at the network side on
each pair
- shdsl-c-dccont : dc continuity fault at the customer side on
each pair
- ima-grp-fe-su : far-end starting up
- ima-grp-fe-cfg : far-end failed configuration
- ima-grp-ne-cfg : near-end failed configuration
- ima-grp-fe-nl : insufficient number of links at far-end
- ima-grp-ne-nl : insufficient number of links at near-end
- ima-grp-fe-blk : far-end is blocked
- ima-lnk-lif : loss of ima frame
- ima-lnk-lods : link out of delay synchronization
- ima-lnk-misc : link misconnect
- ima-lnk-rfi : link remote failure indication
- ima-lnk-fault : fault in link facility
- ima-lnk-txblk : transmit blocked due to far-end
- ima-lnk-rxblk : receive blocked due to far-end
- dhcp-unreach : The DHCP server is unreachable
- proxy-srv-unreach : The SIP proxy server is unreachable
- reg-srv-unreach : The SIP registrator server is unreachable
- inval-cdefile : The CDE file is invalid
- short-res : Short of resource for more calls
- unknown-sub : subscriber exist in the POLT, but not in the
appl server
- ground-key : Return current to the ground
- port-hightemp : Temperature threshold on user port
exceeded.
- fanout : Lt load overflow
- up-overflow : Upstream load overflow
- upobc-overflow : Upstream load to OBC overflow
- dwobc-overflow : Downstream load to OBC overflow
- dw-overflow : Downstream load overflow
- lwpri-overflow : The number of BE and CL pkts dropped
exceed threshold
- queue-drop : The number of pkts dropped by queue exceed
threshold
- queue-load : The queue load exceed threshold
- loss-env-mon : env-monitor box lost or not alive
- etca-los : loss of signal errors in 15 min
- etca-fcs : frame check sequence errors in 15 min
- etca-day-los : loss of signal errors in 1 day
- etca-day-fcs : frame check sequence errors errors in 1 day
- user-sfp-los : user sfp loss of signal
- user-sfp-tx-fail : usesr sfp tx failure
- user-sfp-not-prst : user sfp not detected
- user-sfp-inv-id : user sfp invalid id
state Parameter type: <Alarm::AlarmState> reflect's the state of the alarm as
( active either active or non-active.
| non-active ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- active : alarm is active
- non-active : alarm is not active
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: warning alarm table related generic information

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 909

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

changes Parameter type: <Counter> total number of changes of all
- counter alarms with a severity level
warning since startup.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
last-entry-id Parameter type: <SignedInteger> last entry that was added to the
- a signed integer warning delta log.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
last-reset Parameter type: <Sys::Time> network time in seconds
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) indicating when the warning delta
- unit: UTC log was last reset.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
log-overflowed Parameter type: <Alarm::OverflowStatus> specifies whether the warning
( yes delta log is overflowed or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : buffer has overflowed
- no : no buffer overflow

910 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

44.5 Minor Alarm Delta Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays alarm values related to the minor alarm delta log.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm delta-log minor [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 44.5-1 "Minor Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: delta log alarm table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 44.5-2 "Minor Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmIndex> unique id for an alarm.
( xtca-ne-es This element is always shown.
| xtca-ne-ses
| xtca-ne-uas
| xtca-ne-day-es
| xtca-ne-day-ses
| xtca-ne-day-uas
| xtca-fe-es
| xtca-fe-ses
| xtca-fe-uas
| xtca-fe-day-es
| xtca-fe-day-ses
| xtca-fe-day-uas
| xdsl-ne-los
| xdsl-ne-lof
| xdsl-ne-lom
| xdsl-ne-ese
| xdsl-act-cfg-error
| xdsl-act-not-feas
| xdsl-up-br-reach

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 911

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| xdsl-ne-ncd
| xdsl-ne-lcd
| xdsl-fe-los
| xdsl-fe-lof
| xdsl-fe-lpr
| xdsl-fe-lol
| xdsl-fe-lom
| xdsl-fe-ese
| xdsl-act-comm
| xdsl-act-modem
| xdsl-do-br-reach
| xdsl-fe-ncd
| xdsl-fe-lcd
| sw-rollback
| db-rollback
| auto-fetch-failure
| cell-discard-up
| cell-discard-down
| persist-data-loss
| mac-conflict
| sntp-comm-lost
| preferred-mode
| timing-reference
| nt-disk-90%full
| shub-loc
| back-pnl-inv
| shub-conf-loss
| rack-power
| rack-fan-unit1
| rack-fan-unit2
| shelf-mismatch
| ext-chain-instl
| shelf-missing
| shelf-install-missing
| door
| fuse
| single-fan-fail
| double-fan-fail
| ac-power-fail
| board-mismatch
| waiting-for-sw
| temp-exceeded
| temp-shutdown
| defense
| board-missing
| board-instl-missing
| board-init
| board-reset-prot
| sem-power-fail
| sem-ups-fail
| board-reset-cf
| shub-uplink
| vrf-assign-fail
| vlan-assign-fail
| ip-pool-assign-fail
| qos-assign-fail
| ip-addr-assign-fail

912 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| missing-attributes
| ip-addr-preempt
| up-plan-bitrate
| up-min-bitrate
| up-config-not-feas
| down-plan-bitrate
| down-min-bitrate
| down-config-not-feas
| no-peer-cpe
| no-bonding-cpe
| host-sfp-los
| host-sfp-tx-fail
| host-sfp-not-prst
| host-sfp-inv-id
| host-sfp-ctrl-fail
| host-sfp-rmtlt
| host-sfp-mismatch
| host-sfp-incompt
| exp-sfp-los
| exp-sfp-tx-fail
| exp-sfp-not-prst
| exp-sfp-inv-id
| exp-sfp-ctrl-fail
| llu-relay-status
| custom1
| custom2
| custom3
| custom4
| custom5
| he-custom1
| he-custom2
| he-custom3
| he-custom4
| he-custom5
| he-custom6
| loss-over-cap
| der-temp1
| der-temp2
| der-temp3
| der-temp4
| der-temp5
| der-temp6
| der-temp7
| der-temp8
| der-temp9
| der-temp10
| der-temp11
| der-temp12
| der-temp13
| der-temp14
| der-temp15
| der-temp16
| der-temp17
| der-temp18
| der-temp19
| der-temp20
| der-temp21

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 913

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| der-temp22
| der-temp23
| der-temp24
| der-temp25
| der-temp26
| der-temp27
| der-temp28
| der-temp29
| der-temp30
| der-temp31
| der-spa1
| der-spa2
| der-spa3
| der-spa4
| der-spa5
| der-spa6
| der-spa7
| der-spa8
| der-spa9
| der-spa10
| der-spa11
| der-spa12
| der-spa13
| der-spa14
| der-spa15
| der-spa16
| der-spa17
| der-spa18
| der-spa19
| der-spa20
| der-spa21
| der-spa22
| der-spa23
| der-spa24
| der-spa25
| der-spa26
| der-spa27
| der-spa28
| der-spa29
| der-spa30
| der-spa31
| apsf-alarm
| custextalarm1
| custextalarm2
| custextalarm3
| custextalarm4
| custextalarm5
| pluginfan
| plugin-dc-a
| plugin-dc-b
| plugin-dg
| ntr-a-loss
| ntr-b-loss
| ds-los-or-high-attn
| fileserv-unavail
| shdsl-n-loopback
| shdsl-c-loopback

914 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| shdsl-conferr
| shdsl-atm-lcd
| shdsl-lpr
| shdsl-secu-err
| shdsl-dev-fault
| shdsl-atm-ncd
| shdsl-n-losw
| shdsl-c-losw
| shdsl-n-aten
| shdsl-c-aten
| shdsl-n-snr
| shdsl-c-snr
| shdsl-n-dccont
| shdsl-c-dccont
| ima-grp-fe-su
| ima-grp-fe-cfg
| ima-grp-ne-cfg
| ima-grp-fe-nl
| ima-grp-ne-nl
| ima-grp-fe-blk
| ima-lnk-lif
| ima-lnk-lods
| ima-lnk-misc
| ima-lnk-rfi
| ima-lnk-fault
| ima-lnk-txblk
| ima-lnk-rxblk
| dhcp-unreach
| proxy-srv-unreach
| reg-srv-unreach
| inval-cdefile
| short-res
| unknown-sub
| ground-key
| port-hightemp
| fanout
| up-overflow
| upobc-overflow
| dwobc-overflow
| dw-overflow
| lwpri-overflow
| queue-drop
| queue-load
| loss-env-mon
| etca-los
| etca-fcs
| etca-day-los
| etca-day-fcs
| user-sfp-los
| user-sfp-tx-fail
| user-sfp-not-prst
| user-sfp-inv-id )
Possible values:
- xtca-ne-es : errored seconds in 15 min
- xtca-ne-ses : severely errored seconds in 15 min
- xtca-ne-uas : unavailable seconds in 15 min
- xtca-ne-day-es : errored seconds in 1 day

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 915

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- xtca-ne-day-ses : severely errored seconds in 1 day
- xtca-ne-day-uas : unavailable seconds in 1 day
- xtca-fe-es : errored seconds in 15 min
- xtca-fe-ses : severely errored secs in 15 min
- xtca-fe-uas : unavailable seconds in 15 min
- xtca-fe-day-es : errored seconds in 1 day
- xtca-fe-day-ses : severely errored secs in 1 day
- xtca-fe-day-uas : unavailable seconds in 1 day
- xdsl-ne-los : loss of signal
- xdsl-ne-lof : loss of frame
- xdsl-ne-lom : loss of margin
- xdsl-ne-ese : excessive severe errors
- xdsl-act-cfg-error : line configuration data cannot be used
- xdsl-act-not-feas : line capacity not enough to setup
requested profile
- xdsl-up-br-reach : planned bitrate not reached after
initialization
- xdsl-ne-ncd : no cell delineation
- xdsl-ne-lcd : loss of cell delineation
- xdsl-fe-los : loss of signal
- xdsl-fe-lof : loss of frame
- xdsl-fe-lpr : loss of power
- xdsl-fe-lol : loss of link
- xdsl-fe-lom : loss of margin
- xdsl-fe-ese : excessive severe errors
- xdsl-act-comm : init not successful due to communications
problem
- xdsl-act-modem : no peer modem detected
- xdsl-do-br-reach : planned bitrate not reached after init
- xdsl-fe-ncd : no cell delineation
- xdsl-fe-lcd : loss of cell delineation
- sw-rollback : non active oswp,db cannot be operational -
will rollback
- db-rollback : selected oswp,db cannot be operational - will
rollback
- auto-fetch-failure : not able to fetch file from specified
server
- cell-discard-up : cell discarded in the upstream direction
- cell-discard-down : cell discarded in the downstream
direction
- persist-data-loss : all data lost after restart - system not
configured
- mac-conflict : duplicate mac address from this pvc
- sntp-comm-lost : sntp server not responding
- preferred-mode : preferred mode not available
- timing-reference : timing reference failure
- nt-disk-90%full : nt disk 90% full
- shub-loc : communication lost with shub
- back-pnl-inv : BackPanel-type Invalid
- shub-conf-loss : SHub configuration loss - recent changes
lost
- rack-power : power fuse broken
- rack-fan-unit1 : fan unit rack 1 failing
- rack-fan-unit2 : fan unit rack 2 failing
- shelf-mismatch : shelf type different from planned type
- ext-chain-instl : consistancy problem for extension chain
installation

916 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- shelf-missing : detected shelf no longer detected
- shelf-install-missing : shelf planned but not installed
- door : open cabinet door
- fuse : one power feed gone
- single-fan-fail : one or more fan of a certain shelf failed
- double-fan-fail : two or more fans of the main shelf failed
- ac-power-fail : external power failure - shelf shutdown in
15 minutes
- board-mismatch : board inserted different from planned
- waiting-for-sw : not able to download all the applicable sw
files
- temp-exceeded : temperature threshold exceeded on the
board
- temp-shutdown : board powered down itself - too high
temperature
- defense : plugin unit disconnected from system by defense
- board-missing : board detected after planning - now
missing
- board-instl-missing : board never detected after planning
- board-init : board initialisation failure
- board-reset-prot : number of resets exceeded
- sem-power-fail : SEM external power failure
- sem-ups-fail : SEM external power supply failure
- board-reset-cf : board reset and/or communication failure
- shub-uplink : lanx uplink breakdown or removal
- vrf-assign-fail : failure to assigna VRF for a user session
- vlan-assign-fail : failure to assign VLAN for a user session
- ip-pool-assign-fail : failure to assign an IP address pool
- qos-assign-fail : failure to assign a QoS for a user session
- ip-addr-assign-fail : failure to assign IP address for a user
session
- missing-attributes : radius should specify pool id when it
returns a VRF
- ip-addr-preempt : IP address preemption
- up-plan-bitrate : upstream bitrate is above min and below
planned
- up-min-bitrate : upstream bitrate is below min bitrate
- up-config-not-feas : upstream bitrate is not enough to set
up config group
- down-plan-bitrate : downstream bitrate is above min and
below planned
- down-min-bitrate : downstream bitrate is below min bitrate
- down-config-not-feas : downstream bitrate is not enough to
set up config group
- no-peer-cpe : no cpe modem is connected to the group
lines
- no-bonding-cpe : no bonding cpe modem is connected
- host-sfp-los : loss of signal
- host-sfp-tx-fail : Tx failure
- host-sfp-not-prst : not present
- host-sfp-inv-id : no valid Alcatel ID
- host-sfp-ctrl-fail : control failure
- host-sfp-rmtlt : unexpected remote plug-in
- host-sfp-mismatch : assignment does not match reported
rack/shelf/slot
- host-sfp-incompt : incompatible shelf type detected
- exp-sfp-los : loss of signal

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 917

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- exp-sfp-tx-fail : Tx failure
- exp-sfp-not-prst : not present
- exp-sfp-inv-id : no valid Alcatel ID
- exp-sfp-ctrl-fail : control failure
- llu-relay-status : LLU relay status
- custom1 : customizable alarm 1
- custom2 : customizable alarm 2
- custom3 : customizable alarm 3
- custom4 : customizable alarm 4
- custom5 : customizable alarm 5
- he-custom1 : host expansion customizable alarm 1
- he-custom2 : host expansion customizable alarm 2
- he-custom3 : host expansion customizable alarm 3
- he-custom4 : host expansion customizable alarm 4
- he-custom5 : host expansion customizable alarm 5
- he-custom6 : host expansion customizable alarm 6
- loss-over-cap : switch over capability in a redundant
system
- der-temp1 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 1
- der-temp2 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 2
- der-temp3 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 3
- der-temp4 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 4
- der-temp5 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 5
- der-temp6 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 6
- der-temp7 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 7
- der-temp8 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 8
- der-temp9 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 9
- der-temp10 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 10
- der-temp11 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 11
- der-temp12 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 12
- der-temp13 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 13
- der-temp14 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 14
- der-temp15 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 15
- der-temp16 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 16
- der-temp17 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 17
- der-temp18 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 18
- der-temp19 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 19
- der-temp20 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 20
- der-temp21 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 21
- der-temp22 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 22
- der-temp23 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 23
- der-temp24 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 24
- der-temp25 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 25
- der-temp26 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 26
- der-temp27 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 27
- der-temp28 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 28
- der-temp29 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 29
- der-temp30 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 30
- der-temp31 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 31
- der-spa1 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 1
- der-spa2 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 2
- der-spa3 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 3
- der-spa4 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 4
- der-spa5 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 5
- der-spa6 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 6
- der-spa7 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 7
- der-spa8 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 8

918 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- der-spa9 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 9
- der-spa10 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 10
- der-spa11 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 11
- der-spa12 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 12
- der-spa13 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 13
- der-spa14 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 14
- der-spa15 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 15
- der-spa16 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 16
- der-spa17 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 17
- der-spa18 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 18
- der-spa19 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 19
- der-spa20 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 20
- der-spa21 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 21
- der-spa22 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 22
- der-spa23 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 23
- der-spa24 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 24
- der-spa25 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 25
- der-spa26 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 26
- der-spa27 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 27
- der-spa28 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 28
- der-spa29 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 29
- der-spa30 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 30
- der-spa31 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 31
- apsf-alarm : Applique Power Supply Failure
- custextalarm1 : Customizable External Alarm Number 1
- custextalarm2 : Customizable External Alarm Number 2
- custextalarm3 : Customizable External Alarm Number 3
- custextalarm4 : Customizable External Alarm Number 4
- custextalarm5 : Customizable External Alarm Number 5
- pluginfan : REM Fan Alarm
- plugin-dc-a : REM DC A Alarm
- plugin-dc-b : REM DC B Alarm
- plugin-dg : Dying Gasp Alarm
- ntr-a-loss : NTR-A signal is not available
- ntr-b-loss : NTR-B signal is not available
- ds-los-or-high-attn : LOS due to opt link removed, broken
or high attn
- fileserv-unavail : file transfer server unavailable
- shdsl-n-loopback : loopback active at the network side
- shdsl-c-loopback : loopback active at the custom side
- shdsl-conferr : configuration error
- shdsl-atm-lcd : loss of atm cell delineation
- shdsl-lpr : loss of power at stu-r
- shdsl-secu-err : unable to disable stu-r access
- shdsl-dev-fault : device fault
- shdsl-atm-ncd : no atm cell delineation
- shdsl-n-losw : loss of sync word at the network side on
each pair
- shdsl-c-losw : loss of sync word at the customer side on
each pair
- shdsl-n-aten : loop attenuation alarm at the network side on
each pair
- shdsl-c-aten : loop attenuation alarm at the customer side
on each pair
- shdsl-n-snr : snr margin alarm at the network side each pair
- shdsl-c-snr : snr margin alarm at the customer side on each
pair

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 919

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- shdsl-n-dccont : dc continuity fault at the network side on
each pair
- shdsl-c-dccont : dc continuity fault at the customer side on
each pair
- ima-grp-fe-su : far-end starting up
- ima-grp-fe-cfg : far-end failed configuration
- ima-grp-ne-cfg : near-end failed configuration
- ima-grp-fe-nl : insufficient number of links at far-end
- ima-grp-ne-nl : insufficient number of links at near-end
- ima-grp-fe-blk : far-end is blocked
- ima-lnk-lif : loss of ima frame
- ima-lnk-lods : link out of delay synchronization
- ima-lnk-misc : link misconnect
- ima-lnk-rfi : link remote failure indication
- ima-lnk-fault : fault in link facility
- ima-lnk-txblk : transmit blocked due to far-end
- ima-lnk-rxblk : receive blocked due to far-end
- dhcp-unreach : The DHCP server is unreachable
- proxy-srv-unreach : The SIP proxy server is unreachable
- reg-srv-unreach : The SIP registrator server is unreachable
- inval-cdefile : The CDE file is invalid
- short-res : Short of resource for more calls
- unknown-sub : subscriber exist in the POLT, but not in the
appl server
- ground-key : Return current to the ground
- port-hightemp : Temperature threshold on user port
exceeded.
- fanout : Lt load overflow
- up-overflow : Upstream load overflow
- upobc-overflow : Upstream load to OBC overflow
- dwobc-overflow : Downstream load to OBC overflow
- dw-overflow : Downstream load overflow
- lwpri-overflow : The number of BE and CL pkts dropped
exceed threshold
- queue-drop : The number of pkts dropped by queue exceed
threshold
- queue-load : The queue load exceed threshold
- loss-env-mon : env-monitor box lost or not alive
- etca-los : loss of signal errors in 15 min
- etca-fcs : frame check sequence errors in 15 min
- etca-day-los : loss of signal errors in 1 day
- etca-day-fcs : frame check sequence errors errors in 1 day
- user-sfp-los : user sfp loss of signal
- user-sfp-tx-fail : usesr sfp tx failure
- user-sfp-not-prst : user sfp not detected
- user-sfp-inv-id : user sfp invalid id
state Parameter type: <Alarm::AlarmState> reflect's the state of the alarm as
( active either active or non-active.
| non-active ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- active : alarm is active
- non-active : alarm is not active
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: minor alarm table related generic information

920 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

changes Parameter type: <Counter> total number of changes of all
- counter alarms with a severity level
minor since startup.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
last-entry-id Parameter type: <SignedInteger> last entry that was added to the
- a signed integer minor delta log.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
last-reset Parameter type: <Sys::Time> network time in seconds
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) indicating when the minor delta
- unit: UTC log was last reset.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
log-overflowed Parameter type: <Alarm::OverflowStatus> specifies whether the minor delta
( yes log is overflowed or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : buffer has overflowed
- no : no buffer overflow

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 921

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

44.6 Major Alarm Delta Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays alarm values related to the major alarm delta log.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm delta-log major [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 44.6-1 "Major Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: delta log alarm table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 44.6-2 "Major Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmIndex> unique id for an alarm.
( xtca-ne-es This element is always shown.
| xtca-ne-ses
| xtca-ne-uas
| xtca-ne-day-es
| xtca-ne-day-ses
| xtca-ne-day-uas
| xtca-fe-es
| xtca-fe-ses
| xtca-fe-uas
| xtca-fe-day-es
| xtca-fe-day-ses
| xtca-fe-day-uas
| xdsl-ne-los
| xdsl-ne-lof
| xdsl-ne-lom
| xdsl-ne-ese
| xdsl-act-cfg-error
| xdsl-act-not-feas
| xdsl-up-br-reach

922 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| xdsl-ne-ncd
| xdsl-ne-lcd
| xdsl-fe-los
| xdsl-fe-lof
| xdsl-fe-lpr
| xdsl-fe-lol
| xdsl-fe-lom
| xdsl-fe-ese
| xdsl-act-comm
| xdsl-act-modem
| xdsl-do-br-reach
| xdsl-fe-ncd
| xdsl-fe-lcd
| sw-rollback
| db-rollback
| auto-fetch-failure
| cell-discard-up
| cell-discard-down
| persist-data-loss
| mac-conflict
| sntp-comm-lost
| preferred-mode
| timing-reference
| nt-disk-90%full
| shub-loc
| back-pnl-inv
| shub-conf-loss
| rack-power
| rack-fan-unit1
| rack-fan-unit2
| shelf-mismatch
| ext-chain-instl
| shelf-missing
| shelf-install-missing
| door
| fuse
| single-fan-fail
| double-fan-fail
| ac-power-fail
| board-mismatch
| waiting-for-sw
| temp-exceeded
| temp-shutdown
| defense
| board-missing
| board-instl-missing
| board-init
| board-reset-prot
| sem-power-fail
| sem-ups-fail
| board-reset-cf
| shub-uplink
| vrf-assign-fail
| vlan-assign-fail
| ip-pool-assign-fail
| qos-assign-fail
| ip-addr-assign-fail

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 923

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| missing-attributes
| ip-addr-preempt
| up-plan-bitrate
| up-min-bitrate
| up-config-not-feas
| down-plan-bitrate
| down-min-bitrate
| down-config-not-feas
| no-peer-cpe
| no-bonding-cpe
| host-sfp-los
| host-sfp-tx-fail
| host-sfp-not-prst
| host-sfp-inv-id
| host-sfp-ctrl-fail
| host-sfp-rmtlt
| host-sfp-mismatch
| host-sfp-incompt
| exp-sfp-los
| exp-sfp-tx-fail
| exp-sfp-not-prst
| exp-sfp-inv-id
| exp-sfp-ctrl-fail
| llu-relay-status
| custom1
| custom2
| custom3
| custom4
| custom5
| he-custom1
| he-custom2
| he-custom3
| he-custom4
| he-custom5
| he-custom6
| loss-over-cap
| der-temp1
| der-temp2
| der-temp3
| der-temp4
| der-temp5
| der-temp6
| der-temp7
| der-temp8
| der-temp9
| der-temp10
| der-temp11
| der-temp12
| der-temp13
| der-temp14
| der-temp15
| der-temp16
| der-temp17
| der-temp18
| der-temp19
| der-temp20
| der-temp21

924 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| der-temp22
| der-temp23
| der-temp24
| der-temp25
| der-temp26
| der-temp27
| der-temp28
| der-temp29
| der-temp30
| der-temp31
| der-spa1
| der-spa2
| der-spa3
| der-spa4
| der-spa5
| der-spa6
| der-spa7
| der-spa8
| der-spa9
| der-spa10
| der-spa11
| der-spa12
| der-spa13
| der-spa14
| der-spa15
| der-spa16
| der-spa17
| der-spa18
| der-spa19
| der-spa20
| der-spa21
| der-spa22
| der-spa23
| der-spa24
| der-spa25
| der-spa26
| der-spa27
| der-spa28
| der-spa29
| der-spa30
| der-spa31
| apsf-alarm
| custextalarm1
| custextalarm2
| custextalarm3
| custextalarm4
| custextalarm5
| pluginfan
| plugin-dc-a
| plugin-dc-b
| plugin-dg
| ntr-a-loss
| ntr-b-loss
| ds-los-or-high-attn
| fileserv-unavail
| shdsl-n-loopback
| shdsl-c-loopback

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 925

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| shdsl-conferr
| shdsl-atm-lcd
| shdsl-lpr
| shdsl-secu-err
| shdsl-dev-fault
| shdsl-atm-ncd
| shdsl-n-losw
| shdsl-c-losw
| shdsl-n-aten
| shdsl-c-aten
| shdsl-n-snr
| shdsl-c-snr
| shdsl-n-dccont
| shdsl-c-dccont
| ima-grp-fe-su
| ima-grp-fe-cfg
| ima-grp-ne-cfg
| ima-grp-fe-nl
| ima-grp-ne-nl
| ima-grp-fe-blk
| ima-lnk-lif
| ima-lnk-lods
| ima-lnk-misc
| ima-lnk-rfi
| ima-lnk-fault
| ima-lnk-txblk
| ima-lnk-rxblk
| dhcp-unreach
| proxy-srv-unreach
| reg-srv-unreach
| inval-cdefile
| short-res
| unknown-sub
| ground-key
| port-hightemp
| fanout
| up-overflow
| upobc-overflow
| dwobc-overflow
| dw-overflow
| lwpri-overflow
| queue-drop
| queue-load
| loss-env-mon
| etca-los
| etca-fcs
| etca-day-los
| etca-day-fcs
| user-sfp-los
| user-sfp-tx-fail
| user-sfp-not-prst
| user-sfp-inv-id )
Possible values:
- xtca-ne-es : errored seconds in 15 min
- xtca-ne-ses : severely errored seconds in 15 min
- xtca-ne-uas : unavailable seconds in 15 min
- xtca-ne-day-es : errored seconds in 1 day

926 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- xtca-ne-day-ses : severely errored seconds in 1 day
- xtca-ne-day-uas : unavailable seconds in 1 day
- xtca-fe-es : errored seconds in 15 min
- xtca-fe-ses : severely errored secs in 15 min
- xtca-fe-uas : unavailable seconds in 15 min
- xtca-fe-day-es : errored seconds in 1 day
- xtca-fe-day-ses : severely errored secs in 1 day
- xtca-fe-day-uas : unavailable seconds in 1 day
- xdsl-ne-los : loss of signal
- xdsl-ne-lof : loss of frame
- xdsl-ne-lom : loss of margin
- xdsl-ne-ese : excessive severe errors
- xdsl-act-cfg-error : line configuration data cannot be used
- xdsl-act-not-feas : line capacity not enough to setup
requested profile
- xdsl-up-br-reach : planned bitrate not reached after
initialization
- xdsl-ne-ncd : no cell delineation
- xdsl-ne-lcd : loss of cell delineation
- xdsl-fe-los : loss of signal
- xdsl-fe-lof : loss of frame
- xdsl-fe-lpr : loss of power
- xdsl-fe-lol : loss of link
- xdsl-fe-lom : loss of margin
- xdsl-fe-ese : excessive severe errors
- xdsl-act-comm : init not successful due to communications
problem
- xdsl-act-modem : no peer modem detected
- xdsl-do-br-reach : planned bitrate not reached after init
- xdsl-fe-ncd : no cell delineation
- xdsl-fe-lcd : loss of cell delineation
- sw-rollback : non active oswp,db cannot be operational -
will rollback
- db-rollback : selected oswp,db cannot be operational - will
rollback
- auto-fetch-failure : not able to fetch file from specified
server
- cell-discard-up : cell discarded in the upstream direction
- cell-discard-down : cell discarded in the downstream
direction
- persist-data-loss : all data lost after restart - system not
configured
- mac-conflict : duplicate mac address from this pvc
- sntp-comm-lost : sntp server not responding
- preferred-mode : preferred mode not available
- timing-reference : timing reference failure
- nt-disk-90%full : nt disk 90% full
- shub-loc : communication lost with shub
- back-pnl-inv : BackPanel-type Invalid
- shub-conf-loss : SHub configuration loss - recent changes
lost
- rack-power : power fuse broken
- rack-fan-unit1 : fan unit rack 1 failing
- rack-fan-unit2 : fan unit rack 2 failing
- shelf-mismatch : shelf type different from planned type
- ext-chain-instl : consistancy problem for extension chain
installation

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 927

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- shelf-missing : detected shelf no longer detected
- shelf-install-missing : shelf planned but not installed
- door : open cabinet door
- fuse : one power feed gone
- single-fan-fail : one or more fan of a certain shelf failed
- double-fan-fail : two or more fans of the main shelf failed
- ac-power-fail : external power failure - shelf shutdown in
15 minutes
- board-mismatch : board inserted different from planned
- waiting-for-sw : not able to download all the applicable sw
files
- temp-exceeded : temperature threshold exceeded on the
board
- temp-shutdown : board powered down itself - too high
temperature
- defense : plugin unit disconnected from system by defense
- board-missing : board detected after planning - now
missing
- board-instl-missing : board never detected after planning
- board-init : board initialisation failure
- board-reset-prot : number of resets exceeded
- sem-power-fail : SEM external power failure
- sem-ups-fail : SEM external power supply failure
- board-reset-cf : board reset and/or communication failure
- shub-uplink : lanx uplink breakdown or removal
- vrf-assign-fail : failure to assigna VRF for a user session
- vlan-assign-fail : failure to assign VLAN for a user session
- ip-pool-assign-fail : failure to assign an IP address pool
- qos-assign-fail : failure to assign a QoS for a user session
- ip-addr-assign-fail : failure to assign IP address for a user
session
- missing-attributes : radius should specify pool id when it
returns a VRF
- ip-addr-preempt : IP address preemption
- up-plan-bitrate : upstream bitrate is above min and below
planned
- up-min-bitrate : upstream bitrate is below min bitrate
- up-config-not-feas : upstream bitrate is not enough to set
up config group
- down-plan-bitrate : downstream bitrate is above min and
below planned
- down-min-bitrate : downstream bitrate is below min bitrate
- down-config-not-feas : downstream bitrate is not enough to
set up config group
- no-peer-cpe : no cpe modem is connected to the group
lines
- no-bonding-cpe : no bonding cpe modem is connected
- host-sfp-los : loss of signal
- host-sfp-tx-fail : Tx failure
- host-sfp-not-prst : not present
- host-sfp-inv-id : no valid Alcatel ID
- host-sfp-ctrl-fail : control failure
- host-sfp-rmtlt : unexpected remote plug-in
- host-sfp-mismatch : assignment does not match reported
rack/shelf/slot
- host-sfp-incompt : incompatible shelf type detected
- exp-sfp-los : loss of signal

928 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- exp-sfp-tx-fail : Tx failure
- exp-sfp-not-prst : not present
- exp-sfp-inv-id : no valid Alcatel ID
- exp-sfp-ctrl-fail : control failure
- llu-relay-status : LLU relay status
- custom1 : customizable alarm 1
- custom2 : customizable alarm 2
- custom3 : customizable alarm 3
- custom4 : customizable alarm 4
- custom5 : customizable alarm 5
- he-custom1 : host expansion customizable alarm 1
- he-custom2 : host expansion customizable alarm 2
- he-custom3 : host expansion customizable alarm 3
- he-custom4 : host expansion customizable alarm 4
- he-custom5 : host expansion customizable alarm 5
- he-custom6 : host expansion customizable alarm 6
- loss-over-cap : switch over capability in a redundant
system
- der-temp1 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 1
- der-temp2 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 2
- der-temp3 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 3
- der-temp4 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 4
- der-temp5 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 5
- der-temp6 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 6
- der-temp7 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 7
- der-temp8 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 8
- der-temp9 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 9
- der-temp10 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 10
- der-temp11 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 11
- der-temp12 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 12
- der-temp13 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 13
- der-temp14 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 14
- der-temp15 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 15
- der-temp16 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 16
- der-temp17 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 17
- der-temp18 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 18
- der-temp19 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 19
- der-temp20 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 20
- der-temp21 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 21
- der-temp22 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 22
- der-temp23 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 23
- der-temp24 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 24
- der-temp25 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 25
- der-temp26 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 26
- der-temp27 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 27
- der-temp28 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 28
- der-temp29 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 29
- der-temp30 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 30
- der-temp31 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 31
- der-spa1 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 1
- der-spa2 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 2
- der-spa3 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 3
- der-spa4 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 4
- der-spa5 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 5
- der-spa6 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 6
- der-spa7 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 7
- der-spa8 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 8

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 929

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- der-spa9 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 9
- der-spa10 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 10
- der-spa11 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 11
- der-spa12 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 12
- der-spa13 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 13
- der-spa14 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 14
- der-spa15 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 15
- der-spa16 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 16
- der-spa17 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 17
- der-spa18 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 18
- der-spa19 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 19
- der-spa20 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 20
- der-spa21 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 21
- der-spa22 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 22
- der-spa23 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 23
- der-spa24 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 24
- der-spa25 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 25
- der-spa26 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 26
- der-spa27 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 27
- der-spa28 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 28
- der-spa29 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 29
- der-spa30 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 30
- der-spa31 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 31
- apsf-alarm : Applique Power Supply Failure
- custextalarm1 : Customizable External Alarm Number 1
- custextalarm2 : Customizable External Alarm Number 2
- custextalarm3 : Customizable External Alarm Number 3
- custextalarm4 : Customizable External Alarm Number 4
- custextalarm5 : Customizable External Alarm Number 5
- pluginfan : REM Fan Alarm
- plugin-dc-a : REM DC A Alarm
- plugin-dc-b : REM DC B Alarm
- plugin-dg : Dying Gasp Alarm
- ntr-a-loss : NTR-A signal is not available
- ntr-b-loss : NTR-B signal is not available
- ds-los-or-high-attn : LOS due to opt link removed, broken
or high attn
- fileserv-unavail : file transfer server unavailable
- shdsl-n-loopback : loopback active at the network side
- shdsl-c-loopback : loopback active at the custom side
- shdsl-conferr : configuration error
- shdsl-atm-lcd : loss of atm cell delineation
- shdsl-lpr : loss of power at stu-r
- shdsl-secu-err : unable to disable stu-r access
- shdsl-dev-fault : device fault
- shdsl-atm-ncd : no atm cell delineation
- shdsl-n-losw : loss of sync word at the network side on
each pair
- shdsl-c-losw : loss of sync word at the customer side on
each pair
- shdsl-n-aten : loop attenuation alarm at the network side on
each pair
- shdsl-c-aten : loop attenuation alarm at the customer side
on each pair
- shdsl-n-snr : snr margin alarm at the network side each pair
- shdsl-c-snr : snr margin alarm at the customer side on each
pair

930 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- shdsl-n-dccont : dc continuity fault at the network side on
each pair
- shdsl-c-dccont : dc continuity fault at the customer side on
each pair
- ima-grp-fe-su : far-end starting up
- ima-grp-fe-cfg : far-end failed configuration
- ima-grp-ne-cfg : near-end failed configuration
- ima-grp-fe-nl : insufficient number of links at far-end
- ima-grp-ne-nl : insufficient number of links at near-end
- ima-grp-fe-blk : far-end is blocked
- ima-lnk-lif : loss of ima frame
- ima-lnk-lods : link out of delay synchronization
- ima-lnk-misc : link misconnect
- ima-lnk-rfi : link remote failure indication
- ima-lnk-fault : fault in link facility
- ima-lnk-txblk : transmit blocked due to far-end
- ima-lnk-rxblk : receive blocked due to far-end
- dhcp-unreach : The DHCP server is unreachable
- proxy-srv-unreach : The SIP proxy server is unreachable
- reg-srv-unreach : The SIP registrator server is unreachable
- inval-cdefile : The CDE file is invalid
- short-res : Short of resource for more calls
- unknown-sub : subscriber exist in the POLT, but not in the
appl server
- ground-key : Return current to the ground
- port-hightemp : Temperature threshold on user port
exceeded.
- fanout : Lt load overflow
- up-overflow : Upstream load overflow
- upobc-overflow : Upstream load to OBC overflow
- dwobc-overflow : Downstream load to OBC overflow
- dw-overflow : Downstream load overflow
- lwpri-overflow : The number of BE and CL pkts dropped
exceed threshold
- queue-drop : The number of pkts dropped by queue exceed
threshold
- queue-load : The queue load exceed threshold
- loss-env-mon : env-monitor box lost or not alive
- etca-los : loss of signal errors in 15 min
- etca-fcs : frame check sequence errors in 15 min
- etca-day-los : loss of signal errors in 1 day
- etca-day-fcs : frame check sequence errors errors in 1 day
- user-sfp-los : user sfp loss of signal
- user-sfp-tx-fail : usesr sfp tx failure
- user-sfp-not-prst : user sfp not detected
- user-sfp-inv-id : user sfp invalid id
state Parameter type: <Alarm::AlarmState> reflect's the state of the alarm as
( active either active or non-active.
| non-active ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- active : alarm is active
- non-active : alarm is not active
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: major alarm table related generic information

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 931

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

changes Parameter type: <Counter> total number of changes of all
- counter alarms with a severity level major
since startup.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
last-entry-id Parameter type: <SignedInteger> last entry that was added to the
- a signed integer major delta log.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
last-reset Parameter type: <Sys::Time> network time in seconds
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) indicating when the major delta
- unit: UTC log was last reset.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
log-overflowed Parameter type: <Alarm::OverflowStatus> specifies whether the major delta
( yes log is overflowed or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : buffer has overflowed
- no : no buffer overflow

932 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

44.7 Critical Alarm Delta Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays alarm values related to the critical alarm delta log.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm delta-log critical [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 44.7-1 "Critical Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: delta log alarm table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 44.7-2 "Critical Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmIndex> unique id for an alarm.
( xtca-ne-es This element is always shown.
| xtca-ne-ses
| xtca-ne-uas
| xtca-ne-day-es
| xtca-ne-day-ses
| xtca-ne-day-uas
| xtca-fe-es
| xtca-fe-ses
| xtca-fe-uas
| xtca-fe-day-es
| xtca-fe-day-ses
| xtca-fe-day-uas
| xdsl-ne-los
| xdsl-ne-lof
| xdsl-ne-lom
| xdsl-ne-ese
| xdsl-act-cfg-error
| xdsl-act-not-feas
| xdsl-up-br-reach

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 933

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| xdsl-ne-ncd
| xdsl-ne-lcd
| xdsl-fe-los
| xdsl-fe-lof
| xdsl-fe-lpr
| xdsl-fe-lol
| xdsl-fe-lom
| xdsl-fe-ese
| xdsl-act-comm
| xdsl-act-modem
| xdsl-do-br-reach
| xdsl-fe-ncd
| xdsl-fe-lcd
| sw-rollback
| db-rollback
| auto-fetch-failure
| cell-discard-up
| cell-discard-down
| persist-data-loss
| mac-conflict
| sntp-comm-lost
| preferred-mode
| timing-reference
| nt-disk-90%full
| shub-loc
| back-pnl-inv
| shub-conf-loss
| rack-power
| rack-fan-unit1
| rack-fan-unit2
| shelf-mismatch
| ext-chain-instl
| shelf-missing
| shelf-install-missing
| door
| fuse
| single-fan-fail
| double-fan-fail
| ac-power-fail
| board-mismatch
| waiting-for-sw
| temp-exceeded
| temp-shutdown
| defense
| board-missing
| board-instl-missing
| board-init
| board-reset-prot
| sem-power-fail
| sem-ups-fail
| board-reset-cf
| shub-uplink
| vrf-assign-fail
| vlan-assign-fail
| ip-pool-assign-fail
| qos-assign-fail
| ip-addr-assign-fail

934 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| missing-attributes
| ip-addr-preempt
| up-plan-bitrate
| up-min-bitrate
| up-config-not-feas
| down-plan-bitrate
| down-min-bitrate
| down-config-not-feas
| no-peer-cpe
| no-bonding-cpe
| host-sfp-los
| host-sfp-tx-fail
| host-sfp-not-prst
| host-sfp-inv-id
| host-sfp-ctrl-fail
| host-sfp-rmtlt
| host-sfp-mismatch
| host-sfp-incompt
| exp-sfp-los
| exp-sfp-tx-fail
| exp-sfp-not-prst
| exp-sfp-inv-id
| exp-sfp-ctrl-fail
| llu-relay-status
| custom1
| custom2
| custom3
| custom4
| custom5
| he-custom1
| he-custom2
| he-custom3
| he-custom4
| he-custom5
| he-custom6
| loss-over-cap
| der-temp1
| der-temp2
| der-temp3
| der-temp4
| der-temp5
| der-temp6
| der-temp7
| der-temp8
| der-temp9
| der-temp10
| der-temp11
| der-temp12
| der-temp13
| der-temp14
| der-temp15
| der-temp16
| der-temp17
| der-temp18
| der-temp19
| der-temp20
| der-temp21

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 935

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| der-temp22
| der-temp23
| der-temp24
| der-temp25
| der-temp26
| der-temp27
| der-temp28
| der-temp29
| der-temp30
| der-temp31
| der-spa1
| der-spa2
| der-spa3
| der-spa4
| der-spa5
| der-spa6
| der-spa7
| der-spa8
| der-spa9
| der-spa10
| der-spa11
| der-spa12
| der-spa13
| der-spa14
| der-spa15
| der-spa16
| der-spa17
| der-spa18
| der-spa19
| der-spa20
| der-spa21
| der-spa22
| der-spa23
| der-spa24
| der-spa25
| der-spa26
| der-spa27
| der-spa28
| der-spa29
| der-spa30
| der-spa31
| apsf-alarm
| custextalarm1
| custextalarm2
| custextalarm3
| custextalarm4
| custextalarm5
| pluginfan
| plugin-dc-a
| plugin-dc-b
| plugin-dg
| ntr-a-loss
| ntr-b-loss
| ds-los-or-high-attn
| fileserv-unavail
| shdsl-n-loopback
| shdsl-c-loopback

936 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

| shdsl-conferr
| shdsl-atm-lcd
| shdsl-lpr
| shdsl-secu-err
| shdsl-dev-fault
| shdsl-atm-ncd
| shdsl-n-losw
| shdsl-c-losw
| shdsl-n-aten
| shdsl-c-aten
| shdsl-n-snr
| shdsl-c-snr
| shdsl-n-dccont
| shdsl-c-dccont
| ima-grp-fe-su
| ima-grp-fe-cfg
| ima-grp-ne-cfg
| ima-grp-fe-nl
| ima-grp-ne-nl
| ima-grp-fe-blk
| ima-lnk-lif
| ima-lnk-lods
| ima-lnk-misc
| ima-lnk-rfi
| ima-lnk-fault
| ima-lnk-txblk
| ima-lnk-rxblk
| dhcp-unreach
| proxy-srv-unreach
| reg-srv-unreach
| inval-cdefile
| short-res
| unknown-sub
| ground-key
| port-hightemp
| fanout
| up-overflow
| upobc-overflow
| dwobc-overflow
| dw-overflow
| lwpri-overflow
| queue-drop
| queue-load
| loss-env-mon
| etca-los
| etca-fcs
| etca-day-los
| etca-day-fcs
| user-sfp-los
| user-sfp-tx-fail
| user-sfp-not-prst
| user-sfp-inv-id )
Possible values:
- xtca-ne-es : errored seconds in 15 min
- xtca-ne-ses : severely errored seconds in 15 min
- xtca-ne-uas : unavailable seconds in 15 min
- xtca-ne-day-es : errored seconds in 1 day

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 937

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- xtca-ne-day-ses : severely errored seconds in 1 day
- xtca-ne-day-uas : unavailable seconds in 1 day
- xtca-fe-es : errored seconds in 15 min
- xtca-fe-ses : severely errored secs in 15 min
- xtca-fe-uas : unavailable seconds in 15 min
- xtca-fe-day-es : errored seconds in 1 day
- xtca-fe-day-ses : severely errored secs in 1 day
- xtca-fe-day-uas : unavailable seconds in 1 day
- xdsl-ne-los : loss of signal
- xdsl-ne-lof : loss of frame
- xdsl-ne-lom : loss of margin
- xdsl-ne-ese : excessive severe errors
- xdsl-act-cfg-error : line configuration data cannot be used
- xdsl-act-not-feas : line capacity not enough to setup
requested profile
- xdsl-up-br-reach : planned bitrate not reached after
initialization
- xdsl-ne-ncd : no cell delineation
- xdsl-ne-lcd : loss of cell delineation
- xdsl-fe-los : loss of signal
- xdsl-fe-lof : loss of frame
- xdsl-fe-lpr : loss of power
- xdsl-fe-lol : loss of link
- xdsl-fe-lom : loss of margin
- xdsl-fe-ese : excessive severe errors
- xdsl-act-comm : init not successful due to communications
problem
- xdsl-act-modem : no peer modem detected
- xdsl-do-br-reach : planned bitrate not reached after init
- xdsl-fe-ncd : no cell delineation
- xdsl-fe-lcd : loss of cell delineation
- sw-rollback : non active oswp,db cannot be operational -
will rollback
- db-rollback : selected oswp,db cannot be operational - will
rollback
- auto-fetch-failure : not able to fetch file from specified
server
- cell-discard-up : cell discarded in the upstream direction
- cell-discard-down : cell discarded in the downstream
direction
- persist-data-loss : all data lost after restart - system not
configured
- mac-conflict : duplicate mac address from this pvc
- sntp-comm-lost : sntp server not responding
- preferred-mode : preferred mode not available
- timing-reference : timing reference failure
- nt-disk-90%full : nt disk 90% full
- shub-loc : communication lost with shub
- back-pnl-inv : BackPanel-type Invalid
- shub-conf-loss : SHub configuration loss - recent changes
lost
- rack-power : power fuse broken
- rack-fan-unit1 : fan unit rack 1 failing
- rack-fan-unit2 : fan unit rack 2 failing
- shelf-mismatch : shelf type different from planned type
- ext-chain-instl : consistancy problem for extension chain
installation

938 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- shelf-missing : detected shelf no longer detected
- shelf-install-missing : shelf planned but not installed
- door : open cabinet door
- fuse : one power feed gone
- single-fan-fail : one or more fan of a certain shelf failed
- double-fan-fail : two or more fans of the main shelf failed
- ac-power-fail : external power failure - shelf shutdown in
15 minutes
- board-mismatch : board inserted different from planned
- waiting-for-sw : not able to download all the applicable sw
files
- temp-exceeded : temperature threshold exceeded on the
board
- temp-shutdown : board powered down itself - too high
temperature
- defense : plugin unit disconnected from system by defense
- board-missing : board detected after planning - now
missing
- board-instl-missing : board never detected after planning
- board-init : board initialisation failure
- board-reset-prot : number of resets exceeded
- sem-power-fail : SEM external power failure
- sem-ups-fail : SEM external power supply failure
- board-reset-cf : board reset and/or communication failure
- shub-uplink : lanx uplink breakdown or removal
- vrf-assign-fail : failure to assigna VRF for a user session
- vlan-assign-fail : failure to assign VLAN for a user session
- ip-pool-assign-fail : failure to assign an IP address pool
- qos-assign-fail : failure to assign a QoS for a user session
- ip-addr-assign-fail : failure to assign IP address for a user
session
- missing-attributes : radius should specify pool id when it
returns a VRF
- ip-addr-preempt : IP address preemption
- up-plan-bitrate : upstream bitrate is above min and below
planned
- up-min-bitrate : upstream bitrate is below min bitrate
- up-config-not-feas : upstream bitrate is not enough to set
up config group
- down-plan-bitrate : downstream bitrate is above min and
below planned
- down-min-bitrate : downstream bitrate is below min bitrate
- down-config-not-feas : downstream bitrate is not enough to
set up config group
- no-peer-cpe : no cpe modem is connected to the group
lines
- no-bonding-cpe : no bonding cpe modem is connected
- host-sfp-los : loss of signal
- host-sfp-tx-fail : Tx failure
- host-sfp-not-prst : not present
- host-sfp-inv-id : no valid Alcatel ID
- host-sfp-ctrl-fail : control failure
- host-sfp-rmtlt : unexpected remote plug-in
- host-sfp-mismatch : assignment does not match reported
rack/shelf/slot
- host-sfp-incompt : incompatible shelf type detected
- exp-sfp-los : loss of signal

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 939

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- exp-sfp-tx-fail : Tx failure
- exp-sfp-not-prst : not present
- exp-sfp-inv-id : no valid Alcatel ID
- exp-sfp-ctrl-fail : control failure
- llu-relay-status : LLU relay status
- custom1 : customizable alarm 1
- custom2 : customizable alarm 2
- custom3 : customizable alarm 3
- custom4 : customizable alarm 4
- custom5 : customizable alarm 5
- he-custom1 : host expansion customizable alarm 1
- he-custom2 : host expansion customizable alarm 2
- he-custom3 : host expansion customizable alarm 3
- he-custom4 : host expansion customizable alarm 4
- he-custom5 : host expansion customizable alarm 5
- he-custom6 : host expansion customizable alarm 6
- loss-over-cap : switch over capability in a redundant
system
- der-temp1 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 1
- der-temp2 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 2
- der-temp3 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 3
- der-temp4 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 4
- der-temp5 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 5
- der-temp6 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 6
- der-temp7 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 7
- der-temp8 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 8
- der-temp9 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 9
- der-temp10 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 10
- der-temp11 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 11
- der-temp12 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 12
- der-temp13 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 13
- der-temp14 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 14
- der-temp15 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 15
- der-temp16 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 16
- der-temp17 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 17
- der-temp18 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 18
- der-temp19 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 19
- der-temp20 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 20
- der-temp21 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 21
- der-temp22 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 22
- der-temp23 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 23
- der-temp24 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 24
- der-temp25 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 25
- der-temp26 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 26
- der-temp27 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 27
- der-temp28 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 28
- der-temp29 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 29
- der-temp30 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 30
- der-temp31 : Derived Alarm for Temporal Filter 31
- der-spa1 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 1
- der-spa2 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 2
- der-spa3 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 3
- der-spa4 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 4
- der-spa5 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 5
- der-spa6 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 6
- der-spa7 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 7
- der-spa8 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 8

940 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- der-spa9 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 9
- der-spa10 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 10
- der-spa11 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 11
- der-spa12 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 12
- der-spa13 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 13
- der-spa14 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 14
- der-spa15 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 15
- der-spa16 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 16
- der-spa17 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 17
- der-spa18 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 18
- der-spa19 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 19
- der-spa20 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 20
- der-spa21 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 21
- der-spa22 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 22
- der-spa23 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 23
- der-spa24 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 24
- der-spa25 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 25
- der-spa26 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 26
- der-spa27 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 27
- der-spa28 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 28
- der-spa29 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 29
- der-spa30 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 30
- der-spa31 : Derived Alarm for Spatial Filter 31
- apsf-alarm : Applique Power Supply Failure
- custextalarm1 : Customizable External Alarm Number 1
- custextalarm2 : Customizable External Alarm Number 2
- custextalarm3 : Customizable External Alarm Number 3
- custextalarm4 : Customizable External Alarm Number 4
- custextalarm5 : Customizable External Alarm Number 5
- pluginfan : REM Fan Alarm
- plugin-dc-a : REM DC A Alarm
- plugin-dc-b : REM DC B Alarm
- plugin-dg : Dying Gasp Alarm
- ntr-a-loss : NTR-A signal is not available
- ntr-b-loss : NTR-B signal is not available
- ds-los-or-high-attn : LOS due to opt link removed, broken
or high attn
- fileserv-unavail : file transfer server unavailable
- shdsl-n-loopback : loopback active at the network side
- shdsl-c-loopback : loopback active at the custom side
- shdsl-conferr : configuration error
- shdsl-atm-lcd : loss of atm cell delineation
- shdsl-lpr : loss of power at stu-r
- shdsl-secu-err : unable to disable stu-r access
- shdsl-dev-fault : device fault
- shdsl-atm-ncd : no atm cell delineation
- shdsl-n-losw : loss of sync word at the network side on
each pair
- shdsl-c-losw : loss of sync word at the customer side on
each pair
- shdsl-n-aten : loop attenuation alarm at the network side on
each pair
- shdsl-c-aten : loop attenuation alarm at the customer side
on each pair
- shdsl-n-snr : snr margin alarm at the network side each pair
- shdsl-c-snr : snr margin alarm at the customer side on each
pair

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 941

44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

- shdsl-n-dccont : dc continuity fault at the network side on
each pair
- shdsl-c-dccont : dc continuity fault at the customer side on
each pair
- ima-grp-fe-su : far-end starting up
- ima-grp-fe-cfg : far-end failed configuration
- ima-grp-ne-cfg : near-end failed configuration
- ima-grp-fe-nl : insufficient number of links at far-end
- ima-grp-ne-nl : insufficient number of links at near-end
- ima-grp-fe-blk : far-end is blocked
- ima-lnk-lif : loss of ima frame
- ima-lnk-lods : link out of delay synchronization
- ima-lnk-misc : link misconnect
- ima-lnk-rfi : link remote failure indication
- ima-lnk-fault : fault in link facility
- ima-lnk-txblk : transmit blocked due to far-end
- ima-lnk-rxblk : receive blocked due to far-end
- dhcp-unreach : The DHCP server is unreachable
- proxy-srv-unreach : The SIP proxy server is unreachable
- reg-srv-unreach : The SIP registrator server is unreachable
- inval-cdefile : The CDE file is invalid
- short-res : Short of resource for more calls
- unknown-sub : subscriber exist in the POLT, but not in the
appl server
- ground-key : Return current to the ground
- port-hightemp : Temperature threshold on user port
exceeded.
- fanout : Lt load overflow
- up-overflow : Upstream load overflow
- upobc-overflow : Upstream load to OBC overflow
- dwobc-overflow : Downstream load to OBC overflow
- dw-overflow : Downstream load overflow
- lwpri-overflow : The number of BE and CL pkts dropped
exceed threshold
- queue-drop : The number of pkts dropped by queue exceed
threshold
- queue-load : The queue load exceed threshold
- loss-env-mon : env-monitor box lost or not alive
- etca-los : loss of signal errors in 15 min
- etca-fcs : frame check sequence errors in 15 min
- etca-day-los : loss of signal errors in 1 day
- etca-day-fcs : frame check sequence errors errors in 1 day
- user-sfp-los : user sfp loss of signal
- user-sfp-tx-fail : usesr sfp tx failure
- user-sfp-not-prst : user sfp not detected
- user-sfp-inv-id : user sfp invalid id
state Parameter type: <Alarm::AlarmState> reflect's the state of the alarm as
( active either active or non-active.
| non-active ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- active : alarm is active
- non-active : alarm is not active
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: critical alarm table related generic information

942 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 44 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

name Type Description

changes Parameter type: <Counter> total number of changes of all
- counter alarms with a severity level
warning since startup.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
last-entry-id Parameter type: <SignedInteger> last entry that was added to the
- a signed integer warning delta log.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
last-reset Parameter type: <Sys::Time> network time in seconds
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) indicating when the warning delta
- unit: UTC log was last reset.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
log-overflowed Parameter type: <Alarm::OverflowStatus> specifies whether the warning
( yes delta log is overflowed or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : buffer has overflowed
- no : no buffer overflow

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 943

45- SHub Alarm Status Command

45.1 SHub Alarm Status Command Tree 45-945

45.2 SHub Alarm Snapshot Status Command 45-946
45.3 SHub Alarm Equipment Snap-shot Status Command 45-948
45.4 SHub Alarm Snapshot Ethernet Interface Status 45-950
Command
45.5 SHub Alarm RIP Snapshot Status Command 45-952
45.6 SHub Alarm OSPF Snap-shot Status Command 45-954
45.7 SHub Alarm Uplink Group Snapshot Status Command 45-956
45.8 SHub Alarm Delta Log Changes Status Command 45-957

944 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 45 SHub Alarm Status Command

45.1 SHub Alarm Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "SHub Alarm Status Command".

Command Tree
----show
----alarm
----shub
----snap-shot
----table
- (index)
----shub-gen
- (index)
----eth-shub
- (index)
----rip
- (index)
----ospf
- (index)
----uplink-group
- (index)
----nbr-changed-alarms

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 945

45 SHub Alarm Status Command

45.2 SHub Alarm Snapshot Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the SHub snapshot table.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm shub snap-shot table [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 45.2-1 "SHub Alarm Snapshot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 45.2-2 "SHub Alarm Snapshot Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information:common
name Type Description
timeout-period Parameter type: <IgnoredTimeTicks> specifies the time out of the
- a timeout value snapshot table
- unit: msec This element is always shown.
entries Parameter type: <IgnoredGauge> specifies nbr of entries inthe
- gauge snapshot table, when table status
is in-use.
This element is always shown.
owner-id Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmSnapShotOwner> the actual owner of the snap-shot
- string to identify the owner (example: Tom) This element is always shown.
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Alarm::ShubAlarmType> specifies the type of the alarm
( shub-gen This element is always shown.
| eth-shub
| ospf
| rip
| uplink-group )
Possible values:
- shub-gen : general shub related alarms

946 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 45 SHub Alarm Status Command

name Type Description

- eth-shub : alarms related with the ethernet interface
- ospf : alarms related with OSPF routing protocol
- rip : alarms related with RIP routing protocol
- uplink-group : alarms related with uplink group
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::TimeRef1970> gives the time information in
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) seconds elapsed since the 1st
- unit: UTC January 1970, when the entry was
updated/added.
This element is always shown.
additional-info Parameter type: <Alarm::AdditionalInfo> specifies some additional
- string to identify the owner (example: Tom) information about the considered
- length: x<=512 table entry.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 947

45 SHub Alarm Status Command

45.3 SHub Alarm Equipment Snap-shot Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the log generated for equipment-related persistent-data (data that is stored on the system
data disk and that survives power failures and system resets), sntp-communication, nt-disk, and communication
alarms. The log also gives the previous status of the alarms.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm shub snap-shot shub-gen [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 45.3-1 "SHub Alarm Equipment Snap-shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 45.3-2 "SHub Alarm Equipment Snap-shot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
fan Parameter type: <Alarm::ShubFanState> specifies whether the fan-unit is
( failed failed or not.
| working ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : fan unit falied
- working : fan unit OK
power-fan Parameter type: <Alarm::ShubPowerFanState> specifies whether the power fan
( failed unit is failed or not.
| working ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : power fan unit falied
- working : power fan unit OK
db-restore Parameter type: <Alarm::ShubDBrestore> specifies whether the DB restore
( failed is successful or not.

948 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 45 SHub Alarm Status Command

name Type Description

| successful ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : DB restore falied
- successful : DB restore successful
emergency-reboot Parameter type: <Alarm::ShubEmergencyRebbot> status of shub reboot from
( yes emergency boot package
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : shub has rebooted from emergency boot package
- no : no shub reboot
sntp-comm Parameter type: <Alarm::ShubSNTPcommLoss> status of shub - SNTP server
( lost communication
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : SNTP server not responding to shub messages
- ok : SNTP - shub communication OK
arp-reply Parameter type: <Alarm::ShubArpReply> status of the arp relay
( not-ok This element is only shown in
| ok ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- not-ok : arp reply is not there
- ok : arp reply
vrf-id Parameter type: <SignedInteger> specifies where the alarm has
- a signed integer occurred.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
next-hop Parameter type: <Alarm::NextHopIpAddr> IP address of the next hop.
- next hop IP address This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 949

45 SHub Alarm Status Command

45.4 SHub Alarm Snapshot Ethernet Interface

Status Command

Command Description
This command displays whether the Ethernet interface link status is down. This command also displays the
previous status, which allows the operator to see whether the link has previously gone down.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm shub snap-shot eth-shub [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 45.4-1 "SHub Alarm Snapshot Ethernet Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 45.4-2 "SHub Alarm Snapshot Ethernet Interface Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port-number Parameter type: <Shub::NetworkPort> port number of the shub
<Shub::NetworkPort> This element is only shown in
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort> detail mode.
- network port on Shub
link-down Parameter type: <Alarm::ShubLinkDown> specifies whether the shub link is
( yes down or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : fan unit falied
- no : fan unit OK
mac-conflict Parameter type: <Alarm::ShubMACconflict> specifies whether there is a
( yes duplicate MAC address from the
| no ) ethernet port of LAN switch.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : duplicate MAC address from ethernet port of LAN detail mode.

950 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 45 SHub Alarm Status Command

name Type Description

switch
- no : no duplciate MAC address
vlan-id Parameter type: <SignedInteger> specifies where the alarm has
- a signed integer occurred.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 951

45 SHub Alarm Status Command

45.5 SHub Alarm RIP Snapshot Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the SHub snapshot RIP alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm shub snap-shot rip [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 45.5-1 "SHub Alarm RIP Snapshot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 45.5-2 "SHub Alarm RIP Snapshot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
vrf-id Parameter type: <SignedInteger> specifies where the alarm has
- a signed integer occurred.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
config-err Parameter type: <Alarm::ShubConfigErr> RIP interface configuration error
( failed This element is only shown in
| ok ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- failed : configuration error occurred
- ok : configuration error not occurred
auth-fail Parameter type: <Alarm::ShubAuthFail> RIP interface authentication
( failed failure
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failed : authentication failed
- ok : authentication not failed
rcv-bad-pkt Parameter type: <Alarm::ShubRcvPkt> bad packet received on RIP
( yes interface
| no ) This element is only shown in

952 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 45 SHub Alarm Status Command

name Type Description

Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : bad packets received
- no : no bad packets received
if-index Parameter type: <SignedInteger> displays the interface index
- a signed integer This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 953

45 SHub Alarm Status Command

45.6 SHub Alarm OSPF Snap-shot Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the SHub snapshot OSPF status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm shub snap-shot ospf [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 45.6-1 "SHub Alarm OSPF Snap-shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 45.6-2 "SHub Alarm OSPF Snap-shot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
vrf-id Parameter type: <SignedInteger> specifies where the alarm has
- a signed integer occurred.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
config Parameter type: <Alarm::ShubConfigErr> interface configuration error
( failed This element is only shown in
| ok ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- failed : configuration error occurred
- ok : configuration error not occurred
authen Parameter type: <Alarm::ShubAuthFail> interface authentication failure
( failed This element is only shown in
| ok ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- failed : authentication failed
- ok : authentication not failed

954 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 45 SHub Alarm Status Command

name Type Description

rcv-bad-pkt Parameter type: <Alarm::ShubRcvPkt> bad packet received on the
( yes interface
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : bad packets received
- no : no bad packets received
lsdb-90 Parameter type: <Alarm::ShubLSDB90> specifies whether the external
( yes LSA database reached 90% of the
| no ) limit
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : external LSA database reached 90% of the limit detail mode.
- no : external LSA database not reached 90% of the limit
lsdb-ovfl Parameter type: <Alarm::ShubLSDBOverFlow> specifies whether the external
( yes LSA database count reached
| no ) overflow limit
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : external LSA database count reached overflow limit detail mode.
- no : external LSA database count not reached overflow
limit
nhbr-statchg Parameter type: <Alarm::ShubNHBRstatchg> specifies whether the OSPF
( yes neighbor state has changed
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : OSPF neighbor state has changed
- no : OSPF neighbor state has not changed
nhbr-itfchg Parameter type: <Alarm::ShubItfStatchg> specifies OSPF PDU corruption
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : OSPF interface state changed
- no : OSPF interface state change not occurred
if-index Parameter type: <SignedInteger> displays the interface index
- a signed integer This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 955

45 SHub Alarm Status Command

45.7 SHub Alarm Uplink Group Snapshot Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the SHub snapshot uplink group alarm status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm shub snap-shot uplink-group [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 45.7-1 "SHub Alarm Uplink Group Snapshot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry

Command Output
Table 45.7-2 "SHub Alarm Uplink Group Snapshot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
uplink-nbr Parameter type: <SignedInteger> specifies uplink group number
- a signed integer This element is only shown in
detail mode.
uplink-down Parameter type: <Alarm::ShubUplinkDown> uplink group down
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : uplink group down
- no : no uplink group down

956 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 45 SHub Alarm Status Command

45.8 SHub Alarm Delta Log Changes Status

Command
This command displays a summary report of the number of alarms that have occurred.

Command Description

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show alarm shub nbr-changed-alarms

Command Output
Table 45.8-2 "SHub Alarm Delta Log Changes Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
all Parameter type: <Counter> total number of changes of all
- counter alarms since startup.
This element is always shown.
indeterminate Parameter type: <Counter> the total number of changes of all
- counter alarms with severity level
indeterminate since startup.
This element is always shown.
warning Parameter type: <Counter> the total number of changes of all
- counter alarms with severity level
warning since startup.
This element is always shown.
minor Parameter type: <Counter> the total number of changes of all
- counter alarms with severity level minor
since startup.
This element is always shown.
major Parameter type: <Counter> the total number of changes of all
- counter alarms with severity level major
since startup.
This element is always shown.
critical Parameter type: <Counter> the total number of changes of all
- counter alarms with severity level critical
since startup.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 957

46- ATM Status Commands

46.1 ATM Status Command Tree 46-959

46.2 ATM Interface Status Command 46-960
46.3 PVC Status Command 46-962
46.4 TC Adapter Protocol Interval Status Command 46-964
46.5 TC Adapter Protocol Current Quarter Performance 46-966
Data Command
46.6 TC Adapter Protocol Current Day Performance Data 46-968
Command
46.7 TC Adapter Protocol Performance Data for Previous 46-970
Quarter Intervals Command
46.8 TC Adapter Protocol Performance Data for Previous 46-972
Day Intervals Command

958 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 46 ATM Status Commands

46.1 ATM Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "ATM Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----atm
----interface
- (port)
----pvc
- (port-index)
----tc-int
- (port)
----tc-current-int
----fifteen-min
- (port)
----one-day
- (port)
----tc-15min-int
- (port)
- intvl-number
----tc-1day-int
- (port)
- intvl-number

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 959

46 ATM Status Commands

46.2 ATM Interface Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the ATM interface configuration table.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show atm interface [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 46.2-1 "ATM Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: ATM interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 46.2-2 "ATM Interface Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Atm::asamAtmItfType> type of ATM interface.
( not-specified This element is always shown.
| network-termination
| access-to-access
| user-to-access
| internal-server
| external-server )
Possible values:
- not-specified : not specified
- network-termination : network termination
- access-to-access : access to access interface

960 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 46 ATM Status Commands

name Type Description

- user-to-access : user to access interface
- internal-server : internal server interface
- external-server : external server interface
number-of-pvcs Parameter type: <Atm::CrossConnectedPVccs> specifies the number of vcttp
- the number of Vcttp connections connections on this ATM
- range: [0...65535] interface (only PVC).
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 961

46 ATM Status Commands

46.3 PVC Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the status of the PVC.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show atm pvc [ (port-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 46.3-1 "PVC Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port-index)
Type Description
Format: the ATM PVC
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiMandatoryId> :
<Eqpt::VciMandatoryId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiMandatoryId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciMandatoryId>
- atm VCI

Command Output
Table 46.3-2 "PVC Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
admin-status Parameter type: <Atm::adminStatus> specifies the desired
( admin-up administrative state of the VCL.
| admin-down ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- admin-up : enable traffic flow
- admin-down : disable traffic flow

962 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 46 ATM Status Commands

name Type Description

operational-status Parameter type: <Atm::atmVclOperStatus> indicates the current operational
( up status of the VCL.
| down This element is always shown.
| unknown )
Possible values:
- up : traffic flow is enabled in the virtual link
- down : traffic flow is disabled in the virtual link
- unknown : state is unknown
last-change Parameter type: <TimeTicks> time the VCL entered its current
- a timeout value operational state.
- unit: msec This element is always shown.
curr-encap-type Parameter type: <Atm::CurVccEncapType> the current established
( llc-snap encapsulation type.
| llc-snap-routed This element is always shown.
| llc-nlpid
| vc-mux-bridged-8023
| vc-mux-routed
| vc-mux-pppoa
| other
| unknown )
Possible values:
- llc-snap : logical link control encapsulation bridged
protocol
- llc-snap-routed : logical link control encapsulation routed
protocol
- llc-nlpid : logical link control encapsulation pppoa protocol
- vc-mux-bridged-8023 : virtual channel multiplex bridged
protocol
- vc-mux-routed : virtual channel multiplex routed protocol
- vc-mux-pppoa : virtual channel multiplex pppoa protocol
- other : other encapsulation type
- unknown : unknown encapsulation type

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 963

46 ATM Status Commands

46.4 TC Adapter Protocol Interval Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the TC adapter protocol interval status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show atm tc-int [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 46.4-1 "TC Adapter Protocol Interval Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: ATM interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / (rack/shelf/slot/port)
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 46.4-2 "TC Adapter Protocol Interval Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name
valid-15-min-intervals
Type Description
Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the number of previous intervals
- a signed integer (maximum 192) for which valid
data has been stored. The value
of this object will be 192 unless
the device was brought online
within the last nx15 minutes, in
which case the value will be the
number of complete 15 minute
intervals the device has been
online
This element is always shown.

964 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


name
valid-1-day-intervals
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
46 ATM Status Commands
Type Description
Parameter type: <SignedInteger> The number of previous intervals
- a signed integer (maximum 2) for which valid
data has been stored. The value
of this object will be 2 unless the
device was brought online within
the last nx24 hours, in which case
the value will be the number of
complete 24 hours intervals the
device has been online
This element is always shown.
Released 965
46 ATM Status Commands

46.5 TC Adapter Protocol Current Quarter

Performance Data Command

Command Description
This command displays the TC adapter protocol current quarter performance data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show atm tc-current-int fifteen-min [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 46.5-1 "TC Adapter Protocol Current Quarter Performance Data Command" Resource
Resource Identifier
(port)
Parameters
Type Description
Format: ATM interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 46.5-2 "TC Adapter Protocol Current Quarter Performance Data Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ocd-far-end Parameter type: <Counter> the number of out of cell
- counter delineations anomalies for
incoming cells on a far end ATM
interface connected to this ATM
interface

966 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 46 ATM Status Commands

name Type Description

This element is always shown.
hec-far-end Parameter type: <Counter> the number of ATM cells
- counter discarded on the far end ATM
interface connected to this ATM
interface due to HEC errors
This element is always shown.
ocd-near-end Parameter type: <Counter> the number of out of cell
- counter delineations anomalies for
incoming cells on an ATM
interface.An out of cell
delineation anomaly occurs when
there are 7 consecutive ATM
cells received which contain HEC
errors.
This element is always shown.
hec-near-end Parameter type: <Counter> number of ATM cells discarded
- counter on the ATM interface due to
HEC errors
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 967

46 ATM Status Commands

46.6 TC Adapter Protocol Current Day Performance

Data Command

Command Description
This command displays the TC adapter protocol current day performance data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show atm tc-current-int one-day [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 46.6-1 "TC Adapter Protocol Current Day Performance Data Command" Resource
Resource Identifier
(port)
Parameters
Type Description
Format: ATM interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 46.6-2 "TC Adapter Protocol Current Day Performance Data Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ocd-far-end Parameter type: <Counter> the number of out of cell
- counter delineations anomalies for
incoming cells on a far end ATM
interface connected to this ATM
interface

968 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 46 ATM Status Commands

name Type Description

This element is always shown.
hec-far-end Parameter type: <Counter> the number of ATM cells
- counter discarded on the far end ATM
interface connected to this ATM
interface due to HEC errors
This element is always shown.
ocd-near-end Parameter type: <Counter> the number of out of cell
- counter delineations anomalies for
incoming cells on an ATM
interface.An out of cell
delineation anomaly occurs when
there are 7 consecutive ATM
cells received which contain HEC
errors.
This element is always shown.
hec-near-end Parameter type: <Counter> number of ATM cells discarded
- counter on the ATM interface due to
HEC errors
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 969

46 ATM Status Commands

46.7 TC Adapter Protocol Performance Data for

Previous Quarter Intervals Command

Command Description
This command displays the TC adapter protocol-monitoring 15-min interval data parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show atm tc-15min-int [ (port) [ intvl-number <Atm::AtmItvlNumber> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 46.7-1 "TC Adapter Protocol Performance Data for Previous Quarter Intervals Command"
Resource Identifier
(port)
intvl-number
Resource Parameters
Type Description
Format: ATM interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Parameter type: <Atm::AtmItvlNumber> interval for which statistics are
Format: available
- interval for which statistics is available
- range: [1...192]

Command Output
Table 46.7-2 "TC Adapter Protocol Performance Data for Previous Quarter Intervals Command"
Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ocd-near-end Parameter type: <Counter> the number of out of cell

970 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 46 ATM Status Commands

name Type Description

- counter delineations anomalies for
incoming cells on an ATM
interface.An out of cell
delineation anomaly occurs when
there are 7 consecutive ATM
cells received which contain HEC
errors
This element is always shown.
hec-near-end Parameter type: <Counter> number of ATM cells discarded
- counter on the ATM interface due to
HEC errors
This element is always shown.
ocd-far-end Parameter type: <Counter> the number of out of cell
- counter delineations anomalies for
incoming cells on a far end ATM
interface connected to this ATM
interface
This element is always shown.
hec-far-end Parameter type: <Counter> the number of ATM cells
- counter discarded on the far end ATM
interface connected to this ATM
interface due to HEC errors
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 971

46 ATM Status Commands

46.8 TC Adapter Protocol Performance Data for

Previous Day Intervals Command

Command Description
This command displays the TC adapter protocol-monitoring 1-day interval data parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show atm tc-1day-int [ (port) [ intvl-number <Atm::AtmItvlNo1day> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 46.8-1 "TC Adapter Protocol Performance Data for Previous Day Intervals Command"
Resource Identifier
(port)
intvl-number
Resource Parameters
Type Description
Format: ATM interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Parameter type: <Atm::AtmItvlNo1day> interval for which statistics are
Format: available
- itvl for which statistics is available
- range: [1...2]

Command Output
Table 46.8-2 "TC Adapter Protocol Performance Data for Previous Day Intervals Command"
Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ocd-near-end Parameter type: <Counter> the number of out of cell

972 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 46 ATM Status Commands

name Type Description

- counter delineations anomalies for
incoming cells on an ATM
interface.An out of cell
delineation anomaly occurs when
there are 7 consecutive ATM
cells received which contain HEC
errors.
This element is always shown.
hec-near-end Parameter type: <Counter> number of ATM cells discarded
- counter on the ATM interface due to
HEC errors
This element is always shown.
ocd-far-end Parameter type: <Counter> the number of out of cell
- counter delineations anomalies for
incoming cells on a far end ATM
interface connected to this ATM
interface
This element is always shown.
hec-far-end Parameter type: <Counter> the number of ATM cells
- counter discarded on the far end ATM
interface connected to this ATM
interface due to HEC errors
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 973

47- Bridge Status Commands

47.1 Bridge Status Command Tree 47-975

47.2 Bridge Port Status Command 47-976
47.3 Bridge Port to ATM PVC Mapping Status Command 47-978
47.4 SHub Bridge Status Command 47-980
47.5 SHub Bridge Port Status Command 47-981

974 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 47 Bridge Status Commands

47.1 Bridge Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Bridge Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----bridge
----port
- (port)
----port-to-atm-pvc
- (bridge-port)
----shub-info
----network-port
- (port)

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 975

47 Bridge Status Commands

47.2 Bridge Port Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the current settings for the bridge port. The initial configuration may be overruled by
dynamic data as a result of port authentication using RADIUS protocol. When any of the settings has been
overruled, the status parameter indicates 'dynamic'.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show bridge port [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 47.2-1 "Bridge Port Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / EFM port,...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

Command Output
Table 47.2-2 "Bridge Port Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
bridge-port Parameter type: <Vlan::BridgePort> the port identifier assigned by the
- bridge port system.A port identifier identifies
- range: [1...65536] uniquely a port of the

976 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 47 Bridge Status Commands

name Type Description

VLAN-Bridge within the system.
This element is always shown.
pvid Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> the dynamic or static (if no
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> dynamic) default VLAN assigned
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> ) to a port
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4094,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4094,4097]
default-priority Parameter type: <Vlan::Priority> port dynamic or static (if no
- priority of ethernet frames dynamic) default priority
- range: [0...7] This element is always shown.
qos-profile Parameter type: <PPPoE::SnmpAdminString> QOS profile, dynamically or
- a binary string statically (if no dynamic)
- length: 19 assigned to a port
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
status Parameter type: <Vlan::DataStatus> nature of the data shown. The
( static value true indicates that any or all
| dynamic ) of the displayed parameters is
Possible values: dynamic.
- static : data configured by operator This element is only shown in
- dynamic : dynamic data detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 977

47 Bridge Status Commands

47.3 Bridge Port to ATM PVC Mapping Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the mapping between a bridge port and its ATM interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show bridge port-to-atm-pvc [ (bridge-port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 47.3-1 "Bridge Port to ATM PVC Mapping Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(bridge-port) Format: bridge port
- bridge port
- range: [1...65536]

Command Output
Table 47.3-2 "Bridge Port to ATM PVC Mapping Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::AtmInterfaceVpiVci> the atm static Interface with vpi
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / and vci
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> This element is always shown.
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI

978 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 47 Bridge Status Commands

name Type Description

Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 979

47 Bridge Status Commands

47.4 SHub Bridge Status Command

Command Description
This command displays global information regarding the bridge on the SHub.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show bridge shub-info

Command Output
Table 47.4-2 "SHub Bridge Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
mac-address Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> the MAC address used by this
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) bridge when it must be referred to
- length: 6 in a unique fashion
This element is always shown.
learnt-entry-discards Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> the total number of Filtering
- an unsigned integer Database entries, which have
been or would have been learnt,
but have been discarded due to a
lack of space in the FDB. If this
Counter is increasing it indicates
that the Filtering Database is
regularly becoming full. This
event may be of temporary
nature.
This element is always shown.

980 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 47 Bridge Status Commands

47.5 SHub Bridge Port Status Command

Command Description
This command displays port related parameters for a bridge port on the SHub.
When detailed information is requested, statistics regarding frames received and transmitted on the bridge port are
displayed.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show bridge network-port [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 47.5-1 "SHub Bridge Port Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: port number
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub

Command Output
Table 47.5-2 "SHub Bridge Port Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information:bridge parameters
name Type Description
mac-address Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> the MAC address used by this
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) bridge when it must be referred to
- length: 6 in a unique fashion
This element is always shown.
learned-entry-discards Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> the total number of Filtering
- an unsigned integer Database entries, which have
been or would have been learnt,
but have been discarded due to a
lack of space in the FDB. If this
Counter is increasing it indicates
that the Filtering Database is
regularly becoming full. This
event may be of temporary
nature.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 981

47 Bridge Status Commands

Specific Information
name
operation-status
max-frame-info
traffic-class
Only Show Details: frame stats
name Type
in-frames
in-overflow-frames
out-frames
out-overflow-frames
discard-valid-frames
discard-valid-overflow
delay-exceed-discards
Type Description
Parameter type: <Shub::PortOperStatus> the operational status of the port.
( down This status is only valid if the
| up ) administrative status of the
Possible values: corresponding interface is up.
- down : down This element is always shown.
- up : up
Parameter type: <Vlan::Integer> the maximum size of the INFO
- a signed integer (non-MAC) field that this port
will receive or transmit
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Shub::TrafficClass> The number of egress traffic
- port priority classes supported on this port.
- range: [1...8] This element is always shown.
Description
Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> 32 bits counter holding the
- an unsigned integer number of frames that have been
received by this port from its
segment; only frames for a
protocol being processed by the
local bridging function are
counted
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> the high order 32 bits of a 64 bits
- an unsigned integer in-frames counter, in case of high
capacity interfaces
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> 32 bits counter holding the
- an unsigned integer number of frames that have been
transmitted by this port port to its
segment; only frames for a
protocol being processed by the
local bridging function are
counted
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> the high order 32 bits of a 64 bits
- an unsigned integer out-frames counter, in case of
high capacity interfaces
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> 32 bits counter holding the
- an unsigned integer number of valid frames received
which were discarded (i.e.,
filtered) by the Forwarding
Process
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> the high order 32 bits of a 64 bits
- an unsigned integer discard-valid-frames counter, in
case of high capacity interfaces
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> the number of frames discarded

982 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


name Type
- an unsigned integer
mtu-exceed-discards Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter>
- an unsigned integer
bcast-out-frames Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter>
- an unsigned integer
mcast-out-frames Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter>
- an unsigned integer
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
47 Bridge Status Commands
Description
by this port due to excessive
transit delay through the bridge
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
the number of frames discarded
by this port due to an excessive
size
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
count of broadcasted frame that
are transmitted through this
interface. This counter is only
incremented for frames with
broadcast destination address
(ff.ff.ff.ff.ff.ff) and frames which
are broadcasted because of no
learned entry in the Filtering
Database.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
count of frames transmitted
through this interface with
destination address in which the
Mac layer multicast bit set. This
counter is not incremented for
frames tranmitted with broadcast
destination address (i.e
ff.ff.ff.ff.ff.ff).
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Released 983
48- VLAN Status Commands

48.1 VLAN Status Command Tree 48-985

48.2 Global VLAN Status Command 48-987
48.3 Residential Bridge VLAN Status Command 48-988
48.4 Cross-connect VLAN Status Command 48-990
48.5 Stacked VLAN Status Command 48-992
48.6 Stacked QoS VLAN Status Command 48-994
48.7 QoS C-VLAN Status Command 48-996
48.8 Layer-2 Terminated VLAN Status Command 48-997
48.9 VLAN Name Mapping Status Command 48-999
48.10 VLAN Filtering Database Status Command 48-1000
48.11 Bridge Port Filtering Database Status Command 48-1002
48.12 Port VLAN Association Status Command 48-1004
48.13 VLAN Priority Regeneration Profile Status Command 48-1006
48.14 Duplicate MAC Alarm Status Command 48-1009
48.15 Port Event Status Command 48-1011
48.16 Port Statistics for Current Quarter Status Command 48-1013
48.17 Port Statistics for Current Day Status Command 48-1015
48.18 Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals Status 48-1017
Command
48.19 Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals Status 48-1020
Command
48.20 VLAN Port Statistics for Current Quarter Status 48-1023
Command
48.21 VLAN Port Statistics for Current Day Status 48-1026
Command
48.22 VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals 48-1029
Status Command
48.23 VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals 48-1032
Status Command
48.24 SHub Port VLAN Association Status Command 48-1035
48.25 SHub VLAN Name Mapping Status Command 48-1036
48.26 SHub VLAN Filtering Database Status Command 48-1037
48.27 SHub Filtering Database Entry Status Command 48-1039
48.28 SHub Duplicate MAC Alarm Status Command 48-1041
48.29 SHub Number Of Active Multicast Entries Status 48-1043
Command

984 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

48.1 VLAN Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "VLAN Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----vlan
----global
----residential-bridge
- (vlan-id)
- bridge-port
----cross-connect
- (vlan-id)
- port
----stacked-vlan
- (s-vlanid)
- vlan-id
----stacked-qos-vlan
- (s-vlanid)
- vlan-id
----qos-cvlan-list
- (vlan-id)
----layer2-terminated
- (vlanid)
----name
- (name)
----fdb
- (vlan-id)
- mac
- bridge-port
----bridge-port-fdb
- (port)
- vlan-id
- mac
----port-vlan-map
- (port)
----priority-regen
- (profile-id)
----dup-mac-alarm
- (dup-port)
- dup-vlan-id
- dup-mac
----port-event
- (port)
----port-curr-15min-stats
- (port)
----port-curr-day-stats
- (port)
----port-15min-stats
- (port)
- interval-number

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 985

48 VLAN Status Commands

----port-prev-day-stats
- (port)
- interval-number
----current-15min-stats
- (vlanid)
- port
----current-day-stats
- (vlanid)
- port
----previous-15min-stats
- (vlanid)
- port
- interval-number
----vlan-day-stats
- (vlanid)
- port
- interval-number
----shub-port-vlan-map
- (port)
- vlan-id
----shub-vlan-name
- (name)
----shub-fdb
- (vlanid)
----shub-filter-entry
- (vlanid)
- unicast-mac
----shub-dup-mac-alarm
- (dup-vlan-id)
- dup-port
----shub-nr-mcast-entries

986 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

48.2 Global VLAN Status Command

Command Description
This command displays information common to all VLANs.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan global

Command Output
Table 48.2-2 "Global VLAN Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information:vlan parameters
name Type Description
configured-vlans Parameter type: <Vlan::Gauge> current number of vlans that are
- an unsigned integer configured
This element is always shown.
management Parameter type: <Vlan::MgntVlanMode> specifies how the node is
( inband managed
| outband ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- inband : inband
- outband : outband
max-rb-vlan Parameter type: <Vlan::Gauge> maximum number of residential
- an unsigned integer bridge vlans that are supported
This element is always shown.
max-layer2-term-vlan Parameter type: <Vlan::Gauge> maximum number of layer2
- an unsigned integer terminated vlans that are
supported
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 987

48 VLAN Status Commands

48.3 Residential Bridge VLAN Status Command

Command Description
This command displays all parameters for a particular VLAN of the type residential bridge VLAN.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan residential-bridge [ (vlan-id) [ bridge-port <Itf::AtmInterfaceVpiVci> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 48.3-1 "Residential Bridge VLAN Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: vlan id
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
bridge-port Parameter type: <Itf::AtmInterfaceVpiVci> identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
Format: EFM port, ...)
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

Command Output
Table 48.3-2 "Residential Bridge VLAN Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information

988 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

name Type Description

qos-profile Parameter type: <Vlan::QosProfileName> QOS profile, dynamically or
( none statically (if no dynamic)
| name : <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName> ) assigned to a port
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64
status Parameter type: <Vlan::DataStatus> nature of the data shown. The
( static value true indicates that any or all
| dynamic ) of the displayed parameters is
Possible values: dynamic.
- static : data configured by operator This element is only shown in
- dynamic : dynamic data detail mode.
sub-vlan Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> the subscriber vlan associated to
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> bridge port
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4094,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4094,4097]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 989

48 VLAN Status Commands

48.4 Cross-connect VLAN Status Command

Command Description
This command displays all parameters for a particular VLAN of the type cross-connect VLAN.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan cross-connect [ (vlan-id) [ port <Itf::AtmInterfaceVpiVci> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 48.4-1 "Cross-connect VLAN Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
port Parameter type: <Itf::AtmInterfaceVpiVci> identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
Format: EFM port, ...)
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>

990 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

Command Output
Table 48.4-2 "Cross-connect VLAN Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
bridge-port Parameter type: <Vlan::Port> bridge port
- a bridge port This element is always shown.
fdb-id Parameter type: <Vlan::Gauge> identity of the filtering database
- an unsigned integer This element is always shown.
filter-entries Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> number of entries in the filtering
- an unsigned integer database
This element is always shown.
qos-profile Parameter type: <Vlan::QosProfileName> QOS profile, dynamically or
( none statically (if no dynamic)
| name : <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName> ) assigned to a port
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64
status Parameter type: <Vlan::DataStatus> nature of the data shown. The
( static value true indicates that any or all
| dynamic ) of the displayed parameters is
Possible values: dynamic.
- static : data configured by operator This element is only shown in
- dynamic : dynamic data detail mode.
sub-vlan Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> the subscriber vlan associated to
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> bridge port
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4094,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4094,4097]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 991

48 VLAN Status Commands

48.5 Stacked VLAN Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the stacked VLANs configured in the system.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan stacked-vlan [ (s-vlanid) [ vlan-id <Vlan::StackedVlan> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 48.5-1 "Stacked VLAN Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(s-vlanid) Format: vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> customer vlan
Format:
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]

992 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 993

48 VLAN Status Commands

48.6 Stacked QoS VLAN Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the stacked VLANs configured in the system.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan stacked-qos-vlan [ (s-vlanid) [ vlan-id <Vlan::StackedVlan> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 48.6-1 "Stacked QoS VLAN Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(s-vlanid) Format: vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> customer vlan
Format:
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]

994 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 995

48 VLAN Status Commands

48.7 QoS C-VLAN Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the QOS CVlans configured in the system.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan qos-cvlan-list [ (vlan-id) ]

Command Parameters
Table 48.7-1 "QoS C-VLAN Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: customer vlan
- a signed integer

996 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

48.8 Layer-2 Terminated VLAN Status Command

Command Description
This command displays all parameters for a particular VLAN of the type Layer 2 terminated VLAN.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan layer2-terminated [ (vlanid) ]

Command Parameters
Table 48.8-1 "Layer-2 Terminated VLAN Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlanid)
Type Description
Format: vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]

Command Output
Table 48.8-2 "Layer-2 Terminated VLAN Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
fdb-id Parameter type: <Vlan::Gauge> identity of the filtering database
- an unsigned integer This element is always shown.
filter-entries Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> number of entries in the filtering
- an unsigned integer database
This element is always shown.
network-ifindex Parameter type: <Vlan::Integer> interface index of the IpoE
- a signed integer interface related to this VLAN, at

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 997

48 VLAN Status Commands

name Type Description

the network side
This element is always shown.

998 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

48.9 VLAN Name Mapping Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the VLAN identity that corresponds to a given VLAN name.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan name [ (name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 48.9-1 "VLAN Name Mapping Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name used to identify the vlan
- char string
- length: x<=32

Command Output
Table 48.9-2 "VLAN Name Mapping Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
id Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> the vlan identity
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> This element is always shown.
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4094,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4094,4097]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 999

48 VLAN Status Commands

48.10 VLAN Filtering Database Status Command

Command Description
This command displays, given a particular VLAN, a unicast MAC address and a bridge port, an entry of the
filtering database, if any. The filtering dabatase is used by the bridging function in determining how to propagate a
received frame.
The status parameter indicates what the trigger was for creation of the filtering database entry, that is, a filtering
entry can be configured or dynamically learned.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan fdb [ (vlan-id) [ mac <Vlan::MacAddr> ] [ bridge-port <Vlan::BridgePort> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 48.10-1 "VLAN Filtering Database Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
mac Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> mac address
Format:
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03)
- length: 6
bridge-port Parameter type: <Vlan::BridgePort> Identifies uniquely a port of the
Format: VLAN-Bridge within the system
- bridge port
- range: [1...65536]

Command Output

1000 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

Table 48.10-2 "VLAN Filtering Database Status Command" Display parameters

Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::AtmInterfaceVpiVci> identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / EFM port, ...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> This element is always shown.
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
status Parameter type: <Vlan::FdbEntryStatus> the origin of the entry, unless
( other invalid. Invalid indicates the
| invalid entry is in progress of being
| learned deleted.
| self This element is always shown.
| static )
Possible values:
- other : entry does not determine the forwarding of frames
- invalid : entry is being removed
- learned : entry has been learned dynamically
- self : entry represents one of the device's addresses
- static : entry has been configured by a manager
sub-vlan Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> the subscriber vlan associated to
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> bridge port
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4094,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4094,4097]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1001

48 VLAN Status Commands

48.11 Bridge Port Filtering Database Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays all entries of the filtering database for a particular bridge port. The filtering database is
used by the bridging function in determining how to propagate a received frame.
The status parameter indicates what the trigger was for creation of the filtering database entry, that is, a filtering
entry can be configured or dynamically learned.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan bridge-port-fdb [ (port) [ vlan-id <Vlan::StackedVlan> ] [ mac <Vlan::MacAddr> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 48.11-1 "Bridge Port Filtering Database Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / EFM port, ...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> vlan id
Format:
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:

1002 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
mac Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> mac address
Format:
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03)
- length: 6

Command Output
Table 48.11-2 "Bridge Port Filtering Database Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
status Parameter type: <Vlan::FdbEntryStatus> the origin of the entry, unless
( other invalid
| invalid This element is always shown.
| learned
| self
| static )
Possible values:
- other : entry does not determine the forwarding of frames
- invalid : entry is being removed
- learned : entry has been learned dynamically
- self : entry represents one of the device's addresses
- static : entry has been configured by a manager
sub-vlan Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> the subscriber vlan associated to
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> bridge port
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4094,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4094,4097]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1003

48 VLAN Status Commands

48.12 Port VLAN Association Status Command

Command Description
This command displays all VLANs associated with a given port.
Such association is either static, while it has been configured by the operator, or the association has been
established dynamically as a result of port authentication using RADIUS protocol.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan port-vlan-map [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 48.12-1 "Port VLAN Association Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / EFM port, ...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

Command Output
Table 48.12-2 "Port VLAN Association Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
vlanid Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> This element is always shown.

1004 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

name Type Description

| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4094,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4094,4097]
association Parameter type: <Vlan::DataStatus> the way the association was
( static established
| dynamic ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- static : data configured by operator
- dynamic : dynamic data

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1005

48 VLAN Status Commands

48.13 VLAN Priority Regeneration Profile Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays, for a given priority regeneration profile, the mapping of the external p-bit codepoints
versus the internal priority. Such a profile provides a mapping for both the upstream and the downstream direction.
These priority regeneration profiles and their contents are predetermined and cannot be changed by the operator.
A priority regeneration profile is assigned to a bridge port when configuring the bridge port.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan priority-regen [ (profile-id) ]

Command Parameters
Table 48.13-1 "VLAN Priority Regeneration Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(profile-id) Format: profile id
( trusted-port
| best-effort
| cl-all-prio-3
| cl-all-prio-4
| background
| be-cl-voice
| be-cl-1d-voice
| be-voice
| l2-vpn-3
| l2-vpn-4 )
Possible values:
- trusted-port : trusted port
- best-effort : best effort
- cl-all-prio-3 : controlled load, all priority 3 traffic
- cl-all-prio-4 : controlled load, all priority 4 traffic
- background : background
- be-cl-voice : best effort, controlled load, voice
- be-cl-1d-voice : best effort, controlled load, 802.Id Annex
G voice
- be-voice : best effort voice
- l2-vpn-3 : L2 VPN with 3 traffic classes

1006 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- l2-vpn-4 : L2 VPN with 4 traffic classes

Command Output
Table 48.13-2 "VLAN Priority Regeneration Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
name Parameter type: <Vlan::AdminString> name of the profile
- char string This element is always shown.
- length: x<=32
Only Show Details: priority regeneration for up stream
name Type Description
priority-0 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMask_0> the regenerated priority for .1p
- nibble mask priority codepoint 0
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
priority-1 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMask_1> the regenerated priority for .1p
- nibble mask priority codepoint 1
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
priority-2 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMask_2> the regenerated priority for .1p
- nibble mask priority codepoint 2
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
priority-3 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMask_3> the regenerated priority for .1p
- nibble mask priority codepoint 3
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
priority-4 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMask_4> the regenerated priority for .1p
- nibble mask priority codepoint 4
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
priority-5 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMask_5> the regenerated priority for .1p
- nibble mask priority codepoint 5
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
priority-6 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMask_6> the regenerated priority for .1p
- nibble mask priority codepoint 6
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
priority-7 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMask_7> the regenerated priority for .1p
- nibble mask priority codepoint 7
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: priority regeneration for down stream
name Type Description
priority-0 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMask_0> the regenerated priority for .1p
- nibble mask priority codepoint 0
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
priority-1 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMask_1> the regenerated priority for .1p
- nibble mask priority codepoint 1
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1007

48 VLAN Status Commands

name Type Description

priority-2 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMask_2> the regenerated priority for .1p
- nibble mask priority codepoint 2
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
priority-3 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMask_3> the regenerated priority for .1p
- nibble mask priority codepoint 3
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
priority-4 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMask_4> the regenerated priority for .1p
- nibble mask priority codepoint 4
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
priority-5 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMask_5> the regenerated priority for .1p
- nibble mask priority codepoint 5
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
priority-6 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMask_6> the regenerated priority for .1p
- nibble mask priority codepoint 6
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
priority-7 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMask_7> the regenerated priority for .1p
- nibble mask priority codepoint 7
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1008 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

48.14 Duplicate MAC Alarm Status Command

Command Description
This command is useful when a duplicate MAC alarm has occurred. A duplicate MAC alarm is raised when a new
MAC address could not be learned on a port because this MAC address already exists on another port for the same
VLAN, that is, within the same filtering database. The information displayed indicates the port where the MAC
address is assigned, that is, the original port.
The duplicate MAC alarm information is available as long as the alarm is on.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan dup-mac-alarm [ (dup-port) [ dup-vlan-id <Vlan::StackedVlan> ] [ dup-mac <Vlan::MacAddr> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 48.14-1 "Duplicate MAC Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(dup-port) Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / EFM port, ...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
dup-vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> duplicate vlan id
Format:
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1009

48 VLAN Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
dup-mac Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> duplicate mac address
Format:
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03)
- length: 6

Command Output
Table 48.14-2 "Duplicate MAC Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::BridgePort> identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / EFM port, ...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> This element is always shown.
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
sub-vlan Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> the subscriber vlan associated to
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> bridge port
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4094,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4094,4097]

1010 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

48.15 Port Event Status Command

Command Description
This command displays all the kinds of events that occurred on a given port. These events relate to error cases.
The display element no-mac-learn that indicates that not all mac addresses are learned, is not applicable for intel
boards.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan port-event [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 48.15-1 "Port Event Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / EFM port, ...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

Command Output
Table 48.15-2 "Port Event Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
bridge-port Parameter type: <Vlan::BridgePort> bridge port
- bridge port This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1011

48 VLAN Status Commands

name Type Description

- range: [1...65536]
event-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> the time in seconds when the
- time event ocurred
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
aal5-fcs-error Parameter type: <Vlan::Aal5FcsError> error of the aal5 frame or fcs
short name: aal5-fcs ( ( aal5-fcs | yes ) error
| ( no-aal5-fcs | no ) ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- aal5-fcs : aal5 or fcs error
- yes : aal5 or fcs error
- no-aal5-fcs : no aal5 or fcs error
- no : no aal5 or fcs error
llc-error Parameter type: <Vlan::LlcError> incorrect llc format
short name: llc ( ( llc | yes ) This element is always shown.
| ( no-llc | no ) )
Possible values:
- llc : incorrect llc
- yes : incorrect llc
- no-llc : correct llc
- no : correct llc
no-mac-learn Parameter type: <Vlan::MacNoLearnError> new MAC address could not be
short name: no-mac ( ( mac-learn-error | yes ) learned, upstream pkt is
| ( no-mac-learn-error | no ) ) discarded
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- mac-learn-error : mac learn error
- yes : mac learn error
- no-mac-learn-error : no mac learn error
- no : no mac learn error
dup-mac Parameter type: <Vlan::MacDuplicateError> failure of MAC address learning
( ( mac-dup-error | yes ) while MAC address already
| ( no-mac-dup-error | no ) ) exists on another port within the
Possible values: same VLAN
- mac-dup-error : mac duplicate error This element is always shown.
- yes : mac duplicate error
- no-mac-dup-error : no mac duplicate error
- no : no mac duplicate error

1012 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

48.16 Port Statistics for Current Quarter Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays performance statistics for the current quarter for a particular port. Counters for upstream
and downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port, including PPPoE relayed and
PPPoE terminated traffic.
Counters for discarded frames are displayed. Frames are discarded as a result of buffer acceptance control or
policing.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan port-curr-15min-stats [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 48.16-1 "Port Statistics for Current Quarter Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / EFM port, ...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

Command Output

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1013

48 VLAN Status Commands

Table 48.16-2 "Port Statistics for Current Quarter Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
elapsed-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> elapsed time in this interval, i.e.
- time for the current 15 minutes
- unit: sec interval; expressed in seconds
This element is always shown.
measure-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> actually measured time in this
- time interval; expressed in seconds
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: up stream counters
name Type Description
forward-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
forward-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded frames in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded bytes in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: down stream counters
name Type Description
forward-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter downstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
forward-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in
- vlan counter downstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded frames in
- vlan counter downstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded bytes in
- vlan counter downstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1014 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

48.17 Port Statistics for Current Day Status

Command

Command Description
This command shows Performance Statistics for the current day for a particular port. Counters for upstream and
downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port, including PPPoE Relayed and
PPPoE terminated traffic.
Counters for discarded frames are displayed. Frames are discarded as a result of buffer acceptance control or
policing.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan port-curr-day-stats [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 48.17-1 "Port Statistics for Current Day Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / EFM port, ...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

Command Output

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1015

48 VLAN Status Commands

Table 48.17-2 "Port Statistics for Current Day Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
elapsed-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> elapsed time in this interval, i.e.
- time for the current day interval;
- unit: sec expressed in seconds
This element is always shown.
measure-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> actually measured time in this
- time interval; expressed in seconds
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: up stream counters
name Type Description
forward-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
forward-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded frames in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded bytes in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: down stream counters
name Type Description
forward-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter downstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
forward-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in
- vlan counter downstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded frames in
- vlan counter downstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded bytes in
- vlan counter downstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1016 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

48.18 Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals

Status Command

Command Description
This command displays performance statistics for the previous quarter intervals, for a particular port. Counters for
upstream and downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port, including PPPoE
relayed and PPPoE terminated traffic.
Counters for discarded frames are displayed. Frames are discarded as a result of buffer acceptance control or
policing.
The interval is specified. Interval number 1 identifies the most recent completed quarter interval. From there
onward, interval numbers are incremented by 1. Higher interval numbers relate to less recent intervals.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan port-15min-stats [ (port) [ interval-number <Vlan::SignedInteger> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 48.18-1 "Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals Status Command" Resource
Resource Identifier
(port)
interval-number
Parameters
Type Description
Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / EFM port, ...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Parameter type: <Vlan::SignedInteger> interval number, where 1 is the

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1017

48 VLAN Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Format: most recent completed interval
- a signed integer

Command Output
Table 48.18-2 "Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
measure-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> actually measured time in this
- time interval; expressed in seconds
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: up stream counters
name Type Description
forward-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
forward-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded frames in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval.
Frames are discarded as a result
of buffer acceptance or policing
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded bytes in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval.
Discarding is a result of buffer
acceptance or policing
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: down stream counters
name Type Description
forward-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter downstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
forward-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in
- vlan counter downstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded frames in
- vlan counter downstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1018 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

name Type Description

discard-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded bytes in
- vlan counter downstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1019

48 VLAN Status Commands

48.19 Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals

Status Command

Command Description
This command displays performance statistics for the previous day intervals for a particular port. Counters for
upstream and downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port, including PPPoE
relayed and PPPoE terminated traffic.
Counters for discarded frames are displayed. Frames are discarded as a result of buffer acceptance control or
policing.
The interval is specified. Interval number 1 identifies the most recent completed day interval. From there onward,
interval numbers are incremented by 1. Higher interval numbers relate to less recent intervals.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan port-prev-day-stats [ (port) [ interval-number <Vlan::SignedInteger> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 48.19-1 "Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
interval-number
Type Description
Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / EFM port, ...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Parameter type: <Vlan::SignedInteger> interval number
Format:

1020 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- a signed integer

Command Output
Table 48.19-2 "Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
measure-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> actually measured time in this
- time interval; expressed in seconds
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: up stream counters
name Type Description
forward-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
forward-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded frames in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded bytes in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: down stream counters
name Type Description
forward-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter downstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
forward-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in
- vlan counter downstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded frames in
- vlan counter downstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded bytes in
- vlan counter downstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1021

48 VLAN Status Commands

1022 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

48.20 VLAN Port Statistics for Current Quarter

Status Command

Command Description
This command displays performance statistics for the current quarter for a particular VLAN and port. Counters for
upstream and downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port, including PPPoE
relayed and PPPoE terminated traffic.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan current-15min-stats [ (vlanid) [ port <Itf::AtmInterfaceVpiVci> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 48.20-1 "VLAN Port Statistics for Current Quarter Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlanid) Format: vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
port Parameter type: <Itf::AtmInterfaceVpiVci> identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
Format: EFM port, ...)
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1023

48 VLAN Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

Command Output
Table 48.20-2 "VLAN Port Statistics for Current Quarter Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
elapsed-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> elapsed time in this interval, i.e.
- time for the current 15 minutes
- unit: sec interval; expressed in seconds
This element is always shown.
measure-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> actually measured time in this
- time interval; expressed in seconds
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: up stream counters
name Type Description
forward-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction per VLAN on
a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
forward-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction per VLAN on
a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded frames in
- vlan counter upstream direction per VLAN on
a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded bytes in
- vlan counter upstream direction per VLAN on
a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: down stream counters
name Type Description
forward-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter downstream direction per VLAN
on a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in

1024 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

name Type Description

detail mode.
forward-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in
- vlan counter downstream direction per VLAN
on a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded frames in
- vlan counter downstream direction per VLAN
on a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded bytes in
- vlan counter downstream direction per VLAN
on a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1025

48 VLAN Status Commands

48.21 VLAN Port Statistics for Current Day Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays performance statistics for the current day for a particular VLAN and port. Counters for
upstream and downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port, including PPPoE
relayed and PPPoE terminated traffic.
Counters for discarded frames are displayed. Frames are discarded as a result of buffer acceptance control or
policing.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan current-day-stats [ (vlanid) [ port <Itf::AtmInterfaceVpiVci> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 48.21-1 "VLAN Port Statistics for Current Day Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlanid) Format: vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
port Parameter type: <Itf::AtmInterfaceVpiVci> identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
Format: EFM port, ...)
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>

1026 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

Command Output
Table 48.21-2 "VLAN Port Statistics for Current Day Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
elapsed-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> elapsed time in this interval, i.e.
- time for the current 15 minutes
- unit: sec interval; expressed in seconds
This element is always shown.
measure-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> actually measured time in this
- time interval; expressed in seconds
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: up stream counters
name Type Description
forward-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction per VLAN on
a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
forward-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction per VLAN on
a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded frames in
- vlan counter upstream direction per VLAN on
a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded bytes in
- vlan counter upstream direction per VLAN on
a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: down stream counters
name Type Description
forward-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter downstream direction per VLAN

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1027

48 VLAN Status Commands

name Type Description

on a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
forward-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in
- vlan counter downstream direction per VLAN
on a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded frames in
- vlan counter downstream direction per VLAN
on a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded bytes in
- vlan counter downstream direction per VLAN
on a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1028 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

48.22 VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Quarter

Intervals Status Command

Command Description
This command displays performance statistics for the previous quarter intervals for a particular VLAN and port.
Counters for upstream and downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port,
including PPPoE relayed and PPPoE terminated traffic.
The interval is specified. Interval number 1 identifies the most recent completed quarter interval. From there
onward, interval numbers are incremented by 1. Higher interval numbers relate to less recent intervals.
Counters for discarded frames are displayed. Frames are discarded as a result of buffer acceptance control or
policing.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan previous-15min-stats [ (vlanid) [ port <Itf::AtmInterfaceVpiVci> ] [ interval-number

<Vlan::SignedInteger> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 48.22-1 "VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals Status Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlanid) Format: vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
port Parameter type: <Itf::AtmInterfaceVpiVci> identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
Format: EFM port, ...)
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1029

48 VLAN Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
interval-number Parameter type: <Vlan::SignedInteger> interval number
Format:
- a signed integer

Command Output
Table 48.22-2 "VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals Status Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
measure-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> actually measured time in this
- time interval; expressed in seconds
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: up stream counters
name Type Description
forward-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction per VLAN on
a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
forward-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction per VLAN on
a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded frames in
- vlan counter upstream direction per VLAN on
a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded bytes in
- vlan counter upstream direction per VLAN on
a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1030 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

Only Show Details: down stream counters

name Type Description
forward-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter downstream direction per VLAN
on a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
forward-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in
- vlan counter downstream direction per VLAN
on a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded frames in
- vlan counter downstream direction per VLAN
on a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded bytes in
- vlan counter downstream direction per VLAN
on a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1031

48 VLAN Status Commands

48.23 VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Day

Intervals Status Command

Command Description
This command displays performance statistics for the previous day intervals for a particular VLAN and port.
Counters for upstream and downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port,
including PPPoE relayed and PPPoE terminated traffic.
The interval is specified. Interval number 1 identifies the most recent completed day interval. From there onward,
interval numbers are incremented by 1. Higher interval numbers relate to less recent intervals.
Counters for discarded frames are displayed. Frames are discarded as a result of buffer acceptance control or
policing.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan vlan-day-stats [ (vlanid) [ port <Itf::AtmInterfaceVpiVci> ] [ interval-number <Vlan::SignedInteger> ]

]

Command Parameters
Table 48.23-1 "VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals Status Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlanid) Format: vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
port Parameter type: <Itf::AtmInterfaceVpiVci> identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
Format: EFM port, ...)
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /

1032 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
interval-number Parameter type: <Vlan::SignedInteger> interval number
Format:
- a signed integer

Command Output
Table 48.23-2 "VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals Status Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
measure-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> actually measured time in this
- time interval; expressed in seconds
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: up stream counters
name Type Description
forward-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction per VLAN on
a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
forward-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction per VLAN on
a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded frames in
- vlan counter upstream direction per VLAN on
a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded bytes in
- vlan counter upstream direction per VLAN on
a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1033

48 VLAN Status Commands

Only Show Details: down stream counters

name Type Description
forward-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter downstream direction per VLAN
on a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
forward-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in
- vlan counter downstream direction per VLAN
on a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded frames in
- vlan counter downstream direction per VLAN
on a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded bytes in
- vlan counter downstream direction per VLAN
on a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1034 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

48.24 SHub Port VLAN Association Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays all VLANs associated with a given port on the SHub. This association is configured, but
can be overruled as a result of authentication of the port using RADIUS protocol.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan shub-port-vlan-map [ (port) [ vlan-id <Sys::VlanId> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 48.24-1 "SHub Port VLAN Association Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: port
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Shub::SlotId>
| network : <Shub::NetworkPort>
| nt
| unassigned-link : <Shub::NoExtLink> )
Possible values:
- lt : port of the line board
- network : network port
- nt : port of the nt
- unassigned-link : unassigned external link
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Shub::SlotId>
- the egress lt slot
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub
Field type <Shub::NoExtLink>
- unassigned external SFP port
vlan-id Parameter type: <Sys::VlanId> identity of the vlan
Format:
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1035

48 VLAN Status Commands

48.25 SHub VLAN Name Mapping Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the VLAN identity that corresponds to a given VLAN name, for a VLAN configured on the
SHub.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan shub-vlan-name [ (name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 48.25-1 "SHub VLAN Name Mapping Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name identifying the vlan
- char string
- length: x<=32

Command Output
Table 48.25-2 "SHub VLAN Name Mapping Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::VlanNameIndex> vlan identity
- vlan id This element is always shown.
- range: [1...4093,4097]

1036 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

48.26 SHub VLAN Filtering Database Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays all entries of the filtering database given a particular VLAN on the SHub. The filtering
dabatase is used by the bridging function in determining how to propagate a received frame.
The status parameter indicates what the trigger was for creation of the filtering database entry, that is, a filtering
entry can be configured or dynamically learned.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan shub-fdb [ (vlanid) ]

Command Parameters
Table 48.26-1 "SHub VLAN Filtering Database Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlanid) Format: vlan id
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]

Command Output
Table 48.26-2 "SHub VLAN Filtering Database Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
mac Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> mac address
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) This element is always shown.
- length: 6
bridge-port Parameter type: <Shub::Port> bridge port
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Shub::SlotId> This element is always shown.
| network : <Shub::NetworkPort>
| nt
| unassigned-link : <Shub::NoExtLink> )
Possible values:
- lt : port of the line board
- network : network port
- nt : port of the nt

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1037

48 VLAN Status Commands

name Type Description

- unassigned-link : unassigned external link
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Shub::SlotId>
- the egress lt slot
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub
Field type <Shub::NoExtLink>
- unassigned external SFP port
status Parameter type: <Vlan::FdbEntryStatus> the origin of the entry, unless
( other invalid
| invalid This element is always shown.
| learned
| self
| static )
Possible values:
- other : entry does not determine the forwarding of frames
- invalid : entry is being removed
- learned : entry has been learned dynamically
- self : entry represents one of the device's addresses
- static : entry has been configured by a manager
fdb-id Parameter type: <Vlan::Gauge> filtering database identity
- an unsigned integer This element is only shown in
detail mode.
filter-entries Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> current number of entries in this
- an unsigned integer fdb
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1038 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

48.27 SHub Filtering Database Entry Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays one entry of the filtering database -if any- given a particular VLAN, a unicast MAC address
and a bridge port on the SHub. The filtering dabatase is used by the bridging function in determining how to
propagate a received frame.
The status parameter indicates what the trigger was for creation of the filtering database entry, that is, a filtering
entry can be configured or dynamically learned.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan shub-filter-entry [ (vlanid) [ unicast-mac <Vlan::MacAddr> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 48.27-1 "SHub Filtering Database Entry Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlanid) Format: vlan id
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]
unicast-mac Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> mac address
Format:
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03)
- length: 6

Command Output
Table 48.27-2 "SHub Filtering Database Entry Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Shub::Port> port where the mac address was
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Shub::SlotId> learnt
| network : <Shub::NetworkPort> This element is always shown.
| nt
| unassigned-link : <Shub::NoExtLink> )
Possible values:
- lt : port of the line board

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1039

48 VLAN Status Commands

name Type Description

- network : network port
- nt : port of the nt
- unassigned-link : unassigned external link
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Shub::SlotId>
- the egress lt slot
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub
Field type <Shub::NoExtLink>
- unassigned external SFP port
status Parameter type: <Vlan::FdbEntryStatus> the origin of the entry, unless
( other invalid
| invalid This element is always shown.
| learned
| self
| static )
Possible values:
- other : entry does not determine the forwarding of frames
- invalid : entry is being removed
- learned : entry has been learned dynamically
- self : entry represents one of the device's addresses
- static : entry has been configured by a manager

1040 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

48.28 SHub Duplicate MAC Alarm Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the status of a duplicate MAC alarm. This command is useful when a duplicate MAC alarm
has occurred. A duplicate MAC alarm is raised when a new MAC address could not be learned on a port of the
SHub because this MAC address already exists on another port of the SHub for the same VLAN, that is, within the
same filtering database.
When a duplicate MAC alarm is raised, it provides the port and VLAN identity where the alarm occurred, but it
does not carry the MAC address.
This command is helpful in displaying the list of duplicate MAC Addresses on the specific port and VLAN.
The duplicate MAC alarm information is available as long as the alarm is "on".

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan shub-dup-mac-alarm [ (dup-vlan-id) [ dup-port <Shub::Port> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 48.28-1 "SHub Duplicate MAC Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(dup-vlan-id) Format: duplicate vlan id
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]
dup-port Parameter type: <Shub::Port> duplicate bridge port
Format:
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Shub::SlotId>
| network : <Shub::NetworkPort>
| nt
| unassigned-link : <Shub::NoExtLink> )
Possible values:
- lt : port of the line board
- network : network port
- nt : port of the nt
- unassigned-link : unassigned external link
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Shub::SlotId>
- the egress lt slot
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1041

48 VLAN Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- network port on Shub
Field type <Shub::NoExtLink>
- unassigned external SFP port

Command Output
Table 48.28-2 "SHub Duplicate MAC Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
duplicate-mac Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> duplicate mac address
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) This element is always shown.
- length: 6

1042 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 48 VLAN Status Commands

48.29 SHub Number Of Active Multicast Entries

Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the number of active multicast entries in the SHub.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show vlan shub-nr-mcast-entries

Command Output
Table 48.29-2 "SHub Number Of Active Multicast Entries Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
nrmcast-entries Parameter type: <Vlan::ActiveNrMcastEntries> number of active multicast
- a signed integer entries.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1043

49- Link Aggregation Status Commands

49.1 Link Aggregation Status Command Tree 49-1045

49.2 Link Aggregation Group Status Command 49-1046
49.3 Link Aggregation Member List Status Command 49-1051
49.4 Link Aggregate Member Link Status Command 49-1052

1044 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 49 Link Aggregation Status Commands

49.1 Link Aggregation Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Link Aggregation Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----la
----aggregator-info
- (port)
----aggregate-list
- (network-port)
- participant-port
----network-port-info
- (port)

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1045

49 Link Aggregation Status Commands

49.2 Link Aggregation Group Status Command

Command Description
This command displays information about a Link Aggregation Group configured on the SHub. The information
pertains to the Group. The operator identifies the group by means of the primary link or primary port.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show la aggregator-info [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 49.2-1 "Link Aggregation Group Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: interface index of the port
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub

Command Output
Table 49.2-2 "Link Aggregation Group Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
mac-address Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> Specifies MAC address assigned
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) to the Aggregator.
- length: 6 This element is shown in normal
mode.
aggregate Parameter type: <Shub::AggregateFlag> Specifies whether the aggregator
( ( aggregate | yes ) represents an aggregate or an
| ( individual | no ) ) individual link.
Possible values: This element is shown in normal
- aggregate : aggregate mode.
- yes : aggregate
- individual : individual
- no : individual
actor-oper-key Parameter type: <Shub::LacpKey> The current operational value of
short name: actor-key - link aggregate key the key for the aggregator.
- range: [0...65535] This element is shown in normal
mode.

1046 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 49 Link Aggregation Status Commands

name Type Description

partner-sys-id Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> Specifies MAC address for the
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) current protocol partner of this
- length: 6 aggregator
This element is shown in normal
mode.
partner-sys-priority Parameter type: <Shub::LaPartnerSysPriority> Specifies priority value
short name: prio - la actor system priority associated with the partner's
- range: [0...65535] system id.
This element is shown in normal
mode.
partner-oper-key Parameter type: <Shub::LacpKey> The current operational value for
short name: partner-key - link aggregate key the aggregator's current protocol
- range: [0...65535] partner.
This element is shown in normal
mode.
Only Show Details: aggregator parameters
name Type Description
mac-address Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> Specifies MAC address assigned
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) to the Aggregator.
- length: 6 This element is only shown in
detail mode.
aggregate Parameter type: <Shub::AggregateFlag> Specifies whether the aggregator
( ( aggregate | yes ) represents an aggregate or an
| ( individual | no ) ) individual link.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- aggregate : aggregate detail mode.
- yes : aggregate
- individual : individual
- no : individual
actor-oper-key Parameter type: <Shub::LacpKey> The current operational value of
- link aggregate key the key for the aggregator.
- range: [0...65535] This element is only shown in
detail mode.
actor-sys-id Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> Specifies MAC address for the
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) current protocol actor of this
- length: 6 aggregator
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
partner-sys-id Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> Specifies MAC address for the
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) current protocol partner of this
- length: 6 aggregator
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
partner-sys-priority Parameter type: <Shub::LaPartnerSysPriority> Specifies priority value
- la actor system priority associated with the partner's
- range: [0...65535] system id.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
partner-oper-key Parameter type: <Shub::LacpKey> The current operational value for
- link aggregate key the aggregator's current protocol
- range: [0...65535] partner.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: statistics
name Type Description
rx-octets Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> A count of the data and padding

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1047

49 Link Aggregation Status Commands

name Type Description

- an unsigned integer octets received by the aggregator,
from the aggregation ports that
are members of the aggregation.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
rx-frames Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> A count of the data frames
- an unsigned integer received by the aggregator, from
the aggregation ports that are
members of the aggregation.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
rx-ucast-frames Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> The total number of unicast user
- an unsigned integer data frames received by the
aggregation.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
rx-mcast-frames Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> A count of the data frames
- an unsigned integer received by this aggregator, from
the aggregation ports that are
members of the aggregation,that
were addressed to an active group
address other than the broadcast
address.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
rx-bcast-frames Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> A count of the broadcast data
- an unsigned integer frames received by this
Aggregator, from the
Aggregation Ports that are
members of the aggregation.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
rx-discard-frames Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> A count of data frames,received
- an unsigned integer on all ports that are members of
the aggregation,that were
discarded by the collection
function of the aggregator as they
were received on ports whose
collection function was disabled.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
rx-error-frames Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> A count of data frames discarded
- an unsigned integer on reception by all ports that are
members of the aggregation,or
that were discarded by the
collection function of the
aggregator,or that were discarded
by the aggregator due to the
detection of an illegal slow
protocols PDU
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
rx-unknown-prot-frames Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> A count of data frames discarded
- an unsigned integer on reception by all ports that are
members of the aggregation,due
to the detection of an unknown
slow protocols PDU .

1048 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 49 Link Aggregation Status Commands

name Type Description

This element is only shown in
detail mode.
tx-octets Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> A count of the data and padding
- an unsigned integer octets transmitted by this
aggregator on all aggregation
ports that are members of the
aggregation.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
tx-frames Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> A count of the data frames
- an unsigned integer transmitted by this aggregator on
all aggregation ports that are
members of the aggregation.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
tx-ucast-frames Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> The total number of unicast user
- an unsigned integer data frames transmitted by
aggregation.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
tx-mcast-frames Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> A count of the data frames
- an unsigned integer transmitted by this aggregator on
all aggregation ports that are
members of the aggregation,to a
group destination address other
than the broadcast address.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
tx-bcast-frames Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> A count of the broadcast data
- an unsigned integer frames transmitted by this
aggregator on all aggregation
ports that are members of the
aggregation.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
tx-discard-frames Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> A count of data frames requested
- an unsigned integer to be transmitted by this
aggregator that were discarded by
the distribution function of the
aggregator when conversations
are re-allocated to different
ports,due to the requirement to
ensure that the conversations are
flushed on the old ports in order
to maintain proper frame ordering
,or discarded as a result of
excessive collisions by ports that
are members of the aggregation.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
tx-error-frames Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> A count of data frames requested
- an unsigned integer to be transmitted by this
aggregator that experienced
transmission errors on ports that
are members of the
aggregation.This count does not
include frames discarded due to

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1049

49 Link Aggregation Status Commands

name Type Description

excess collisions.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
trap-port Parameter type: <Shub::NetworkPort> Specifies index used to generate
<Shub::NetworkPort> TRAP for the particular
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort> aggregator
- network port on Shub This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1050 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 49 Link Aggregation Status Commands

49.3 Link Aggregation Member List Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the list of ports that are members of a Link Aggregation Group.
The Link Aggregation Group should be identified by means of its primary link, otherwise, the list of ports will be
empty.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show la aggregate-list [ (network-port) [ participant-port <Shub::NetworkPort> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 49.3-1 "Link Aggregation Member List Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(network-port)
participant-port
Type Description
Format: port
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub
Parameter type: <Shub::NetworkPort> participants in the aggregation
Format: group
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1051

49 Link Aggregation Status Commands

49.4 Link Aggregate Member Link Status Command

Command Description
This command displays information for a member of a Link Aggregation Group configured on the SHub. The
member link is identified by its port number.
Detailed information can be obtained on LACP protocol statistics and debugging information.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show la network-port-info [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 49.4-1 "Link Aggregate Member Link Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: interface index of the network
<Shub::NetworkPort> port
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub

Command Output
Table 49.4-2 "Link Aggregate Member Link Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
aggregate Parameter type: <Shub::AggregateFlag> specifies whether the aggregation
( ( aggregate | yes ) port is able to aggregate or only
| ( individual | no ) ) able to operate as an individual
Possible values: link.
- aggregate : aggregate This element is always shown.
- yes : aggregate
- individual : individual
- no : individual
standby Parameter type: <Shub::SbyStatus> specifies whether aggregation
( ( active | no ) port is in active or standby
| ( standby | yes ) ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- active : active
- no : active
- standby : standby

1052 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 49 Link Aggregation Status Commands

name Type Description

- yes : standby
Only Show Details: aggregate/individual parameters
name Type Description
actor-sys-id Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> specifies MAC addr that defines
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) the value of the system id for the
- length: 6 system that contains this
aggregation port.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
actor-key Parameter type: <Shub::LacpKey> current operational value of the
- link aggregate key key for the aggregation port.
- range: [0...65535] This element is only shown in
detail mode.
partner-sys-priority Parameter type: <Shub::LaPortPartnerAdminSysPrio> operational value of priority
- la aggregate partner admin system priority associated with the partner's
- range: [0...65535] system id.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
partner-sys-id Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> specifies MAC addr value
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) representing the current value of
- length: 6 the aggregation port's protocol
partner's system id.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
partner-key Parameter type: <Shub::LacpKey> current operational value of the
- link aggregate key key for the protocol partner.
- range: [0...65535] This element is only shown in
detail mode.
actual-aggregator-port Parameter type: <Shub::RstpNetworkPort> specifies the aggregator that this
( network : <Shub::NetworkPort> aggregation port has currently
| none ) selected
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- none : no port detail mode.
- network : network port
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub
attached-aggreg-port Parameter type: <Shub::RstpNetworkPort> specifies the aggregator that this
( network : <Shub::NetworkPort> aggregation port is currently
| none ) attached to. Zero indicates that
Possible values: the aggregation port is not
- none : no port currently attached to an
- network : network port aggregator.
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort> This element is only shown in
- network port on Shub detail mode.
actor-port Parameter type: <Shub::RstpNetworkPort> port number locally assigned to
( network : <Shub::NetworkPort> the aggregation port.
| none ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- none : no port
- network : network port
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub
partner-port Parameter type: <Shub::LaPartnerAdminPort> operational port number assigned
- la aggregate partner admin port to this aggregation port by the
- range: [0...65535] aggregation port's protocol
partner.
This element is only shown in

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1053

49 Link Aggregation Status Commands
name
partner-port-priority
actor-synch-state
actor-collect-state
actor-distribute-state
actor-defaulted-state
actor-expired-state
partner-synch-state
partner-collect-state
1054 Released
Type Description
detail mode.
Parameter type: <Shub::LaPortActorPortPriority> priority value assigned to this
- la aggregate actor port priority aggregation port by the partner.
- range: [0...65535] This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Parameter type: <Shub::ActorOperLacpSynchState> actor oper lacp synch state
( ( synchronised | yes ) This element is only shown in
| ( not-synchronised | no ) ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- synchronised : actor is syncronised
- yes : actor is syncronised
- not-synchronised : actor is not synchronised
- no : actor is not synchronised
Parameter type: <Shub::ActorOperLacpCollectState> actor oper lacp collecting state
( ( collecting | yes ) This element is only shown in
| ( not-collecting | no ) ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- collecting : the actor is collecting
- yes : the actor is collecting
- not-collecting : the actor is not collecting
- no : the actor is not collecting
Parameter type: <Shub::ActorOperLacpDistributeState> actor oper lacp distributing state
( ( distributing | yes ) This element is only shown in
| ( not-distributing | no ) ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- distributing : the actor is distributing
- yes : the actor is distributing
- not-distributing : the actor is not distributing
- no : the actor is not distributing
Parameter type: <Shub::ActorOperLacpDefaultedState> actor oper lacp defaulted state
( ( is-defaulted | yes ) This element is only shown in
| ( is-not-defaulted | no ) ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- is-defaulted : the actor is defaulted
- yes : the actor is defaulted
- is-not-defaulted : the actor is not defaulted
- no : the actor is not defaulted
Parameter type: <Shub::ActorOperLacpExpiredState> actor oper lacp expired state
( ( is-expired | yes ) This element is only shown in
| ( is-not-expired | no ) ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- is-expired : actor is in lacp expired state
- yes : actor is in lacp expired state
- is-not-expired : actor is not in lacp expired state
- no : actor is not in lacp expired state
Parameter type: <Shub::ActorOperLacpSynchState> partner oper lacp synch state
( ( synchronised | yes ) This element is only shown in
| ( not-synchronised | no ) ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- synchronised : actor is syncronised
- yes : actor is syncronised
- not-synchronised : actor is not synchronised
- no : actor is not synchronised
Parameter type: <Shub::ActorOperLacpCollectState> partner oper lacp collecting state
( ( collecting | yes ) This element is only shown in
| ( not-collecting | no ) ) detail mode.
Possible values:
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
 49 Link Aggregation Status Commands

name Type Description

- collecting : the actor is collecting
- yes : the actor is collecting
- not-collecting : the actor is not collecting
- no : the actor is not collecting
partn-distribute-state Parameter type: <Shub::ActorOperLacpDistributeState> partner oper lacp distributing
( ( distributing | yes ) state
| ( not-distributing | no ) ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- distributing : the actor is distributing
- yes : the actor is distributing
- not-distributing : the actor is not distributing
- no : the actor is not distributing
partn-defaulted-state Parameter type: <Shub::ActorOperLacpDefaultedState> partner oper lacp defaulted state
( ( is-defaulted | yes ) This element is only shown in
| ( is-not-defaulted | no ) ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- is-defaulted : the actor is defaulted
- yes : the actor is defaulted
- is-not-defaulted : the actor is not defaulted
- no : the actor is not defaulted
partner-expired-state Parameter type: <Shub::ActorOperLacpExpiredState> partner oper lacp expired state
( ( is-expired | yes ) This element is only shown in
| ( is-not-expired | no ) ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- is-expired : actor is in lacp expired state
- yes : actor is in lacp expired state
- is-not-expired : actor is not in lacp expired state
- no : actor is not in lacp expired state
Only Show Details: link aggregation control protocol statistics
name Type Description
lacp-pdus-rx Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> number of valid LACPDUs
- an unsigned integer received on this aggregation port.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
marker-rx Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> nbr of valid marker PDUs
- an unsigned integer received on this aggregation port.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
marker-response-rx Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> nbr of valid marker response
- an unsigned integer PDUs received on this
aggregation port.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
unknown-rx Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> nbr of frames rx that either: carry
- an unsigned integer the slow protocols ethernet type
value, but contain an unknown
PDU,or: are addressed to the
slow protocols group MAC addr,
but do not carry the slow
protocols ethernet type.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
illegal-rx Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> nbr of frames rx that carry the
- an unsigned integer slow protocols ethernet type
value, but contain a badly formed
PDU or an illegal value of
protocol subtype.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1055

49 Link Aggregation Status Commands

name Type Description

This element is only shown in
detail mode.
lacp-pdus-tx Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> number of LACPDUs transmitted
- an unsigned integer on this aggregation port.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
marker-tx Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> number of marker PDUs
- an unsigned integer transmitted on this aggregation
port.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
marker-response-tx Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> nbr of marker response PDUs
- an unsigned integer transmitted on this aggregation
port.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: debugging information
name Type Description
rx-state Parameter type: <Vlan::LaRxState> specifies receive state machine
( present for the aggregation port
| expired This element is only shown in
| defaulted detail mode.
| initialize
| lacpdisabled
| portdisabled )
Possible values:
- present : present
- expired : expired
- defaulted : defaulted
- initialize : initialize
- lacpdisabled : lacp Disabled
- portdisabled : port Disabled
mux-state Parameter type: <Shub::LaMuxState> specifies the mux state machine
( detached for the aggregation port
| waiting This element is only shown in
| attached detail mode.
| collecting
| distributing
| collect-distributing )
Possible values:
- detached : detached
- waiting : waiting
- attached : attached
- collecting : collecting
- distributing : distributing
- collect-distributing : collecting and distributing
mux-reason Parameter type: <Vlan::String> specifies the reason for the most
- printable string recent change of mux machine
state.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
actor-churn-state Parameter type: <Shub::LaChurnState> specifies the state of the actor
( no-churn churn detection machine for the
| churn aggregation port.
| churn-monitor ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- no-churn : no churn

1056 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


name
actor-churn-count
actor-sync-transit-cnt
actor-lag-id-chg-count
partner-churn-state
partner-churn-count
partn-sync-transit-cnt
partner-lag-id-chg-cnt
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
49 Link Aggregation Status Commands
Type Description
- churn : churn
- churn-monitor : churn monitor
Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> nbr of times the actor churn state
- an unsigned integer machine has entered the
ACTOR_CHURN state.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> nbr of times the actor's mux state
- an unsigned integer machine has entered the
IN_SYNC state.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> nbr of times the actor's perception
- an unsigned integer of the lag id for this aggregation
port has changed.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Parameter type: <Shub::LaChurnState> specifies the state of the partner
( no-churn churn detection machine for the
| churn aggregation port.
| churn-monitor ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- no-churn : no churn
- churn : churn
- churn-monitor : churn monitor
Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> nbr of times the partner churn
- an unsigned integer state machine has entered the
PARTNER_CHURN state.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> nbr of times the partner's mux
- an unsigned integer state machine has entered the
IN_SYNC state.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Parameter type: <Vlan::Counter> nbr of times the partner's
- an unsigned integer perception of the lag id for this
aggregation port has changed.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Released 1057
50- QOS Status Commands

50.1 QOS Status Command Tree 50-1059

50.2 QoS Session Profile Status Command 50-1061
50.3 QoS Marker Profile Status Command 50-1062
50.4 QoS Policer Profile Status Command 50-1063
50.5 QoS Queue Profile Status Command 50-1064
50.6 QoS Scheduler Profile Status Command 50-1065
50.7 QoS CAC Profile Status Command 50-1066
50.8 QoS Policy Profile Status Command 50-1067
50.9 QoS L2 Filter Profile Status Command 50-1068
50.10 QoS L3 Filter Profile Status Command 50-1069
50.11 QoS Policy Action Profile Status Command 50-1070
50.12 QoS DSL Bandwidth Status Command 50-1071
50.13 QoS Shdsl Bandwidth Status Command 50-1073
50.14 QoS Ethernet Bandwidth Status Command 50-1075
50.15 QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous 50-1077
Quarter
50.16 QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current 50-1080
Quarter
50.17 QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous 50-1083
Day Command
50.18 QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Day 50-1086
50.19 QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics Total Status 50-1089
Command
50.20 QoS Interface Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous 50-1093
Quarter
50.21 QoS Interface Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current 50-1095
Quarter
50.22 QoS Fan Out Statistics for Previous Quarter 50-1097
50.23 QoS Fan Out Statistics for Current 15 minutes 50-1099
50.24 QoS Fan Out Statistics for Previous Day 50-1101
50.25 QoS Fan Out Statistics for Current Day 50-1103
50.26 QoS SHub Meter Statistics Status Command 50-1105
50.27 QoS SHub Flow Statistics Status Command 50-1106

1058 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 50 QOS Status Commands

50.1 QOS Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "QOS Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----qos
----profile-usage
----session
- (name)
----marker
- (name)
----policer
- (name)
----queue
- (name)
----scheduler
- (name)
----cac
- (name)
----policy
- (name)
----l2-filter
- (name)
----l3-filter
- (name)
----policy-action
- (name)
----dsl-bandwidth
- (index)
----shdsl-bandwidth
- (index)
----ethernet-bandwidth
- (index)
----statistics
----buffer-overflow
----prev-15min
- (equip-slot)
- interval-num
----current-15min
- (equip-slot)
----prev-1day
- (equip-slot)
----current-1day
- (equip-slot)
----total
- (equip-slot)
----queue
----prev-15min
- (index)
- queue

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1059

50 QOS Status Commands

- interval-num
----current-15min
- (index)
- queue
----ltcos
----prev-15min
- (equip-slot)
- traffic-class
- interval-num
----current-15min
- (equip-slot)
- traffic-class
----pre-1day
- (equip-slot)
- interval-num
----current-1day
- (equip-slot)
----shub
----meter
- (index)
----flow
- (index)

1060 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 50 QOS Status Commands

50.2 QoS Session Profile Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the QoS session profile status. A QoS profile that is in use cannot be deleted, so the
operator can use this command to display the usage of QoS session profiles. The QoS session profile usage
represents the total user sessions (both for statically configured and dynamic sessions).

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos profile-usage session [ (name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.2-1 "QoS Session Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32

Command Output
Table 50.2-2 "QoS Session Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount> Indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...65535] count is greater than 0, then this
profile is 'in use', and may NOT
be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1061

50 QOS Status Commands

50.3 QoS Marker Profile Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the QoS marker profile status. A QoS profile that is in use cannot be deleted, so the
operator can use this command to display the usage of QoS marker profiles. The QoS marker profile usage shows
the references from existing QoS session profiles because these profiles are not applied on their own.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos profile-usage marker [ (name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.3-1 "QoS Marker Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32

Command Output
Table 50.3-2 "QoS Marker Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount> Indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...65535] count is greater than 0, then this
profile 'is in use', and may NOT
be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
This element is always shown.

1062 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 50 QOS Status Commands

50.4 QoS Policer Profile Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the QoS policer profile status. A QoS profile that is in use cannot be deleted, so the
operator can use this command to display the usage of QoS policer profiles. The QoS policer profile usage shows
the references from existing QoS session profiles because these profiles are not applied on their own.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos profile-usage policer [ (name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.4-1 "QoS Policer Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32

Command Output
Table 50.4-2 "QoS Policer Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount> Indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...65535] count is greater than 0, then this
profile is 'in use', and may NOT
be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1063

50 QOS Status Commands

50.5 QoS Queue Profile Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the QoS queue profile status. A QoS profile that is in use cannot be deleted, so the operator
can use this command to display the usage of QoS queue profiles. The QoS queue profile usage shows the
references from existing QoS session profiles because these profiles are not applied on their own.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos profile-usage queue [ (name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.5-1 "QoS Queue Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32

Command Output
Table 50.5-2 "QoS Queue Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount> indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...65535] count is not 0, then this profile is
'in use', and can not be deleted. If
the value is 0, then this profile is
'not in use', and can be deleted.
This element is always shown.

1064 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 50 QOS Status Commands

50.6 QoS Scheduler Profile Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the QoS scheduler profile status. A QoS profile that is in use cannot be deleted, so the
operator can use this command to display the usage of QoS scheduler profiles. The QoS scheduler profile usage
shows the references from existing QoS session profiles because these profiles are not applied on their own.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos profile-usage scheduler [ (name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.6-1 "QoS Scheduler Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32

Command Output
Table 50.6-2 "QoS Scheduler Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount> Indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...65535] count is greater than 0, then this
profile is 'in use', and may NOT
be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1065

50 QOS Status Commands

50.7 QoS CAC Profile Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the QoS CAC profile status. A QoS profile that is in use cannot be deleted, so the operator
can use this command to display the usage of QoS CAC profiles. The QoS CAC profile usage displays the
references from existing QoS session profiles because these profiles are not applied on their own.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos profile-usage cac [ (name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.7-1 "QoS CAC Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32

Command Output
Table 50.7-2 "QoS CAC Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount> indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...65535] count is greater than 0, then this
profile is 'in use', and may NOT
be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
This element is always shown.

1066 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 50 QOS Status Commands

50.8 QoS Policy Profile Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the QoS policy profile status. A QoS profile in use cannot be deleted. Use this command to
display the usage of QoS policy profiles. The QoS policy profile usage shows the references from existing QoS
session profiles because these profiles are not applied on their own.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos profile-usage policy [ (name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.8-1 "QoS Policy Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32

Command Output
Table 50.8-2 "QoS Policy Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount> indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...65535] count is greater than 0, then this
profile is 'in use', and may NOT
be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1067

50 QOS Status Commands

50.9 QoS L2 Filter Profile Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the QoS L2 filter profile status. A QoS profile in use cannot be deleted. Use this command
to display the usage of QoS L2 filter profiles. The QoS L2 filter profile usage shows the references from existing
QoS session profiles because these profiles are not applied on their own.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos profile-usage l2-filter [ (name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.9-1 "QoS L2 Filter Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32

Command Output
Table 50.9-2 "QoS L2 Filter Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount> indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...65535] count is greater than 0, then this
profile is 'in use', and may NOT
be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
This element is always shown.

1068 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 50 QOS Status Commands

50.10 QoS L3 Filter Profile Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the QoS L3 filter profile status. A QoS profile in use cannot be deleted. Use this command
to display the usage of QoS L3 Filter profiles. The QoS L3 filter profile usage shows the references from existing
QoS session profiles because these profiles are not applied on their own.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos profile-usage l3-filter [ (name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.10-1 "QoS L3 Filter Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32

Command Output
Table 50.10-2 "QoS L3 Filter Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount> indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...65535] count is greater than 0, then this
profile is 'in use', and may NOT
be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1069

50 QOS Status Commands

50.11 QoS Policy Action Profile Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the QoS policy action profile status. A QoS profile in use cannot be deleted. Use this
command to display the usage of policy action profiles. The QoS policy action profile usage shows the references
from existing QoS session profiles because these profiles are not applied on their own.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos profile-usage policy-action [ (name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.11-1 "QoS Policy Action Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32

Command Output
Table 50.11-2 "QoS Policy Action Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount> indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...65535] count is greater than 0, then this
profile is 'in use', and may NOT
be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
This element is always shown.

1070 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 50 QOS Status Commands

50.12 QoS DSL Bandwidth Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the bandwidth allocation and usage for each DSL link.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos dsl-bandwidth [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.12-1 "QoS DSL Bandwidth Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type Description
Format: physical port of a dsl link
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 50.12-2 "QoS DSL Bandwidth Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
frame-net-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Represents an approximation of
- a signed integer the bandwidth available for
Ethernet frames. This
approximation is made by using
an appropriate overhead factor
(ATM, EFM, ..). The basis for
the calculus can be minimum
sync rate or actual sync rate, or
the native bandwidth for
non-xDSL interfaces.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1071

50 QOS Status Commands

name Type Description

res-data-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> The portion the frame-net-bw that
- a signed integer is reserved for all data services
(typically HSI user traffic). This
is a reserved value per DSL
interface (and not per user
session) and applicable in the
downstream direction only.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
res-voice-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> The portion of the frame-net-bw
- a signed integer that is reserved for all voice
services (typically HSI user
traffic). This is a reserved value
per DSL interface (and not per
voice call) and applicable in the
downstream direction only. The
usage of this value is to set apart
a minimum rate such that video
and voice services can never
impact each other.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
m-cast-max-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Represents the rate limitation
- a signed integer imposed by the operator upon the
maximum bandwidth to be
consumed by user multicast video
sessions. This limit can enforce a
smaller value than actually
available on the DSL link.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
m-cast-avail-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Represents the bandwidth
- a signed integer available for multicast services,
calculated by the ISAM. This
value is what is left from
frame-net-bw after deducting
from it res-data-bw and
res-voice-bw. The minimum of
m-cast-avail-bw and
m-cast-max-bw will be the actual
limitation for user multicast
bandwidth usage per DSL link.
This element is always shown.
m-cast-used-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Shows the bandwidth currently in
- a signed integer use by pre-configured multicast
streams.
This element is always shown.

1072 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 50 QOS Status Commands

50.13 QoS Shdsl Bandwidth Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the bandwidth allocation and usage for each Shdsl link.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos shdsl-bandwidth [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.13-1 "QoS Shdsl Bandwidth Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type Description
Format: physical port of a shdsl link
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 50.13-2 "QoS Shdsl Bandwidth Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
frame-net-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Represents the approximate
- a signed integer bandwidth available for Ethernet
frames, which is guaranteed to be
available by the physical layer.
This approximation is made by
the configurable ATM overhead
factor.
This element is always shown.
res-data-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> The portion the frame-net-bw that
- a signed integer is reserved for all data services

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1073

50 QOS Status Commands

name Type Description

(typically HSI user traffic). This
is a reserved value per DSL
interface (and not per user
session) and applicable in the
downstream direction only.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
res-voice-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> The portion of the frame-net-bw
- a signed integer that is reserved for all voice
services (typically HSI user
traffic). This is a reserved value
per DSL interface (and not per
voice call) and applicable in the
downstream direction only. The
usage of this value is to set apart
a minimum rate such that video
and voice services can never
impact each other.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
m-cast-max-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Represents the rate limitation
- a signed integer imposed by the operator upon the
maximum bandwidth to be
consumed by user multicast video
sessions. This limit can enforce a
smaller value than actually
available on the DSL link.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
m-cast-avail-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Represents the bandwidth
- a signed integer available for multicast services,
calculated by the ISAM. This
value is what is left from
frame-net-bw after deducting
from it res-data-bw and
res-voice-bw. The minimum of
m-cast-avail-bw and
m-cast-max-bw will be the actual
limitation for user multicast
bandwidth usage per DSL link.
This element is always shown.
m-cast-used-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Shows the bandwidth currently in
- a signed integer use by pre-configured multicast
streams.
This element is always shown.

1074 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 50 QOS Status Commands

50.14 QoS Ethernet Bandwidth Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the bandwidth allocation and usage for each Ethernet link.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos ethernet-bandwidth [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.14-1 "QoS Ethernet Bandwidth Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type Description
Format: physical port of a ethernet link
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 50.14-2 "QoS Ethernet Bandwidth Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
frame-net-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Represents the approximate
- a signed integer bandwidth available for Ethernet
frames, which is guaranteed to be
available by the physical layer.
This approximation is made by
the configurable ATM overhead
factor.
This element is always shown.
res-data-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> The portion the frame-net-bw that
- a signed integer is reserved for all data services

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1075

50 QOS Status Commands

name Type Description

(typically HSI user traffic). This
is a reserved value per DSL
interface (and not per user
session) and applicable in the
downstream direction only.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
res-voice-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> The portion of the frame-net-bw
- a signed integer that is reserved for all voice
services (typically HSI user
traffic). This is a reserved value
per DSL interface (and not per
voice call) and applicable in the
downstream direction only. The
usage of this value is to set apart
a minimum rate such that video
and voice services can never
impact each other.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
m-cast-max-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Represents the rate limitation
- a signed integer imposed by the operator upon the
maximum bandwidth to be
consumed by user multicast video
sessions. This limit can enforce a
smaller value than actually
available on the DSL link.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
m-cast-avail-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Represents the bandwidth
- a signed integer available for multicast services,
calculated by the ISAM. This
value is what is left from
frame-net-bw after deducting
from it res-data-bw and
res-voice-bw. The minimum of
m-cast-avail-bw and
m-cast-max-bw will be the actual
limitation for user multicast
bandwidth usage per DSL link.
This element is always shown.
m-cast-used-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Shows the bandwidth currently in
- a signed integer use by pre-configured multicast
streams.
This element is always shown.

1076 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 50 QOS Status Commands

50.15 QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for

Previous Quarter

Command Description
This command displays the buffer overflow for each unit applicable on dedicated buffer pools and not on individual
queues. These counters are supported on L3 units. Under normal working conditions, all these counters should
read zero.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos statistics buffer-overflow prev-15min [ (equip-slot) [ interval-num <Qos::CounterInterval> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.15-1 "QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Quarter" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(equip-slot) Format: physical position of the board
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
interval-num Parameter type: <Qos::CounterInterval> time interval interms of 15 min
Format:
- time interval interms of 15 mins
- range: [1...32]

Command Output
Table 50.15-2 "QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Quarter" Display parameters
Specific Information

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1077

50 QOS Status Commands

name Type Description

upstream Parameter type: <Counter> the number of buffer overflows
- counter on an LIM module in the
upstream direction on a 15
minute interval basis. The
upstream direction on the LIM is
non-blocking, hence this value
should always read zero under
normal working conditions.
This element is always shown.
upstream-obc Parameter type: <Counter> the number of buffer overflows
- counter on an LIM module for the
OBC-directed traffic upstream on
a 15 minute interval basis. In
some special conditions such as
system startup or re-start packet
loss may occur here but under
normal circumstances this
counter should read zero.
This element is always shown.
downstream-obc Parameter type: <Counter> the number of buffer overflows
- counter on an LIM module for the
OBC-directed traffic downstream
on a 15 minute interval basis.
Under normal circumstances this
counter should always read zero.
This element is always shown.
downstream-unicast Parameter type: <Counter> a counter for the event of total
- counter buffer overflow of the
downstream unicast pool. This
even should not occur. Queue
fill-up and tail drop is a normal
condition for data traffic
(individual queues) but not for
voice and video on demand
services (individual queues). If
the total downstream pool is
filled, that means that non-QoS
aware packet loss will occur.
This element is always shown.
downstream-multicast Parameter type: <Counter> a counter for the event of total
- counter buffer overflow of the
downstream multicast pool. This
even should be a rather rare
event. On the long term, buffer
overflow in the multicast pool
may occur a few times a day (less
than a few tens under heavy
multicast usage).
This element is always shown.
obc-injected Parameter type: <Counter> Previous 15 minute for
- counter OBC-injected buffer overflow
event on LIM, This event
happens if the processor cannot
cope with the extensive load of
the system and cannot reassemble
a frame in due time. This event
should not occur under normal

1078 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 50 QOS Status Commands

name Type Description

measured-time
partial-aggr-buf-ovflw
Parameter type: <Qos::TimeTicks>
- timer value for parameters
- unit: 1/100 sec
Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter>
- vlan counter
working conditions. This counter
is used for both upstream and
downstream OBC-injected
frames on an LIM.
This element is always shown.
the amount of time, that statistics
for this entry have been counted.
This element is always shown.
the number of lower traffic class
packets discarded due to global
buffer occupancy threshold
overflow
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1079

50 QOS Status Commands

50.16 QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for

Current Quarter

Command Description
This command displays the buffer overflow for each unit applicable on dedicated buffer pools and not on individual
queues. These counters are supported on L3 units. Under normal working conditions, all these counters should
read zero.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos statistics buffer-overflow current-15min [ (equip-slot) ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.16-1 "QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Quarter" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(equip-slot)
Type Description
Format: physical position of the board
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number

Command Output
Table 50.16-2 "QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Quarter" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
upstream Parameter type: <Counter> number of buffer overflows on an
- counter EBLT LIM module in the
upstream direction on a 15

1080 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 50 QOS Status Commands

name Type Description

minute interval basis in the
current measurement epoch. The
upstream direction on the LIM is
non-blocking, hence this value
should read always zero under
normal working conditions.
This element is always shown.
upstream-obc Parameter type: <Counter> number of buffer overflows on an
- counter EBLT LIM module for the
OBC-directed traffic upstream on
a 15 minute interval basis in the
current measurement. In some
special conditions such as system
startup or re-start packet loss may
occur here but under normal
circumstances this counter should
read zero.
This element is always shown.
downstream-obc Parameter type: <Counter> number of buffer overflows on an
- counter EBLT LIM module for the
OBC-directed traffic downstream
on a 15 minute interval basis in
the current measurement.
This element is always shown.
downstream-unicast Parameter type: <Counter> a counter for the event of total
- counter buffer overflow of the
downstream unicast pool. This
even should not occur. Queue
fill-up and tail drop is a normal
condition for data traffic
(individual queues) but not for
voice and video on demand
services (individual queues). If
the total downstream pool is
filled, that means that QoS
un-aware packet loss will occur.
This element is always shown.
downstream-multicast Parameter type: <Counter> a counter for the event of total
- counter buffer overflow of the
downstream multicast pool. This
even should be a rather rare
event. On the long term, buffer
overflow in the multicast pool
may occur a few times a day (less
than a few tens under heavy
multicast usage).
This element is always shown.
obc-injected Parameter type: <Counter> Current 15 minute for
- counter OBC-injected buffer overflow
event on LIM, there is a reserved
buffer pool for OBC-injected
traffic which under very heavy
load conditions may eventually
get full, and the LIM OBC will
be unable to communicate with
the external world for a very
short time interval.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1081

50 QOS Status Commands

name Type Description

This element is always shown.
elapse-time Parameter type: <Qos::TimeTicks> elapsed time interval since the
- timer value for parameters last measurement epoch started.
- unit: 1/100 sec This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <Qos::TimeTicks> the amount of time, that statistics
- timer value for parameters for this entry have been counted.
- unit: 1/100 sec This element is always shown.
partial-aggr-buf-ovflw Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> the number of lower traffic class
- vlan counter packets discarded due to global
buffer occupancy threshold
overflow
This element is always shown.

1082 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 50 QOS Status Commands

50.17 QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for

Previous Day Command

Command Description
This command displays the buffer overflow for each unit applicable on dedicated buffer pools and not on individual
queues. These counters are supported on L3 units. Under normal working conditions, all these counters should
read zero.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos statistics buffer-overflow prev-1day [ (equip-slot) ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.17-1 "QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Day Command" Resource
Resource Identifier
(equip-slot)
Parameters
Type Description
Format: physical position of the board
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number

Command Output
Table 50.17-2 "QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Day Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
upstream Parameter type: <Counter> the number of buffer overflows

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1083

50 QOS Status Commands

name Type Description

- counter on an EBLT LIM module in the
upstream direction on a one day
interval basis. The upstream
direction on the LIM is
non-blocking, hence this value
should read always zero under
normal working conditions.
This element is always shown.
upstream-obc Parameter type: <Counter> the number of buffer overflows
- counter on an EBLT LIM module for the
OBC-directed traffic upstream on
a one day interval basis. In some
special conditions such as system
startup or re-start packet loss may
occur here but under normal
circumstances this counter should
read zero.
This element is always shown.
downstream-obc Parameter type: <Counter> the number of buffer overflows
- counter on a EBLT LIM module for the
OBC-directed traffic downstream
on a one day interval basis.
Under normal circumstances this
counter should always read zero.
This element is always shown.
downstream-unicast Parameter type: <Counter> a counter for the event of total
- counter buffer overflow of the
downstream unicast pool. This
even should not occur. Queue
fill-up and tail drop is a normal
condition for data traffic
(individual queues) but not for
voice and video on demand
services (individual queues). If
the total downstream pool is
filled, that means that non-QoS
aware packet loss will occur.
This element is always shown.
downstream-multicast Parameter type: <Counter> a counter for the event of total
- counter buffer overflow of the
downstream multicast pool. On
the long term, buffer overflow in
the multicast pool may occur a
few times a day (less than a few
tens under heavy multicast
usage).
This element is always shown.
obc-injected Parameter type: <Counter> previous one day OBC-injected
- counter buffer-pool overflow. In some
heavy load conditions this event
may occur as the OBC-injected
frames fill up completely the
buffer space reserved for this
purpose.
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <Qos::TimeTicks> actual time elapsed during which
- timer value for parameters the measurement was made

1084 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 50 QOS Status Commands

name Type Description

partial-aggr-buf-ovflw
- unit: 1/100 sec This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> the number of lower traffic class
- vlan counter packets discarded due to global
buffer occupancy threshold
overflow.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1085

50 QOS Status Commands

50.18 QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for

Current Day

Command Description
This command displays the buffer overflow for each unit applicable on dedicated buffer pools and not on individual
queues. These counters are supported on L3 units. Under normal working conditions, all these counters should
read zero.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos statistics buffer-overflow current-1day [ (equip-slot) ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.18-1 "QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(equip-slot)
Type Description
Format: physical position of the board
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| nt-a
| nt-b
| acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
| ext-a : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ext-b : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- ext-a : nt-a slot in an extension shelf
- ext-b : nt-b slot in an extension shelf
- acu : acu slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number

1086 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 50 QOS Status Commands

Command Output
Table 50.18-2 "QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Day" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
upstream Parameter type: <Counter> the number of buffer overflows
- counter on EBLT LIM modules in the
upstream direction on a one day
interval basis in the current
measurement period. The
upstream direction on the LIM is
non-blocking, hence this value
should read always zero under
normal working conditions.
This element is always shown.
upstream-obc Parameter type: <Counter> the number of buffer overflows
- counter on EBLT LIM modules for the
OBC-directed traffic upstream on
a one day interval basis in the
current measurement period. In
some special conditions such as
system startup or re-start packet
loss may occur here but under
normal circumstances this
counter should read zero.
This element is always shown.
downstream-obc Parameter type: <Counter> the number of buffer overflows
- counter on an EBLT LIM module for the
OBC-directed traffic downstream
on a one day interval basis in the
current measurement epoch.
under normal circumstances this
counter should always read zero.
This element is always shown.
downstream-unicast Parameter type: <Counter> a counter for the event of total
- counter buffer overflow of the
downstream unicast pool. Queue
fill-up and tail drop is a normal
condition for data traffic
(individual queues) but not for
voice and video on demand
services (individual queues). If
the total downstream pool is
filled, that means that QoS
un-aware packet loss will occur.
This element is always shown.
downstream-multicast Parameter type: <Counter> specifies number of times,
- counter current one day downstream
multicast total buffer pool
overflow - total buffer overflow
of the downstream multicast
pool. This even should be a rather
rare event. On the long term,
buffer overflow in the multicast
pool may occur a few times a day
(less than a few tens under heavy

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1087

50 QOS Status Commands

name Type Description

multicast usage).
This element is always shown.
obc-injected Parameter type: <Counter> specifies number of times,
- counter current one day obc-injected
buffer overflow occurred. There
is a reserved buffer pool for
obc-injected traffic which under
very heavy load conditions may
eventually get full, and the LIM
OBC will be unable to
communicate with the external
world for a very short time
interval.
This element is always shown.
elapse-time Parameter type: <Qos::TimeTicks> elapsed time interval since the
- timer value for parameters last measurement period started.
- unit: 1/100 sec This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <Qos::TimeTicks> the measured time interval since
- timer value for parameters the last measurement period
- unit: 1/100 sec started.
This element is always shown.
partial-aggr-buf-ovflw Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> the number of lower traffic class
- vlan counter packets discarded due to global
buffer occupancy threshold
overflow.
This element is always shown.

1088 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 50 QOS Status Commands

50.19 QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics Total

Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the buffer overflow for each unit applicable on dedicated buffer pools and not on individual
queues. The L3 units have four isolated buffer pools for upstream, downstream, multicast, and OBC-injected
traffic. Under normal working conditions, all these counters should read zero. Check these counters for QoS
problems, which can occur under heavy load conditions.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos statistics buffer-overflow total [ (equip-slot) ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.19-1 "QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics Total Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(equip-slot)
Type Description
Format: physical position of the board
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number

Command Output
Table 50.19-2 "QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics Total Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
upstream Parameter type: <Counter> the number of buffer overflows
- counter per EBLT LIM module in the

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1089

50 QOS Status Commands

name Type Description

upstream direction since the
statistics were last reset. The
upstream direction on the LIM is
non-blocking, hence this value
should read always zero under
normal working conditions.
This element is always shown.
upstream-obc Parameter type: <Counter> the number of buffer overflows
- counter on a LIM module for the
OBC-directed traffic upstream
since the statistic was last reset.
In some special conditions such
as system startup or re-start
packet loss may occur here but
under normal circumstances this
counter should read zero.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
downstream-obc Parameter type: <Counter> the number of buffer overflows
- counter on a LIM module for the
OBC-directed traffic downstream
since the statistic was last reset.
Under normal circumstances this
counter should always read zero.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
downstream-unicast Parameter type: <Counter> a counter for the event of total
- counter buffer overflow of the
downstream unicast pool. This
even should not occur. Queue
fill-up and tail drop is a normal
condition for data traffic
(individual queues) but not for
voice and video on demand
services (individual queues). If
the total downstream pool is
filled, that means that QoS
un-aware packet loss will occur.
This element is always shown.
downstream-multicast Parameter type: <Counter> a counter for the event of total
- counter buffer overflow of the
downstream multicast pool. This
even should be a rather rare
event. On the long term, buffer
overflow in the multicast pool
may occur a few times a day (less
than a few tens under heavy
multicast usage).
This element is always shown.
obc-injected Parameter type: <Counter> the total OBC-injected buffer
- counter overflow event on EBLT LIMs.
There is a reserved buffer pool
for OBC-injected traffic which
under very heavy load conditions
may eventually get full, and the
LIM OBC will be unable to
communicate with the external

1090 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


name
elapse-time
measured-time
valid-15min-intervals
valid-1day-intervals
total-policer-inuse
policers-in-vlan
policers-in-dot1x
policers-in-ppp
policers-in-ip
policers-in-subflow
total-downstr-bytes
total-downstr-frames
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
Type
Parameter type: <Qos::TimeTicks>
- timer value for parameters
- unit: 1/100 sec
Parameter type: <Qos::TimeTicks>
- timer value for parameters
- unit: 1/100 sec
Parameter type: <Qos::Valid15mInterval>
- number of valid 15m intervals
- range: [0...96]
Parameter type: <Qos::Valid1dInterval>
- number of valid 1 day intervals
- range: [0...1]
Parameter type: <SignedInteger>
- a signed integer
Parameter type: <SignedInteger>
- a signed integer
Parameter type: <SignedInteger>
- a signed integer
Parameter type: <SignedInteger>
- a signed integer
Parameter type: <SignedInteger>
- a signed integer
Parameter type: <SignedInteger>
- a signed integer
Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter>
- vlan counter
Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter>
- vlan counter
Released
50 QOS Status Commands
Description
world for a very short time
interval.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
the elapsed time interval since the
last measurement period started.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
the measured time interval since
the last measurement period
started.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
the number of statistics of 15
minutes collected so far. At most
96 such entries are stored.
This element is always shown.
the number of statistics of one
day collected so far. At most one
entry is stored from the past.
This element is always shown.
the total number of policers in
use per EBLT LIM. The policers
are managed in hardware in pairs,
so even if a Session is using both
up and downstream policers, it is
counted as one policer.
This element is always shown.
the number of policers in use by
static sessions (PVC,
PVC.VLAN) per EBLT LIM.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
the number of policers in use by
Dot1X sessions per EBLT LIM.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
the number of policers in use by
PPP sessions per EBLT LIM.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
the number of policers in use by
IP sessions per EBLT LIM.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
the number of policers in use by
the sub-flow on EBLT LIM.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
the number of LIM physical bus
total-downstream passed bytes
per LIM module at subscriber
side since the statistics were last
reset.
This element is always shown.
the number of LIM physical bus
total-downstream passed frames
1091
50 QOS Status Commands

name Type Description

partial-aggr-buf-ovflw
per LIM module at subscriber
side since the statistics were last
reset.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> the number of buffer overflows
- vlan counter on a LIM module for the
discarded lower traffic class
packets due to global buffer
occupancy threshold overflow
since the statistic was last reset.
This element is always shown.

1092 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 50 QOS Status Commands

50.20 QoS Interface Buffer Overflow Statistics for

Previous Quarter

Command Description
This command displays the interface-level QoS buffer overflow statistics of the previous 15 minute interval.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos statistics queue prev-15min [ (index) [ queue <Qos::ExpandQueues> ] [ interval-num
<Qos::NumInterval> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.20-1 "QoS Interface Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Quarter" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: physical port of a dsl link
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
queue Parameter type: <Qos::ExpandQueues> This object is used to index the
Format: queue within the scope of one
( all physical link on the LIM
| <Qos::ExpandQueues> )
Possible values:
- all : total physical line on the LIM
Field type <Qos::ExpandQueues>
- output dsl port expand queue number
- range: [0...3]
interval-num Parameter type: <Qos::NumInterval> time interval interms of 15 min
Format:
- time interval interms of 15 mins
- range: [1]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1093

50 QOS Status Commands

Command Output
Table 50.20-2 "QoS Interface Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Quarter" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
queue-load Parameter type: <Qos::WfqQ1Weight> Average queue load percentage
- weight of DSL link WFQ scheduler for Queue one This element is always shown.
- range: [0...100]
forward-byte Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwareded in
- qos counter this queue.
This element is always shown.
forward-frame Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of frames forwared in
- qos counter this queue.
This element is always shown.
discard-byte Parameter type: <Counter> number of bytes discarded in this
- counter queue.
This element is always shown.
discard-frame Parameter type: <Counter> number of frames discarded in
- counter this queue.
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <TimeTicks> The measured time interval since
- a timeout value the last measurement period
- unit: msec started.
This element is always shown.

1094 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 50 QOS Status Commands

50.21 QoS Interface Buffer Overflow Statistics for

Current Quarter

Command Description
This command displays the interface-level QoS buffer overflow statistics of the current 15 minute interval.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos statistics queue current-15min [ (index) [ queue <Qos::ExpandQueues> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.21-1 "QoS Interface Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Quarter" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: physical port of a dsl link
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
queue Parameter type: <Qos::ExpandQueues> This object is used to index the
Format: queue within the scope of one
( all physical link on the LIM
| <Qos::ExpandQueues> )
Possible values:
- all : total physical line on the LIM
Field type <Qos::ExpandQueues>
- output dsl port expand queue number
- range: [0...3]

Command Output
Table 50.21-2 "QoS Interface Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Quarter" Display parameters

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1095

50 QOS Status Commands

Specific Information
name Type Description
queue-load Parameter type: <Qos::WfqQ1Weight> Average queue load percentage
- weight of DSL link WFQ scheduler for Queue one This element is always shown.
- range: [0...100]
forward-byte Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwareded in
- qos counter this queue.
This element is always shown.
forward-frame Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of frames forwared in
- qos counter this queue.
This element is always shown.
discard-byte Parameter type: <Counter> number of bytes discarded in this
- counter queue.
This element is always shown.
discard-frame Parameter type: <Counter> number of frames discarded in
- counter this queue.
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <TimeTicks> The measured time interval since
- a timeout value the last measurement period
- unit: msec started.
This element is always shown.
elapsed-time Parameter type: <TimeTicks> The measured time interval since
- a timeout value the last measurement period
- unit: msec started.
This element is always shown.

1096 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 50 QOS Status Commands

50.22 QoS Fan Out Statistics for Previous Quarter

Command Description
This command shows the QoS Fan Out statistics of the previous 15 minute interval.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos statistics ltcos prev-15min [ (equip-slot) [ traffic-class <Qos::TrafficClass> ] [ interval-num
<Qos::NumIntervalExpand> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.22-1 "QoS Fan Out Statistics for Previous Quarter" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(equip-slot) Format: physical position of the board
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
traffic-class Parameter type: <Qos::TrafficClass> This object is used to index the
Format: traffic class on the LIM
- value of traffic class, the received frame is mapped to
- range: [0...8]
interval-num Parameter type: <Qos::NumIntervalExpand> time interval interms of 15 min
Format:
- time interval interms of 15 mins
- range: [1...96]

Command Output
Table 50.22-2 "QoS Fan Out Statistics for Previous Quarter" Display parameters
Specific Information

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1097

50 QOS Status Commands

name Type Description

load Parameter type: <Qos::WfqQ1Weight> traffic class load percentage
- weight of DSL link WFQ scheduler for Queue one This element is always shown.
- range: [0...100]
forward-byte Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in this
- qos counter traffic class.
This element is always shown.
forward-frame Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- qos counter this traffic class.
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <TimeTicks> The measured time interval since
- a timeout value the last measurement period
- unit: msec started.
This element is always shown.

1098 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 50 QOS Status Commands

50.23 QoS Fan Out Statistics for Current 15

minutes

Command Description
This command shows the QoS Fan Out statistics of the current 15 minutes interval.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos statistics ltcos current-15min [ (equip-slot) [ traffic-class <Qos::TrafficClass> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.23-1 "QoS Fan Out Statistics for Current 15 minutes" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(equip-slot) Format: physical position of the board
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
traffic-class Parameter type: <Qos::TrafficClass> This object is used to index the
Format: traffic class on the LIM
- value of traffic class, the received frame is mapped to
- range: [0...8]

Command Output
Table 50.23-2 "QoS Fan Out Statistics for Current 15 minutes" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
load Parameter type: <Qos::WfqQ1Weight> traffic class load percentage

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1099

50 QOS Status Commands

name Type Description

- weight of DSL link WFQ scheduler for Queue one This element is always shown.
- range: [0...100]
forward-byte Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in this
- qos counter traffic class.
This element is always shown.
forward-frame Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- qos counter this traffic class.
This element is always shown.
elapsed-time Parameter type: <TimeTicks> The elapsed time interval since
- a timeout value the last measurement epoch
- unit: msec started.
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <TimeTicks> The measured time interval since
- a timeout value the last measurement period
- unit: msec started.
This element is always shown.

1100 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 50 QOS Status Commands

50.24 QoS Fan Out Statistics for Previous Day

Command Description
This command shows the QoS Fan Out statistics of the previous 1 day interval.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos statistics ltcos pre-1day [ (equip-slot) [ interval-num <Qos::NumInterval> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.24-1 "QoS Fan Out Statistics for Previous Day " Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(equip-slot) Format: physical position of the board
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
interval-num Parameter type: <Qos::NumInterval> time interval interms of one day
Format:
- time interval interms of 15 mins
- range: [1]

Command Output
Table 50.24-2 "QoS Fan Out Statistics for Previous Day " Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
forward-byte Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in this
- qos counter LIM.
This element is always shown.
forward-frame Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1101

50 QOS Status Commands

name Type Description

- qos counter this LIM.
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <TimeTicks> The measured time interval since
- a timeout value the last measurement period
- unit: msec started.
This element is always shown.

1102 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 50 QOS Status Commands

50.25 QoS Fan Out Statistics for Current Day

Command Description
This command shows the QoS fan out statistics of the current 1 day interval.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos statistics ltcos current-1day [ (equip-slot) ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.25-1 "QoS Fan Out Statistics for Current Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(equip-slot)
Type Description
Format: physical position of the board
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number

Command Output
Table 50.25-2 "QoS Fan Out Statistics for Current Day" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
forward-byte Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in this
- qos counter LIM.
This element is always shown.
forward-frame Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- qos counter this LIM.
This element is always shown.
elapsed-time Parameter type: <TimeTicks> The elapsed time interval since
- a timeout value the last measurement epoch

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1103

50 QOS Status Commands

name Type Description

- unit: msec started.
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <TimeTicks> The measured time interval since
- a timeout value the last measurement period
- unit: msec started.
This element is always shown.

1104 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 50 QOS Status Commands

50.26 QoS SHub Meter Statistics Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the number of times the meter entry has been instantiated on any port.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos shub meter [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.26-1 "QoS SHub Meter Statistics Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index used to identify a meter
- unique index for meter
- range: [1...64]

Command Output
Table 50.26-2 "QoS SHub Meter Statistics Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <SignedInteger> nbr of times the meter is
- a signed integer instantiated/used on any port
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1105

50 QOS Status Commands

50.27 QoS SHub Flow Statistics Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the number of times the flow has been instantiated on any port.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show qos shub flow [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 50.27-1 "QoS SHub Flow Statistics Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index used to identify a flow
- unique index for the flow
- range: [1...64]

Command Output
Table 50.27-2 "QoS SHub Flow Statistics Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <SignedInteger> nbr of times the flow is
- a signed integer instantiated/used on any port
This element is always shown.

1106 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

51- IP Status Commands

51.1 IP Status Command Tree 51-1108

51.2 IP VRF Statistics 51-1109
51.3 IP Interface Status Command 51-1110
51.4 IP VRF Interface User Port Status Command 51-1114
51.5 IP VRF Interface User Port Status Command 51-1117
51.6 IP VRF Routes Status Command 51-1119
51.7 IP VRF Net-to-Media Statistics Command 51-1123
51.8 IP VRF Mapping 51-1125
51.9 IP VRF Next Index 51-1126
51.10 IP SHub VRF Status Command 51-1127
51.11 IP SHub VRF Route Status Command 51-1129
51.12 IP SHub ARP Statistics Command 51-1131
51.13 IP SHub VRF Media Status Command 51-1133
51.14 IP DHCP Session Status Command 51-1135

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1107

51 IP Status Commands

51.1 IP Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "IP Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----ip
----vrf-statistics
- (vrf-id)
----ip-statistics
- (index)
----vrf-interface
----user
----port
- (port-interface)
----bridgeport
- (port-interface)
----vrf-route
- (index)
- dest-ip-address
- next-hop-address
----vrf-media
- (equip-slot)
- ip-address
----vrf-mapping
- (name)
----vrf-next-index
----shub
----vrf
- (index)
- vlan-id
----vrf-route
- (index)
- dest
- next-hop
----arp
- (vrf-id)
----vrf-media
- (vrf)
- ip-address
----dhcp-session
- (client)
- ip-addr

1108 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 51 IP Status Commands

51.2 IP VRF Statistics

Command Description
This command displays VRF statistics.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ip vrf-statistics [ (vrf-id) ]

Command Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vrf-id)
Table 51.2-1 "IP VRF Statistics" Resource Parameters
Type Description
Format: an unique id of a VRF.
- a profile index
- range: [1...65535]

Command Output
Table 51.2-2 "IP VRF Statistics" Display parameters
Common Information:system statistics
name Type Description
ip-route-entries Parameter type: <Counter> the total number of IP routes in
- counter the system.
This element is always shown.
ip-net2media-entries Parameter type: <Counter> the total number of IP net2media
- counter entries.
This element is always shown.
Specific Information
name Type Description
ip-route-entries Parameter type: <Counter> the total number of routes in the
- counter system.
This element is always shown.
ip-net2media-entries Parameter type: <Counter> the total number net2media
- counter entries.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1109

51 IP Status Commands

51.3 IP Interface Status Command

Command Description
Displays the IP interface statistics.
14 ethernet ports are supported.
Port 1 : Internal port used for management
Port 2 : External port used for management
Port 3 : Used for Layer 2 Control Protocol traffic to BRAS
Ports 4-14 : Not used

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ip ip-statistics [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 51.3-1 "IP Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: specifies the if-index uniquely
<Eqpt::EthernetId> indentifying each interface
Field type <Eqpt::EthernetId>
- ehternet id

Command Output
Table 51.3-2 "IP Interface Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
description Parameter type: <PrintableString> shows the description of the
- printable string interface
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
oper-status Parameter type: <Ip::OperStatus> shows the operational status of
( up the interface
| down This element is always shown.
| testing
| unknown
| dormant )
Possible values:

1110 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 51 IP Status Commands

name Type Description

- up : the interface in operational state
- down : the interface in down state
- testing : testing state, no operational packet can be passed
- unknown : state not known
- dormant : ready to transmit, but waiting for action
last-changed Parameter type: <TimeTicks> shows the time when the
- a timeout value interface is changed for the
- unit: msec last-time
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
in-octets Parameter type: <Counter> shows the total number of octets
- counter recieved on the interface
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
in-ucast-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> shows the number of packets
- counter delivered by this sub-layer, which
were not addressed to a multicast
or broadcast address at this
sub-layer
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
in-nucast-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> shows the number of packets,
- counter delivered by this sub-layer to a
higher (sub-)layer, which were
addressed to a multicast or
broadcast address at this
sub-layer
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
in-discards Parameter type: <Counter> shows the number of inbound
- counter packets which were chosen to be
discarded even though no errors
had been detected to prevent their
being deliverable to a
higher-layer protocol. One
possible reason for discarding
such a packet could be to free up
buffer space
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
in-errors Parameter type: <Counter> shows for packet-oriented
- counter interfaces, the number of inbound
packets that contained errors
preventing them from being
deliverable to a higher-layer
protocol and shows for
character-oriented or fixed-length
interfaces, the number of inbound
transmission units that contained
errors preventing them from
being deliverable to a
higher-layer protocol
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
in-unknown-proto Parameter type: <Counter> shown for packet-oriented
- counter interfaces, the number of packets
received via the interface which

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1111

51 IP Status Commands

name Type Description

were discarded because of an
unknown or unsupported protocol
and shows for character-oriented
or fixed-length interfaces which
support protocol multiplexing the
number of transmission units
received via the interface which
were discarded because of an
unknown or unsupported
protocol. For any interface which
does not support protocol
multiplexing, this counter will
always be 0
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
out-octets Parameter type: <Counter> shows the total number of octets
- counter transmitted out of the interface,
including framing characters
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
out-ucast-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> shows the total number of
- counter packets that higher-level
protocols requested be
transmitted, and which were
addressed to a multicast or
broadcast address at this
sub-layer, including those that
were discarded or not sent
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
out-nucast-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> shows the total number of
- counter packets that higher-level
protocols requested be
transmitted, and which were
addressed to a multicast or
broadcast address at this
sub-layer, including those that
were discarded or not sent
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
out-discards Parameter type: <Counter> shows the number of outbound
- counter packets which were chosen to be
discarded even though no errors
had been detected to prevent their
being transmitted. One possible
reason for discarding such a
packet could be to free up buffer
space
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
out-errors Parameter type: <Counter> shows for packet-oriented
- counter interfaces, the number of
outbound packets that could not
be transmitted because of errors
and shows for character-oriented
or fixed-length interfaces, the
number of outbound transmission

1112 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 51 IP Status Commands

name Type Description

units that could not be
transmitted because of errors
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
out-queue-len Parameter type: <Gauge> shows the length of the output
- gauge packet queue (in packets)
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1113

51 IP Status Commands

51.4 IP VRF Interface User Port Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the user-side VRF IP interface statistics parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ip vrf-interface user port [ (port-interface) ]

Command Parameters
Table 51.4-1 "IP VRF Interface User Port Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port-interface)
Type Description
Format: identification of the port or
( atm-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| atm-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Possible values:
- atm-port : atm port
- bridge-port : bridge port

1114 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 51 IP Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- vlan-port : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id

Command Output
Table 51.4-2 "IP VRF Interface User Port Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
rx-pkts Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> show the number of received
- vlan counter packets
This element is always shown.
rx-octets Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> show the number of received
- vlan counter octets
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
rx-drop-pkts Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> show the number of received
- vlan counter packets which are dropped
This element is always shown.
rx-drop-octets Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> show the number of received
- vlan counter octets which are dropped
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
tx-pkts Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> show the number of transmitted
- vlan counter packets
This element is always shown.
tx-octets Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> show the number of transmitted
- vlan counter octets
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
tx-drop-pkts Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> show the number of transmitted
- vlan counter packets which are dropped
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
tx-drop-octets Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> show the number of transmitted
- vlan counter octets which are dropped
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1115

51 IP Status Commands

1116 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 51 IP Status Commands

51.5 IP VRF Interface User Port Status Command

Command Description
Obsolete command, replaced by show ip vrf-interface user port.
This command displays the user-side VRF IP interface statistics parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ip vrf-interface user bridgeport [ (port-interface) ]

Obsolete command, replaced by show ip vrf-interface user port.

Command Parameters
Table 51.5-1 "IP VRF Interface User Port Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port-interface)
Type Description
Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

Command Output
Table 51.5-2 "IP VRF Interface User Port Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
rx-pkts Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> show the number of received

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1117

51 IP Status Commands

name Type Description

- vlan counter packets
This element is always shown.
rx-octets Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> show the number of received
- vlan counter octets
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
rx-drop-pkts Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> show the number of received
- vlan counter packets which are dropped
This element is always shown.
rx-drop-octets Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> show the number of received
- vlan counter octets which are dropped
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
tx-pkts Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> show the number of transmitted
- vlan counter packets
This element is always shown.
tx-octets Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> show the number of transmitted
- vlan counter octets
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
tx-drop-pkts Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> show the number of transmitted
- vlan counter packets which are dropped
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
tx-drop-octets Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> show the number of transmitted
- vlan counter octets which are dropped
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1118 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 51 IP Status Commands

51.6 IP VRF Routes Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the VRF routes.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ip vrf-route [ (index) [ dest-ip-address <Ip::AddressAndMaskFull> ] [ next-hop-address

<Ip::V4AddressHex> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 51.6-1 "IP VRF Routes Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: an unique index of a vrf
- the VRF ID which uniquely identify a VRF
- range: [1...127]
dest-ip-address Parameter type: <Ip::AddressAndMaskFull> inet-address with prefix
Format:
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
next-hop-address Parameter type: <Ip::V4AddressHex> next hop IP address
Format:
- IPv4-address

Command Output
Table 51.6-2 "IP VRF Routes Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
layer3-itf Parameter type: <Itf::IpoeItf> the ipox interface on NT.
( xdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / This element is always shown.
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| xdsl-channel : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-if : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1119

51 IP Status Commands

name Type Description

/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-pvc : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| pppoe : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| l2-vlan : <Eqpt::VlanId>
| ip : <Eqpt::LogicalId>
| sw-loopback
| slip
| ethernet : <Eqpt::EthernetId>
| pppoeses : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| atm-bonding : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| ip-gateway : <Eqpt::VrfId>
| ip-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| pppoe : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| ip-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| no-interface
| vlan-port : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| pppoe : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| pppoe : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| pppoe : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>

1120 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 51 IP Status Commands

name Type Description

| pppoe : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| pppoeses : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan> :
<Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| pppoeses : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan> :
<Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| pppoeses : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
<Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| pppoeses : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan> <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| pppoeses : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| atm-pvc : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> )
Possible values:
- xdsl-line : a static xdsl line interface
- xdsl-channel : a static xdsl channel interface
- atm-if : a static atm interface
- atm-pvc : an atm pvc interface
- bridge-port : a vlan bridge-port
- vlan-port : a vlan port interface
- pppoe : a pppoe interface
- l2-vlan : a l2-vlan interface
- ip : an ip interface
- sw-loopback : a software loopback interface
- slip : a slip interface
- ethernet : an ethernet interface
- pppoeses : pppoe session interface
- atm-bonding : atm bonding
- ip-gateway : ip user gateway interface
- ip-line : ip line interface
- no-interface : no interface
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1121

51 IP Status Commands

name Type Description

Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::VlanId>
- VLAN id
Field type <Eqpt::LogicalId>
- logical id
Field type <Eqpt::EthernetId>
- ehternet id
Field type <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
- logical id
Field type <Eqpt::VrfId>
- VRF id
route-type Parameter type: <Vrf::RouteType> the type of route.
( local This element is only shown in
| remote ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- local : local destination or direct route
- remote : remote destination or indirect route
route-proto Parameter type: <Vrf::RouteProtocol> the routing protocol via which
( local this route was learned.
| net-mgnt ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- local : direct route
- net-mgnt : indirect route
last-changed Parameter type: <Ip::Age> the network time when this was
- age last changed.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1122 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 51 IP Status Commands

51.7 IP VRF Net-to-Media Statistics Command

Command Description
This command displays the VRF net-to-media statistics.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ip vrf-media [ (equip-slot) [ ip-address <Ip::V4Address> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 51.7-1 "IP VRF Net-to-Media Statistics Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(equip-slot) Format: equipment slot ID.
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> :
<Eqpt::VrfId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::VrfId>
- VRF id
ip-address Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> the IP-address.
Format:
- IPv4-address

Command Output
Table 51.7-2 "IP VRF Net-to-Media Statistics Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
physical-addr Parameter type: <Ip::PhysicalAddress> the physical IP-address.
- media dependent physical address This element is always shown.
- length: x<=65535
last-changed Parameter type: <Ip::TimeInSecs> date when it is changed for the
- age last time.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1123

51 IP Status Commands

1124 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 51 IP Status Commands

51.8 IP VRF Mapping

Command Description
This command displays the VRF mapping.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ip vrf-mapping [ (name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 51.8-1 "IP VRF Mapping" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the vrf
- the name which uniquely identify a VRF
- length: 1<=x<=32

Command Output
Table 51.8-2 "IP VRF Mapping" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
vrf-index Parameter type: <Vrf::VrfIndex> A number which uniquely
- the VRF ID which uniquely identify a VRF identifies a particular VRF
- range: [1...127] context within the system.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1125

51 IP Status Commands

51.9 IP VRF Next Index

Command Description
This command displays the next VRF index.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ip vrf-next-index

Command Output
Table 51.9-2 "IP VRF Next Index" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
next-vrf-index Parameter type: <Vrf::VrfIndex> The next free Virtual Routing and
- the VRF ID which uniquely identify a VRF Forwarding (VRF) index.
- range: [1...127] This element is always shown.

1126 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 51 IP Status Commands

51.10 IP SHub VRF Status Command

Command Description
This command displays SHub IP VRF information.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ip shub vrf [ (index) [ vlan-id <Vlan::VlanIndex> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 51.10-1 "IP SHub VRF Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the VRF ID.
- the vrf id which uniquely identify a vrf
- range: [0...127]
vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::VlanIndex> vlan id
Format:
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]

Command Output
Table 51.10-2 "IP SHub VRF Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
admin-status Parameter type: <Vrf::ShubIpIfAdminStatus> the administrative status of the
( up VLAN IP interface.
| down This element is always shown.
| testing )
Possible values:
- up : ready to pass packets
- down : not ready
- testing : in some test mode
oper-status Parameter type: <Vrf::ShubIpIfOperStatus> the operational status of the
( up VLAN IP interface.
| down This element is always shown.
| testing )
Possible values:
- up : ready to pass packets

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1127

51 IP Status Commands

name Type Description

- down : not ready
- testing : in some test mode
name Parameter type: <PrintableString> the name of the VLAN IP
- printable string interface.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
ip-address Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> the IP-address of the VLAN IP
- IPv4-address interface.
This element is always shown.
mask Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> the mask of the VLAN IP
- IPv4-address interface.
This element is always shown.

1128 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 51 IP Status Commands

51.11 IP SHub VRF Route Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the IP SHub VRF route status parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ip shub vrf-route [ (index) [ dest <Ip::HexAddressAndFullMask> ] [ next-hop <Ip::V4AddressHex> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 51.11-1 "IP SHub VRF Route Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the vrf id
- the vrf id which uniquely identify a vrf
- range: [0...127]
dest Parameter type: <Ip::HexAddressAndFullMask> the destination ip address and
Format: mask of this route
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
next-hop Parameter type: <Ip::V4AddressHex> the next hop ip address of this
Format: route
- IPv4-address

Command Output
Table 51.11-2 "IP SHub VRF Route Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
protocol Parameter type: <Vrf::ShubRouteProtocol> The routing mechanism that was
( other responsible for adding this route
| local This element is always shown.
| netmgmt
| rip
| ospf )
Possible values:

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1129

51 IP Status Commands

name Type Description

- other : not specified
- local : local interface
- netmgmt : static route
- rip : rip route
- ospf : ospf route
vlan-index Parameter type: <Itf::ShubVlanAlias> The local interface through which
- an alias for a vlan the next hop should be reached
This element is always shown.
status Parameter type: <Ip::ActivateRowStatus> the status of the route which
( active indicates whether the route is
| not-active ) active or inactive.
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- active : active route
- not-active : active route
age Parameter type: <Vrf::ShubRouteAge> The number of seconds since this
- a signed integer route was last updated
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
metric1 Parameter type: <Ip::ShubIpRouteMetric> the primary routing metric for
( not-applicable this route
| <SignedInteger> ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-applicable : metric
Field type <SignedInteger>
- a signed integer

1130 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 51 IP Status Commands

51.12 IP SHub ARP Statistics Command

Command Description
This command displays the ARP Statistics for the Shub. Statistics are provided per VRF as well as global statistics
for the node.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ip shub arp [ (vrf-id) ]

Command Parameters
Table 51.12-1 "IP SHub ARP Statistics Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vrf-id) Format: the vrf number
- the vrf id which uniquely identify a vrf
- range: [0...127]

Command Output
Table 51.12-2 "IP SHub ARP Statistics Command" Display parameters
Common Information:common statistics
name Type Description
in-packets Parameter type: <Counter> total number of arp datagrams
- counter received from interfaces,
including those received in error.
This element is always shown.
discard Parameter type: <Counter> total number of packets discarded
- counter This element is always shown.
in-request Parameter type: <Counter> number of arp request packets
- counter received
This element is always shown.
in-resp Parameter type: <Counter> number of arp response packets
- counter received
This element is always shown.
out-request Parameter type: <Counter> number of arp requests
- counter transmitted
This element is always shown.
out-resp Parameter type: <Counter> number of arp responses
- counter transmitted

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1131

51 IP Status Commands

name Type Description

This element is always shown.
Specific Information
name Type Description
rx-arp-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> number of arp received packets
- counter This element is always shown.
arp-discards Parameter type: <Counter> number of arp discard packets
- counter This element is always shown.
rx-arp-req Parameter type: <Counter> number of received arp request
- counter packets
This element is always shown.
rx-arp-resp Parameter type: <Counter> number of received arp response
- counter packets
This element is always shown.
tx-arp-req Parameter type: <Counter> show number of transmitted arp
- counter packets
This element is always shown.
tx-arp-resp Parameter type: <Counter> number of transmitted arp
- counter repsonse packets
This element is always shown.

1132 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 51 IP Status Commands

51.13 IP SHub VRF Media Status Command

Command Description
Displays the ARP cache on the SHub holding the IP-MAC relationship.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ip shub vrf-media [ (vrf) [ ip-address <Ip::V4Address> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 51.13-1 "IP SHub VRF Media Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vrf) Format: the VRF id
- the vrf id which uniquely identify a vrf
- range: [0...127]
ip-address Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> the IP-address.
Format:
- IPv4-address

Command Output
Table 51.13-2 "IP SHub VRF Media Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
physical-addr Parameter type: <Ip::PhysicalAddress> the physical IP-address.
- media dependent physical address This element is always shown.
- length: x<=65535
type Parameter type: <Transport::ipNetToMediaType> type of mapping
( other This element is always shown.
| invalid
| dynamic
| static )
Possible values:
- other : none of the following
- invalid : invalidating the corresponding entry
- dynamic : dynamic mapping
- static : static mapping
vlan Parameter type: <PrintableString> type of mapping
- printable string This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1133

51 IP Status Commands

1134 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 51 IP Status Commands

51.14 IP DHCP Session Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the dhcp-sessions information on a per client-port and per user IP address basis.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ip dhcp-session [ (client) [ ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 51.14-1 "IP DHCP Session Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(client)
Type Description
Format: specifies the if-index uniquely
( port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / indentifying each interface
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| bridgeport : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| bridgeport : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- port : an atm pvc interface
- bridgeport : an bridge port interface
- vlan-port : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1135

51 IP Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> client ip address assigned by
Format: dhcp server
- IPv4-address

Command Output
Table 51.14-2 "IP DHCP Session Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
subnet Parameter type: <Ip::PrefixLength> the subnet mask of the client ip
- IP address prefix length address
- range: [0...30] This element is always shown.
lease-time Parameter type: <Ip::LeaseTimeInSec> time period for which DHCP
- the lease time server leases ip address to a client
This element is always shown.
vrf Parameter type: <Vrf::VrfIndex> number which uniquely identifies
- the VRF ID which uniquely identify a VRF a particular VRF context within
- range: [1...127] the system
This element is always shown.
gateway-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> the gateway ip address
- IPv4-address This element is only shown in
detail mode.
dhcp-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> ip address of dhcp server
- IPv4-address This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1136 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

52- xDSL Status Commands

52.1 xDSL Status Command Tree 52-1138

52.2 xDSL Profiles Status Command 52-1140
52.3 xDSL PM Interval Per Interface Status Command 52-1141
52.4 xDSL Operational Data Near End Line Status 52-1143
Command
52.5 xDSL Operational Data Near End Channel Status 52-1151
Command
52.6 xDSL Operational Data Far End Line Status Command 52-1153
52.7 xDSL Operational Data Far End Channel Status 52-1159
Command
52.8 xDSL Operational Data Statistics 52-1161
52.9 xDSL Carrier Data Near End Status Command 52-1165
52.10 xDSL Carrier Data Far End Status Command 52-1168
52.11 xDSL Failure Status Near End Status Command 52-1170
52.12 xDSL Failure Status Far End Status Command 52-1172
52.13 xDSL Counters Near End Line Current 15 Min 52-1174
52.14 xDSL Counters Near End Line Current Day 52-1176
52.15 xDSL Counters Near End Line Previous 15 Min 52-1178
52.16 xDSL Counters Near End Of Line Previous Day 52-1180
52.17 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current 15 Min 52-1182
52.18 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current Day 52-1184
52.19 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous 15 Min 52-1186
52.20 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous Day 52-1188
52.21 xDSL Counters Far End Line Current 15 Min 52-1190
52.22 xDSL Counters Far End Line Current Day 52-1192
52.23 xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous 15 Min 52-1194
52.24 xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous Day 52-1196
52.25 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current 15 Min 52-1198
52.26 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current Day 52-1200
52.27 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous 15 Min 52-1202
52.28 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous Day 52-1204
52.29 xDSL Inventory XT/RT Status Command 52-1206
52.30 xDSL Board Capability Status Command 52-1208
52.31 xDSL Low Rate Alarm Command 52-1213
52.32 xDSL Low Rate Alarm Command 52-1214
52.33 xDSL Low Rate Alarm Command 52-1215

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1137

52 xDSL Status Commands

52.1 xDSL Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "xDSL Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----xdsl
----profiles
----xdsl-int
- (if-index)
----operational-data
----near-end
----line
- (if-index)
----channel
- (if-index)
----far-end
----line
- (if-index)
----channel
- (if-index)
----line
- (if-index)
----carrier-data
----near-end
- (if-index)
----far-end
- (if-index)
----failure-status
----near-end
- (if-index)
----far-end
- (if-index)
----counters
----near-end
----line
----current-interval
- (if-index)
----current-1day
- (if-index)
----previous-interval
- (if-index)
- interval-no
----previous-1day
- (if-index)
- interval-no
----channel
----current-interval
- (if-index)
----current-1day
- (if-index)

1138 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

----previous-interval
- (if-index)
- interval-no
----previous-1day
- (if-index)
- interval-no
----far-end
----line
----current-interval
- (if-index)
----current-1day
- (if-index)
----previous-interval
- (if-index)
- interval-no
----previous-1day
- (if-index)
- interval-no
----channel
----current-interval
- (if-index)
----current-1day
- (if-index)
----previous-interval
- (if-index)
- interval-no
----previous-1day
- (if-index)
- interval-no
----cpe-inventory
- (if-index)
----board
- (if-index)
----link-up-changes
- (linkup-timestamp)
----slot
- (slot)
----linkup-record
- (line)

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1139

52 xDSL Status Commands

52.2 xDSL Profiles Status Command

Command Description
This command displays xDSL profiles.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl profiles

Command Output
Table 52.2-2 "xDSL Profiles Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
next-av-serv-pr Parameter type: <AsamNextProfileIndex> next available index for the
- a profile index profile
- range: [0...65535] This element is always shown.
max-serv-pr Parameter type: <AsamMaxProfileIndex> max number of profile indices
- a maximum value of a profile index that can be created
- range: [0...65535] This element is always shown.
next-av-spec-pr Parameter type: <AsamNextProfileIndex> next available spectrum index
- a profile index This element is always shown.
- range: [0...65535]
max-spec-pr Parameter type: <AsamMaxProfileIndex> max number of spectrum indices
- a maximum value of a profile index that can be created
- range: [0...65535] This element is always shown.

1140 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

52.3 xDSL PM Interval Per Interface Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the number of available pm intervals per xdsl interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl xdsl-int [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.3-1 "xDSL PM Interval Per Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 52.3-2 "xDSL PM Interval Per Interface Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name
cur-int-elapsedtime
cur-1day-elapsedtime
valid-intervals
Type Description
Parameter type: <SignedInteger> nbr of sec elapsed in cur intvl
- a signed integer err-measurement
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <SignedInteger> nbr of sec elapsed in cur one day
- a signed integer err-measurement
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <SignedInteger> nbr of prev intvl for which valid

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1141

52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

- a signed integer data has been stored
This element is always shown.
valid-1days Parameter type: <SignedInteger> nbr of prev 1Days for which valid
- a signed integer data has been stored
This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: global settings
name Type Description
xdsl-coding-type Parameter type: <Xdsl::Coding> type of modulation technique
( other This element is only shown in
| dmt detail mode.
| cap )
Possible values:
- other : other type
- dmt : DMT type
- cap : CAP type

1142 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

52.4 xDSL Operational Data Near End Line Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL operational data for the near and of line.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl operational-data near-end line [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.4-1 "xDSL Operational Data Near End Line Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 52.4-2 "xDSL Operational Data Near End Line Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
rel-cap-occ-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::CapacityUtil> ratio of actual bitrate over the
- utilization of the capacity available max attainable bitrate
- unit: % This element is always shown.
- range: [0...100]
noise-margin-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::NoiseValue> current noise margin for the
- a noise value upstream direction
- unit: 1/10 dB This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1143

52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

output-power-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::OutputPwr> actual aggregate output power for
short name: output-pwr-dn - a power value the downstream carriers
- unit: 1/10 dBm This element is always shown.
sig-attenuation-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::SigAttenuation> diff btw pwr at near-end rx-ver
short name: sig-attn-up - an attenuation value and that tx-ed from far-end
- unit: 1/10 dB This element is only shown in
detail mode.
loop-attenuation-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::SigAttenuation> diff btw pwr at near-end rx-ver
short name: loop-attn-up - an attenuation value and tx-ed from far-end over all
- unit: 1/10 dB sub-carriers
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
actual-opmode Parameter type: <Xdsl::OneOpModeTypeLinePreDef> actual value of the operational
( ansi-t1413 mode
| etsi-dts This element is only shown in
| g992-1-a detail mode.
| g992-1-b
| g992-2-a
| g992-3-a
| g992-3-b
| g992-3-l1
| g992-3-l2
| g992-3-am
| g992-5-a
| g992-5-b
| ansi-t1.424
| etsi-ts
| itu-g993-1
| ieee-802.3ah
| g992-5-am
| g993-2-8a
| g993-2-8b
| g993-2-8c
| g993-2-8d
| g993-2-12a
| g993-2-12b
| g993-2-17a
| g993-2-30a
| default )
Possible values:
- ansi-t1413 : ANSI T1.413-1998
- etsi-dts : ETSI DTS/TM06006
- g992-1-a : G.992.1 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-1-b : G.992.1 ISDN non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-2-a : G.992.2 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-3-a : G.992.2 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-3-b : G.992.3 ISDN non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-3-l1 : G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped spectrum US
mask 1
- g992-3-l2 : G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped spectrum US
mask 2
- g992-3-am : G.992.3 extended POTS with non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-5-a : G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-5-b : G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- ansi-t1.424 : ANSI T1.424
- etsi-ts : ETSI TS

1144 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

- itu-g993-1 : ITU G993-1
- ieee-802.3ah : IEEE 802.3ah
- g992-5-am : G.992.5 extended POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
- g993-2-8a : VDSL-2 with profile 8A
- g993-2-8b : VDSL-2 with profile 8B
- g993-2-8c : VDSL-2 with profile 8C
- g993-2-8d : VDSL-2 with profile 8D
- g993-2-12a : VDSL-2 with profile 12A
- g993-2-12b : VDSL-2 with profile 12B
- g993-2-17a : VDSL-2 with profile 17A
- g993-2-30a : VDSL-2 with profile 30A
- default : default value
xtu-c-opmode Parameter type: <Xdsl::OpModeTypeLinePreDef> bitmap which represents the
( ansi-t1413 operational modes
| etsi-dts This element is only shown in
| g992-1-a detail mode.
| g992-1-b
| g992-2-a
| g992-3-a
| g992-3-b
| g992-3-l1
| g992-3-l2
| g992-3-am
| g992-5-a
| g992-5-b
| ansi-t1.424
| etsi-ts
| itu-g993-1
| ieee-802.3ah
| g992-5-am
| g993-2-8a
| g993-2-8b
| g993-2-8c
| g993-2-8d
| g993-2-12a
| g993-2-12b
| g993-2-17a
| g993-2-30a
| default
| <Xdsl::OpModeType> )
Possible values:
- ansi-t1413 : ANSI T1.413-1998
- etsi-dts : ETSI DTS/TM06006
- g992-1-a : G.992.1 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-1-b : G.992.1 ISDN non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-2-a : G.992.2 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-3-a : G.992.2 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-3-b : G.992.3 ISDN non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-3-l1 : G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped spectrum US
mask 1
- g992-3-l2 : G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped spectrum US
mask 2
- g992-3-am : G.992.3 extended POTS with non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-5-a : G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-5-b : G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped spectrum

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1145

52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

- ansi-t1.424 : ANSI T1.424
- etsi-ts : ETSI TS
- itu-g993-1 : ITU G993-1
- ieee-802.3ah : IEEE 802.3ah
- g992-5-am : G.992.5 extended POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
- g993-2-8a : VDSL-2 with profile 8A
- g993-2-8b : VDSL-2 with profile 8B
- g993-2-8c : VDSL-2 with profile 8C
- g993-2-8d : VDSL-2 with profile 8D
- g993-2-12a : VDSL-2 with profile 12A
- g993-2-12b : VDSL-2 with profile 12B
- g993-2-17a : VDSL-2 with profile 17A
- g993-2-30a : VDSL-2 with profile 30A
- default : default value
Field type <Xdsl::OpModeType>
- octet string bitmask defining operational mode
- length: 16
ansi-t1413 Parameter type: <Xdsl::T1413> ANSI T1.413-1998
( dis-ansi-t1413 This element is only shown in
| ansi-t1413 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-ansi-t1413 : disable ANSI T1.413-1998
- ansi-t1413 : ANSI T1.413-1998
etsi-dts Parameter type: <Xdsl::Etsidts> ETSI DTS/TM06006
( dis-etsi-dts This element is only shown in
| etsi-dts ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-etsi-dts : disable ETSI DTS/TM06006
- etsi-dts : ETSI DTS/TM06006
g992-1-a Parameter type: <Xdsl::G21potsnos> G.992.1 POTS non-overlapped
( dis-g992-1-a spectrum
| g992-1-a ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-1-a : disable G.992.1 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-1-a : G.992.1 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
g992-1-b Parameter type: <Xdsl::G21isdnnos> G.992.1 ISDN non-overlapped
( dis-g992-1-b spectrum
| g992-1-b ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-1-b : disable G.992.1 ISDN non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-1-b : G.992.1 ISDN non-overlapped spectrum
g992-2-a Parameter type: <Xdsl::G22potsnos> G.992.2 POTS non-overlapped
( dis-g992-2-a spectrum
| g992-2-a ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-2-a : disable G.992.2 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-2-a : G.992.2 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
g992-3-a Parameter type: <Xdsl::G23potsnos> G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
( dis-g992-3-a spectrum
| g992-3-a ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-3-a : disable G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum

1146 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

- g992-3-a : G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
g992-3-b Parameter type: <Xdsl::G23isdnnos> G.992.3 ISDN non-overlapped
( dis-g992-3-b spectrum
| g992-3-b ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-3-b : disable G.992.3 ISDN non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-3-b : G.992.3 ISDN non-overlapped spectrum
g992-3-l1 Parameter type: <Xdsl::G23PotsnosUs1> G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
( dis-g992-3-l1 spectrum US mask 1
| g992-3-l1 ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-3-l1 : disable G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum US mask 1
- g992-3-l1 : G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped spectrum US
mask 1
g992-3-l2 Parameter type: <Xdsl::G23PotsNosUs2> G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
( dis-g992-3-l2 spectrum US mask 2
| g992-3-l2 ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-3-l2 : disable G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum US mask 2
- g992-3-l2 : G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped spectrum US
mask 2
g992-3-am Parameter type: <Xdsl::G23ExtPotsNos> G.992.3 extended POTS with
( dis-g992-3-am non-overlapped spectrum
| g992-3-am ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-3-am : disable G.992.3 extended POTS with
non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-3-am : G.992.3 extended POTS with non-overlapped
spectrum
g992-5-a Parameter type: <Xdsl::G25PotsNos> G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped
( dis-g992-5-a spectrum
| g992-5-a ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-5-a : disable G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-5-a : G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
g992-5-b Parameter type: <Xdsl::G25IsdnNos> G.992.5 ISDN non-overlapped
( dis-g992-5-b spectrum
| g992-5-b ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-5-b : disable G.992.5 ISDN non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-5-b : G.992.5 ISDN non-overlapped spectrum
ansi-t1.424 Parameter type: <Xdsl::AnsiT1424> ansi T1.424
( dis-ansi-t1.424 This element is only shown in
| ansi-t1.424 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-ansi-t1.424 : disable ANSI T1.424
- ansi-t1.424 : ANSI T1.424
etsi-ts Parameter type: <Xdsl::EtsiTs> ETSI TS 101 270
( dis-etsi-ts This element is only shown in
| etsi-ts ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-etsi-ts : disable ETSI TS

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1147

52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

- etsi-ts : ETSI TS
itu-g993-1 Parameter type: <Xdsl::ItuG9931> ITU G993-1
( dis-itu-g993-1 This element is only shown in
| itu-g993-1 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-itu-g993-1 : disable ITU G993-1
- itu-g993-1 : ITU G993-1
ieee-802.3ah Parameter type: <Xdsl::Ieee802.3Ah> IEEE 802.3ah
( dis-ieee-802.3ah This element is only shown in
| ieee-802.3ah ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-ieee-802.3ah : disable IEEE 802.3ah
- ieee-802.3ah : IEEE 802.3ah
g992-5-am Parameter type: <Xdsl::G25ExtPotsNos> G.992.5 extended POTS
( dis-g992-5-am non-overlapped spectrum
| g992-5-am ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-5-am : disable G.992.5 extended POTS
non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-5-am : G.992.5 extended POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
g993-2-8a Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile8A> VDSL-2 with profile 8A
( dis-g993-2-8a This element is only shown in
| g993-2-8a ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-8a : disable G.993.2_8A VDSL-2 with profile
8A
- g993-2-8a : G.993.2_8A VDSL-2 with profile 8A
g993-2-8b Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile8B> VDSL-2 with profile 8B
( dis-g993-2-8b This element is only shown in
| g993-2-8b ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-8b : disable G.993.2_8B VDSL-2 with profile
8B
- g993-2-8b : G.993.2_8B VDSL-2 with profile 8B
g993-2-8c Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile8C> VDSL-2 with profile 8C
( dis-g993-2-8c This element is only shown in
| g993-2-8c ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-8c : disable G.993.2_8C VDSL-2 with profile
8C
- g993-2-8c : G.993.2_8C VDSL-2 with profile 8C
g993-2-8d Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile8D> VDSL-2 with profile 8D
( dis-g993-2-8d This element is only shown in
| g993-2-8d ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-8d : disable G.993.2_8D VDSL-2 with profile
8D
- g993-2-8d : G.993.2_8D VDSL-2 with profile 8D
g993-2-12a Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile12A> VDSL-2 with profile 12A
( dis-g993-2-12a This element is only shown in
| g993-2-12a ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-12a : disable G.993.2_12A VDSL-2 with
profile 12A
- g993-2-12a : G.993.2_12A VDSL-2 with profile 12A
g993-2-12b Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile12B> VDSL-2 with profile 12B

1148 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

( dis-g993-2-12b This element is only shown in
| g993-2-12b ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-12b : disable G.993.2_12B VDSL-2 with
profile 12B
- g993-2-12b : G.993.2_12B VDSL-2 with profile 12B
g993-2-17a Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile17A> VDSL-2 with profile 17A
( dis-g993-2-17a This element is only shown in
| g993-2-17a ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-17a : disable G.993.2_17A VDSL-2 with
profile 17A
- g993-2-17a : G.993.2_17A VDSL-2 with profile 17A
g993-2-30a Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile30A> VDSL-2 with profile 30A
( dis-g993-2-30a This element is only shown in
| g993-2-30a ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-30a : disable G.993.2_30A VDSL-2 with
profile 30A
- g993-2-30a : G.993.2_30A VDSL-2 with profile 30A
actual-psd-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerDBHZ> avg transmit power spectrum
short name: act-psd-dn - a power spectral density value density over used carriers
- unit: 1/10 dbm/hz This element is always shown.
power-mgnt-state Parameter type: <Xdsl::PowerMgtState> actual power management state
short name: pwr-mgnt ( l0 of the line
| l2 This element is always shown.
| l3 )
Possible values:
- l0 : full transmission
- l2 : downstream net data rate is reduced
- l3 : no transmission
per-bnd-lp-att-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::PerBandOperDataType> loop attenuation for each
- printable string upstream band in case of VDSL2
- length: 10 This element is only shown in
detail mode.
pr-bnd-sgn-att-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::PerBandOperDataType> signal attenuation for each
- printable string upstream band in case of VDSL2
- length: 10 This element is only shown in
detail mode.
pr-bnd-nois-mg-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::PerBandOperDataType> noise margin for each upstream
- printable string band in case of VDSL2
- length: 10 This element is only shown in
detail mode.
high-freq-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::HighFreqType> highest carrier frequency used in
- a frequency the upstream direction in case of
- unit: kHz VDSL2
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
elect-length Parameter type: <Xdsl::ElectrLengthType> Line Electrical Length actually
- electrical length used by XTU-C when mode is
- unit: 1/2 * dB @ 1MHz VDSL2
- range: [0...255] This element is only shown in
detail mode.
time-adv-corr Parameter type: <Xdsl::TimingAdvanceType> the timing advance of transmitted
- a time value symbol with respect to the
- unit: ns * 10 received symbol when mode is
- range: [-25000...25000] VDSL-2

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1149

52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

actual-tps-tc-mode
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Parameter type: <Xdsl::ActualTpsTcMode> actual transfer mode
( no-value This element is only shown in
| atm detail mode.
| ptm
| system-default )
Possible values:
- no-value : no value
- atm : atm mode
- ptm : ptm mode
- system-default : determined by the system, based on board
type

1150 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

52.5 xDSL Operational Data Near End Channel

Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL operational data for the near and of line.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl operational-data near-end channel [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.5-1 "xDSL Operational Data Near End Channel Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 52.5-2 "xDSL Operational Data Near End Channel Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name
actual-bitrate-up
attain-bitrate-up
interleave-delay-down
Type Description
Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerKBPS> atm bitrate for upstream fast or
- bitrate interleaved data flow
- unit: kbits/sec This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerKBPS> maximum attainable atm rate the
- bitrate modem can support
- unit: kbits/sec This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerMSEC> delay caused by the interleaving

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1151

52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

- milli-second and deinterleaving functionality
- unit: msec This element is always shown.
imp-noise-prot-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerSYMBOL> actual impulse noise protection
- impulse noise protection This element is always shown.
- unit: 1/10 symbols

1152 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

52.6 xDSL Operational Data Far End Line Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL operational data for the line far end.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl operational-data far-end line [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.6-1 "xDSL Operational Data Far End Line Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 52.6-2 "xDSL Operational Data Far End Line Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
rel-cap-occ-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::CapacityUtil> ratio of actual bitrate over the
- utilization of the capacity available max attainable bitrate
- unit: % This element is always shown.
- range: [0...100]
noise-margin-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::NoiseValue> current noise margin for the
- a noise value downstream direction
- unit: 1/10 dB This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1153

52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

output-power-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::OutputPwr> actual aggregate output power for
- a power value the upstream carriers
- unit: 1/10 dBm This element is always shown.
sig-attenuation-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::SigAttenuation> diff btw pwr at far-end rx-ver and
short name: sig-attn-dn - an attenuation value tx-ed from near-end
- unit: 1/10 dB This element is only shown in
detail mode.
loop-attenuation-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::SigAttenuation> diff btw pwr at far-end rx-ver and
short name: loop-attn-dn - an attenuation value tx-ed from near-end over all
- unit: 1/10 dB sub-carriers
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
xtu-r-opmode Parameter type: <Xdsl::OpModeTypeLinePreDef> bitmap which represents the
( ansi-t1413 operational modes
| etsi-dts This element is only shown in
| g992-1-a detail mode.
| g992-1-b
| g992-2-a
| g992-3-a
| g992-3-b
| g992-3-l1
| g992-3-l2
| g992-3-am
| g992-5-a
| g992-5-b
| ansi-t1.424
| etsi-ts
| itu-g993-1
| ieee-802.3ah
| g992-5-am
| g993-2-8a
| g993-2-8b
| g993-2-8c
| g993-2-8d
| g993-2-12a
| g993-2-12b
| g993-2-17a
| g993-2-30a
| default
| <Xdsl::OpModeType> )
Possible values:
- ansi-t1413 : ANSI T1.413-1998
- etsi-dts : ETSI DTS/TM06006
- g992-1-a : G.992.1 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-1-b : G.992.1 ISDN non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-2-a : G.992.2 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-3-a : G.992.2 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-3-b : G.992.3 ISDN non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-3-l1 : G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped spectrum US
mask 1
- g992-3-l2 : G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped spectrum US
mask 2
- g992-3-am : G.992.3 extended POTS with non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-5-a : G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-5-b : G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- ansi-t1.424 : ANSI T1.424

1154 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

- etsi-ts : ETSI TS
- itu-g993-1 : ITU G993-1
- ieee-802.3ah : IEEE 802.3ah
- g992-5-am : G.992.5 extended POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
- g993-2-8a : VDSL-2 with profile 8A
- g993-2-8b : VDSL-2 with profile 8B
- g993-2-8c : VDSL-2 with profile 8C
- g993-2-8d : VDSL-2 with profile 8D
- g993-2-12a : VDSL-2 with profile 12A
- g993-2-12b : VDSL-2 with profile 12B
- g993-2-17a : VDSL-2 with profile 17A
- g993-2-30a : VDSL-2 with profile 30A
- default : default value
Field type <Xdsl::OpModeType>
- octet string bitmask defining operational mode
- length: 16
ansi-t1413 Parameter type: <Xdsl::T1413> ANSI T1.413-1998
( dis-ansi-t1413 This element is only shown in
| ansi-t1413 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-ansi-t1413 : disable ANSI T1.413-1998
- ansi-t1413 : ANSI T1.413-1998
etsi-dts Parameter type: <Xdsl::Etsidts> ETSI DTS/TM06006
( dis-etsi-dts This element is only shown in
| etsi-dts ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-etsi-dts : disable ETSI DTS/TM06006
- etsi-dts : ETSI DTS/TM06006
g992-1-a Parameter type: <Xdsl::G21potsnos> G.992.1 POTS non-overlapped
( dis-g992-1-a spectrum
| g992-1-a ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-1-a : disable G.992.1 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-1-a : G.992.1 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
g992-1-b Parameter type: <Xdsl::G21isdnnos> G.992.1 ISDN non-overlapped
( dis-g992-1-b spectrum
| g992-1-b ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-1-b : disable G.992.1 ISDN non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-1-b : G.992.1 ISDN non-overlapped spectrum
g992-2-a Parameter type: <Xdsl::G22potsnos> G.992.2 POTS non-overlapped
( dis-g992-2-a spectrum
| g992-2-a ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-2-a : disable G.992.2 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-2-a : G.992.2 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
g992-3-a Parameter type: <Xdsl::G23potsnos> G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
( dis-g992-3-a spectrum
| g992-3-a ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-3-a : disable G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-3-a : G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped spectrum

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1155

52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

g992-3-b Parameter type: <Xdsl::G23isdnnos> G.992.3 ISDN non-overlapped
( dis-g992-3-b spectrum
| g992-3-b ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-3-b : disable G.992.3 ISDN non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-3-b : G.992.3 ISDN non-overlapped spectrum
g992-3-l1 Parameter type: <Xdsl::G23PotsnosUs1> G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
( dis-g992-3-l1 spectrum US mask 1
| g992-3-l1 ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-3-l1 : disable G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum US mask 1
- g992-3-l1 : G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped spectrum US
mask 1
g992-3-l2 Parameter type: <Xdsl::G23PotsNosUs2> G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
( dis-g992-3-l2 spectrum US mask 2
| g992-3-l2 ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-3-l2 : disable G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum US mask 2
- g992-3-l2 : G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped spectrum US
mask 2
g992-3-am Parameter type: <Xdsl::G23ExtPotsNos> G.992.3 extended POTS with
( dis-g992-3-am non-overlapped spectrum
| g992-3-am ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-3-am : disable G.992.3 extended POTS with
non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-3-am : G.992.3 extended POTS with non-overlapped
spectrum
g992-5-a Parameter type: <Xdsl::G25PotsNos> G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped
( dis-g992-5-a spectrum
| g992-5-a ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-5-a : disable G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-5-a : G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
g992-5-b Parameter type: <Xdsl::G25IsdnNos> G.992.5 ISDN non-overlapped
( dis-g992-5-b spectrum
| g992-5-b ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-5-b : disable G.992.5 ISDN non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-5-b : G.992.5 ISDN non-overlapped spectrum
ansi-t1.424 Parameter type: <Xdsl::AnsiT1424> ansi T1.424
( dis-ansi-t1.424 This element is only shown in
| ansi-t1.424 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-ansi-t1.424 : disable ANSI T1.424
- ansi-t1.424 : ANSI T1.424
etsi-ts Parameter type: <Xdsl::EtsiTs> ETSI TS 101 270
( dis-etsi-ts This element is only shown in
| etsi-ts ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-etsi-ts : disable ETSI TS
- etsi-ts : ETSI TS

1156 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

itu-g993-1 Parameter type: <Xdsl::ItuG9931> ITU G993-1
( dis-itu-g993-1 This element is only shown in
| itu-g993-1 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-itu-g993-1 : disable ITU G993-1
- itu-g993-1 : ITU G993-1
ieee-802.3ah Parameter type: <Xdsl::Ieee802.3Ah> IEEE 802.3ah
( dis-ieee-802.3ah This element is only shown in
| ieee-802.3ah ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-ieee-802.3ah : disable IEEE 802.3ah
- ieee-802.3ah : IEEE 802.3ah
g992-5-am Parameter type: <Xdsl::G25ExtPotsNos> G.992.5 extended POTS
( dis-g992-5-am non-overlapped spectrum
| g992-5-am ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-5-am : disable G.992.5 extended POTS
non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-5-am : G.992.5 extended POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
g993-2-8a Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile8A> VDSL-2 with profile 8A
( dis-g993-2-8a This element is only shown in
| g993-2-8a ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-8a : disable G.993.2_8A VDSL-2 with profile
8A
- g993-2-8a : G.993.2_8A VDSL-2 with profile 8A
g993-2-8b Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile8B> VDSL-2 with profile 8B
( dis-g993-2-8b This element is only shown in
| g993-2-8b ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-8b : disable G.993.2_8B VDSL-2 with profile
8B
- g993-2-8b : G.993.2_8B VDSL-2 with profile 8B
g993-2-8c Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile8C> VDSL-2 with profile 8C
( dis-g993-2-8c This element is only shown in
| g993-2-8c ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-8c : disable G.993.2_8C VDSL-2 with profile
8C
- g993-2-8c : G.993.2_8C VDSL-2 with profile 8C
g993-2-8d Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile8D> VDSL-2 with profile 8D
( dis-g993-2-8d This element is only shown in
| g993-2-8d ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-8d : disable G.993.2_8D VDSL-2 with profile
8D
- g993-2-8d : G.993.2_8D VDSL-2 with profile 8D
g993-2-12a Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile12A> VDSL-2 with profile 12A
( dis-g993-2-12a This element is only shown in
| g993-2-12a ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-12a : disable G.993.2_12A VDSL-2 with
profile 12A
- g993-2-12a : G.993.2_12A VDSL-2 with profile 12A
g993-2-12b Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile12B> VDSL-2 with profile 12B
( dis-g993-2-12b This element is only shown in

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1157

52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

| g993-2-12b ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-12b : disable G.993.2_12B VDSL-2 with
profile 12B
- g993-2-12b : G.993.2_12B VDSL-2 with profile 12B
g993-2-17a Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile17A> VDSL-2 with profile 17A
( dis-g993-2-17a This element is only shown in
| g993-2-17a ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-17a : disable G.993.2_17A VDSL-2 with
profile 17A
- g993-2-17a : G.993.2_17A VDSL-2 with profile 17A
g993-2-30a Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile30A> VDSL-2 with profile 30A
( dis-g993-2-30a This element is only shown in
| g993-2-30a ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-30a : disable G.993.2_30A VDSL-2 with
profile 30A
- g993-2-30a : G.993.2_30A VDSL-2 with profile 30A
actual-psd-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerDBHZ> avg transmit power spectrum
- a power spectral density value density over used carriers
- unit: 1/10 dbm/hz This element is always shown.
pr-bnd-lp-att-dn Parameter type: <Xdsl::PerBandOperDataType> loop attenuation for each
- printable string downstream band in case of
- length: 10 VDSL2
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
pr-bnd-sig-att-dn Parameter type: <Xdsl::PerBandOperDataType> loop attenuation for each
- printable string downstream band in case of
- length: 10 VDSL2
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
pr-bnd-nmgn-dn Parameter type: <Xdsl::PerBandOperDataType> loop attenuation for each
- printable string downstream band in case of
- length: 10 VDSL2
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
elect-length-est Parameter type: <Xdsl::ElectrLengthType> Line Electrical Length actually
- electrical length estimated by XTU-R when mode
- unit: 1/2 * dB @ 1MHz is VDSL2
- range: [0...255] This element is only shown in
detail mode.
time-adv-prp Parameter type: <Xdsl::TimingAdvanceType> the timing advance of transmitted
- a time value symbol with respect to the
- unit: ns * 10 received symbol when mode is
- range: [-25000...25000] VDSL-2
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
high-freq-dn Parameter type: <Xdsl::HighFreqType> highest carrier frequency used in
- a frequency the downstream direction in case
- unit: kHz of VDSL2
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1158 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

52.7 xDSL Operational Data Far End Channel

Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL operational data for the far end of the channel.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl operational-data far-end channel [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.7-1 "xDSL Operational Data Far End Channel Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 52.7-2 "xDSL Operational Data Far End Channel Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name
actual-bitrate-down
short name: act-br-down
attain-bitrate-down
short name: att-br-down
interleave-delay-up
Type Description
Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerKBPS> atm bitrate for downstream fast
- bitrate or interleaved data flow
- unit: kbits/sec This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerKBPS> maximum attainable atm rate the
- bitrate modem can support
- unit: kbits/sec This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerMSEC> delay caused by the interleaving

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1159

52 xDSL Status Commands
name
imp-noise-prot-up
act-l2-bitrt-down
short name: act-l2-br-dn
1160 Released
Type Description
- milli-second and deinterleaving functionality
- unit: msec This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerSYMBOL> actual impulse noise protection
- impulse noise protection This element is always shown.
- unit: 1/10 symbols
Parameter type: <Xdsl::Bitrate> actual L2 atm bitrate when in L2
- bitrate state
- unit: kbits/sec This element is always shown.
- range: [0...65535]
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
 52 xDSL Status Commands

52.8 xDSL Operational Data Statistics

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL operational data statistics.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl operational-data line [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.8-1 "xDSL Operational Data Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 52.8-2 "xDSL Operational Data Statistics" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
adm-state Parameter type: <Itf::ifAdminStatus> specifies state of the interface
( not-appl This element is always shown.
| up
| down
| testing )
Possible values:
- not-appl : not-applicable
- up : admin status is up
- down : admin status is down
- testing : no operational packets can be passed

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1161

52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

opr-state/tx-rate-ds Parameter type: <Xdsl::combinedCol> current operational state of the
( down interface.
| testing This element is always shown.
| unknown
| dormant
| up : <Xdsl::bitrate> )
Possible values:
- up : up,traffic can pass
- down : down,no traffic is passing
- testing : testing,no traffic is passing
- unknown : unknown
- dormant : dormant,no traffic is passing
Field type <Xdsl::bitrate>
- bitrate
- unit: kbits/sec
tx-rate/us Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerKBPS> bitrate for upstream fast or
- bitrate interleaved data flow
- unit: kbits/sec This element is always shown.
tx-rate/ds Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerKBPS> bitrate for downstream fast or
- bitrate interleaved data flow
- unit: kbits/sec This element is always shown.
max-tx-rate-us Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerKBPS> maximum attainable atm rate the
- bitrate modem can support
- unit: kbits/sec This element is only shown in
detail mode.
max-tx-rate-ds Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerKBPS> maximum attainable atm rate the
- bitrate modem can support
- unit: kbits/sec This element is only shown in
detail mode.
inp-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerSYMBOL> actual impulse noise protection
- impulse noise protection This element is only shown in
- unit: 1/10 symbols detail mode.
inp-dn Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerSYMBOL> actual impulse noise protection
- impulse noise protection This element is only shown in
- unit: 1/10 symbols detail mode.
interl-us Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerMSEC> delay caused by the interleaving
- milli-second and non-interleaving
- unit: msec functionality
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
interl-ds Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerMSEC> delay caused by the interleaving
- milli-second and non-interleaving
- unit: msec functionality
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
cur-op-mode Parameter type: <Xdsl::OneOpModeTypeLinePreDef> actual operational mode
( ansi-t1413 This element is always shown.
| etsi-dts
| g992-1-a
| g992-1-b
| g992-2-a
| g992-3-a
| g992-3-b
| g992-3-l1
| g992-3-l2
| g992-3-am
| g992-5-a

1162 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

| g992-5-b
| ansi-t1.424
| etsi-ts
| itu-g993-1
| ieee-802.3ah
| g992-5-am
| g993-2-8a
| g993-2-8b
| g993-2-8c
| g993-2-8d
| g993-2-12a
| g993-2-12b
| g993-2-17a
| g993-2-30a
| default )
Possible values:
- ansi-t1413 : ANSI T1.413-1998
- etsi-dts : ETSI DTS/TM06006
- g992-1-a : G.992.1 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-1-b : G.992.1 ISDN non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-2-a : G.992.2 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-3-a : G.992.2 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-3-b : G.992.3 ISDN non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-3-l1 : G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped spectrum US
mask 1
- g992-3-l2 : G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped spectrum US
mask 2
- g992-3-am : G.992.3 extended POTS with non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-5-a : G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-5-b : G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- ansi-t1.424 : ANSI T1.424
- etsi-ts : ETSI TS
- itu-g993-1 : ITU G993-1
- ieee-802.3ah : IEEE 802.3ah
- g992-5-am : G.992.5 extended POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
- g993-2-8a : VDSL-2 with profile 8A
- g993-2-8b : VDSL-2 with profile 8B
- g993-2-8c : VDSL-2 with profile 8C
- g993-2-8d : VDSL-2 with profile 8D
- g993-2-12a : VDSL-2 with profile 12A
- g993-2-12b : VDSL-2 with profile 12B
- g993-2-17a : VDSL-2 with profile 17A
- g993-2-30a : VDSL-2 with profile 30A
- default : default value
rinit-1d Parameter type: <Counter> number of times the modem
- counter re-initialize the line in a day
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
actual-tps-tc-mode Parameter type: <Xdsl::ActualTpsTcMode> actual transfer mode
( no-value This element is only shown in
| atm detail mode.
| ptm
| system-default )
Possible values:
- no-value : no value

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1163

52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

- atm : atm mode
- ptm : ptm mode
- system-default : determined by the system, based on board
type

1164 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

52.9 xDSL Carrier Data Near End Status Command

Command Description
This command displays xDSL carrier data near end.
This command displays only the bit load distribution and not the carrier info
Carrier data is displayed in raw format so for the actual data interpretation please refer to XDSL_MIB.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl carrier-data near-end [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.9-1 "xDSL Carrier Data Near End Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 52.9-2 "xDSL Carrier Data Near End Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
spacing Parameter type: <Xdsl::CarrierSpacingType> the actual carrier spacing used on
( single the XDSL line in the downstream
| double direction
| half This element is always shown.
| quarter )
Possible values:
- single : single

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1165

52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

- double : double
- half : half
- quarter : quarter
load-distribution-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::OctetStingType> nbr of bits per carrier group over
- a binary string the downstream passband
This element is always shown.
gain-allocation-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::OctetStingType> gain allocation (i.e. gi) per carrier
- a binary string group over the downstream
passband
This element is always shown.
snr-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::OctetStingType> signal to noise ratio per carrier
- a binary string group over the upstream
passband
This element is always shown.
qln-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::OctetStingType> quiet line noise per carrier group
- a binary string over the upstream passband
This element is always shown.
char-func-complex Parameter type: <Xdsl::OctetStingType> provides the channel
- a binary string characteristics function complex
values in linear scale for each
carrier group over upstream
passband
This element is always shown.
char-func-real Parameter type: <Xdsl::OctetStingType> provides the channel
- a binary string characteristics function real
values in linear scale for each
carrier group over upstream
passband
This element is always shown.
tx-psd-dn Parameter type: <Xdsl::OctetStingType> the actual transmit PSD per
- a binary string carrier group over the
downstream passband
This element is always shown.
tx-psd-carr-grop Parameter type: <Xdsl::SubCarrierGroupSizeType> the grouping factor for Actual Tx
- grouping factor per carrier data octet-string Power Spectrum Density carrier
- range: [1...2,4,8] data octet-string
This element is always shown.
load-carr-grp Parameter type: <Xdsl::SubCarrierGroupSizeType> Provides the grouping factor for
- grouping factor per carrier data octet-string carrier load data octet-string
- range: [1...2,4,8] This element is always shown.
gain-carr-grp Parameter type: <Xdsl::SubCarrierGroupSizeType> Provides the grouping factor for
- grouping factor per carrier data octet-string carrier gain allocation data
- range: [1...2,4,8] octet-string
This element is always shown.
snr-carr-grp Parameter type: <Xdsl::SubCarrierGroupSizeType> Provides the grouping factor for
- grouping factor per carrier data octet-string Signal to Noise Ratio per carrier
- range: [1...2,4,8] data octet-string
This element is always shown.
qln-carr-grp Parameter type: <Xdsl::SubCarrierGroupSizeType> Provides the grouping factor for
- grouping factor per carrier data octet-string Quiet Line Noise data octet-string
- range: [1...2,4,8] This element is always shown.
hlin-carr-grp Parameter type: <Xdsl::SubCarrierGroupSizeType> Provides the grouping factor for
- grouping factor per carrier data octet-string Complex Channel Characteristics
- range: [1...2,4,8] data in linear scale
This element is always shown.
hlog-carr-grp Parameter type: <Xdsl::SubCarrierGroupSizeType> Provides the grouping factor for
- grouping factor per carrier data octet-string Channel Characteristics data in

1166 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

- range: [1...2,4,8] dB
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1167

52 xDSL Status Commands

52.10 xDSL Carrier Data Far End Status Command

Command Description
This command displays xDSL carrier data far end.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl carrier-data far-end [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.10-1 "xDSL Carrier Data Far End Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 52.10-2 "xDSL Carrier Data Far End Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
spacing Parameter type: <Xdsl::CarrierSpacingType> the actual carrier spacing used on
( single the XDSL line in the upstream
| double direction
| half This element is always shown.
| quarter )
Possible values:
- single : single
- double : double
- half : half
- quarter : quarter

1168 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

load-distribution-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::OctetStingType> nbr of bits per carrier group over
- a binary string the upstream passband
This element is always shown.
gain-allocation-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::OctetStingType> gain allocation (i.e.gi) per carrier
- a binary string group over the upstream
passband
This element is always shown.
snr-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::OctetStingType> signal to noise ratio per carrier
- a binary string group over the downstream
passband
This element is always shown.
qln-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::OctetStingType> quiet line noise per carrier group
- a binary string over the downstream passband
This element is always shown.
char-func-complex Parameter type: <Xdsl::OctetStingType> provides the channel
- a binary string characteristics function complex
values in linear scale per carrier
group over downstream passband
This element is always shown.
char-func-real Parameter type: <Xdsl::OctetStingType> char func real values in dB over
- a binary string downstream passband
This element is always shown.
tx-psd-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::OctetStingType> the actual transmit PSD per
- a binary string carrier group over the upstream
passband
This element is always shown.
tx-psd-carr-grop Parameter type: <Xdsl::SubCarrierGroupSizeType> the grouping factor for Actual Tx
- grouping factor per carrier data octet-string Power Spectrum Density carrier
- range: [1...2,4,8] data octet-string
This element is always shown.
load-carr-grp Parameter type: <Xdsl::SubCarrierGroupSizeType> Provides the grouping factor for
- grouping factor per carrier data octet-string carrier load data octet-string
- range: [1...2,4,8] This element is always shown.
gain-carr-grp Parameter type: <Xdsl::SubCarrierGroupSizeType> Provides the grouping factor for
- grouping factor per carrier data octet-string carrier gain allocation data
- range: [1...2,4,8] octet-string
This element is always shown.
snr-carr-grp Parameter type: <Xdsl::SubCarrierGroupSizeType> Provides the grouping factor for
- grouping factor per carrier data octet-string Signal to Noise Ratio per carrier
- range: [1...2,4,8] data octet-string
This element is always shown.
qln-carr-grp Parameter type: <Xdsl::SubCarrierGroupSizeType> Provides the grouping factor for
- grouping factor per carrier data octet-string Quiet Line Noise data octet-string
- range: [1...2,4,8] This element is always shown.
hlin-carr-grp Parameter type: <Xdsl::SubCarrierGroupSizeType> Provides the grouping factor for
- grouping factor per carrier data octet-string Complex Channel Characteristics
- range: [1...2,4,8] data in linear scale
This element is always shown.
hlog-carr-grp Parameter type: <Xdsl::SubCarrierGroupSizeType> Provides the grouping factor for
- grouping factor per carrier data octet-string Channel Characteristics data in
- range: [1...2,4,8] dB
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1169

52 xDSL Status Commands

52.11 xDSL Failure Status Near End Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL failure status near end.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl failure-status near-end [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.11-1 "xDSL Failure Status Near End Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 52.11-2 "xDSL Failure Status Near End Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
line-defect Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusNearEnd> specifies the defect status in the
( yes near-end
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : defect in the near-end failure sta tus
- no : no defect in the near-end failure s tatus
los Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusNELOS> specifies status of the Loss of

1170 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

( no Signal in upstream direction
| yes ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- no : no LOS in upstream direction
- yes : LOS in the upstream direction
lof Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusNELOF> specifies status of the Loss of
( no Frame in upstream direction
| yes ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- no : no LOF in upstream direction
- yes : LOF in the upstream direction
lom Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusNELOM> specifies status of the Loss of
( no Margin in upstream direction
| yes ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- no : no LOM in upstream direction
- yes : LOM in the upstream direction
lpr Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusNELPR> specifies status of the Loss of
( no Power of the ATU-C
| yes ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- no : no LPR of the ATU-C
- yes : LPR of the ATU-C
ese Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusNEESE> specifies status of the Excessive
( no Severe Errors in upstream
| yes ) direction
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- no : no ESE in upstream direction
- yes : ESE in the upstream direction
act-fail-conf-err Parameter type: <Xdsl::NEActFailConfErr> specifies status of line Activation
( no This element is always shown.
| yes )
Possible values:
- no : no Activation Failure due to configuration error
- yes : Line Activation Fail due to configuration error
act-fail-conf-not-feas Parameter type: <Xdsl::NEActFailConfNotFeasible> specifies status of line Activation
( no This element is always shown.
| yes )
Possible values:
- no : Line Activation Fail due to configuration not feasible
- yes : no Activation Failure due to configuration not
feasible
bitrate-threshold Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusNEBitRateThrs> specifies status of Bit Rate
( no-low-rate Threshold
| low-rate ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- no-low-rate : no Bit rate threshold for the upstream
direction
- low-rate : Bit rate threshold for upstream direction

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1171

52 xDSL Status Commands

52.12 xDSL Failure Status Far End Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL failure of the far end.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl failure-status far-end [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.12-1 "xDSL Failure Status Far End Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 52.12-2 "xDSL Failure Status Far End Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
line-defect Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusNoDefect> specifies the defect status in the
( yes far-end
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : defect in the far-end failure status
- no : no defect in the far-end failure status
los Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusFELOS> specifies status of the Loss of

1172 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

( no Signal in downstream direction
| yes ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- no : no LOS in downstream direction
- yes : LOS in the downstream direction
lof Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusFELOF> specifies status of the Loss of
( no Frame in downstream direction
| yes ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- no : no LOF in downstream direction
- yes : LOF in the downstream direction
lom Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusFELOM> specifies status of the Loss of
( no Margin in downstream direction
| yes ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- no : no LOM in downstream direction
- yes : LOM in the downstream direction
lpr Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusFELPR> specifies status of the Loss of
( no Power of the XTU-C
| yes ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- no : no LPR of the XTU-R
- yes : LPR of the XTU-R
lol Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusFELOL> specifies status of the Loss of
( no Link
| yes ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- no : no LOL in line
- yes : LOL in line
ese Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusFEESE> specifies status of the Excessive
( no Severe Errors
| yes ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- no : no ESE in downstream direction
- yes : ESE in the downstream direction
act-fail-comm-prob Parameter type: <Xdsl::FEActFailCommProb> specifies status of line Activation
( no This element is always shown.
| yes )
Possible values:
- no : no Activation Failure due to communication problems
- yes : Line Activation Fail due to communication problems
act-fail-no-xtu-r Parameter type: <Xdsl::FEActFailNoXTUR> specifies status of line Activation
( no This element is always shown.
| yes )
Possible values:
- no : Line Activation Fail due to no XTU-R detected
- yes : no Activation Failure due to no XTU-R detected
bitrate-threshold Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusFEBitRateThrs> specifies status of Bit Rate
( no-low-rate Threshold
| low-rate ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- no-low-rate : no Bit rate threshold for the downstream
direction
- low-rate : Bit rate threshold for downstream direction

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1173

52 xDSL Status Commands

52.13 xDSL Counters Near End Line Current 15 Min

Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters near end line current 15 min.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl counters near-end line current-interval [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.13-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Line Current 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 52.13-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Line Current 15 Min" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an LOS
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lof Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an LOF
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lom Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of a LOM
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
ese Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an ESE

1174 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
es Parameter type: <Counter> number of errored seconds
- counter encountered by the line
This element is always shown.
ses Parameter type: <Counter> number of severely errored
- counter seconds encountered by the line
This element is always shown.
uas Parameter type: <Counter> number of unavailable seconds
- counter encountered by the line
This element is always shown.
re-init Parameter type: <Counter> number of times the modem
- counter re-initialize the line
This element is always shown.
failed-init Parameter type: <Counter> number of times the modem
- counter failed to initialize the line
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <Xdsl::PrevCurIntervalMeasureTime> amt of time in sec that statistics
- the measured time interval have been counted
- unit: sec This element is only shown in
- range: [0...900] detail mode.
in-valid-flag Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalValidityFlag> validity of the corresponding PM
( true data
| false ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- true : data is not valid
- false : data is valid
ra-upshift Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurances of a
short name: rau - counter Upshift Rate Adaptation
This element is always shown.
ra-downshift Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurances of a
short name: rad - counter Downshift Rate Adaptation
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1175

52 xDSL Status Commands

52.14 xDSL Counters Near End Line Current Day

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL counters near end line current day.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl counters near-end line current-1day [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.14-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Line Current Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 52.14-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Line Current Day" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an LOS
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lof Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an LOF
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lom Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of a LOM
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
ese Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an ESE

1176 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
es Parameter type: <Counter> number of errored seconds
- counter encountered by the line
This element is always shown.
ses Parameter type: <Counter> number of severely errored
- counter seconds encountered by the line
This element is always shown.
uas Parameter type: <Counter> number of unavailable seconds
- counter encountered by the line
This element is always shown.
re-init Parameter type: <Counter> number of times the modem
- counter re-initialize the line
This element is always shown.
failed-init Parameter type: <Counter> number of times the modem
- counter failed to initialize the line
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalMeasureTime> amt of time in sec that statistics
- the measured time interval have been counted
- unit: sec This element is only shown in
- range: [0...86400] detail mode.
in-valid-flag Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalValidityFlag> validity of the corresponding PM
( true data
| false ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- true : data is not valid
- false : data is valid
ra-upshift Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurances of a
short name: rau - counter Upshift Rate Adaptation
This element is always shown.
ra-downshift Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurances of a
short name: rad - counter Downshift Rate Adaptation
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1177

52 xDSL Status Commands

52.15 xDSL Counters Near End Line Previous 15

Min

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL counters near end line previous 15 min.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl counters near-end line previous-interval [ (if-index) [ interval-no <Xdsl::IntervalNumber15min> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.15-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Line Previous 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
interval-no Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalNumber15min> identifies prev 15min intvls,val 1
Format: as the latest intvl
- a number identifying 15 minutes interval time
- range: [1...192]

Command Output
Table 52.15-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Line Previous 15 Min" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an LOS
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.

1178 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

lof Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an LOF
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lom Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of a LOM
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
ese Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an ESE
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
es Parameter type: <Counter> number of errored seconds
- counter encountered by the line
This element is always shown.
ses Parameter type: <Counter> number of severely errored
- counter seconds encountered by the line
This element is always shown.
uas Parameter type: <Counter> number of unavailable seconds
- counter encountered by the line
This element is always shown.
re-init Parameter type: <Counter> number of times the modem
- counter re-initialize the line
This element is always shown.
fail-init Parameter type: <Counter> number of times the modem
- counter failed to initialize the line
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <Xdsl::PrevCurIntervalMeasureTime> amt of time in sec that statistics
- the measured time interval have been counted
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
- range: [0...900]
invalid-flag Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalValidityFlag> validity of the corresponding PM
( true data
| false ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- true : data is not valid
- false : data is valid
ra-upshift Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurances of a
short name: rau - counter Upshift Rate Adaptation
This element is always shown.
ra-downshift Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurances of a
short name: rad - counter Downshift Rate Adaptation
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1179

52 xDSL Status Commands

52.16 xDSL Counters Near End Of Line Previous

Day

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL counters near end of the previous day.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl counters near-end line previous-1day [ (if-index) [ interval-no <Xdsl::IntervalNumber1day> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.16-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Of Line Previous Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
interval-no Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalNumber1day> nbr identifying previous 1 day
Format: intvl time, value 1 is the most
- a number identifying 1 day interval time recently completed 1 day intvl
- range: [1...7]

Command Output
Table 52.16-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Of Line Previous Day" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an LOS
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.

1180 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

lof Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an LOF
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lom Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of a LOM
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
ese Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an ESE
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
es Parameter type: <Counter> number of errored seconds
- counter encountered by the line
This element is always shown.
ses Parameter type: <Counter> number of severely errored
- counter seconds encountered by the line
This element is always shown.
uas Parameter type: <Counter> number of unavailable seconds
- counter encountered by the line
This element is always shown.
re-init Parameter type: <Counter> number of times the modem
- counter re-initialize the line
This element is always shown.
failed-init Parameter type: <Counter> number of times the modem
- counter failed to initialize the line
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalMeasureTime> amt of time in sec that statistics
- the measured time interval have been counted
- unit: sec This element is only shown in
- range: [0...86400] detail mode.
in-valid-flag Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalValidityFlag> validity of the corresponding PM
( true data
| false ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- true : data is not valid
- false : data is valid
ra-upshift Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurances of a
short name: rau - counter Upshift Rate Adaptation
This element is always shown.
ra-downshift Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurances of a
short name: rad - counter Downshift Rate Adaptation
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1181

52 xDSL Status Commands

52.17 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current 15

Min

Command Description
CEC parameter only applies to VDSL2.
CEC:Number of uncorrected codewords encountered by near-end (or far-end) channel in VDSL2 mode.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl counters near-end channel current-interval [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.17-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 52.17-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current 15 Min" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
cv Parameter type: <Counter> number of coding violations
- counter encountered by the channel
This element is always shown.
fecc Parameter type: <Counter> number of corrected codewords
- counter encountered by the channel,
respectively corrected octets in

1182 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

case of vdsl1 G.993.1
This element is always shown.
cec Parameter type: <Counter> the number of non-corrected
- counter erroneous codewords
encountered by the near end
channel
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <Xdsl::PrevCurIntervalMeasureTime> amt of time in sec that statistics
- the measured time interval have been counted
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
- range: [0...900]
in-valid-flag Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalValidityFlag> validity of the corresponding PM
( true data
| false ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- true : data is not valid
- false : data is valid

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1183

52 xDSL Status Commands

52.18 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current

Day

Command Description
CEC parameter only applies to VDSL2.
CEC:Number of uncorrected codewords encountered by near-end (or far-end) channel in VDSL2 mode.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl counters near-end channel current-1day [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.18-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 52.18-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current Day" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
cv Parameter type: <Counter> number of coding violations
- counter encountered by the channel
This element is always shown.
fecc Parameter type: <Counter> number of corrected codewords
- counter encountered by the channel,
respectively corrected octets in

1184 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

case of vdsl1 G.993.1
This element is always shown.
cec Parameter type: <Counter> the number of non-corrected
- counter erroneous codewords
encountered by the near end
channel
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalMeasureTime> amt of time in sec that statistics
- the measured time interval have been counted
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
- range: [0...86400]
in-valid-flag Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalValidityFlag> validity of the corresponding PM
( true data
| false ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- true : data is not valid
- false : data is valid

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1185

52 xDSL Status Commands

52.19 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous

15 Min

Command Description
CEC parameter only applies to VDSL2.
CEC:Number of uncorrected codewords encountered by near-end (or far-end) channel in VDSL2 mode.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl counters near-end channel previous-interval [ (if-index) [ interval-no <Xdsl::IntervalNumber15min> ]
]

Command Parameters
Table 52.19-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
interval-no Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalNumber15min> nbr identifying previous 15 min
Format: intvl time, value 1 is the most
- a number identifying 15 minutes interval time recently completed 15 min intvl
- range: [1...192]

Command Output
Table 52.19-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous 15 Min" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
cv Parameter type: <Counter> number of coding violations

1186 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

- counter encountered by the channel
This element is always shown.
fecc Parameter type: <Counter> number of corrected codewords
- counter encountered by the channel,
respectively corrected octets in
case of vdsl1 G.993.1
This element is always shown.
cec Parameter type: <Counter> the number of non-corrected
- counter erroneous codewords
encountered by the near end
channel
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <Xdsl::PrevCurIntervalMeasureTime> amt of time in sec that statistics
- the measured time interval have been counted
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
- range: [0...900]
in-valid-flag Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalValidityFlag> validity of the corresponding PM
( true data
| false ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- true : data is not valid
- false : data is valid

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1187

52 xDSL Status Commands

52.20 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous

Day

Command Description
CEC parameter only applies to VDSL2.
CEC:Number of uncorrected codewords encountered by near-end (or far-end) channel in VDSL2 mode.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl counters near-end channel previous-1day [ (if-index) [ interval-no <Xdsl::IntervalNumber1day> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.20-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
interval-no Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalNumber1day> nbr identifying previous 1 day
Format: intvl time, value 1 is the most
- a number identifying 1 day interval time recently completed 1 day intvl
- range: [1...7]

Command Output
Table 52.20-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous Day" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
cv Parameter type: <Counter> number of coding violations
- counter encountered by the channel

1188 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

This element is always shown.
fecc Parameter type: <Counter> number of corrected codewords
- counter encountered by the channel,
respectively corrected octets in
case of vdsl1 G.993.1
This element is always shown.
cec Parameter type: <Counter> the number of non-corrected
- counter erroneous codewords
encountered by the near end
channel
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalMeasureTime> amt of time in sec that statistics
- the measured time interval have been counted
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
- range: [0...86400]
in-valid-flag Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalValidityFlag> validity of the corresponding PM
( true data
| false ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- true : data is not valid
- false : data is valid

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1189

52 xDSL Status Commands

52.21 xDSL Counters Far End Line Current 15 Min

Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters far end line current 15 min.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl counters far-end line current-interval [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.21-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Current 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the xdsl port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 52.21-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Current 15 Min" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an los
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lof Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an lof
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lom Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an lom
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lpr Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an lpr

1190 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lol Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an lol
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
ese Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an ese
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
es Parameter type: <Counter> number of errored seconds
- counter encountered by the line
This element is always shown.
ses Parameter type: <Counter> number of severely errored
- counter seconds encountered by the line
This element is always shown.
uas Parameter type: <Counter> number of unavailable seconds
- counter encountered by the line
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <Xdsl::PrevCurIntervalMeasureTime> amt of time in sec that statistics
- the measured time interval have been counted
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
- range: [0...900]
in-valid-flag Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalValidityFlag> validity of the corresponding PM
( true data
| false ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- true : data is not valid
- false : data is valid
ra-upshift Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurances of a
short name: rau - counter Upshift Rate Adaptation
This element is always shown.
ra-downshift Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurances of a
short name: rad - counter Downshift Rate Adaptation
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1191

52 xDSL Status Commands

52.22 xDSL Counters Far End Line Current Day

Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters far end line current day.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl counters far-end line current-1day [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.22-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Current Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 52.22-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Current Day" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an los
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lof Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an lof
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lom Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an lom
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lpr Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an lpr

1192 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lol Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an lol
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
ese Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an ese
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
es Parameter type: <Counter> number of errored seconds
- counter encountered by the line
This element is always shown.
ses Parameter type: <Counter> number of severely errored
- counter seconds encountered by the line
This element is always shown.
uas Parameter type: <Counter> number of unavailable seconds
- counter encountered by the line
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalMeasureTime> amt of time in sec that statistics
- the measured time interval have been counted
- unit: sec This element is only shown in
- range: [0...86400] detail mode.
in-valid-flag Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalValidityFlag> validity of the corresponding PM
( true data
| false ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- true : data is not valid
- false : data is valid
ra-upshift Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurances of a
short name: rau - counter Upshift Rate Adaptation
This element is always shown.
ra-downshift Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurances of a
short name: rad - counter Downshift Rate Adaptation
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1193

52 xDSL Status Commands

52.23 xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous 15 Min

Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters far end line previous 15 min.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl counters far-end line previous-interval [ (if-index) [ interval-no <Xdsl::IntervalNumber15min> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.23-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
interval-no Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalNumber15min> nbr identifying previous 15 min
Format: intvl time, value 1 is the most
- a number identifying 15 minutes interval time recently completed 15 min intvl
- range: [1...192]

Command Output
Table 52.23-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous 15 Min" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an los
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lof Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an lof
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.

1194 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

lom Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an lom
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lpr Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an lpr
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lol Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an lol
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
ese Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an ese
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
es Parameter type: <Counter> number of errored seconds
- counter encountered by the line
This element is always shown.
ses Parameter type: <Counter> number of severely errored
- counter seconds encountered by the line
This element is always shown.
uas Parameter type: <Counter> number of unavailable seconds
- counter encountered by the line
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <Xdsl::PrevCurIntervalMeasureTime> amt of time in sec that statistics
- the measured time interval have been counted
- unit: sec This element is only shown in
- range: [0...900] detail mode.
in-valid-flag Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalValidityFlag> validity of the corresponding PM
( true data
| false ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- true : data is not valid
- false : data is valid
ra-upshift Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurances of a
short name: rau - counter Upshift Rate Adaptation
This element is always shown.
ra-downshift Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurances of a
short name: rad - counter Downshift Rate Adaptation
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1195

52 xDSL Status Commands

52.24 xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous Day

Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters far end line previous day.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl counters far-end line previous-1day [ (if-index) [ interval-no <Xdsl::IntervalNumber1day> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.24-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
interval-no Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalNumber1day> nbr identifying previous 1 day
Format: intvl time, value 1 is the most
- a number identifying 1 day interval time recently completed 1 day intvl
- range: [1...7]

Command Output
Table 52.24-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous Day" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an los
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lof Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an lof
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.

1196 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

lom Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an lom
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lpr Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an lpr
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lol Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an lol
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
ese Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an ese
- counter failure event
This element is always shown.
es Parameter type: <Counter> number of errored seconds
- counter encountered by the line
This element is always shown.
ses Parameter type: <Counter> number of severely errored
- counter seconds encountered by the line
This element is always shown.
uas Parameter type: <Counter> number of unavailable seconds
- counter encountered by the line
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalMeasureTime> amt of time in sec that statistics
- the measured time interval have been counted
- unit: sec This element is only shown in
- range: [0...86400] detail mode.
in-valid-flag Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalValidityFlag> validity of the corresponding PM
( true data
| false ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- true : data is not valid
- false : data is valid
ra-upshift Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurances of a
short name: rau - counter Upshift Rate Adaptation
This element is always shown.
ra-downshift Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurances of a
short name: rad - counter Downshift Rate Adaptation
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1197

52 xDSL Status Commands

52.25 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current 15

Min

Command Description
CEC parameter only applies to VDSL2.
CEC:Number of uncorrected codewords encountered by near-end (or far-end) channel in VDSL2 mode.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl counters far-end channel current-interval [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.25-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 52.25-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current 15 Min" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
cv Parameter type: <Counter> nbr of coding violations
- counter encountered by far end channel
This element is always shown.
fecc Parameter type: <Counter> number of corrected codewords
- counter encountered by the channel,
respectively corrected octets in

1198 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

case of vdsl1 G.993.1
This element is always shown.
cec Parameter type: <Counter> the number of non-corrected
- counter erroneous codewords
encountered by the far end
channel
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <Xdsl::PrevCurIntervalMeasureTime> amt of time in sec that statistics
- the measured time interval have been counted
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
- range: [0...900]
in-valid-flag Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalValidityFlag> validity of the corresponding PM
( true data
| false ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- true : data is not valid
- false : data is valid

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1199

52 xDSL Status Commands

52.26 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current Day

Command Description
CEC parameter only applies to VDSL2.
CEC:Number of uncorrected codewords encountered by near-end (or far-end) channel in VDSL2 mode.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl counters far-end channel current-1day [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.26-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 52.26-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current Day" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
cv Parameter type: <Counter> nbr of coding violations
- counter encountered by far end channel
This element is always shown.
fecc Parameter type: <Counter> number of corrected codewords
- counter encountered by the channel,
respectively corrected octets in
case of vdsl1 G.993.1
This element is always shown.
cec Parameter type: <Counter> the number of non-corrected

1200 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

- counter erroneous codewords
encountered by the far end
channel
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalMeasureTime> amt of time in sec that statistics
- the measured time interval have been counted
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
- range: [0...86400]
in-valid-flag Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalValidityFlag> validity of the corresponding PM
( true data
| false ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- true : data is not valid
- false : data is valid

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1201

52 xDSL Status Commands

52.27 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous 15

Min

Command Description
CEC parameter only applies to VDSL2.
CEC:Number of uncorrected codewords encountered by near-end (or far-end) channel in VDSL2 mode.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl counters far-end channel previous-interval [ (if-index) [ interval-no <Xdsl::IntervalNumber15min> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.27-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
interval-no Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalNumber15min> nbr identifying previous 15 min
Format: intvl time, value 1 is the most
- a number identifying 15 minutes interval time recently completed 15 min intvl
- range: [1...192]

Command Output
Table 52.27-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous 15 Min" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
cv Parameter type: <Counter> number of coding violations in
- counter the previous 15 min

1202 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

This element is always shown.
fecc Parameter type: <Counter> number of corrected codewords
- counter encountered by the channel,
respectively corrected octets in
case of vdsl1 G.993.1
This element is always shown.
cec Parameter type: <Counter> the number of non-corrected
- counter erroneous codewords
encountered by the far end
channel
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <Xdsl::PrevCurIntervalMeasureTime> amt of time in sec that statistics
- the measured time interval have been counted
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
- range: [0...900]
in-valid-flag Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalValidityFlag> validity of the corresponding PM
( true data
| false ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- true : data is not valid
- false : data is valid

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1203

52 xDSL Status Commands

52.28 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous

Day

Command Description
CEC parameter only applies to VDSL2.
CEC:Number of uncorrected codewords encountered by near-end (or far-end) channel in VDSL2 mode.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl counters far-end channel previous-1day [ (if-index) [ interval-no <Xdsl::IntervalNumber1day> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.28-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
interval-no Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalNumber1day> nbr identifying previous 1 day
Format: intvl time, value 1 is the most
- a number identifying 1 day interval time recently completed 1 day intvl
- range: [1...7]

Command Output
Table 52.28-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous Day" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
cv Parameter type: <Counter> number of coding violations in
- counter the previous one day

1204 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

This element is always shown.
fecc Parameter type: <Counter> number of corrected codewords
- counter encountered by the channel,
respectively corrected octets in
case of vdsl1 G.993.1
This element is always shown.
cec Parameter type: <Counter> the number of non-corrected
- counter erroneous codewords
encountered by the far end
channel
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalMeasureTime> amt of time in sec that statistics
- the measured time interval have been counted
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
- range: [0...86400]
in-valid-flag Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalValidityFlag> validity of the corresponding PM
( true data
| false ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- true : data is not valid
- false : data is valid

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1205

52 xDSL Status Commands

52.29 xDSL Inventory XT/RT Status Command

Command Description
This command displays xDSL inventory XT/RT.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl cpe-inventory [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.29-1 "xDSL Inventory XT/RT Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 52.29-2 "xDSL Inventory XT/RT Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
modem-vendor-id Parameter type: <Xdsl::VendorID> vendor ID retrieved during
- an octet string defining vendor identification handshaking
- length: x<=16 This element is always shown.
sys-serial-no Parameter type: <Xdsl::SystemSerialNumber> serial number that identifies the
- an octet string defining system serial number vendor equipment
- length: x<=32 This element is only shown in
detail mode.
sys-vendor-id Parameter type: <Xdsl::VendorID> vendor ID retrieved via the xdsl
- an octet string defining vendor identification EOC
- length: x<=16 This element is always shown.

1206 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

sys-version-no Parameter type: <Xdsl::SystemVersionNo> version number retrieved via the
- an octet string defining system version number the xdsl EOC
- length: x<=34 This element is only shown in
detail mode.
self-test-result Parameter type: <Xdsl::SelfTestResult> self test results value retrieved
- an octet string defining self test result via the the xdsl EOC
- length: x<=8 This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1207

52 xDSL Status Commands

52.30 xDSL Board Capability Status Command

Command Description
This command displays xDSL board capability.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl board [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.30-1 "xDSL Board Capability Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 52.30-2 "xDSL Board Capability Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
capability Parameter type: <Xdsl::OpModeTypeLinePreDef> operational mode supported by
( ansi-t1413 the board
| etsi-dts This element is always shown.
| g992-1-a
| g992-1-b
| g992-2-a
| g992-3-a
| g992-3-b
| g992-3-l1
| g992-3-l2
| g992-3-am

1208 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

| g992-5-a
| g992-5-b
| ansi-t1.424
| etsi-ts
| itu-g993-1
| ieee-802.3ah
| g992-5-am
| g993-2-8a
| g993-2-8b
| g993-2-8c
| g993-2-8d
| g993-2-12a
| g993-2-12b
| g993-2-17a
| g993-2-30a
| default
| <Xdsl::OpModeType> )
Possible values:
- ansi-t1413 : ANSI T1.413-1998
- etsi-dts : ETSI DTS/TM06006
- g992-1-a : G.992.1 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-1-b : G.992.1 ISDN non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-2-a : G.992.2 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-3-a : G.992.2 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-3-b : G.992.3 ISDN non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-3-l1 : G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped spectrum US
mask 1
- g992-3-l2 : G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped spectrum US
mask 2
- g992-3-am : G.992.3 extended POTS with non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-5-a : G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-5-b : G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- ansi-t1.424 : ANSI T1.424
- etsi-ts : ETSI TS
- itu-g993-1 : ITU G993-1
- ieee-802.3ah : IEEE 802.3ah
- g992-5-am : G.992.5 extended POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
- g993-2-8a : VDSL-2 with profile 8A
- g993-2-8b : VDSL-2 with profile 8B
- g993-2-8c : VDSL-2 with profile 8C
- g993-2-8d : VDSL-2 with profile 8D
- g993-2-12a : VDSL-2 with profile 12A
- g993-2-12b : VDSL-2 with profile 12B
- g993-2-17a : VDSL-2 with profile 17A
- g993-2-30a : VDSL-2 with profile 30A
- default : default value
Field type <Xdsl::OpModeType>
- octet string bitmask defining operational mode
- length: 16
ansi-t1413 Parameter type: <Xdsl::T1413> ANSI T1.413-1998
( dis-ansi-t1413 This element is only shown in
| ansi-t1413 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-ansi-t1413 : disable ANSI T1.413-1998
- ansi-t1413 : ANSI T1.413-1998

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1209

52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

etsi-dts Parameter type: <Xdsl::Etsidts> ETSI DTS/TM06006
( dis-etsi-dts This element is only shown in
| etsi-dts ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-etsi-dts : disable ETSI DTS/TM06006
- etsi-dts : ETSI DTS/TM06006
g992-1-a Parameter type: <Xdsl::G21potsnos> G.992.1 POTS non-overlapped
( dis-g992-1-a spectrum
| g992-1-a ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-1-a : disable G.992.1 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-1-a : G.992.1 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
g992-1-b Parameter type: <Xdsl::G21isdnnos> G.992.1 ISDN non-overlapped
( dis-g992-1-b spectrum
| g992-1-b ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-1-b : disable G.992.1 ISDN non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-1-b : G.992.1 ISDN non-overlapped spectrum
g992-2-a Parameter type: <Xdsl::G22potsnos> G.992.2 POTS non-overlapped
( dis-g992-2-a spectrum
| g992-2-a ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-2-a : disable G.992.2 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-2-a : G.992.2 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
g992-3-a Parameter type: <Xdsl::G23potsnos> G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
( dis-g992-3-a spectrum
| g992-3-a ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-3-a : disable G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-3-a : G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
g992-3-b Parameter type: <Xdsl::G23isdnnos> G.992.3 ISDN non-overlapped
( dis-g992-3-b spectrum
| g992-3-b ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-3-b : disable G.992.3 ISDN non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-3-b : G.992.3 ISDN non-overlapped spectrum
g992-3-l1 Parameter type: <Xdsl::G23PotsnosUs1> G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
( dis-g992-3-l1 spectrum US mask 1
| g992-3-l1 ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-3-l1 : disable G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum US mask 1
- g992-3-l1 : G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped spectrum US
mask 1
g992-3-l2 Parameter type: <Xdsl::G23PotsNosUs2> G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
( dis-g992-3-l2 spectrum US mask 2
| g992-3-l2 ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-3-l2 : disable G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum US mask 2
- g992-3-l2 : G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped spectrum US
mask 2

1210 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

g992-3-am Parameter type: <Xdsl::G23ExtPotsNos> G.992.3 extended POTS with
( dis-g992-3-am non-overlapped spectrum
| g992-3-am ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-3-am : disable G.992.3 extended POTS with
non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-3-am : G.992.3 extended POTS with non-overlapped
spectrum
g992-5-a Parameter type: <Xdsl::G25PotsNos> G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped
( dis-g992-5-a spectrum
| g992-5-a ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-5-a : disable G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-5-a : G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
g992-5-b Parameter type: <Xdsl::G25IsdnNos> G.992.5 ISDN non-overlapped
( dis-g992-5-b spectrum
| g992-5-b ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-5-b : disable G.992.5 ISDN non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-5-b : G.992.5 ISDN non-overlapped spectrum
ansi-t1.424 Parameter type: <Xdsl::AnsiT1424> ansi T1.424
( dis-ansi-t1.424 This element is only shown in
| ansi-t1.424 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-ansi-t1.424 : disable ANSI T1.424
- ansi-t1.424 : ANSI T1.424
etsi-ts Parameter type: <Xdsl::EtsiTs> ETSI TS 101 270
( dis-etsi-ts This element is only shown in
| etsi-ts ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-etsi-ts : disable ETSI TS
- etsi-ts : ETSI TS
itu-g993-1 Parameter type: <Xdsl::ItuG9931> ITU G993-1
( dis-itu-g993-1 This element is only shown in
| itu-g993-1 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-itu-g993-1 : disable ITU G993-1
- itu-g993-1 : ITU G993-1
ieee-802.3ah Parameter type: <Xdsl::Ieee802.3Ah> IEEE 802.3ah
( dis-ieee-802.3ah This element is only shown in
| ieee-802.3ah ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-ieee-802.3ah : disable IEEE 802.3ah
- ieee-802.3ah : IEEE 802.3ah
g992-5-am Parameter type: <Xdsl::G25ExtPotsNos> G.992.5 extended POTS
( dis-g992-5-am non-overlapped spectrum
| g992-5-am ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dis-g992-5-am : disable G.992.5 extended POTS
non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-5-am : G.992.5 extended POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
g993-2-8a Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile8A> VDSL-2 with profile 8A
( dis-g993-2-8a This element is only shown in
| g993-2-8a ) detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1211

52 xDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-8a : disable G.993.2_8A VDSL-2 with profile
8A
- g993-2-8a : G.993.2_8A VDSL-2 with profile 8A
g993-2-8b Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile8B> VDSL-2 with profile 8B
( dis-g993-2-8b This element is only shown in
| g993-2-8b ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-8b : disable G.993.2_8B VDSL-2 with profile
8B
- g993-2-8b : G.993.2_8B VDSL-2 with profile 8B
g993-2-8c Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile8C> VDSL-2 with profile 8C
( dis-g993-2-8c This element is only shown in
| g993-2-8c ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-8c : disable G.993.2_8C VDSL-2 with profile
8C
- g993-2-8c : G.993.2_8C VDSL-2 with profile 8C
g993-2-8d Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile8D> VDSL-2 with profile 8D
( dis-g993-2-8d This element is only shown in
| g993-2-8d ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-8d : disable G.993.2_8D VDSL-2 with profile
8D
- g993-2-8d : G.993.2_8D VDSL-2 with profile 8D
g993-2-12a Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile12A> VDSL-2 with profile 12A
( dis-g993-2-12a This element is only shown in
| g993-2-12a ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-12a : disable G.993.2_12A VDSL-2 with
profile 12A
- g993-2-12a : G.993.2_12A VDSL-2 with profile 12A
g993-2-12b Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile12B> VDSL-2 with profile 12B
( dis-g993-2-12b This element is only shown in
| g993-2-12b ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-12b : disable G.993.2_12B VDSL-2 with
profile 12B
- g993-2-12b : G.993.2_12B VDSL-2 with profile 12B
g993-2-17a Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile17A> VDSL-2 with profile 17A
( dis-g993-2-17a This element is only shown in
| g993-2-17a ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-17a : disable G.993.2_17A VDSL-2 with
profile 17A
- g993-2-17a : G.993.2_17A VDSL-2 with profile 17A
g993-2-30a Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile30A> VDSL-2 with profile 30A
( dis-g993-2-30a This element is only shown in
| g993-2-30a ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-30a : disable G.993.2_30A VDSL-2 with
profile 30A
- g993-2-30a : G.993.2_30A VDSL-2 with profile 30A

1212 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

52.31 xDSL Low Rate Alarm Command

Command Description
This command is for displaying the link-up line after the specified time-stamp

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl link-up-changes [ (linkup-timestamp) ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.31-1 "xDSL Low Rate Alarm Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(linkup-timestamp) Format: the latest link up timestamp
- Printable string

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1213

52 xDSL Status Commands

52.32 xDSL Low Rate Alarm Command

Command Description
This command displays the linkup line bitmap for the line.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl link-up-changes (linkup-timestamp) slot [ (slot) ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.32-1 "xDSL Low Rate Alarm Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(linkup-timestamp)
(slot)
Type Description
Format: the latest link up timestamp
- Printable string
Format: the physical slot position
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number

Command Output
Table 52.32-2 "xDSL Low Rate Alarm Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Xdsl::PortList> displays all the lines with state
- Printable string change after specified time
This element is always shown.

1214 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 52 xDSL Status Commands

52.33 xDSL Low Rate Alarm Command

Command Description
This command displays the linkup record for the line.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl linkup-record [ (line) ]

Command Parameters
Table 52.33-1 "xDSL Low Rate Alarm Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(line)
Type Description
Format: the physical slot position
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 52.33-2 "xDSL Low Rate Alarm Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
link-timestamp-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::timeInSecs> Displays the latest link down
- Printable string timestamp
This element is always shown.
link-timestamp-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::timeInSecs> Displays the latest link up
- Printable string timestamp
This element is always shown.
act-bitrate-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::BitRateKbps> Displays the actual net data for
- Bitrate in kbps the upstream channel
- unit: kbps This element is always shown.
act-bitrate-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::BitRateKbps> Displays the actual net data for

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1215

52 xDSL Status Commands
name
act-noise-margin-up
act-noise-margin-down
attenuation-up
attenuation-down
attained-bitrate-up
attained-bitrate-down
max-bitrate-up
max-bitrate-down
threshold-bitrate-up
threshold-bitrate-down
max-delay-up
max-delay-down
tgt-noise-margin-up
tgt-noise-margin-down
1216 Released
Type Description
- Bitrate in kbps the downstream channel
- unit: kbps This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Xdsl::NoiseMargindB> Displays the realised noise
- Noise Margin in dB margin for the upstream direction
- unit: 1/10 dB This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Xdsl::NoiseMargindB> Displays the realised noise
- Noise Margin in dB margin for the downstream
- unit: 1/10 dB direction
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Xdsl::AttenuationdB> Displays the link up attenuation
- an attenuation value on upstream
- unit: 1/10 dB This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Xdsl::AttenuationdB> Displays the link up attenuation
- an attenuation value on downstream
- unit: 1/10 dB This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Xdsl::BitRateKbps> Displays maximum attainable net
- Bitrate in kbps data rate upstream
- unit: kbps This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Xdsl::BitRateKbps> Displays maximum attainable net
- Bitrate in kbps data rate downstream
- unit: kbps This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Xdsl::BitRateKbps> Displays the configured
- Bitrate in kbps maximum bitrate for the
- unit: kbps upstream
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Xdsl::BitRateKbps> Displays the configured
- Bitrate in kbps maximum bitrate for the
- unit: kbps downstream
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Xdsl::BitRateKbps> Displays the configured threshold
- Bitrate in kbps bitrate for upstream
- unit: kbps This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Xdsl::BitRateKbps> Displays the configured threshold
- Bitrate in kbps bitrate for downstream
- unit: kbps This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Xdsl::Delay> Displays the configured
- Delay in kbps maximum interleaving delay for
- unit: msec upstream
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Xdsl::Delay> Displays the configured
- Delay in kbps maximum interleaving delay for
- unit: msec downstream
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Xdsl::NoiseMargindB> Displays the configured target
- Noise Margin in dB noise margin for upstream
- unit: 1/10 dB This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Xdsl::NoiseMargindB> Displays the configured target
- Noise Margin in dB noise margin for downstream
- unit: 1/10 dB This element is always shown.
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
53- Configuration Data Status Commands

53.1 Configuration Data Status Command Tree 53-1218

53.2 xDSL Port Configuration Status Command 53-1220
53.3 xDSL Port ATM Configuration Status Command 53-1226
53.4 xDSL Port ATM Interface Configuration Status 53-1228
Command
53.5 xDSL Port Interface Configuration Status Command 53-1230
53.6 xDSL IGMP Configuration Status Command 53-1232
53.7 xDSL Security PAE Configuration Status Command 53-1234
53.8 xDSL BridgePort Configuration Status Command 53-1237
53.9 xDSL QoS Configuration Status Command 53-1240
53.10 xDSL PPPoX Relay Configuration Status Command 53-1242
53.11 xDSL PPPoE Configuration Status Command 53-1244
53.12 xDSL Bonding Group Configuration Status 53-1246
Command

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1217

53 Configuration Data Status Commands

53.1 Configuration Data Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Configuration Data Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----xdsl
----config-data-port
- (if-index)
----xdsl
- [no] service-profile
- [no] spectrum-profile
- [no] ansi-t1413
- [no] etsi-dts
- [no] g992-1-a
- [no] g992-1-b
- [no] g992-2-a
- [no] g992-3-a
- [no] g992-3-b
- [no] g992-3-l1
- [no] g992-3-l2
- [no] g992-3-am
- [no] g992-5-a
- [no] g992-5-b
- [no] ansi-t1.424
- [no] etsi-ts
- [no] itu-g993-1
- [no] ieee-802.3ah
- [no] g992-5-am
- [no] g993-2-8a
- [no] g993-2-8b
- [no] g993-2-8c
- [no] g993-2-8d
- [no] g993-2-12a
- [no] g993-2-12b
- [no] g993-2-17a
- [no] g993-2-30a
- [no] carrier-data-mode
- admin-state
- [no] bonding-mode
- transfer-mode
----atm-pvc
- (port-index)
- admin-state
- [no] aal5-encap-type
----interface-atm-pvc
- (pvc-index)
- [no] customer-id
----interface-port
- [no] admin-state

1218 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 53 Configuration Data Status Commands

- [no] link-updown-trap
- [no] user
- [no] severity
----igmp
- (port)
- perm-pkg-bitmap
- max-num-group
----security-pae
- (port)
- [no] controlled-port
- [no] quiet-period
- [no] tx-period
- [no] supp-timeout
- [no] server-timeout
- [no] max-req
- [no] authentication
- [no] init-authreq-off
- [no] handshake
- [no] handshake-period
- [no] initialize
----bridge-port
- (port)
- pvid
- default-priority
- mac-learn-off
- max-unicast-mac
- accept-frame-type
- prio-regen-prof
- [no] qos-profile
----qos
- scheduler-profile
- cac-profile
----pppox-relay
- (port)
- vlan-id
- default-priority
- max-cc
- qos-profile
----pppoe
- (port)
- max-num-session
- ppp-profile-name
----bonding-group
- group-profile
- admin-state

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1219

53 Configuration Data Status Commands

53.2 xDSL Port Configuration Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Port Configuration data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl config-data-port (if-index) xdsl [ no service-profile | service-profile <AsamProfilePointer> ] [ no

spectrum-profile | spectrum-profile <AsamProfilePointer> ] [ no ansi-t1413 | ansi-t1413 <Xdsl::T1413> ] [ no
etsi-dts | etsi-dts <Xdsl::Etsidts> ] [ no g992-1-a | g992-1-a <Xdsl::G21potsnos> ] [ no g992-1-b | g992-1-b
<Xdsl::G21isdnnos> ] [ no g992-2-a | g992-2-a <Xdsl::G22potsnos> ] [ no g992-3-a | g992-3-a
<Xdsl::G23potsnos> ] [ no g992-3-b | g992-3-b <Xdsl::G23isdnnos> ] [ no g992-3-l1 | g992-3-l1
<Xdsl::G23PotsnosUs1> ] [ no g992-3-l2 | g992-3-l2 <Xdsl::G23PotsNosUs2> ] [ no g992-3-am | g992-3-am
<Xdsl::G23ExtPotsNos> ] [ no g992-5-a | g992-5-a <Xdsl::G25PotsNos> ] [ no g992-5-b | g992-5-b
<Xdsl::G25IsdnNos> ] [ no ansi-t1.424 | ansi-t1.424 <Xdsl::AnsiT1424> ] [ no etsi-ts | etsi-ts <Xdsl::EtsiTs> ] [ no
itu-g993-1 | itu-g993-1 <Xdsl::ItuG9931> ] [ no ieee-802.3ah | ieee-802.3ah <Xdsl::Ieee802.3Ah> ] [ no
g992-5-am | g992-5-am <Xdsl::G25ExtPotsNos> ] [ no g993-2-8a | g993-2-8a <Xdsl::GProfile8A> ] [ no
g993-2-8b | g993-2-8b <Xdsl::GProfile8B> ] [ no g993-2-8c | g993-2-8c <Xdsl::GProfile8C> ] [ no g993-2-8d |
g993-2-8d <Xdsl::GProfile8D> ] [ no g993-2-12a | g993-2-12a <Xdsl::GProfile12A> ] [ no g993-2-12b |
g993-2-12b <Xdsl::GProfile12B> ] [ no g993-2-17a | g993-2-17a <Xdsl::GProfile17A> ] [ no g993-2-30a |
g993-2-30a <Xdsl::GProfile30A> ] [ no carrier-data-mode | carrier-data-mode <Xdsl::CarrierDataMode> ]
admin-state <Xdsl::XdslAdminStatus> [ no bonding-mode | bonding-mode <Xdsl::BondingMode> ] transfer-mode
<Xdsl::ActualTpsTcMode>

Command Parameters
Table 53.2-1 "xDSL Port Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 53.2-2 "xDSL Port Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters

1220 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 53 Configuration Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] service-profile Parameter type: <AsamProfilePointer> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- a pointer to a profile or profile index service profile configured on this
- range: [0...65535] port
[no] spectrum-profile Parameter type: <AsamProfilePointer> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- a pointer to a profile or profile index spectrum profile configured on
- range: [0...65535] this port
[no] ansi-t1413 Parameter type: <Xdsl::T1413> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dis-ansi-t1413-1998"
( dis-ansi-t1413 ANSI T1.413-1998
| ansi-t1413 )
Possible values:
- dis-ansi-t1413 : disable ANSI T1.413-1998
- ansi-t1413 : ANSI T1.413-1998
[no] etsi-dts Parameter type: <Xdsl::Etsidts> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dis-etsi-dts-tm06006"
( dis-etsi-dts ETSI DTS/TM06006
| etsi-dts )
Possible values:
- dis-etsi-dts : disable ETSI DTS/TM06006
- etsi-dts : ETSI DTS/TM06006
[no] g992-1-a Parameter type: <Xdsl::G21potsnos> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dis-g992-1-a"
( dis-g992-1-a G.992.1 POTS non-overlapped
| g992-1-a ) spectrum
Possible values:
- dis-g992-1-a : disable G.992.1 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-1-a : G.992.1 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
[no] g992-1-b Parameter type: <Xdsl::G21isdnnos> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dis-g992-1-b"
( dis-g992-1-b G.992.1 ISDN non-overlapped
| g992-1-b ) spectrum
Possible values:
- dis-g992-1-b : disable G.992.1 ISDN non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-1-b : G.992.1 ISDN non-overlapped spectrum
[no] g992-2-a Parameter type: <Xdsl::G22potsnos> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dis-g992-2-a"
( dis-g992-2-a G.992.2 POTS non-overlapped
| g992-2-a ) spectrum
Possible values:
- dis-g992-2-a : disable G.992.2 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-2-a : G.992.2 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
[no] g992-3-a Parameter type: <Xdsl::G23potsnos> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dis-g992-3-a"
( dis-g992-3-a G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
| g992-3-a ) spectrum
Possible values:
- dis-g992-3-a : disable G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-3-a : G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
[no] g992-3-b Parameter type: <Xdsl::G23isdnnos> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dis-g992-3-b"
( dis-g992-3-b G.992.3 ISDN non-overlapped

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1221

53 Configuration Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

| g992-3-b ) spectrum
Possible values:
- dis-g992-3-b : disable G.992.3 ISDN non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-3-b : G.992.3 ISDN non-overlapped spectrum
[no] g992-3-l1 Parameter type: <Xdsl::G23PotsnosUs1> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dis-g992-3-l1"
( dis-g992-3-l1 G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
| g992-3-l1 ) spectrum US mask 1
Possible values:
- dis-g992-3-l1 : disable G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum US mask 1
- g992-3-l1 : G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped spectrum US
mask 1
[no] g992-3-l2 Parameter type: <Xdsl::G23PotsNosUs2> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dis-g992-3-l2"
( dis-g992-3-l2 G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
| g992-3-l2 ) spectrum US mask 2
Possible values:
- dis-g992-3-l2 : disable G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum US mask 2
- g992-3-l2 : G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped spectrum US
mask 2
[no] g992-3-am Parameter type: <Xdsl::G23ExtPotsNos> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dis-g992-3-am"
( dis-g992-3-am G.992.3 extended POTS with
| g992-3-am ) non-overlapped spectrum
Possible values:
- dis-g992-3-am : disable G.992.3 extended POTS with
non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-3-am : G.992.3 extended POTS with non-overlapped
spectrum
[no] g992-5-a Parameter type: <Xdsl::G25PotsNos> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dis-g992-5-a"
( dis-g992-5-a G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped
| g992-5-a ) spectrum
Possible values:
- dis-g992-5-a : disable G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-5-a : G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
[no] g992-5-b Parameter type: <Xdsl::G25IsdnNos> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dis-g992-5-b"
( dis-g992-5-b G.992.5 ISDN non-overlapped
| g992-5-b ) spectrum
Possible values:
- dis-g992-5-b : disable G.992.5 ISDN non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-5-b : G.992.5 ISDN non-overlapped spectrum
[no] ansi-t1.424 Parameter type: <Xdsl::AnsiT1424> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dis-ansi-t1.424"
( dis-ansi-t1.424 ansi T1.424
| ansi-t1.424 )
Possible values:
- dis-ansi-t1.424 : disable ANSI T1.424
- ansi-t1.424 : ANSI T1.424
[no] etsi-ts Parameter type: <Xdsl::EtsiTs> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dis-etsi-ts"

1222 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 53 Configuration Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

( dis-etsi-ts ETSI TS 101 270
| etsi-ts )
Possible values:
- dis-etsi-ts : disable ETSI TS
- etsi-ts : ETSI TS
[no] itu-g993-1 Parameter type: <Xdsl::ItuG9931> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dis-itu-g993-1"
( dis-itu-g993-1 ITU G993-1
| itu-g993-1 )
Possible values:
- dis-itu-g993-1 : disable ITU G993-1
- itu-g993-1 : ITU G993-1
[no] ieee-802.3ah Parameter type: <Xdsl::Ieee802.3Ah> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dis-ieee-802.3ah"
( dis-ieee-802.3ah IEEE 802.3ah
| ieee-802.3ah )
Possible values:
- dis-ieee-802.3ah : disable IEEE 802.3ah
- ieee-802.3ah : IEEE 802.3ah
[no] g992-5-am Parameter type: <Xdsl::G25ExtPotsNos> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dis-g992-5-am"
( dis-g992-5-am G.992.5 extended POTS
| g992-5-am ) non-overlapped spectrum
Possible values:
- dis-g992-5-am : disable G.992.5 extended POTS
non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-5-am : G.992.5 extended POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
[no] g993-2-8a Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile8A> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dis-g993-2-8a"
( dis-g993-2-8a VDSL-2 with profile 8A
| g993-2-8a )
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-8a : disable G.993.2_8A VDSL-2 with profile
8A
- g993-2-8a : G.993.2_8A VDSL-2 with profile 8A
[no] g993-2-8b Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile8B> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dis-g993-2-8b"
( dis-g993-2-8b VDSL-2 with profile 8B
| g993-2-8b )
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-8b : disable G.993.2_8B VDSL-2 with profile
8B
- g993-2-8b : G.993.2_8B VDSL-2 with profile 8B
[no] g993-2-8c Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile8C> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dis-g993-2-8c"
( dis-g993-2-8c VDSL-2 with profile 8C
| g993-2-8c )
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-8c : disable G.993.2_8C VDSL-2 with profile
8C
- g993-2-8c : G.993.2_8C VDSL-2 with profile 8C
[no] g993-2-8d Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile8D> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dis-g993-2-8d"
( dis-g993-2-8d VDSL-2 with profile 8D
| g993-2-8d )
Possible values:

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1223

53 Configuration Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

- dis-g993-2-8d : disable G.993.2_8D VDSL-2 with profile
8D
- g993-2-8d : G.993.2_8D VDSL-2 with profile 8D
[no] g993-2-12a Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile12A> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dis-g993-2-12a"
( dis-g993-2-12a VDSL-2 with profile 12A
| g993-2-12a )
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-12a : disable G.993.2_12A VDSL-2 with
profile 12A
- g993-2-12a : G.993.2_12A VDSL-2 with profile 12A
[no] g993-2-12b Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile12B> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dis-g993-2-12b"
( dis-g993-2-12b VDSL-2 with profile 12b
| g993-2-12b )
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-12b : disable G.993.2_12B VDSL-2 with
profile 12B
- g993-2-12b : G.993.2_12B VDSL-2 with profile 12B
[no] g993-2-17a Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile17A> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dis-g993-2-17a"
( dis-g993-2-17a VDSL-2 with profile 17A
| g993-2-17a )
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-17a : disable G.993.2_17A VDSL-2 with
profile 17A
- g993-2-17a : G.993.2_17A VDSL-2 with profile 17A
[no] g993-2-30a Parameter type: <Xdsl::GProfile30A> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dis-g993-2-30a"
( dis-g993-2-30a VDSL-2 with profile 30A
| g993-2-30a )
Possible values:
- dis-g993-2-30a : disable G.993.2_30A VDSL-2 with
profile 30A
- g993-2-30a : G.993.2_30A VDSL-2 with profile 30A
[no] carrier-data-mode Parameter type: <Xdsl::CarrierDataMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "off"
( off carrier data measurement
| on collection
| on-init )
Possible values:
- off : disable the collection
- on : enable the collection
- on-init : enable and re-initialize the line
admin-state Parameter type: <Xdsl::XdslAdminStatus> optional parameter
Format: specifies state of the interface
( up
| down )
Possible values:
- up : admin status is up
- down : admin status is down
[no] bonding-mode Parameter type: <Xdsl::BondingMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "native-bonding"
( native channel-1 bonding mode
| atm-bonding )
Possible values:
- native : (deprecated)native mode for channel-1

1224 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 53 Configuration Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

- atm-bonding : (deprecated)atm bonding mode for
channel-1
transfer-mode Parameter type: <Xdsl::ActualTpsTcMode> optional parameter
Format: transfer mode which the node
( no-value will apply to the line
| atm
| ptm
| system-default )
Possible values:
- no-value : no value
- atm : atm mode
- ptm : ptm mode
- system-default : determined by the system, based on board
type

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1225

53 Configuration Data Status Commands

53.3 xDSL Port ATM Configuration Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL port atm configuration data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl config-data-port (if-index) atm-pvc [ (port-index) ] admin-state <Xdsl::XdslAdminStatusAtm> [ no

aal5-encap-type | aal5-encap-type <Atm::VccEncapType> ]

Command Parameters
Table 53.3-1 "xDSL Port ATM Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(port-index) Format: the ATM PVC
( dsl : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| dsl : <Itf::AtmInterfaceIndex> )
Possible values:
- dsl : vdsl board
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Itf::AtmInterfaceIndex>
- ATM interface

1226 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 53 Configuration Data Status Commands

Table 53.3-2 "xDSL Port ATM Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
admin-state Parameter type: <Xdsl::XdslAdminStatusAtm> optional parameter
Format: specifies the administrative state
( up of the VCL.
| down )
Possible values:
- up : enable traffic flow
- down : disable traffic flow
[no] aal5-encap-type Parameter type: <Atm::VccEncapType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "llc-snap"
( llc-snap displays the encapsulations
| llc-snap-routed method for carrying network
| llc-nlpid interconnect traffic over AAL
| vc-mux-bridged-8023 type 5 over ATM
| vc-mux-routed
| vc-mux-pppoa
| automatic : ip
| automatic : ppp
| automatic : pppoa )
Possible values:
- llc-snap : logical link control encapsulation bridged
protocol
- llc-snap-routed : logical link control encapsulation routed
protocol
- llc-nlpid : logical link control encapsulation pppoa protocol
- vc-mux-bridged-8023 : virtual channel multiplex bridged
protocol
- vc-mux-routed : virtual channel multiplex routed protocol
- vc-mux-pppoa : virtual channel multiplex pppoa protocol
- automatic : automatic detection of encapsulation type
Possible values:
- ip : autodetection of the used ip encapsulation
- ppp : autodetection of the used ppp encapsulation
- pppoa : autodetection of the used pppoa encapsulation
Field type <SignedInteger>
- a signed integer

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1227

53 Configuration Data Status Commands

53.4 xDSL Port ATM Interface Configuration Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL port atm-interface configuration data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl config-data-port (if-index) interface-atm-pvc [ (pvc-index) ] [ no customer-id | customer-id

<Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> ]

Command Parameters
Table 53.4-1 "xDSL Port ATM Interface Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(pvc-index) Format: the ATM PVC
( dsl : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| dsl )
Possible values:
- dsl : vdsl board
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 53.4-2 "xDSL Port ATM Interface Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters

1228 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 53 Configuration Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] customer-id Parameter type: <Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "available"
- a string identifying the customer or user the customerId per PVC
- length: x<=64

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1229

53 Configuration Data Status Commands

53.5 xDSL Port Interface Configuration Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL port interface configuration data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl config-data-port (if-index) interface-port [ no admin-state | admin-state <Xdsl::XdslAdminStatus> ] [

no link-updown-trap | link-updown-trap <Itf::ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable> ] [ no user | user
<Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> ] [ no severity | severity <Itf::asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverity> ]

Command Parameters
Table 53.5-1 "xDSL Port Interface Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Table 53.5-2 "xDSL Port Interface Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] admin-state
[no] link-updown-trap
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Type Description
Parameter type: <Xdsl::XdslAdminStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "admin-down"
( up the state of the interface
| down )
Possible values:
- up : admin status is up
- down : admin status is down
Parameter type: <Itf::ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-link-updown-trap"
( link-updown-trap indicates whether

1230 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 53 Configuration Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

| no-link-updown-trap ) link-up/link-down traps are
Possible values: generated
- link-updown-trap : enable link-up/link-down traps
- no-link-updown-trap : disable link-up/link-down traps
[no] user Parameter type: <Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "available"
- a string identifying the customer or user description of the user connected
- length: x<=64 to this interface
[no] severity Parameter type: <Itf::asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverity> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "default"
( indeterminate severity for alarm to be reported
| warning
| minor
| major
| critical
| no-alarms
| default
| no-value )
Possible values:
- indeterminate : not a definite known severity
- warning : just to inform as a warning
- minor : not service affecting
- major : service affecting
- critical : service breaking
- no-alarms : do not report alarm
- default : take default as specified in
asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverityDefaultTable
- no-value : no entry in the table

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1231

53 Configuration Data Status Commands

53.6 xDSL IGMP Configuration Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL IGMP configuration data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl config-data-port (if-index) igmp [ (port) ] perm-pkg-bitmap <Igmp::PermPkgBitMap> max-num-group
<Igmp::ChannelMaxNumGroup>

Command Parameters
Table 53.6-1 "xDSL IGMP Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(port) Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port

1232 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 53 Configuration Data Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
Table 53.6-2 "xDSL IGMP Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
perm-pkg-bitmap Parameter type: <Igmp::PermPkgBitMap> optional parameter
Format: packages, the user is allowed to
- a binary string join
- length: 8
max-num-group Parameter type: <Igmp::ChannelMaxNumGroup> optional parameter
Format: max group number this port
- max group number this port can support (ADSL, PVC) can support
- range: [0...100]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1233

53 Configuration Data Status Commands

53.7 xDSL Security PAE Configuration Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL security PAE configuration data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl config-data-port (if-index) security-pae [ (port) ] [ no controlled-port | controlled-port

<Aaa::PaeControlledPortControl> ] [ no quiet-period | quiet-period <Aaa::paeQuitTime> ] [ no tx-period | tx-period
<Aaa::paeTime> ] [ no supp-timeout | supp-timeout <Aaa::paeTime> ] [ no server-timeout | server-timeout
<Aaa::paeTime> ] [ no max-req | max-req <Aaa::paeMaxReq> ] [ no authentication | authentication
<Aaa::PortAuthState> ] [ no init-authreq-off | init-authreq-off <Aaa::PortAuthReq> ] [ no handshake | handshake
<Aaa::PortHandShakeMode> ] [ no handshake-period | handshake-period <Aaa::PortHandShakePeriod> ] [ no
initialize | initialize <Aaa::InitCont> ]

Command Parameters
Table 53.7-1 "xDSL Security PAE Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(port) Format: identification of the port or
( dsl : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> virtual channel
| dsl )
Possible values:
- dsl : vdsl board
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

1234 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


Resource Identifier
Table 53.7-2 "xDSL Security PAE Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] controlled-port
[no] quiet-period
[no] tx-period
[no] supp-timeout
[no] server-timeout
[no] max-req
[no] authentication
[no] init-authreq-off
[no] handshake
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
53 Configuration Data Status Commands
Type Description
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Type Description
Parameter type: <Aaa::PaeControlledPortControl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "auto"
( force-unauthorized current value of the controlled
| auto Port
| force-authorized )
Possible values:
- force-unauthorized : force unauthorized control
- auto : automatic control
- force-authorized : force authorized control
Parameter type: <Aaa::paeQuitTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 60
- quietPeriod quietPeriod constant currently
- range: [0...65535] used, value in seconds
Parameter type: <Aaa::paeTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 30
- authentication time txPeriod constant currently used,
- range: [1...65535] value in seconds
Parameter type: <Aaa::paeTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 30
- authentication time suppTimeout constant currently
- range: [1...65535] used, value in seconds
Parameter type: <Aaa::paeTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 30
- authentication time serverTimeout constant currently
- range: [1...65535] used, value in seconds
Parameter type: <Aaa::paeMaxReq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 2
- max number of requests maxReq constant currently used
- range: [1...10]
Parameter type: <Aaa::PortAuthState> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-authen"
( authentication enable 802.1x authentication
| no-authen )
Possible values:
- authentication : enable 802.1x authentication
- no-authen : disable 802.1x aithentication
Parameter type: <Aaa::PortAuthReq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "initiate-authreq"
( initiate-authreq specify initiate authentication
| init-authreq-off ) request to supplicant
Possible values:
- initiate-authreq : enable initiate authentication request to
supplicant
- init-authreq-off : disable initiate authentication request to
supplicant
Parameter type: <Aaa::PortHandShakeMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-handshake"
( handshake enable handshake for this port
| no-handshake )
Possible values:
- handshake : enable handshake for this port
- no-handshake : disable handshake for this port
Released 1235
53 Configuration Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

[no] handshake-period
[no] initialize
Parameter type: <Aaa::PortHandShakePeriod> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 15
- handshake time interval specify the handshake time
- range: [5...90] interval
Parameter type: <Aaa::InitCont> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-initialize"
( initialize initialization control for this port
| no-initialize )
Possible values:
- initialize : initalize this port
- no-initialize : don't initialize this port

1236 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 53 Configuration Data Status Commands

53.8 xDSL BridgePort Configuration Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the Bridge Port configured data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl config-data-port (if-index) bridge-port [ (port) ] pvid <Vlan::StackedVlan> default-priority
<Vlan::Priority> mac-learn-off <Vlan::learnStatus> max-unicast-mac <Vlan::MaxMac> accept-frame-type
<Vlan::VlanFrameTypes> prio-regen-prof <Vlan::PrioRegenProfile> [ no qos-profile | qos-profile
<Vlan::QosProfileName> ]

Command Parameters
Table 53.8-1 "xDSL BridgePort Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(port) Format: identification of the port or
( dsl : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> virtual channel
| dsl )
Possible values:
- dsl : vdsl board
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1237

53 Configuration Data Status Commands

Table 53.8-2 "xDSL BridgePort Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters

Parameter Type Description
pvid Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> optional parameter
Format: default vlan id for untagged
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> frames
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
default-priority Parameter type: <Vlan::Priority> optional parameter
Format: priority to be set in upstream
- priority of ethernet frames frames
- range: [0...7]
mac-learn-off Parameter type: <Vlan::learnStatus> optional parameter
Format: self learning of mac address
( mac-learning
| mac-learn-off )
Possible values:
- mac-learning : enable self learning of mac address
- mac-learn-off : disable self learning of mac address
max-unicast-mac Parameter type: <Vlan::MaxMac> optional parameter
Format: max unicast mac addresses
- number of unicast mac addresses
- range: [1...64]
accept-frame-type Parameter type: <Vlan::VlanFrameTypes> optional parameter
Format: accept frame types
( single-tagged
| untagged
| mixed-tagged )
Possible values:
- single-tagged : admit only vlan tagged
- untagged : admit only vlan untagged
- mixed-tagged : admit vlan tagged and vlan untagged
prio-regen-prof Parameter type: <Vlan::PrioRegenProfile> optional parameter
Format: priority regeneration profile
( trusted-port
| best-effort
| cl-all-prio-3
| cl-all-prio-4
| background
| be-cl-voice
| be-cl-1d-voice
| be-voice
| l2-vpn-3
| l2-vpn-4 )
Possible values:
- trusted-port : trusted port
- best-effort : best effort
- cl-all-prio-3 : controlled load, all priority 3 traffic

1238 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 53 Configuration Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

- cl-all-prio-4 : controlled load, all priority 4 traffic
- background : background
- be-cl-voice : best effort, controlled load, voice
- be-cl-1d-voice : best effort, controlled load, 802.Id Annex
G voice
- be-voice : best effort voice
- l2-vpn-3 : L2 VPN with 3 traffic classes
- l2-vpn-4 : L2 VPN with 4 traffic classes
[no] qos-profile Parameter type: <Vlan::QosProfileName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none qos profile name
| name : <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1239

53 Configuration Data Status Commands

53.9 xDSL QoS Configuration Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL QoS configuration data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl config-data-port (if-index) qos scheduler-profile <Qos::QosProfileName> cac-profile

<Qos::QosProfileName>

Command Parameters
Table 53.9-1 "xDSL QoS Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 53.9-2 "xDSL QoS Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
scheduler-profile Parameter type: <Qos::QosProfileName> optional parameter
Format: the name of the scheduler profile
( none to be mapped on this dsl link
| name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64
cac-profile Parameter type: <Qos::QosProfileName> optional parameter
Format: the name of the cac profile to be
( none mapped on this dsl link
| name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> )

1240 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 53 Configuration Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

Possible values:
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1241

53 Configuration Data Status Commands

53.10 xDSL PPPoX Relay Configuration Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL PPPoX relay client port configuration data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl config-data-port (if-index) pppox-relay [ (port) ] vlan-id <Vlan::StackedVlan> default-priority
<PPPoX::DefaultPriority> max-cc <PPPoX::MaxNumPppCc> qos-profile <PPPoX::QosProfileName>

Command Parameters
Table 53.10-1 "xDSL PPPoX Relay Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(port) Format: client port identification
( dsl : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| dsl )
Possible values:
- dsl : vdsl board
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 53.10-2 "xDSL PPPoX Relay Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters

1242 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 53 Configuration Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> optional parameter
Format: client port associated to cc-engine
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
default-priority Parameter type: <PPPoX::DefaultPriority> optional parameter
Format: indicates the p-bit for the client
- indicates the p-bit for the client port port
- range: [0...7]
max-cc Parameter type: <PPPoX::MaxNumPppCc> optional parameter
Format: max no. of PPP cross connection
- max no. of PPP cross connection on a port on a port
- range: [1...64]
qos-profile Parameter type: <PPPoX::QosProfileName> optional parameter
Format: qos profile name associated with
( none client port
| name : <PPPoX::IgnoredQosProfileName> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <PPPoX::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1243

53 Configuration Data Status Commands

53.11 xDSL PPPoE Configuration Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL PPPoE configuration data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl config-data-port (if-index) pppoe [ (port) ] max-num-session <PPPoE::MaxNumSessions>

ppp-profile-name <AsamProfileName>

Command Parameters
Table 53.11-1 "xDSL PPPoE Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(port) Format: the pppox port interafce
( dsl : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| dsl )
Possible values:
- dsl : vdsl board
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 53.11-2 "xDSL PPPoE Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
max-num-session Parameter type: <PPPoE::MaxNumSessions> optional parameter
Format: max no of PPP sessions
- max no of PPP sessions established in PPPoX interface

1244 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 53 Configuration Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

- range: [-1...65535]
ppp-profile-name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> optional parameter
Format: the PPP profile to be used for
- a profile name PPP interface
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1245

53 Configuration Data Status Commands

53.12 xDSL Bonding Group Configuration Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL bonding group configuration data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl config-data-port (if-index) bonding-group group-profile <AsamProfileName> admin-state

<Xdsl::XdslAdminStatusGroup>

Command Parameters
Table 53.12-1 "xDSL Bonding Group Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 53.12-2 "xDSL Bonding Group Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
group-profile Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> optional parameter
Format: name of the bonding group
- a profile name profile
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
admin-state Parameter type: <Xdsl::XdslAdminStatusGroup> optional parameter
Format: the admin-state of the group
( up
| down )
Possible values:
- up : admin-state of the group is up

1246 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 53 Configuration Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

- down : admin-state of the group is down

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1247

54- Operational Data Status Commands

54.1 Operational Data Status Command Tree 54-1249

54.2 xDSL Port Operational Status Command 54-1250
54.3 xDSL BridgePort Operational Status Command 54-1253
54.4 xDSL Port ATM Operational Status Command 54-1255
54.5 xDSL Port Interface Configuration Status Command 54-1257
54.6 xDSL IGMP Operational Status Command 54-1259
54.7 xDSL Port Ip Bridge Operational Status Command 54-1261
54.8 xDSL QoS Opertaional Status Command 54-1263

1248 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 54 Operational Data Status Commands

54.1 Operational Data Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Operational Data Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----xdsl
----oper-data-port
- (if-index)
----xdsl
- admin-state
- opr-state/tx-rate-ds
- cur-op-mode
- tx-rate-us
- tx-rate-ds
- noise-margin-down
- noise-margin-up
- actual-tps-tc-mode
----bridge-port
- (port)
- pvid
- default-priority
- [no] qos-profile
----atm-pvc
- (port-index)
- admin-state
- oper-state
- curr-encap-type
----interface-port
- [no] admin-state
- oper-state
----igmp
- (port)
- curr-num-group
- curr-preview-num
- curr-uncfg-num
----ip-bridge-port
- (ip-bridge-port)
- rx-pkts
- rx-drop-pkts
- tx-pkts
----qos
- frame-net-bw
- m-cast-avail-bw
- m-cast-used-bw

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1249

54 Operational Data Status Commands

54.2 xDSL Port Operational Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Port Operational data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl oper-data-port (if-index) xdsl admin-state <Itf::ifAdminStatus> opr-state/tx-rate-ds

<Xdsl::combinedCol> cur-op-mode <Xdsl::OneOpModeTypeLinePreDef> tx-rate-us <Xdsl::SignedIntegerKBPS>
tx-rate-ds <Xdsl::SignedIntegerKBPS> noise-margin-down <Xdsl::NoiseValue> noise-margin-up
<Xdsl::NoiseValue> actual-tps-tc-mode <Xdsl::ActualTpsTcMode>

Command Parameters
Table 54.2-1 "xDSL Port Operational Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 54.2-2 "xDSL Port Operational Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
admin-state Parameter type: <Itf::ifAdminStatus> optional parameter
Format: specifies state of the interface
( up
| down )
Possible values:
- up : admin status is up
- down : admin status is down
opr-state/tx-rate-ds Parameter type: <Xdsl::combinedCol> optional parameter
Format: current operational state of the
( down interface.
| testing
| unknown

1250 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 54 Operational Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

| dormant
| up : <Xdsl::bitrate> )
Possible values:
- up : up,traffic can pass
- down : down,no traffic is passing
- testing : testing,no traffic is passing
- unknown : unknown
- dormant : dormant,no traffic is passing
Field type <Xdsl::bitrate>
- bitrate
- unit: kbits/sec
cur-op-mode Parameter type: <Xdsl::OneOpModeTypeLinePreDef> optional parameter
Format: operational mode allowed by this
( ansi-t1413 profile
| etsi-dts
| g992-1-a
| g992-1-b
| g992-2-a
| g992-3-a
| g992-3-b
| g992-3-l1
| g992-3-l2
| g992-3-am
| g992-5-a
| g992-5-b
| ansi-t1.424
| etsi-ts
| itu-g993-1
| ieee-802.3ah
| g992-5-am
| g993-2-8a
| g993-2-8b
| g993-2-8c
| g993-2-8d
| g993-2-12a
| g993-2-12b
| g993-2-17a
| g993-2-30a
| default )
Possible values:
- ansi-t1413 : ANSI T1.413-1998
- etsi-dts : ETSI DTS/TM06006
- g992-1-a : G.992.1 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-1-b : G.992.1 ISDN non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-2-a : G.992.2 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-3-a : G.992.2 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-3-b : G.992.3 ISDN non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-3-l1 : G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped spectrum US
mask 1
- g992-3-l2 : G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped spectrum US
mask 2
- g992-3-am : G.992.3 extended POTS with non-overlapped
spectrum
- g992-5-a : G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- g992-5-b : G.992.5 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
- ansi-t1.424 : ANSI T1.424
- etsi-ts : ETSI TS

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1251

54 Operational Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

- itu-g993-1 : ITU G993-1
- ieee-802.3ah : IEEE 802.3ah
- g992-5-am : G.992.5 extended POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
- g993-2-8a : VDSL-2 with profile 8A
- g993-2-8b : VDSL-2 with profile 8B
- g993-2-8c : VDSL-2 with profile 8C
- g993-2-8d : VDSL-2 with profile 8D
- g993-2-12a : VDSL-2 with profile 12A
- g993-2-12b : VDSL-2 with profile 12B
- g993-2-17a : VDSL-2 with profile 17A
- g993-2-30a : VDSL-2 with profile 30A
- default : default value
tx-rate-us Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerKBPS> optional parameter
Format: bitrate for upstream fast or
- bitrate interleaved data flow
- unit: kbits/sec
tx-rate-ds Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerKBPS> optional parameter
Format: bitrate for downstream fast or
- bitrate interleaved data flow
- unit: kbits/sec
noise-margin-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::NoiseValue> optional parameter
Format: current noise margin for the
- a noise value downstream direction
- unit: 1/10 dB
noise-margin-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::NoiseValue> optional parameter
Format: current noise margin for the
- a noise value upstream direction
- unit: 1/10 dB
actual-tps-tc-mode Parameter type: <Xdsl::ActualTpsTcMode> optional parameter
Format: actual transfer mode
( no-value
| atm
| ptm
| system-default )
Possible values:
- no-value : no value
- atm : atm mode
- ptm : ptm mode
- system-default : determined by the system, based on board
type

1252 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 54 Operational Data Status Commands

54.3 xDSL BridgePort Operational Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the Bridge Port Operational data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl oper-data-port (if-index) bridge-port [ (port) ] pvid <Vlan::StackedVlan> default-priority
<Vlan::Priority> [ no qos-profile | qos-profile <Vlan::QosProfileName> ]

Command Parameters
Table 54.3-1 "xDSL BridgePort Operational Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(port) Format: identity of the PVC
( dsl : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| dsl )
Possible values:
- dsl : vdsl board
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 54.3-2 "xDSL BridgePort Operational Status Command" Command Parameters

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1253

54 Operational Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

pvid
default-priority
[no] qos-profile
Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> optional parameter
Format: default vlan id for untagged
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> frames
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
Parameter type: <Vlan::Priority> optional parameter
Format: port dynamic or static (if no
- priority of ethernet frames dynamic) default priority
- range: [0...7]
Parameter type: <Vlan::QosProfileName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none qos profile name
| name : <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64

1254 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 54 Operational Data Status Commands

54.4 xDSL Port ATM Operational Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL port atm operational data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl oper-data-port (if-index) atm-pvc [ (port-index) ] admin-state <Xdsl::XdslAdminStatusAtm>

oper-state <Atm::atmVclOperStatus> curr-encap-type <Atm::CurVccEncapType>

Command Parameters
Table 54.4-1 "xDSL Port ATM Operational Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(port-index) Format: the ATM PVC
( dsl : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| dsl : <Itf::AtmInterfaceIndex> )
Possible values:
- dsl : vdsl board
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Itf::AtmInterfaceIndex>
- ATM interface
Table 54.4-2 "xDSL Port ATM Operational Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
admin-state Parameter type: <Xdsl::XdslAdminStatusAtm> optional parameter

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1255

54 Operational Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

Format: specifies the desired
( up administrative state of the VCL.
| down )
Possible values:
- up : enable traffic flow
- down : disable traffic flow
oper-state Parameter type: <Atm::atmVclOperStatus> optional parameter
Format: indicates the current operational
( up status of the VCL.
| down
| unknown )
Possible values:
- up : traffic flow is enabled in the virtual link
- down : traffic flow is disabled in the virtual link
- unknown : state is unknown
curr-encap-type Parameter type: <Atm::CurVccEncapType> optional parameter
Format: the current established
( llc-snap encapsulation type.
| llc-snap-routed
| llc-nlpid
| vc-mux-bridged-8023
| vc-mux-routed
| vc-mux-pppoa
| other
| unknown )
Possible values:
- llc-snap : logical link control encapsulation bridged
protocol
- llc-snap-routed : logical link control encapsulation routed
protocol
- llc-nlpid : logical link control encapsulation pppoa protocol
- vc-mux-bridged-8023 : virtual channel multiplex bridged
protocol
- vc-mux-routed : virtual channel multiplex routed protocol
- vc-mux-pppoa : virtual channel multiplex pppoa protocol
- other : other encapsulation type
- unknown : unknown encapsulation type

1256 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 54 Operational Data Status Commands

54.5 xDSL Port Interface Configuration Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL port interface configuration data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl oper-data-port (if-index) interface-port [ no admin-state | admin-state <Xdsl::XdslAdminStatus> ]

oper-state <Itf::ifOperStatus>

Command Parameters
Table 54.5-1 "xDSL Port Interface Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 54.5-2 "xDSL Port Interface Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] admin-state Parameter type: <Xdsl::XdslAdminStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "admin-down"
( up the desired state of the interface
| down )
Possible values:
- up : admin status is up
- down : admin status is down
oper-state Parameter type: <Itf::ifOperStatus> optional parameter
Format: the operational state of the
( up interface
| down

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1257

54 Operational Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

| testing
| unknown
| dormant )
Possible values:
- up : permanent virtual circuit
- down : bridge port
- testing : l2 VLAN
- unknown : IPoE
- dormant : PPPoE

1258 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 54 Operational Data Status Commands

54.6 xDSL IGMP Operational Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL IGMP operational data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl oper-data-port (if-index) igmp [ (port) ] curr-num-group <Gauge> curr-preview-num <Counter>
curr-uncfg-num <Counter>

Command Parameters
Table 54.6-1 "xDSL IGMP Operational Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(port) Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1259

54 Operational Data Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
Table 54.6-2 "xDSL IGMP Operational Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
curr-num-group Parameter type: <Gauge> optional parameter
Format: Indicates the current group
- gauge number in this port
curr-preview-num Parameter type: <Counter> optional parameter
Format: Indicates the number of preview
- counter multicast group that igmp
channel joins currently
curr-uncfg-num Parameter type: <Counter> optional parameter
Format: Indicates the current unconfig
- counter group number in this port

1260 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 54 Operational Data Status Commands

54.7 xDSL Port Ip Bridge Operational Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Port Ip Bridge Operational data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl oper-data-port (if-index) ip-bridge-port [ (ip-bridge-port) ] rx-pkts <Equipm::Octet-8> rx-drop-pkts
<Equipm::Octet-8> tx-pkts <Equipm::Octet-8>

Command Parameters
Table 54.7-1 "xDSL Port Ip Bridge Operational Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
(ip-bridge-port)
Table 54.7-2 "xDSL Port Ip Bridge Operational Status Command" Command Parameters
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Format: identification of the port or
( dsl : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> virtual channel
| dsl )
Possible values:
- dsl : vdsl board
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1261

54 Operational Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

rx-pkts Parameter type: <Equipm::Octet-8> optional parameter
Format: show the number of received
- a binary string packets
- length: 8
rx-drop-pkts Parameter type: <Equipm::Octet-8> optional parameter
Format: show the number of received
- a binary string packets which are dropped
- length: 8
tx-pkts Parameter type: <Equipm::Octet-8> optional parameter
Format: show the number of transmitted
- a binary string packets
- length: 8

1262 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 54 Operational Data Status Commands

54.8 xDSL QoS Opertaional Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL QoS operational data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl oper-data-port (if-index) qos frame-net-bw <SignedInteger> m-cast-avail-bw <SignedInteger>
m-cast-used-bw <SignedInteger>

Command Parameters
Table 54.8-1 "xDSL QoS Opertaional Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 54.8-2 "xDSL QoS Opertaional Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
frame-net-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> optional parameter
Format: Represents the approximate
- a signed integer bandwidth available for Ethernet
frames, which is guaranteed to be
available by the physical layer.
This approximation is made by
the configurable ATM overhead
factor.
m-cast-avail-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> optional parameter
Format: Represents the bandwidth
- a signed integer available for multicast services,
calculated by the ISAM. This
value is what is left from
frame-net-bw after deducting

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1263

54 Operational Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

from it res-data-bw and
res-voice-bw. The minimum of
m-cast-avail-bw and
m-cast-max-bw will be the actual
limitation for user multicast
bandwidth usage per DSL link.
m-cast-used-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> optional parameter
Format: Shows the bandwidth currently in
- a signed integer use by pre-configured multicast
streams.

1264 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

55- xDSL Bonding Status Commands

55.1 xDSL Bonding Status Command Tree 55-1266

55.2 xDSL Bonding Profiles Status Command 55-1267
55.3 xDSL Bonding Near End Operational Data Status 55-1268
Command
55.4 xDSL Bonding Far End Operational Data Status 55-1269
Command
55.5 xDSL Bonding Group Operational Data Command 55-1270
55.6 xDSL Bonding Near End Failure Status Command 55-1271
55.7 xDSL Bonding Far End Failure Status Command 55-1273
55.8 xDSL Bonding Group Failure Status Command 55-1275
55.9 xDSL Bonding Group Summary Info Command 55-1277

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1265

55 xDSL Bonding Status Commands

55.1 xDSL Bonding Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "xDSL Bonding Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----xdsl-bonding
----profiles
- (index)
----operational-data
----near-end
- (if-index)
----far-end
- (if-index)
----group
- (if-index)
----failure-status
----near-end
- (if-index)
----far-end
- (if-index)
----group
- (if-index)
----summary
- (index)

1266 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 55 xDSL Bonding Status Commands

55.2 xDSL Bonding Profiles Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL bonding profiles.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl-bonding profiles [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 55.2-1 "xDSL Bonding Profiles Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: a unique interface index
- bonding group profile index
- range: [1...100]

Command Output
Table 55.2-2 "xDSL Bonding Profiles Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information:profile
name Type Description
next-av-bond-pr Parameter type: <AsamNextProfileIndex> next available index for the
- a profile index bonding group profile
- range: [0...65535] This element is always shown.
max-bond-pr Parameter type: <AsamMaxProfileIndex> max number of bonding group
- a maximum value of a profile index profile indices that can be created
- range: [0...65535] This element is always shown.
Specific Information
name Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> name of the bonding group
- a profile name profile
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.] This element is always shown.
- length: 1<=x<=32
used-status Parameter type: <Xdsl::UsedStatus> specifies the number of entities
- number of entities using this profile using this profile.
- range: [0...65535] This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1267

55 xDSL Bonding Status Commands

55.3 xDSL Bonding Near End Operational Data

Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the operational data near end statistics.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl-bonding operational-data near-end [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 55.3-1 "xDSL Bonding Near End Operational Data Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: a unique interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 55.3-2 "xDSL Bonding Near End Operational Data Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
actual-bitrate-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::Bitrate> when the bonding group is in
- bitrate service, this will give the actual
- unit: kbits/sec ATM bitrate and 0 when not in
- range: [0...65535] service also in case no data is
available.
This element is always shown.

1268 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 55 xDSL Bonding Status Commands

55.4 xDSL Bonding Far End Operational Data

Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the operational data far end statistics.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl-bonding operational-data far-end [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 55.4-1 "xDSL Bonding Far End Operational Data Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: a unique interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 55.4-2 "xDSL Bonding Far End Operational Data Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name
actual-bitrate-down
Type Description
Parameter type: <Xdsl::Bitrate> when the bonding group is in
- bitrate service, this will give the actual
- unit: kbits/sec ATM bitrate and 0 when not in
- range: [0...65535] service also in case no data is
available.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1269

55 xDSL Bonding Status Commands

55.5 xDSL Bonding Group Operational Data

Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL bonding oper-data group statistics.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl-bonding operational-data group [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 55.5-1 "xDSL Bonding Group Operational Data Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: a unique interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 55.5-2 "xDSL Bonding Group Operational Data Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
running-time Parameter type: <SignedInteger> specifies accumulated time of
- a signed integer bonding group normal operation
This element is always shown.

1270 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 55 xDSL Bonding Status Commands

55.6 xDSL Bonding Near End Failure Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL bonding failure near end statistics.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl-bonding failure-status near-end [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 55.6-1 "xDSL Bonding Near End Failure Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: a unique interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 55.6-2 "xDSL Bonding Near End Failure Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
defect Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusNEDefect> specifies the defect status in the
( yes near-end
| none ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : defect in the near-end failure status
- none : no defect in the near-end failure status
up-min-bitrate Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusNEUpMinBitrate> specifies the upstream bitrate

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1271

55 xDSL Bonding Status Commands

name Type Description

( not-reached threshold alarm status
| reached ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- not-reached : minimum upstream bitrate threshold is not
reached
- reached : minimum upstream bitrate threshold is reached
up-config Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusNEUpConfig> specifies the upstream
( feasible configuration status
| not-feasible ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- feasible : upstream configuration feasible
- not-feasible : upstream configuration not feasible
up-plan-bitrate Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusNEUpPlanBitrate> specifies the upstream planned
( not-planned bitrate threshold alarm status
| planned ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- not-planned : upstream bitrate thresold is not planned
- planned : upstream bitrate thresold is planned
defect-count Parameter type: <Counter> Indicates the number of failures
- counter during the accumulation period
This element is always shown.
rxlos-count Parameter type: <Counter> Indicates the number of lost
- counter ATM cells due to sequence ID
errors.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1272 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 55 xDSL Bonding Status Commands

55.7 xDSL Bonding Far End Failure Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL bonding failure far end statistics.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl-bonding failure-status far-end [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 55.7-1 "xDSL Bonding Far End Failure Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: a unique interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 55.7-2 "xDSL Bonding Far End Failure Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
defect Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusFEDefect> specifies the defect status in the
( yes far-end
| none ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : defect in the far-end failure status
- none : no defect in the far-end failure status
down-min-bitrate Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusFEDownMinBitrate> specifies the downstream bitrate

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1273

55 xDSL Bonding Status Commands

name Type Description

( not-reached threshold alarm status
| reached ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- not-reached : minimum downstream bitrate threshold is not
reached
- reached : minimum downstream bitrate threshold is
reached
down-config Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusFEDownConfig> specifies the downstream
( feasible configuration status
| not-feasible ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- feasible : downstream configuration feasible
- not-feasible : downstream configuration not feasible
down-plan-bitrate Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusFEDownPlanBitrate> specifies the downstream planned
( not-planned bitrate threshold alarm status
| planned ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- not-planned : downstream bitrate thresold is not planned
- planned : downstream bitrate thresold is planned
defect-count Parameter type: <Counter> Indicates the number of failures
- counter during the accumulation period
This element is always shown.
rxlos-count Parameter type: <Counter> Indicates the number of lost
- counter ATM cells due to sequence ID
errors.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1274 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 55 xDSL Bonding Status Commands

55.8 xDSL Bonding Group Failure Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL bonding failure group statistics.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl-bonding failure-status group [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 55.8-1 "xDSL Bonding Group Failure Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: a unique interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 55.8-2 "xDSL Bonding Group Failure Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
defect Parameter type: <Xdsl::BondingGroupFailureStatusDefect> specifies the current failure
( none reason of a bonding group
| not-feasible This element is always shown.
| min-bitrate
| no-host
| diff-delay )
Possible values:
- none : no defect on the bonding group failure status
- not-feasible : bonding group configuration not feasible
- min-bitrate : bonding group minimum data rate not met
- no-host : bonding group host not reachable

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1275

55 xDSL Bonding Status Commands

name Type Description

- diff-delay : bonding group differential delay tolerance
exceeded
failure-count Parameter type: <Counter> specifies the number of times a
- counter bonding group is declared
unavailable
This element is always shown.
rx-error-count Parameter type: <Counter> specifies the number of errored
- counter cells received
This element is always shown.
unavailable-time Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalMeasureTime> specifies accumulated time of
- the measured time interval bonding group unavailability
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
- range: [0...86400]

1276 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 55 xDSL Bonding Status Commands

55.9 xDSL Bonding Group Summary Info

Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL bonding group summary information.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show xdsl-bonding summary [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 55.9-1 "xDSL Bonding Group Summary Info Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type Description
Format: the physical number of the slot
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number

Command Output
Table 55.9-2 "xDSL Bonding Group Summary Info Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
occupancy Parameter type: <SignedInteger> indicates the occupancy per slot
- a signed integer of the bonding host function
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1277

56- PPPoE Status Commands

56.1 PPPoE Status Command Tree 56-1279

56.2 PPPoE Sessions Status Command 56-1280
56.3 PPPoE Sessions/Connection Status Command 56-1282
56.4 PPPoE Interface Status Command 56-1285
56.5 PPPoX Interface Statistics Command 56-1289
56.6 PPPoE Interface Statistics 56-1291
56.7 PPPoE Interface Received Statistics 56-1293
56.8 PPPoE Interface Transmitted Statistics Command 56-1295
56.9 PPPoE Profile Status Command 56-1297
56.10 IP Address-related PPP Status Command 56-1299
56.11 MAC Address-related PPP Status Command 56-1301

1278 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 56 PPPoE Status Commands

56.1 PPPoE Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "PPPoE Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----pppoe
----session
- (port)
----connection
- (connection)
----if-table
- (session)
----ppp-statistics
- (port)
----statistics-pppoe-itf
----stats
- (port)
----rx-pkt
- (port)
----tx-pkt
- (port)
----ppp-profile
- (name)
----ip-address
- (remote-ip-addr)
----mac-address
- (remote-mac)

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1279

56 PPPoE Status Commands

56.2 PPPoE Sessions Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the PPPoE session parameters, such as the PPPoE session id, PPPoE session lowerlayer
Ifindex, PPPoE session local MAC address, and PPPoE remote MAC address.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show pppoe session [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 56.2-1 "PPPoE Sessions Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan> : <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan> :
<Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
<Eqpt::LogicalSesId> )
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

1280 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 56 PPPoE Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
- logical id

Command Output
Table 56.2-2 "PPPoE Sessions Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
session-id Parameter type: <SignedInteger> PPPoE session id associated for a
- a signed integer PPP session
This element is always shown.
local-mac Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> The MAC address of the PPPoE
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) server on which PPPoE session is
- length: 6 established.
This element is always shown.
remote-mac Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> The MAC address of the user
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) who established the PPPoE
- length: 6 session.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1281

56 PPPoE Status Commands

56.3 PPPoE Sessions/Connection Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the PPPoE sessions/connection status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show pppoe connection [ (connection) ]

Command Parameters
Table 56.3-1 "PPPoE Sessions/Connection Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(connection)
Type Description
Format: the identification of a pppoe
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / interface
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

1282 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 56 PPPoE Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id

Command Output
Table 56.3-2 "PPPoE Sessions/Connection Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
session Parameter type: <Itf::PppoeSession> the identification of a session
short name: sess ( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / This element is always shown.
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan> : <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan> :
<Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
<Eqpt::LogicalSesId> )
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
- logical id

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1283

56 PPPoE Status Commands

name Type Description

session-id Parameter type: <SignedInteger> PPPoE session id associated for a
short name: sess-id - a signed integer PPP session
This element is always shown.
local-mac Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> The MAC address of the PPPoE
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) server on which PPPoE session is
- length: 6 established.
This element is always shown.
remote-mac Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> The MAC address of the user
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) who established the PPPoE
- length: 6 session.
This element is always shown.

1284 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 56 PPPoE Status Commands

56.4 PPPoE Interface Status Command

This command displays the PPPoE interface parameters.

Command Description

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show pppoe if-table [ (session) ]

Command Parameters
Table 56.4-1 "PPPoE Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(session)
Type Description
Format: the identification of a pppoe
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / session
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan> : <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan> :
<Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
<Eqpt::LogicalSesId> )
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1285

56 PPPoE Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
- logical id

Command Output
Table 56.4-2 "PPPoE Interface Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
state Parameter type: <PPPoE::pppIfState> current PPP state of the session.
( lcp This element is always shown.
| authenticating
| ipcp
| up
| down )
Possible values:
- lcp : PPP session reaches LCP phase
- authenticating : PPP session reaches Authentication phase
- ipcp : PPP session reaches IPCP phase
- up : PPP session is UP
- down : PPP session is down
user-name Parameter type: <PrintableString> username (along with the domain
- printable string name) who established the
PPPoE session.
This element is always shown.
local-ip-addr Parameter type: <PPPoE::InetAddress> IP address of the system on
- IPv4-address which PPPoE session is
established
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
remote-ip-addr Parameter type: <PPPoE::InetAddress> IP address of the user who
- IPv4-address established the PPPoE session.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
local-mru Parameter type: <SignedInteger> The MRU of the system link, on
- a signed integer which PPPoE session is
established.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
remote-mru Parameter type: <SignedInteger> The MRU of the user link, who
- a signed integer established the PPPoE session.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
prim-dns-addr Parameter type: <PPPoE::InetAddress> remote primary DNS IP address,
- IPv4-address obtained from the authentication
service

1286 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 56 PPPoE Status Commands

name Type Description

This element is only shown in
detail mode.
sec-dns-addr Parameter type: <PPPoE::InetAddress> remote secondary DNS IP
- IPv4-address address, obtained from the
authentication service
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
prim-nbns-addr Parameter type: <PPPoE::InetAddress> remote primary NBNS IP
- IPv4-address address, obtained from the
authentication service
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
sec-nbns-addr Parameter type: <PPPoE::InetAddress> remote secondary NBNS IP
- IPv4-address address, obtained from the
authentication service
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
qos-profile Parameter type: <PPPoE::SnmpAdminString> the dynamic or static QOS profile
- a binary string assigned to a PPP interface
- length: 19 This element is always shown.
in-pkts Parameter type: <PPPoE::InOutSize> total number of packets received
- in-out pkt size in this session.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
out-pkts Parameter type: <PPPoE::InOutSize> total number of packets
- in-out pkt size transmitted in this session.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
in-octet Parameter type: <PPPoE::InOutSize> total number of octets received in
- in-out pkt size this session.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
out-octet Parameter type: <PPPoE::InOutSize> total number of octets transmitted
- in-out pkt size in this session.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
in-dropped-pkts Parameter type: <PPPoE::InOutSize> total number of packets dropped
- in-out pkt size in this session during up stream.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
out-dropped-pkts Parameter type: <PPPoE::InOutSize> total number of packets dropped
- in-out pkt size in this session during down
stream.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
in-dropped-octet Parameter type: <PPPoE::InOutSize> total number of octets dropped in
- in-out pkt size this session during up stream.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
out-dropped-octet Parameter type: <PPPoE::InOutSize> total number of octets dropped in
- in-out pkt size this session during down stream.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
start-time Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> system time when the session is
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) established.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1287

56 PPPoE Status Commands

name Type Description

remaining-time Parameter type: <PPPoE::Time> max duration for the session,
- system time after which the session will
- range: [0...2147483647] terminated by the system.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
acc-itvl Parameter type: <SignedInteger> interval that must elapse between
- a signed integer generation of accounting records
for this session.
This element is always shown.
vrf-id Parameter type: <SignedInteger> identifier of the VRF that this
- a signed integer session belongs to.
This element is always shown.

1288 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 56 PPPoE Status Commands

56.5 PPPoX Interface Statistics Command

Command Description
This command shows PPP statistics on the PPPoX interface. This command takes the rack/subrack/slot/port and
vpi and vci values as arguments on which the PPPoE was configured, and displays the arguments.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show pppoe ppp-statistics [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 56.5-1 "PPPoX Interface Statistics Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1289

56 PPPoE Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id

Command Output
Table 56.5-2 "PPPoX Interface Statistics Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
open-sess Parameter type: <Counter> total number of opened sessions.
- counter This element is always shown.
low-layer-down-event Parameter type: <Counter> total number of session
- counter terminates due to link down
events.
This element is always shown.
chap-auth-fail Parameter type: <Counter> total number of CHAP
- counter authentication failure.
This element is always shown.
pap-auth-fail Parameter type: <Counter> total number of PAP
- counter authentication failure.
This element is always shown.
ip-addr-fail Parameter type: <Counter> total number of failed retrievals
- counter for local IP address.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
lcp-nego-mis Parameter type: <Counter> total number of negotiation
- counter mismatch occurred in LCP phase.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
ipcp-nego-mis Parameter type: <Counter> total number of negotiation
- counter mismatch occurred in IPCP
phase.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
usr-term Parameter type: <Counter> total number of user terminate
- counter requests received.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
sys-term Parameter type: <Counter> total number of system terminate
- counter requests sent.
This element is always shown.

1290 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 56 PPPoE Status Commands

56.6 PPPoE Interface Statistics

Command Description
This command displays the PPPoE interface statistics. This command takes the rack/subrack/slot/port and vpi and
vci values as arguments on which the PPPoE was configured, and displays the arguments.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show pppoe statistics-pppoe-itf stats [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 56.6-1 "PPPoE Interface Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1291

56 PPPoE Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id

Command Output
Table 56.6-2 "PPPoE Interface Statistics" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
act-sess Parameter type: <Gauge> Total number of active PPPoE
short name: sess/act - gauge sessions.
This element is always shown.
estab-sess Parameter type: <Counter> Total number of PPPoE sessions
short name: sess/estab - counter established after the system has
been reset.
This element is always shown.
error Parameter type: <Counter> The statistics indicates the
- counter number of errors experienced in
performing the host request.
This element is always shown.
padi-inv-id Parameter type: <Counter> Total number of invalid
short name: inv-id/padi - counter session-id received in PADI
packets.
This element is always shown.
padr-inv-id Parameter type: <Counter> Total number of invalid
short name: inv-id/padr - counter session-id received in PADR
packets.
This element is always shown.

1292 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 56 PPPoE Status Commands

56.7 PPPoE Interface Received Statistics

Command Description
This command displays the PPPoE interface received statistics.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show pppoe statistics-pppoe-itf rx-pkt [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 56.7-1 "PPPoE Interface Received Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1293

56 PPPoE Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id

Command Output
Table 56.7-2 "PPPoE Interface Received Statistics" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
inv-header Parameter type: <Counter> Total number of PPPoE invalid
- counter header packets received.
This element is always shown.
inv-type Parameter type: <Counter> Total number of PPPoE invalid
- counter type packets received.
This element is always shown.
inv-code Parameter type: <Counter> Total number of PPPoE invalid
- counter code packets received.
This element is always shown.
invl-tag Parameter type: <Counter> Total number of invalid tag
- counter received in the PPPoE header.
This element is always shown.
invl-length Parameter type: <Counter> Total number packets received
- counter with invalid length in PPPoE
header.
This element is always shown.
padi Parameter type: <Counter> Total number of PPPoE active
- counter discovery initiation (PADI)
packets received.
This element is always shown.
padr Parameter type: <Counter> Total number of PPPoE active
- counter discovery request (PADR)
packets received.
This element is always shown.
padt Parameter type: <Counter> Total number of PPPoE active
- counter discovery terminate (PADT)
packets received
This element is always shown.

1294 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 56 PPPoE Status Commands

56.8 PPPoE Interface Transmitted Statistics

Command

Command Description
This command displays the PPPoE interface transmitted statistics.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show pppoe statistics-pppoe-itf tx-pkt [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 56.8-1 "PPPoE Interface Transmitted Statistics Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1295

56 PPPoE Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id

Command Output
Table 56.8-2 "PPPoE Interface Transmitted Statistics Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
pado Parameter type: <Counter> Total number of PPPoE active
- counter discovery offer (PADO) packets
transmitted
This element is always shown.
pads Parameter type: <Counter> Total number of PPPoE active
- counter discovery session-confirmation
(PADS) packets transmitted
This element is always shown.
padt Parameter type: <Counter> Total number of PPPoE active
- counter discovery terminate (PADT)
packets transmitted
This element is always shown.
rej-padi Parameter type: <Counter> Total number of PPPoE active
- counter discovery initiation (PADI)
packets that were rejected
This element is always shown.
rej-padr Parameter type: <Counter> Total number of PPPoE active
- counter discovery request (PADR)
packets that were rejected
This element is always shown.

1296 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 56 PPPoE Status Commands

56.9 PPPoE Profile Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the value of the ppp-profile name, used-status, and the version of the profile.
The manager can associate a version number with the profile. The version number is set to 1 when the profile is
first created and is incremented by the manager when the profile is modified.
The profile used-status indicates the number of entities using this profile. If the reference count is greater than 0,
then this profile is 'in use', and must not be deleted. If the value is 0, then this profile is 'not in use' and can be
deleted.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show pppoe ppp-profile [ (name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 56.9-1 "PPPoE Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the profile
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32

Command Output
Table 56.9-2 "PPPoE Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
used-status Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount> indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile.
- range: [0...65535] This element is always shown.
version Parameter type: <SignedInteger> version number associated with
- a signed integer the profile.
This element is always shown.
auth-type Parameter type: <PPPoE::pppProfileAuthenType> specifies the type of PPP
( pap authentication used.
| chap This element is always shown.
| pap-chap
| chap-pap )

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1297

56 PPPoE Status Commands

name Type Description

keep-alive-intvl
Possible values:
- pap : only PAP negotiation
- chap : only CHAP negotiation
- pap-chap : negotiate PAP first, if it fails, attempt CHAP
- chap-pap : negotiate CHAP first, if it fails, attempt PAP
Parameter type: <PPPoE::ProfileKeepAliveInterval> keep alive time, after the request
- timeout value for echo req pkt packet is sent.
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
- range: [0...65535]

1298 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 56 PPPoE Status Commands

56.10 IP Address-related PPP Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the PPP data for each IP address.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show pppoe ip-address [ (remote-ip-addr) ]

Command Parameters
Table 56.10-1 "IP Address-related PPP Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(remote-ip-addr) Format: IP address of the user who
- IPv4-address established the PPPoE session.

Command Output
Table 56.10-2 "IP Address-related PPP Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
session Parameter type: <Itf::PppoeSession> the identification of a pppoe
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / session
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : This element is always shown.
<Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan> : <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan> :
<Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
<Eqpt::LogicalSesId> )
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1299

56 PPPoE Status Commands

name Type Description

Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
- logical id
state Parameter type: <PPPoE::pppIfState> current PPP state of the session.
( lcp This element is always shown.
| authenticating
| ipcp
| up
| down )
Possible values:
- lcp : PPP session reaches LCP phase
- authenticating : PPP session reaches Authentication phase
- ipcp : PPP session reaches IPCP phase
- up : PPP session is UP
- down : PPP session is down
user-name Parameter type: <PrintableString> username (along with the domain
- printable string name) who established the
PPPoE session.
This element is always shown.

1300 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 56 PPPoE Status Commands

56.11 MAC Address-related PPP Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the PPP data for each MAC address.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show pppoe mac-address [ (remote-mac) ]

Command Parameters
Table 56.11-1 "MAC Address-related PPP Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(remote-mac) Format: The MAC address of the user
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) who established the PPPoE
- length: 6 session.

Command Output
Table 56.11-2 "MAC Address-related PPP Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
session Parameter type: <Itf::PppoeSession> the identification of a PPPoE
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / session
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : This element is always shown.
<Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan> : <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan> :
<Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
<Eqpt::LogicalSesId> )
Possible values:

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1301

56 PPPoE Status Commands

name Type Description

- vlan : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
- logical id
user-name Parameter type: <PrintableString> username (along with the domain
- printable string name) who established the
PPPoE session.
This element is always shown.

1302 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

57- Interface Status Commands

57.1 Interface Status Command Tree 57-1304

57.2 Interface Alarm Status Command 57-1305
57.3 Physical Interface Status Command 57-1307
57.4 Interface Status Command 57-1308
57.5 Interface Test Status Command 57-1315
57.6 Interface Stack Status Command 57-1319
57.7 SHub Interface Status Command 57-1324
57.8 SHub Interface Port Control Status Command 57-1326
57.9 SHub Interface Uplink Group Status Command 57-1329
57.10 Interface Statistics Commands 57-1330
57.11 Interface Extensive Status Command 57-1333

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1303

57 Interface Status Commands

57.1 Interface Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Interface Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----interface
----alarm
- (interface-type)
----phy-itf-status
- (shelf)
----port
- (port)
----test
- (port)
----stack
- (higher)
- lower
----shub
----vlan
- (vlan-id)
----port
- (port)
----group
- (group-id)
----statistics
- (port)
----availability
- (port-type)

1304 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 57 Interface Status Commands

57.2 Interface Alarm Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the alarm configured for the interface and the default minimal severity with which the alarm
is reported.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show interface alarm [ (interface-type) ]

Command Parameters
Table 57.2-1 "Interface Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(interface-type) Format: type of the interface
( xdsl-line
| ethernet-line
| shdsl-line )
Possible values:
- xdsl-line : xdsl line
- ethernet-line : ethernet line
- shdsl-line : shdsl line

Command Output
Table 57.2-2 "Interface Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
default-severity Parameter type: The default minimal severity for
<Itf::asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverityDefault> an alarm to be reported that will
( indeterminate be used for interfaces.
| warning This element is always shown.
| minor
| major
| critical )
Possible values:
- indeterminate : not a definite known severity
- warning : just to inform as a warning
- minor : not service affecting
- major : service affecting
- critical : service breaking

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1305

57 Interface Status Commands

1306 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 57 Interface Status Commands

57.3 Physical Interface Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the summary of the physical interface, for example, the number of changes which occurred
for the physical interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show interface phy-itf-status [ (shelf) ]

Command Parameters
Table 57.3-1 "Physical Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(shelf) Format: the physical position of the shelf
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number

Command Output
Table 57.3-2 "Physical Interface Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
no-of-change-occur Parameter type: <Counter> Number of state changes of
- counter physical lines, equipped on
boards within this shelf.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1307

57 Interface Status Commands

57.4 Interface Status Command

Command Description
This command shows all the parameters related to the interface such as the type of interface, current bandwidth of
the interface, maximum size of the packet supported, and the connector present. All interfaces do not support each
of these parameters.
Ethernet port interfaces supports 14 ethernet ports.
Port 1 : Internal port used for management
Port 2 : External port used for management
Port 3 : Used for L2CP OAM traffic to BRAS
Ports 4-14 : Not used

Ethernet, loop, slip supports largest-pkt-size, current-bandwidth, phy-addr, admin-status, opr-status,

last-chg-opr-stat, in-octets, in-ucast-pkts, in-discard-pkts, in-err-pkts, out-err-pkts, pkts-unknown-proto, out-octets,
high-speed, connector-present and media.
ATM supports phy-addr, opr-status, last-chg-opr-stat, in-octets, in-err-pkts, out-err-pkts, pkts-unknown-proto and
out-octets.
Xdsl-Line and Bonding supports admin-status, opr-status and last-chg-opr-stat.
The remaining interfaces supports opr-status and last-chg-opr-stat.
last-chg-opr-stat shows the time with reference to command execution time

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show interface port [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 57.4-1 "Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: the interface index
( xdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| xdsl-channel : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-if : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-pvc : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>

1308 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 57 Interface Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| pppoe : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| l2-vlan : <Eqpt::VlanId>
| ip : <Eqpt::LogicalId>
| sw-loopback
| slip
| ethernet : <Eqpt::EthernetId>
| pppoeses : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| atm-bonding : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| ip-gateway : <Eqpt::VrfId>
| ip-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| pppoe : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| ip-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| shdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-ima : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| ethernet-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| pppoeses : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| pppoe : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| pppoe : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| pppoe : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| pppoe : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1309

57 Interface Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- xdsl-line : a static xdsl line interface
- xdsl-channel : a static xdsl channel interface
- atm-if : a static atm interface
- atm-pvc : an atm pvc interface
- bridge-port : a vlan bridge-port
- pppoe : a pppoe interface
- l2-vlan : a l2-vlan interface
- ip : an ip interface
- sw-loopback : a software loopback interface
- slip : a slip interface
- ethernet : an ethernet interface
- pppoeses : pppoe session interface
- atm-bonding : atm bonding
- ip-gateway : ip user gateway interface
- ip-line : ip line interface
- shdsl-line : a static shdsl line interface
- atm-ima : atm ima
- ethernet-line : an ethernet line interface
- vlan-port : vlan port
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::VlanId>
- VLAN id
Field type <Eqpt::LogicalId>
- logical id
Field type <Eqpt::EthernetId>
- ehternet id
Field type <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
- logical id
Field type <Eqpt::VrfId>

1310 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 57 Interface Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- VRF id

Command Output
Table 57.4-2 "Interface Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
if-index Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Specifies a unique value for each
- a signed integer interface.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
info Parameter type: <PrintableString> A textual string containing
- printable string information about the interface.
This string include the name of
the manufacturer, the product
name and the version of the
interface hardware/software.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
type Parameter type: <Itf::IANAifType> Specifies the type of interface.
( ethernet This element is only shown in
| sw-loopback detail mode.
| slip
| atm
| atm-bonding
| xdsl-line
| xdsl-channel
| atm-vci-ep
| bridge-port
| pppoe
| pppoe-session
| l2-vlan
| ip-fwd
| efm
| atm-ima
| shdsl )
Possible values:
- ethernet : ethernet csmacd
- sw-loopback : software loopback interface
- slip : generic SLIP interface
- atm : atm interface
- atm-bonding : atm bonding
- xdsl-line : xdsl line
- xdsl-channel : xdsl channel
- atm-vci-ep : ATM VCI end point
- bridge-port : transparent bridge interface
- pppoe : pppoe interface
- pppoe-session : pppoe session
- l2-vlan : layer 3 VLAN using IPX
- ip-fwd : IP forwarding interface
- efm : EFM interface
- atm-ima : atm-ima interface
- shdsl : shdsl interface
largest-pkt-size Parameter type: <Itf::ifMtu> The size of the largest packet
- packet size which can be sent/received on the
- unit: octets interface, specified in octets. For

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1311

57 Interface Status Commands

name Type Description

interfaces that are used for
transmitting network datagrams,
this is the size of the largest
network datagram that can be
sent on the interface.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
current-bandwidth Parameter type: <Itf::ifSpeed> Specifies the interface's current
- interface bandwidth bandwidth.
- unit: bits/sec This element is only shown in
detail mode.
phy-addr Parameter type: <Itf::PhyAddress> The interface's address at its
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) protocol sub-layer.
- length: 6 This element is only shown in
detail mode.
admin-status Parameter type: <Itf::ifAdminStatus> Specifies state of the interface.
( not-appl This element is always shown.
| up
| down
| testing )
Possible values:
- not-appl : not-applicable
- up : admin status is up
- down : admin status is down
- testing : no operational packets can be passed
opr-status Parameter type: <Itf::ifOperStatus> The current operational state of
( up the interface.
| down This element is always shown.
| testing
| unknown
| dormant
| no-value )
Possible values:
- up : permanent virtual circuit
- down : bridge port
- testing : l2 VLAN
- unknown : IPoE
- dormant : PPPoE
- no-value : no entry in the table
last-chg-opr-stat Parameter type: <Itf::ElapsedTime10Msec> The value of system up time at
- the time elapsed since a certain event the time the interface entered its
current operational state. If the
current state was entered prior to
the last re-initialization of the
local network management
subsystem, then this contains a
zero value.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
in-octets Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of octets
- counter received on the interface,
including framing characters.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
in-ucast-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> The number of packets, delivered
- counter by this sub-layer to a higher
(sub-)layer, which were not

1312 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 57 Interface Status Commands

name Type Description

addressed to a multicast or
broadcast address at this
sub-layer.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
in-discard-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> The number of inbound packets
- counter which were chosen to be
discarded even though no errors
had been detected to prevent their
being deliverable to a
higher-layer protocol. One
possible reason for discarding
such a packet could be to free up
buffer space.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
in-err-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> Number of inbound packets(for
- counter packet-oriented interfaces) or
transmission units(for
character-oriented interfaces) that
contained errors preventing them
from being deliverable to a
higher-layer protocol.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
pkts-unknown-proto Parameter type: <Counter> Number of packets(for
- counter packet-oriented interfaces) or
transmission units(for
character-oriented interfaces)
received via the interface which
were discarded because of an
unknown or unsupported
protocol.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
out-octets Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of octets
- counter transmitted out of the interface,
including framing characters.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
out-err-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> The number of outbound
- counter packets(for packet-oriented
interfaces) or transmission
units(for character-oriented
interfaces) that could not be
transmitted because of errors.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
name Parameter type: <PrintableString> Name of the interface.
- printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
high-speed Parameter type: <Itf::ifHighSpeed> Specifies interface's current
- interface bandwidth bandwidth.
- unit: Mbit/sec This element is only shown in
detail mode.
connector-present Parameter type: <Itf::ifConnectorPresent> Specifies the interface sublayer
( not-applicable has a physical connector or not.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1313

57 Interface Status Commands

name Type Description

| has-connector This element is only shown in
| no-connector ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- not-applicable : not-applicable
- has-connector : interface sublayer has a physical connector
- no-connector : interface sublayer doesn't have a physical
connector
media Parameter type: <Object> Specifies information about the
- an object identifier particular media being used to
realize the interface.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1314 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 57 Interface Status Commands

57.5 Interface Test Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the parameters related to the testing of an interface.
Metallic Test Access is an example of an interface test. The result of the Metallic Test Access interface test is shown
with this command.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show interface test [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 57.5-1 "Interface Test Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: index (1/1/3/0..) of
( xdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / rack/shelf/slot/port
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| xdsl-channel : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-if : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-pvc : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| pppoe : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| l2-vlan : <Eqpt::VlanId>
| ip : <Eqpt::LogicalId>
| sw-loopback
| slip
| ethernet : <Eqpt::EthernetId>
| pppoeses : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| atm-bonding : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| ip-gateway : <Eqpt::VrfId>
| ip-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1315

57 Interface Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

/ <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| pppoe : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| ip-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| shdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-ima : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| ethernet-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| pppoeses : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| pppoe : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| pppoe : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| pppoe : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| pppoe : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- xdsl-line : a static xdsl line interface
- xdsl-channel : a static xdsl channel interface
- atm-if : a static atm interface
- atm-pvc : an atm pvc interface
- bridge-port : a vlan bridge-port
- pppoe : a pppoe interface
- l2-vlan : a l2-vlan interface
- ip : an ip interface
- sw-loopback : a software loopback interface
- slip : a slip interface

1316 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 57 Interface Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- ethernet : an ethernet interface
- pppoeses : pppoe session interface
- atm-bonding : atm bonding
- ip-gateway : ip user gateway interface
- ip-line : ip line interface
- shdsl-line : a static shdsl line interface
- atm-ima : atm ima
- ethernet-line : an ethernet line interface
- vlan-port : vlan port
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::VlanId>
- VLAN id
Field type <Eqpt::LogicalId>
- logical id
Field type <Eqpt::EthernetId>
- ehternet id
Field type <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
- logical id
Field type <Eqpt::VrfId>
- VRF id

Command Output
Table 57.5-2 "Interface Test Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
id Parameter type: <TestAndIncr> Specifies the current invocation
- TestAndIncr of the interface's test.
- range: [0...2147483647] This element is always shown.
result Parameter type: <Itf::ifTestResult> Specifies the result of the most
( none recently requested test
| success This element is always shown.
| in-progress
| not-supported
| unable-to-run

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1317

57 Interface Status Commands

name Type Description

| aborted
| failed )
Possible values:
- none : no tests have been requested since the last reset
- success : test successfully completed
- in-progress : test is still in progress
- not-supported : test is not supported
- unable-to-run : test is unable to run
- aborted : test is aborted
- failed : test is failed
code Parameter type: <Object> Specifies a code which contains
- an object identifier more specific information on the
test result
This element is always shown.

1318 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 57 Interface Status Commands

57.6 Interface Stack Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the status of the stack.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show interface stack [ (higher) [ lower <Itf::InterfaceStack> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 57.6-1 "Interface Stack Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(higher)
Type Description
Format: a higher layer interface index
( xdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| xdsl-channel : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-if : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-pvc : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| pppoe : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| l2-vlan : <Eqpt::VlanId>
| ip : <Eqpt::LogicalId>
| sw-loopback
| slip
| ethernet : <Eqpt::EthernetId>
| pppoeses : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| atm-bonding : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| ip-gateway : <Eqpt::VrfId>
| ip-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| pppoe : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1319

57 Interface Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| ip-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| shdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-ima : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| ethernet-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| pppoeses : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| pppoe : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| pppoe : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| pppoe : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| pppoe : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- xdsl-line : a static xdsl line interface
- xdsl-channel : a static xdsl channel interface
- atm-if : a static atm interface
- atm-pvc : an atm pvc interface
- bridge-port : a vlan bridge-port
- pppoe : a pppoe interface
- l2-vlan : a l2-vlan interface
- ip : an ip interface
- sw-loopback : a software loopback interface
- slip : a slip interface
- ethernet : an ethernet interface
- pppoeses : pppoe session interface

1320 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 57 Interface Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- atm-bonding : atm bonding
- ip-gateway : ip user gateway interface
- ip-line : ip line interface
- shdsl-line : a static shdsl line interface
- atm-ima : atm ima
- ethernet-line : an ethernet line interface
- vlan-port : vlan port
- no-interface : no interface
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::VlanId>
- VLAN id
Field type <Eqpt::LogicalId>
- logical id
Field type <Eqpt::EthernetId>
- ehternet id
Field type <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
- logical id
Field type <Eqpt::VrfId>
- VRF id
lower Parameter type: <Itf::InterfaceStack> a lower layer interface index
Format:
( xdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| xdsl-channel : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-if : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-pvc : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| pppoe : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| l2-vlan : <Eqpt::VlanId>

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1321

57 Interface Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

| ip : <Eqpt::LogicalId>
| sw-loopback
| slip
| ethernet : <Eqpt::EthernetId>
| pppoeses : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| atm-bonding : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| ip-gateway : <Eqpt::VrfId>
| ip-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| pppoe : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| ip-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| shdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-ima : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| ethernet-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| pppoeses : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| pppoe : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| pppoe : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| pppoe : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| pppoe : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan> )

1322 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 57 Interface Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Possible values:
- xdsl-line : a static xdsl line interface
- xdsl-channel : a static xdsl channel interface
- atm-if : a static atm interface
- atm-pvc : an atm pvc interface
- bridge-port : a vlan bridge-port
- pppoe : a pppoe interface
- l2-vlan : a l2-vlan interface
- ip : an ip interface
- sw-loopback : a software loopback interface
- slip : a slip interface
- ethernet : an ethernet interface
- pppoeses : pppoe session interface
- atm-bonding : atm bonding
- ip-gateway : ip user gateway interface
- ip-line : ip line interface
- shdsl-line : a static shdsl line interface
- atm-ima : atm ima
- ethernet-line : an ethernet line interface
- vlan-port : vlan port
- no-interface : no interface
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::VlanId>
- VLAN id
Field type <Eqpt::LogicalId>
- logical id
Field type <Eqpt::EthernetId>
- ehternet id
Field type <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
- logical id
Field type <Eqpt::VrfId>
- VRF id

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1323

57 Interface Status Commands

57.7 SHub Interface Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the current operational state of an interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show interface shub vlan [ (vlan-id) ]

Command Parameters
Table 57.7-1 "SHub Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: vlan id
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]

Command Output
Table 57.7-2 "SHub Interface Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
admin-status Parameter type: <Shub::AdminStatus> The administrative state of the
( up vlan interface.
| down This element is always shown.
| testing
| auto-up )
Possible values:
- up : up
- down : down
- testing : testing
- auto-up : autoup
oper-status Parameter type: <Shub::OperStatus> The current operational state of
( up the vlan interface.
| down This element is always shown.
| testing
| unknown
| dormant
| not-present
| lower-layer-down )

1324 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 57 Interface Status Commands

name Type Description

Possible values:
- up : ready to pass packets
- down : down
- testing : in some test mode
- unknown : status can not be determined forsome reason
- dormant : dormant
- not-present : some component is missing
- lower-layer-down : down due to state of lower-layer
interface
port Parameter type: <Shub::InterfaceIndex> the local port.
- shub logical interface index This element is only shown in
- range: [25...278,279,280] detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1325

57 Interface Status Commands

57.8 SHub Interface Port Control Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the port control status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show interface shub port [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 57.8-1 "SHub Interface Port Control Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: control index of the port
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub

Command Output
Table 57.8-2 "SHub Interface Port Control Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
admin-status Parameter type: <Shub::AdminStatus> Specifies the administrative
( up status of the interface
| down This element is always shown.
| testing
| auto-up )
Possible values:
- up : up
- down : down
- testing : testing
- auto-up : autoup
oper-status Parameter type: <Shub::AdminStatus> Specifies the operational status of
( up the interface
| down This element is always shown.
| testing
| auto-up )
Possible values:
- up : up

1326 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 57 Interface Status Commands

name Type Description

- down : down
- testing : testing
- auto-up : autoup
speed Parameter type: <Sys::Speed> Specifies the interface speed.
( ten-mbps This element is always shown.
| hundred-mbps
| one-gb )
Possible values:
- ten-mbps : speed of 10MBPS
- hundred-mbps : speed of 100MBPS
- one-gb : speed of 1GB
type Parameter type: <Sys::Type> Specifies the type of port.
( user This element is always shown.
| subtending
| network
| data
| control
| unused
| outband-mngt )
Possible values:
- user : port to a directly connected user
- subtending : port to a subtended ISAM
- network : port to the service provider (ISP)
- data : port used internally for data traffic
- control : port used internally for control traffic
- unused : port is not in use
- outband-mngt : port is used for outband-management
duplex Parameter type: <Sys::Duplex> Specifies whether interface data
( unknown-trsf-mode transfer mode is full-duplex or
| full half-duplex.
| half ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- unknown-trsf-mode : transfer mode unknown
- full : data transfer in full duplex
- half : data transfer in half duplex
mode Parameter type: <Sys::PortCtrlMode> Speficies the mode in which the
( automatic speed, duplex modes and flow
| 10mbps : full control of the interface is
| 10mbps : half determined.
| 100mbps : full This element is only shown in
| 100mbps : half detail mode.
| 1gbps : full
| 1gbps : half )
Possible values:
- automatic : determine the parameters of interface
automatically
- 10mbps : mode of interface is 10Mbps
- 100mbps : mode of interface is 100Mbps
- 1gbps : mode of interface is 1Gbps
Possible values:
- full : data transfer in full duplex
- half : data transfer in half duplex
max-mac-addr Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Specifies the maximum number
- a signed integer of new MAC addresses that can
be learnt over the interface.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1327

57 Interface Status Commands

name Type Description

mc-flood-mode Parameter type: <Sys::FloodMode> Specifies the multicast flooding
( mc-flooding mode of the port is enabled or
| no-mc-flooding ) not.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- mc-flooding : enable multicast flooding detail mode.
- no-mc-flooding : disable multicast flooding

1328 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 57 Interface Status Commands

57.9 SHub Interface Uplink Group Status Command

Command Description
This node allows the user to view the current state of an interface

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show interface shub group [ (group-id) ]

Command Parameters
Table 57.9-1 "SHub Interface Uplink Group Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(group-id) Format: groupid number
- the number of uplink group
- range: [1...7]

Command Output
Table 57.9-2 "SHub Interface Uplink Group Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
group-status Parameter type: <Itf::GroupStatus> the current uplink group status
( up This element is always shown.
| down
| invalid )
Possible values:
- up : uplink group status up
- down : uplink group status down
- invalid : uplink group status invalid
threshold Parameter type: <Itf::Threshold> the min nbr of links to be
- the min nbr of links to be operational UP in grp operational UP in grp
- range: [0...7] This element is always shown.
up-links Parameter type: <SignedInteger> available number of links in the
- a signed integer group
This element is always shown.
port-list Parameter type: <Shub::PortList> The set of ports members of the
- a list of ports (port 1 is the MSB of the first byte) uplink group
- length: 3 This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1329

57 Interface Status Commands

57.10 Interface Statistics Commands

Command Description
This command shows the interface statistics.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show interface shub statistics [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 57.10-1 "Interface Statistics Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: port number
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub

Command Output
Table 57.10-2 "Interface Statistics Commands" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
in-octets Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of octets
- counter received on the interface,
including framing characters.
This element is always shown.
in-ucast-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> The number of packets, delivered
- counter by this sub-layer to a higher
(sub-)layer, which were not
addressed to a multicast or
broadcast address at this
sub-layer.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
in-addr-ucast-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> The number of packets, delivered
- counter by this sub-layer to a higher
(sub-)layer, which were
addressed to a multicast or
broadcast address at this

1330 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 57 Interface Status Commands

name Type Description

sub-layer.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
in-discard-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> The number of inbound packets
- counter which were chosen to be
discarded even though no errors
had been detected to prevent their
being deliverable to a
higher-layer protocol. One
possible reason for discarding
such a packet could be to free up
buffer space.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
in-err-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> Number of inbound packets(for
- counter packet-oriented interfaces) or
transmission units(for
character-oriented interfaces) that
contained errors preventing them
from being deliverable to a
higher-layer protocol.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
pkts-unknown-proto Parameter type: <Counter> Number of packets(for
- counter packet-oriented interfaces) or
transmission units(for
character-oriented interfaces)
received via the interface which
were discarded because of an
unknown or unsupported
protocol.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
out-octets Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of octets
- counter transmitted out of the interface,
including framing characters.
This element is always shown.
out-ucast-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> The number of packets,
- counter tarnsmitted by this sub-layer,
which were not addressed to a
multicast or broadcast address at
this sub-layer.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
out-addr-ucast-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> The number of packets,
- counter transmitted by this sub-layer ,
which were addressed to a
multicast or broadcast address at
this sub-layer.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
out-discard-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> The number of outbound packets
- counter which were chosen to be
discarded even though no errors
had been detected to prevent their
being transmitted. One possible
reason for discarding such a

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1331

57 Interface Status Commands

name Type Description

packet could be to free up buffer
space.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
out-err-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> The number of outbound
- counter packets(for packet-oriented
interfaces) or transmission
units(for character-oriented
interfaces) that could not be
transmitted because of errors.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1332 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 57 Interface Status Commands

57.11 Interface Extensive Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the parameters related to an interface such as next avalable port type, counter indicating
number of state changes, and number of network interfaces.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show interface availability [ (port-type) ]

Command Parameters
Table 57.11-1 "Interface Extensive Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port-type) Format: the port type
( xdsl-line
| ethernet-line )
Possible values:
- xdsl-line : xdsl line
- ethernet-line : ethernet line

Command Output
Table 57.11-2 "Interface Extensive Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information:common
name Type Description
change-count Parameter type: <Counter> Number of state changes of the
- counter physical line.
This element is always shown.
interface-cnt Parameter type: <SignedInteger> The number of network interfaces
- a signed integer (regardless of their current state)
present on this system.
This element is always shown.
Specific Information
name Type Description
next-available Parameter type: <Itf::NextAvailable> Specifies the next available
( xdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / physical interface can be
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> retrieved.
| ethernet-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / This element is always shown.
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> )

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1333

57 Interface Status Commands

name Type Description

Possible values:
- xdsl-line : xdsl line
- ethernet-line : ethernet line
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

1334 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

58- SNTP Status Commands

58.1 SNTP Status Command Tree 58-1336

58.2 SNTP Status Command 58-1337

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1335

58 SNTP Status Commands

58.1 SNTP Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "SNTP Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----sntp

1336 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 58 SNTP Status Commands

58.2 SNTP Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the information about the SNTP and its related parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show sntp

Command Output
Table 58.2-2 "SNTP Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
operating-mode Parameter type: <Sys::SNTPOperatingMode> specifies the operating mode for
( unicast the SNTP application at the
| anycast SNMP agent.
| multicast ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- unicast : operating mode unicast value 1
- anycast : operating mode anycast value 2
- multicast : operating mode multicast value 3
system-time Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> specifies the network time.
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) This element is always shown.
- unit: UTC
shub-time Parameter type: <Sys::TimeRef1970> specifies shub network time.
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) This element is always shown.
- unit: UTC

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1337

59- System Status Commands

59.1 System Status Command Tree 59-1339

59.2 SHub System IP Status Command 59-1340
59.3 SHub System Version Status Command 59-1341
59.4 SHub System HTTP Status Command 59-1342
59.5 SHub System Common Status Command 59-1343
59.6 SHub System Control Status Command 59-1344
59.7 SHub IP Filter Status Command 59-1346
59.8 SHub System Manager Status Command 59-1351
59.9 System Statistics Command 59-1352
59.10 System Licenses Status Command 59-1353
59.11 System Clock Status Command 59-1355
59.12 Show syslog parameters 59-1357

1338 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 59 System Status Commands

59.1 System Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "System Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----system
----shub
----entry
----ip
----version
----status
----misc
----config-control
- (ctrl-index)
----filters
----ip
- (index-num)
----shub-manager
- (index)
----entry
----license
- (feature)
----clock-mgmt
----syslog

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1339

59 System Status Commands

59.2 SHub System IP Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the SHub IP parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show system shub entry ip

Command Output
Table 59.2-2 "SHub System IP Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ip-addr-cfg-mode Parameter type: <Sys::DefIpAddr> Specifies the mode by which the
( manual default interface in the device
| dynamic ) gets the IP address.
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- manual : ip address got from the system
- dynamic : ip address got through dynamic IP address
eff-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> Specifies Effective IP address of
- IPv4-address the switch to be used for
contacting through SNMP
interface or web interface.
This element is always shown.

1340 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 59 System Status Commands

59.3 SHub System Version Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the version of the SHub system parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show system shub entry version

Command Output
Table 59.3-2 "SHub System Version Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
sw-release-num Parameter type: <Sys::ReleaseNum> specifies the software version
- release number number.
- length: 1<=x<=7 This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1341

59 System Status Commands

59.4 SHub System HTTP Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the last changed time of the status of the SHub HTTP access.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show system shub entry status

Command Output
Table 59.4-2 "SHub System HTTP Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-chg-status Parameter type: <PrintableString> Specifies whether last
- printable string configuration change has been
saved in flash/remote and current
status of restore.
This element is always shown.
http-status Parameter type: <Sys::HttpStatus> Specifies whether http access for
( http-access the users is enabled or disabled.
| no-http-access ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- http-access : enable http access for the users
- no-http-access : disable http access for the users

1342 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 59 System Status Commands

59.5 SHub System Common Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the common system parameters of the SHub.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show system shub entry misc

Command Output
Table 59.5-2 "SHub System Common Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
def-intf Parameter type: <Sys::DefInterface> Name of the default interface that
- default interface name can be used for communicating
- length: 1<=x<=16 with the system for configuration
through SNMP.
This element is always shown.
base-bdg-addr Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> Specifies the MAC address used
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) by the bridge when it must be
- length: 6 referred to in a unique fashion.
This element is always shown.
sys-mac-addr Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> Specifies the system MAC
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) address used by this bridge when
- length: 6 it must be referred to in a unique
fashion.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1343

59 System Status Commands

59.6 SHub System Control Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the system control parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show system shub config-control [ (ctrl-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 59.6-1 "SHub System Control Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ctrl-index) Format: control index of the config
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub

Command Output
Table 59.6-2 "SHub System Control Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
egress Parameter type: <Sys::EgressStatus> Specifies the transmission of
( egress-enabled egress traffic over this interface is
| egress-disabled ) enabled or not.
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- egress-enabled : enable this status
- egress-disabled : disable this status
collection Parameter type: <Sys::CollectionStatus> Specifies the statistics collection
( collection for this interface is enabled or
| no-collection ) not.
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- collection : enable the collection of statistics
- no-collection : disable the collection of statistics
ctrl-status Parameter type: <Sys::ConfigCtrlStatus> Specifies the config control
( enable status.
| disable ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- enable : makes the entry valid

1344 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 59 System Status Commands

name Type Description

- disable : makes the entry invalid

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1345

59 System Status Commands

59.7 SHub IP Filter Status Command

Command Description
This command displays IP filter related information.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show system shub filters ip [ (index-num) ]

Command Parameters
Table 59.7-1 "SHub IP Filter Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index-num) Format: L3 Filter rule number
- Filter rule number
- range: [1...65535]

Command Output
Table 59.7-2 "SHub IP Filter Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
protocol Parameter type: <Sys::Protocol> Specifies the type of protocol to
( icmp be checked against the packet.
| igmp This element is always shown.
| ggp
| ip
| tcp
| egp
| igp
| nvp
| udp
| irtp
| idrp
| rsvp
| msrp
| igrp
| ospf
| any )
Possible values:
- icmp : check the packet for icmp

1346 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 59 System Status Commands

name Type Description

- igmp : check the packet for igmp
- ggp : check the packet for ggp
- ip : check the packet for ip
- tcp : check the packet for tcp
- egp : check the packet for egp
- igp : check the packet for igp
- nvp : check the packet for nvp
- udp : check the packet for udp
- irtp : check the packet for irtp
- idrp : check the packet for idrp
- rsvp : check the packet for rsvp
- msrp : check the packet for msrp
- igrp : check the packet for igrp
- ospf : check the packet for ospf
- any : check the all packets
msg-type Parameter type: <Sys::MsgType> Specifies the message type to be
( echo-reply checked against the packet. If the
| dest-unreach message type matches with the
| src-quench packet, then the packet will be
| redirect dropped / allowed based on the
| echo-request action set.
| time-exceeded This element is always shown.
| param-prob
| time-stamp-req
| time-stamp-reply
| infor-req
| infor-reply
| addr-mask-req
| addr-mask-reply
| no-icmp-type )
Possible values:
- echo-reply : echo reply
- dest-unreach : destination unreachable
- src-quench : source quench
- redirect : redirect
- echo-request : echo request
- time-exceeded : time exceeded message
- param-prob : parameter problem
- time-stamp-req : timestamp request message
- time-stamp-reply : timestamp reply messages
- infor-req : information request
- infor-reply : information reply
- addr-mask-req : address mask request
- addr-mask-reply : address mask reply
- no-icmp-type : message type is not icmp
msg-code Parameter type: <Sys::MsgCode> Specifies the message code to be
( network-unreach checked against the packet. If the
| host-unreach packet matches with the message
| protocol-unreach code, then the packet will be
| port-unreach dropped / allowed based on the
| fragment-need action set
| src-route-fail This element is always shown.
| dest-nwk-unknown
| dest-host-unknown
| src-host-isolated
| dest-nwk-prohibit
| dest-host-prohibit

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1347

59 System Status Commands

name Type Description

| nwk-unreach-tos
| host-unreach-tos
| no-icmp-code )
Possible values:
- network-unreach : network unreachable
- host-unreach : host unreachable
- protocol-unreach : protocol unreachable
- port-unreach : port unreachable
- fragment-need : fragmentation needed
- src-route-fail : source route failed
- dest-nwk-unknown : destination network unknown
- dest-host-unknown : destination host unknown
- src-host-isolated : source host isolated
- dest-nwk-prohibit : destination network administratively
prohibited
- dest-host-prohibit : destination host administratively
prohibited
- nwk-unreach-tos : network unreachable for type of service
- host-unreach-tos : host unreachable for type of service
- no-icmp-code : message type is not icmp
dst-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> Specifies the destination IP
- IPv4-address address to be matched with the
packet.
This element is always shown.
src-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> Specifies the source IP address to
- IPv4-address be matched with the packet.
This element is always shown.
dst-mask Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> Specifies the IP subnet mask for
- IPv4-address Destination IP address.
This element is always shown.
src-mask Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> Specifies the IP subnet mask for
- IPv4-address Source IP address.
This element is always shown.
min-dst-port Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Specifies the minimum port in
- a signed integer the destination TCP/UDP port
range.
This element is always shown.
max-dst-port Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Specifies the maximum port in
- a signed integer the destination TCP/UDP port
range.
This element is always shown.
min-src-port Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Specifies the minimum port in
- a signed integer the source TCP/UDP port range.
This element is always shown.
max-src-port Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Specifies the maximum port in
- a signed integer the source TCP/UDP port range.
This element is always shown.
in-port-list Parameter type: <Shub::PortList> Specifies the complete set of
- a list of ports (port 1 is the MSB of the first byte) ports over which if the packet
- length: 3 arrives the filter rule will be
applicable. If the incoming port
list is '0', the filter rule is
applicable for all the incoming
ports.
This element is always shown.
out-port-list Parameter type: <Shub::PortList> Specifies the complete set of
- a list of ports (port 1 is the MSB of the first byte) ports over which the packet will

1348 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 59 System Status Commands

name Type Description

- length: 3 be sent.
This element is always shown.
ack-bit Parameter type: <Sys::AckBit> Specifies whether TCP ACK bit
( establish to be checked or not against the
| not-establish packet.
| any ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- establish : establish the bit
- not-establish : not establish the bit
- any : default value
rst-bit Parameter type: <Sys::RstBit> Specifies whether TCP RST bit
( set to be checked or not against the
| not-set packet.
| any ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- set : set the bit
- not-set : not set the bit
- any : default value
tos Parameter type: <Sys::Tos> Specifies whether IP TOS bit to
( any be checked or not against the
| high-reliable packet.
| high-throughput This element is always shown.
| high-relia-thro
| low-delay
| low-delay-high-relai
| low-delay-high-thro
| best-tos
| not-applicable )
Possible values:
- any : normal
- high-reliable : high reliable
- high-throughput : high throughput
- high-relia-thro : high reliable and throughput
- low-delay : low delay
- low-delay-high-relai : low delay and high reliability
- low-delay-high-thro : low delay and high throughput
- best-tos : low delay, high reliability and throughput
- not-applicable : tos is don't care
direction Parameter type: <Sys::Direction> Specifies in which direction the
( in Filters are to be applied on the
| out ) packets, either to incoming or
Possible values: outgoing packets.
- in : incoming packets This element is always shown.
- out : outgoing packets
action Parameter type: <Sys::L3Action> Specifies the action to be taken
( action-allow on the packet if the filter rule
| action-drop ) matches.
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- action-allow : the packet will be forwarded
- action-drop : the packet will be discarded
match-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> Specifies the number of times
- counter this filter is matched.
This element is always shown.
vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::VlanFilterIndex> Displays Vlan Id
( any This element is always shown.
| <Vlan::VlanFilterIndex> )
Possible values:

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1349

59 System Status Commands

name Type Description

- any : defaul vlan-id
Field type <Vlan::VlanFilterIndex>
- vlan id
- range: [0...4092]

1350 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 59 System Status Commands

59.8 SHub System Manager Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the manager parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show system shub filters shub-manager [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 59.8-1 "SHub System Manager Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index number of the SrcIp
- index(1..100)
- range: [1...100]

Command Output
Table 59.8-2 "SHub System Manager Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
src-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> Specifies the management vlan
- IPv4-address filter IP address to be matched
with the packet.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1351

59 System Status Commands

59.9 System Statistics Command

Command Description
This command displays the status of the list commands.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show system entry

Command Output
Table 59.9-2 "System Statistics Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
status-bit-map Parameter type: <Sys::AsamSysStatusBitMap> Specifies the status bitmap.
- status bitmap This element is always shown.
mib-version Parameter type: <Sys::asamMibVersion> Specifies the version of the
- a printable string management interface.
- length: x<=21 This element is always shown.
init-progress Parameter type: <Sys::AsamSystemInitProgress> Specifies the progress of the
- progress of system initialisation indicated as percent system initialization indicated as
- unit: percent a percentage.
- range: [0...100] This element is always shown.

1352 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 59 System Status Commands

59.10 System Licenses Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the number of software licenses for the following features.
For ADSL2+, the counter indicates the number of XDSL lines for which an ADSL2+ operational mode (POTS
and/or ISDN) is enabled in its configuration, and supported by the LT board, and for which the XDSL board is
equipped.
For READSL2 operational mode (US mode 1 and/or US mode 2), the counter is enabled in its configuration, and
supported by the LT board, and for which the XDSL board is equipped.
For IGMP, the counter indicates the number of PVCs for which an IGMP control channel has been configured.
For IP-Forwarding, the counter indicates the number of PVCs configured.
For PPPoX Relay, the counter indicates the number of PVCs configured.
For PPPoX Termination, the counter indicates the number of PVCs for which PPPoE termination or PPPoA
termination has been configured.
For 802.1x, the counter indicates the number of PVCs for which 802.1x has been configured as 'enabled'.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show system license [ (feature) ]

Command Parameters
Table 59.10-1 "System Licenses Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(feature) Format: table index
( adsl2-plus
| readsl2
| igmp
| ip-forward
| pppox-relay
| pppox-termination
| 802dot1x
| annex-m
| ipoa-cc )
Possible values:
- adsl2-plus : number of xdsl lines for which ADSL2 is
enabled
- readsl2 : number of xdsl lines for which READSL2 is

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1353

59 System Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

enabled
- igmp : number of DSL subscribers configured for IGMP
- ip-forward : number of DSL subscribers configured for
Ip-forwarding
- pppox-relay : number of DSL subscribers configured for
PPPOX relay
- pppox-termination : number of DSL subscribers configured
for PPPOX termination
- 802dot1x : number of DSL subscribers configured for
802.1x
- annex-m : number of DSL subscribers configured for
annex-m
- ipoa-cc : number of DSL subscribers configured for
IPoA-CC

Command Output
Table 59.10-2 "System Licenses Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information:routing-licence
name Type Description
routing-licence Parameter type: <Sys::RoutingLicStatus> shows the status of the routing
( not-active license.
| active ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- not-active : routing license unavailable
- active : routing license available
Specific Information
name Type Description
number-license Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Specifies number of license.
- a signed integer This element is always shown.

1354 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 59 System Status Commands

59.11 System Clock Status Command

Command Description
This command displays three display elements named actual-priority, clock-status, and clock-selection.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show system clock-mgmt

Command Output
Table 59.11-2 "System Clock Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
actual-priority Parameter type: <Sys::SysClkSrcPriorityScheme> Shows the actual priority of clock
( autoselect sources.
| local This element is always shown.
| external-local )
Possible values:
- autoselect : select based on location
- local : always select local clock
- external-local : external clock > local clock
selection Parameter type: <Sys::asamSysClkSrcSelection> Shows the clock source selected
( active-external by system
| active-local ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- active-external : external clock on active NT
- active-local : local clock on active NT
ext-source Parameter type: <Sys::SysClkExtSource> Shows the clock source selected
( e1 by system E1/DS1/2048KHz
| ds1 This element is always shown.
| khz2048 )
Possible values:
- e1 : select ETSI Source
- ds1 : select DS1 Source
- khz2048 : select 2048KHz Source
external-nt-a Parameter type: <Sys::clkSrcExtAFailure> Shows the status of the External
( failure clock on NT A
| available ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- failure : failure of external clock on NT A
- available : availablity of external of clock on NT A

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1355

59 System Status Commands

name Type Description

external-nt-b Parameter type: <Sys::clkSrcExtBFailure> Shows the status of the External
( failure clock on NT B
| available ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- failure : failure of external clock on NT B
- available : availablity of external of clock on NT B
local-nt-a Parameter type: <Sys::clkSrcLocAFailure> Shows the status of the Local
( failure clock on NT A
| available ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- failure : failure of local of clock on NT A
- available : availablity of local of clock on NT A
local-nt-b Parameter type: <Sys::clkSrcLocBFailure> Shows the status of the Local
( failure clock on NT B
| available ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- failure : faiulre of local of clock on NT B
- available : availablity of local of clock on NT B

1356 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 59 System Status Commands

59.12 Show syslog parameters

Command Description
This command displays the system related parameters for syslog.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show system syslog

Command Output
Table 59.12-2 "Show syslog parameters" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
max-msg-size Parameter type: <Sys::MaxMsgSize> maximum size of the syslog
- the maximum size of the syslog message message
- unit: bytes This element is always shown.
- range: [0...1024]
available-on-disk Parameter type: <Sys::MaxStorageSize> total storage size available to
- total storage size available to store the messages store the messages
- unit: bytes This element is always shown.
- range: [0...2000000]
used-on-disk Parameter type: <Sys::UsedSize> indicates inuse storage size by the
- indicates inuse storage size by the messages messages
- unit: bytes This element is always shown.
- range: [0...2000000]
reserved-on-disk Parameter type: <Sys::ReservedSize> indicate the reserved storage size
- indicates inuse storage size by the messages for the messages
- unit: bytes This element is always shown.
- range: [0...2000000]
free-on-disk Parameter type: <Sys::FreeSize> total free memory available to
- free memory available for storing syslog messages from store syslog messages
total allocated memory This element is always shown.
- unit: bytes
- range: [0...2000000]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1357

60- Transaction Status Commands

60.1 Transaction Status Command Tree 60-1359

60.2 Transaction Log Status Command 60-1360
60.3 Transaction Log Entry Status Command 60-1361

1358 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 60 Transaction Status Commands

60.1 Transaction Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Transaction Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----transaction
----set-log-table
- (log-table-index)
----log-entry

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1359

60 Transaction Status Commands

60.2 Transaction Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the transaction set log parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show transaction set-log-table [ (log-table-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 60.2-1 "Transaction Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(log-table-index) Format: the key in the set Log table
- a signed integer

Command Output
Table 60.2-2 "Transaction Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
log-ipaddr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> IP address of the Manager who
- IPv4-address changed this object
This element is always shown.
changed-object-id Parameter type: <Object> the Object Identifier of an object
- an object identifier which has been changed.
This element is always shown.
context Parameter type: <Trans::context> The context, which the object
( nt belongs to
| shub ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- nt : nt: nt context
- shub : shub: shub context

1360 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 60 Transaction Status Commands

60.3 Transaction Log Entry Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the transaction log entry-related parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show transaction log-entry

Command Output
Table 60.3-2 "Transaction Log Entry Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name
set-log-lastentry
set-log-resettime
set-log-overflowed
set-log-buffersize
nbr-of-sets
Type Description
Parameter type: <SignedInteger> index of the last entry that has
- a signed integer been added to the set log table.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Sys::Time> time when set log has been reset
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) This element is always shown.
- unit: UTC
Parameter type: <Trans::overflowed> specifies whether the set log
( not-overflowed buffer is overflowed or not.
| overflowed ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- not-overflowed : log buffer not overflowed is 1
- overflowed : log buffer overflowed is 2
Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the size of the internal set log
- a signed integer buffer.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <SignedInteger> nbr of successfull sets since
- a signed integer system is up.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1361

61- Error Status Command

61.1 Error Status Command Tree 61-1363

61.2 Error Log Status Command 61-1364

1362 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 61 Error Status Command

61.1 Error Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Error Status Command".

Command Tree
----show
----error
- (id)

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1363

61 Error Status Command

61.2 Error Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the error log status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show error (id)

Command Parameters
Table 61.2-1 "Error Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(id) Format: error number
- a signed integer

Command Output
Table 61.2-2 "Error Log Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information:error-log related information
name Type Description
last-entry Parameter type: <Error::ErrLogLastEntry> index of the last entry that is
- index of the last entry of error log table added to the error log table.
This element is always shown.
reset-time Parameter type: <Sys::Time> time value when the error log is
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) resetted
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.
buffer-size Parameter type: <SignedInteger> size of the internal log buffer.
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
overflowed Parameter type: <Error::LogOverFlow> specifies whether log buffer is
( no overflowed or not.
| yes ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- no : when log buffer is reset
- yes : full action set to warp around
Specific Information
name Type Description
timestamp Parameter type: <Sys::Time> network time when the error is
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) generated.
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.

1364 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 61 Error Status Command

name Type Description

originator Parameter type: <Alarm::ReqIdAndIPAddress> request-id and IP address that
<SignedInteger> @ <Ip::V4Address> generated the error
Field type <SignedInteger> This element is only shown in
- a signed integer detail mode.
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
description Parameter type: <Description-127> description of the error.
- description to help the operator to identify the object This element is always shown.
- length: x<=127
info Parameter type: <PrintableString> additional information to guide to
- printable string correct the error
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
obj-id Parameter type: <Alarm::MibName> object identifier in the request
- representation of the mib name that caused the error.
This element is always shown.
obj-value Parameter type: <PrintableString> value received from the manager
- printable string for the object that generated the
error.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1365

62- Software Status Commands

62.1 Software Status Command Tree 62-1367

62.2 Database Status Command 62-1368
62.3 Disk Status Command 62-1370
62.4 Overall Software Package Status Command 62-1372
62.5 Software Package Status Command 62-1375
62.6 File Status Command 62-1377
62.7 Upload/Download Status Command 62-1379
62.8 SHub Software Management Status Command 62-1382
62.9 SHub Configuration File Status Command 62-1383
62.10 Status of the SHub Boot ROM Update Command 62-1385

1366 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 62 Software Status Commands

62.1 Software Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Software Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----software-mngt
----database
- (db-container)
- oswp-number
----descriptor-files
- (index)
----oswp
- (index)
----swp
- (name)
----swp-disk-file
- (name)
- file-name
- file-board-type
----upload-download
----shub
----config-file
----boot-rom-status

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1367

62 Software Status Commands

62.2 Database Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the various database parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show software-mngt database [ (db-container) [ oswp-number <SwMngt::DbmOswpIndex> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 62.2-1 "Database Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(db-container)
oswp-number
Type Description
Format: the database container ID
( first
| second
| third )
Possible values:
- first : first container
- second : second container
- third : third container
Parameter type: <SwMngt::DbmOswpIndex> index in the database table
Format:
- index in the database table
- range: [1...2]

Command Output
Table 62.2-2 "Database Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
name Parameter type: <SwMngt::dbmDatabaseName> A string representing the
- a printable string database. The value 'NO-NAME'
- length: x<=32 will be used by the system for the
default databases.
This element is always shown.
oper-status Parameter type: <SwMngt::dBaseOperStatus> The operational status of the
( actual database.
| preferable This element is always shown.
| previous

1368 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 62 Software Status Commands

name Type Description

| failed
| not-useful )
Possible values:
- actual : actual oper status
- preferable : preferable oper status
- previous : previous oper status
- failed : failed oper status
- not-useful : not useful oper status
version Parameter type: <SwMngt::dbmDatabaseVersion> The version of the database.
- a printable string This element is always shown.
- length: x<=32
auto-activate-error Parameter type: <SwMngt::DbAutoActErr> the reason the automatic
( not-defined activation of the Database failed
| no-error This element is always shown.
| another-swdb-on
| no-compat-oswp
| unknown-err )
Possible values:
- not-defined : the error is not defined
- no-error : no error in download
- another-swdb-on : another swdb process ongoing
- no-compat-oswp : no compatible OSWP
- unknown-err : unknown error during activation

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1369

62 Software Status Commands

62.3 Disk Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the values of the various attributes of the SWM disk file.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show software-mngt descriptor-files [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 62.3-1 "Disk Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index to the swm disk file table
- path and name of the oswp ,file name less than 160 char
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_./]
- length: 1<=x<=255

Command Output
Table 62.3-2 "Disk Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <SwMngt::diskFileType> Specifies the type of the file.
( overall-descriptor This element is always shown.
| descriptor
| file-type-a
| file-type-b
| not-specified
| file-type-c
| file-type-d
| file-type-e
| file-type-f
| file-type-g
| file-type-h
| file-type-i
| file-type-j )
Possible values:
- overall-descriptor : over all descriptor file
- descriptor : descriptor file
- file-type-a : file type a

1370 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 62 Software Status Commands

name Type Description

- file-type-b : file type b
- not-specified : file type not specified
- file-type-c : file type c
- file-type-d : file type d
- file-type-e : file type e
- file-type-f : file type f
- file-type-g : file type g
- file-type-h : file type h
- file-type-i : file type i
- file-type-j : file type j
file-size Parameter type: <SwMngt::DiskFileSize> Specifies the size of the file.
- specifies the size of the file This element is always shown.
- unit: bytes

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1371

62 Software Status Commands

62.4 Overall Software Package Status Command

Command Description
This command displays various OSWP states and attributes.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show software-mngt oswp [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 62.4-1 "Overall Software Package Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index to the swm oswp table
- id of one of the two oswps
- range: [1...2]

Command Output
Table 62.4-2 "Overall Software Package Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
name Parameter type: <SwMngt::oswpName> Name of the OSWP. The name of
- path and name of the oswp ,file name less than 160 char an OSWP corresponds to the path
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_./] name:
- length: 1<=x<=255 /path_to_OSWP/file_name.
This element is always shown.
availability Parameter type: <SwMngt::operAvailStatus> Specifies the availability status of
( empty the OSWP.
| enabled This element is always shown.
| disabled
| downloading
| aborting )
Possible values:
- empty : no OSWP is related to the index
- enabled : related OSWP is valid
- disabled : download of related OSWP failed
- downloading : download of related OSWP is ongoing
- aborting : files of the related OSWP are removed
act-status Parameter type: <SwMngt::operActStatus> Specifies the related OSWP is

1372 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 62 Software Status Commands

name Type Description

( active currently active or not.
| not-active ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- active : related OSWP is active
- not-active : related OSWP is not active
commit-status Parameter type: <SwMngt::operCommitStatus> Specifies the OSWP is committed
( committed or uncommitted or whether the
| un-committed commit-operation is still ongoing.
| committing ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- committed : Committed
- un-committed : Un committed
- committing : OSWP is committing
download-error Parameter type: <SwMngt::oswpDldErr> Specifies for what reason the
( invalidtftpdaemon download of the OSWP failed for
| invalidsftpdaemon the requested set of files.
| illegaltftpoperation This element is only shown in
| file-not-found detail mode.
| access-violation
| diskfull-alloc-exced
| illegal-tftp-operation
| unknown-transfer-id
| file-exists
| no-such-user
| syntax-error
| lack-of-storage
| system-restart
| no-error )
Possible values:
- invalidtftpdaemon : trying to download using tftp when
sftp is enabled
- invalidsftpdaemon : trying to download using sftp when
tftp is enabled
- illegaltftpoperation : illegaltftpoperation
- file-not-found : file is not found
- access-violation : access violation
- diskfull-alloc-exced : disk is full
- illegal-tftp-operation: illegal TFTP operation
- unknown-transfer-id : transfer id is unknown
- file-exists : file is already existing
- no-such-user : no such user
- syntax-error : Syntax error
- lack-of-storage : Lack of storage resource
- system-restart : system restart
- no-error : no error in download
err-file-name Parameter type: <SwMngt::oswpName> The name of the file that caused
- path and name of the oswp ,file name less than 160 char the error.
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_./] This element is only shown in
- length: 1<=x<=255 detail mode.
err-file-server Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> Specifies the IP address of the
- IPv4-address file server where the file can be
found.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
auto-activate-error Parameter type: <SwMngt::OswpAutoActErr> the reason the automatic
( not-defined activation of the OSWP failed
| no-error This element is only shown in

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1373

62 Software Status Commands

name Type Description

| another-swdb-on detail mode.
| no-compatible-db
| unknown-err )
Possible values:
- not-defined : the error is not defined
- no-error : no error in download
- another-swdb-on : another swdb process ongoing
- no-compatible-db : no compatible database
- unknown-err : unknown error during activation

1374 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 62 Software Status Commands

62.5 Software Package Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the parameters of the dynamic SWP table, which represent the SWPs that belong to at least
one of the OSWPs available in the system.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show software-mngt swp [ (name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 62.5-1 "Software Package Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: index to the swm-swp table
- a printable string
- length: x<=32

Command Output
Table 62.5-2 "Software Package Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <SwMngt::swmSwpType> Specifies the type of the software
( asam-core package.
| voice-gateway This element is always shown.
| ip-server )
Possible values:
- asam-core : asam core
- voice-gateway : voice gateway
- ip-server : ip server
dbase-ver-no Parameter type: <SwMngt::dBVersionNumber> Specifies the version number of
- a printable string the database that is compatible
- length: x<=32 with the software package.
This element is always shown.
primary-file-id Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> Specifies the IP address of the
- IPv4-address TFTP/SFTP server where the
software package can be found.
This element is always shown.
secondary-file-id Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> Specifies the IP address of a

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1375

62 Software Status Commands

name Type Description

- IPv4-address possible second TFTP/SFTP
server where the software
package can be found.
This element is always shown.

1376 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 62 Software Status Commands

62.6 File Status Command

Command Description
This command displays information about the relationships between the files known by the system and the available
OSWPs.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show software-mngt swp-disk-file [ (name) [ file-name <SwMngt::swpContainsFileName> ] [ file-board-type

<SwMngt::swpBoardType> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 62.6-1 "File Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: index to the Swm_Contains_File
- a printable string table
- length: x<=32
file-name Parameter type: <SwMngt::swpContainsFileName> index to the Swm_Contains_File
Format: table
- a printable string
- length: x<=32
file-board-type Parameter type: <SwMngt::swpBoardType> index to the Swm_Contains_File
Format: table
- a printable string
- length: x<=21

Command Output
Table 62.6-2 "File Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
file-format Parameter type: <SwMngt::fileFormat> Specifies the format of the file.
( tar This element is always shown.
| lz77
| ascii
| exe )
Possible values:
- tar : file format is tar
- lz77 : file format is lz77

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1377

62 Software Status Commands

name Type Description

- ascii : file format is ascii
- exe : file format is exe
available-status Parameter type: <SwMngt::availableStatus> Specifies whether the file is
( available available on the file disk or not.
| not-available ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- available : the file is avilable
- not-available : the file is not avilable
file-priority Parameter type: <SwMngt::filePriority> Specifies whether the file belongs
( part-min-set to the minimum set of the related
| no-part-min-set ) OSWPs.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- part-min-set : part min set detail mode.
- no-part-min-set : no part min set
file-size Parameter type: <SwMngt::SwmFileSize> Specifies the size of the file.
- specifies the size of the file This element is only shown in
- unit: bytes detail mode.
file-type Parameter type: <SwMngt::SwmFileType> Specifies the type of the file.
( special-file This element is only shown in
| file-type-a detail mode.
| file-type-b )
Possible values:
- special-file : special file type
- file-type-a : file type A
- file-type-b : file type B
file-decompression Parameter type: <SwMngt::swmFileDecompression> Specifies whether the file must be
( decompressed decompressed or not before being
| no-decompressed ) sent to the applicable boards.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- decompressed : file is decompressed detail mode.
- no-decompressed : file is compressed

1378 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 62 Software Status Commands

62.7 Upload/Download Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the upload and download parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show software-mngt upload-download

Command Output
Table 62.7-2 "Upload/Download Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
disk-space Parameter type: <SwMngt::TotalSpaceOnDisk> The total space on the file disk
- total space on file disk that is reserved for storage that is reserved for the storage of
- unit: bytes files.
This element is always shown.
free-space Parameter type: <SwMngt::FreeSpaceOnDisk> Specifies the space on the file
- total space on the file disk that is still available disk that is still available for the
- unit: bytes storage of files.
This element is always shown.
download-progress Parameter type: <SwMngt::downloadProgress> Specifies the current status of the
( download-ongoing database download process.
| download-success This element is always shown.
| download-fail )
Possible values:
- download-ongoing : download ongoing
- download-success : download finished and successfull
- download-fail : download finished but failed
download-error Parameter type: <SwMngt::downloadError> Specifies the reason in case of a
( illegaltftpoperation database download failure.
| file-not-found This element is always shown.
| access-violation
| diskfull-alloc-exced
| illegal-tftp-operation
| unknown-transfer-id
| file-exists
| no-such-user
| corrupted-database
| system-restart
| no-error )

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1379

62 Software Status Commands

name Type Description

Possible values:
- illegaltftpoperation : illegaltftpoperation
- file-not-found : file is not found
- access-violation : access violation
- diskfull-alloc-exced : disk is full
- illegal-tftp-operation: illegal TFTP operation
- unknown-transfer-id : transfer id is unknown
- file-exists : file is already existing
- no-such-user : no such user
- corrupted-database : corrupted/incompleted database
- system-restart : system restart
- no-error : no error in download
upload-progress Parameter type: <SwMngt::uploadProgress> Specifies the current status of the
( upload-ongoing database upload process.
| upload-success This element is always shown.
| upload-fail )
Possible values:
- upload-ongoing : upload ongoing
- upload-success : upload finished and successfull
- upload-fail : upload finished but failed
upload-error Parameter type: <SwMngt::uploadError> Specifies the reason in case of a
( illegaltftpoperation database upload failure.
| file-not-found This element is always shown.
| access-violation
| diskfull-alloc-exced
| illegal-tftp-operation
| unknown-transfer-id
| file-exists
| no-such-user
| database-not-avail
| system-restart
| no-error
| another-swdb-on )
Possible values:
- illegaltftpoperation : illegaltftpioperation
- file-not-found : file is not found
- access-violation : access violation
- diskfull-alloc-exced : disk is full
- illegal-tftp-operation: illegal TFTP operation
- unknown-transfer-id : transfer id is unknown
- file-exists : file is already existing
- no-such-user : no such user
- database-not-avail : selected database not available
- system-restart : system restart
- no-error : no error in download
- another-swdb-on : another swdb progress ongoing
auto-activate-error Parameter type: <SwMngt::DbAutoActErr> the reason the automatic
( not-defined activation of the Database failed
| no-error This element is always shown.
| another-swdb-on
| no-compat-oswp
| unknown-err )
Possible values:
- not-defined : the error is not defined
- no-error : no error in download
- another-swdb-on : another swdb process ongoing
- no-compat-oswp : no compatible OSWP

1380 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 62 Software Status Commands

name Type Description

- unknown-err : unknown error during activation

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1381

62 Software Status Commands

62.8 SHub Software Management Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the status of software management on the SHub.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show software-mngt shub

1382 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 62 Software Status Commands

62.9 SHub Configuration File Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the status of SHub configuration files.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show software-mngt shub config-file

Command Output
Table 62.9-2 "SHub Configuration File Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
db-save-status Parameter type: <Sys::SaveStatus> the status of the database save
( inprogress operation
| successful This element is always shown.
| failed
| notinitiated )
Possible values:
- inprogress : operation in progress
- successful : operation is successful
- failed : operation failed
- notinitiated : not initiated
sw-download-status Parameter type: <Sys::DownloadStatus> the status of the software
( inprogress download operation
| successful This element is always shown.
| failed )
Possible values:
- inprogress : operation in progress
- successful : operation is successful
- failed : operation failed
downloaded-sw Parameter type: <SwMngt::ShubSoftwareImage> the specification of the
<Ip::V4Address> : <Sys::FileName> downloaded software package
Field type <Ip::V4Address> This element is only shown in
- IPv4-address detail mode.
Field type <Sys::FileName>
- name
- length: 1<=x<=256
current-osp Parameter type: <SwMngt::CurrOSPVersion> the current osp version
( other than config/tftp This element is always shown.
| config-1

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1383

62 Software Status Commands

name Type Description

| config-2
| tftp )
Possible values:
- other than config/tftp: version not defined
- config-1 : sets config1 version in BSP
- config-2 : sets config2 version in BSP
- tftp : sets tftp version in BSP

1384 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 62 Software Status Commands

62.10 Status of the SHub Boot ROM Update

Command

Command Description
This command displays the status of the SHub boot ROM update.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show software-mngt shub boot-rom-status

Command Output
Table 62.10-2 "Status of the SHub Boot ROM Update Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
boot-rom-status Parameter type: <SwMngt::ShubBootRomStatus> the status of the boot ROM image
( in-progress update operation
| successful This element is always shown.
| failed )
Possible values:
- in-progress : update operation in progress
- successful : update operation successful
- failed : update operation failed

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1385

63- IGMP Status Commands

63.1 IGMP Status Command Tree 63-1387

63.2 IGMP System Status Command 63-1388
63.3 IGMP Channel Sources Status Command 63-1390
63.4 IGMP Channel Miscellaneous Status Command 63-1392
63.5 IGMP Channel Protocol Status Command 63-1394
63.6 IGMP package to multicast source Command 63-1396
63.7 IGMP Group to Package Status Command 63-1397
63.8 Show Multicast Source Statistics Command 63-1398
63.9 IGMP Module Counter Status Command 63-1400
63.10 IGMP Module Time Status Command 63-1403
63.11 IGMP Module Miscellaneous Status Command 63-1405
63.12 SHub IGMP VLAN Router Port Status Command 63-1407
63.13 Shub IGMP System Status Command 63-1408
63.14 Shub IGMP CAC System Status Command 63-1410
63.15 Shub IGMP CAC Multicast Sources Status Command 63-1412
63.16 Shub IGMP CAC Bundle Status Command 63-1414
63.17 Shub IGMP CAC Bundle to Source Command 63-1416

1386 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 63 IGMP Status Commands

63.1 IGMP Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "IGMP Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----igmp
----system
----channel
----counter
- (port)
----miscellaneous
- (port)
----protocol
- (port)
----package-to-src
- (package-id)
----grp-to-package
- (mcast-addr)
----module-mcast-src
- (slot)
- mcast-addr
----module
----counter
- (slot-index)
----time
- (slot-index)
----miscellaneous
- (slot-index)
----shub
----vlan-router-port
- (vlan-id)
- network-port
----igs-stats
- (vlan-id)
----system-stats
----mcast-stats
- (src)
- vlan-id
- ip-addr
----bundle-stats
- (bundle-name)
----bundle-to-src
- (bundle-name)
- class-d-addr
- vlan-id

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1387

63 IGMP Status Commands

63.2 IGMP System Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the IGMP system-related parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show igmp system

Command Output
Table 63.2-2 "IGMP System Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
startup-query-intvl Parameter type: <Igmp::SysStartUpQueryInt> The interval between general
- interval at which general membership queries transmitted membership queries sent on
- unit: sec startup.
- range: [1...3175] This element is always shown.
startup-query-count Parameter type: <Igmp::SystemStartupQueryCount> The number of queries sent out
- queries sent out on startup separated by query interval on startup separated by the query
- range: [1...10] interval.
This element is always shown.
stats-intvl Parameter type: <Igmp::McastSrcPeakTime> This statistics indicates the
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) network time of when the
- unit: UTC system-wide statistics were last
reset.
This element is always shown.
src-ipaddr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> This object specifies the source
- IPv4-address IP address which is contained in
every multicast IP datagrams
transmitted on all IGMP control
channels.
This element is always shown.
router-present-timeout Parameter type: <SignedInteger> When the system acts as host on
- a signed integer the network side of the IGMP
proxy, this value is the time how
long the system shall wait after
hearing a Version 1 Query before
it shall send any IGMPv2
messages.
This element is always shown.
grp-memb-intvl Parameter type: <SignedInteger> The interval that must pass before

1388 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 63 IGMP Status Commands

name Type Description

- a signed integer the system decides there are no
more members of a group on a
network.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1389

63 IGMP Status Commands

63.3 IGMP Channel Sources Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the IGMP channel source.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show igmp channel counter [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 63.3-1 "IGMP Channel Sources Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: identification of the port, vlanport
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / or virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

1390 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 63 IGMP Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id

Command Output
Table 63.3-2 "IGMP Channel Sources Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
noperm-join Parameter type: <Counter> no of times perm bitmap failure
- counter has occurred.
This element is always shown.
bitrate-fail Parameter type: <Counter> no of times IGMP join message
- counter failed
This element is always shown.
inval-classd Parameter type: <Counter> indicates the count of IP address
- counter states
This element is always shown.
numsec-ovld-protappl Parameter type: <Counter> no of 1sec int for overload
- counter protection has been applied
This element is always shown.
num-fail Parameter type: <Counter> Indicates the count of failure join
- counter This element is always shown.
sysnum-fail Parameter type: <Counter> Indicates the count of failure
- counter IGMP join
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1391

63 IGMP Status Commands

63.4 IGMP Channel Miscellaneous Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the IGMP channel source.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show igmp channel miscellaneous [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 63.4-1 "IGMP Channel Miscellaneous Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: identification of the port, vlanport
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / or virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>

1392 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 63 IGMP Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id

Command Output
Table 63.4-2 "IGMP Channel Miscellaneous Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
curr-num-group Parameter type: <Gauge> current group number in this
- gauge port(ADSL,PVC)
This element is always shown.
curr-preview-num Parameter type: <Counter> count of prev mcast grp that igmp
- counter channel joins currently
This element is always shown.
curr-uncfg-num Parameter type: <Counter> current unconfig group number in
- counter this port(ADSL,PVC)
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1393

63 IGMP Status Commands

63.5 IGMP Channel Protocol Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the IGMP protocol statistics for an IGMP channel

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show igmp channel protocol [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 63.5-1 "IGMP Channel Protocol Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: identification of the port, vlanport
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / or virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

1394 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 63 IGMP Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id

Command Output
Table 63.5-2 "IGMP Channel Protocol Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
tx-gmq Parameter type: <Counter> number of general queries
- counter transmitted on user interface
This element is always shown.
tx-gsq Parameter type: <Counter> number of group specific queries
- counter transmitted
This element is always shown.
rx-v1-req Parameter type: <Counter> number of V1 membership report
- counter received
This element is always shown.
rx-v2-req Parameter type: <Counter> number of V2 membership report
- counter received
This element is always shown.
rx-v3-req Parameter type: <Counter> number of V3 membership report
- counter received
This element is always shown.
rx-v2-leaves Parameter type: <Counter> number of leave messages report
- counter received
This element is always shown.
rx-valid-message Parameter type: <Counter> number of valid IGMP packets
- counter received
This element is always shown.
rx-invalid-message Parameter type: <Counter> number of invalid IGMP packets
- counter received
This element is always shown.
rx-unknown-message Parameter type: <Counter> number of unknown IGMP
- counter packets received
This element is always shown.
rx-bad-length Parameter type: <Counter> number of bad length IGMP
- counter packet received/dropped
This element is always shown.
rx-bad-ip-checksum Parameter type: <Counter> number of wrong IP checksum
- counter IGMP packet received/dropped
This element is always shown.
rx-bad-igmp-checksum Parameter type: <Counter> number of wrong IGMP
- counter checksum IGMP packets
received/dropped
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1395

63 IGMP Status Commands

63.6 IGMP package to multicast source Command

Command Description
This command shows the IGMP package to multicast source parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show igmp package-to-src [ (package-id) ]

Command Parameters
Table 63.6-1 "IGMP package to multicast source Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(package-id) Format: name used to identify the
- index of the package packages
- range: [1...1024]

Command Output
Table 63.6-2 "IGMP package to multicast source Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
group-address Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> the multicast group address
- IPv4-address This element is always shown.
source-address Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> the multicast group source
- IPv4-address address
This element is always shown.

1396 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 63 IGMP Status Commands

63.7 IGMP Group to Package Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the IGMP group to package parameters

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show igmp grp-to-package [ (mcast-addr) ]

Command Parameters
Table 63.7-1 "IGMP Group to Package Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(mcast-addr) Format: the multicast group address
- IPv4-address

Command Output
Table 63.7-2 "IGMP Group to Package Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
mcast-src-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> the multicast group source
- IPv4-address address
This element is always shown.
index Parameter type: <Igmp::PackageIndex> index used to identify the
- index of the package packages
- range: [1...1024] This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1397

63 IGMP Status Commands

63.8 Show Multicast Source Statistics Command

Multicast Source Statistics

This command shows the distribution of statistics information maintained by IGMP channels. The operator should
know the slot index(the range is 1/1/0 to 1/1/18) and the class D address (the range is 224.0.0.3 to
239.255.255.255). The following statistics objects measure the popularity of a multicast source (when and how
much the multicast channel is being watched by end users). The term "subscribe" in this context means how many
IGMP channels have a group member connected to this multicast source.
peak-nbr-subs-channels: This statistic indicates the peak number of subscribed IGMP channels for which leaf
multicast VCLs have connected to the source since the last statistics reset.
peak-time: This statistic indicates the network time, in seconds, when the peak number of subscribed IGMP
channels for the source occurred.
curr-subs-channels: This statistic indicates the current number of subscribed IGMP channels for the source.
connect-fail-counter: This statistic indicates the number of times that an attempt to create a multicast
connection has failed and the number of times that a multicast connection failure has occurred. The reason for
failure is likely because there is insufficient bandwidth in the internal backplane of the Alcatel 7302 or 7330
ISAM FTTN to transport the data traffic from the root endpoint of the network interface to the leaf endpoint of
the access interface.

Command Description
This command shows the multicast-related parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show igmp module-mcast-src [ (slot) [ mcast-addr <Igmp::MulticastAddress> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 63.8-1 "Show Multicast Source Statistics Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(slot) Format: identifies an IGMP module by
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> the logical SlotId
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
mcast-addr Parameter type: <Igmp::MulticastAddress> mcast src address in network-byte

1398 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 63 IGMP Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Format: order(big-endian)
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255)

Command Output
Table 63.8-2 "Show Multicast Source Statistics Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
peak-nbr-subs-channels Parameter type: <Counter> The peak number of subscribed
short name: - counter IGMP channels which have
pk-nr-sub-chan members connected to the source
since the last statistics reset. It is
only for those groups configured
in multicast source table.
This element is always shown.
peak-time Parameter type: <Igmp::McastSrcPeakTime> The network time indicating
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) when the peak number of
- unit: UTC subscribed IGMP channels for
the source occurred. It is only for
those groups configured in
Multicast Source Table.
This element is always shown.
curr-subs-channels Parameter type: <Gauge> Indicates the current number of
- gauge subscribed IGMP channels for
the source.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
nbr-connect-fail Parameter type: <Counter> Indicates the number of times
short name: nr-con-fail - counter that an attempt to create a
multicast connection fails.
This element is always shown.
user-success-join Parameter type: <Counter> indicates the number of times that
- counter users successfully joined a group.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1399

63 IGMP Status Commands

63.9 IGMP Module Counter Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the IGMP module counters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show igmp module counter [ (slot-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 63.9-1 "IGMP Module Counter Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(slot-index)
Type Description
Format: identifies an IGMP module by
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> the logical slot id
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number

Command Output
Table 63.9-2 "IGMP Module Counter Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
total-msg Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of messages
- counter received from users, including
IGMP messages and invalid
messages.
This element is always shown.
total-igmp-msg Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of IGMP
- counter messages, which includes join
and leave requests from users,
(both successful and
unsuccessful).
This element is always shown.
total-req Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of join requests

1400 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 63 IGMP Status Commands

name Type Description

- counter from users, which includes
successful and unsuccessful
attempts.
This element is always shown.
success-req Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of successful
- counter join requests from users which
includes new joins (which make a
new connection) and re-joins
(which already have a
connection).
This element is always shown.
unsuccess-req Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of unsuccessful
- counter new join requests from users. The
failures could be due to the
following reasons: permission
bitmap failure, bitrate failure,
lack of resource or invalid group
address.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
total-leave-req Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of leave
- counter requests from users.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
total-inval-msg Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of invalid
- counter messages from users. These
messages could be invalid for the
following reasons: invalid IGMP
message type, invalid IGMP
message CRC, invalid IGMP
message size, non-IGMP frame
received, unexpected IGMP
Query (GSQ or GMQ) received,
RFC 1483 errors, MAC layer
errors, or IP layer errors.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
num-connects Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of connects due
- counter to successful new IGMP join
requests from users.
This element is always shown.
num-disconnects Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of disconnects
- counter to users. They can be due to GSQ
or GMQ timer expiry or the
triggering of fast channel
changes.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
peak-connects-sec Parameter type: <Counter> The peak number of multicast
- counter branch connections performed
per second since the statistics
were last cleared.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
peak-disconnects-sec Parameter type: <Counter> The peak number of disconnects
- counter to users performed per second.
This element is only shown in

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1401

63 IGMP Status Commands

name Type Description

detail mode.
peak-msg-sec Parameter type: <Counter> The peak number of messages
- counter received from users per second.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
gmq Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of GMQ
- counter requests from network.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
gsq Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of GSQ
- counter requests from network.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
ovrld-app Parameter type: <Counter> The number of seconds during
- counter which module overload
protection has been applied
affecting all IGMP channels
which are terminated at the
IGMP module.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1402 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 63 IGMP Status Commands

63.10 IGMP Module Time Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the IGMP module time-related parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show igmp module time [ (slot-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 63.10-1 "IGMP Module Time Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(slot-index)
Type Description
Format: identifies an IGMP module by
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> the logical slot id
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number

Command Output
Table 63.10-2 "IGMP Module Time Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
peak-connects Parameter type: <Igmp::McastSrcPeakTime> This statistic is the network time
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) indicating when the peak number
- unit: UTC of connects performed per second
occurred.
This element is always shown.
peak-disconnects Parameter type: <Igmp::McastSrcPeakTime> The network time of when the
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) peak number of disconnects to
- unit: UTC users performed per second
occurred.
This element is always shown.
peak-msg Parameter type: <Igmp::McastSrcPeakTime> The network time of when the
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) peak number of messages

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1403

63 IGMP Status Commands

name Type Description

- unit: UTC received from users per second
occurred.
This element is always shown.
stats-intval Parameter type: <Igmp::McastSrcPeakTime> The network time, when the
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) module-wide statistics were last
- unit: UTC reset.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1404 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 63 IGMP Status Commands

63.11 IGMP Module Miscellaneous Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the IGMP module parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show igmp module miscellaneous [ (slot-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 63.11-1 "IGMP Module Miscellaneous Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(slot-index)
Type Description
Format: identifies an IGMP module by
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> the logical slot id
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number

Command Output
Table 63.11-2 "IGMP Module Miscellaneous Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
curr-root-conn Parameter type: <Gauge> The number of the connected
- gauge groups.
This element is always shown.
con-cfgd Parameter type: <Gauge> The number of the connected
- gauge groups who are configured in
multicast source table.
This element is always shown.
con-un-cfgd Parameter type: <Gauge> The number of the connected
- gauge groups who aren't configured in

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1405

63 IGMP Status Commands

name Type Description

multicast source table.
This element is always shown.
con-no-memb Parameter type: <Gauge> The number of the connected
- gauge groups who is in reserve state(no
member).
This element is always shown.

1406 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 63 IGMP Status Commands

63.12 SHub IGMP VLAN Router Port Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the status of the IGMP VLAN router ports.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show igmp shub vlan-router-port [ (vlan-id) [ network-port <Shub::NetworkPort> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 63.12-1 "SHub IGMP VLAN Router Port Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: the id of a vlan for which a
- vlan id network port is reachable
- range: [1...4093]
network-port Parameter type: <Shub::NetworkPort> the network port that is reachable
Format:
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub

Command Output
Table 63.12-2 "SHub IGMP VLAN Router Port Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
config-status Parameter type: <Vlan::VlanRouterConfigStatus> status of the router port
( static This element is always shown.
| dynamic
| static-dynamic )
Possible values:
- static : static group entry
- dynamic : dynamic entry
- static-dynamic : static dynamic entry

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1407

63 IGMP Status Commands

63.13 Shub IGMP System Status Command

Command Description
This command shows IGMP protocol statistics for the shub

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show igmp shub igs-stats [ (vlan-id) ]

Command Parameters
Table 63.13-1 "Shub IGMP System Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: for which IGMP snooping
- vlan id statistics are displayed
- range: [1...4093]

Command Output
Table 63.13-2 "Shub IGMP System Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
rx-gmq Parameter type: <SignedInteger> number of queries received by
- a signed integer the snooping switch
This element is always shown.
rx-gsq Parameter type: <SignedInteger> number of group queries received
- a signed integer by the snoop switch
This element is always shown.
rx-gmq-gsq Parameter type: <SignedInteger> number of group,source queries
- a signed integer received by switch
This element is always shown.
rx-igmp-reports Parameter type: <SignedInteger> number of IGMPv1/IGMPv2
- a signed integer membership reports received
This element is always shown.
rx-igmp-v3-reports Parameter type: <SignedInteger> number of IGMPv3 mem-reports
- a signed integer received by snoop switch
This element is always shown.
rx-igmp-v3-is-in-msgs Parameter type: <SignedInteger> number of IGMPv3 mem-reports
- a signed integer of type IS_IN received
This element is always shown.

1408 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 63 IGMP Status Commands

name Type Description

rx-igmp-v3-is-ex-msgs
rx-igmp-v3-to-in-msgs
rx-igmp-v3-to-ex-msgs
rx-igmp-v3-allow-msgs
rx-igmp-v3-block-msgs
rx-igmp-leaves
tx-gmq
tx-gsq
tx-igmp-reports
tx-igmp-v3-reports
tx-igmp-leaves
tx-igmp-drop-pkts
Parameter type: <SignedInteger>
- a signed integer
Parameter type: <SignedInteger>
- a signed integer
Parameter type: <SignedInteger>
- a signed integer
Parameter type: <SignedInteger>
- a signed integer
Parameter type: <SignedInteger>
- a signed integer
Parameter type: <SignedInteger>
- a signed integer
Parameter type: <SignedInteger>
- a signed integer
Parameter type: <SignedInteger>
- a signed integer
Parameter type: <SignedInteger>
- a signed integer
Parameter type: <SignedInteger>
- a signed integer
Parameter type: <SignedInteger>
- a signed integer
Parameter type: <SignedInteger>
- a signed integer
number of IGMPv3 mem-reports
of type IS_EX received
This element is always shown.
number of IGMPv3 mem-reports
of type TO_IN received
This element is always shown.
number of IGMPv3 mem-reports
of type TO_EX received
This element is always shown.
number of IGMPv3 mem-reports
of type ALLOW received
This element is always shown.
number of IGMPv3 mem-reports
of type BLOCK received
This element is always shown.
number of IGMPv2 leave
messages received by switch
This element is always shown.
gen query transmitted by the
switch when it is a querier
This element is always shown.
number of group specific queries
transmitted
This element is always shown.
number of IGMPv1/IGMPv2
membership reports
This element is always shown.
number of IGMPV3 membership
reports
This element is always shown.
number of IGMPv2 leave
messages
This element is always shown.
number of erroneous IGMP
packets dropped
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1409

63 IGMP Status Commands

63.14 Shub IGMP CAC System Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the CAC system-related parameters and statistics.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show igmp shub system-stats

Command Output
Table 63.14-2 "Shub IGMP CAC System Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
used-bw-grt Parameter type: <Igmp::OccupyBWGuranteed> bandwidth occupied by the all
short name: bw-grt - bandwidth occupied by all active guaranteed channels active guaranteed channels
- unit: kbps This element is always shown.
used-chan-grt Parameter type: <Igmp::OccupyGuaranteedChannel> number of active guaranteed
short name: chan-grt - a signed integer channels connected to lanx
This element is always shown.
used-bw-no-grt Parameter type: <Igmp::OccupyBWNonGuranteed> bandwidth occupied by the all
short name: bw-no-grt - bandwidth occupied by all active non-guaranteed channels active non-guaranteed channels
- unit: kbps This element is always shown.
used-chan-no-grt Parameter type: <Igmp::OccupyNonGuaranteedChannel> number of active non-guaranteed
short name: chan-no-grt - a signed integer channels connected to lanx
This element is always shown.
jn-reject-bw Parameter type: <Counter> the number of joins rejected for
- counter non-guaranteed channels
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
jn-reject-chan Parameter type: <Counter> number of multicast joins
- counter rejected for the
non-guaranteed/non-configured
channels
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
jn-reject-uncfg Parameter type: <Counter> count of joins rejected for
- counter non-configured multicast source
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
active-non-rate-based Parameter type: <Igmp::ActiveNonConfMulticastEntries> number of active non configured
- a signed integer multicast entries, include

1410 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 63 IGMP Status Commands

name Type Description

dynamic and static mc stream
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1411

63 IGMP Status Commands

63.15 Shub IGMP CAC Multicast Sources Status

Command

Command Description
Show the Multicast channel statistics maintained by SHub for CAC functionality.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show igmp shub mcast-stats [ (src) [ vlan-id <Igmp::McastSrcVLANID> ] [ ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 63.15-1 "Shub IGMP CAC Multicast Sources Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(src) Format: mcast src address in network-byte
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255) order(big-endian)
vlan-id Parameter type: <Igmp::McastSrcVLANID> vlan for this multicast source
Format:
- VLAN for this multicast source
- range: [1...4093]
ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> ip address of the multicast server
Format: in network-byte order
- IPv4-address (big-enaian)

Command Output
Table 63.15-2 "Shub IGMP CAC Multicast Sources Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
fail-join Parameter type: <Counter> number of multicast joins
- counter rejected of all un-configured and
un-guaranteed
This element is always shown.
fail-sys-bw Parameter type: <Counter> number of multicast joins
- counter rejected since bandwidth is not
available at the system
This element is always shown.
fail-bundle-bw Parameter type: <Counter> number of multicast joins

1412 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 63 IGMP Status Commands

name Type Description

- counter rejected since bandwidth is not
available in the bundle
This element is always shown.
fail-sys-chan Parameter type: <Counter> number of multicast joins
- counter rejected since system max
connections has reached
This element is always shown.
fail-bundle-chan Parameter type: <Counter> number of multicast joins
- counter rejected since bundle max
connections has reached
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1413

63 IGMP Status Commands

63.16 Shub IGMP CAC Bundle Status Command

Command Description
Show the Multicast Bundle statistics maintained by LANX for CAC functionality.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show igmp shub bundle-stats [ (bundle-name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 63.16-1 "Shub IGMP CAC Bundle Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(bundle-name) Format: name of this bundle
- the name of the bundle
- length: x<=32

Command Output
Table 63.16-2 "Shub IGMP CAC Bundle Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
jn-reject-bw Parameter type: <Counter> number of multicast joins
short name: reject-bw - counter rejected since bandwidth is not
available in the bundle
This element is always shown.
jn-reject-chan Parameter type: <Counter> number of multicast joins
short name: reject-chan - counter rejected since bundle max
connections has reached
This element is always shown.
used-bw-grt Parameter type: <Igmp::bundleOccupiedBWGuranteed> total bandwidth currently
short name: bw-grt - bandwidth occupied by all active guaranteed channels occupied by guaranteed channels
- unit: kbps This element is always shown.
used-chan-grt Parameter type: <Igmp::bundleOccupiedGuaranteed> number of guaranteed channels
short name: chan-grt - a signed integer that are active in that bundle
This element is always shown.
used-bw-no-grt Parameter type: <Igmp::bundleOccupiedBWNonGuranteed> total bandwidth currently
short name: bw-no-grt - bandwidth occupied by all active non-guaranteed channels occupied by unguaranteed
- unit: kbps channels
This element is always shown.

1414 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 63 IGMP Status Commands

name Type Description

used-chan-no-grt Parameter type: <Igmp::bundleOccupiedNonGuaranteed> number of unguaranteed channels
short name: chan-no-grt - a signed integer that are active in that bundle
This element is always shown.
chan-associate Parameter type: <Igmp::bundleChannelAssociatedCount> number of multicast channels that
- a signed integer are configured in the bundle
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1415

63 IGMP Status Commands

63.17 Shub IGMP CAC Bundle to Source Command

Command Description
This command shows the CAC Bundle to multicast source parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show igmp shub bundle-to-src [ (bundle-name) [ class-d-addr <Igmp::MulticastAddress> ] [ vlan-id

<Igmp::McastSrcVLANID> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 63.17-1 "Shub IGMP CAC Bundle to Source Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(bundle-name) Format: name of this bundle
- the name of the bundle
- length: x<=32
class-d-addr Parameter type: <Igmp::MulticastAddress> mcast src address in network-byte
Format: order(big-endian)
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255)
vlan-id Parameter type: <Igmp::McastSrcVLANID> vlan for this multicast source
Format:
- VLAN for this multicast source
- range: [1...4093]

Command Output
Table 63.17-2 "Shub IGMP CAC Bundle to Source Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> ip address of the multicast server
- IPv4-address in network-byte order
(big-endian)
This element is always shown.

1416 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

64- Transport Status Commands

64.1 Transport Status Command Tree 64-1418

64.2 ICMP Status Command 64-1419
64.3 IP Address Status Command 64-1422
64.4 IP Statistics 64-1424
64.5 IP Route Status Command 64-1427
64.6 IP Net-to-media Status Command 64-1429
64.7 SNMP Protocol Statistics Command 64-1430
64.8 SNMP Engine Status Command 64-1433
64.9 System Status Command 64-1434
64.10 UDP Status Command 64-1435
64.11 UDP Listener Status Command 64-1436
64.12 Ethernet Dot3 Status Command 64-1437
64.13 Interface MAU Status Command 64-1441
64.14 SFP status commands 64-1444
64.15 SHub Ethernet Dot3 Status Command 64-1446
64.16 SHub Dot3 Control Status Command 64-1447
64.17 SHub Dot3 Pause Status Command 64-1448
64.18 SHub Ethernet Dot3 Status Command 64-1450
64.19 SHub L2 Filter Status Command 64-1454
64.20 SHub Rate Status Command 64-1456
64.21 Interface MAU Status Command 64-1458
64.22 Ethernet Lt Dot3 Status Command 64-1462

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1417

64 Transport Status Commands

64.1 Transport Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Transport Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----transport
----icmp
----ip-address
- (address)
----ip-parameters
----ip-route
- (destination)
----ip-net-to-media
- (interface-name)
- network-addr
----snmp
----protocol-stats
----engine
----system-parameters
----udp-parameters
----udp
- (local-address)
- local-port
----ether-dot3
- (stats-index)
----ether-ifmau
- (if-index)
- index
----ether-ifsfplt
- (if-index)
- index
----shub
----dot3-coll
- (if-index)
- coll-count
----dot3-control
- (stats-index)
----dot3-pause
- (stats-index)
----dot3-status
- (stats-index)
----mac
- (index-num)
----rate
- (port)
----ether-ifmault
- (if-index)
- index
----ether-dot3lt
- (stats-index)

1418 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 64 Transport Status Commands

64.2 ICMP Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the ICMP parameter, which gives a count of how many ICMP messages an entity
receives(including errors also).This errors determine the number of ICMP specific errors in the ICMP messages.
The ICMP parameter uses a list for the numbers of messages that did not reach the destination, time exceeded
messages,parameter problem messages received, source quench messages, redirect messages, echo request and
reply messages, time stamp request and reply messages, address mask request and reply messages, messages which
the entity attempted to send including the error messages and messages which the entity did not send due to the
problems like lack of buffer.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show transport icmp

Command Output
Table 64.2-2 "ICMP Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name
rx-total-msgs
rx-err-msgs
rx-dest-unreach-msgs
rx-time-exceed-msgs
rx-param-problem-msgs
rx-src-quench-msgs
rx-redirect-msgs
Type Description
Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of ICMP
- counter messages which the entity
received(includes errors also).
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of ICMP messages
- counter which the entity received but
determined as having
ICMP-specific errors.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of ICMP destination
- counter unreachable messages received.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of ICMP time
- counter exceeded messages received.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of ICMP parameter
- counter problem messages received.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of ICMP source
- counter quench messages received.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of ICMP Redirect

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1419

64 Transport Status Commands
name
rx-echo-req-msgs
rx-echo-reply-msgs
rx-timestamp-req-msgs
rx-timestamp-reply
rx-addr-mask-req-msgs
rx-addr-mask-reply
tx-total-msgs
not-tx-err-msgs
tx-dest-unreach-msgs
tx-time-exceed-msgs
tx-param-problem-msgs
tx-src-quench-msgs
tx-redirect-msgs
tx-echo-req-msgs
tx-echo-reply-msgs
tx-timestamp-req-msgs
tx-timestamp-reply
1420 Released
Type Description
- counter messages received.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of ICMP echo
- counter (request) messages received.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of ICMP Echo Reply
- counter messages received.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of ICMP time stamp
- counter (request) messages received.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of ICMP timestamp
- counter reply messages received.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of ICMP address
- counter mask request messages received.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of ICMP address
- counter mask reply messages received.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of ICMP
- counter messages which was attempted to
send.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of ICMP messages
- counter which this entity did not send due
to problems discovered within
ICMP such as a lack of buffers.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of ICMP Destination
- counter Unreachable messages sent.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of ICMP Time
- counter Exceeded messages sent.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of ICMP Parameter
- counter Problem messages sent.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of ICMP source
- counter quench messages sent.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of ICMP Redirect
- counter messages sent. For a host, this
object will always be zero, since
hosts do not send redirects.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of ICMP echo
- counter request messages sent.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of ICMP Echo Reply
- counter messages sent.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of ICMP timestamp
- counter request messages sent.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of ICMP timestamp
- counter reply messages sent.
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

name
tx-addr-mask-req-msgs
tx-addr-mask-reply
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
64 Transport Status Commands
Type Description
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of ICMP Address
- counter Mask Request messages sent.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of ICMP Address
- counter Mask Reply messages sent.
This element is always shown.
Released 1421
64 Transport Status Commands

64.3 IP Address Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the IP address parameter that holds the addressing information for one of this entity's IP
addresses.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show transport ip-address [ (address) ]

Command Parameters
Table 64.3-1 "IP Address Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(address) Format: ip address where addressing
- IPv4-address information pertains

Command Output
Table 64.3-2 "IP Address Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ifindex Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Uniquely identifies the interface
- a signed integer to which this is applicable.
This element is always shown.
subnet-mask Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> The subnet mask associated with
- IPv4-address the IP address.
This element is always shown.
bcast-addr Parameter type: <SignedInteger> The broadcast address used for
- a signed integer sending datagrams on the
(logical) interface associated with
the IP address
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
reas-max-size Parameter type: <Transport::IpAdEntReasmMaxSize> The size of the largest IP
- size of the largest reassembled IP datagram datagram which this entity can
- range: [0...65535] re-assemble from incoming IP
fragmented datagrams received
on this interface.
This element is only shown in

1422 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 64 Transport Status Commands

name Type Description

detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1423

64 Transport Status Commands
64.4 IP Statistics
Command Description
This command displays the IP statistics.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show transport ip-parameters
Command Output
Specific Information
name
rx-total-datagrams
in-hdr-err-data
in-addr-err-data
forwarded-datagrams
rx-unknown-proto-data
1424 Released
Table 64.4-2 "IP Statistics" Display parameters
Type Description
Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of input
- counter datagrams received from
interfaces, including those
received in error.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of input datagrams
- counter discarded due to errors in their IP
headers, including bad
checksums, version number
mismatch, other format errors,
time-to-live exceeded, errors
discovered in processing their IP
options, etc.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of input datagrams
- counter discarded because the IP address
in their IP header's destination
field was not a valid address to be
received at this entity.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of input datagrams
- counter for which this entity was not their
final IP destination, as a result of
which an attempt was made to
find a route to forward them to
that final destination.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of locally-addressed
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
 64 Transport Status Commands

name Type Description

- counter datagrams received successfully
but discarded because of an
unknown or unsupported
protocol.
This element is always shown.
discard-in-data Parameter type: <Counter> The number of input IP
- counter datagrams for which no problems
were encountered to prevent their
continued processing, but which
were discarded (e.g., for lack of
buffer space).
This element is always shown.
tot-deliv-in-data Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of input
- counter datagrams successfully delivered
to IP user-protocols (including
ICMP).
This element is always shown.
tot-out-req-data Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of IP datagrams
- counter which local IP user-protocols
(including ICMP) supplied to IP
in requests for transmission.
This element is always shown.
discard-out-data Parameter type: <Counter> The number of output IP
- counter datagrams for which no problem
was encountered to prevent their
transmission to their destination,
but which were discarded (e.g.,
for lack of buffer space).
This element is always shown.
out-no-route-datagrams Parameter type: <Counter> The number of IP datagrams
- counter discarded because no route could
be found to transmit them to their
destination.
This element is always shown.
timeout-reassem Parameter type: <SignedInteger> The maximum number of
- a signed integer seconds which received
fragments are held while they are
awaiting reassembly at this
entity.
This element is always shown.
reassem-req-data Parameter type: <Counter> The number of IP fragments
- counter received which needed to be
reassembled at this entity.
This element is always shown.
reassem-success-data Parameter type: <Counter> The number of IP datagrams
- counter successfully re-assembled.
This element is always shown.
reassem-fail-data Parameter type: <Counter> The number of failures detected
- counter by the IP re-assembly algorithm
This element is always shown.
frag-success-data Parameter type: <Counter> The number of IP datagrams that
- counter have been successfully
fragmented at this entity.
This element is always shown.
frag-fail-data Parameter type: <Counter> The number of IP datagrams that
- counter have been discarded because they
needed to be fragmented at this

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1425

64 Transport Status Commands

name Type Description

gener-frag-data
discard-rout-entrs
entity but could not be, e.g.,
because their Don't Fragment flag
was set.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of IP datagram
- counter fragments that have been
generated as a result of
fragmentation at this entity.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of routing entries
- counter which were chosen to be
discarded even though they are
valid.
This element is always shown.

1426 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 64 Transport Status Commands

64.5 IP Route Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the IP routing statistics.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show transport ip-route [ (destination) ]

Command Parameters
Table 64.5-1 "IP Route Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(destination) Format: destination IP address of this
- IPv4-address route

Command Output
Table 64.5-2 "IP Route Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
routing-mechanism Parameter type: <Transport::ipRouteProto> The routing mechanism via
( other which this route was learned.
| local This element is always shown.
| netmgmt
| icmp
| egp
| ggp
| hello
| rip
| is-is
| es-is
| cisco-igrp
| bbn-spf-igp
| ospf
| bgp )
Possible values:
- other : entry is created via the BOOTP protocol
- local : manually configured
- netmgmt : entry is created via the SNMP protocol
- icmp : obtained via ICMP

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1427

64 Transport Status Commands

name Type Description

- egp : egp protocol
- ggp : ggp protocol
- hello : hello protocol
- rip : rip protocol
- is-is : is-is protocol
- es-is : es-is protocol
- cisco-igrp : ciscoIgrp protocol
- bbn-spf-igp : bbnSpfIgp protocol
- ospf : ospf protocol
- bgp : bgp protocol
info Parameter type: <SymbolicObject> A reference to MIB definitions
- an object identifier specific to the particular routing
protocol which is responsible for
this route.
This element is always shown.

1428 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 64 Transport Status Commands

64.6 IP Net-to-media Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the status of net-to-media.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show transport ip-net-to-media [ (interface-name) [ network-addr <Ip::V4AddressHex> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 64.6-1 "IP Net-to-media Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(interface-name) Format: name of the interface
eth1
Possible values:
- eth1 : control interface
network-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4AddressHex> ip addr corresponding to
Format: media-dependent physical addr
- IPv4-address

Command Output
Table 64.6-2 "IP Net-to-media Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
phy-addr Parameter type: <Sys::MacAddr> media-dependent physical addr
- a mac-address (example : 01:02:03:04:05:06) This element is always shown.
- length: 6
type Parameter type: <Transport::ipNetToMediaType> type of mapping
( other This element is always shown.
| invalid
| dynamic
| static )
Possible values:
- other : none of the following
- invalid : invalidating the corresponding entry
- dynamic : dynamic mapping
- static : static mapping

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1429

64 Transport Status Commands

64.7 SNMP Protocol Statistics Command

Command Description
This command displays the statistics related to the SNMP protocol.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show transport snmp protocol-stats

Command Output
Table 64.7-2 "SNMP Protocol Statistics Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
in-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- counter SNMP packets.
This element is always shown.
out-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of transmitted
- counter SNMP packets.
This element is always shown.
in-get-requests Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- counter SNMP get requests.
This element is always shown.
out-get-requests Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of transmitted
- counter SNMP get requests.
This element is always shown.
in-get-next-requests Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- counter SNMP get-next requests.
This element is always shown.
out-get-next-requests Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of transmitted
- counter get-next requests .
This element is always shown.
in-set-requests Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- counter SNMP set requests.
This element is always shown.
out-set-requests Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of transmitted
- counter SNMP set requests.
This element is always shown.
in-get-responses Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- counter SNMP get responses.
This element is always shown.
out-get-responses Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of transmitted

1430 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 64 Transport Status Commands

name Type Description

- counter SNMP get responsesG.
This element is always shown.
in-traps Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- counter SNMP traps.
This element is always shown.
out-traps Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of tranmitted
- counter SNMP traps.
This element is always shown.
success-get-objects Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of successfully
- counter read SNMP objects.
This element is always shown.
success-set-objects Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of successfully
- counter altered objects.
This element is always shown.
in-too-bigs Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- counter SNMP packets with tooBig
error-status.
This element is always shown.
out-too-bigs Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of transmitted
- counter SNMP packets with tooBig
error-status.
This element is always shown.
in-no-such-names Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- counter SNMP packets with
noSuchName error-status.
This element is always shown.
out-no-such-names Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of transmitted
- counter SNMP packets with
noSuchName error-status.
This element is always shown.
in-bad-values Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- counter SNMP packets with badValue
error-status.
This element is always shown.
out-bad-values Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of transmitted
- counter SNMP packets with badValue
error-status.
This element is always shown.
in-gen-errors Parameter type: <Counter> The total number received SNMP
- counter packts with genErr error-status.
This element is always shown.
out-gen-errors Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of transmitted
- counter SNMP packets with genErr
error-status.
This element is always shown.
in-read-only-s Parameter type: <Counter> The total number received SNMP
- counter packets with readOnly
error-status.
This element is always shown.
in-bad-versions Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- counter SNMP packets with a bad SNMP
version.
This element is always shown.
in-unknown-communities Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- counter SNMP packets with an unknown
community name.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1431

64 Transport Status Commands
name
in-bad-communities
in-asn1-errors
in-unknown-contexts
in-bad-security-levels
in-not-in-time-windows
in-unknown-users
in-unknown-engines
in-wrong-digests
in-decrypt-errors
in-unknown-models
in-invalids
in-unknown-pdu-types
1432 Released
Type Description
Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- counter SNMP packets with an operation
not allowed for the specified
community..
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- counter SNMP packets with ASN.1
coding errors.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- counter SNMP packets targetted to a
wrong context.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- counter SNMP packets with an invalid
security-level.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- counter SNMP packets outside the
allowed time-window.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- counter SNMP packets with an unknown
user name.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- counter SNMP packets with an unknown
engine-id.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- counter SNMP packets with a wrong
authentication digest.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- counter SNMP packets that could not be
decrypted.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> nbr of pkts rx which referred an
- counter unknown model
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of received invalid
- counter SNMP messages.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of received SNMP
- counter packets with an unknown PDU
type.
This element is always shown.
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
 64 Transport Status Commands

64.8 SNMP Engine Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the status of the SNMP engine.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show transport snmp engine

Command Output
Table 64.8-2 "SNMP Engine Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
engine-id Parameter type: <Snmp::EngineID> the unique identifier for the
- SNMP Engine Identifier SNMP engine
- length: 5<=x<=32 This element is always shown.
boot-cnt Parameter type: <Snmp::EngineBoots> the number of times the SNMP
- SNMP Engine Boots engine booted.
- range: [1...2147483647] This element is always shown.
up-time Parameter type: <Snmp::EngineTime> the number of seconds since the
- SNMP Engine Time last boot
- range: [1...2147483647] This element is always shown.
max-message-size Parameter type: <Snmp::MessageSize> the maximum length for an
- SNMP Message Size SNMP message for this engine
- range: [484...2147483647] This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1433

64 Transport Status Commands

64.9 System Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the system statistics.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show transport system-parameters

Command Output
Table 64.9-2 "System Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
description Parameter type: <Transport::sysDescr> A textual description which
- a printable string include's the full name and
- length: x<=255 version identification of the
system's hardware type, software
operating-system, and
networking software.
This element is always shown.
object-id Parameter type: <Object> The vendor's authoritative
- an object identifier identification of the network
management subsystem
contained in the entity. This value
is allocated within the SMI
enterprises subtree (1.3.6.1.4.1)
and provides an easy and
unambiguous means for
determining `what kind of box' is
being managed.
This element is always shown.
up-time Parameter type: <TimeTicks> The time since the network
- a timeout value management portion of the
- unit: msec system was last re-initialized.
This element is always shown.
services Parameter type: <Transport::SysServices> A value which indicates the set of
- set of services services that this entity primarily
- unit: milisec offers.
- range: [0...127] This element is always shown.

1434 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 64 Transport Status Commands

64.10 UDP Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the parameters that keep track of the number of UDP datagrams delivered to the UDP user
and also the number of errors that occurred. Implementation of the UDP group is mandatory for all systems that
implement the UDP.
The total number of UDP datagrams delivered to UDP users is given by the total-delivered-datagrams parameter.
The no-port parameter gives the total number of received UDP datagrams for which there was no application at
the destination port. The err-datagrams parameter gives the number of received UDP datagrams that could not be
delivered for reasons other than the lack of an application at the destination port. The total-datagrams parameter
gives the total number of UDP datagrams sent from this entity.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show transport udp-parameters

Command Output
Table 64.10-2 "UDP Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
tot-deliv-data Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of UDP
- counter datagrams delivered to UDP
users.
This element is always shown.
rx-tot-no-port-data Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- counter UDP datagrams for which there
was no application at the
destination port.
This element is always shown.
rx-err-datagrams Parameter type: <Counter> The number of received UDP
- counter datagrams that could not be
delivered for reasons other than
the lack of an application at the
destination port.
This element is always shown.
tx-total-datagrams Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of UDP
- counter datagrams sent from this entity.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1435

64 Transport Status Commands

64.11 UDP Listener Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the UDP listener table that contains information about this entity's UDP end-points on
which a local application is currently accepting datagrams.
The local IP address for this UDP listener is given by the local-address parameter. In the case of a UDP listener
which is willing to accept datagrams for any IP interface associated with the node, the value 0.0.0.0 is used. The
local port number for this UDP listener is given by local-port parameter.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show transport udp [ (local-address) [ local-port <Transport::UdpLocalPort> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 64.11-1 "UDP Listener Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(local-address) Format: local IP address for this UDP
- IPv4-address listener
local-port Parameter type: <Transport::UdpLocalPort> local port number for this UDP
Format: listener
- udp local port number
- range: [0...65535]

1436 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 64 Transport Status Commands

64.12 Ethernet Dot3 Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the Statistics for a collection of Ethernet-like interfaces attached to a particular system.
There will be one row in this table for each Ethernet-like interface in the system. The parameter stats-index gives
an index value that uniquely identifies an interface to an Ethernet-like medium.
The alignment-error parameter gives a count of frames received on a particular interface that are not an integral
number of octets in length and do not pass the FCS check. The count represented by an instance of this object is
incremented when the alignmentError status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC. This counter does not
increment for 8-bit wide group encoding schemes. Discontinuities in the value of this counter can occur at
re-initialization of the management system.
The fcs-error parameter gives a count of frames received on a particular interface that are an integral number of
octets in length, but do not pass the FCS check. This count does not include frames received with frame-too-long or
frame-too-short error.
The single-collision-frame parameter gives a count of successfully transmitted frames on a particular interface for
which transmission is inhibited by exactly one collision. This counter does not increment when the interface is
operating in full-duplex mode. The multiple-collision-frame gives a count of successfully transmitted frames on a
particular interface for which transmission is inhibited by more than one collision. This counter also does not
increment when the interface is operating in full-duplex mode.
The deferred-transmission parameter gives a count of frames for which the first transmission attempt on a
particular interface is delayed because the medium is busy. The count represented by an instance of this object
does not include frames involved in collisions. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating in
full-duplex mode.
The late-collision parameter gives the number of times that a collision is detected on a particular interface later
than one slotTime into the transmission of a packet. A (late) collision included in a count represented by an
instance of this object is also considered as a (generic) collision for purposes of other collision-related statistics.
This counter does not increment when the interface is operating in full-duplex mode.
The excessive-collision parameter gives a count of frames for which transmission on a particular interface fails due
to excessive collisions. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating in full-duplex mode.
The internal-mac-tx-error parameter gives a count of frames for which transmission on a particular interface fails
due to an internal MAC sublayer transmit error. A frame is only counted by an instance of this object if it is not
counted by the corresponding instance of either the late collisions object, the excessive collisions object, or the
carrier sense errors object. The precise meaning of the count represented by an instance of this object is
implementation-specific. In particular, an instance of this object may represent a count of transmission errors on a
particular interface that are not otherwise counted.
The frame-too-long parameter gives a count of frames received on a particular interface that exceed the maximum
permitted frame size. The count represented by an instance of this object is incremented when the frameTooLong
status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC.
The internal-mac-rx-error parameter gives a count of frames for which reception on a particular interface fails due
to an internal MAC sublayer receive error. A frame is only counted by an instance of this object if it is not counted
by the corresponding instance of either the frame toolongs object, the alignment errors object, or the FCS errors
object. The precise meaning of the count represented by an instance of this object is implementation-specific. In
particular, an instance of this object may represent a count of receive errors on a particular interface that are not
otherwise counted.
The duplex-status parameter is the mandatory mode of operation of the MAC entity. 'unknown' indicates that the
mandatory duplex mode could not be determined. Management control of the duplex mode is accomplished through
the MAU MIB. When an interface does not support auto-negotiation, or when auto-negotiation is not enabled, the
duplex mode is controlled using MAU default type. When auto-negotiation is supported and enabled, duplex mode

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1437

64 Transport Status Commands

is controlled using if MAU auto-negotiation advertised bits. In either case, the mandatory operating duplex mode is
reflected both in this object and in ifMauType.
14 ethernet ports are supported.
Port 1 : Internal port used for management
Port 2 : External port used for management
Port 3 : Used for Layer 2 Control Protocol traffic to BRAS
Ports 4-14 : Not used

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show transport ether-dot3 [ (stats-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 64.12-1 "Ethernet Dot3 Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(stats-index) Format: index of the interface to an
<Eqpt::EthernetId> ethernet-like medium
Field type <Eqpt::EthernetId>
- ehternet id

Command Output
Table 64.12-2 "Ethernet Dot3 Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
align-err Parameter type: <Counter> A count of frames received on a
- counter particular interface that are not an
integral number of octets in
length and do not pass the FCS
check.
This element is always shown.
fcs-err Parameter type: <Counter> A count of frames received on a
- counter particular interface that are not an
integral number of octets in
length and do not pass the FCS
check.
This element is always shown.
single-coll-frame Parameter type: <Counter> A count of successfully
- counter transmitted frames on a particular
interface for which transmission
is inhibited by exactly one
collision.
This element is always shown.
multiple-coll-frame Parameter type: <Counter> A count of successfully

1438 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 64 Transport Status Commands

name Type Description

- counter transmitted frames on a particular
interface for which transmission
is inhibited by more than one
collision.
This element is always shown.
deferred-trans Parameter type: <Counter> A count of frames for which the
- counter first transmission attempt on a
particular interface is delayed
because the medium is busy. The
count represented by an instance
of this object does not include
frames involved in collisions.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
late-coll Parameter type: <Counter> The number of times that a
- counter collision is detected on a
particular interface later than one
slot Time into the transmission of
a packet.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
excessive-coll Parameter type: <Counter> A count of frames for which
- counter transmission on a particular
interface fails due to excessive
collisions.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
internal-mac-tx-err Parameter type: <Counter> A count of frames for which
- counter transmission on a particular
interface fails due to an internal
MAC sublayer transmit error.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
frame-too-long Parameter type: <Counter> A count of frames received on a
- counter particular interface that exceed
the maximum permitted frame
size.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
internal-mac-rx-err Parameter type: <Counter> A count of frames for which
- counter reception on a particular interface
fails due to an internal MAC
sublayer receive error.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
duplex-status Parameter type: <Ether::Dot3DuplexStatus> Specifies the mode of operation
( unknown of the MAC.
| half-duplex This element is only shown in
| full-duplex ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- unknown : Unknown type
- half-duplex : half duples mode
- full-duplex : full duplex mode
sym-err Parameter type: <Counter> The number of times there was an
- counter invalid data symbol when a valid
carrier was present.
This element is only shown in

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1439

64 Transport Status Commands

name Type Description

detail mode.

1440 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 64 Transport Status Commands

64.13 Interface MAU Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the Ethernet MAU parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show transport ether-ifmau [ (if-index) [ index <Transport::Index> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 64.13-1 "Interface MAU Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface to which the MAU is
- port to which the MAU is connected connected
- range: [1...2147483647]
index Parameter type: <Transport::Index> identify MAU, among others
Format: connected to same interface
- port to which the MAU is connected
- range: [1...2147483647]

Command Output
Table 64.13-2 "Interface MAU Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Ether::MAUType> Specifies the MAU type. If the
( 10baset MAU type is unknown, then
| 100basetxhd unknown Mac type will be
| 100basetxfd returned. If the MAU is a link or
| 100basefxhd fiber type then media-available is
| 100basefxfd equivalent to the link test fail
| 1000basexhd state/low light function. For an
| 1000basexfd AUI or a coax (including
| 1000baselxhd broadband) MAU this indicates
| 1000baselxfd whether or not loopback is
| 1000basesxhd detected on the DI circuit. The
| 1000basesxfd value of this attribute persists
| 1000basethd between packets for MAU types
| 1000basetfd ) AUI, 10BASE5, 10BASE2,

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1441

64 Transport Status Commands

name Type Description

Possible values: 10BROAD36, and 10BASE-FP.
- 10baset : UTP MAU This element is always shown.
- 100basetxhd : 2 pair cat. 5 UTP half duplex
- 100basetxfd : 2 pair cat. 5 UTP full duplex
- 100basefxhd : X fiber over PMT half duplex
- 100basefxfd : X fiber over PMT full duplex
- 1000basexhd : PCS/PMA,unknown PMD, half duplex
- 1000basexfd : PCS/PMA,unknown PMD, full duplex
- 1000baselxhd : fiber over long-wavelength laser half
duplex
- 1000baselxfd : fiber over long-wavelength laser full duplex
- 1000basesxhd : fiber over short-wavelength laser half
duplex
- 1000basesxfd : fiber over short-wavelength laser full
duplex
- 1000basethd : four-pair cat. 5 UTP over short-wavelength
laser half duplex
- 1000basetfd : four-pair cat. 5 UTP over short-wavelength
laser full duplex
media-available Parameter type: <Transport::MauAvailable> Specifies whether the media is
( other availble for the MAU or not.
| unknown This element is always shown.
| available
| not-available
| remote-fault
| invalid-signal
| remote-jabber
| remote-link-loss
| remote-test
| off-line
| auto-neg-error )
Possible values:
- other : MAU in other state
- unknown : MAU's true state is unknown
- available :
- not-available : MAU is fully functional
- remote-fault : power down
- invalid-signal : reset the MAU
- remote-jabber : power down
- remote-link-loss : power down
- remote-test : power down
- off-line : power down
- auto-neg-error : power down
med-avail-state-exits Parameter type: <Counter> A count of the number of times
- counter that Mau-Media available for this
MAU instance leaves the state
available.
This element is always shown.
jabbar-state Parameter type: <Transport::MauJabber> The jabbar-state indicates
( other whether this entity is jabbering,
| unknown not jabbering, unknown or other
| no-jabber state.
| jabbering ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- other : if not in any state
- unknown : MAU's true state is unknown
- no-jabber : MAU not jabbering

1442 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


name
jabbering-state-enters
false-carriers
auto-neg-supported
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
64 Transport Status Commands
Type Description
- jabbering : MAU is jabbering
Parameter type: <Counter> A count of the number of times
- counter that jabber-state for this MAU
instance enters the state
jabbering.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> A count of the number of false
- counter carrier events during IDLE in
100BASE-X and 1000BASE-X
links. For all other MAU types,
this counter will always indicate
zero. This counter does not
increment at the symbol rate.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Ether::TruthValue> Specifies whether or not
( true auto-negotiation is supported on
| false ) this MAU.
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- true : autonegotiation is supported
- false : autonegotiation is not supported
Released 1443
64 Transport Status Commands

64.14 SFP status commands

Command Description
This command displays the Ethernet SFP parameters

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show transport ether-ifsfplt [ (if-index) [ index <Transport::Index> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 64.14-1 "SFP status commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the sfp
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
index Parameter type: <Transport::Index> identify sfp, among others
Format: connected to same interface
- port to which the MAU is connected
- range: [1...2147483647]

Command Output
Table 64.14-2 "SFP status commands" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
sfp-type Parameter type: <Transport::SFPType> indicates the type of the sfp
( 1000base-sx This element is always shown.
| 1000base-lx
| 1000base-cx
| 1000base-t
| 100base-sx

1444 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 64 Transport Status Commands

name Type Description

| 100base-lx
| 100base-bx
| reserved
| unknown )
Possible values:
- 1000base-sx : 1000BASE-SX
- 1000base-lx : 1000BASE-LX
- 1000base-cx : 1000BASE-CX
- 1000base-t : 1000BASE-T
- 100base-sx : 100BASE-SX
- 100base-lx : 100BASE-LX
- 100base-bx : 100BASE-BX
- reserved : reserved
- unknown : status can not be determined forsome reason
sfp-status Parameter type: <Transport::SFPstatus> identifies the status of the sfp
( operational-up This element is always shown.
| interface-down
| no-alcatel-label
| als )
Possible values:
- operational-up : SFP is operational up
- interface-down : SFP is not plugged in, interface is down
- no-alcatel-label : SFP is plugged in but in power down
because no Alcatel label
- als : SFP is plugged in but in power down because of ALS
sfp-inventory Parameter type: <Transport::SFPinventory> indicates the information of the
- specification of Sfp inventory. sfp vendor
- length: 1<=x<=128 This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1445

64 Transport Status Commands

64.15 SHub Ethernet Dot3 Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the related Dot3 collision status For SHub.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show transport shub dot3-coll [ (if-index) [ coll-count <Transport::CollisionCount> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 64.15-1 "SHub Ethernet Dot3 Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: index of the collision interface
- index of the collision interface
- range: [0...2147483647]
coll-count Parameter type: <Transport::CollisionCount> count of per-frame media
Format: collisions
- count of per-frame media collisions
- range: [0...16]

Command Output
Table 64.15-2 "SHub Ethernet Dot3 Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
frequencies Parameter type: <Counter> A count of individual MAC
- counter frames for which the transmission
(successful or otherwise) on a
particular interface occurs after
the frame has experienced exactly
the number of collisions as in
coll-count
This element is always shown.

1446 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 64 Transport Status Commands

64.16 SHub Dot3 Control Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the Dot3 control status.
The functions-supported parameter give a list of the possible MAC Control functions implemented for this
interface. The rx-unknown-opcodes parameter gives a count of MAC Control frames received on this interface that
contain an opcode that is not supported by this device.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show transport shub dot3-control [ (stats-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 64.16-1 "SHub Dot3 Control Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(stats-index) Format: index of the interface to an
<Shub::NetworkPort> ethernet-like medium
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub

Command Output
Table 64.16-2 "SHub Dot3 Control Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name
functions-supported
rx-unknown-opcodes
Type Description
Parameter type: <Ether::Dot3ControlFuncSupport> A list of the possible MAC
- printable string Control functions implemented
for this interface.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> A count of MAC Control frames
- counter received on this interface that
contain an opcode that is not
supported by this device.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1447

64 Transport Status Commands

64.17 SHub Dot3 Pause Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the Dot3 pause parameters.
The stats-index parameter gives a value that uniquely identifies an interface to an Ethernet-like medium. The
operator-mode parameter reflects the PAUSE mode in mandatory in use on this interface, as determined by either
(1) the result of the auto-negotiation function or (2) if auto-negotiation is not enabled or is not implemented for the
active MAU attached to this interface, by the value of pause admin mode.
The in-frames parameter gives a count of MAC Control frames received on this interface with an opcode indicating
the PAUSE operation. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating in half-duplex mode. The
out-frames parameter gives a count of MAC Control frames transmitted on this interface with an opcode indicating
the PAUSE operation. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating in half-duplex mode.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show transport shub dot3-pause [ (stats-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 64.17-1 "SHub Dot3 Pause Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(stats-index) Format: index of the interface to an
<Shub::NetworkPort> ethernet-like medium
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub

Command Output
Table 64.17-2 "SHub Dot3 Pause Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
operator-mode Parameter type: <Ether::Dot3PauseOperatorMode> specifies pause mode in use on
( disabled this interface
| enable-xmit This element is always shown.
| enable-rcv
| enable-xmit-rcv )
Possible values:
- disabled : disabled
- enable-xmit : enabled only in transmit direction
- enable-rcv : enabled only in receipt

1448 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 64 Transport Status Commands

name Type Description

- enable-xmit-rcv : enabled both transmit and receipt
in-frames Parameter type: <Counter> A count of MAC control frames
- counter received on this interface with an
opcode indicating the pause
operation.
This element is always shown.
out-frames Parameter type: <Counter> A count of MAC control frames
- counter transmitted on this interface with
an opcode indicating the pause
operation.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1449

64 Transport Status Commands

64.18 SHub Ethernet Dot3 Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the statistics for a collection of Ethernet-like interfaces attached to a particular system.
There will be one row in this table for each Ethernet-like interface in the system. The stats-index parameter gives
an index value that uniquely identifies an interface to an Ethernet-like medium.
The alignment-error parameter gives a count of frames received on a particular interface that are not an integral
number of octets in length and do not pass the FCS check. The count represented by an instance of this object is
incremented when the alignmentError status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC. This counter does not
increment for 8-bit wide group encoding schemes. Discontinuities in the value of this counter can occur at
re-initialization of the management system.
The fcs-error parameter gives a count of frames received on a particular interface that are an integral number of
octets in length, but do not pass the FCS check. This count does not include frames received with frame-too-long or
frame-too-short error.
The single-collision-frame parameter gives a count of successfully transmitted frames on a particular interface for
which transmission is inhibited by exactly one collision. This counter does not increment when the interface is
operating in full-duplex mode. The multiple-collision-frame parameter gives a count of successfully transmitted
frames on a particular interface for which transmission is inhibited by more than one collision. This counter also
does not increment when the interface is operating in full-duplex mode.
The deferred-transmission parameter gives a count of frames for which the first transmission attempt on a
particular interface is delayed because the medium is busy. The count represented by an instance of this object
does not include frames involved in collisions. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating in
full-duplex mode.
The late-collision parameter gives the number of times that a collision is detected on a particular interface later
than one slotTime into the transmission of a packet. A (late) collision included in a count represented by an
instance of this object is also considered as a (generic) collision for purposes of other collision-related statistics.
This counter does not increment when the interface is operating in full-duplex mode.
The excessive-collision parameter gives a count of frames for which transmission on a particular interface fails due
to excessive collisions. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating in full-duplex mode.
The internal-mac-tx-error parameter gives a count of frames for which transmission on a particular interface fails
due to an internal MAC sublayer transmit error. A frame is only counted by an instance of this object if it is not
counted by the corresponding instance of either the dot3StatsLateCollisions object, the
dot3StatsExcessiveCollisions object, or the dot3StatsCarrierSenseErrors object. The precise meaning of the count
represented by an instance of this object is implementation-specific. In particular, an instance of this object may
represent a count of transmission errors on a particular interface that are not otherwise counted.
The frame-too-long parameter gives a count of frames received on a particular interface that exceed the maximum
permitted frame size. The count represented by an instance of this object is incremented when the frameTooLong
status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC.
The internal-mac-rx-error parameter gives a count of frames for which reception on a particular interface fails due
to an internal MAC sublayer receive error. A frame is only counted by an instance of this object if it is not counted
by the corresponding instance of either the frame too longs, the alignment errors, or the FCS errors object. The
precise meaning of the count represented by an instance of this object is implementation-specific. In particular, an
instance of this object may represent a count of receive errors on a particular interface that are not otherwise
counted.
The duplex-status parameter is the mandatory mode of operation of the MAC entity. "unknown" indicates that the
mandatory duplex mode could not be determined. Management control of the duplex mode is accomplished through
the MAU MIB. When an interface does not support auto-negotiation, or when auto-negotiation is not enabled, the
duplex mode is controlled using MAU default type. When auto-negotiation is supported and enabled, duplex mode

1450 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 64 Transport Status Commands

is controlled using MAU auto-negotiation advertised bits. In either case, the mandatory operating duplex mode is
reflected both in this object and in its MAU type.
The carrier-sense-error parameter gives the number of times that the carrier sense condition was lost or never
asserted when attempting to transmit a frame on a particular interface. The count represented by an instance of
this object is incremented at most once per transmission attempt, even if the carrier sense condition fluctuates
during a transmission attempt. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating in full-duplex mode.
The symbol-error parameter of an interface operating at 100 Mb/s gives the number of times there is an invalid
data symbol when a valid carrier is present. For an interface operating in half-duplex mode at 1000 Mb/s it is the
number of times the receiving media is non-idle (a carrier event) for a period of time equal to or greater than
slotTime, and during which there is at least one occurrence of an event that causes the PHY to indicate 'Data
reception error' or 'carrier extend error' on the GMII. For an interface operating in full-duplex mode at 1000 Mb/s
it gives the number of times the receiving media is non-idle a carrier event) for a period of time equal to or greater
than minimum frame size, and during which there is at least one occurrence of an event that causes the PHY to
indicate 'Data reception error' on the GMII. The count represented by an instance of this object is incremented at
most once per carrier event, even if multiple symbol errors occur during the carrier event. This count does not
increment if a collision is present.
The sqe-test-error parameter gives a count of times that the SQE TEST ERROR message is generated by the PLS
sublayer for a particular interface. This counter does not increment on interfaces operating at speeds greater than
10 Mb/s, or on interfaces operating in full-duplex mode.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show transport shub dot3-status [ (stats-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 64.18-1 "SHub Ethernet Dot3 Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(stats-index) Format: index of the interface to an
<Shub::NetworkPort> ethernet-like medium
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub

Command Output
Table 64.18-2 "SHub Ethernet Dot3 Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
align-err Parameter type: <Counter> A count of frames received on a
- counter particular interface that has
alignment error status returned by
MAC service to the LLC(or other
MAC user).
This element is always shown.
fcs-err Parameter type: <Counter> A count of frames received on a

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1451

64 Transport Status Commands

name Type Description

- counter particular interface that has frame
check error status is returned by
the MAC service to the LLC (or
other MAC user).
This element is always shown.
single-coll-frame Parameter type: <Counter> A count of successfully
- counter transmitted frames on a particular
interface for which transmission
is inhibited by exactly one
collision.
This element is always shown.
multiple-coll-frame Parameter type: <Counter> A count of successfully
- counter transmitted frames on a particular
interface for which transmission
is inhibited by more than one
collision.
This element is always shown.
deferred-trans Parameter type: <Counter> A count of frames for which the
- counter first transmission attempt on a
particular interface is delayed
because the medium is busy, this
does not include frames involved
in collisions.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
late-coll Parameter type: <Counter> The number of times that a
- counter collision is detected on a
particular interface later than one
slotTime into the transmission of
a packet.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
excessive-coll Parameter type: <Counter> A count of frames for which
- counter transmission on a particular
interface fails due to excessive
collisions.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
internal-mac-tx-err Parameter type: <Counter> A count of frames for which
- counter transmission on a particular
interface fails due to an internal
MAC sublayer transmit error.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
frame-too-long Parameter type: <Counter> A count of frames received on a
- counter particular interface that exceed
the maximum permitted frame
size.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
internal-mac-rx-err Parameter type: <Counter> A count of frames for which
- counter reception on a particular interface
fails due to an internal MAC
sublayer receive error.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
duplex-status Parameter type: <Ether::Dot3DuplexStatus> specifies the mode of operation

1452 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 64 Transport Status Commands

name Type Description

( unknown of the MAC.
| half-duplex This element is only shown in
| full-duplex ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- unknown : Unknown type
- half-duplex : half duples mode
- full-duplex : full duplex mode
carrier-sense-err Parameter type: <Counter> The number of times that the
- counter carrier sense condition was lost
or never asserted when
attempting to transmit a frame on
a particular interface.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
ether-chipset Parameter type: <SymbolicObject> Identifies the chipset used to
- an object identifier realize the interface. Ethernet-like
interfaces are typically built out
of several different chips.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
sym-err Parameter type: <Counter> The number of times there was an
- counter invalid data symbol.
This element is always shown.
sqe-test-err Parameter type: <Counter> A count of times that the SQE
- counter test error message is generated by
the PLS sublayer for a particular
interface.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1453

64 Transport Status Commands

64.19 SHub L2 Filter Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the L2 filter information.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show transport shub mac [ (index-num) ]

Command Parameters
Table 64.19-1 "SHub L2 Filter Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index-num) Format: L2 Filter rule number
- Filter rule number
- range: [1...65535]

Command Output
Table 64.19-2 "SHub L2 Filter Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
protocol-type Parameter type: <Sys::ProtocolType> Specifies the non IP protocol type
- message protocol type to be filtered.
- range: [0,1536...65535] This element is always shown.
dst-mac-addr Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> Specifies the destination MAC
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) address to be matched with the
- length: 6 packet.
This element is always shown.
src-mac-addr Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> Specifies the source MAC
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) address to be matched with the
- length: 6 packet.
This element is always shown.
vlan-id Parameter type: <Sys::FilterVlanId> Specifies the vlan id to be
- vlan id filtered.
- range: [0...4094] This element is always shown.
port Parameter type: <Shub::DataPort> Specifies the complete set of
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Shub::SlotId> ports over which if the packet
| network : <Shub::NetworkPort> arrives the filter rule will be
| unassigned-link : <Shub::NoExtLink> ) applicable. If the incoming port

1454 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 64 Transport Status Commands

name Type Description

Possible values: list is '0', the filter rule is
- lt : line board applicable for all the incoming
- network : network port ports.
- unassigned-link : unassigned external link This element is always shown.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Shub::SlotId>
- the egress lt slot
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub
Field type <Shub::NoExtLink>
- unassigned external SFP port
action Parameter type: <Sys::L2Action> Specifies the action to be taken
( action-allow on the packet.
| action-drop ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- action-allow : the packet will be forwarded
- action-drop : the packet will be discarded

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1455

64 Transport Status Commands

64.20 SHub Rate Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the SHub rate information.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show transport shub rate [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 64.20-1 "SHub Rate Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: port for which the rate parameters
<Shub::NetworkPort> are displayed
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub

Command Output
Table 64.20-2 "SHub Rate Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
dlf-limit Parameter type: <Sys::DlfStatus> Specifies destination lookup
( lookup-enabled failure packet transmission
| lookup-disabled ) control over the interface is
Possible values: enabled or not.
- lookup-enabled : enable this status This element is always shown.
- lookup-disabled : disable this status
bcast-limit Parameter type: <Sys::BcastStatus> Specifies broadcast packet
( bcast-pkt-enabled transmission control over the
| bcast-pkt-disabled ) interface is enabled or not.
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- bcast-pkt-enabled : enable this status
- bcast-pkt-disabled : disable this status
mcast-limit Parameter type: <Sys::McastStatus> Specifies multicast packet
( mcast-pkt-enabled transmission control over the
| mcast-pkt-disabled ) interface is enabled or not.
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- mcast-pkt-enabled : enable this status

1456 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 64 Transport Status Commands

name Type Description

- mcast-pkt-disabled : disable this status
max-nbr-pkts Parameter type: <Sys::RateCtrlLimit> Specifies the maximum number
- max nbr of packets transmitted on this interface of packets that can be transmitted
- range: [0,1...65535] over this interface.
This element is always shown.
validity Parameter type: <Sys::RateCtrlStatus> Specifies whether this entry is
( valid valid or not.
| invalid ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- valid : status is valid
- invalid : status is invalid

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1457

64 Transport Status Commands

64.21 Interface MAU Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the Ethernet MAU parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show transport ether-ifmault [ (if-index) [ index <Transport::Index> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 64.21-1 "Interface MAU Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the mau
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
index Parameter type: <Transport::Index> identify MAU, among others
Format: connected to same interface
- port to which the MAU is connected
- range: [1...2147483647]

Command Output
Table 64.21-2 "Interface MAU Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Ether::MAUType> Specifies the MAU type. If the
( 10baset MAU type is unknown, then
| 100basetxhd unknown Mac type will be
| 100basetxfd returned. If the MAU is a link or
| 100basefxhd fiber type then media-available is
| 100basefxfd equivalent to the link test fail

1458 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 64 Transport Status Commands

name Type Description

| 1000basexhd state/low light function. For an
| 1000basexfd AUI or a coax (including
| 1000baselxhd broadband) MAU this indicates
| 1000baselxfd whether or not loopback is
| 1000basesxhd detected on the DI circuit. The
| 1000basesxfd value of this attribute persists
| 1000basethd between packets for MAU types
| 1000basetfd ) AUI, 10BASE5, 10BASE2,
Possible values: 10BROAD36, and 10BASE-FP.
- 10baset : UTP MAU This element is always shown.
- 100basetxhd : 2 pair cat. 5 UTP half duplex
- 100basetxfd : 2 pair cat. 5 UTP full duplex
- 100basefxhd : X fiber over PMT half duplex
- 100basefxfd : X fiber over PMT full duplex
- 1000basexhd : PCS/PMA,unknown PMD, half duplex
- 1000basexfd : PCS/PMA,unknown PMD, full duplex
- 1000baselxhd : fiber over long-wavelength laser half
duplex
- 1000baselxfd : fiber over long-wavelength laser full duplex
- 1000basesxhd : fiber over short-wavelength laser half
duplex
- 1000basesxfd : fiber over short-wavelength laser full
duplex
- 1000basethd : four-pair cat. 5 UTP over short-wavelength
laser half duplex
- 1000basetfd : four-pair cat. 5 UTP over short-wavelength
laser full duplex
media-available Parameter type: <Transport::MauAvailable> Specifies whether the media is
( other availble for the MAU or not.
| unknown This element is always shown.
| available
| not-available
| remote-fault
| invalid-signal
| remote-jabber
| remote-link-loss
| remote-test
| off-line
| auto-neg-error )
Possible values:
- other : MAU in other state
- unknown : MAU's true state is unknown
- available :
- not-available : MAU is fully functional
- remote-fault : power down
- invalid-signal : reset the MAU
- remote-jabber : power down
- remote-link-loss : power down
- remote-test : power down
- off-line : power down
- auto-neg-error : power down
jabbar-state Parameter type: <Transport::MauJabber> The jabbar-state indicates
( other whether this entity is jabbering,
| unknown not jabbering, unknown or other
| no-jabber state.
| jabbering ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1459

64 Transport Status Commands

name Type Description

- other : if not in any state
- unknown : MAU's true state is unknown
- no-jabber : MAU not jabbering
- jabbering : MAU is jabbering
auto-neg-supported Parameter type: <Ether::TruthValue> Specifies whether or not
( true auto-negotiation is supported on
| false ) this MAU.
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- true : autonegotiation is supported
- false : autonegotiation is not supported
type-list-bits Parameter type: <Transport::TypeListBits> A value that uniquely identifies
( bother the set of possible the MAU
| baui could be.
| b10base5 This element is always shown.
| bfoirl
| b10base2
| b10baset
| b10basefp
| b10basefb
| b10basefl
| b10broad36
| b10basethd
| b10basetfd
| b10baseflhd
| b10baseflfd
| b100baset4
| b100basetxhd
| b100basetxfd
| b100basefxhd
| b100basefxfd
| b100baset2hd
| b100baset2fd
| b1000basexhd
| b1000basexfd
| b1000baselxhd
| b1000baselxfd
| b1000basesxhd
| b1000basesxfd
| b1000basecxhd
| b1000basecxfd
| b1000basethd
| b1000basetfd )
Possible values:
- bother : other or unknown
- baui : AUI
- b10base5 : 10BASE-5
- bfoirl : FOIRL
- b10base2 : 10BASE-2
- b10baset : 10BASE-T duplex mode unknown
- b10basefp : 10BASE-FP
- b10basefb : 10BASE-FB
- b10basefl : 10BASE-FL duplex mode unknown
- b10broad36 : 10BROAD36
- b10basethd : 10BASE-T half duplex mode
- b10basetfd : 10BASE-T full duplex mode
- b10baseflhd : 10BASE-FL half duplex mode
- b10baseflfd : 10BASE-FL full duplex mode

1460 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 64 Transport Status Commands

name Type Description

- b100baset4 : 100BASE-T4
- b100basetxhd : 100BASE-TX half duplex mode
- b100basetxfd : 100BASE-TX full duplex mode
- b100basefxhd : 100BASE-FX half duplex mode
- b100basefxfd : 100BASE-FX full duplex mode
- b100baset2hd : 100BASE-T2 half duplex mode
- b100baset2fd : 100BASE-T2 full duplex mode
- b1000basexhd : 1000BASE-X half duplex mode
- b1000basexfd : 1000BASE-X full duplex mode
- b1000baselxhd : 1000BASE-LX half duplex mode
- b1000baselxfd : 1000BASE-LX full duplex mode
- b1000basesxhd : 1000BASE-SX half duplex mode
- b1000basesxfd : 1000BASE-SX full duplex mode
- b1000basecxhd : 1000BASE-CX half duplex mode
- b1000basecxfd : 1000BASE-CX full duplex mode
- b1000basethd : 1000BASE-T half duplex mode
- b1000basetfd : 1000BASE-T full duplex mode

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1461

64 Transport Status Commands

64.22 Ethernet Lt Dot3 Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the statistics for a collection of Ethernet-like interfaces attached to a particular system.
There will be one row in this table for each Ethernet-like interface in the system. The parameter stats-index gives
an index value that uniquely identifies an interface to an Ethernet-like medium.
The alignment-error parameter gives a count of frames received on a particular interface that are not an integral
number of octets in length and do not pass the FCS check. The count represented by an instance of this object is
incremented when the alignmentError status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC. This counter does not
increment for 8-bit wide group encoding schemes. Discontinuities in the value of this counter can occur at
re-initialization of the management system.
The fcs-error parameter gives a count of frames received on a particular interface that are an integral number of
octets in length, but do not pass the FCS check. This count does not include frames received with frame-too-long or
frame-too-short error.
The internal-mac-tx-error parameter gives a count of frames for which transmission on a particular interface fails
due to an internal MAC sublayer transmit error. A frame is only counted by an instance of this object if it is not
counted by the corresponding instance of either the late collisions object, the excessive collisions object, or the
carrier sense errors object. The precise meaning of the count represented by an instance of this object is
implementation-specific. In particular, an instance of this object may represent a count of transmission errors on a
particular interface that are not otherwise counted.
The internal-mac-rx-error parameter gives a count of frames for which reception on a particular interface fails due
to an internal MAC sublayer receive error. A frame is only counted by an instance of this object if it is not counted
by the corresponding instance of either the frame toolongs object, the alignment errors object, or the FCS errors
object. The precise meaning of the count represented by an instance of this object is implementation-specific. In
particular, an instance of this object may represent a count of receive errors on a particular interface that are not
otherwise counted.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show transport ether-dot3lt [ (stats-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 64.22-1 "Ethernet Lt Dot3 Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(stats-index) Format: index of the interface to an
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / ethernet-like medium
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number

1462 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 64 Transport Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 64.22-2 "Ethernet Lt Dot3 Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
align-err Parameter type: <Counter> A count of frames received on a
- counter particular interface that are not an
integral number of octets in
length and do not pass the FCS
check.
This element is always shown.
fcs-err Parameter type: <Counter> A count of frames received on a
- counter particular interface that are not an
integral number of octets in
length and do not pass the FCS
check.
This element is always shown.
internal-mac-tx-err Parameter type: <Counter> A count of frames for which
- counter transmission on a particular
interface fails due to an internal
MAC sublayer transmit error.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
internal-mac-rx-err Parameter type: <Counter> A count of frames for which
- counter reception on a particular interface
fails due to an internal MAC
sublayer receive error.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1463

65- DHCP Relay Status Commands

65.1 DHCP Relay Status Command Tree 65-1465

65.2 DHCP Relay Port Statistics 65-1466
65.3 DHCP Relay Port Statistics 65-1468
65.4 SHub DHCP Relay Statistics 65-1470

1464 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 65 DHCP Relay Status Commands

65.1 DHCP Relay Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "DHCP Relay Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----dhcp-relay
----port
- (port-interface)
----bridgeport
- (port-interface)
----shub
----vrf-agent-stats
- (vrf)

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1465

65 DHCP Relay Status Commands

65.2 DHCP Relay Port Statistics

Command Description
This command allows the operator to view the DHCP relay port counters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show dhcp-relay port [ (port-interface) ]

Command Parameters
Table 65.2-1 "DHCP Relay Port Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port-interface)
Type Description
Format: port number associated with
( atm-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / bridge port
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| atm-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Possible values:
- atm-port : atm port
- bridge-port : bridge port

1466 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 65 DHCP Relay Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- vlan-port : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id

Command Output
Table 65.2-2 "DHCP Relay Port Statistics" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
receive Parameter type: <Counter> number of upstream dhcp packets
- counter This element is always shown.
transmit Parameter type: <Counter> number of downstream dhcp
- counter messages
This element is always shown.
large-msg-drop Parameter type: <Counter> number of discarded upstream
- counter dhcp packets
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
untrust-agent-drop Parameter type: <Counter> number of discarded upstream
- counter dhcp packets untrusted
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
untrust-option-82 Parameter type: <Counter> nbr of discarded dhcp pkts with
- counter option 82 untrusted
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
long-option-82 Parameter type: <Counter> nbr of discarded upstream dhcp
- counter pkts without option 82
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
error-summary Parameter type: <Counter> Error summary for a port
- counter This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1467

65 DHCP Relay Status Commands

65.3 DHCP Relay Port Statistics

Command Description
Obsolete command, replaced by show dhcp-relay port.
This command allows the operator to view the DHCP relay port counters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show dhcp-relay bridgeport [ (port-interface) ]

Obsolete command, replaced by show dhcp-relay port.

Command Parameters
Table 65.3-1 "DHCP Relay Port Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port-interface)
Type Description
Format: port number associated with
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / bridge port
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

Command Output
Table 65.3-2 "DHCP Relay Port Statistics" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
receive Parameter type: <Counter> number of upstream dhcp packets

1468 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 65 DHCP Relay Status Commands

name Type Description

- counter This element is always shown.
transmit Parameter type: <Counter> number of downstream dhcp
- counter messages
This element is always shown.
large-msg-drop Parameter type: <Counter> number of discarded upstream
- counter dhcp packets
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
untrust-agent-drop Parameter type: <Counter> number of discarded upstream
- counter dhcp packets untrusted
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
untrust-option-82 Parameter type: <Counter> nbr of discarded dhcp pkts with
- counter option 82 untrusted
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
long-option-82 Parameter type: <Counter> nbr of discarded upstream dhcp
- counter pkts without option 82
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
error-summary Parameter type: <Counter> Error summary for a port
- counter This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1469

65 DHCP Relay Status Commands

65.4 SHub DHCP Relay Statistics

Command Description
This command displays DHCP relay agent statistics for each VRF in the Shub.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show dhcp-relay shub vrf-agent-stats [ (vrf) ]

Command Parameters
Table 65.4-1 "SHub DHCP Relay Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vrf) Format: vrf for which the agent is running
- the vrf id which uniquely identify a vrf
- range: [0...127]

Command Output
Table 65.4-2 "SHub DHCP Relay Statistics" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
fwd-upstream Parameter type: <Counter> number of forwarded upstream
- counter dhcp packets
This element is always shown.
fwd-downstream Parameter type: <Counter> number of forwarded
- counter downstream dhcp packets
This element is always shown.
rx-upstream Parameter type: <Counter> number of received upstream
- counter dhcp packets
This element is always shown.
rx-downstream Parameter type: <Counter> number of received downstream
- counter dhcp packets
This element is always shown.
errors Parameter type: <Counter> number of erroneous dhcp
- counter packets discarded
This element is always shown.

1470 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

66- Multicast Status Commands

66.1 Multicast Status Command Tree 66-1472

66.2 Multicast Active Groups Status Command 66-1473
66.3 Multicast Group Membership Status Command 66-1475
66.4 Dynamic and Static-Dynamic Multicast VLAN FWD 66-1477
Port Status Command
66.5 SHub Multicast Status Command 66-1479

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1471

66 Multicast Status Commands

66.1 Multicast Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Multicast Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----mcast
----active-groups
- (port)
- vlan-id
- mcast-grp-addr
- mcast-src-addr
----grp-membership
- (mcast-grp-addr)
- vlan-id
- mcast-src-addr
- port
----shub
----igs-vlan-grp
- (vlan-id)
- mcast-addr
- port
----active-streams

1472 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 66 Multicast Status Commands

66.2 Multicast Active Groups Status Command

Command Description
This command shows per user interface the list of active multicast streams.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show mcast active-groups [ (port) [ vlan-id <Vlan::VlanId> ] [ mcast-grp-addr <Igmp::MulticastAddress> ] [

mcast-src-addr <Ip::V4Address> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 66.2-1 "Multicast Active Groups Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: identification of the port, vlanport
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / or virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1473

66 Multicast Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::VlanId> vlan Id
Format:
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]
mcast-grp-addr Parameter type: <Igmp::MulticastAddress> class D address of the multicast
Format: stream
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255)
mcast-src-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> the multicast group source
Format: address
- IPv4-address

Command Output
Table 66.2-2 "Multicast Active Groups Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name
state
curr-previewed-nbr
short name: prev-nbr
Type Description
Parameter type: <Igmp::ActualState> The actual state of the multicast
( full-view stream
| pre-view This element is always shown.
| black-out )
Possible values:
- full-view : full view of the stream
- pre-view : preview of the stream
- black-out : no stream is viewed
Parameter type: <Igmp::PreviewNumber> number of pre-view sessions that
- number of pre-view sessions already been viewed have already been viewed
- range: [0...1000] This element is always shown.

1474 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 66 Multicast Status Commands

66.3 Multicast Group Membership Status

Command

Command Description
This command shows per multicast stream the list of user interfaces to which the system is currently requested to
forward this stream.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show mcast grp-membership [ (mcast-grp-addr) [ vlan-id <Vlan::VlanId> ] [ mcast-src-addr <Ip::V4Address> ] [

port <Igmp::IgmpIfIndex> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 66.3-1 "Multicast Group Membership Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(mcast-grp-addr) Format: multicast group address
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255)
vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::VlanId> vlan id
Format:
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]
mcast-src-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> the multicast group source
Format: address
- IPv4-address
port Parameter type: <Igmp::IgmpIfIndex> identifies a user interface
Format: receiving a multicast stream
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1475

66 Multicast Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id

Command Output
Table 66.3-2 "Multicast Group Membership Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
state Parameter type: <Igmp::GroupAddr2UserItfActualstate> the actual state of the multicast
( full-view stream
| pre-view This element is always shown.
| black-out )
Possible values:
- full-view : full view of the stream
- pre-view : preview of the stream
- black-out : no stream is viewed

1476 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 66 Multicast Status Commands

66.4 Dynamic and Static-Dynamic Multicast VLAN

FWD Port Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the VLAN list for the MAC multicast group.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show mcast shub igs-vlan-grp [ (vlan-id) [ mcast-addr <Igmp::MulticastAddress> ] [ port <Shub::DataPort> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 66.4-1 "Dynamic and Static-Dynamic Multicast VLAN FWD Port Status Command"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: vlan id
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]
mcast-addr Parameter type: <Igmp::MulticastAddress> multicast address
Format:
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255)
port Parameter type: <Shub::DataPort> outbound port
Format:
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Shub::SlotId>
| network : <Shub::NetworkPort>
| unassigned-link : <Shub::NoExtLink> )
Possible values:
- lt : line board
- network : network port
- unassigned-link : unassigned external link
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Shub::SlotId>
- the egress lt slot
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub
Field type <Shub::NoExtLink>
- unassigned external SFP port

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1477

66 Multicast Status Commands

Command Output
Table 66.4-2 "Dynamic and Static-Dynamic Multicast VLAN FWD Port Status Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
status Parameter type: <Vlan::VlanMcastConfigStatus> The status of the igs-vlan
( dynamic multicast group
| static-dynamic ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- dynamic : dynamic entry
- static-dynamic : static dynamic entry

1478 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 66 Multicast Status Commands

66.5 SHub Multicast Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the data for SHub multicast.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show mcast shub active-streams

Command Output
Table 66.5-2 "SHub Multicast Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
count Parameter type: <Vlan::ActiveNrMcastEntries> number of active multicast
- a signed integer entries.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1479

67- CPE Management Status Commands

67.1 CPE Management Status Command Tree 67-1481

67.2 CPE Management Show Command 67-1482
67.3 CPE IPProxy Management Statistics Show Command 67-1483

1480 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 67 CPE Management Status Commands

67.1 CPE Management Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "CPE Management Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----cpe-management
----snmpproxy-statistics
- (address)
----ipproxy-statistics
- (dslport)

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1481

67 CPE Management Status Commands

67.2 CPE Management Show Command

Command Description
This chapter shows the global statistics and the statistics per CPE manager

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show cpe-management snmpproxy-statistics [ (address) ]

Command Parameters
Table 67.2-1 "CPE Management Show Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(address) Format: the IP address of a CPE manager
- IP address of CPE Management Station

Command Output
Table 67.2-2 "CPE Management Show Command" Display parameters
Common Information:cpeproxy
name Type Description
rx-drop-msgs-cpe Parameter type: <Counter> the number of discarded msgs
- counter received from CPEs
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Specific Information
name Type Description
rx-msgs Parameter type: <Counter> the number of received msgs
- counter from a CPE manager
This element is always shown.
tx-msgs Parameter type: <Counter> the number of msgs sent to a CPE
- counter manager
This element is always shown.
rx-drop-msgs Parameter type: <Counter> the number of discarded msgs
- counter received from a CPE manager
This element is always shown.

1482 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 67 CPE Management Status Commands

67.3 CPE IPProxy Management Statistics Show

Command

Command Description
This command shows the statistics per ipproxy session

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show cpe-management ipproxy-statistics [ (dslport) ]

Command Parameters
Table 67.3-1 "CPE IPProxy Management Statistics Show Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(dslport)
Type Description
Format: identification of port to which the
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / CPE is connected
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 67.3-2 "CPE IPProxy Management Statistics Show Command" Display parameters
Common Information:cpeproxy
name Type
rx-drop-pkts-session
Specific Information
Description
Parameter type: <Counter> number of discarded packets
- counter received from CPE Management
Module or CPEs
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1483

67 CPE Management Status Commands

name Type Description

rx-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> number of packets received from
- counter CPE Management Module for
ipproxy session
This element is always shown.
tx-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> number of packets sent to CPE
- counter Management Module for ipproxy
session
This element is always shown.

1484 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

68- Session Status Commands

68.1 Session Status Command Tree 68-1486

68.2 Session Status Command 68-1487

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1485

68 Session Status Commands

68.1 Session Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Session Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----session
- (id)

1486 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 68 Session Status Commands

68.2 Session Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the status of all sessions.

User Level
The command can be accessed and executed by an operator with admin privilege.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show session (id)

Command Parameters
Table 68.2-1 "Session Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(id) Format: the session number
- the session number
- range: [1...12]

Command Output
Table 68.2-2 "Session Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
operator Parameter type: <Sec::OperatorName> the name of the operator that is
- the name of an operator actually using the session
- range: [a-z0-9] This element is always shown.
- length: 1<=x<=11
from Parameter type: <Sec::LoginAddress> the ip-address from where the
- the address from where the operator logged in user is logged in
- length: x<=21 This element is always shown.
type Parameter type: <Sec::TerminalType> the type of connection use.
( craft Network means that any
| telnet supported connection type over ip
| unused is possible.
| test This element is always shown.
| ssh )
Possible values:
- craft : craft terminal
- telnet : telnet terminal
- unused : unused terminal
- test : test terminal

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1487

68 Session Status Commands

name Type Description

- ssh : ssh terminal
status Parameter type: <Sec::SessionStatus> the status of the session. Special
short name: stat ( init values are : initializing=session is
| free not yet ready to be used,
| ( reserved | res ) free=session is not used,
| name selected=session is reserved,
| ( passwd | pwd ) stopping=the user is logging out,
| ( active | act ) invalid=the session is
| ( logout | end ) ) out-of-service
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- init : initialisation ongoing
- free : free
- reserved : reserved
- res : reserved
- name : asking the operator name
- passwd : asking the password
- pwd : asking the password
- active : active
- act : active
- logout : the operator is logging out
- end : the operator is logging out
login-time Parameter type: <Sys::Time> the time when the user connected
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) to the terminal. Never if no user
- unit: UTC is connected.
This element is always shown.
idle-time Parameter type: <ElapsedTime> the time that this terminal is idle
- the time elapsed since a certain event (the operator did not type any
- unit: sec character and did not modify its
window size
This element is always shown.
numbering-scheme Parameter type: <Sec::SlotDesc> the numbering scheme for this
short name: num ( ( type-based | typ ) session
| ( position-based | pos ) This element is always shown.
| ( legacy-based | leg ) )
Possible values:
- type-based : flat-numbering per slot-type (tl1-like)
- typ : flat-numbering per slot-type (tl1-like)
- position-based : flat-numbering independent of slot-type
- pos : flat-numbering independent of slot-type
- legacy-based : numbering used since the early days
(position-based-like)
- leg : numbering used since the early days
(position-based-like)

1488 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

69- PPPoX-Relay Status Commands

69.1 PPPoX-Relay Status Command Tree 69-1490

69.2 PPPoX CC Engine Statistics 69-1491
69.3 PPPoX CC Client Port Statistics 69-1493
69.4 PPPoX CC Engine Monitor Statistics 69-1495
69.5 PPPoX CC Client Port Monitor Statistics 69-1497
69.6 PPPoX CC Session Engine Status Command 69-1499
69.7 PPPoX CC Session Client Port Status Command 69-1501

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1489

69 PPPoX-Relay Status Commands

69.1 PPPoX-Relay Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "PPPoX-Relay Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----pppox-relay
----cross-connect
----statistics
----engine
- (vlan-id)
----client-port
- (client-port)
----monitor-statistics
----engine
- (vlan-id)
----client-port
- (client-port)
----session
----engine
- (vlan-id)
----client-port
- (client-port)

1490 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 69 PPPoX-Relay Status Commands

69.2 PPPoX CC Engine Statistics

Command Description
This command displays the statistics for a particular VLAN ID.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show pppox-relay cross-connect statistics engine [ (vlan-id) ]

Command Parameters
Table 69.2-1 "PPPoX CC Engine Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlan-id)
Type Description
Format: engine identification
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]

Command Output
Table 69.2-2 "PPPoX CC Engine Statistics" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
engine-name Parameter type: <PPPoX::EngineName> name to identify the
- Engine Name engine/service
- length: 1<=x<=32 This element is always shown.
in-ctrl-frm Parameter type: <Counter> number of ingress control
- counter messages
This element is always shown.
out-ctrl-frm Parameter type: <Counter> number of egress control

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1491

69 PPPoX-Relay Status Commands

name Type Description

- counter messages
This element is always shown.
err-ctrl-frm Parameter type: <Counter> nbr of errored upstream and
- counter downstream control msgs
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
ppp-cc Parameter type: <SignedInteger> nbr of PPP cross-connections
- a signed integer currently in use
This element is always shown.

1492 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 69 PPPoX-Relay Status Commands

69.3 PPPoX CC Client Port Statistics

Command Description
This command displays the statistics of a client port.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show pppox-relay cross-connect statistics client-port [ (client-port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 69.3-1 "PPPoX CC Client Port Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(client-port)
Type Description
Format: client port identification
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

Command Output
Table 69.3-2 "PPPoX CC Client Port Statistics" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
in-ctrl-frm Parameter type: <Counter> number of ingress control
- counter messages
This element is always shown.
out-ctrl-frm Parameter type: <Counter> number of egress control

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1493

69 PPPoX-Relay Status Commands

name Type Description

- counter messages
This element is always shown.
err-ctrl-frm Parameter type: <Counter> number of errored control
- counter messages
This element is always shown.

1494 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 69 PPPoX-Relay Status Commands

69.4 PPPoX CC Engine Monitor Statistics

Command Description
This command displays the engine monitor statistics for a particular VLAN ID and lists the statistics of a
configured engine with a monitor enabled.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show pppox-relay cross-connect monitor-statistics engine [ (vlan-id) ]

Command Parameters
Table 69.4-1 "PPPoX CC Engine Monitor Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlan-id)
Type Description
Format: engine identification
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]

Command Output
Table 69.4-2 "PPPoX CC Engine Monitor Statistics" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
generic-err-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> nbr of discovery msgs that
- counter carried the Generic Error tag
This element is always shown.
inv-serv-name Parameter type: <Counter> nbr of PAD-S msgs containing
- counter Service-Name-Error tag
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1495

69 PPPoX-Relay Status Commands

1496 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 69 PPPoX-Relay Status Commands

69.5 PPPoX CC Client Port Monitor Statistics

Command Description
This command shows the client port monitor statistics and lists the statistics of a configured client port with a
monitor enabled.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show pppox-relay cross-connect monitor-statistics client-port [ (client-port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 69.5-1 "PPPoX CC Client Port Monitor Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(client-port)
Type Description
Format: client port identification
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

Command Output
Table 69.5-2 "PPPoX CC Client Port Monitor Statistics" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
unexp-ctrl-msg Parameter type: <Counter> number of unexpected control
- counter messages discarded
This element is always shown.
unexp-data-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> number of discarded data packets

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1497

69 PPPoX-Relay Status Commands

name Type Description

- counter on this port
This element is always shown.
prt-mru-err-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> number of long messages
- counter discarded on this port
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
trans-age-out Parameter type: <Counter> nbr of events cleared because the
- counter transaction timed out
This element is always shown.
session-age-out Parameter type: <Counter> nbr of events timed out for this
- counter port
This element is always shown.

1498 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 69 PPPoX-Relay Status Commands

69.6 PPPoX CC Session Engine Status Command

Command Description
This command displays session data for the engine.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show pppox-relay cross-connect session engine [ (vlan-id) ]

Command Parameters
Table 69.6-1 "PPPoX CC Session Engine Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlan-id)
Type Description
Format: engine identification
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]

Command Output
Table 69.6-2 "PPPoX CC Session Engine Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
server-mac-addr Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> mac-addr of the PPPoE Server of
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) this PPP cross-connection
- length: 6 This element is always shown.
ext-session-id Parameter type: <SignedInteger> PPPoE session id of this PPP
- a signed integer cross-connection
This element is always shown.
client-port Parameter type: <Itf::AtmPvc> Index to which the PPPoE client

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1499

69 PPPoX-Relay Status Commands

name Type Description

( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / is directly associated
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> This element is always shown.
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
int-session-id Parameter type: <SignedInteger> index that uniquely indicate a
- a signed integer PPP cross-connection
This element is always shown.

1500 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 69 PPPoX-Relay Status Commands

69.7 PPPoX CC Session Client Port Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays session data for the client port.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show pppox-relay cross-connect session client-port [ (client-port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 69.7-1 "PPPoX CC Session Client Port Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(client-port)
Type Description
Format: client port identification
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

Command Output
Table 69.7-2 "PPPoX CC Session Client Port Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
server-mac-addr Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> mac-addr of the PPPoE server of

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1501

69 PPPoX-Relay Status Commands

name Type Description

- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) this PPP cross-connection
- length: 6 This element is always shown.
ext-session-id Parameter type: <SignedInteger> PPPoE session id of this PPP
- a signed integer cross-connection
This element is always shown.
engine-id Parameter type: <PPPoX::EngineIndex> index to where this PPP
- engine index cross-connection belongs
- range: [1...3072] This element is always shown.
int-session-id Parameter type: <SignedInteger> index that uniquely indicate a
- a signed integer PPP cross-connection
This element is always shown.

1502 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

70- OSPF Status Commands

70.1 OSPF Status Command Tree 70-1504

70.2 OSPF Area Status Command 70-1505
70.3 OSPF LSA Status Command 70-1507
70.4 OSPF External Link State Status Command 70-1509
70.5 OSPF Interface Status Command 70-1511
70.6 OSPF Neighbor Status Command 70-1514
70.7 OSPF Routing Status Command 70-1516
70.8 OSPF Statistics 70-1518
70.9 OSPF Parameter Status Command 70-1519

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1503

70 OSPF Status Commands

70.1 OSPF Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "OSPF Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----ospf
----area
- (area-id)
----link-state-adv
----link-type
- (link-type)
- area-id
- router-id
- itf-ip-addr
----asbr-external
- (itf-ip-addr)
- router-id
----interface
- (ip-addr)
----neighbour
- (ip-address)
----routing-table
- (destination)
- mask
- peer
----statistics
----status

1504 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 70 OSPF Status Commands

70.2 OSPF Area Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the values of the area identifier, spf-runs, number of link state advertisements in the
link-state database, and link-state-checksum.
This command also displays the number of border routers in the area, number of the AS border router, number of
OSPF interfaces in the area, total number of interfaces in the area, total number of networks in the area, and
number of NSSA translator events in the area.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ospf area [ (area-id) ]

Command Parameters
Table 70.2-1 "OSPF Area Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(area-id) Format: ospf area identifier
- IPv4-address

Command Output
Table 70.2-2 "OSPF Area Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
spf-runs Parameter type: <Counter> nbr of times the intra-area route
- counter table has been calculated
This element is always shown.
nbr-lsa Parameter type: <Gauge> nbr of lsa in this area's link-state
- gauge database
This element is always shown.
lsa-checksum Parameter type: <SignedInteger> checksums contained in this
- a signed integer area's link-state database
This element is always shown.
area-bdr-rtrs Parameter type: <Gauge> nbr of area border routers in this
- gauge area
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
as-bdr-rtrs Parameter type: <Gauge> nbr of autonomous sys border
- gauge routers in this area

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1505

70 OSPF Status Commands

name Type Description

This element is only shown in
detail mode.
nbr-interfaces Parameter type: <Gauge> total number of Interfaces in the
- gauge area
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
nbr-area-nw Parameter type: <Gauge> total number of networks in the
- gauge area
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
nssa-events Parameter type: <Counter> nbr of translator state changes
- counter since the last boot-up
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1506 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 70 OSPF Status Commands

70.3 OSPF LSA Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the general information of OSPF link state advertisements based on the interface type.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ospf link-state-adv link-type [ (link-type) [ area-id <Ip::V4Address> ] [ router-id <Ip::V4Address> ] [
itf-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 70.3-1 "OSPF LSA Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(link-type) Format: filter for the ospf database
( router
| network
| summary
| asbr-summary
| nssa )
Possible values:
- router : router link
- network : network link
- summary : summary link
- asbr-summary : assummary link
- nssa : nssa external link
area-id Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> ospf area identifier
Format:
- IPv4-address
router-id Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> originating router identifier
Format:
- IPv4-address
itf-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> link state identifier
Format:
- IPv4-address

Command Output
Table 70.3-2 "OSPF LSA Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1507

70 OSPF Status Commands

name Type Description

age Parameter type: <Ospf::LsAge> age of the link state
- age of the link state advertisement advertisement in seconds
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
- range: [0...3600]
sequence Parameter type: <SignedInteger> identifies the old and recent
- a signed integer advertisements
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
checksum Parameter type: <SignedInteger> checksum of the complete
- a signed integer contents of the advertisement
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
advertisement Parameter type: <Ospf::Advtsmnt> entire link state advertisement,
- entire link state advertisement including its header
- length: 1<=x<=65535 This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1508 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 70 OSPF Status Commands

70.4 OSPF External Link State Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the values of the link state database of the OSPF process.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ospf link-state-adv asbr-external [ (itf-ip-addr) [ router-id <Ip::V4Address> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 70.4-1 "OSPF External Link State Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(itf-ip-addr) Format: external link state identifier
- IPv4-address
router-id Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> originating router identifier, a 32
Format: bit number
- IPv4-address

Command Output
Table 70.4-2 "OSPF External Link State Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
age Parameter type: <Ospf::LsAge> age of the link state
- age of the link state advertisement advertisement in seconds
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
- range: [0...3600]
sequence Parameter type: <SignedInteger> identifies the old and recent
- a signed integer advertisements
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
checksum Parameter type: <SignedInteger> checksum of the complete
- a signed integer contents of the advertisement
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
advertisement Parameter type: <Ospf::ExtAdvtsmnt> entire link state advertisement,
- entire link state advertisement of external links including its header
- length: 1<=x<=36 This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1509

70 OSPF Status Commands

1510 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 70 OSPF Status Commands

70.5 OSPF Interface Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the values of the OSPF interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ospf interface [ (ip-addr) ]

Command Parameters
Table 70.5-1 "OSPF Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ip-addr) Format: ip address of the interface
- IPv4-address

Command Output
Table 70.5-2 "OSPF Interface Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
oper-status Parameter type: <Ospf::OperStatus> operational status of the interface
( operup This element is always shown.
| operdown
| loopback
| unloop )
Possible values:
- operup : operational status up
- operdown : operational status down
- loopback : operational status loopback
- unloop : operational status unloop
designated-router Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> ip address of the designated
- IPv4-address router
This element is always shown.
bkp-designated-router Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> ip address of the backup
- IPv4-address designated router
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
events Parameter type: <Counter> nbr of times this OSPF interface
- counter has changed its state

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1511

70 OSPF Status Commands

name Type Description

This element is only shown in
detail mode.
nbr-neighbors Parameter type: <Gauge> total nbr of neighbour's through
- gauge that Itf
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
nbr-adjacencies Parameter type: <Gauge> total nbr of adjacencies through
- gauge that Itf
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
rx-hello Parameter type: <Counter> total nbr of Hello pkts received
- counter through that Itf
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
tx-hello Parameter type: <Counter> total nbr of hello pkts transmitted
- counter through that Itf
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-hello Parameter type: <Counter> total nbr of Hello pkts discarded
- counter through that Itf
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
rx-ddp Parameter type: <Counter> total nbr of Ddp pkts received
- counter through that Itf
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
tx-ddp Parameter type: <Counter> total nbr of Ddp pkts transmitted
- counter through that Itf
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-ddp Parameter type: <Counter> total nbr of Ddp pkts discarded
- counter through that Itf
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-lrq Parameter type: <Counter> total nbr of Lrq pkts discarded
- counter through that Itf
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
rx-lrq Parameter type: <Counter> total nbr of Lrq pkts received
- counter through that Itf
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
tx-lrq Parameter type: <Counter> total nbr of Lrq pkts transmitted
- counter through that Itf
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
rx-lsus Parameter type: <Counter> total nbr of Lsu pkts received
- counter through that Itf
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
tx-lsus Parameter type: <Counter> total nbr of Lsu pkts transmitted
- counter through that Itf
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-lsus Parameter type: <Counter> total nbr of Lsu pkts discarded
- counter through that Itf
This element is only shown in

1512 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 70 OSPF Status Commands

name Type Description

detail mode.
discard-lak Parameter type: <Counter> total nbr of Lak pkts discarded on
- counter that Itf
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
rx-lak Parameter type: <Counter> total nbr of Lak pkts received
- counter through that Itf
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
tx-lak Parameter type: <Counter> total nbr of Lak pkts transmitted
- counter through that Itf
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1513

70 OSPF Status Commands

70.6 OSPF Neighbor Status Command

Command Description
This command displays OSPF neighbor information.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ospf neighbour [ (ip-address) ]

Command Parameters
Table 70.6-1 "OSPF Neighbor Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ip-address) Format: neighbour ip
- IPv4-address

Command Output
Table 70.6-2 "OSPF Neighbor Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
router-id Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> a 32-bit integer identifying the
- IPv4-address neighboring router
This element is always shown.
state Parameter type: <Ospf::NbrState> state of the relationship with this
( down neighbor
| attempt This element is always shown.
| init
| two-way
| exchange-start
| exchange
| loading
| full )
Possible values:
- down : down
- attempt : attempt
- init : init
- two-way : two-way
- exchange-start : exchange-start
- exchange : exchange

1514 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 70 OSPF Status Commands

name Type Description

- loading : loading
- full : full
priority Parameter type: <Ospf::NbrPriority> priority of neighbor in designated
- priority of the neighbour router election algorithm
- length: x<=255 This element is always shown.
retrans-q-len Parameter type: <Gauge> current length of the
- gauge retransmission queue
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
options Parameter type: <SignedInteger> bit mask corresponding to the
- a signed integer neighbor
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
events Parameter type: <Counter> nbr of times this neighbor has
- counter changed state
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
nbma-permanence Parameter type: <Ospf::NbrPermanence> status of how the neighbor
( dynamic became known
| permanent ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- dynamic : dynamic
- permanent : permanent
hello-suppressed Parameter type: <Ospf::HelloSuppress> indicates whether hellos are being
( hello-suppressed suppressed to the neighbor
| no-hello-suppressed ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- hello-suppressed : set hello-suppressed value true
- no-hello-suppressed : set hello-suppressed false
db-summary-q-len Parameter type: <Gauge> que length of the database
- gauge summary list
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
ls-req-q-len Parameter type: <Gauge> length of link state request que
- gauge This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1515

70 OSPF Status Commands

70.7 OSPF Routing Status Command

Command Description
This command displays information about a single route.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ospf routing-table [ (destination) [ mask <Ip::V4Address> ] [ peer <Ip::V4Address> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 70.7-1 "OSPF Routing Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(destination) Format: ip address of the route
- IPv4-address
mask Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> ip address mask of the route
Format:
- IPv4-address
peer Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> ip next hop of the route
Format:
- IPv4-address

Command Output
Table 70.7-2 "OSPF Routing Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
interface Parameter type: <SignedInteger> interface index associated with
- a signed integer the route
This element is always shown.
area-id Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> area id associated with the route
- IPv4-address This element is always shown.
metric Parameter type: <Ospf::RouteCost> type 1 metrics expressed in the
- Type 1 external metrics same units as OSPF itf cost
- length: x<=16777215 This element is always shown.
route-type Parameter type: <Ospf::RouteType> type of the route
( intraarea This element is only shown in
| interarea detail mode.
| type1-external
| type2-external )

1516 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 70 OSPF Status Commands

name Type Description

Possible values:
- intraarea : intraarea
- interarea : interarea
- type1-external : type1-external
- type2-external : type2-external
type2-metric Parameter type: <Ospf::RouteCost> routing between AS is the major
- Type 1 external metrics cost of routing a pkt
- length: x<=16777215 This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1517

70 OSPF Status Commands

70.8 OSPF Statistics

Command Description
This command displays various statistics, counts, and external link-state advertisement counts.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ospf statistics

Command Output
Table 70.8-2 "OSPF Statistics" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
nbr-ext-lsa Parameter type: <Gauge> nbr of ext link-state
- gauge advertisements in the link-state
database
This element is always shown.
tx-new-lsas Parameter type: <Counter> nbr of new link-state
- counter advertisements that have been
originated
This element is always shown.
rx-new-lsas Parameter type: <Counter> nbr of link-state advertisements
- counter received to be new instantiations
This element is always shown.
tx-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> total no. of packets transmitted
- counter This element is always shown.
rx-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> total no. of packets received
- counter This element is always shown.
discard-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> total no. of packets discarded
- counter This element is always shown.

1518 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 70 OSPF Status Commands

70.9 OSPF Parameter Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the OSPF parameter status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ospf status

Command Output
Table 70.9-2 "OSPF Parameter Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
router-id Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> a 32-bit integer identifying the
- IPv4-address router in the Autonomous Sys
This element is always shown.
version Parameter type: <Ospf::Version> current version number of the
version2 OSPF protocol is 2
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- version2 : version number
area-bdr-rtr-stat Parameter type: <Ospf::AreaRtrStat> indicates whether the router is an
( area-bdr-rtr-stat area border router
| no-area-bdr-rtr-stat ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- area-bdr-rtr-stat : set area-bdr-rtr-stat value true
- no-area-bdr-rtr-stat : set area-bdr-rtr-stat value false
as-bdr-rtr-stat Parameter type: <Ospf::AsRtrStat> indicates whether the router is an
( as-bdr-rtr-stat Autonomous Sys border router
| no-as-bdr-rtr-stat ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- as-bdr-rtr-stat : set as-bdr-rtr-stat value true
- no-as-bdr-rtr-stat : set as-bdr-rtr-stat value false
ext-lsa-chcksm Parameter type: <SignedInteger> a 32-bit LS checksums of the
- a signed integer external link-state advertisements
This element is always shown.
overflow-state Parameter type: <Ospf::OvflwState> indicates the router overflow state
( overflow-state This element is always shown.
| no-overflow-state )
Possible values:
- overflow-state : set overflow-state value true
- no-overflow-state : set overflow-state value false

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1519

70 OSPF Status Commands

1520 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

71- RIP Status Commands

71.1 RIP Status Command Tree 71-1522

71.2 RIP Statistics Command 71-1523
71.3 RIP Peer Status Command 71-1524
71.4 RIP Routing Status Command 71-1525
71.5 RIP Global Status Command 71-1527

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1521

71 RIP Status Commands

71.1 RIP Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "RIP Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----rip
----statistics
- (ip-addr)
----peer
- (peer-ip-addr)
----routing-table
- (destination)
- mask
- peer
----global

1522 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 71 RIP Status Commands

71.2 RIP Statistics Command

Command Description
This command displays the RIP interface status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show rip statistics [ (ip-addr) ]

Command Parameters
Table 71.2-1 "RIP Statistics Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ip-addr) Format: show statistics of a specific IP
- IPv4-address interface

Command Output
Table 71.2-2 "RIP Statistics Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
periodical-update Parameter type: <Counter> total nbr of periodic RIP updates
- counter sent on this interface
This element is always shown.
rx-bad-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> number of RIP response pkts
- counter which were discarded
This element is always shown.
rx-bad-routes Parameter type: <Counter> number of routes in valid RIP
- counter packets which were ignored
This element is always shown.
updates-sent Parameter type: <Counter> number of triggered RIP updates
- counter sent on this interface
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1523

71 RIP Status Commands

71.3 RIP Peer Status Command

Command Description
This command displays information about a single routing peer.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show rip peer [ (peer-ip-addr) ]

Command Parameters
Table 71.3-1 "RIP Peer Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(peer-ip-addr) Format: IP identifying the remote peer
- IPv4-address

Command Output
Table 71.3-2 "RIP Peer Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
peer-version Parameter type: <SignedInteger> version number in the header of
- a signed integer the last RIP packet
This element is always shown.
last-updt-rx Parameter type: <TimeTicks> most recent RIP update received
- a timeout value from the system
- unit: msec This element is always shown.
rx-bad-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> number of RIP response pkts
- counter discarded as invalid
This element is always shown.
rx-bad-routes Parameter type: <Counter> number of routes that were
- counter ignored
This element is always shown.

1524 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 71 RIP Status Commands

71.4 RIP Routing Status Command

Command Description
This command displays a list of routes in the local routing table.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show rip routing-table [ (destination) [ mask <Ip::V4Address> ] [ peer <Ip::V4Address> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 71.4-1 "RIP Routing Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(destination) Format: IP address of the destination
- IPv4-address network
mask Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> mask for the destination network
Format:
- IPv4-address
peer Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> nexthop address where datagrams
Format: are to be forwarded
- IPv4-address

Command Output
Table 71.4-2 "RIP Routing Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
gateway Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> gateway address where
- IPv4-address datagrams are to be forwarded
This element is always shown.
vlan-id Parameter type: <Itf::ShubVlanAlias> vlan through which the route is
- an alias for a vlan learnt
This element is always shown.
metric Parameter type: <SignedInteger> reachability cost for the
- a signed integer destination
This element is always shown.
change-time Parameter type: <SignedInteger> time when the route is installed
- a signed integer This element is only shown in
detail mode.
valid Parameter type: <SignedInteger> row status for particular route

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1525

71 RIP Status Commands

name Type Description

- a signed integer entry
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1526 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 71 RIP Status Commands

71.5 RIP Global Status Command

Command Description
This command displays information regarding the sum of all the interface-related counters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show rip global

Command Output
Table 71.5-2 "RIP Global Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
periodic-updates Parameter type: <Counter> total nbr of periodic RIP updates
- counter sent from this router
This element is always shown.
dropped-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> number of packets dropped
- counter This element is always shown.
route-change Parameter type: <Counter> number of routes changed
- counter This element is always shown.
global-queries Parameter type: <Counter> number of responses sent to RIP
- counter queries
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1527

72- Cluster Status Commands

72.1 Cluster Status Command Tree 72-1529

72.2 Cluster Port Counter Status Command 72-1530
72.3 Neighbor Device Status Command 72-1532
72.4 Topology Device Status Command 72-1534
72.5 Topology Connect Status Command 72-1536

1528 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 72 Cluster Status Commands

72.1 Cluster Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Cluster Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----cluster
----counter
- (counter)
----neighbour
- (port-id)
----device
- (device)
----connect
- (device-id)
- port-id

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1529

72 Cluster Status Commands

72.2 Cluster Port Counter Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the counter of the port.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show cluster counter [ (counter) ]

Command Parameters
Table 72.2-1 "Cluster Port Counter Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(counter) Format: the interface index
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub

Command Output
Table 72.2-2 "Cluster Port Counter Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
disc-in Parameter type: <Counter> The number of received
- counter neighbour discovery packets on
the port
This element is always shown.
disc-out Parameter type: <Counter> The number of transmitted
- counter neighbour discovery packets on
the port.
This element is always shown.
disc-discard Parameter type: <Counter> The number of discard neighbour
- counter discovery packets due to invalid
packets on the port.
This element is always shown.
top-req-in Parameter type: <Counter> The number of received topology
- counter request packets on the port.
This element is always shown.
top-req-out Parameter type: <Counter> The number of transmitted
- counter topology request packets on the

1530 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


name
top-req-loop-discard
short name: loop
top-req-index-discard
short name: index
top-req-other-discard
short name: other
top-resp-in
top-resp-out
top-resp-discard
short name: response
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
72 Cluster Status Commands
Type Description
port.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of discarded
- counter topology request packets due to
loop on the port.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of discarded
- counter duplicate topology request
packets on the port.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of discarded
- counter topology request packets due to
error checksum, version etc. on
the port.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of received topology
- counter response packets on the port.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of transmitted
- counter topology response packets on the
port.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of discarded
- counter topology response packets on the
port.
This element is always shown.
Released 1531
72 Cluster Status Commands

72.3 Neighbor Device Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the neighbor info.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show cluster neighbour [ (port-id) ]

Command Parameters
Table 72.3-1 "Neighbor Device Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port-id) Format: interface index
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub

Command Output
Table 72.3-2 "Neighbor Device Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
device Parameter type: <Cluster::MacAddr> The neighbor device MAC
- binary string of 06 bytes address on the port.
- length: 6 This element is always shown.
port Parameter type: <Shub::NetworkPort> The port id of neighbor node
<Shub::NetworkPort> connected on the port.
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort> This element is always shown.
- network port on Shub
host Parameter type: <Cluster::HostName> The host name of neighbour node
- the cluster namer on the port.
- length: x<=255 This element is only shown in
detail mode.
description Parameter type: <Cluster::neighbourSystemDescription> The system description of
- a printable string neighbor node on the port.
- length: x<=255 This element is only shown in
detail mode.
stp Parameter type: <Cluster::neighbourPortSTPState> The stp state of the current port.
( disabled This element is always shown.

1532 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 72 Cluster Status Commands

name Type Description

| blocking
| listening
| learning
| forwarding
| broken )
Possible values:
- disabled : the STP in the port is disabled
- blocking : the STP in the port is blocking
- listening : the STP in the port is listening
- learning : the STP in the port is learning
- forwarding : the STP in the port is forwarding
- broken : the STP in the port is broken

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1533

72 Cluster Status Commands

72.4 Topology Device Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the information of nodes within the connected environment.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show cluster device [ (device) ]

Command Parameters
Table 72.4-1 "Topology Device Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(device) Format: device id
- binary string of 06 bytes
- length: 6

Command Output
Table 72.4-2 "Topology Device Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
host Parameter type: <Cluster::topologyHostName> The host name of connected
- a printable string node.
- length: x<=255 This element is only shown in
detail mode.
description Parameter type: <Cluster::topoloygSystemDescription> The ystem description of
- a printable string connected node.
- length: x<=255 This element is only shown in
detail mode.
cluster-name Parameter type: <Cluster::topologyClusterName> The cluster name of connected
- a printable string node.
- length: x<=255 This element is only shown in
detail mode.
cluster-role Parameter type: <Cluster::topologyClusterRole> The role of connected node.
( command This element is always shown.
| member
| backup
| candidate )
Possible values:

1534 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 72 Cluster Status Commands

name Type Description

- command : the connected node is a command node
- member : the connected node is a member node
- backup : the connected node is a backup node
- candidate : the connected node is a candidate node

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1535

72 Cluster Status Commands

72.5 Topology Connect Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the connected information of nodes within the connected environment in which the command
node is.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show cluster connect [ (device-id) [ port-id <Shub::NetworkPort> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 72.5-1 "Topology Connect Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(device-id) Format: native device id
- binary string of 06 bytes
- length: 6
port-id Parameter type: <Shub::NetworkPort> native port id
Format:
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub

Command Output
Table 72.5-2 "Topology Connect Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
peer-device Parameter type: <Cluster::peerDeviceID> The device MAC address of
- binary string of 06 bytes connected node with the native
- length: 6 node.
This element is always shown.
peer-port Parameter type: <Shub::NetworkPort> The device MAC address of
<Shub::NetworkPort> connected node with the native
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort> node.
- network port on Shub This element is always shown.
stp-state Parameter type: <Cluster::portSTPstate> The STP state of port.
( disabled This element is always shown.
| blocking
| listening

1536 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 72 Cluster Status Commands

name Type Description

| learning
| forwarding
| broken )
Possible values:
- disabled : the STP state is disabled
- blocking : the STP state is blocking
- listening : the STP state is listening
- learning : the STP state is learning
- forwarding : the STP state is forwarding
- broken : the STP state is broken

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1537

73- SHDSL Status Commands

73.1 SHDSL Status Command Tree 73-1539

73.2 SHDSL Inventory Status Command 73-1541
73.3 SHDSL Span Status Command 73-1543
73.4 SHDSL Unit Status Command 73-1550
73.5 SHDSL Segment Status Command 73-1552
73.6 SHDSL Segment Counters Current Interval Status 73-1556
Command
73.7 SHDSL Segment Counters Current Day Status 73-1558
Command
73.8 SHDSL Segment Counters Previous Interval Status 73-1560
Command
73.9 SHDSL Segment Counters Previous Day Status 73-1562
Command
73.10 SHDSL Span Current Interval Performance Data 73-1564
Status Command
73.11 SHDSL Span Current Day Performance Data Status 73-1566
Command
73.12 SHDSL Span Previous Interval Performance Data 73-1568
Status Command
73.13 SHDSL Span Previous Day Performance Data Status 73-1570
Command

1538 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 73 SHDSL Status Commands

73.1 SHDSL Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "SHDSL Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----shdsl
----inventory
- (if-index)
- unit-id
----span-status
- (if-index)
----unit-status
- (if-index)
- unit-id
----segment-status
- (if-index)
- unit-id
- side
- wire-pair
----segment-counters
----current-15min
- (if-index)
- unit-id
- side
- wire-pair
----current-1day
- (if-index)
- unit-id
- side
- wire-pair
----previous-15min
- (if-index)
- unit-id
- side
- wire-pair
- int-no
----previous-1day
- (if-index)
- unit-id
- side
- wire-pair
- int-no
----span-counters
----current-15min
- (if-index)
----current-1day
- (if-index)
----previous-15min
- (if-index)
- interval-number

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1539

73 SHDSL Status Commands

----previous-1day
- (if-index)
- interval-number

1540 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 73 SHDSL Status Commands

73.2 SHDSL Inventory Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the SHDSL inventory status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show shdsl inventory [ (if-index) [ unit-id <Shdsl::UnitId> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 73.2-1 "SHDSL Inventory Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
unit-id Parameter type: <Shdsl::UnitId> unit identifier in an SHDSL span
Format:
( stu-c
| stu-r )
Possible values:
- stu-c : the SHDSL unit is STU-C
- stu-r : the SHDSL unit is STU-R

Command Output
Table 73.2-2 "SHDSL Inventory Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
version Parameter type: <Shdsl::UnitShdslStdVersion> the SHDSL standard version for
- an SHDSL unit standard version this unit
- range: [0...255] This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1541

73 SHDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

list-no Parameter type: <Shdsl::UnitVendorListNumber> the vendor list number for this
- string indicates an SHDSL unit's vendor list number SHDSL unit
- length: x<=3 This element is always shown.
issue-no Parameter type: <Shdsl::UnitVendorIssueNumber> the vendor issue number for this
- string indicates SHDSL unit's vendor issue number SHDSL unit
- length: x<=2 This element is always shown.
sw-version Parameter type: <Shdsl::UnitVendorSwVersion> the vendor software version
- string indicates SHDSL unit's vendor softwr version nbr number for this SHDSL unit
- length: x<=6 This element is always shown.
clei-code Parameter type: <Shdsl::UnitCleiCode> the Common Language
- string indicates SHDSL unit's Common Language Equipment Identifier code for this
Equipment Identifier code SHDSL unit
- length: x<=10 This element is always shown.
vendor-id Parameter type: <Shdsl::UnitVendorID> the vendor id for this SHDSL unit
- a string indicates an SHDSL unit's vendor ID This element is only shown in
- length: x<=8 detail mode.
model-no Parameter type: <Shdsl::UnitVendorModelNumber> the vendor model number for this
- a string indicates an SHDSL unit's vendor model number SHDSL unit
- length: x<=12 This element is only shown in
detail mode.
serial-no Parameter type: <Shdsl::UnitVendorSerialNumber> the vendor serial number for this
- a string indicates an SHDSL unit's vendor serial number SHDSL unit
- length: x<=12 This element is only shown in
detail mode.
other-info Parameter type: <Shdsl::UnitVendorOtherInfo> the vendor other specific
- a string indicates an SHDSL unit's vendor specific info information for this SHDSL unit
- length: x<=12 This element is only shown in
detail mode.
region-cap Parameter type: <Shdsl::SpanRegionalSetting> the regional capablities that can
( annex-a/f be supported by this unit
| annex-b/g ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- annex-a/f : Annex A/F Region 1
- annex-b/g : Annex B/G Region 2

1542 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 73 SHDSL Status Commands

73.3 SHDSL Span Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the SHDSL span status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show shdsl span-status [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 73.3-1 "SHDSL Span Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 73.3-2 "SHDSL Span Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
state Parameter type: <Shdsl::SpanState> the overall state of this SHDSL
( unknown span
| unequipped This element is always shown.
| faulty
| idle
| startup
| active )
Possible values:
- unknown : the state is unknown
- unequipped : the state is unequipped
- faulty : the state is faulty

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1543

73 SHDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

- idle : the state is idle
- startup : the state is startup
- active : the state is active
det-stu-c Parameter type: <Shdsl::STUC> STU-C
( no-stu-c This element is only shown in
| stu-c ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-stu-c : STU-C isn't on this span
- stu-c : STU-C is on this span
det-stu-r Parameter type: <Shdsl::STUR> STU-R
( no-stu-r This element is only shown in
| stu-r ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-stu-r : STU-R isn't on this span
- stu-r : STU-R is on this span
det-sru-1 Parameter type: <Shdsl::SRU1> SRU-1
( no-sru-1 This element is only shown in
| sru-1 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-sru-1 : SRU-1 isn't on this span
- sru-1 : SRU-1 is on this span
det-sru-2 Parameter type: <Shdsl::SRU2> SRU-2
( no-sru-2 This element is only shown in
| sru-2 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-sru-2 : SRU-2 isn't on this span
- sru-2 : SRU-2 is on this span
det-sru-3 Parameter type: <Shdsl::SRU3> SRU-3
( no-sru-3 This element is only shown in
| sru-3 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-sru-3 : SRU-3 isn't on this span
- sru-3 : SRU-3 is on this span
det-sru-4 Parameter type: <Shdsl::SRU4> SRU-4
( no-sru-4 This element is only shown in
| sru-4 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-sru-4 : SRU-4 isn't on this span
- sru-4 : SRU-4 is on this span
det-sru-5 Parameter type: <Shdsl::SRU5> SRU-5
( no-sru-5 This element is only shown in
| sru-5 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-sru-5 : SRU-5 isn't on this span
- sru-5 : SRU-5 is on this span
det-sru-6 Parameter type: <Shdsl::SRU6> SRU-6
( no-sru-6 This element is only shown in
| sru-6 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-sru-6 : SRU-6 isn't on this span
- sru-6 : SRU-6 is on this span
det-sru-7 Parameter type: <Shdsl::SRU7> SRU-7
( no-sru-7 This element is only shown in
| sru-7 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-sru-7 : SRU-7 isn't on this span
- sru-7 : SRU-7 is on this span

1544 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 73 SHDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

det-sru-8 Parameter type: <Shdsl::SRU8> SRU-8
( no-sru-8 This element is only shown in
| sru-8 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-sru-8 : SRU-8 isn't on this span
- sru-8 : SRU-8 is on this span
inv-stu-c Parameter type: <Shdsl::STUC> STU-C
( no-stu-c This element is only shown in
| stu-c ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-stu-c : STU-C isn't on this span
- stu-c : STU-C is on this span
inv-stu-r Parameter type: <Shdsl::STUR> STU-R
( no-stu-r This element is only shown in
| stu-r ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-stu-r : STU-R isn't on this span
- stu-r : STU-R is on this span
inv-sru-1 Parameter type: <Shdsl::SRU1> SRU-1
( no-sru-1 This element is only shown in
| sru-1 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-sru-1 : SRU-1 isn't on this span
- sru-1 : SRU-1 is on this span
inv-sru-2 Parameter type: <Shdsl::SRU2> SRU-2
( no-sru-2 This element is only shown in
| sru-2 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-sru-2 : SRU-2 isn't on this span
- sru-2 : SRU-2 is on this span
inv-sru-3 Parameter type: <Shdsl::SRU3> SRU-3
( no-sru-3 This element is only shown in
| sru-3 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-sru-3 : SRU-3 isn't on this span
- sru-3 : SRU-3 is on this span
inv-sru-4 Parameter type: <Shdsl::SRU4> SRU-4
( no-sru-4 This element is only shown in
| sru-4 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-sru-4 : SRU-4 isn't on this span
- sru-4 : SRU-4 is on this span
inv-sru-5 Parameter type: <Shdsl::SRU5> SRU-5
( no-sru-5 This element is only shown in
| sru-5 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-sru-5 : SRU-5 isn't on this span
- sru-5 : SRU-5 is on this span
inv-sru-6 Parameter type: <Shdsl::SRU6> SRU-6
( no-sru-6 This element is only shown in
| sru-6 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-sru-6 : SRU-6 isn't on this span
- sru-6 : SRU-6 is on this span
inv-sru-7 Parameter type: <Shdsl::SRU7> SRU-7
( no-sru-7 This element is only shown in
| sru-7 ) detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1545

73 SHDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

Possible values:
- no-sru-7 : SRU-7 isn't on this span
- sru-7 : SRU-7 is on this span
inv-sru-8 Parameter type: <Shdsl::SRU8> SRU-8
( no-sru-8 This element is only shown in
| sru-8 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-sru-8 : SRU-8 isn't on this span
- sru-8 : SRU-8 is on this span
con-stu-c Parameter type: <Shdsl::STUC> STU-C
( no-stu-c This element is only shown in
| stu-c ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-stu-c : STU-C isn't on this span
- stu-c : STU-C is on this span
con-stu-r Parameter type: <Shdsl::STUR> STU-R
( no-stu-r This element is only shown in
| stu-r ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-stu-r : STU-R isn't on this span
- stu-r : STU-R is on this span
con-sru-1 Parameter type: <Shdsl::SRU1> SRU-1
( no-sru-1 This element is only shown in
| sru-1 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-sru-1 : SRU-1 isn't on this span
- sru-1 : SRU-1 is on this span
con-sru-2 Parameter type: <Shdsl::SRU2> SRU-2
( no-sru-2 This element is only shown in
| sru-2 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-sru-2 : SRU-2 isn't on this span
- sru-2 : SRU-2 is on this span
con-sru-3 Parameter type: <Shdsl::SRU3> SRU-3
( no-sru-3 This element is only shown in
| sru-3 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-sru-3 : SRU-3 isn't on this span
- sru-3 : SRU-3 is on this span
con-sru-4 Parameter type: <Shdsl::SRU4> SRU-4
( no-sru-4 This element is only shown in
| sru-4 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-sru-4 : SRU-4 isn't on this span
- sru-4 : SRU-4 is on this span
con-sru-5 Parameter type: <Shdsl::SRU5> SRU-5
( no-sru-5 This element is only shown in
| sru-5 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-sru-5 : SRU-5 isn't on this span
- sru-5 : SRU-5 is on this span
con-sru-6 Parameter type: <Shdsl::SRU6> SRU-6
( no-sru-6 This element is only shown in
| sru-6 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-sru-6 : SRU-6 isn't on this span
- sru-6 : SRU-6 is on this span

1546 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 73 SHDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

con-sru-7 Parameter type: <Shdsl::SRU7> SRU-7
( no-sru-7 This element is only shown in
| sru-7 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-sru-7 : SRU-7 isn't on this span
- sru-7 : SRU-7 is on this span
con-sru-8 Parameter type: <Shdsl::SRU8> SRU-8
( no-sru-8 This element is only shown in
| sru-8 ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-sru-8 : SRU-8 isn't on this span
- sru-8 : SRU-8 is on this span
stat-losw Parameter type: <Shdsl::LOSW> loss of word
( no-losw This element is only shown in
| losw ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-losw : no loss of word
- losw : loss of word
stat-lp-attn Parameter type: <Shdsl::LpAttn> loop attenuation alarm
( no-lp-attn This element is only shown in
| lp-attn ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-lp-attn : no loop attenuation
- lp-attn : loop attenuation
stat-snr Parameter type: <Shdsl::SNR> snr margin alarm
( no-snr This element is only shown in
| snr ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-snr : no snr margin alarm
- snr : snr margin alarm
stat-dc Parameter type: <Shdsl::DC> dc continuity fault
( no-dc This element is only shown in
| dc ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-dc : no dc continuity fault
- dc : dc continuity fault
stat-dev Parameter type: <Shdsl::Dev> device fault
( no-dev This element is only shown in
| dev ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-dev : no device fault
- dev : device fault
stat-conf Parameter type: <Shdsl::Conf> configuration error
( no-conf This element is only shown in
| conf ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-conf : configuration error
- conf : configuration error
stat-lp-act Parameter type: <Shdsl::LpAct> loopback active
( no-lp-act This element is only shown in
| lp-act ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-lp-act : loopback active
- lp-act : loopback active
stat-no-con Parameter type: <Shdsl::NoCon> not conform to stu-c of stu-r
( no-no-con initiated management flow
| no-con ) This element is only shown in

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1547

73 SHDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

Possible values: detail mode.
- no-no-con : not conform to stu-c of stu-r initiated
management flow
- no-con : not conform to stu-c of stu-r initiated management
flow
stat-lcd Parameter type: <Shdsl::LCD> ATM loss of cell delineation
( no-lcd This element is only shown in
| lcd ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-lcd : ATM loss of cell delineation
- lcd : ATM loss of cell delineation
stat-lop Parameter type: <Shdsl::LOP> loss of power
( no-lop This element is only shown in
| lop ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-lop : loss of power
- lop : loss of power
stat-ncd Parameter type: <Shdsl::NCD> no cell delineation
( no-ncd This element is only shown in
| ncd ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-ncd : no cell delineation
- ncd : no cell delineation
first-port Parameter type: <Shdsl::FirstPort> first-port
( first-pair This element is always shown.
| second-pair
| third-pair
| fourth-pair )
Possible values:
- first-pair : first pair
- second-pair : second pair
- third-pair : third pair
- fourth-pair : fourth pair
second-port Parameter type: <Shdsl::SecondPort> second-port
( first-pair This element is always shown.
| second-pair
| third-pair
| fourth-pair )
Possible values:
- first-pair : first pair
- second-pair : second pair
- third-pair : third pair
- fourth-pair : fourth pair
third-port Parameter type: <Shdsl::ThirdPort> third-port
( first-pair This element is always shown.
| second-pair
| third-pair
| fourth-pair )
Possible values:
- first-pair : first pair
- second-pair : second pair
- third-pair : third pair
- fourth-pair : fourth pair
fourth-port Parameter type: <Shdsl::FourthPort> fourth-port
( first-pair This element is always shown.
| second-pair
| third-pair

1548 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 73 SHDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

| fourth-pair )
Possible values:
- first-pair : first pair
- second-pair : second pair
- third-pair : third pair
- fourth-pair : fourth pair
curr-data-rate Parameter type: <Shdsl::BitRate> the current SHDSL data rate
- bitrate This element is always shown.
- unit: kbits/sec
tc-pam-modu Parameter type: <Shdsl::SpanTCPAMModulation> the current TC-PAM modulation
( tc-pam32 of the span
| tc-pam16 This element is always shown.
| unknown )
Possible values:
- tc-pam32 : tcPam32 modulation
- tc-pam16 : tcPam16 modulation
- unknown : unknown modulation

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1549

73 SHDSL Status Commands

73.4 SHDSL Unit Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the SHDSL unit status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show shdsl unit-status [ (if-index) [ unit-id <Shdsl::UnitId> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 73.4-1 "SHDSL Unit Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
unit-id Parameter type: <Shdsl::UnitId> unit identifier in an SHDSL span
Format:
( stu-c
| stu-r )
Possible values:
- stu-c : the SHDSL unit is STU-C
- stu-r : the SHDSL unit is STU-R

Command Output
Table 73.4-2 "SHDSL Unit Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
dc-pow Parameter type: <Shdsl::UnitDCPowering> the powering mode of this
( local-pow SHDSL span
| span-pow ) This element is always shown.

1550 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 73 SHDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

Possible values:
- local-pow : locally powered
- span-pow : span powered

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1551

73 SHDSL Status Commands

73.5 SHDSL Segment Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the status of individual segment end points in an SHDSL span.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show shdsl segment-status [ (if-index) [ unit-id <Shdsl::UnitId> ] [ side <Shdsl::SegmentSide> ] [ wire-pair
<Shdsl::SegmentTerminationWirePair> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 73.5-1 "SHDSL Segment Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
unit-id Parameter type: <Shdsl::UnitId> unit identifier in an SHDSL span
Format:
( stu-c
| stu-r )
Possible values:
- stu-c : the SHDSL unit is STU-C
- stu-r : the SHDSL unit is STU-R
side Parameter type: <Shdsl::SegmentSide> the particular side of an SHDSL
Format: unit in an SHDSL segment
( network
| customer )
Possible values:
- network : the network side
- customer : the customer side
wire-pair Parameter type: <Shdsl::SegmentTerminationWirePair> the particular wire pair of an
Format: SHDSL segment
( one

1552 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 73 SHDSL Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

| two
| three
| four )
Possible values:
- one : the first pair
- two : the second pair
- three : the third pair
- four : the fourth pair

Command Output
Table 73.5-2 "SHDSL Segment Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
seg-st-losw Parameter type: <Shdsl::LOSW> loss of word
( no-losw This element is only shown in
| losw ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-losw : no loss of word
- losw : loss of word
seg-st-lp-attn Parameter type: <Shdsl::LpAttn> loop attenuation alarm
( no-lp-attn This element is only shown in
| lp-attn ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-lp-attn : no loop attenuation
- lp-attn : loop attenuation
seg-st-snr Parameter type: <Shdsl::SNR> snr margin alarm
( no-snr This element is only shown in
| snr ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-snr : no snr margin alarm
- snr : snr margin alarm
seg-st-dc Parameter type: <Shdsl::DC> dc continuity fault
( no-dc This element is only shown in
| dc ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-dc : no dc continuity fault
- dc : dc continuity fault
seg-st-dev Parameter type: <Shdsl::Dev> device fault
( no-dev This element is only shown in
| dev ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-dev : no device fault
- dev : device fault
seg-st-conf Parameter type: <Shdsl::Conf> configuration error
( no-conf This element is only shown in
| conf ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-conf : configuration error
- conf : configuration error
seg-st-lp-act Parameter type: <Shdsl::LpAct> loopback active
( no-lp-act This element is only shown in
| lp-act ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-lp-act : loopback active
- lp-act : loopback active

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1553

73 SHDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

seg-st-no-con Parameter type: <Shdsl::NoCon> not conform to stu-c of stu-r
( no-no-con initiated management flow
| no-con ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- no-no-con : not conform to stu-c of stu-r initiated
management flow
- no-con : not conform to stu-c of stu-r initiated management
flow
seg-st-lcd Parameter type: <Shdsl::LCD> ATM loss of cell delineation
( no-lcd This element is only shown in
| lcd ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-lcd : ATM loss of cell delineation
- lcd : ATM loss of cell delineation
seg-st-lop Parameter type: <Shdsl::LOP> loss of power
( no-lop This element is only shown in
| lop ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-lop : loss of power
- lop : loss of power
seg-st-ncd Parameter type: <Shdsl::NCD> no cell delineation
( no-ncd This element is only shown in
| ncd ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- no-ncd : no cell delineation
- ncd : no cell delineation
lpbk-stat Parameter type: <Shdsl::SegmentTermLoopbackState> the loopback mode at this
( no-lpbk SHDSL segment termination
| norm This element is always shown.
| spec )
Possible values:
- no-lpbk : no loopback
- norm : normal loopback
- spec : special loopback
snr-mgn Parameter type: <Shdsl::SegmentTerminationSnrMargin> the SNR margin at this SHDSL
- an SNR margin value measured for an SHDSL segment segment termination
- unit: db This element is always shown.
- range: [-128...127]
lp-at Parameter type: <Shdsl::SegmentTermLoopAttenuation> the loop attenuation at this
- a loop attenuation value measured for an SHDSL segment SHDSL segment termination
- unit: db This element is always shown.
- range: [-128...127]
pbo-l1 Parameter type: <Shdsl::SegmentTermPowerBackoffLv1> the power backoff level 1 value at
- power backoff level 1 value measured for SHDSL segment this SHDSL segment termination
- unit: db This element is always shown.
- range: [0...31]
tip-ring-reversal Parameter type: <Shdsl::SegmentTermTRReversal> the tip/ring pair state at this
( normal SHDSL segment termination
| reversed ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- normal : normal mode
- reversed : reversed mode
pbo-mode Parameter type: <Shdsl::SegmentTerminationPBOStatus> the power backoff state at this
( default SHDSL segment termination
| selected ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- default : default mode

1554 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 73 SHDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

- selected : selected mode

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1555

73 SHDSL Status Commands

73.6 SHDSL Segment Counters Current Interval

Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the operational data of individual segment end points in an SHDSL span.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show shdsl segment-counters current-15min [ (if-index) [ unit-id <Shdsl::UnitId> ] [ side <Shdsl::SegmentSide>
] [ wire-pair <Shdsl::SegmentTerminationWirePair> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 73.6-1 "SHDSL Segment Counters Current Interval Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
unit-id Parameter type: <Shdsl::UnitId> unit identifier in an SHDSL span
Format:
( stu-c
| stu-r )
Possible values:
- stu-c : the SHDSL unit is STU-C
- stu-r : the SHDSL unit is STU-R
side Parameter type: <Shdsl::SegmentSide> the particular side of an SHDSL
Format: unit in an SHDSL segment
( network
| customer )
Possible values:
- network : the network side
- customer : the customer side

1556 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 73 SHDSL Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

wire-pair Parameter type: <Shdsl::SegmentTerminationWirePair> the particular wire pair of an
Format: SHDSL segment
( one
| two
| three
| four )
Possible values:
- one : the first pair
- two : the second pair
- three : the third pair
- four : the fourth pair

Command Output
Table 73.6-2 "SHDSL Segment Counters Current Interval Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
time-el Parameter type: the elapsed seconds in the current
<Shdsl::SegmentTermCurr15MTimeElapsed> 15-minute interval
- an elapsed seconds in the current 15-minute interval This element is always shown.
- unit: sec
- range: [0...900]
es Parameter type: <Counter> number of errored seconds
- counter This element is always shown.
ses Parameter type: <Counter> number of severely errored
- counter seconds
This element is always shown.
crc Parameter type: <Counter> number of CRC anomalies
- counter This element is always shown.
losws Parameter type: <Counter> number of loss of sync word
- counter This element is always shown.
uas Parameter type: <Counter> number of unavailable seconds
- counter This element is always shown.
va-int Parameter type: the number of previous intervals
<Shdsl::SegmentTermCurr15MValidIntervals> for which data has been stored
- a number of previous intervals for which data has been This element is always shown.
stored
- range: [0...96]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1557

73 SHDSL Status Commands

73.7 SHDSL Segment Counters Current Day Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the current day counters of individual segment end points in an SHDSL span.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show shdsl segment-counters current-1day [ (if-index) [ unit-id <Shdsl::UnitId> ] [ side <Shdsl::SegmentSide> ]
[ wire-pair <Shdsl::SegmentTerminationWirePair> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 73.7-1 "SHDSL Segment Counters Current Day Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
unit-id Parameter type: <Shdsl::UnitId> unit identifier in an SHDSL span
Format:
( stu-c
| stu-r )
Possible values:
- stu-c : the SHDSL unit is STU-C
- stu-r : the SHDSL unit is STU-R
side Parameter type: <Shdsl::SegmentSide> the particular side of an SHDSL
Format: unit in an SHDSL segment
( network
| customer )
Possible values:
- network : the network side
- customer : the customer side

1558 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 73 SHDSL Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

wire-pair Parameter type: <Shdsl::SegmentTerminationWirePair> the particular wire pair of an
Format: SHDSL segment
( one
| two
| three
| four )
Possible values:
- one : the first pair
- two : the second pair
- three : the third pair
- four : the fourth pair

Command Output
Table 73.7-2 "SHDSL Segment Counters Current Day Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
time-el Parameter type: the elapsed seconds in the current
<Shdsl::SegmentTermCurr1DTimeElapsed> day interval
- an elapsed seconds in the current day interval This element is always shown.
- unit: sec
- range: [0...86400]
es Parameter type: <Counter> number of errored seconds
- counter This element is always shown.
ses Parameter type: <Counter> number of severely errored
- counter seconds
This element is always shown.
crc Parameter type: <Counter> number of CRC anomalies
- counter This element is always shown.
losws Parameter type: <Counter> number of loss of sync word
- counter This element is always shown.
uas Parameter type: <Counter> number of unavailable seconds
- counter This element is always shown.
va-int Parameter type: the number of previous intervals
<Shdsl::SegmentTermCurr1DValidIntervals> for which data has been stored
- a number of previous intervals for which data has been This element is always shown.
stored
- range: [0...30]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1559

73 SHDSL Status Commands

73.8 SHDSL Segment Counters Previous Interval

Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the previous interval counters of individual segment end points in an SHDSL span.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show shdsl segment-counters previous-15min [ (if-index) [ unit-id <Shdsl::UnitId> ] [ side

<Shdsl::SegmentSide> ] [ wire-pair <Shdsl::SegmentTerminationWirePair> ] [ int-no <Shdsl::IntervalNumber> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 73.8-1 "SHDSL Segment Counters Previous Interval Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
unit-id Parameter type: <Shdsl::UnitId> unit identifier in an SHDSL span
Format:
( stu-c
| stu-r )
Possible values:
- stu-c : the SHDSL unit is STU-C
- stu-r : the SHDSL unit is STU-R
side Parameter type: <Shdsl::SegmentSide> the particular side of an SHDSL
Format: unit in an SHDSL segment
( network
| customer )
Possible values:
- network : the network side
- customer : the customer side

1560 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 73 SHDSL Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

wire-pair Parameter type: <Shdsl::SegmentTerminationWirePair> the particular wire pair of an
Format: SHDSL segment
( one
| two
| three
| four )
Possible values:
- one : the first pair
- two : the second pair
- three : the third pair
- four : the fourth pair
int-no Parameter type: <Shdsl::IntervalNumber> the performance interval number
Format:
- a performance interval number
- range: [1...96]

Command Output
Table 73.8-2 "SHDSL Segment Counters Previous Interval Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
mon-sec Parameter type: <Shdsl::PreviousIntevalMoniSecs> number of actually monitored
- a monitored seconds number seconds in this interval
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
- range: [0...900]
es Parameter type: <Counter> number of errored seconds
- counter This element is always shown.
ses Parameter type: <Counter> number of severely errored
- counter seconds
This element is always shown.
crc Parameter type: <Counter> number of CRC anomalies
- counter This element is always shown.
losws Parameter type: <Counter> number of loss of sync word
- counter This element is always shown.
uas Parameter type: <Counter> number of unavailable seconds
- counter This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1561

73 SHDSL Status Commands

73.9 SHDSL Segment Counters Previous Day

Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the previous day counters of individual segment end points in an SHDSL span.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show shdsl segment-counters previous-1day [ (if-index) [ unit-id <Shdsl::UnitId> ] [ side <Shdsl::SegmentSide>
] [ wire-pair <Shdsl::SegmentTerminationWirePair> ] [ int-no <Shdsl::Interval1DayNumber> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 73.9-1 "SHDSL Segment Counters Previous Day Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
unit-id Parameter type: <Shdsl::UnitId> unit identifier in an SHDSL span
Format:
( stu-c
| stu-r )
Possible values:
- stu-c : the SHDSL unit is STU-C
- stu-r : the SHDSL unit is STU-R
side Parameter type: <Shdsl::SegmentSide> the particular side of an SHDSL
Format: unit in an SHDSL segment
( network
| customer )
Possible values:
- network : the network side
- customer : the customer side

1562 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 73 SHDSL Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

wire-pair Parameter type: <Shdsl::SegmentTerminationWirePair> the particular wire pair of an
Format: SHDSL segment
( one
| two
| three
| four )
Possible values:
- one : the first pair
- two : the second pair
- three : the third pair
- four : the fourth pair
int-no Parameter type: <Shdsl::Interval1DayNumber> the performance interval number
Format:
- a performance interval one day number
- range: [1...30]

Command Output
Table 73.9-2 "SHDSL Segment Counters Previous Day Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
mon-sec Parameter type: <Shdsl::PreviousInteval1DayMoniSecs> number of actually monitored
- a monitored seconds number seconds in this interval
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
- range: [0...86400]
es Parameter type: <Counter> number of errored seconds
- counter This element is always shown.
ses Parameter type: <Counter> number of severely errored
- counter seconds
This element is always shown.
crc Parameter type: <Counter> number of CRC anomalies
- counter This element is always shown.
losws Parameter type: <Counter> number of loss of sync word
- counter This element is always shown.
uas Parameter type: <Counter> number of unavailable seconds
- counter This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1563

73 SHDSL Status Commands

73.10 SHDSL Span Current Interval Performance

Data Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the current interval performance data of an SHDSL span.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show shdsl span-counters current-15min [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 73.10-1 "SHDSL Span Current Interval Performance Data Status Command" Resource
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Parameters
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 73.10-2 "SHDSL Span Current Interval Performance Data Status Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
time-el Parameter type: <Shdsl::PMCurr15MinTimeElapsed> the elapsed seconds in the current
- an elapsed seconds in the current 15-minute interval 15-minute interval
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
- range: [0...900]
re-init Parameter type: <Counter> number of total reinitializations

1564 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 73 SHDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

- counter This element is always shown.
re-init-lpr Parameter type: <Counter> number of total reinitializations
- counter due to lpr events
This element is always shown.
valid-interval Parameter type: <Shdsl::PM15MinValidIntervals> the number of previous intervals
- number of previous intrvl for which data is stored for which data has been stored
- range: [0...96] This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1565

73 SHDSL Status Commands

73.11 SHDSL Span Current Day Performance Data

Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the current day performance data of an SHDSL span.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show shdsl span-counters current-1day [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 73.11-1 "SHDSL Span Current Day Performance Data Status Command" Resource
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Parameters
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 73.11-2 "SHDSL Span Current Day Performance Data Status Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
time-el Parameter type: <Shdsl::PMCurr1DayTimeElapsed> the elapsed seconds in the current
- an elapsed seconds in the current day interval day interval
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
- range: [0...86400]
re-init Parameter type: <Counter> number of total reinitializations

1566 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 73 SHDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

- counter This element is always shown.
re-init-lpr Parameter type: <Counter> number of total reinitializations
- counter due to lpr events
This element is always shown.
valid-interval Parameter type: <Shdsl::PM1DayValidIntervals> the number of previous intervals
- number of previous 1day intrvl for which data is stored for which data has been stored
- range: [0...30] This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1567

73 SHDSL Status Commands

73.12 SHDSL Span Previous Interval Performance

Data Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the previous interval performance data of an SHDSL span.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show shdsl span-counters previous-15min [ (if-index) [ interval-number <Shdsl::PM15MinIntervalNumber> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 73.12-1 "SHDSL Span Previous Interval Performance Data Status Command" Resource
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
interval-number
Parameters
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Parameter type: <Shdsl::PM15MinIntervalNumber> the performance interval number
Format:
- a performance interval number
- range: [1...96]

Command Output
Table 73.12-2 "SHDSL Span Previous Interval Performance Data Status Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
moni-secs Parameter type: <Shdsl::PM15MinIntevalMoniSecs> number of actually monitored

1568 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 73 SHDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

- a monitored seconds in a previous 15-minute interval seconds in this interval
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
- range: [0...900]
re-init Parameter type: <Counter> number of total reinitializations
- counter This element is always shown.
re-init-lpr Parameter type: <Counter> number of total reinitializations
- counter due to lpr events
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1569

73 SHDSL Status Commands

73.13 SHDSL Span Previous Day Performance Data

Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the previous day performance data of an SHDSL span.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show shdsl span-counters previous-1day [ (if-index) [ interval-number <Shdsl::PM1DayIntervalNumber> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 73.13-1 "SHDSL Span Previous Day Performance Data Status Command" Resource
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
interval-number
Parameters
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Parameter type: <Shdsl::PM1DayIntervalNumber> the performance interval number
Format:
- a performance interval number
- range: [1...30]

Command Output
Table 73.13-2 "SHDSL Span Previous Day Performance Data Status Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
moni-secs Parameter type: <Shdsl::PM1DayIntevalMoniSecs> number of actually monitored

1570 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 73 SHDSL Status Commands

name Type Description

- a monitored seconds in a previous 1 day interval seconds in this interval
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
- range: [0...86400]
re-init Parameter type: <Counter> number of total reinitializations
- counter This element is always shown.
re-init-lpr Parameter type: <Counter> number of total reinitializations
- counter due to lpr events
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1571

74- IMA Status Commands

74.1 IMA Status Command Tree 74-1573

74.2 IMA Group Status Command 74-1574
74.3 IMA Group Near-End Current Interval Performance 74-1579
Data Status Command
74.4 IMA Group Near-End Previous Interval Performance 74-1581
Data Status Command
74.5 IMA Group Far-End Current Interval Performance Data 74-1583
Status Command
74.6 IMA Group Far-End Previous Interval Performance 74-1585
Data Status Command
74.7 IMA Link Status Command 74-1587
74.8 IMA Link Near-End Current Interval Performance Data 74-1591
Status Command
74.9 IMA Link Near-End Previous Interval Performance 74-1593
Data Status Command
74.10 IMA Link Far-End Current Interval Performance Data 74-1595
Status Command
74.11 IMA Link Far-End Previous Interval Performance 74-1597
Data Status Command

1572 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 74 IMA Status Commands

74.1 IMA Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "IMA Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----ima
----group
----state
- (if-index)
----counters
----near-end
----current-interval
- (if-index)
----previous-interval
- (if-index)
- interval-no
----far-end
----current-interval
- (if-index)
----previous-interval
- (if-index)
- interval-no
----link
----state
- (if-index)
----counters
----near-end
----current-interval
- (if-index)
----previous-interval
- (if-index)
- interval-no
----far-end
----current-interval
- (if-index)
----previous-interval
- (if-index)
- interval-no

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1573

74 IMA Status Commands

74.2 IMA Group Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the IMA group status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ima group state [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 74.2-1 "IMA Group Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 74.2-2 "IMA Group Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
grp-if-index Parameter type: <Itf::ImaLine> the logical interface number
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / assigned to this IMA group
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

1574 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 74 IMA Status Commands

name Type Description

near-end Parameter type: <Ima::GroupState> the operational state of the
short name: ne ( ( not-conf | nc ) near-end IMA group state
| ( start-up | su ) machine
| ( start-up-ack | sua ) This element is always shown.
| ( conf-abt-unsupported | cau )
| ( conf-abt-incomp-sym | cais )
| ( conf-abt-other | cao )
| ( insuff-links | il )
| ( blked | blk )
| op )
Possible values:
- not-conf : not configured
- nc : not configured
- start-up : start up
- su : start up
- start-up-ack : start up acknowledgement
- sua : start up acknowledgement
- conf-abt-unsupported : config abort unsupported m
- cau : config abort unsupported m
- conf-abt-incomp-sym : config abort incompatible
symmetry
- cais : config abort incompatible symmetry
- conf-abt-other : config abort other
- cao : config abort other
- insuff-links : insufficient links
- il : insufficient links
- blked : blocked
- blk : blocked
- op : operational
far-end Parameter type: <Ima::GroupState> the operational state of the
short name: fe ( ( not-conf | nc ) far-end IMA group state machine
| ( start-up | su ) This element is always shown.
| ( start-up-ack | sua )
| ( conf-abt-unsupported | cau )
| ( conf-abt-incomp-sym | cais )
| ( conf-abt-other | cao )
| ( insuff-links | il )
| ( blked | blk )
| op )
Possible values:
- not-conf : not configured
- nc : not configured
- start-up : start up
- su : start up
- start-up-ack : start up acknowledgement
- sua : start up acknowledgement
- conf-abt-unsupported : config abort unsupported m
- cau : config abort unsupported m
- conf-abt-incomp-sym : config abort incompatible
symmetry
- cais : config abort incompatible symmetry
- conf-abt-other : config abort other
- cao : config abort other
- insuff-links : insufficient links
- il : insufficient links
- blked : blocked
- blk : blocked

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1575

74 IMA Status Commands

name Type Description

failure-status
short name: fa-st
fe-tx-clk-mode
tx-timing-ref-link
rx-timing-ref-link
- op : operational
Parameter type: <Ima::GroupFailureStatus> the failure status of the IMA
( ( no-fail | nf ) group
| ( start-up-ne | sun ) This element is always shown.
| ( start-up-fe | suf )
| ( inv-m-val-ne | imvn )
| ( inv-m-val-fe | imvf )
| ( fail-asym-ne | fan )
| ( fail-asym-fe | faf )
| ( insuff-links-ne | iln )
| ( insuff-links-fe | ilf )
| ( blked-ne | bn )
| ( blked-fe | bf )
| ( other-fail | of ) )
Possible values:
- no-fail : no failure
- nf : no failure
- start-up-ne : start up near end
- sun : start up near end
- start-up-fe : start up far end
- suf : start up far end
- inv-m-val-ne : invalid m-value near end
- imvn : invalid m-value near end
- inv-m-val-fe : invalid m-value far end
- imvf : invalid m-value far end
- fail-asym-ne : failed asymmetric near end
- fan : failed asymmetric near end
- fail-asym-fe : failed asymmetric far end
- faf : failed asymmetric far end
- insuff-links-ne : insufficient links near end
- iln : insufficient links near end
- insuff-links-fe : insufficient links far end
- ilf : insufficient links far end
- blked-ne : blocked near end
- bn : blocked near end
- blked-fe : blocked far end
- bf : blocked far end
- other-fail : other failure
- of : other failure
Parameter type: <Ima::GroupTxClkMode> the transmit clocking mode of the
( ctc IMA group far end
| itc ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- ctc : the transmit clocking mode is ctc
- itc : the transmit clocking mode is itc
Parameter type: <Itf::ShdslLine> the transmit timing reference link
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / interface number
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Parameter type: <Itf::ShdslLine> the receive timing reference link

1576 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 74 IMA Status Commands

name Type Description

<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / interface number
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
rx-ima-id Parameter type: <Ima::GroupRxImaId> the imd id used by the far-end
short name: rii - an imd id used by the far-end ima function ima function
- range: [0...255] This element is always shown.
rx-frm-len Parameter type: <Ima::GroupFrameLength> the frame length used by the
( m32 remote IMA function
| m64 This element is only shown in
| m128 detail mode.
| m256 )
Possible values:
- m32 : the frame length is 32 cells
- m64 : the frame length is 64 cells
- m128 : the frame length is 128 cells
- m256 : the frame length is 256 cells
least-delay-link Parameter type: <Itf::ShdslLine> the interface number identifies
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the smallest propagation delay
<Eqpt::PortId> link
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> This element is only shown in
- the rack number detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
diff-delay-max-obs Parameter type: <Ima::GroupDiffDelayMaxObs> the maximum observed
- a maximum observed milliseconds of delay differential milliseconds of delay differential
- unit: ms This element is only shown in
detail mode.
rs Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the running seconds of the ima
- a signed integer group
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
uas Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the unavailable seconds of the
- a signed integer ima group
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
near-end-fail Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the number of failures occurred at
short name: ne-fa - a signed integer the near end
This element is always shown.
fe-num-failures Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the number of failures occurred at
short name: fe-fa - a signed integer the far end
This element is always shown.
tx-avail-cell-rate Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the available cell rate in transmit
- a signed integer direction
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
rx-avail-cell-rate Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the available cell rate in receive

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1577

74 IMA Status Commands
name
tx-num-cfg-links
short name: tncl
rx-num-cfg-links
short name: rncl
tx-num-act-links
short name: tnal
rx-num-act-links
short name: rnal
1578 Released
Type Description
- a signed integer direction
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the number of links configured to
- a signed integer transmit
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the number of links configured to
- a signed integer receive
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the number of links configured to
- a signed integer transmit and must be acitve
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the number of links configured to
- a signed integer receive and must be acitve
This element is always shown.
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
 74 IMA Status Commands

74.3 IMA Group Near-End Current Interval

Performance Data Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the IMA groups near-end current interval status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ima group counters near-end current-interval [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 74.3-1 "IMA Group Near-End Current Interval Performance Data Status Command"
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Resource Parameters
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 74.3-2 "IMA Group Near-End Current Interval Performance Data Status Command"
Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
time-el Parameter type: <Ima::GroupCurrentTimeElapsed> the number of time elapsed in the
- a number of time elapsed in a current interval current interval
- range: [0...899] This element is always shown.
valid-interval Parameter type: <Ima::GroupCurrentValidIntervals> the number of previous valid
- a number of previous valid intervals intervals

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1579

74 IMA Status Commands

name Type Description

- range: [0...32] This element is always shown.
uas Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of unavailable
- gauge seconds in the current interval
This element is always shown.
fc Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of failures in the
- gauge current interval
This element is always shown.

1580 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 74 IMA Status Commands

74.4 IMA Group Near-End Previous Interval

Performance Data Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the IMA groups near-end previous interval status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ima group counters near-end previous-interval [ (if-index) [ interval-no <Ima::GroupIntervalNumber> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 74.4-1 "IMA Group Near-End Previous Interval Performance Data Status Command"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
interval-no Parameter type: <Ima::GroupIntervalNumber> the number of the interval
Format: number
- a number of a interval number
- range: [1...32]

Command Output
Table 74.4-2 "IMA Group Near-End Previous Interval Performance Data Status Command"
Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
uas Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of unavailable

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1581

74 IMA Status Commands

name Type Description

- gauge seconds in the previous interval
This element is always shown.
fc Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of failures in the
- gauge previous interval
This element is always shown.

1582 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 74 IMA Status Commands

74.5 IMA Group Far-End Current Interval

Performance Data Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the IMA groups far-end current interval status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ima group counters far-end current-interval [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 74.5-1 "IMA Group Far-End Current Interval Performance Data Status Command"
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Resource Parameters
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 74.5-2 "IMA Group Far-End Current Interval Performance Data Status Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
time-el Parameter type: <Ima::GroupFarEndTimeElapsed> the number of time elapsed in the
- a number of time elapsed in a current interval far end interval
- range: [0...899] This element is always shown.
valid-interval Parameter type: <Ima::GroupFarEndValidIntervals> the number of the far end valid
- a number of previous valid intervals intervals

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1583

74 IMA Status Commands

name Type Description

- range: [0...32] This element is always shown.
fc Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of failures in the far
- gauge end interval
This element is always shown.

1584 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 74 IMA Status Commands

74.6 IMA Group Far-End Previous Interval

Performance Data Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the IMA groups far-end previous interval status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ima group counters far-end previous-interval [ (if-index) [ interval-no <Ima::GroupFarEndIntervalNumber>
]]

Command Parameters
Table 74.6-1 "IMA Group Far-End Previous Interval Performance Data Status Command"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
interval-no Parameter type: <Ima::GroupFarEndIntervalNumber> the number of the previous
Format: interval number
- a number of a previous interval number
- range: [1...32]

Command Output
Table 74.6-2 "IMA Group Far-End Previous Interval Performance Data Status Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1585

74 IMA Status Commands

name Type Description

fc Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of failures in the far
- gauge end previous interval
This element is always shown.

1586 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 74 IMA Status Commands

74.7 IMA Link Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the IMA link status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ima link state [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 74.7-1 "IMA Link Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 74.7-2 "IMA Link Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ne-tx-state Parameter type: <Ima::LinkState> the mandatory state of the
( not-in-grp near-end transmit link
| uus-not-gi-rea This element is only shown in
| uus-fau detail mode.
| uus-mis-con
| uus-blk
| uus-fail
| use
| act )
Possible values:
- not-in-grp : not in group

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1587

74 IMA Status Commands

name Type Description

- uus-not-gi-rea : unusable not given reason
- uus-fau : unusable fault
- uus-mis-con : unusable misconnected
- uus-blk : unusable blocked
- uus-fail : unusable failed
- use : usable
- act : active
ne-rx-state Parameter type: <Ima::LinkState> the mandatory state of the
( not-in-grp near-end receive link
| uus-not-gi-rea This element is only shown in
| uus-fau detail mode.
| uus-mis-con
| uus-blk
| uus-fail
| use
| act )
Possible values:
- not-in-grp : not in group
- uus-not-gi-rea : unusable not given reason
- uus-fau : unusable fault
- uus-mis-con : unusable misconnected
- uus-blk : unusable blocked
- uus-fail : unusable failed
- use : usable
- act : active
fe-tx-state Parameter type: <Ima::LinkState> the mandatory state of the far-end
( not-in-grp transmit link
| uus-not-gi-rea This element is only shown in
| uus-fau detail mode.
| uus-mis-con
| uus-blk
| uus-fail
| use
| act )
Possible values:
- not-in-grp : not in group
- uus-not-gi-rea : unusable not given reason
- uus-fau : unusable fault
- uus-mis-con : unusable misconnected
- uus-blk : unusable blocked
- uus-fail : unusable failed
- use : usable
- act : active
fe-rx-state Parameter type: <Ima::LinkState> the mandatory state of the far-end
( not-in-grp receive link
| uus-not-gi-rea This element is only shown in
| uus-fau detail mode.
| uus-mis-con
| uus-blk
| uus-fail
| use
| act )
Possible values:
- not-in-grp : not in group
- uus-not-gi-rea : unusable not given reason
- uus-fau : unusable fault
- uus-mis-con : unusable misconnected

1588 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 74 IMA Status Commands

name Type Description

- uus-blk : unusable blocked
- uus-fail : unusable failed
- use : usable
- act : active
ne-rx-fail-stat Parameter type: <Ima::LinkFailureStatus> the mandatory link failure status
( no-fail of the near-end receive link
| ima-lk-fail This element is only shown in
| lif-fail detail mode.
| lods-fail
| mis-con
| blked
| fau
| fe-tx-lk-uus
| fe-rx-lk-uus )
Possible values:
- no-fail : no failure
- ima-lk-fail : ima link failure
- lif-fail : lif failure
- lods-fail : lods failure
- mis-con : mis connected
- blked : blocked
- fau : fault
- fe-tx-lk-uus : far end tx link unusable
- fe-rx-lk-uus : far end rx link unusable
fe-rx-fail-stat Parameter type: <Ima::LinkFailureStatus> the mandatory link failure status
( no-fail of the far-end receive link
| ima-lk-fail This element is only shown in
| lif-fail detail mode.
| lods-fail
| mis-con
| blked
| fau
| fe-tx-lk-uus
| fe-rx-lk-uus )
Possible values:
- no-fail : no failure
- ima-lk-fail : ima link failure
- lif-fail : lif failure
- lods-fail : lods failure
- mis-con : mis connected
- blked : blocked
- fau : fault
- fe-tx-lk-uus : far end tx link unusable
- fe-rx-lk-uus : far end rx link unusable
tx-lid Parameter type: <Ima::LinkTxLid> the outgoing LID used on the link
short name: tl - an outgoing LID used on a link This element is always shown.
- range: [0...31]
rx-lid Parameter type: <Ima::LinkRxLid> the incoming LID used on the
short name: rl - an incoming LID used on a link link
- range: [0...31] This element is always shown.
rel-delay Parameter type: <Ima::LinkRelDelay> the latest measured delay on this
short name: rd - a number of milliseconds of a measured delay link relative to the link
- unit: ms This element is always shown.
ima-violations Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the number of the count of
short name: iv - a signed integer invalid ICP cells
This element is always shown.
oif-anomalies Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the number of OIF anomalies

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1589

74 IMA Status Commands

name Type Description

short name: oa - a signed integer during non-SES-IMA
This element is always shown.
ne-ses Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the number of the count of one
short name: ns - a signed integer second intervals containing link
defects
This element is always shown.
fe-ses Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the number of the count of one
- a signed integer second intervals containing
RDI-IMA defects
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
ne-uas Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the number of the count of
short name: nu - a signed integer unavailable seconds at near-end
This element is always shown.
fe-uas Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the number of the count of
short name: fu - a signed integer unavailable seconds at far-end
This element is always shown.
ne-tx-uus Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the number of the count of
short name: ntu - a signed integer unusable seconds at near end Tx
This element is always shown.
ne-rx-uus Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the number of the count of
short name: nru - a signed integer unusable seconds at near end Rx
This element is always shown.
fe-tx-uus Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the number of the count of
short name: ftu - a signed integer unusable seconds at far end Tx
This element is always shown.
fe-rx-uus Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the number of the count of
short name: fru - a signed integer unusable seconds at far end Rx
This element is always shown.
ne-tx-fail Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the number of the failure of the
short name: ntf - a signed integer near end transmit
This element is always shown.
ne-rx-fail Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the number of the failure of the
short name: nrf - a signed integer near end receive
This element is always shown.
fe-tx-fail Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the number of the failure of the
short name: ftf - a signed integer far end transmit
This element is always shown.
fe-rx-fail Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the number of the failure of the
short name: frf - a signed integer far end receive
This element is always shown.
tx-stuffs Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the number of the count of stuff
short name: ts - a signed integer events in transmit
This element is always shown.
rx-stuffs Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the number of the count of stuff
short name: rs - a signed integer events in receive
This element is always shown.

1590 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 74 IMA Status Commands

74.8 IMA Link Near-End Current Interval

Performance Data Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the IMA links near-end current interval status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ima link counters near-end current-interval [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 74.8-1 "IMA Link Near-End Current Interval Performance Data Status Command"
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Resource Parameters
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 74.8-2 "IMA Link Near-End Current Interval Performance Data Status Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
time-el Parameter type: <Ima::LinkCurrentTimeElapsed> the number of time elapsed in the
- a number of time elapsed in a current interval of a link current interval of the link
- range: [0...899] This element is always shown.
valid-interval Parameter type: <Ima::LinkCurrentValidIntervals> the number of previous valid
- a number of previous valid intervals of a link intervals of the link

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1591

74 IMA Status Commands

name Type Description

- range: [0...32] This element is always shown.
iv Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of IMA violation
- gauge events in the current interval
This element is always shown.
oif Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of out of IMA frame
- gauge events in the current interval
This element is always shown.
ses Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of severely errored
- gauge seconds in the current interval
This element is always shown.
uas Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of unavailable
- gauge seconds in the current interval of
the link
This element is always shown.
tx-uus Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of unusable seconds
- gauge in the current interval of the
transmit link
This element is always shown.
rx-uus Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of unusable seconds
- gauge in the current interval of the
receive link
This element is always shown.
tx-fc Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of failures in the
- gauge current interval of the transmit
link
This element is always shown.
rx-fc Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of failures in the
- gauge current interval of the receive
link
This element is always shown.
tx-stuffs Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of IMA stuffs in the
- gauge current interval of the transmit
link
This element is always shown.
rx-stuffs Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of IMA stuffs in the
- gauge current interval of the receive
link
This element is always shown.

1592 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 74 IMA Status Commands

74.9 IMA Link Near-End Previous Interval

Performance Data Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the IMA links near-end previous interval status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ima link counters near-end previous-interval [ (if-index) [ interval-no <Ima::LinkIntervalNumber> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 74.9-1 "IMA Link Near-End Previous Interval Performance Data Status Command"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
interval-no Parameter type: <Ima::LinkIntervalNumber> the number of the interval value
Format: in the link
- a number of a interval number in a link
- range: [1...32]

Command Output
Table 74.9-2 "IMA Link Near-End Previous Interval Performance Data Status Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
iv Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of ima violation

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1593

74 IMA Status Commands

name Type Description

- gauge events of the link in the previous
interval
This element is always shown.
oif Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of out of ima frame
- gauge events of the link in the previous
interval
This element is always shown.
ses Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of severely errored
- gauge seconds of the link in the
previous interval
This element is always shown.
uas Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of unavailable
- gauge seconds of the link in the
previous interval
This element is always shown.
tx-uus Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of unusable seconds
- gauge of the transmit link in the
previous interval
This element is always shown.
rx-uus Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of unusable seconds
- gauge of the receive link in the previous
interval
This element is always shown.
tx-fc Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of failures of the
- gauge transmit link in the previous
interval
This element is always shown.
rx-fc Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of failures of the
- gauge receive link in the previous
interval
This element is always shown.
tx-stuffs Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of ima stuff events of
- gauge the transmit link in the previous
interval
This element is always shown.
rx-stuffs Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of ima stuff events of
- gauge the receive link in the previous
interval
This element is always shown.

1594 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 74 IMA Status Commands

74.10 IMA Link Far-End Current Interval

Performance Data Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the IMA links far-end current interval status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ima link counters far-end current-interval [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 74.10-1 "IMA Link Far-End Current Interval Performance Data Status Command" Resource
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Parameters
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 74.10-2 "IMA Link Far-End Current Interval Performance Data Status Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
time-el Parameter type: <Ima::LinkFarEndTimeElapsed> the number of time elapsed of the
- a number of time elapsed of a link in a far end interval link in the far end interval
- range: [0...899] This element is always shown.
valid-interval Parameter type: <Ima::LinkFarEndValidIntervals> the number of the far end valid
- a number of a far end valid intervals of a link intervals of the link

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1595

74 IMA Status Commands

name Type Description

- range: [0...32] This element is always shown.
ses Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of severely errored
- gauge seconds of the link in the current
interval
This element is always shown.
uas Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of unavailable
- gauge seconds of the link in the current
interval
This element is always shown.
tx-uus Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of unusable seconds
- gauge of the transmit link in the current
interval
This element is always shown.
rx-uus Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of unusable seconds
- gauge of the receive link in the current
interval
This element is always shown.
tx-fc Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of failures of the
- gauge transmit link in the current
interval
This element is always shown.
rx-fc Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of failures of the
- gauge receive link in the current interval
This element is always shown.

1596 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 74 IMA Status Commands

74.11 IMA Link Far-End Previous Interval

Performance Data Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the IMA links far-end previous interval status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ima link counters far-end previous-interval [ (if-index) [ interval-no <Ima::LinkFarEndIntervalNumber> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 74.11-1 "IMA Link Far-End Previous Interval Performance Data Status Command"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
interval-no Parameter type: <Ima::LinkFarEndIntervalNumber> the number of the previous
Format: interval number in the far end
- a number of a interval number in a far end link link
- range: [1...32]

Command Output
Table 74.11-2 "IMA Link Far-End Previous Interval Performance Data Status Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ses Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of severely errored

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1597

74 IMA Status Commands

name Type Description

- gauge seconds of the far end link in the
previous interval
This element is always shown.
uas Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of unavailable
- gauge seconds of the far end link in the
previous interval
This element is always shown.
tx-uus Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of unusable seconds
- gauge of the far end transmit link in the
previous interval
This element is always shown.
rx-uus Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of unusable seconds
- gauge of the far end receive link in the
previous interval
This element is always shown.
tx-fc Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of failures of the far
- gauge end transmit link in the previous
interval
This element is always shown.
rx-fc Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of failures of the far
- gauge end receive link in the previous
interval
This element is always shown.

1598 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

75- Voice Show Commands

75.1 Voice Show Command Tree 75-1600

75.2 Voice Sip Server Show Commands 75-1601
75.3 Voice Sip server and associated user agent Show 75-1602
Commands
75.4 Voice User Agent Show Commands 75-1603
75.5 Voice Dialplan Show Commands 75-1604
75.6 Voice Sip Termination Show Commands 75-1605
75.7 Voice Sip Dialplan and associated User Agent Show 75-1607
Commands
75.8 Voice termination and associated user agent Show 75-1608
Commands

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1599

75 Voice Show Commands

75.1 Voice Show Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Voice Show Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----voice
----sip
----server
- (name)
----server-useragent
- (name)
----user-agent
- (name)
----dialplan
- (name)
----termination
- (termination)
----dialplan-useragent
- (name)
----termination-useragent
- (name)

1600 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 75 Voice Show Commands

75.2 Voice Sip Server Show Commands

Command Description
This command allows the operator to show the Voice Sip Server profile.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show voice sip server [ (name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 75.2-1 "Voice Sip Server Show Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: uniquely identify of this voice
- uniquely identifies this voice server server
- length: 1<=x<=32

Command Output
Table 75.2-2 "Voice Sip Server Show Commands" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
oper-status Parameter type: <Sip::ServerOperStatus> the operational status of server
( up This element is always shown.
| down )
Possible values:
- up : the status of the server opera is up
- down : the status of the server opera is down

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1601

75 Voice Show Commands

75.3 Voice Sip server and associated user agent

Show Commands

Command Description
This command allows the operator show the Voice Sip server and associated user agent profile.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show voice sip server-useragent [ (name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 75.3-1 "Voice Sip server and associated user agent Show Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: the name of this voice sip server
- uniquely identifies this voice server
- length: 1<=x<=32

Command Output
Table 75.3-2 "Voice Sip server and associated user agent Show Commands" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
user-agent-name Parameter type: <Sip::UserAgentName> the name of associated user agent
- uniquely identifies the User Agent This element is always shown.
- length: x<=32

1602 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 75 Voice Show Commands

75.4 Voice User Agent Show Commands

Command Description
This command allows the operator to show the Voice Sip user agent profile.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show voice sip user-agent [ (name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 75.4-1 "Voice User Agent Show Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: uniquely identify of this user
- uniquely identifies the User Agent agent
- length: x<=32

Command Output
Table 75.4-2 "Voice User Agent Show Commands" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
oper-status Parameter type: <Sip::UserAgentOperStatus> the opera status of user agent
( up This element is always shown.
| down )
Possible values:
- up : the status of the user agent operation is up
- down : the status of the user agent operation is down

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1603

75 Voice Show Commands

75.5 Voice Dialplan Show Commands

Command Description
This command allows the operator to show the Voice Sip dial plan profile.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show voice sip dialplan [ (name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 75.5-1 "Voice Dialplan Show Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: the uniquely identify of this voice
- uniquely identifies the dial plan application dial plan within its
- length: 1<=x<=32 scope

Command Output
Table 75.5-2 "Voice Dialplan Show Commands" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <Sip::DialPlanUsedStatus> the number of terminations using
- number of terminations associated with this dial plan this dial plan
- range: [0...65535] This element is always shown.

1604 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 75 Voice Show Commands

75.6 Voice Sip Termination Show Commands

Command Description
This command allows the operator to show the Voice Sip termination profile.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show voice sip termination [ (termination) ]

Command Parameters
Table 75.6-1 "Voice Sip Termination Show Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(termination)
Type Description
Format: The unique internal identifier of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the termination port
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 75.6-2 "Voice Sip Termination Show Commands" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
oper-status Parameter type: <Sip::TermOperStatus> the operational status of
( up application server
| down ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- up : the status of the termination opera is up
- down : the status of the termination is down
call-status Parameter type: <Sip::TermCallStatus> the call status of a termination
( unknown This element is always shown.
| idle-onhook
| off-hook

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1605

75 Voice Show Commands

name Type Description

| digit-received
| busy-tone
| howler-tone
| proceeding
| confirmed
| terminated
| idle-offhook
| digit-completed )
Possible values:
- unknown : the call status is unknown
- idle-onhook : the call status is idle-onhook
- off-hook : the call status is off-hook
- digit-received : the call status is digit-received
- busy-tone : the call status is busy-tone
- howler-tone : the call status is howler-tone
- proceeding : the call status is proceeding
- confirmed : the call status is confirmed
- terminated : the call status is terminated
- idle-offhook : the call status is idle-offhook
- digit-completed : the call status is digit-completed

1606 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 75 Voice Show Commands

75.7 Voice Sip Dialplan and associated User Agent

Show Commands

Command Description
This command allows the operator to show the Voice Sip dialplan and associated user agent profile.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show voice sip dialplan-useragent [ (name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 75.7-1 "Voice Sip Dialplan and associated User Agent Show Commands" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: the name of this dial plan
- uniquely identifies the dial plan
- length: 1<=x<=32

Command Output
Table 75.7-2 "Voice Sip Dialplan and associated User Agent Show Commands" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
user-agent-name Parameter type: <Sip::UserAgentName> the name of associated user agent
- uniquely identifies the User Agent This element is always shown.
- length: x<=32

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1607

75 Voice Show Commands

75.8 Voice termination and associated user agent

Show Commands

Command Description
This command allows the operator to show the Voice Sip termination and associated user agent profile.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show voice sip termination-useragent [ (name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 75.8-1 "Voice termination and associated user agent Show Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: the name of this user agent
- uniquely identifies the User Agent
- length: x<=32

Command Output
Table 75.8-2 "Voice termination and associated user agent Show Commands" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
index Parameter type: <Itf::PotsLine> the if-index of associated
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / termination
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is always shown.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

1608 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

76- L2CP Status Commands

76.1 L2CP Status Command Tree 76-1610

76.2 L2CP Status Command 76-1611
76.3 L2CP Status Command 76-1613
76.4 L2CP Status Command 76-1615

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1609

76 L2CP Status Commands

76.1 L2CP Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "L2CP Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----l2cp
----session-status
- (index)
----session-peers
- (index)
----session-stats
- (index)

1610 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 76 L2CP Status Commands

76.2 L2CP Status Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to display the L2CP session status.
It shows the status of the GSMP Adjacency Protocol.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show l2cp session-status [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 76.2-1 "L2CP Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index to the l2cp session table
- identity of the l2cp session
- range: [1...255]

Command Output
Table 76.2-2 "L2CP Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
state Parameter type: <L2cp::State> state of the l2cp session
( null This element is always shown.
| sync-sent
| sync-rcvd
| estab )
Possible values:
- null : null state
- sync-sent : sync sent state
- sync-rcvd : sync received state
- estab : established state
gsmp-version Parameter type: <L2cp::Version> version of gsmp protocol
- version of the GSMP protocol This element is always shown.
- range: [3]
gsmp-sub-version Parameter type: <L2cp::SubVersion> sub version of gsmp protocol
- sub version of the GSMP protocol This element is always shown.
- range: [1]
topo-discovery Parameter type: <L2cp::AccessTopologyDiscovery> access topology discovery is

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1611

76 L2CP Status Commands

name Type Description

short name: topo-disc
layer2-oam
short name: l2-oam
sec-since-system-up
bras-ip-address
( ( disabled | no ) supported
| ( enabled | yes ) ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- disabled : no topology discovery
- no : no topology discovery
- enabled : topology discovery
- yes : topology discovery
Parameter type: <L2cp::Layer2OAM> layer2 OAM is supported
( ( disabled | no ) This element is always shown.
| ( enabled | yes ) )
Possible values:
- disabled : no layer2 oam
- no : no layer2 oam
- enabled : layer2 oam
- yes : layer2 oam
Parameter type: <L2cp::UpTime> the value of sysUpTime when the
- a signed integer session came to established state.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <L2cp::InetAddress> IPv4 address used for the GSMP
- IPv4-address session peer
This element is always shown.

1612 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 76 L2CP Status Commands

76.3 L2CP Status Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to display the L2CP session peers.
This command shows the identity of the peers.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show l2cp session-peers [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 76.3-1 "L2CP Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index to the l2cp session table
- identity of the l2cp session
- range: [1...255]

Command Output
Table 76.3-2 "L2CP Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
dslam-name Parameter type: <L2cp::DslamName> the name of the DSLAM
- a mac-address (example : 01:02:03:04:05:06) This element is always shown.
- length: 6
bras-name Parameter type: <L2cp::DslamName> the name of the BRAS
- a mac-address (example : 01:02:03:04:05:06) This element is always shown.
- length: 6
vrf-id Parameter type: <L2cp::VrfIndex> vrf containing own IP address
- the VRF ID which uniquely identify a VRF and route table to be used for the
- range: [0] connectivity to the GSMP peer.
This element is always shown.
dslam-ip-address Parameter type: <L2cp::InetAddress> IPv4 address used for the GSMP
- IPv4-address session peer
This element is always shown.
bras-ip-address Parameter type: <L2cp::InetAddress> IPv4 address used for the GSMP
- IPv4-address session peer
This element is always shown.
dslam-instance Parameter type: <L2cp::Instance> instance number used by the

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1613

76 L2CP Status Commands

name Type Description

- identity of the instance DSLAM during this session.
- range: [0...16777215] This element is always shown.
bras-instance Parameter type: <L2cp::Instance> instance number used by the
- identity of the instance BRAS during this session.
- range: [0...16777215] This element is always shown.

1614 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 76 L2CP Status Commands

76.4 L2CP Status Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to display the L2CP session statistics.
The operator may also want to see real activity by checking traffic counters for L2CP messagesvia this show
command.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show l2cp session-stats [ (index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 76.4-1 "L2CP Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index to the l2cp session table
- identity of the l2cp session
- range: [1...255]

Command Output
Table 76.4-2 "L2CP Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
sent-msgs Parameter type: <Counter> number of messages that have
- counter been sent in this session
This element is always shown.
rcvd-valid-msgs Parameter type: <Counter> number of messages that have
- counter been received and processed in
this session
This element is always shown.
discarded-msgs Parameter type: <Counter> number of messages that in this
- counter session have been received and
discarded.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1615

77- MSTP Status Commands

77.1 MSTP Status Command Tree 77-1617

77.2 SHub MSTP Bridge Status Command 77-1618
77.3 SHub MSTP Instance Status Command 77-1620
77.4 SHub MSTP Network Port Status Command 77-1622
77.5 SHub MSTP Port Instance Status Command 77-1625

1616 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 77 MSTP Status Commands

77.1 MSTP Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "MSTP Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----mstp
----bridge
----instance
- (instance)
----network-port
- (port)
----port-instance
- (network-port)
- instance

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1617

77 MSTP Status Commands

77.2 SHub MSTP Bridge Status Command

Command Description
This command displays all common spanning tree instances for the whole bridge.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show mstp bridge

Command Output
Table 77.2-2 "SHub MSTP Bridge Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
root-id Parameter type: <Shub::MstpBridgeId> the bridgeId of the CIST root
- the mstp bridge id used in the PDUs originated by
- length: 8 this node.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
root-cost Parameter type: <Shub::MstpRootCost> cost of the path to the CIST Root
- root cost seen from the bridge
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
root-port Parameter type: <Shub::MstpZeroNetworkPort> port which offers the lowest path
( network : <Shub::MstpNetworkPort> cost to the Root bridge
| none ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- none : no port
- network : network port
Field type <Shub::MstpNetworkPort>
- Network Port on Shub
hold-time Parameter type: <Shub::MstpInteger> interval between no more then
- a signed integer two PDUs are transmitted
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
max-age Parameter type: <Shub::MstpInteger> max age of STP information
- a signed integer learned on a port before it is
discarded
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
hello-time Parameter type: <Shub::MstpInteger> time between transmission of
- a signed integer PDUs on a port when it is the

1618 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 77 MSTP Status Commands

name Type Description

root
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
fwd-delay Parameter type: <Shub::MstpInteger> time how long a port stays in a
- a signed integer state before moving to the
forwarding state
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
regional-root-id Parameter type: <Shub::MstpBridgeId> the bridgeId of the CIST regional
- the mstp bridge id root used in the PDUs originated
- length: 8 by this node.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
regional-root-cost Parameter type: <Shub::MstpRootCost> cost of the path to the CIST
- root cost regional Root seen from the
bridge
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
bridge-mac-addr Parameter type: <Sys::MacAddr> the bridgeId of the CIST regional
- a mac-address (example : 01:02:03:04:05:06) root used in the PDUs originated
- length: 6 by this node.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
topology-chg-time Parameter type: <TimeTicks> the time since the TcWhile timer
- a timeout value This element is only shown in
- unit: msec detail mode.
topology-chg Parameter type: <Shub::MstpCounter> the bridgeId of the CIST regional
- an unsigned integer root used in the PDUs originated
by this node.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
root-bridge-chg Parameter type: <Shub::MstpCounter> the bridgeId of the CIST regional
- an unsigned integer root used in the PDUs originated
by this node.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1619

77 MSTP Status Commands

77.3 SHub MSTP Instance Status Command

Command Description
This command displays all parameters of a multiple spanning tree instance.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show mstp instance [ (instance) ]

Command Parameters
Table 77.3-1 "SHub MSTP Instance Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(instance) Format: mstp instance number
- MSTP Instance
- range: [1...16]

Command Output
Table 77.3-2 "SHub MSTP Instance Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
root-cost Parameter type: <Shub::MstpRootCost> cost of the path to the MSTI
short name: root/cost - root cost Regional Root seen by the bridge
This element is always shown.
root-port Parameter type: <Shub::MstpZeroNetworkPort> port which offers the lowest path
short name: root/port ( network : <Shub::MstpNetworkPort> cost to the MSTI Region Root
| none ) bridge
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- none : no port
- network : network port
Field type <Shub::MstpNetworkPort>
- Network Port on Shub
old-designated-root Parameter type: <Shub::MstpBridgeId> the bridge id of the old root of the
- the mstp bridge id mstp instance
- length: 8 This element is always shown.
regional-root-id Parameter type: <Shub::MstpBridgeId> the bridgeId of the MSTI regional
- the mstp bridge id root id used in the PDUs
- length: 8 originated by this node.
This element is always shown.

1620 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 77 MSTP Status Commands

name Type Description

topology-chg-time Parameter type: <TimeTicks> the time since the TcWhile timer
short name: - a timeout value for any port in this Bridge was
topology/chg-time - unit: msec non-zero for this spanning tree
instance
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
topology-chg Parameter type: <Shub::MstpCounter> The number of times that there
short name: topology/chg - an unsigned integer have been at least one non-zero
TcWhile Timer on this Bridge for
this spanning tree instance
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
root-bridge-chg Parameter type: <Shub::MstpCounter> The number of times this Bridge
- an unsigned integer has detected a Root Bridge
change for this spanning tree
instance.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1621

77 MSTP Status Commands

77.4 SHub MSTP Network Port Status Command

Command Description
This command displays all mstp network port information.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show mstp network-port [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 77.4-1 "SHub MSTP Network Port Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: port number
<Shub::MstpNetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::MstpNetworkPort>
- Network Port on Shub

Command Output
Table 77.4-2 "SHub MSTP Network Port Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
state Parameter type: <Shub::MstpPortState> state of the port
( disabled This element is always shown.
| discarding
| learning
| forwarding )
Possible values:
- disabled : disabled
- discarding : discarding
- learning : learning
- forwarding : forwarding
p2p-port Parameter type: <Shub::Boolean> point-to-point status of the LAN
short name: port/p2p ( yes segment
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : true
- no : false
edge-port Parameter type: <Shub::Boolean> operational value of the edge port

1622 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 77 MSTP Status Commands

name Type Description

short name: port/edge ( yes parameter
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : true
- no : false
designated-root Parameter type: <Shub::MstpBridgeId> bridge identifier of the MSTI
short name: - the mstp bridge id regional root
designated/root - length: 8 This element is always shown.
designated-port Parameter type: <Shub::DesignatedPort> port identifier of the port on the
short name: - designated port 2 byte octet string designated bridge
designated/port - length: 2 This element is always shown.
designated-bridge Parameter type: <Shub::MstpBridgeId> bridge identifier of designated
short name: - the mstp bridge id bridge
designated/bridge - length: 8 This element is always shown.
designated-cost Parameter type: <Shub::MstpShowPathCost> path cost of the designated port
short name: - port designated path cost This element is always shown.
designated/cost
current-port-role Parameter type: <Shub::MstpCistPortRole> current port role of the port for
short name: ( disabled this spanning tree instance
port-role/current | alternate This element is always shown.
| backup
| root
| designated )
Possible values:
- disabled : disabled
- alternate : alternate
- backup : backup
- root : root
- designated : designated
selected-port-role Parameter type: <Shub::MstpCistPortRole> selected port role of the port for
short name: ( disabled this spanning tree instance
port-role/selected | alternate This element is always shown.
| backup
| root
| designated )
Possible values:
- disabled : disabled
- alternate : alternate
- backup : backup
- root : root
- designated : designated
regional-path-cost Parameter type: <Shub::MstpShowPathCost> contribution of this port to the
short name: - port designated path cost path cost
regional/path-cost This element is only shown in
detail mode.
regional-root Parameter type: <Shub::MstpBridgeId> bridge id of the bridge recorded
short name: regional/root - the mstp bridge id as the CIST Regional Root
- length: 8 This element is only shown in
detail mode.
bpdu-tx Parameter type: <Shub::MstpCounter> BPDUs transmitted on this port
short name: bpdu/tx - an unsigned integer for this spanning tree instance
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
bpdu-rx Parameter type: <Shub::MstpCounter> This element is only shown in
short name: bpdu/rx - an unsigned integer detail mode.
bpdu-invalid-rx Parameter type: <Shub::MstpCounter> invalid BPDUs received on this
short name: - an unsigned integer port

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1623

77 MSTP Status Commands

name Type Description

bpdu/invalid-rx This element is only shown in
detail mode.
prot-migration Parameter type: <Shub::MstpCounter> migration count from one STP
- an unsigned integer protocol version to another
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1624 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 77 MSTP Status Commands

77.5 SHub MSTP Port Instance Status Command

Command Description
This command displays all mstp port instances.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show mstp port-instance [ (network-port) [ instance <Shub::MstpInstance> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 77.5-1 "SHub MSTP Port Instance Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(network-port) Format: port number
<Shub::MstpNetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::MstpNetworkPort>
- Network Port on Shub
instance Parameter type: <Shub::MstpInstance> mstp instance
Format:
- MSTP Instance
- range: [1...16]

Command Output
Table 77.5-2 "SHub MSTP Port Instance Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
state Parameter type: <Shub::MstpPortState> state of the port
( disabled This element is always shown.
| discarding
| learning
| forwarding )
Possible values:
- disabled : disabled
- discarding : discarding
- learning : learning
- forwarding : forwarding
designated-root Parameter type: <Shub::MstpBridgeId> bridge identifier of the MSTI
short name: - the mstp bridge id regional root
designated/root - length: 8 This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1625

77 MSTP Status Commands

name Type Description

designated-bridge Parameter type: <Shub::MstpBridgeId> bridge identifier of designated
short name: - the mstp bridge id bridge
designated/bridge - length: 8 This element is always shown.
designated-port Parameter type: <Shub::DesignatedPort> port identifier of the port on the
short name: - designated port 2 byte octet string designated bridge
designated/port - length: 2 This element is always shown.
designated-cost Parameter type: <Shub::MstpShowPathCost> path cost of the designated port
short name: - port designated path cost This element is always shown.
designated/cost
current-port-role Parameter type: <Shub::MstpMstiPortRole> current port role of the port for
short name: ( disabled this spanning tree instance
port-role/current | alternate This element is always shown.
| backup
| root
| designated
| master )
Possible values:
- disabled : disabled
- alternate : alternate
- backup : backup
- root : root
- designated : designated
- master : master
selected-port-role Parameter type: <Shub::MstpMstiPortRole> selected port role of the port for
short name: ( disabled this spanning tree instance
port-role/selected | alternate This element is always shown.
| backup
| root
| designated
| master )
Possible values:
- disabled : disabled
- alternate : alternate
- backup : backup
- root : root
- designated : designated
- master : master
bpdu-tx Parameter type: <Shub::MstpCounter> BPDUs transmitted on this port
short name: bpdu/tx - an unsigned integer for this spanning tree instance
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
bpdu-rx Parameter type: <Shub::MstpCounter> This element is only shown in
short name: bpdu/rx - an unsigned integer detail mode.
bpdu-invalid-rx Parameter type: <Shub::MstpCounter> invalid BPDUs received on this
short name: - an unsigned integer port
bpdu/invalid-rx This element is only shown in
detail mode.
fwd-transition Parameter type: <Shub::MstpCounter> transition count to the forwarding
- an unsigned integer state
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1626 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

78- Ethernet Lt Configuration Data Status
Commands

78.1 Ethernet Lt Configuration Data Status Command Tree 78-1628

78.2 Ethernet Port Interface Configuration Status 78-1629
Command
78.3 Ethernet IGMP Configuration Status Command 78-1631
78.4 Ethernet Security PAE Configuration Status 78-1633
Command
78.5 Ethernet BridgePort Configuration Status Command 78-1636
78.6 Ethernet QoS Configuration Status Command 78-1639
78.7 Ethernet PPPoE Configuration Status Command 78-1641

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1627

78 Ethernet Lt Configuration Data Status Commands

78.1 Ethernet Lt Configuration Data Status

Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Ethernet Lt Configuration Data Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----config-data-port
- (if-index)
----interface-port
- [no] admin-state
- [no] link-updown-trap
- [no] user
- [no] severity
----igmp
- (port)
- perm-pkg-bitmap
- max-num-group
----security-pae
- (port)
- [no] controlled-port
- [no] quiet-period
- [no] tx-period
- [no] supp-timeout
- [no] server-timeout
- [no] max-req
- [no] authentication
- [no] init-authreq-off
- [no] handshake
- [no] handshake-period
- [no] initialize
----bridge-port
- (port)
- pvid
- default-priority
- mac-learn-off
- max-unicast-mac
- accept-frame-type
- prio-regen-prof
- qos-profile
----qos
- scheduler-profile
- cac-profile
----pppoe
- (port)
- max-num-session
- ppp-profile-name

1628 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 78 Ethernet Lt Configuration Data Status Commands

78.2 Ethernet Port Interface Configuration Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the Ethernet port interface configuration data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show config-data-port (if-index) interface-port [ no admin-state | admin-state <Eth::EthAdminStatus> ] [ no

link-updown-trap | link-updown-trap <Itf::ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable> ] [ no user | user
<Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> ] [ no severity | severity <Itf::asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverity> ]

Command Parameters
Table 78.2-1 "Ethernet Port Interface Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Table 78.2-2 "Ethernet Port Interface Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[no] admin-state
[no] link-updown-trap
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Type Description
Parameter type: <Eth::EthAdminStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "admin-down"
( up the state of the interface
| down )
Possible values:
- up : admin status is up
- down : admin status is down
Parameter type: <Itf::ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-link-updown-trap"
( link-updown-trap indicates whether

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1629

78 Ethernet Lt Configuration Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

| no-link-updown-trap ) link-up/link-down traps are
Possible values: generated
- link-updown-trap : enable link-up/link-down traps
- no-link-updown-trap : disable link-up/link-down traps
[no] user Parameter type: <Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "available"
- a string identifying the customer or user description of the user connected
- length: x<=64 to this interface
[no] severity Parameter type: <Itf::asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverity> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "default"
( indeterminate severity for alarm to be reported
| warning
| minor
| major
| critical
| no-alarms
| default
| no-value )
Possible values:
- indeterminate : not a definite known severity
- warning : just to inform as a warning
- minor : not service affecting
- major : service affecting
- critical : service breaking
- no-alarms : do not report alarm
- default : take default as specified in
asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverityDefaultTable
- no-value : no entry in the table

1630 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 78 Ethernet Lt Configuration Data Status Commands

78.3 Ethernet IGMP Configuration Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the Ethernet IGMP configuration data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show config-data-port (if-index) igmp [ (port) ] perm-pkg-bitmap <Igmp::PermPkgBitMap> max-num-group

<Igmp::ChannelMaxNumGroup>

Command Parameters
Table 78.3-1 "Ethernet IGMP Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(port) Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1631

78 Ethernet Lt Configuration Data Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
Table 78.3-2 "Ethernet IGMP Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
perm-pkg-bitmap Parameter type: <Igmp::PermPkgBitMap> optional parameter
Format: packages, the user is allowed to
- a binary string join
- length: 8
max-num-group Parameter type: <Igmp::ChannelMaxNumGroup> optional parameter
Format: max group number this port
- max group number this port can support
- range: [0...100]

1632 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 78 Ethernet Lt Configuration Data Status Commands

78.4 Ethernet Security PAE Configuration Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the Ethernet security PAE configuration data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show config-data-port (if-index) security-pae [ (port) ] [ no controlled-port | controlled-port

<Aaa::PaeControlledPortControl> ] [ no quiet-period | quiet-period <Aaa::paeQuitTime> ] [ no tx-period | tx-period
<Aaa::paeTime> ] [ no supp-timeout | supp-timeout <Aaa::paeTime> ] [ no server-timeout | server-timeout
<Aaa::paeTime> ] [ no max-req | max-req <Aaa::paeMaxReq> ] [ no authentication | authentication
<Aaa::PortAuthState> ] [ no init-authreq-off | init-authreq-off <Aaa::PortAuthReq> ] [ no handshake | handshake
<Aaa::PortHandShakeMode> ] [ no handshake-period | handshake-period <Aaa::PortHandShakePeriod> ] [ no
initialize | initialize <Aaa::InitCont> ]

Command Parameters
Table 78.4-1 "Ethernet Security PAE Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(port) Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1633

78 Ethernet Lt Configuration Data Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Table 78.4-2 "Ethernet Security PAE Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] controlled-port Parameter type: <Aaa::PaeControlledPortControl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "auto"
( force-unauthorized current value of the controlled
| auto Port
| force-authorized )
Possible values:
- force-unauthorized : force unauthorized control
- auto : automatic control
- force-authorized : force authorized control
[no] quiet-period Parameter type: <Aaa::paeQuitTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 60
- quietPeriod quietPeriod constant currently
- range: [0...65535] used, value in seconds
[no] tx-period Parameter type: <Aaa::paeTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 30
- authentication time txPeriod constant currently used,
- range: [1...65535] value in seconds
[no] supp-timeout Parameter type: <Aaa::paeTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 30
- authentication time suppTimeout constant currently
- range: [1...65535] used, value in seconds
[no] server-timeout Parameter type: <Aaa::paeTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 30
- authentication time serverTimeout constant currently
- range: [1...65535] used, value in seconds
[no] max-req Parameter type: <Aaa::paeMaxReq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 2
- max number of requests maxReq constant currently used
- range: [1...10]
[no] authentication Parameter type: <Aaa::PortAuthState> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-authen"
( authentication enable 802.1x authentication
| no-authen )
Possible values:
- authentication : enable 802.1x authentication
- no-authen : disable 802.1x aithentication
[no] init-authreq-off Parameter type: <Aaa::PortAuthReq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "initiate-authreq"
( initiate-authreq specify initiate authentication
| init-authreq-off ) request to supplicant
Possible values:
- initiate-authreq : enable initiate authentication request to
supplicant
- init-authreq-off : disable initiate authentication request to
supplicant
[no] handshake Parameter type: <Aaa::PortHandShakeMode> optional parameter with default

1634 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


Parameter
[no] handshake-period
[no] initialize
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
78 Ethernet Lt Configuration Data Status Commands
Type Description
Format: value: "no-handshake"
( handshake enable handshake for this port
| no-handshake )
Possible values:
- handshake : enable handshake for this port
- no-handshake : disable handshake for this port
Parameter type: <Aaa::PortHandShakePeriod> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 15
- handshake time interval specify the handshake time
- range: [5...90] interval
Parameter type: <Aaa::InitCont> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-initialize"
( initialize initialization control for this port
| no-initialize )
Possible values:
- initialize : initalize this port
- no-initialize : don't initialize this port
Released 1635
78 Ethernet Lt Configuration Data Status Commands

78.5 Ethernet BridgePort Configuration Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the Bridge Port configured data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show config-data-port (if-index) bridge-port [ (port) ] pvid <Vlan::StackedVlan> default-priority

<Vlan::Priority> mac-learn-off <Vlan::learnStatus> max-unicast-mac <Vlan::MaxMac> accept-frame-type
<Vlan::VlanFrameTypes> prio-regen-prof <Vlan::PrioRegenProfile> qos-profile <PPPoE::SnmpAdminString>

Command Parameters
Table 78.5-1 "Ethernet BridgePort Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(port) Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

1636 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 78 Ethernet Lt Configuration Data Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Table 78.5-2 "Ethernet BridgePort Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
pvid Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> optional parameter
Format: default vlan id for untagged
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> frames
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
default-priority Parameter type: <Vlan::Priority> optional parameter
Format: priority to be set in upstream
- priority of ethernet frames frames
- range: [0...7]
mac-learn-off Parameter type: <Vlan::learnStatus> optional parameter
Format: self learning of mac address
( mac-learning
| mac-learn-off )
Possible values:
- mac-learning : enable self learning of mac address
- mac-learn-off : disable self learning of mac address
max-unicast-mac Parameter type: <Vlan::MaxMac> optional parameter
Format: max unicast mac addresses
- number of unicast mac addresses
- range: [1...64]
accept-frame-type Parameter type: <Vlan::VlanFrameTypes> optional parameter
Format: accept frame types
( single-tagged
| untagged
| mixed-tagged )
Possible values:
- single-tagged : admit only vlan tagged
- untagged : admit only vlan untagged
- mixed-tagged : admit vlan tagged and vlan untagged
prio-regen-prof Parameter type: <Vlan::PrioRegenProfile> optional parameter
Format: priority regeneration profile
( trusted-port
| best-effort
| cl-all-prio-3
| cl-all-prio-4
| background
| be-cl-voice
| be-cl-1d-voice
| be-voice
| l2-vpn-3

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1637

78 Ethernet Lt Configuration Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

| l2-vpn-4 )
Possible values:
- trusted-port : trusted port
- best-effort : best effort
- cl-all-prio-3 : controlled load, all priority 3 traffic
- cl-all-prio-4 : controlled load, all priority 4 traffic
- background : background
- be-cl-voice : best effort, controlled load, voice
- be-cl-1d-voice : best effort, controlled load, 802.Id Annex
G voice
- be-voice : best effort voice
- l2-vpn-3 : L2 VPN with 3 traffic classes
- l2-vpn-4 : L2 VPN with 4 traffic classes
qos-profile Parameter type: <PPPoE::SnmpAdminString> optional parameter
Format: QOS profile, dynamically or
- a binary string statically (if no dynamic)
- length: 19 assigned to a port

1638 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 78 Ethernet Lt Configuration Data Status Commands

78.6 Ethernet QoS Configuration Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the Ethernet QoS configuration data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show config-data-port (if-index) qos scheduler-profile <Qos::ProfileName> cac-profile <Qos::ProfileName>

Command Parameters
Table 78.6-1 "Ethernet QoS Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 78.6-2 "Ethernet QoS Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
scheduler-profile Parameter type: <Qos::ProfileName> optional parameter
Format: the name of the scheduler profile
name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> to be mapped on this dsl link
Possible values:
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64
cac-profile Parameter type: <Qos::ProfileName> optional parameter
Format: the name of the cac profile to be
name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> mapped on this dsl link
Possible values:
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1639

78 Ethernet Lt Configuration Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

- length: 1<=x<=64

1640 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 78 Ethernet Lt Configuration Data Status Commands

78.7 Ethernet PPPoE Configuration Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the Ethernet PPPoE configuration data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show config-data-port (if-index) pppoe [ (port) ] max-num-session <PPPoE::MaxNumSessions>

ppp-profile-name <AsamProfileName>

Command Parameters
Table 78.7-1 "Ethernet PPPoE Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(port) Format: the pppox port interafce
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1641

78 Ethernet Lt Configuration Data Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Table 78.7-2 "Ethernet PPPoE Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
max-num-session
ppp-profile-name
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Type Description
Parameter type: <PPPoE::MaxNumSessions> optional parameter
Format: max no of PPP sessions
- max no of PPP sessions established in PPPoX interface
- range: [-1...65535]
Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> optional parameter
Format: the PPP profile to be used for
- a profile name PPP interface
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32

1642 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

79- Ethernet Status Commands

79.1 Ethernet Status Command Tree 79-1644

79.2 Ethernet Counters Near End Line Current 15 Min 79-1645
79.3 Ethernet Counters Near End Line Current Day 79-1647
79.4 Ethernet Counters Near End Line Previous 15 Min 79-1649
79.5 Ethernet Counters Near End Line Previous Day 79-1651
79.6 Ethernet PM Interval Per Interface Status Command 79-1653

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1643

79 Ethernet Status Commands

79.1 Ethernet Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Ethernet Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----ethernet
----counters
----near-end
----line
----current-interval
- (if-index)
----current-1day
- (if-index)
----previous-interval
- (if-index)
- interval-no
----previous-1day
- (if-index)
- interval-no
----eth-int
- (if-index)

1644 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 79 Ethernet Status Commands

79.2 Ethernet Counters Near End Line Current 15

Min

Command Description
Represents for the current interval the FCS failure count.
Represents for the current interval the frame too Long count.
Represents for interval MAC sublayer transmit error.
Represents for intervall MAC sublayer receive error.
Measured in seconds, that statistics for this entry have been counted.
Indicates the validity of the corresponding PM data.
Store the time interval.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ethernet counters near-end line current-interval [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 79.2-1 "Ethernet Counters Near End Line Current 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 79.2-2 "Ethernet Counters Near End Line Current 15 Min" Display parameters

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1645

79 Ethernet Status Commands

Specific Information
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Counter> Represents for the current 15
- counter minute interval the LOS failure
count
This element is always shown.
fcs Parameter type: <Counter> Represents for the current 15
- counter minute interval the FCS failure
count
This element is always shown.
too-long Parameter type: <Counter> Represents for the current 15
- counter minute interval the frame too
Long count
This element is always shown.
mac-trans Parameter type: <Counter> Represents for the internal MAC
- counter sublayer transmit error
This element is always shown.
mac-rec Parameter type: <Counter> Represents for the internal MAC
- counter sublayer receive error
This element is always shown.
mea-time Parameter type: <ETHITF::MeaTime> Measured in seconds, that
- the specification of measuredtime statistics for this entry have been
- range: [0...86400] counted
This element is always shown.
inv-data-flag Parameter type: <ETHITF::DataFlag> Indicates the validity of the
- the specification of invalid-data-flag corresponding PM data
- range: [0...1] This element is always shown.
val-int Parameter type: <ETHITF::Val15m> Store the time interval
- the specification of validintervals This element is always shown.
- range: [0...96]

1646 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 79 Ethernet Status Commands

79.3 Ethernet Counters Near End Line Current Day

Command Description
Represents for the current 1day the FCS failure count.
Represents for the current 1 day the frame too Long count.
Represents for 1day MAC sublayer transmit error.
Represents for 1dayl MAC sublayer receive error.
Measured in seconds, that statistics for this entry have been counted.
Indicates the validity of the corresponding PM data.
Store the time interval.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ethernet counters near-end line current-1day [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 79.3-1 "Ethernet Counters Near End Line Current Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 79.3-2 "Ethernet Counters Near End Line Current Day" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Counter> Represents for the current 1day

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1647

79 Ethernet Status Commands

name Type Description

- counter the LOS failure count
This element is always shown.
fcs Parameter type: <Counter> Represents for the current 1day
- counter the FCS failure count
This element is always shown.
too-long Parameter type: <Counter> Represents for the current 1 day
- counter the frame too Long count
This element is always shown.
mac-trans Parameter type: <Counter> Represents for 1day MAC
- counter sublayer transmit error
This element is always shown.
mac-rec Parameter type: <Counter> Represents for 1dayl MAC
- counter sublayer receive error
This element is always shown.
mea-time Parameter type: <ETHITF::MeaTime> Measured in seconds, that
- the specification of measuredtime statistics for this entry have been
- range: [0...86400] counted
This element is always shown.
inv-data-flag Parameter type: <ETHITF::DataFlag> Indicates the validity of the
- the specification of invalid-data-flag corresponding PM data
- range: [0...1] This element is always shown.
val-day Parameter type: <ETHITF::Val1day> Store the time interval
- the specification of 1day-valid-intervals This element is always shown.
- range: [0...30]

1648 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 79 Ethernet Status Commands

79.4 Ethernet Counters Near End Line Previous 15

Min

Command Description
Represents for the previous interval the FCS failure count.
Represents for the previous interval the frame too Long count.
Represents for previous interval MAC sublayer transmit error.
Represents for previous interval MAC sublayer receive error.
Measured in seconds, that statistics for this entry have been counted.
Indicates the validity of the corresponding PM data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ethernet counters near-end line previous-interval [ (if-index) [ interval-no

<ETHITF::IntervalNumber15min> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 79.4-1 "Ethernet Counters Near End Line Previous 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
interval-no Parameter type: <ETHITF::IntervalNumber15min> interface index of the port
Format:
- the specification of 15min-interval-number
- range: [1...96]

Command Output

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1649

79 Ethernet Status Commands

Table 79.4-2 "Ethernet Counters Near End Line Previous 15 Min" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Counter> Represents for the previous 15
- counter minute interval the LOS failure
count
This element is always shown.
fcs Parameter type: <Counter> Represents for the previous 15
- counter minute interval the FCS failure
count
This element is always shown.
too-long Parameter type: <Counter> Represents for the previous 15
- counter minute interval the frame too
Long count
This element is always shown.
mac-trans Parameter type: <Counter> Represents for the internal MAC
- counter sublayer transmit error
This element is always shown.
mac-rec Parameter type: <Counter> Represents for the internal MAC
- counter sublayer receive error
This element is always shown.
mea-time Parameter type: <ETHITF::MeaTime> Measured in seconds, that
- the specification of measuredtime statistics for this entry have been
- range: [0...86400] counted
This element is always shown.
inv-data-flag Parameter type: <ETHITF::DataFlag> Indicates the validity of the
- the specification of invalid-data-flag corresponding PM data
- range: [0...1] This element is always shown.

1650 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 79 Ethernet Status Commands

79.5 Ethernet Counters Near End Line Previous

Day

Command Description
Represents for the previous 1day the FCS failure count.
Represents for the previous 1 day the frame too Long count.
Represents for previous 1day MAC sublayer transmit error.
Represents for previous 1day MAC sublayer receive error.
Measured in seconds, that statistics for this entry have been counted.
Indicates the validity of the corresponding PM data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ethernet counters near-end line previous-1day [ (if-index) [ interval-no <ETHITF::IntervalNumber1day> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 79.5-1 "Ethernet Counters Near End Line Previous Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
interval-no Parameter type: <ETHITF::IntervalNumber1day> interface index of the port
Format:
- the specification of 1day-valid-intervals
- range: [0...30]

Command Output

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1651

79 Ethernet Status Commands

Table 79.5-2 "Ethernet Counters Near End Line Previous Day" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Counter> Represents for the previous 1day
- counter the LOS failure count
This element is always shown.
fcs Parameter type: <Counter> Represents for the previous 1day
- counter the FCS failure count
This element is always shown.
too-long Parameter type: <Counter> Represents for the previous 1day
- counter the frame too Long count
This element is always shown.
mac-trans Parameter type: <Counter> Represents for the Previous 1 day
- counter MAC sublayer transmit error
This element is always shown.
mac-rec Parameter type: <Counter> Represents for the previous 1day
- counter MAC sublayer receive error
This element is always shown.
mea-time Parameter type: <ETHITF::MeaTime> Measured in seconds, that
- the specification of measuredtime statistics for this entry have been
- range: [0...86400] counted
This element is always shown.
inv-data-flag Parameter type: <ETHITF::DataFlag> Indicates the validity of the
- the specification of invalid-data-flag corresponding PM data
- range: [0...1] This element is always shown.

1652 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 79 Ethernet Status Commands

79.6 Ethernet PM Interval Per Interface Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the number of available pm intervals per ethernet interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show ethernet eth-int [ (if-index) ]

Command Parameters
Table 79.6-1 "Ethernet PM Interval Per Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number

Command Output
Table 79.6-2 "Ethernet PM Interval Per Interface Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name
cur-int-elapsedtime
cur-1day-elapsedtime
valid-intervals
Type Description
Parameter type: <SignedInteger> nbr of sec elapsed in cur intvl
- a signed integer err-measurement
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <SignedInteger> nbr of sec elapsed in cur one day
- a signed integer err-measurement
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <SignedInteger> nbr of prev intvl for which valid

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1653

79 Ethernet Status Commands

name Type Description

- a signed integer data has been stored
This element is always shown.
valid-1days Parameter type: <SignedInteger> nbr of prev 1Days for which valid
- a signed integer data has been stored
This element is always shown.

1654 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

80- Ethernet Lt Operational Data Status Commands

80.1 Ethernet Lt Operational Data Status Command Tree 80-1656

80.2 Ethernet Port Operational Status Command 80-1657
80.3 Ethernet BridgePort Operational Status Command 80-1659
80.4 Ethernet Port Interface Operational Status Command 80-1661
80.5 Ethernet IGMP Operational Status Command 80-1663
80.6 Ethernet Port Ip Bridge Operational Status Command 80-1665
80.7 Ethernet QoS Opertaional Status Command 80-1667

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1655

80 Ethernet Lt Operational Data Status Commands

80.1 Ethernet Lt Operational Data Status Command

Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Ethernet Lt Operational Data Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----oper-data-port
- (if-index)
----ethernet
- admin-state
- opr-state
----bridge-port
- (port)
- pvid
- default-priority
- qos-profile
----interface-port
- [no] admin-state
- oper-state
----igmp
- (port)
- curr-num-group
- curr-preview-num
- curr-uncfg-num
----ip-bridge-port
- (ip-bridge-port)
- rx-pkts
- rx-drop-pkts
- tx-pkts
----qos
- frame-net-bw
- m-cast-avail-bw
- m-cast-used-bw

1656 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 80 Ethernet Lt Operational Data Status Commands

80.2 Ethernet Port Operational Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the Ethernet Port Operational data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show oper-data-port (if-index) ethernet admin-state <Itf::ifAdminStatus> opr-state <ETHITF::combinedCol>

Command Parameters
Table 80.2-1 "Ethernet Port Operational Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 80.2-2 "Ethernet Port Operational Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
admin-state Parameter type: <Itf::ifAdminStatus> optional parameter
Format: specifies state of the interface
( up
| down )
Possible values:
- up : admin status is up
- down : admin status is down
opr-state Parameter type: <ETHITF::combinedCol> optional parameter
Format: current operational state of the
( up interface.
| down
| testing
| unknown
| dormant )
Possible values:

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1657

80 Ethernet Lt Operational Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

- up : up,traffic can pass
- down : down,no traffic is passing
- testing : testing,no traffic is passing
- unknown : unknown
- dormant : dormant,no traffic is passing

1658 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 80 Ethernet Lt Operational Data Status Commands

80.3 Ethernet BridgePort Operational Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the Bridge Port Operational data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show oper-data-port (if-index) bridge-port [ (port) ] pvid <Vlan::StackedVlan> default-priority <Vlan::Priority>
qos-profile <PPPoE::SnmpAdminString>

Command Parameters
Table 80.3-1 "Ethernet BridgePort Operational Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(port) Format: identity of the PVC
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1659

80 Ethernet Lt Operational Data Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Table 80.3-2 "Ethernet BridgePort Operational Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
pvid Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> optional parameter
Format: default vlan id for untagged
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> frames
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
default-priority Parameter type: <Vlan::Priority> optional parameter
Format: port dynamic or static (if no
- priority of ethernet frames dynamic) default priority
- range: [0...7]
qos-profile Parameter type: <PPPoE::SnmpAdminString> optional parameter
Format: QOS profile, dynamically or
- a binary string statically (if no dynamic)
- length: 19 assigned to a port

1660 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 80 Ethernet Lt Operational Data Status Commands

80.4 Ethernet Port Interface Operational Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the Ethernet port interface operational data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show oper-data-port (if-index) interface-port [ no admin-state | admin-state <Eth::EthAdminStatus> ] oper-state

<Itf::ifOperStatus>

Command Parameters
Table 80.4-1 "Ethernet Port Interface Operational Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 80.4-2 "Ethernet Port Interface Operational Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] admin-state Parameter type: <Eth::EthAdminStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "admin-down"
( up the desired state of the interface
| down )
Possible values:
- up : admin status is up
- down : admin status is down
oper-state Parameter type: <Itf::ifOperStatus> optional parameter
Format: the operational state of the
( up interface
| down

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1661

80 Ethernet Lt Operational Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

| testing
| unknown
| dormant )
Possible values:
- up : permanent virtual circuit
- down : bridge port
- testing : l2 VLAN
- unknown : IPoE
- dormant : PPPoE

1662 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 80 Ethernet Lt Operational Data Status Commands

80.5 Ethernet IGMP Operational Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the Ethernet IGMP operational data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show oper-data-port (if-index) igmp [ (port) ] curr-num-group <Gauge> curr-preview-num <Counter>
curr-uncfg-num <Counter>

Command Parameters
Table 80.5-1 "Ethernet IGMP Operational Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(port) Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1663

80 Ethernet Lt Operational Data Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
Table 80.5-2 "Ethernet IGMP Operational Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
curr-num-group Parameter type: <Gauge> optional parameter
Format: Indicates the current group
- gauge number in this port
curr-preview-num Parameter type: <Counter> optional parameter
Format: Indicates the number of preview
- counter multicast group that igmp
channel joins currently
curr-uncfg-num Parameter type: <Counter> optional parameter
Format: Indicates the current unconfig
- counter group number in this port

1664 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 80 Ethernet Lt Operational Data Status Commands

80.6 Ethernet Port Ip Bridge Operational Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the Ethernet Port Ip Bridge Operational data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show oper-data-port (if-index) ip-bridge-port [ (ip-bridge-port) ] rx-pkts <Equipm::Octet-8> rx-drop-pkts

<Equipm::Octet-8> tx-pkts <Equipm::Octet-8>

Command Parameters
Table 80.6-1 "Ethernet Port Ip Bridge Operational Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
(ip-bridge-port)
Type Description
Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1665

80 Ethernet Lt Operational Data Status Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Table 80.6-2 "Ethernet Port Ip Bridge Operational Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
rx-pkts Parameter type: <Equipm::Octet-8> optional parameter
Format: show the number of received
- a binary string packets
- length: 8
rx-drop-pkts Parameter type: <Equipm::Octet-8> optional parameter
Format: show the number of received
- a binary string packets which are dropped
- length: 8
tx-pkts Parameter type: <Equipm::Octet-8> optional parameter
Format: show the number of transmitted
- a binary string packets
- length: 8

1666 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 80 Ethernet Lt Operational Data Status Commands

80.7 Ethernet QoS Opertaional Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the Ethernet QoS operational data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show oper-data-port (if-index) qos frame-net-bw <SignedInteger> m-cast-avail-bw <SignedInteger>

m-cast-used-bw <SignedInteger>

Command Parameters
Table 80.7-1 "Ethernet QoS Opertaional Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 80.7-2 "Ethernet QoS Opertaional Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
frame-net-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> optional parameter
Format: Represents the approximate
- a signed integer bandwidth available for Ethernet
frames, which is guaranteed to be
available by the physical layer.
This approximation is made by
the configurable ATM overhead
factor.
m-cast-avail-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> optional parameter
Format: Represents the bandwidth
- a signed integer available for multicast services,
calculated by the ISAM. This
value is what is left from
frame-net-bw after deducting

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1667

80 Ethernet Lt Operational Data Status Commands

Parameter Type Description

from it res-data-bw and
res-voice-bw. The minimum of
m-cast-avail-bw and
m-cast-max-bw will be the actual
limitation for user multicast
bandwidth usage per DSL link.
m-cast-used-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> optional parameter
Format: Shows the bandwidth currently in
- a signed integer use by pre-configured multicast
streams.

1668 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

81- Security Status Commands

81.1 Security Status Command Tree 81-1670

81.2 Operator Information Status Command 81-1672
81.3 Domain Status Command 81-1674
81.4 User Sessions Status Command 81-1675
81.5 Connection Profile Status Command 81-1679
81.6 Local IP Pool Status Command 81-1680
81.7 IP Address Status Command 81-1681
81.8 RADIUS Authentication Server Statistics Command 81-1682
81.9 RADIUS Authentication Server Status Command 81-1685
81.10 RADIUS Accounting Server Statistics Command 81-1686
81.11 RADIUS Accounting Server Status Command 81-1688
81.12 RADIUS Dynamic Authentication Client Status 81-1689
Command
81.13 RADIUS Next Available Index Command 81-1691
81.14 RADIUS Client Status Command 81-1692
81.15 PAE Authenticator Status Command 81-1693
81.16 EAPOL Statistics Command 81-1696
81.17 Diagnostic Information Status Command 81-1698
81.18 Session Statistics Command 81-1702
81.19 PAE Port System Status Command 81-1704
81.20 MAC Address related EAPOL Status Command 81-1706
81.21 SSH Server Status Command 81-1708

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1669

81 Security Status Commands

81.1 Security Status Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Security Status Commands".

Command Tree
----show
----security
----operator
- (name)
----aaa
----domain
- (name)
----user-session
- (index)
- user
- domain
----conn-profile
- (name)
----ip-addr-pool
- (name)
- vrf-index
----ip-pool-status
- (ip-addr)
----number-addr
----radius
----auth-server
----auth-stats
- (name)
- vrf-index
----state
- (name)
- vrf-index
----acc-server
----acc-stats
- (name)
- vrf-index
----state
- (name)
- vrf-index
----dyn-authclient-stats
- (name)
- vrf-index
----next-free-index
- (name)
----radius-client
----pae
----authenticator
- (port)
----eapol-stats
- (port)
----diagnostics

1670 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 81 Security Status Commands

- (port)
----session-stats
- (port)
----port-details
- (port)
----mac-address
- (last-src-mac)
----ssh
----server

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1671

81 Security Status Commands

81.2 Operator Information Status Command

Command Description
This command displays information about operators managed by the local authentication server. Operators
managed by a remote authentication server (for example Radius) are never shown.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all,admin privileges.
Operators without security read or write permissions can never see the information about other operators.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show security operator [ (name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 81.2-1 "Operator Information Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: the name of the operator
- the name of an operator
- range: [a-z0-9]
- length: 1<=x<=11

Command Output
Table 81.2-2 "Operator Information Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-login Parameter type: <Sys::Time> the time of the last successfull
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) login
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.
last-failed Parameter type: <Sys::Time> the time of the last unsuccessfull
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) login attempt
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.
failed-logins Parameter type: <UnsignedInteger> the number of unsuccessfull login
- an unsigned integer attempts since the last successfull
login
This element is always shown.
last-passwd-change Parameter type: <Sys::Time> the time the password was
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) changed for the last time. It does
- unit: UTC not matter if the change was
made by this operator itself or by
another operator.

1672 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 81 Security Status Commands

name Type Description

This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1673

81 Security Status Commands

81.3 Domain Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the domain status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show security aaa domain [ (name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 81.3-1 "Domain Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the domain
- name of the domain
- length: 1<=x<=64

Command Output
Table 81.3-2 "Domain Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
active-sessions Parameter type: <Gauge> the number of active sessions
- gauge This element is always shown.

1674 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 81 Security Status Commands

81.4 User Sessions Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the details of user sessions.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show security aaa user-session [ (index) [ user <Aaa::DisplayString> ] [ domain <Aaa::DisplayString> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 81.4-1 "User Sessions Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index to the domain user session
- a signed integer table
user Parameter type: <Aaa::DisplayString> user name
Format:
- a description
- length: 1<=x<=64
domain Parameter type: <Aaa::DisplayString> domain name
Format:
- a description
- length: 1<=x<=64

Command Output
Table 81.4-2 "User Sessions Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
interface Parameter type: <Itf::ComplexPortType> the interface on which the session
( xdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / is established.
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
| xdsl-channel : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / detail mode.
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-if : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-pvc : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1675

81 Security Status Commands

name Type Description

<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| pppoe : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| l2-vlan : <Eqpt::VlanId>
| ip : <Eqpt::LogicalId>
| sw-loopback
| slip
| ethernet : <Eqpt::EthernetId>
| pppoeses : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| atm-bonding : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| ip-gateway : <Eqpt::VrfId>
| ip-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| pppoe : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| ip-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| shdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-ima : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| ethernet-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| pppoeses : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| pppoe : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| pppoe : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| pppoe : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| pppoe : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /

1676 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 81 Security Status Commands

name Type Description

<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| ip-line : vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- xdsl-line : a static xdsl line interface
- xdsl-channel : a static xdsl channel interface
- atm-if : a static atm interface
- atm-pvc : an atm pvc interface
- bridge-port : a vlan bridge-port
- pppoe : a pppoe interface
- l2-vlan : a l2-vlan interface
- ip : an ip interface
- sw-loopback : a software loopback interface
- slip : a slip interface
- ethernet : an ethernet interface
- pppoeses : pppoe session interface
- atm-bonding : atm bonding
- ip-gateway : ip user gateway interface
- ip-line : ip line interface
- shdsl-line : a static shdsl line interface
- atm-ima : atm ima
- ethernet-line : an ethernet line interface
- vlan-port : vlan port
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::VlanId>
- VLAN id
Field type <Eqpt::LogicalId>
- logical id
Field type <Eqpt::EthernetId>
- ehternet id
Field type <Eqpt::LogicalSesId>
- logical id
Field type <Eqpt::VrfId>
- VRF id

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1677

81 Security Status Commands

name Type Description

protocol Parameter type: <Aaa::Protocol> the protocol at user side that was
( ppp used to establish this user session
| dot1x ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- ppp : ppp used to establish user sess
- dot1x : dot1x used to establish user sess
auth-type Parameter type: <Aaa::Authenticator> the Authentication type used for
( local establishing this user session
| radius : <Aaa::RadPolicyName> ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- local : authenticator type is local
- radius : authenticator type is RADIUS
Field type <Aaa::RadPolicyName>
- name of the radius policy
- length: 1<=x<=64
auth-server Parameter type: <Aaa::IgnoredRadAuthServer> the name of the radius
( none authentication server used for this
| name : <Aaa::RadAuthServerName> ) user session
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- none : no radius server for authentication detail mode.
- name : use a radius server for authentication
Field type <Aaa::RadAuthServerName>
- name of the RADIUS auth server
- length: 1<=x<=64
acc-server Parameter type: <Aaa::RadAccServer> the name of the radius accounting
( none server used for this user session
| name : <Aaa::RadAccServerName> ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- none : no radius server for accounting
- name : use a radius server for accounting
Field type <Aaa::RadAccServerName>
- name of the RADIUS accounting server
- length: 1<=x<=64
accounting-id Parameter type: <Aaa::DisplayString> the accounting id that is sent to
- a description the radius accounting server for
- length: 1<=x<=64 this user session. It will be NULL
in case of no accounting.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
vrf-index Parameter type: <Aaa::VrfIndex> the vrf to which the ip-address of
- a vrf index this user session belongs to
- range: [0...127] This element is only shown in
detail mode.
ip-pool-index Parameter type: <Aaa::DomainUserSessIpAddrPoolIndex> the ip-pool that was used to
- local IP Pool for allocating Ip address to user session allocate an ip-address to the user
- range: [0...256] session
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
ip-addr Parameter type: <Aaa::InetAddress> the IpAddress allocated to the
- IPv4-address user session
This element is always shown.

1678 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 81 Security Status Commands

81.5 Connection Profile Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the status of connection profiles.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show security aaa conn-profile [ (name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 81.5-1 "Connection Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of connection profile
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32

Command Output
Table 81.5-2 "Connection Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
number-of-users Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount> The number of entities using this
- number of entities using this particular profile profile. The profile can only be
- range: [0...65535] deleted when this number is 0.
This element is always shown.
index Parameter type: <AsamProfileIndex> connection profile index
- a profile index This element is always shown.
- range: [1...65535]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1679

81 Security Status Commands

81.6 Local IP Pool Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the status of the local IP address pool management.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show security ip-addr-pool (name)vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> ip-pool-status [ (ip-addr) ]

Command Parameters
Table 81.6-1 "Local IP Pool Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the IP pool
- name of the Ip pool
- length: 1<=x<=64
vrf-index Parameter type: <Aaa::VrfIndex> vrf associated with this pool
Format:
- a vrf index
- range: [0...127]
(ip-addr) Format: ip pool address
- IPv4-address

Command Output
Table 81.6-2 "Local IP Pool Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
status Parameter type: <Aaa::IpPoolStatus> Specifies the status of the
( allocated specified IP address whether
| locally-reserved allocated or reserved(locally or
| remotely-reserved ) remotely).
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- allocated :
- locally-reserved :
- remotely-reserved :

1680 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 81 Security Status Commands

81.7 IP Address Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the IP address pool parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show security ip-addr-pool (name)vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> number-addr

Command Parameters
Table 81.7-1 "IP Address Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the IP pool
- name of the Ip pool
- length: 1<=x<=64
vrf-index Parameter type: <Aaa::VrfIndex> vrf associated with this pool
Format:
- a vrf index
- range: [0...127]

Command Output
Table 81.7-2 "IP Address Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
free Parameter type: <Gauge> The number of IpAddresses that
- gauge are still free and can be used for
allocation.
This element is always shown.
reserved Parameter type: <Gauge> The number of IpAddresses that
- gauge are reserved (either locally or
remotely) and cannot be used for
allocation.
This element is always shown.
allocated Parameter type: <Gauge> The number of IpAddresses that
- gauge are allocated to existing user
sessions.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1681

81 Security Status Commands

81.8 RADIUS Authentication Server Statistics

Command

Command Description
This command displays the details of RADIUS authentication server statistics.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show security radius auth-server auth-stats [ (name) [ vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 81.8-1 "RADIUS Authentication Server Statistics Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of RADIUS authentication
- name of the RADIUS auth server server
- length: 1<=x<=64
vrf-index Parameter type: <Aaa::VrfIndex> vrf to which this auth server
Format: belongs
- a vrf index
- range: [0...127]

Command Output
Table 81.8-2 "RADIUS Authentication Server Statistics Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
auth-server-id Parameter type: <Aaa::RadAuthServerIndex> authentication server id
- uniquely identify a radius auth server This element is always shown.
- range: [1...256]
rndtrp-time Parameter type: <TimeTicks> The time interval between the
short name: rndtrp - a timeout value most recent
- unit: msec Access-Reply/Access-Challenge
and the Access-Request that
matched it from this RADIUS
authentication server.
This element is always shown.
num-access-req Parameter type: <Counter> The number of RADIUS

1682 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


name
short name: num-acs-rq
num-access-retrn
short name: num-acs-ret
num-access-acpts
short name: num-acs-acp
num-access-rej
short name: num-acs-rj
num-access-challenges
short name: num-acs-chlg
num-malf-access-resp
short name: num-acs-res
num-bad-authenticators Parameter type: <Counter>
short name: num-bad-auth - counter
num-pending-req
short name: num-pd-rq
num-timeouts
short name: num-tout
num-unknown
short name: num-ukwn
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
81 Security Status Commands
Type Description
- counter Access-Request packets sent to
this server. This does not include
retransmissions.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of RADIUS
- counter Access-Request packets
retransmitted to this RADIUS
authentication server.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of RADIUS
- counter Access-Accept packets (valid or
invalid) received from this server.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of RADIUS
- counter Access-Reject packets (valid or
invalid) received from this server.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of RADIUS
- counter Access-Challenge packets (valid
or invalid) received from this
server.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of malformed
- counter RADIUS Access-Response
packets received from this server.
Malformed packets include
packets with an invalid length,
Bad authenticators or Signature
attributes or unknown types are
not included as malformed access
responses.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
The number of RADIUS
Access-Response packets
containing invalid authenticators
or signature received from this
server.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Parameter type: <Gauge> The number of RADIUS
- gauge Access-Request packets destined
for this server that have not yet
timed out or received a response.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of authentication
- counter timeouts to this server.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of RADIUS packets
- counter of unknown type which were
received from this server on the
authentication port.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Released 1683
81 Security Status Commands

name Type Description

num-packets-dropped Parameter type: <Counter> The number of RADIUS packets
short name: num-pkt-dpd - counter of which were received from this
server on the authentication port
and dropped.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1684 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 81 Security Status Commands

81.9 RADIUS Authentication Server Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the state of the RADIUS authentication server.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show security radius auth-server state [ (name) [ vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 81.9-1 "RADIUS Authentication Server Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of RADIUS authentication
- name of the RADIUS auth server server
- length: 1<=x<=64
vrf-index Parameter type: <Aaa::VrfIndex> vrf to which this auth server
Format: belongs
- a vrf index
- range: [0...127]

Command Output
Table 81.9-2 "RADIUS Authentication Server Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
auth-state Parameter type: <Aaa::OperState> The operational state of the
( up authentication server.
| down This element is always shown.
| unknown )
Possible values:
- up : Operational state up
- down : Operational state down
- unknown : Operational state unknown

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1685

81 Security Status Commands

81.10 RADIUS Accounting Server Statistics

Command

Command Description
This command displays the RADIUS accounting server statistics.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show security radius acc-server acc-stats [ (name) [ vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 81.10-1 "RADIUS Accounting Server Statistics Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the RADIUS accounting
- name of the RADIUS accounting server server
- length: 1<=x<=64
vrf-index Parameter type: <Aaa::VrfIndex> vrf to which the RADIUS Acc
Format: Server belongs
- a vrf index
- range: [0...127]

Command Output
Table 81.10-2 "RADIUS Accounting Server Statistics Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
rndtrip-time Parameter type: <TimeTicks> The time interval between the
short name: rndtp - a timeout value most recent accounting-response
- unit: msec and the accounting-request that
matched it from this RADIUS
accounting server.
This element is always shown.
num-acc-req Parameter type: <Counter> The number of RADIUS
short name: num-acrq - counter accounting-request packets sent.
This does not include
retransmissions.
This element is always shown.

1686 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03


name
num-req-retrans
short name: num-rq-rtn
num-resp
short name: num-rec
num-malf-resp
short name: num-rsp
num-bad-authenticators Parameter type: <Counter>
short name: num-bad-auth - counter
num-pending-reqts
short name: num-pd-rqt
num-timeouts
short name: num-tout
num-unknown
short name: num-ukwn
num-packets-dropped
short name: num-pkt-dpd
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03
81 Security Status Commands
Type Description
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of RADIUS
- counter accounting-request packets
retransmitted to this RADIUS
accounting server.
Retransmissions include retries
where the identifier and
acct-delay have been updated, as
well as those in which they
remain the same.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of RADIUS packets
- counter received on the accounting port
from this server.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of malformed
- counter RADIUS accounting-response
packets received from this server.
Malformed packets include
packets with an invalid length.
Bad authenticators and unknown
types are not included as
malformed accounting responses.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
The number of RADIUS
accounting-response packets
which contained invalid
authenticators received from this
server.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Parameter type: <Gauge> The number of RADIUS
- gauge accounting-request packets sent
to this server that have not yet
timed out or received a response.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of accounting
- counter timeouts to this server.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of RADIUS packets
- counter of unknown type which were
received from this server on the
accounting port.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of RADIUS packets
- counter which were received from this
server on the accounting port and
dropped.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Released 1687
81 Security Status Commands

81.11 RADIUS Accounting Server Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the state of the RADIUS accounting server.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show security radius acc-server state [ (name) [ vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 81.11-1 "RADIUS Accounting Server Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the RADIUS accounting
- name of the RADIUS accounting server server
- length: 1<=x<=64
vrf-index Parameter type: <Aaa::VrfIndex> vrf to which the RADIUS Acc
Format: Server belongs
- a vrf index
- range: [0...127]

Command Output
Table 81.11-2 "RADIUS Accounting Server Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
acc-state Parameter type: <Aaa::OperState> Specifies the operational state of
( up the accounting server.
| down This element is always shown.
| unknown )
Possible values:
- up : Operational state up
- down : Operational state down
- unknown : Operational state unknown

1688 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 81 Security Status Commands

81.12 RADIUS Dynamic Authentication Client

Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the statistics of the RADIUS Dynamic Authentication Client.
The conceptual table lists the statistics of the RADIUS Dynamic Authorization Clients with which the server shares
a secret.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show security radius dyn-authclient-stats [ (name) [ vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> ] ]

Command Parameters
Table 81.12-1 "RADIUS Dynamic Authentication Client Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the RADIUS Dynamic
- name of dynamic auth client name Authorization client
- length: 1<=x<=64
vrf-index Parameter type: <Aaa::VrfIndex> vrf to which the RADIUS Dyn
Format: Auth Client belongs
- a vrf index
- range: [0...127]

Command Output
Table 81.12-2 "RADIUS Dynamic Authentication Client Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name
num-disconnect-reqs
num-disconnect-acks
Type Description
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of RADIUS
- counter Disconnect-Request packets
recieved from this Dynamic
Authorization Client.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of RADIUS
- counter Disconnect-ACK packets sent to
this Dynamic Authorization
Client.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1689

81 Security Status Commands

name Type Description

This element is always shown.
num-access-naks Parameter type: <Counter> The number of RADIUS
- counter Disconnect-NAK packets sent to
this Dynamic Authorization
Client.
This element is always shown.
num-malf-disconn-req Parameter type: <Counter> The number of malformed
- counter RADIUS Disconnect-Request
packets received from this
Dynamic Authorization client.
Bad authenticators and unknown
types are not included as
malformed Disconnect-Requests.
Malformed packets include
packets with an invalid length.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
num-bad-auth-in-req Parameter type: <Counter> The number of RADIUS
- counter Disconnect-Request packets
which contained invalid
Signature attributes received
from this Dynamic Authorization
Client.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
num-disconn-pkts-drop Parameter type: <Counter> The number of incoming
- counter Disconnect-Requests from this
Dynamic Authorization Client
silently discarded for some
reason other than malformed, bad
authenticators or unknown types.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
num-pkts-unknown-type Parameter type: <Counter> The number of incoming packets
- counter of unknown types which were
received on the Dynamic
Authorization port.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

1690 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 81 Security Status Commands

81.13 RADIUS Next Available Index Command

Command Description
This command displays the next available index.
The index is used to uniquely identify an entry in this table. The next-free-index shows the unique number in a
RADIUS policy that can be used to create a new entry in the RADIUS server. The value 0 indicates that no
unassigned entry is available. To obtain the RADIUS server index value for a new entry, the manager issues a
management protocol retrieval operation to obtain the current value of this object. After each retrieval, the agent
modifies the value to the next unassigned index.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show security radius next-free-index [ (name) ]

Command Parameters
Table 81.13-1 "RADIUS Next Available Index Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the RADIUS policy
- name of the radius policy
- length: 1<=x<=64

Command Output
Table 81.13-2 "RADIUS Next Available Index Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
next-free-index Parameter type: <Aaa::RadServerSetNextFreeIndex> A unique number within a radius
- unique nbr in radius policy for creating radServerSet. policy that can be used for
- range: [0...2] creating a new radus server set.
This element is always shown.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1691

81 Security Status Commands

81.14 RADIUS Client Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the RADIUS client parameters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show security radius radius-client

Command Output
Table 81.14-2 "RADIUS Client Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name
auth-invl-server-addr
acc-invl-server-addr
dynauth-ser-inv-addr
acc-ser-get-nxt-idx
dyn-auth-get-nxt-idx
Type Description
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of RADIUS
- counter Access-Response packets
received from unknown
addresses.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of RADIUS
- counter Accounting-Response packets
received from unknown
addresses.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Counter> The number of RADIUS
- counter Disconnect-Request packets
received from unknown
addresses.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: <Aaa::RadAccServerGetNextFreeIndex> The next free index value that can
- next free index for creating a radius accounting server be used for creating a new entry
- range: [0...256] in the radius accounting server.
This element is always shown.
Parameter type: The next free index value that can
<Aaa::RadDynAuthClentGetNextFreeIndex> be used for creating a new entry
- next free index for creating a radius dyn auth client in the radius dyn auth client.
- range: [0...256] This element is always shown.

1692 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 81 Security Status Commands

81.15 PAE Authenticator Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the details of authentication configuration.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show security pae authenticator [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 81.15-1 "PAE Authenticator Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: the identification of the bridge
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / port
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

Command Output
Table 81.15-2 "PAE Authenticator Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
auth-pae-state Parameter type: <Aaa::AuthPaeState> the current state of the
( initialize authenticator PAE state machine
| disconnected This element is always shown.
| connecting
| authenticating

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1693

81 Security Status Commands

name Type Description

| authenticated
| aborting
| held
| force-auth
| force-unauth )
Possible values:
- initialize :
- disconnected :
- connecting :
- authenticating :
- authenticated :
- aborting :
- held :
- force-auth :
- force-unauth :
auth-backend-state Parameter type: <Aaa::AuthBackendState> the current state of the backend
( request authentication state machine
| response This element is always shown.
| success
| fail
| timeout
| idle
| initialize )
Possible values:
- request :
- response :
- success :
- fail :
- timeout :
- idle :
- initialize :
admin-contr-direct Parameter type: <Aaa::PaeControlledDirections> describes which directions for the
both port are configured to be
Possible values: controlled
- both : This element is only shown in
detail mode.
oper-contr-direct Parameter type: <Aaa::PaeControlledDirections> describes which directions for the
both port are currently be controlled
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- both : detail mode.
port-status Parameter type: <Aaa::PaeControlledPortStatus> the current port status
( authorized This element is always shown.
| unauthorized )
Possible values:
- authorized :
- unauthorized :
re-auth-period Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the actual re-authentication
- a signed integer period
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
re-auth-enabled Parameter type: <Aaa::TruthValue> true if re-authentication is
( true enabled
| false ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- true :
- false :
key-tx-enabled Parameter type: <Aaa::TruthValue> true if key transmission is

1694 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 81 Security Status Commands

name Type Description

( true enabled
| false ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- true :
- false :

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1695

81 Security Status Commands

81.16 EAPOL Statistics Command

Command Description
This command displays EAPOL statistics.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show security pae eapol-stats [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 81.16-1 "EAPOL Statistics Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

Command Output
Table 81.16-2 "EAPOL Statistics Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
rx-frames Parameter type: <Counter> the number of valid EAPOL
- counter frames of any type that have been
received by this Authenticator
This element is always shown.

1696 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 81 Security Status Commands

name Type Description

tx-frames Parameter type: <Counter> the number of EAPOL frames of
- counter any type that have been
transmitted by this Authenticator
This element is always shown.
starts Parameter type: <Counter> the number of EAPOL Start
- counter frames that have been received
by this Authenticator
This element is always shown.
logoffs Parameter type: <Counter> the number of EAPOL Logoff
- counter frames that have been received
by this Authenticator
This element is always shown.
rx-response-ids Parameter type: <Counter> the number of EAP Resp/Id
- counter frames that have been received
by this Authenticator
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
rx-responses Parameter type: <Counter> number of valid EAP Response
- counter frames (other than Resp/Id
frames) that have been received
by this Authenticator
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
tx-request-ids Parameter type: <Counter> the number of EAP Req/Id
- counter frames that have been transmitted
by this Authenticator
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
tx-requests Parameter type: <Counter> the number of EAP Request
- counter frames (other than Rq/Id frames)
that have been transmitted by this
Authenticator
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
invalid-frames Parameter type: <Counter> the number of EAPOL frames
- counter that have been received by this
Authenticator in which the frame
type is not recognized
This element is always shown.
inv-length-frames Parameter type: <Counter> the number of EAPOL frames
- counter that have been received by this
Authenticator in which the Packet
Body Length field is invalid
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
last-eap-version Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the protocol version number
- a signed integer carried in the most recently
received EAPOL frame
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
last-src-mac Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> the source MAC address carried
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) in the most recently received
- length: 6 EAPOL frame
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1697

81 Security Status Commands

81.17 Diagnostic Information Status Command

Command Description
This command displays diagnostic information.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show security pae diagnostics [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 81.17-1 "Diagnostic Information Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: the identification of the bridge
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / port
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

Command Output
Table 81.17-2 "Diagnostic Information Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
to-connecting-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> the number of times that the state
- counter machine transitions to the
CONNECTING state from any
other state
This element is always shown.

1698 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 81 Security Status Commands

name Type Description

log-off-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> the number of times that the state
- counter machine transitions from
CONNECTING to
DISCONNECTED as a result of
receiving an EAPOL-Logoff
message
This element is always shown.
authenticating-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> the number of times that the state
- counter machine transitions from
CONNECTING to
AUTHENTICATING, as a result
of an EAP-Response/Identity
message being received from the
Supplicant
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
authenticated-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> the number of times that the state
- counter machine transitions from
AUTHENTICATING to
AUTHENTICATED, as a result
of the Backend Authentication
state machine indicating
successful authentication of the
Supplicant (authSuccess =
TRUE)
This element is always shown.
timeout-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> the number of times that the state
- counter machine transitions from
AUTHENTICATING to
ABORTING, as a result of the
Backend Authentication state
machine indicating authentication
timeout (authTimeout = TRUE)
This element is always shown.
failed-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> the number of times that the state
- counter machine transitions from
AUTHENTICATING to HELD,
as a result of the Backend
Authentication state machine
indicating authentication failure
(authFail = TRUE)
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
re-authenticating-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> the number of times that the state
- counter machine transitions from
AUTHENTICATING to
ABORTING, as a result of a
reauthentication request
(reAuthenticate = TRUE)
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
eap-start-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> the number of times that the state
- counter machine transitions from
AUTHENTICATING to
ABORTING, as a result of an
EAPOL-Start message being
received from the Supplicant

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1699

81 Security Status Commands

name Type Description

This element is only shown in
detail mode.
eap-logoff-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> the number of times that the state
- counter machine transitions from
AUTHENTICATING to
ABORTING, as a result of an
EAPOL-Logoff message being
received from the Supplicant
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
re-authenticated-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> the number of times that the state
- counter machine transitions from
AUTHENTICATED to
CONNECTING, as a result of a
reauthentication request
(reAuthenticate = TRUE)
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
eap-connecting-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> the number of times that the state
- counter machine transitions from
AUTHENTICATED to
CONNECTING, as a result of an
EAPOL-Start message being
received from the Supplicant
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
eap-logoff-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> the number of times that the state
- counter machine transitions from
AUTHENTICATED to
DISCONNECTED, as a result of
an EAPOL-Logoff message
being received from the
Supplicant
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
access-req-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> the number of times that the state
- counter machine sends an initial
Access-Request packet to the
Authentication server
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
access-challenge-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> the number of times that the state
- counter machine receives an initial
Access-Challenge packet from
the Authentication server (i.e.,
aReq becomes TRUE, causing
exit from the RESPONSE state).
This indicates that the
Authentication Server has
communication with the
Authenticator
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
eap-req-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> the number of times that the state
- counter machine sends an EAP-Request
packet (other than an Identity,
Notification, Failure or Success

1700 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 81 Security Status Commands

name Type Description

message) to the Supplicant (i.e.,
executes txReq on entry to the
REQUEST state). This indicates
that the Authenticator chose an
EAP-method.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
resp-non-eap-nak-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> the number of times that the state
- counter machine receives a response from
the Supplicant to an initial
EAP-Request, and the response is
something other than EAP-NAK
(i.e., rxResp becomes TRUE,
causing the state machine to
transition from REQUEST to
RESPONSE, and the response is
not an EAP-NAK). This indicates
that the Supplicant can respond to
the Authenticator's chosen
EAP-method
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
eap-success-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> the number of times that the state
- counter machine receives an
EAP-Success message from the
Authentication Server (i.e.,
aSuccess becomes TRUE,
causing a transition from
RESPONSE to SUCCESS). This
indicates that the Supplicant has
successfully authenticated to the
Authentication Server
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
num-eap-failure Parameter type: <Counter> the number of times that the state
- counter machine receives an EAP-Failure
message from the Authentication
Server (i.e., aFail becomes
TRUE, causing a transition from
RESPONSE to FAIL). This
indicates that the Supplicant has
not authenticated to the
Authentication Server.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1701

81 Security Status Commands

81.18 Session Statistics Command

Command Description
This command displays statistics for the sessions.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show security pae session-stats [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 81.18-1 "Session Statistics Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: the identification of the bridge
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / port
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

Command Output
Table 81.18-2 "Session Statistics Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
rx-octets Parameter type: <Counter> the number of octets transmitted
- counter in user data frames on this port
during the session
This element is always shown.

1702 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 81 Security Status Commands

name Type Description

tx-octets Parameter type: <Counter> the number of octets transmitted
- counter in user data frames on this port
during the session
This element is always shown.
rx-user-frames Parameter type: <Counter> the number of user data frames
- counter received on this port during the
session
This element is always shown.
tx-user-frames Parameter type: <Counter> the number of user data frames
- counter transmitted on this port during
the session
This element is always shown.
ses-id Parameter type: <Vlan::AdminString> a unique identifier for the session
- char string This element is only shown in
- length: x<=32 detail mode.
auth-method Parameter type: <Aaa::AuthenticMethod> the authentication method used to
( remote-auth-server establish the session
| local-auth-server ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- remote-auth-server :
- local-auth-server :
ses-time Parameter type: <TimeTicks> the duration of the session
- a timeout value This element is always shown.
- unit: msec
term-cause Parameter type: <Aaa::TerminateCause> reason for the session termination
( supplicant-logoff This element is only shown in
| port-failure detail mode.
| supplicant-restart
| reauth-failed
| auth-cntr-forceunauth
| port-reinit
| port-admin-disabled
| not-terminated-yet )
Possible values:
- supplicant-logoff :
- port-failure :
- supplicant-restart :
- reauth-failed :
- auth-cntr-forceunauth :
- port-reinit :
- port-admin-disabled :
- not-terminated-yet :
user-name Parameter type: <Vlan::AdminString> the name representing the identity
- char string of the Supplicant PAE
- length: x<=32 This element is only shown in
detail mode.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1703

81 Security Status Commands

81.19 PAE Port System Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the PAE system parameters for a port or virtual channel

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show security pae port-details [ (port) ]

Command Parameters
Table 81.19-1 "PAE Port System Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

Command Output
Table 81.19-2 "PAE Port System Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
prot-ver Parameter type: <SignedInteger> The protocol version associated
- a signed integer with this Port.
This element is always shown.
capabilities Parameter type: <Aaa::Capabilities> Indicates the PAE functionality

1704 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 81 Security Status Commands

name Type Description

( auth-capable that this Port supports
| supp-capable ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- auth-capable :
- supp-capable :
reauth Parameter type: <Aaa::TruthValue> Specifies currently in use by the
( true Authenticator PAE state machine.
| false ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- true :
- false :

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1705

81 Security Status Commands

81.20 MAC Address related EAPOL Status

Command

Command Description
This command displays the EAPOL data for each MAC address.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show security pae mac-address [ (last-src-mac) ]

Command Parameters
Table 81.20-1 "MAC Address related EAPOL Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(last-src-mac) Format: the source MAC address carried
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) in the most recently received
- length: 6 EAPOL frame

Command Output
Table 81.20-2 "MAC Address related EAPOL Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::BridgePort> the port identification
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / This element is always shown.
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI

1706 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 81 Security Status Commands

name Type Description

Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
user-name Parameter type: <Vlan::AdminString> the name representing the identity
- char string of the Supplicant PAE
- length: x<=32 This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port-status Parameter type: <Aaa::PaeControlledPortStatus> the current port status
( authorized This element is always shown.
| unauthorized )
Possible values:
- authorized :
- unauthorized :

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1707

81 Security Status Commands

81.21 SSH Server Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the SSH Server related parameters

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> show security ssh server

Command Output
Table 81.21-2 "SSH Server Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
public-key Parameter type: <PrintableString> public key of the server
- printable string This element is always shown.

1708 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

82- Alarm Management Commands

82.1 Alarm Management Command Tree 82-1710

82.2 Alarm Management Command 82-1711
82.3 Snapshot Management Command 82-1712
82.4 SHub Snapshot Management Command 82-1713
82.5 Alarm Delta Log Management Command 82-1714
82.6 Log Management Command 82-1715

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1709

82 Alarm Management Commands

82.1 Alarm Management Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Alarm Management Commands".

Command Tree
----admin
----alarm
- (clr-logging)
- (clr-persist-loss)
- (clr-shub-config-loss)
----snap-shot
- (start)
----shub
----snap-shot
- (start)
----delta-log
- (clr-indeterminate)
- (clr-warning)
- (clr-minor)
- (clr-major)
- (clr-critical)
----log
- (clr-error-log)
- (clr-set-log-table)

1710 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 82 Alarm Management Commands

82.2 Alarm Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage alarms.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin alarm [ (clr-logging) ] [ (clr-persist-loss) ] [ (clr-shub-config-loss) ]

Command Parameters
Table 82.2-2 "Alarm Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(clr-logging) Format: optional parameter
clr-logging clear log table - logging will start
Possible values: from index 1
- clr-logging : clear log table - logging will start from index
1
(clr-persist-loss) Format: optional parameter
clr-persist-loss clear the loss of persistent data
Possible values: alarm
- clr-persist-loss : clear the loss of persistent data alarm
(clr-shub-config-loss) Format: optional parameter
clr-shub-config-loss clear the shub configuration loss
Possible values: alarm
- clr-shub-config-loss : clear the shub configuration loss
alarm

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1711

82 Alarm Management Commands

82.3 Snapshot Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to create a snapshot for a particular severity level.
The owner-id can be read by other users to see who has created the snapshot.
This command will fail if the snapshot is already in use. The snapshot is only kept for a limited time and is
automatically cleared.
The snapshot is displayed with the show alarm snapshot command.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin alarm snap-shot [ (start) ]

Command Parameters
Table 82.3-2 "Snapshot Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(start) Format: optional parameter
( start : indeterminate : <Alarm::alarmSnapShotOwner> start or stop the snap shot
| start : warning : <Alarm::alarmSnapShotOwner>
| start : minor : <Alarm::alarmSnapShotOwner>
| start : major : <Alarm::alarmSnapShotOwner>
| start : critical : <Alarm::alarmSnapShotOwner>
| start : <SignedInteger> : <Alarm::alarmSnapShotOwner>
| stop )
Possible values:
- start : start reading the snap shot table
- stop : stop reading the snap shot table
Possible values:
- indeterminate : not a definite known severity level
- warning : just to inform as a warning
- minor : not service affecting
- major : service affecting
- critical : service breaking
Field type <SignedInteger>
- a signed integer
Field type <Alarm::alarmSnapShotOwner>
- string to identify the owner (example: Tom)

1712 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 82 Alarm Management Commands

82.4 SHub Snapshot Management Command

Command Description
This command creates a snapshot for a particular severity level.
The command will fail if the snapshot is already in use. The snapshot is only kept for a limited time and is
automatically cleared.
The snapshot is displayed with the show alarm shub snapshot command.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin alarm shub snap-shot [ (start) ]

Command Parameters
Table 82.4-2 "SHub Snapshot Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(start) Format: optional parameter
( start : indeterminate : <Alarm::alarmSnapShotOwner> start or stop the snap shot
| start : warning : <Alarm::alarmSnapShotOwner>
| start : minor : <Alarm::alarmSnapShotOwner>
| start : major : <Alarm::alarmSnapShotOwner>
| start : critical : <Alarm::alarmSnapShotOwner>
| start : <SignedInteger> : <Alarm::alarmSnapShotOwner>
| stop )
Possible values:
- start : start reading the snap shot table
- stop : stop reading the snap shot table
Possible values:
- indeterminate : not a definite known severity level
- warning : just to inform as a warning
- minor : not service affecting
- major : service affecting
- critical : service breaking
Field type <SignedInteger>
- a signed integer
Field type <Alarm::alarmSnapShotOwner>
- string to identify the owner (example: Tom)

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1713

82 Alarm Management Commands

82.5 Alarm Delta Log Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the alarm delta logs.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin alarm delta-log [ (clr-indeterminate) ] [ (clr-warning) ] [ (clr-minor) ] [ (clr-major) ] [ (clr-critical) ]

Command Parameters
Table 82.5-2 "Alarm Delta Log Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(clr-indeterminate) Format: optional parameter
clr-indeterminate clear indeterminate delta-log
Possible values: table - set index to 1
- clr-indeterminate : clear indeterminate delta-log table -
loggin will start from index 1
(clr-warning) Format: optional parameter
clr-warning clear warning delta-log table - set
Possible values: index to 1
- clr-warning : clear warning delta-log table - set index to 1
(clr-minor) Format: optional parameter
clr-minor clear minor delta-log table - set
Possible values: index to 1
- clr-minor : clear minor delta-log table - set index to 1
(clr-major) Format: optional parameter
clr-major clear major delta-log table - set
Possible values: index to 1
- clr-major : clear major delta-log table - set index to 1
(clr-critical) Format: optional parameter
clr-critical clear critical delta-log table - set
Possible values: index to 1
- clr-critical : clear critical delta-log table - set index to 1

1714 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 82 Alarm Management Commands

82.6 Log Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage logs.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin alarm log [ (clr-error-log) ] [ (clr-set-log-table) ]

Command Parameters
Table 82.6-2 "Log Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(clr-error-log) Format: optional parameter
clr-error-log clear the error log : index starts
Possible values: from 1
- clr-error-log : clear the error log : index starts from 1
(clr-set-log-table) Format: optional parameter
clr-set-log-table clear the set log table : index
Possible values: starts from 1
- clr-set-log-table : clear the set log table : index starts from
1

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1715

83- ATM Management Commands

83.1 ATM Management Command Tree 83-1717

83.2 ATM Port Management Command 83-1718

1716 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 83 ATM Management Commands

83.1 ATM Management Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "ATM Management Commands".

Command Tree
----admin
----atm
----port
- (port)
- f5-loopback-ete

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1717

83 ATM Management Commands

83.2 ATM Port Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure ATM port management. An f5 loopback end-to-end test can be
started by giving the parameter f5-loopback-ete a value of start.
The result of this test is displayed with the info command.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges, and executed by operators with atm privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin atm port (port) [ f5-loopback-ete <Atm::F5LoopbackTestStatus> ]

Command Parameters
Table 83.2-1 "ATM Port Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: the port under test
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Table 83.2-2 "ATM Port Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
f5-loopback-ete Parameter type: <Atm::F5LoopbackTestStatus> optional parameter
Format: the f5 end-to-end loopback test
start
Possible values:
- start : start the test

1718 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

84- IGMP Management Commands

84.1 IGMP Management Command Tree 84-1720

84.2 IGMP Management Command 84-1721
84.3 IGMP Multicast Sources Management Command 84-1722
84.4 IGMP Slot Management Command 84-1723
84.5 Shub IGMP CAC Bundle Management Command 84-1724
84.6 Shub IGMP CAC Source Management Command 84-1725
84.7 Shub IGMP CAC System Management Command 84-1726
84.8 Shub IGMP VLAN System Management Command 84-1727
84.9 IGMP Channel Management Command 84-1728

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1719

84 IGMP Management Commands

84.1 IGMP Management Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "IGMP Management Commands".

Command Tree
----admin
----igmp
- (clear-all-stats)
- (clear-preview-cntr)
- (collect-cdr)
----mcast-src
- (slot-index)
- address
- (clear-statistics)
----module
- (slot-index)
- (clear-statistics)
----shub
----bundle
- (bundle-name)
- (clear-statistics)
----mcast-src
- (src)
- vlan-id
- ip-addr
- (clear-statistics)
----cac
----clear-stats
- (clear-stats)
----vlan
- clear-stats
----channel
- (port)
- (clear-statistics)

1720 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 84 IGMP Management Commands

84.2 IGMP Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage IGMP.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin igmp [ (clear-all-stats) ] [ (clear-preview-cntr) ] [ (collect-cdr) ]

Command Parameters
Table 84.2-2 "IGMP Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(clear-all-stats) Format: optional parameter
clear-all-stats clears all statistics
Possible values:
- clear-all-stats : clear all statistics
(clear-preview-cntr) Format: optional parameter
reset-pre-count reset preview time for all mcast
Possible values: src in 1day/1wk/1month
- reset-pre-count : reset all preview time for all multicast
source
(collect-cdr) Format: optional parameter
collect-cdr to trigger to collect CDRs
Possible values: manually
- collect-cdr : trigger to collect CDRs manually

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1721

84 IGMP Management Commands

84.3 IGMP Multicast Sources Management

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the IGMP multicast sources.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin igmp mcast-src (slot-index) address <Igmp::MulticastAddress> [ (clear-statistics) ]

Command Parameters
Table 84.3-1 "IGMP Multicast Sources Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(slot-index) Format: identify an IGMP module by the
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> logical SlotId
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
address Parameter type: <Igmp::MulticastAddress> mcast src address in network-byte
Format: order (big-endian)
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255)
Table 84.3-2 "IGMP Multicast Sources Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(clear-statistics) Format: optional parameter
clear-statistics clear the statistics
Possible values:
- clear-statistics : clear the statistics

1722 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 84 IGMP Management Commands

84.4 IGMP Slot Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage IGMP related to a slot.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin igmp module (slot-index) [ (clear-statistics) ]

Command Parameters
Table 84.4-1 "IGMP Slot Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(slot-index) Format: identify an IGMP module by the
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> logical slot id
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Table 84.4-2 "IGMP Slot Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(clear-statistics) Format: optional parameter
clear-statistics clear the statistics
Possible values:
- clear-statistics : clear the statistics

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1723

84 IGMP Management Commands

84.5 Shub IGMP CAC Bundle Management

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage IGMP CAC bundle level stauts, clear bundle entry status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin igmp shub bundle (bundle-name) [ (clear-statistics) ]

Command Parameters
Table 84.5-1 "Shub IGMP CAC Bundle Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(bundle-name) Format: name of this bundle
- the name of the bundle
- length: x<=32
Table 84.5-2 "Shub IGMP CAC Bundle Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(clear-statistics) Format: optional parameter
clear-statistics clear the statistics
Possible values:
- clear-statistics : clear the statistics

1724 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 84 IGMP Management Commands

84.6 Shub IGMP CAC Source Management

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage IGMP CAC Source status, clear source entry status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin igmp shub mcast-src (src) vlan-id <Igmp::McastSrcVLANID> ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> [ (clear-statistics)
]

Command Parameters
Table 84.6-1 "Shub IGMP CAC Source Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(src) Format: mcast src address in network-byte
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255) order(big-endian)
vlan-id Parameter type: <Igmp::McastSrcVLANID> vlan for this multicast source
Format:
- VLAN for this multicast source
- range: [1...4093]
ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> ip addr of mcast servr in
Format: network-byte order(big-enaian)
- IPv4-address
Table 84.6-2 "Shub IGMP CAC Source Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(clear-statistics) Format: optional parameter
clear-statistics clear the statistics
Possible values:
- clear-statistics : clear the statistics

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1725

84 IGMP Management Commands

84.7 Shub IGMP CAC System Management

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage CAC system level status, clear the system,all bundle or all source
status.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin igmp shub cac clear-stats [ (clear-stats) ]

Command Parameters
Table 84.7-2 "Shub IGMP CAC System Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(clear-stats) Format: optional parameter
( all clear the cac related statistics
| system counters
| bundle
| mcast-src )
Possible values:
- all : clear all statistics
- system : clear system object statistics
- bundle : clear all bundle table statistics
- mcast-src : clear all channel source table statistics

1726 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 84 IGMP Management Commands

84.8 Shub IGMP VLAN System Management

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage VLAN system clear statistics on a per Vlan basis.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin igmp shub vlan clear-stats <Igmp::igmpClearStats>

Command Parameters
Table 84.8-2 "Shub IGMP VLAN System Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
clear-stats Parameter type: <Igmp::igmpClearStats> optional parameter
Format: clears all the IGMP statistics for
- clears all the IGMP statistics for the given Vlan the given Vlan
- range: [0...4094]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1727

84 IGMP Management Commands

84.9 IGMP Channel Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the IGMP channel.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin igmp channel (port) [ (clear-statistics) ]

Command Parameters
Table 84.9-1 "IGMP Channel Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type Description
Format: identification of the port, vlanport
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / or virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

1728 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 84 IGMP Management Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
Table 84.9-2 "IGMP Channel Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(clear-statistics) Format: optional parameter
clear-statistics accept/ignore request to clear
Possible values: statistics of the table
- clear-statistics : clear the statistics

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1729

85- PPPoX Management Commands

85.1 PPPoX Management Command Tree 85-1731

85.2 PPPoX Engine Port Management Command 85-1732

1730 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 85 PPPoX Management Commands

85.1 PPPoX Management Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "PPPoX Management Commands".

Command Tree
----admin
----pppox-relay
----engine
- (vlan-id)
- (remove-all-ports)

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1731

85 PPPoX Management Commands

85.2 PPPoX Engine Port Management Command

Command Description
This command deletes all ports for a specific engine.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges, and executed by operators with ppoe privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin pppox-relay engine (vlan-id) [ (remove-all-ports) ]

Command Parameters
Table 85.2-1 "PPPoX Engine Port Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlan-id)
Table 85.2-2 "PPPoX Engine Port Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
(remove-all-ports)
Type Description
Format: vlan identity
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
Type Description
Format: optional parameter
remove-all-ports remove all ports for a specific
Possible values: engine
- remove-all-ports : remove all ports

1732 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

86- xDSL Management Commands

86.1 xDSL Management Command Tree 86-1734

86.2 xDSL Line Management Command 86-1735

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1733

86 xDSL Management Commands

86.1 xDSL Management Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "xDSL Management Commands".

Command Tree
----admin
----xdsl-line
- (if-index)
- loop-diagnostic

1734 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 86 xDSL Management Commands

86.2 xDSL Line Management Command

Command Description
This node allows the operator do manage an xDSL Line.
Loop Diagnostic Indications:
start : start diagnostics on XDSL line.
stop : stop diagnostics on XDSL line.
completed : diagnostic results ready for retrieval.
failed : diagnostic failed.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin xdsl-line (if-index) [ loop-diagnostic <Xdsl::LoopDiagMode> ]

Command Parameters
Table 86.2-1 "xDSL Line Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 86.2-2 "xDSL Line Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
loop-diagnostic Parameter type: <Xdsl::LoopDiagMode> optional parameter
Format: controls the loop diagnostic test
( stop
| start )
Possible values:
- stop : stop the loop diagnostic test
- start : start the diagnostic test

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1735

86 xDSL Management Commands

1736 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

87- Software Management Commands

87.1 Software Management Command Tree 87-1738

87.2 Software Management Command 87-1739
87.3 OSWP Software Management Command 87-1740
87.4 Database Management Command 87-1742
87.5 File Management Command 87-1744
87.6 SHub Software Management Command 87-1745
87.7 SHub Database Management Command 87-1746
87.8 SHub Software Package Administration Command 87-1747
87.9 Update the SHub Boot ROM Command 87-1748

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1737

87 Software Management Commands

87.1 Software Management Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Software Management Commands".

Command Tree
----admin
----software-mngt
- (clr-db-rollback-alrm)
- (clr-sw-rollback-alrm)
----oswp
- (index)
- download
- activate
- (commit)
- (abort-download)
----database
- download
- upload
----disk-file
- (path)
- (remove)
----shub
- select-config
----database
- (save)
----sw-package
- (package)
- (download)
----boot-rom
- (package)

1738 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 87 Software Management Commands

87.2 Software Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the software of the system.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges, and executed by operators with
software management privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin software-mngt [ (clr-db-rollback-alrm) ] [ (clr-sw-rollback-alrm) ]

Command Parameters
Table 87.2-2 "Software Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(clr-db-rollback-alrm) Format: optional parameter
clr-db-rollback-alrm clear the implicit database
Possible values: rollback alarm
- clr-db-rollback-alrm : clear the implicit database rollback
alarm
(clr-sw-rollback-alrm) Format: optional parameter
clr-sw-rollback-alrm clear the implicit software
Possible values: rollback alarm
- clr-sw-rollback-alrm : clear the implicit software rollback
alarm

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1739

87 Software Management Commands

87.3 OSWP Software Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the OSWP software packages.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges, and executed by operators with
software management privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin software-mngt oswp (index) [ download <SwMngt::oswpName> ] [ activate <SwMngt::activationType> ]

[ (commit) ] [ (abort-download) ]

Command Parameters
Table 87.3-1 "OSWP Software Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index to the swm oswp table
- id of one of the two oswps
- range: [1...2]
Table 87.3-2 "OSWP Software Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
download Parameter type: <SwMngt::oswpName> optional parameter
Format: download a software package
- path and name of the oswp ,file name less than 160 char
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_./]
- length: 1<=x<=255
activate Parameter type: <SwMngt::activationType> optional parameter
Format: activate an OSWP package
( with-linked-db
| with-default-db
| clear-db )
Possible values:
- with-linked-db : activate OSWP with linked database
- with-default-db : activate OSWP with default database
- clear-db : ISAM shutdown => only NT plugout/re-plugin
possible!
(commit) Format: optional parameter
commit commit the OSWP
Possible values:
- commit : commit the OSWP
(abort-download) Format: optional parameter
abort-download abort the download of an oswp

1740 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 87 Software Management Commands

Parameter Type Description

Possible values:
- abort-download : abort the download of an oswp

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1741

87 Software Management Commands

87.4 Database Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the system database.
The database file name should be either dm.tar or dm_complete.tar.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges, and executed by operators with
software management privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin software-mngt database [ download <SwMngt::DownloadServerId> ] [ upload

<SwMngt::UploadServerId> ]

Command Parameters
Table 87.4-2 "Database Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
download Parameter type: <SwMngt::DownloadServerId> optional parameter
Format: download the database
<Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path>
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <SwMngt::path>
- path for the db (example: /path_to_db/file_name)
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_./]
- length: 1<=x<=255
upload Parameter type: <SwMngt::UploadServerId> optional parameter
Format: upload the database
( actual-active : <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path>
| preferred-active : <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path>
| previous-active : <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path>
| failed-active : <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path>
| actual-not-active : <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path>
| preferred-not-active : <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path>
| previous-not-active : <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path>
| failed-not-active : <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path> )
Possible values:
- actual-active : actual database for active OSWP
- preferred-active : preferable database for active OSWP
- previous-active : previous database for active OSWP
- failed-active : failed databse for active OSWP
- actual-not-active : actual database for not-active OSWP
- preferred-not-active : preferable database for not-active

1742 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 87 Software Management Commands

Parameter Type Description

OSWP
- previous-not-active : previous database for not-active
OSWP
- failed-not-active : failed database for not-active OSWP
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <SwMngt::path>
- path for the db (example: /path_to_db/file_name)
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_./]
- length: 1<=x<=255

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1743

87 Software Management Commands

87.5 File Management Command

Command Description
This command manages disk and descriptor files.
A disk file contains information about the different software files and descriptor files that are stored on the file disk.
It also contains information such as the file name, file size, file type, file availability status, and file format.
The operator can remove an unused file from the disk by specifying the file name, which is unique over all unit
types and over all SWP types for all releases.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges, and executed by operators with
software management privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin software-mngt disk-file (path) [ (remove) ]

Command Parameters
Table 87.5-1 "File Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(path) Format: an absolute file name
- an absolute file name
- range: [.-z]
- length: 1<=x<=256
Table 87.5-2 "File Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(remove) Format: optional parameter
remove remove the file
Possible values:
- remove : remove the file

1744 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 87 Software Management Commands

87.6 SHub Software Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the software on the SHub.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges, and executed by operators with
software management privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin software-mngt shub [ select-config <SwMngt::ReqOSPDevice> ]

Command Parameters
Table 87.6-2 "SHub Software Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
select-config Parameter type: <SwMngt::ReqOSPDevice> optional parameter
Format: select the configuration to be
( config-1 used
| config-2
| tftp )
Possible values:
- config-1 : sets config1 version in BSP
- config-2 : sets config2 version in BSP
- tftp : sets tftp version in BSP

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1745

87 Software Management Commands

87.7 SHub Database Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the database on the SHub.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges, and executed by operators with
software management privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin software-mngt shub database [ (save) ]

Command Parameters
Table 87.7-2 "SHub Database Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(save) Format: optional parameter
save save the database
Possible values:
- save : save the database

1746 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 87 Software Management Commands

87.8 SHub Software Package Administration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the software package on the SHub.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges, and executed by operators with
software management privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin software-mngt shub sw-package (package) [ (download) ]

Command Parameters
Table 87.8-1 "SHub Software Package Administration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(package) Format: the identification of the software
<Ip::V4Address> : <Sys::FileName> package
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Sys::FileName>
- name
- length: 1<=x<=256
Table 87.8-2 "SHub Software Package Administration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(download) Format: optional parameter
download download the package
Possible values:
- download : download the package

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1747

87 Software Management Commands

87.9 Update the SHub Boot ROM Command

Command Description
This command updates the SHub boot ROM.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges, and executed by operators with
software management privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin software-mngt shub boot-rom (package)

Command Parameters
Table 87.9-2 "Update the SHub Boot ROM Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(package) Format: optional parameter
<Ip::V4Address> : <Sys::FileName> the identification of the bootrom
Field type <Ip::V4Address> image
- IPv4-address
Field type <Sys::FileName>
- name
- length: 1<=x<=256

1748 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

88- OSPF Management Commands

88.1 OSPF Management Command Tree 88-1750

88.2 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Management Command 88-1751

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1749

88 OSPF Management Commands

88.1 OSPF Management Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "OSPF Management Commands".

Command Tree
----admin
----ospf
----interface
- (ip-addr)
- md5-key
- accept-expires
- generate-expires

1750 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 88 OSPF Management Commands

88.2 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Management

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an MD5 key for an OSPF interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin ospf interface (ip-addr) md5-key <Ospf::Md5KeyIndex> [ accept-expires <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay> ]

generate-expires <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay>

Command Parameters
Table 88.2-1 "OSPF Interface MD5 Key Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ip-addr) Format: ip address identifying the
- IPv4-address interface
md5-key Parameter type: <Ospf::Md5KeyIndex> the number of the md5 key
Format:
- the number of the MD5 key
- range: [1...5]
Table 88.2-2 "OSPF Interface MD5 Key Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
accept-expires Parameter type: <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay> optional parameter
Format: set the delay before the key
( now expires for accepting
| never
| <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay> )
Possible values:
- now : the key will expire now
- never : the key will never expire
Field type <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay>
- the delay before the md5-key expires
- unit: sec
- range: [-1...2147483647]
generate-expires Parameter type: <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay> mandatory parameter
Format: set the delay before the key
( now expires for generating
| never

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1751

88 OSPF Management Commands

Parameter Type Description

| <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay> )
Possible values:
- now : the key will expire now
- never : the key will never expire
Field type <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay>
- the delay before the md5-key expires
- unit: sec
- range: [-1...2147483647]

1752 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

89- RIP Management Commands

89.1 RIP Management Command Tree 89-1754

89.2 RIP Interface MD5 Key Management Command 89-1755

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1753

89 RIP Management Commands

89.1 RIP Management Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "RIP Management Commands".

Command Tree
----admin
----rip
----interface
- (ip-addr)
- md5-key
- expires

1754 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 89 RIP Management Commands

89.2 RIP Interface MD5 Key Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage a MD5 key for a RIP interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin rip interface (ip-addr) md5-key <Rip::Md5KeyIndex> [ expires <Rip::MD5expiryDelay> ]

Command Parameters
Table 89.2-1 "RIP Interface MD5 Key Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ip-addr) Format: interface IP address
- IPv4-address
md5-key Parameter type: <Rip::Md5KeyIndex> the number of the md5 key
Format:
- the number of the MD5 key
- range: [1...5]
Table 89.2-2 "RIP Interface MD5 Key Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
expires Parameter type: <Rip::MD5expiryDelay> optional parameter
Format: set the delay before the key
( never expires
| <Rip::MD5expiryDelay> )
Possible values:
- never : the key will never expire
Field type <Rip::MD5expiryDelay>
- the delay before the md5-key expires
- unit: sec
- range: [0...2147483647]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1755

90- SHDSL Management Commands

90.1 SHDSL Management Command Tree 90-1757

90.2 SHDSL Segment Configuration Command 90-1758

1756 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 90 SHDSL Management Commands

90.1 SHDSL Management Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "SHDSL Management Commands".

Command Tree
----admin
----shdsl-seg
- (if-index)
- unit-id
- side
- [no] soft-restart

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1757

90 SHDSL Management Commands

90.2 SHDSL Segment Configuration Command

Command Description
This node allows the operator manage an SHDSL Segment.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin shdsl-seg (if-index) unit-id <Shdsl::UnitId> side <Shdsl::SegmentSide> [ [ no ] soft-restart ]

Command Parameters
Table 90.2-1 "SHDSL Segment Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
unit-id Parameter type: <Shdsl::UnitId> unit identifier in an SHDSL span
Format:
( stu-c
| stu-r )
Possible values:
- stu-c : the SHDSL unit is STU-C
- stu-r : the SHDSL unit is STU-R
side Parameter type: <Shdsl::SegmentSide> the particular side of an SHDSL
Format: unit in an SHDSL segment
( network
| customer )
Possible values:
- network : the network side
- customer : the customer side
Table 90.2-2 "SHDSL Segment Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] soft-restart Parameter type: boolean optional parameter

1758 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 90 SHDSL Management Commands

Parameter Type Description

soft restart for the associated side

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1759

91- Session Management Commands

91.1 Session Management Command Tree 91-1761

91.2 Forced Disconnect Session Command 91-1762

1760 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 91 Session Management Commands

91.1 Session Management Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Session Management Commands".

Command Tree
----admin
----session
- (id)
- (disconnect)

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1761

91 Session Management Commands

91.2 Forced Disconnect Session Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to discontinue (or forcely terminate) an existing CLI session.
The operator can learn about established CLI sessions using the "show session" command.

User Level
The command can be accessed and executed by an operator with admin privilege.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin session (id) (disconnect)

Command Parameters
Table 91.2-1 "Forced Disconnect Session Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(id) Format: the session number
- the session number
- range: [1...12]
Table 91.2-2 "Forced Disconnect Session Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(disconnect) Format: optional parameter
disconnect : <Sec::DisconnectMessage> disconnect the session with a
Possible values: given message
- disconnect : disconnect the session
Field type <Sec::DisconnectMessage>
- disconnect msg to specify reason for forced termination

1762 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

92- System Management Commands

92.1 System Management Command Tree 92-1764

92.2 SYSLOG Management command 92-1765
92.3 Secure Shell Server Key Regeneration Command 92-1766

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1763

92 System Management Commands

92.1 System Management Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "System Management Commands".

Command Tree
----admin
----system
----syslog
----destination
- (name)
- (rotate)
----security
----ssh
- generate-key

1764 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 92 System Management Commands

92.2 SYSLOG Management command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to rotate the log files explicitly.This is applicable if the destination type is
configured as file.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin system syslog destination (name) [ (rotate) ]

Command Parameters
Table 92.2-1 "SYSLOG Management command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the syslog destination
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 92.2-2 "SYSLOG Management command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(rotate) Format: optional parameter
rotate enforce the rotation of the log
Possible values: files
- rotate : enforce the rotation of the log files

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1765

92 System Management Commands

92.3 Secure Shell Server Key Regeneration

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to generate the public/private server key-pair.
The RSA key generation is not yet supported.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin system security ssh generate-key <SSH::RegenerateKey>

Command Parameters
Table 92.3-2 "Secure Shell Server Key Regeneration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
generate-key Parameter type: <SSH::RegenerateKey> optional parameter
Format: to generate ssh server key-pair
( dsa
| rsa )
Possible values:
- dsa : generate a dsa key-pair
- rsa : generate a rsa key-pair (not supported at present)

1766 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

93- Equipment Management Commands

93.1 Equipment Management Command Tree 93-1768

93.2 Equipment Management Command 93-1769
93.3 Slot Management Command 93-1770
93.4 SHub Port Management Command 93-1772

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1767

93 Equipment Management Commands

93.1 Equipment Management Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Equipment Management Commands".

Command Tree
----admin
----equipment
- (prepare-sys-shutdown)
- reboot-shub
- reboot-isam
----slot
- (index)
- reboot
- [no] overrule-sw
----port
- (port)
- copy-to-port

1768 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 93 Equipment Management Commands

93.2 Equipment Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the node: prepare the system for shutdown, reset the node or reset
the SHUB.
Note: a reset of the SHUB only applies in case the node is equipped with an ECNT-A. In all other cases, an attempt
to reset the SHUB will be rejected.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin equipment [ (prepare-sys-shutdown) ] [ reboot-shub <Sys::RestartValue> ] [ reboot-isam

<Equipm::SystemRestart> ]

Command Parameters
Table 93.2-2 "Equipment Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(prepare-sys-shutdown) Format: optional parameter
prepare-sys-shutdown prepare the system for shutdown
Possible values:
- prepare-sys-shutdown : prepare the system for shutdown
reboot-shub Parameter type: <Sys::RestartValue> optional parameter
Format: reboot the shub
( systemreset
| applicationreset )
Possible values:
- systemreset : restart the entire switch
- applicationreset : only restart the application modules,
excluding the BCM driver and VxWorks
reboot-isam Parameter type: <Equipm::SystemRestart> optional parameter
Format: reboot the isam (with shub)
( with-self-test
| without-self-test
| hot-restart )
Possible values:
- with-self-test : restart with selftest
- without-self-test : restart without selftest
- hot-restart : reboot, but don't touch the hardware

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1769

93 Equipment Management Commands

93.3 Slot Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage a slot and the units in the slot.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin equipment slot (index) [ reboot <Equipm::BoardRestart> ] [ [ no ] overrule-sw ]

Command Parameters
Table 93.3-1 "Slot Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the identification of the slot
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| nt-a
| nt-b
| acu : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
| ext-a : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
| ext-b : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- ext-a : nt-a slot in an extension shelf
- ext-b : nt-b slot in an extension shelf
- acu : acu slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
Table 93.3-2 "Slot Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
reboot Parameter type: <Equipm::BoardRestart> optional parameter
Format: reboot the card in the slot

1770 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 93 Equipment Management Commands

Parameter Type Description

( with-selftest
| without-selftest
| hot-restart )
Possible values:
- with-selftest : reboot the board with self test
- without-selftest : reboot the board without self test
- hot-restart : reboot but don't touch the hardware (not for
LSM)
[no] overrule-sw Parameter type: boolean optional parameter

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1771

93 Equipment Management Commands

93.4 SHub Port Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage SHub ports.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin equipment port (port) [ copy-to-port <Shub::NetworkPort> ]

Command Parameters
Table 93.4-1 "SHub Port Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identification of a port
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub
Table 93.4-2 "SHub Port Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
copy-to-port Parameter type: <Shub::NetworkPort> optional parameter
Format: copy the port to another port
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Field type <Shub::NetworkPort>
- network port on Shub

1772 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

94- Bridge Management Commands

94.1 Bridge Management Command Tree 94-1774

94.2 Learned Unicast MAC Address Management 94-1775
Command
94.3 VLAN Management Command 94-1777

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1773

94 Bridge Management Commands

94.1 Bridge Management Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Bridge Management Commands".

Command Tree
----admin
----bridge
----learned-unicast-mac
- (unicast-mac-address)
- vlan-id
- port
- (delete)
----vlan-id
- (id)
- (delete-member-ports)

1774 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 94 Bridge Management Commands

94.2 Learned Unicast MAC Address Management

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to remove dynamically learned MAC addresses.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin bridge learned-unicast-mac (unicast-mac-address) vlan-id <Vlan::StackedVlan> port

<Itf::AtmInterfaceVpiVci> [ (delete) ]

Command Parameters
Table 94.2-1 "Learned Unicast MAC Address Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(unicast-mac-address)
vlan-id
port
Type Description
Format: unicast mac address
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03)
- length: 6
Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> vlan id
Format:
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
Parameter type: <Itf::AtmInterfaceVpiVci> identification of a port
Format:
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1775

94 Bridge Management Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Table 94.2-2 "Learned Unicast MAC Address Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(delete) Format: optional parameter
delete delete a learned unicast mac
Possible values: address
- delete : delete a unicast mac address

1776 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 94 Bridge Management Commands

94.3 VLAN Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to remove the association between a VLAN and all its member ports.
This command is the only means to remove dynamic associations.
Removal of the port VLAN association includes removal of all MAC addresses from the filtering database for these
port-VLAN associations.
Any outstanding duplicate MAC alarms for the port are cleared.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin bridge vlan-id (id) [ (delete-member-ports) ]

Command Parameters
Table 94.3-1 "VLAN Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(id)
Table 94.3-2 "VLAN Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
(delete-member-ports)
Type Description
Format: vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4097]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identy
- range: [0...4093,4097]
Type Description
Format: optional parameter
delete-member-ports remove association between a
Possible values: vlan and all it's bridge ports
- delete-member-ports : remove associated bridge ports

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1777

95- Trap Management Commands

95.1 Trap Management Command Tree 95-1779

95.2 Trap Manager Management Command 95-1780

1778 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 95 Trap Management Commands

95.1 Trap Management Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Trap Management Commands".

Command Tree
----admin
----trap
----manager
- (address)
- (reset-trap-buffer)

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1779

95 Trap Management Commands

95.2 Trap Manager Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage a trap manager.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin trap manager (address) [ (reset-trap-buffer) ]

Command Parameters
Table 95.2-1 "Trap Manager Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(address) Format: the IP address of the manager
<Ip::V4Address> : <Trap::Port>
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Trap::Port>
- trap port number
- range: [1...65535]
Table 95.2-2 "Trap Manager Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(reset-trap-buffer) Format: optional parameter
reset-trap-buffer reset the trap buffer
Possible values:
- reset-trap-buffer : reset the trap buffer

1780 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

96- IP Management Commands

96.1 IP Management Command Tree 96-1782

96.2 Slot-related VRF Management Command 96-1783
96.3 IP VRF Interface Reset Management Command 96-1784
96.4 IP VRF Interface bridgeport Reset Management 96-1786
Command
96.5 Vlan Interface Delete Command 96-1788

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1781

96 IP Management Commands

96.1 IP Management Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "IP Management Commands".

Command Tree
----admin
----ip
----vrf-media
- (vrf-slot)
- ip-address
- (remove)
----vrf-stats
- (vrf-id)
----interface
----user
----port
- (port-interface)
- reset
----bridgeport
- (port-interface)
- reset
----vlan-itf-delete
- (vlanid)

1782 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 96 IP Management Commands

96.2 Slot-related VRF Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the slot-related VRF.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin ip vrf-media (vrf-slot) ip-address <Ip::V4AddressHex> (remove)

Command Parameters
Table 96.2-1 "Slot-related VRF Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vrf-slot) Format: equipment slot ID.
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> :
<Eqpt::VrfId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::VrfId>
- VRF id
ip-address Parameter type: <Ip::V4AddressHex> ip address
Format:
- IPv4-address
Table 96.2-2 "Slot-related VRF Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(remove) Format: optional parameter
remove remove the entry
Possible values:
- remove : remove the entry

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1783

96 IP Management Commands

96.3 IP VRF Interface Reset Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to reset the VRF interface counters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin ip vrf-stats (vrf-id) interface user port (port-interface) reset <Vrf::AdminCounter>

Command Parameters
Table 96.3-1 "IP VRF Interface Reset Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vrf-id)
(port-interface)
Type Description
Format: the vrf index
- the VRF ID which uniquely identify a VRF
- range: [1...127]
Format: identification of the port or
( atm-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| atm-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )

1784 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 96 IP Management Commands

Resource Identifier Type Description

Possible values:
- atm-port : atm port
- bridge-port : bridge port
- vlan-port : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
Table 96.3-2 "IP VRF Interface Reset Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
reset Parameter type: <Vrf::AdminCounter> optional parameter
Format: reset the vrf interface counter
counter
Possible values:
- counter : reset the vrf interface counter

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1785

96 IP Management Commands

96.4 IP VRF Interface bridgeport Reset

Management Command

Command Description
Obsolete command, replaced by admin ip vrf-stats (vrf-id) interface user port.
This command allows the operator to reset VRF user interface bridge port counters.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin ip vrf-stats (vrf-id) interface user bridgeport (port-interface) reset <Vrf::AdminCounter>
Obsolete command, replaced by admin ip vrf-stats (vrf-id) interface user port.

Command Parameters
Table 96.4-1 "IP VRF Interface bridgeport Reset Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vrf-id)
(port-interface)
Table 96.4-2 "IP VRF Interface bridgeport Reset Management Command" Command Parameters
Type Description
Format: the vrf index
- the VRF ID which uniquely identify a VRF
- range: [1...127]
Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI

1786 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 96 IP Management Commands

Parameter Type Description

reset Parameter type: <Vrf::AdminCounter> optional parameter
Format: reset the vrf interface counter
counter
Possible values:
- counter : reset the vrf interface counter

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1787

96 IP Management Commands

96.5 Vlan Interface Delete Command

Command Description
This command is used only to delete an unassociated vlan interface with a vrf in router mode.
A vrf configured in router mode can be associated with only one vlan interface. If the user tries to associate
another vlan interface with the same vrf , CLI provides an error , but deletion of the unassociated vlan is not
possible directly. Please use this admin command only to remove the unassociated vlan interface.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin ip vlan-itf-delete (vlanid)

Command Parameters
Table 96.5-1 "Vlan Interface Delete Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlanid) Format: vlan id
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]

1788 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

97- DHCP Management Command

97.1 DHCP Management Command Tree 97-1790

97.2 DHCP Relay User Port Management Command 97-1791

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1789

97 DHCP Management Command

97.1 DHCP Management Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "DHCP Management Command".

Command Tree
----admin
----dhcp-relay
----user-port
- (user-port)
- (reset-counters)

1790 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 97 DHCP Management Command

97.2 DHCP Relay User Port Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the DHCP relay user port commands.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp privileges, and executed by operators with dhcp privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin dhcp-relay user-port (user-port) (reset-counters)

Command Parameters
Table 97.2-1 "DHCP Relay User Port Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(user-port)
Type Description
Format: identification of the port or
( atm-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| atm-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Possible values:
- atm-port : atm port
- bridge-port : bridge port

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1791

97 DHCP Management Command

Resource Identifier Type Description

- vlan-port : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::SVlan>
- service vlan id
Field type <Eqpt::CVlan>
- customer vlan id
Table 97.2-2 "DHCP Relay User Port Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(reset-counters) Format: optional parameter
counters reset the user port counters
Possible values:
- counters : reset all the counters

1792 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

98- Transport Management Commands

98.1 Transport Management Command Tree 98-1794

98.2 IP Net-to-media Management Command 98-1795

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1793

98 Transport Management Commands

98.1 Transport Management Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Transport Management Commands".

Command Tree
----admin
----transport
----ip-net-to-media
- (interface-name)
- network-addr
- phy-addr
- (delete)

1794 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 98 Transport Management Commands

98.2 IP Net-to-media Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to delete the IP address out of the ARP table.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges, and executed by operators with transport
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin transport ip-net-to-media (interface-name) network-addr <Ip::V4AddressHex> phy-addr <Sys::MacAddr>

[ (delete) ]

Command Parameters
Table 98.2-1 "IP Net-to-media Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(interface-name) Format: name of the interface
eth1
Possible values:
- eth1 : control interface
network-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4AddressHex> ip addr corresponding to
Format: media-dependent physical addr
- IPv4-address
phy-addr Parameter type: <Sys::MacAddr> media-dependent physical addr
Format:
- a mac-address (example : 01:02:03:04:05:06)
- length: 6
Table 98.2-2 "IP Net-to-media Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(delete) Format: optional parameter
delete delete a ip-net-to-media
Possible values:
- delete : delete a ip-net to media entry

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1795

99- SNTP Management Commands

99.1 SNTP Management Command Tree 99-1797

99.2 SNTP Management Command 99-1798

1796 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 99 SNTP Management Commands

99.1 SNTP Management Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "SNTP Management Commands".

Command Tree
----admin
----sntp
- system-time

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1797

99 SNTP Management Commands

99.2 SNTP Management Command

Command Description
This node allows the operator to manage SNTP.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin sntp [ system-time <Sys::timeInSecs> ]

Command Parameters
Table 99.2-2 "SNTP Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
system-time Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> optional parameter
Format: set the system time
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs)
- unit: UTC

1798 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

100- Transactions Management Commands

100.1 Transactions Management Command Tree 100-1800

100.2 Transaction Configuration Management Command 100-1801

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1799

100 Transactions Management Commands

100.1 Transactions Management Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Transactions Management Commands".

Command Tree
----admin
----transaction
- configure-lock

1800 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 100 Transactions Management Commands

100.2 Transaction Configuration Management

Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage transactions.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin transaction [ configure-lock <Trans::ownerIpAddr> ]

Command Parameters
Table 100.2-2 "Transaction Configuration Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
configure-lock Parameter type: <Trans::ownerIpAddr> optional parameter
Format: changes the status of the
( acquire configuration lock
| release )
Possible values:
- acquire : prevents other managers from configuring
- release : allow other managers to configure

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1801

101- Security Management Commands

101.1 Security Management Command Tree 101-1803

101.2 Security 802.1x Port Authentication Management 101-1804
Command

1802 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 101 Security Management Commands

101.1 Security Management Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Security Management Commands".

Command Tree
----admin
----security
----ext-authenticator
- (port)
- (clear-statistics)

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1803

101 Security Management Commands

101.2 Security 802.1x Port Authentication

Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage a port or virtual channel in the scope of 802.1x authentication.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin security ext-authenticator (port) [ (clear-statistics) ]

Command Parameters
Table 101.2-1 "Security 802.1x Port Authentication Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Table 101.2-2 "Security 802.1x Port Authentication Management Command" Command
Parameter
(clear-statistics)
Type Description
Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Parameters
Type Description
Format: optional parameter
clear-statistics clear non-accounting statistics
Possible values:
- clear-statistics : clear non-accounting statistics

1804 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

102- MSTP Bridge Management Commands

102.1 MSTP Bridge Management Command Tree 102-1806

102.2 Port-related MSTP Management Command 102-1807

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1805

102 MSTP Bridge Management Commands

102.1 MSTP Bridge Management Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "MSTP Bridge Management Commands".

Command Tree
----admin
----mstp
----port
- (network-port)
- (clear-protocols)

1806 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 102 MSTP Bridge Management Commands

102.2 Port-related MSTP Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage MSTP related to a port.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> admin mstp port (network-port) [ (clear-protocols) ]

Command Parameters
Table 102.2-1 "Port-related MSTP Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(network-port) Format: the identification of a network
<Shub::MstpNetworkPort> port
Field type <Shub::MstpNetworkPort>
- Network Port on Shub
Table 102.2-2 "Port-related MSTP Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(clear-protocols) Format: optional parameter
clear-protocols clear the list of detected protocols
Possible values:
- clear-protocols : clear the list of detected protocols

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1807

103- Ping Commands

103.1 Ping Command Tree 103-1809

103.2 Ping Command 103-1810
103.3 Ping Per Vrf Command 103-1812

1808 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 103 Ping Commands

103.1 Ping Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Ping Commands".

Command Tree
----ping
- (ip-addr)
- [no] timeout
- [no] tries
- [no] mtu-size
----vrf
- (vrf)
- [no] timeout
- [no] tries
- [no] mtu-size

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1809

103 Ping Commands

103.2 Ping Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to ping another host.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> ping (ip-addr) [ no timeout | timeout <Ip::PingTimeout> ] [ no tries | tries <Ip::PingTries> ] [ no mtu-size |
mtu-size <Ip::PingMtu> ]

Command Parameters
Table 103.2-1 "Ping Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ip-addr) Format: the ip-address of the node to be
- IPv4-address pinged
Table 103.2-2 "Ping Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] timeout Parameter type: <Ip::PingTimeout> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1L
- the maximum time to wait for a response the maximum time to wait for a
- unit: sec response
- range: [1...100]
[no] tries Parameter type: <Ip::PingTries> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 5L
- the number of times the node must be pinged the number of times the node
- range: [1...100] must be pinged
[no] mtu-size Parameter type: <Ip::PingMtu> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 500L
- the size of the data portion of the ping PDU the size of the data portion of the
- unit: bytes ping PDU
- range: [8...2080]

Command Output
Table 103.2-3 "Ping Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
received Parameter type: <Counter> total number of packets received

1810 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 103 Ping Commands

name Type Description

- counter This element is always shown.
sent Parameter type: <UnsignedSignedInteger> total number of packets sent to
- an unsigned integer the destination
This element is always shown.
loss Parameter type: <UnsignedSignedInteger> percentage of lost packets
- an unsigned integer This element is always shown.
mean-delay Parameter type: <Ip::PingDelay> the average round trip delay
- the average round trip delay This element is always shown.
- unit: millisec
max-delay Parameter type: <Ip::PingDelay> the maximum round trip delay
- the average round trip delay This element is always shown.
- unit: millisec
min-delay Parameter type: <Ip::PingDelay> the minimum round trip delay
- the average round trip delay This element is always shown.
- unit: millisec

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1811

103 Ping Commands

103.3 Ping Per Vrf Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to ping another host in a given SHUB VRF.
Note: If iSAM in IP aware bridging mode,SHUB acting as dhcp relay agent, a direct subnet route from LT vrf to
shub IP address is mandatory,then ping to CPE WAN IP @ through shub vrf will be sucess else ping to CPE WAN
IP @ through shub vrf will fail. Only one active telnet session is allowed at a particular instance to Ping an IP
Address through SHUB VRF.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> ping (ip-addr) vrf (vrf) [ no timeout | timeout <Ip::PingTimeout> ] [ no tries | tries <Ip::PingTries> ] [ no mtu-size
| mtu-size <Ip::PingMtu> ]

Command Parameters
Table 103.3-1 "Ping Per Vrf Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ip-addr) Format: the ip-address of the node to be
- IPv4-address pinged
(vrf) Format: the vrf number
- the vrf id which uniquely identify a vrf
- range: [0...127]
Table 103.3-2 "Ping Per Vrf Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] timeout Parameter type: <Ip::PingTimeout> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1L
- the maximum time to wait for a response the maximum time to wait for a
- unit: sec response
- range: [1...100]
[no] tries Parameter type: <Ip::PingTries> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 5L
- the number of times the node must be pinged the number of times the node
- range: [1...100] must be pinged
[no] mtu-size Parameter type: <Ip::PingMtu> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 500L
- the size of the data portion of the ping PDU the size of the data portion of the
- unit: bytes ping PDU
- range: [8...2080]

1812 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 103 Ping Commands

Command Output
Table 103.3-3 "Ping Per Vrf Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
received Parameter type: <Counter> total number of packets received
- counter back
This element is always shown.
sent Parameter type: <UnsignedSignedInteger> total number of packets sent to
- an unsigned integer the destination
This element is always shown.
loss Parameter type: <UnsignedSignedInteger> percentage of lost packets
- an unsigned integer This element is always shown.
mean-delay Parameter type: <Ip::PingDelay> the average round trip delay
- the average round trip delay This element is always shown.
- unit: millisec
max-delay Parameter type: <Ip::PingDelay> the maximum round trip delay
- the average round trip delay This element is always shown.
- unit: millisec
min-delay Parameter type: <Ip::PingDelay> the minimum round trip delay
- the average round trip delay This element is always shown.
- unit: millisec

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1813

104- Traceroute Commands

104.1 Traceroute Command Tree 104-1815

104.2 Traceroute Command 104-1816
104.3 Traceroute Per Vrf Command 104-1818

1814 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 104 Traceroute Commands

104.1 Traceroute Command Tree

Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Traceroute Commands".

Command Tree
----traceroute
- (ip-addr)
- [no] first-hop
- [no] last-hop
- [no] timeout
- [no] mtu-size
----vrf
- (vrf)
- [no] first-hop
- [no] last-hop
- [no] timeout
- [no] mtu-size

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1815

104 Traceroute Commands

104.2 Traceroute Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to determine the route to a destination address.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> traceroute (ip-addr) [ no first-hop | first-hop <Ip::TracerouteTTL> ] [ no last-hop | last-hop <Ip::TracerouteTTL>

] [ no timeout | timeout <Ip::TracerouteTimeout> ] [ no mtu-size | mtu-size <Ip::TracerouteMtu> ]

Command Parameters
Table 104.2-1 "Traceroute Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ip-addr) Format: the ip-address of the destination
- IPv4-address node
Table 104.2-2 "Traceroute Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] first-hop Parameter type: <Ip::TracerouteTTL> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1L
- time-to-live value of IP-header the first hop to try
- range: [1...99]
[no] last-hop Parameter type: <Ip::TracerouteTTL> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 99L
- time-to-live value of IP-header the last hop to try
- range: [1...99]
[no] timeout Parameter type: <Ip::TracerouteTimeout> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1L
- the maximum time to wait for a response the maximum time to wait for a
- unit: sec response
- range: [1...100]
[no] mtu-size Parameter type: <Ip::TracerouteMtu> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 64L
- the size of the data portion of the PDU the size of the data portion of the
- unit: bytes PDU
- range: [1...100]

Command Output
Table 104.2-3 "Traceroute Command" Display parameters

1816 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 104 Traceroute Commands

Specific Information
name Type Description
hop Parameter type: <Ip::TracerouteTTL> the hop number in the route
- time-to-live value of IP-header towards the destination
- range: [1...99] This element is always shown.
hop-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4AddressOrNotFound> the ip-address of the intermediate
( not-found node or hop
| <Ip::V4Address> ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- not-found : ip-address was not found
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
delay-1 Parameter type: <Ip::TraceReachTime> the time to receive the response
( no-response on the first request
| unreachable This element is always shown.
| <Ip::TraceReachTime> )
Possible values:
- no-response : no response
- unreachable : unreachable
Field type <Ip::TraceReachTime>
- the time to reach this node if at all successful
- unit: msec
- range: [-2...2147483647]
delay-2 Parameter type: <Ip::TraceReachTime> the time to receive the response
( no-response on the second request
| unreachable This element is always shown.
| <Ip::TraceReachTime> )
Possible values:
- no-response : no response
- unreachable : unreachable
Field type <Ip::TraceReachTime>
- the time to reach this node if at all successful
- unit: msec
- range: [-2...2147483647]
delay-3 Parameter type: <Ip::TraceReachTime> the time to receive the response
( no-response on the third request
| unreachable This element is always shown.
| <Ip::TraceReachTime> )
Possible values:
- no-response : no response
- unreachable : unreachable
Field type <Ip::TraceReachTime>
- the time to reach this node if at all successful
- unit: msec
- range: [-2...2147483647]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1817

104 Traceroute Commands

104.3 Traceroute Per Vrf Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to determine the route to a destination address for a given SHUB VRF.
Note: If iSAM in IP aware bridging mode,SHUB acting as dhcp relay agent, a direct subnet route from LT vrf to
shub IP address is mandatory,then trace route to CPE WAN IP @ through shub vrf will be sucess else trace route
to CPE WAN IP @ through shub vrf will fail.

User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> traceroute (ip-addr) vrf (vrf) [ no first-hop | first-hop <Ip::TracerouteTTL> ] [ no last-hop | last-hop
<Ip::TracerouteTTL> ] [ no timeout | timeout <Ip::TracerouteTimeout> ] [ no mtu-size | mtu-size
<Ip::TracerouteMtu> ]

Command Parameters
Table 104.3-1 "Traceroute Per Vrf Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ip-addr) Format: the ip-address of the destination
- IPv4-address node
(vrf) Format: the vrf number
- the vrf id which uniquely identify a vrf
- range: [0...127]
Table 104.3-2 "Traceroute Per Vrf Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] first-hop Parameter type: <Ip::TracerouteTTL> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1L
- time-to-live value of IP-header the first hop to try
- range: [1...99]
[no] last-hop Parameter type: <Ip::TracerouteTTL> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 99L
- time-to-live value of IP-header the last hop to try
- range: [1...99]
[no] timeout Parameter type: <Ip::TracerouteTimeout> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1L
- the maximum time to wait for a response the maximum time to wait for a
- unit: sec response
- range: [1...100]
[no] mtu-size Parameter type: <Ip::TracerouteMtu> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 64L

1818 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 104 Traceroute Commands

Parameter Type Description

- the size of the data portion of the PDU the size of the data portion of the
- unit: bytes PDU
- range: [1...100]

Command Output
Table 104.3-3 "Traceroute Per Vrf Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
hop Parameter type: <Ip::TracerouteTTL> the hop number in the route
- time-to-live value of IP-header towards the destination
- range: [1...99] This element is always shown.
hop-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4AddressOrNotFound> the ip-address of the intermediate
( not-found node or hop
| <Ip::V4Address> ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- not-found : ip-address was not found
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
delay-1 Parameter type: <Ip::VrfTraceReachTime> the time to receive the response
( no-response on the first request
| unreachable This element is always shown.
| <Ip::TraceReachTime> )
Possible values:
- no-response : no response
- unreachable : unreachable
Field type <Ip::TraceReachTime>
- the time to reach this node if at all successful
- unit: msec
- range: [-2...2147483647]
delay-2 Parameter type: <Ip::VrfTraceReachTime> the time to receive the response
( no-response on the second request
| unreachable This element is always shown.
| <Ip::TraceReachTime> )
Possible values:
- no-response : no response
- unreachable : unreachable
Field type <Ip::TraceReachTime>
- the time to reach this node if at all successful
- unit: msec
- range: [-2...2147483647]
delay-3 Parameter type: <Ip::VrfTraceReachTime> the time to receive the response
( no-response on the third request
| unreachable This element is always shown.
| <Ip::TraceReachTime> )
Possible values:
- no-response : no response
- unreachable : unreachable
Field type <Ip::TraceReachTime>
- the time to reach this node if at all successful
- unit: msec
- range: [-2...2147483647]

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1819

105- Global And Environmental Commands

105.1 History Command 105-1821

105.2 Echo Command 105-1822
105.3 Telnet Command 105-1823
105.4 Exec Command 105-1824
105.5 Sleep Command 105-1826
105.6 Tree Command 105-1827
105.7 Write Command 105-1828
105.8 Logout Command 105-1829
105.9 Help Command 105-1830
105.10 Info Command 105-1831
105.11 Exit Command 105-1834
105.12 Back Command 105-1835
105.13 Delete Command 105-1836
105.14 In Command 105-1837
105.15 Configure Command 105-1838
105.16 Action Command 105-1840
105.17 Show Command 105-1841
105.18 Recursive Show Command 105-1842
105.19 Sample Command 105-1843
105.20 Poll Command 105-1844

1820 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 105 Global And Environmental Commands

105.1 History Command

Command Description
This command displays the last commands entered at the terminal.
A maximum of 20 commands can be stored. A command that is identical to the previous command is not stored.
Commands containing syntax and semantic errors are also stored in the history buffer. This way a user can correct
a command without retyping the command completely.
Each command is preceeded by a sequence number.
The sequence number does not increment when a command is not stored because it is identical to the previous
command.
Example :
esam># history
1 : history
esam># echo "first command"
first command
esam># echo "second command"
second command
esam># echo "second command"
second command
esam># history
1 : history
2 : echo "first command"
3 : echo "second command"
4 : history
esam>#

User Level
The command can be accessed and executed by any operator.
This command can be executed by all users.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> history

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1821

105 Global And Environmental Commands

105.2 Echo Command

Command Description
This command echoes a string to the standard output.

User Level
The command can be accessed and executed by any operator.
This command can be accessed by any user.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> echo [ [ no ] message ]

Command Parameters
Table 105.2-2 "Echo Command" Command Parameters
Options Type Description
[no] (message) Format: optional parameter with default
- a long message value: ""
- length: x<=512 the string to be echoed

1822 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 105 Global And Environmental Commands

105.3 Telnet Command

Command Description
This command establishes a telnet session to another server.
The telnet session will last until the connection is closed by the telnet server or when the operator enters the
character Control-^.
The session inactivity-time protection will not put any messages on the screen when you are executing the telnet
command. Your connection will be broken without warning if the inactivity timeout expires.

User Level
The command can be accessed and executed by an operator with shub privilege.
This command can only be executed by users having read or write access to functions located in the SHub.
The command can only be executed from a telnet terminal, not from a craft terminal.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> telnet (destination)

Command Parameters
Table 105.3-2 "Telnet Command" Command Parameters
Options Type Description
(destination) Format: optional parameter
shub identification of the telnet server
Possible values:
- shub : the shub

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1823

105 Global And Environmental Commands

105.4 Exec Command

Command Description
This command executes CLI commands found in a text file. A file containing CLI commands is called a script file.
A script file must follow the same syntax rules as commands entered interactively. Only the tab and the question
mark lose their special meaning in a script, so command expansion and single-line help are not available.
When initiating the execution of a script, the operator can choose how the system must behave in case of an error
in a CLI command. By default the script will be aborted. Other command-line options are: ignore the error and
proceed executing the script or prompt the operator. When prompted the operator can choose to either abort the
script or ignore the error and proceed. When prompted due to an error, the operator may wish to open a separate
CLI session to take some corrective action for the failed command and then revert to the session where the script is
running to continue with the next command.
A command may be preceded by a minus '-' to prevent the script from being aborted in case of a semantic error; for
example, when you try to delete a node instance that does not exist. In case a minus-sign precedes the command
and the error is a semantic error, then the operator will not be prompted.
By default, a command script does not interact with the user. The execution of the script will be aborted if a
command or filter requires interaction with the user. Interactivity can be enabled by specifying the interactive
option with the exec command.
The exec command may not be used in a command script, so command scripts may not be nested.
Script files are typically stored in the /var/cmd directory.
A script file can be used to restore a configuration. This can be done by reloading an initial and working
configuration script. Alternatively, the complete configuration of an existing system can be captured. A
configuration script is produced by means of the command info configure <configuration node> | tee <script
name> and the script is stored in file /var/cmd/<script name> . Subsequently, the retrieved file needs editing as the
output is not guaranteed to be in line with the CLI sequences required to configure a new system. The configuration
can then be restored on an empty system with the command exec /var/cmd/<script name> .
Warning: the /var/cmd is cleaned when the system resets, so the configuration file must be transferred to another
system with tftp before resetting the system.
Note: saving and restoring the configuration will not work for areas in which resource identifiers are assigned
dynamically by the system.

User Level
The command can be accessed and executed by any operator.
This command can be executed by all users. However, the execution of the script will be aborted when the CLI
parser tries to execute the first command in the script for which the user does not have authorization.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> exec (filename) [ [ no ] interactive ] [ no at-replay | at-replay <Option::AtFailure> ]

Command Parameters

1824 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 105 Global And Environmental Commands

Table 105.4-2 "Exec Command" Command Parameters

Options Type Description
(filename) Format: optional parameter
- an absolute or relative path name (example : /var/log) the name of the file with the
- range: [.-z] script
- length: 1<=x<=128
[no] interactive Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
interaction with the operator is
allowed
[no] at-replay Parameter type: <Option::AtFailure> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "stop"
( stop directs what to do if error is
| continue encountered in the script
| prompt )
Possible values:
- stop : stop execution of the script
- continue : continue with the execution of the script
- prompt : prompt the operator what to do

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1825

105 Global And Environmental Commands

105.5 Sleep Command

Command Description
This command pauses the execution for the specified number of seconds.
This command is typically used in scripts (see : the exec command).

User Level
The command can be accessed and executed by any operator.
This command can be executed by any user.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> sleep (time)

Command Parameters
Table 105.5-2 "Sleep Command" Command Parameters
Options Type Description
(time) Format: optional parameter
- the period to sleep the period to sleep
- unit: sec
- range: [1...100]

1826 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 105 Global And Environmental Commands

105.6 Tree Command

Command Description
This command displays the structure of a node and its subnodes.

User Level
The command can be accessed and executed by any operator.
This command can be executed by any user on a node to which he has read or write access.
The output does not contain any information related to subnodes to which the user has no access.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> tree [ [ no ] detail ]

Command Parameters
Table 105.6-2 "Tree Command" Command Parameters
Options Type Description
[no] detail Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
show the details

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1827

105 Global And Environmental Commands

105.7 Write Command

Command Description
This command writes a message to the terminal of the addressee.
The message can be directed to a user, all user with the same user profile or to all users.
Messages are only delivered to users that are logged in. Users that are not logged in, will not receive the message.
The sender will also receive the message if it is one of the addressees.

User Level
The command can be accessed and executed by any operator.
This command can be used by any user.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> write to <Option::MessageDestination> (message)

Command Parameters
Table 105.7-2 "Write Command" Command Parameters
Options Type Description
to Parameter type: <Option::MessageDestination> optional parameter
Format: the destination of the message
( all
| operator : <Sec::OperatorName>
| profile : <Sec::ProfileName> )
Possible values:
- all : all active sessions
- operator : all sessions of the operator with that name
- profile : all sessions of operators with that profile name
Field type <Sec::OperatorName>
- the name of an operator
- range: [a-z0-9]
- length: 1<=x<=11
Field type <Sec::ProfileName>
- the name of an operator profile
- range: [a-z0-9]
- length: 1<=x<=11
(message) Format: optional parameter
- a message the message
- length: x<=256

1828 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 105 Global And Environmental Commands

105.8 Logout Command

Command Description
This command logs the user out.

User Level
The command can be accessed and executed by any operator.
This command can be executed by any user.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> logout

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1829

105 Global And Environmental Commands

105.9 Help Command

Command Description
This command gives the user detailed information on a subject.
By default the command gives information on the current node.

User Level
The command can be accessed and executed by any operator.
This command can be executed by each user. A user will only be able to get help for nodes for which he has read or
write access.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> help

1830 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 105 Global And Environmental Commands

105.10 Info Command

Command Description
This command shows the configuration of the current node and all of its subnodes.
The user can select three different output formats:
The default is hierarchical command format.
An other format is the flat command format. The output in this format can be saved in a file with the tee filter
and can be executed with the exec command. This way a saved configuration can be restored on an empty
system.
The other format is XML. The output in this format is much more suited as input for tools because it is less
sensitive to further changes.

Example of the default format :

esam>configure>system>security# info profile
configure system security
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
echo "system"
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
profile admin
prompt "%n%d%c "
terminal-timeout 30
description "default administrator group"
aaa write
atm write
alarm write
dhcp write
equipment write
igmp write
ip write
ppoe write
qos write
software-management write
transport write
vlan write
xdsl write
security write
exit
profile read
prompt "%n%d%c "
security read
exit
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Example of the flat command format :

esam>configure>system>security# info profile flat
configure system security profile admin prompt "%n%d%c " terminal-timeout 30
description "default administrator group" aaa write atm write alarm write dhcp write
equipment write igmp write ip write ppoe write qos write software-management write
transport write vlan write xdsl write security write
configure system security profile read prompt "%n%d%c " security read

Example of the XML format :

esam>configure>system>security# info profile read xml
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<configuration-data display-level="normal">
<hierarchy name="configure" type="static">
<hierarchy name="system" type="static">
<hierarchy name="security" type="static">
<hierarchy name="profile" type="dynamic">
<hier-id name="name" is-named="no" value="read" is-default="no"
type="Sec::ProfileName"/>
<instance>
<parameter name="prompt" is-default="no" type="Sec::Prompt">"%n%d%c
"</parameter>
<parameter name="password-timeout" units="days" is-default="yes"
type="Sec::PasswordTimeout">0</parameter>

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1831

105 Global And Environmental Commands

<parameter name="terminal-timeout" units="minutes" is-default="yes"

type="Sec::InactivityTimeout">0</parameter>
<parameter name="description" is-default="yes"
type="Sec::ProfileDesc"></parameter>
<parameter name="aaa" is-default="yes" type="Sec::Aaa">none</parameter>
<parameter name="atm" is-default="yes" type="Sec::Atm">none</parameter>
<parameter name="alarm" is-default="yes"
type="Sec::Alarm">none</parameter>
<parameter name="dhcp" is-default="yes" type="Sec::Dhcp">none</parameter>
<parameter name="equipment" is-default="yes"
type="Sec::Equipment">none</parameter>
<parameter name="igmp" is-default="yes" type="Sec::Igmp">none</parameter>
<parameter name="ip" is-default="yes" type="Sec::Ip">none</parameter>
<parameter name="ppoe" is-default="yes" type="Sec::Ppoe">none</parameter>
<parameter name="qos" is-default="yes" type="Sec::Qos">none</parameter>
<parameter name="software-management" is-default="yes"
type="Sec::Sw">none</parameter>
<parameter name="transport" is-default="yes"
type="Sec::Transport">none</parameter>
<parameter name="vlan" is-default="yes" type="Sec::Vlan">none</parameter>
<parameter name="xdsl" is-default="yes" type="Sec::Xdsl">none</parameter>
<parameter name="cluster" is-default="yes"
type="Sec::Cluster">none</parameter>
<parameter name="security" is-default="no"
type="Sec::Security">read</parameter>
</instance>
</hierarchy>
</hierarchy>
</hierarchy>
</hierarchy>
</configuration-data>
esam>configure>system>security#

The user can select two different output levels :

The default is to show only the parameters which have not the default value. Static subnodes which contain
(recursively) only default values are not shown. The XML format shows always all parameters.
In the detail output level all nodes and all parameters shown. This output can not be used for replay.

Example of detailed information :

esam>configure>system>security# info profile read detail
configure system security
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
echo "system"
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
profile
prompt "%n%d%c "
no password-timeout
no terminal-timeout
no description
no aaa
no atm
no alarm
no dhcp
no equipment
no igmp
no ip
no ppoe
no qos
no software-management
no transport
no vlan
no xdsl
security read
exit
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
esam>configure>system>security#

User Level
The command can be accessed by any operator.
This command can be accessed in all nodes to which the user has read access. It is not available in admin and
show nodes or their subnodes.
The output will only contain information for the nodes for which the user has read access.

1832 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 105 Global And Environmental Commands

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> info [ [ no ] detail ] [ (format) ]

Command Parameters
Table 105.10-2 "Info Command" Command Parameters
Options Type Description
[no] detail Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
show the details
(format) Format: optional parameter
( hierarchical the format in which the command
| flat output is printed
| xml )
Possible values:
- hierarchical : show the output in hierarchical command
format
- flat : show the output in flat command format
- xml : show the output in XML format

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1833

105 Global And Environmental Commands

105.11 Exit Command

Command Description
This command changes the current position to the parent node of the current position. This command always
succeeds, even if the current position is the top node. The command has no effect in this case.
The option all changes the current position to the top node.

User Level
The command can be accessed and executed by any operator.
This command can be executed by all users

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> exit [ [ no ] all ]

Command Parameters
Table 105.11-2 "Exit Command" Command Parameters
Options Type Description
[no] all Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
set the current position to the top
node

1834 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 105 Global And Environmental Commands

105.12 Back Command

Command Description
This command changes the current position to the previous position.
The command will always succeed, even if the previous position no longer exists. The command changes the
current position to the top node in that case.

User Level
The command can be accessed and executed by any operator.
The command can be executed by all users.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> back

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1835

105 Global And Environmental Commands

105.13 Delete Command

Command Description
This command deletes a file from the directory /var/cmd. Such file is typically created with the tee filter.
The command will always succeed, even if the specified file does not exist.

User Level
The command can be accessed and executed by any operator.
The command can be executed by all users.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> delete-file (file)

Command Parameters
Table 105.13-2 "Delete Command" Command Parameters
Options Type Description
(file) Format: optional parameter
- a file name (example : errors.log) the name of the file to be deleted
- range: [.0-z]
- length: 1<=x<=119

1836 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 105 Global And Environmental Commands

105.14 In Command

Command Description
This command can not be directly executed by the operator. It is the default command for all nodes when no node
attributes are specified, except for all subnodes of configure and the leaf nodes of show.
This command changes the position in the command tree to the current node instance.

User Level
The command can be accessed by any operator.
This command can be executed by any user for the nodes to which he has read or write access.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1837

105 Global And Environmental Commands

105.15 Configure Command

Command Description
This command can not be directly executed by the user. It is the default command for the configuration node and
most of its subnodes.
This command serves four purposes :
changing the current position in the command tree to a node instance.
creating a node instance. The current position will be changed to the newly created node instance.
modifying one or more attributes of a node instance. The current position in the command tree will be changed
to the modified node instance.
deleting a node instance.

The command changes the current position in the command tree to a node instance in case you specify an existing
node instance and no parameters. Example : configure equipment shelf 1/1. The last character in the default
prompt will be #.
The command creates a node instance in case the node is dynamic and the specified node instance does not exist.
Example : configure system security operator new_user password plain:"hallo#". Parameter values must be
supplied for all mandatory parameters. Parameter values may be supplied for optional parameters. The command
changes the current position in the command tree to the newly created node instance. The last character in the
default prompt will be $.
The command modifies the attributes of a node instance in case the node instance exists and if the user supplies
parameters. Example : configure system security operator existing_user description "a new description"
The command will delete a node instance when it is a dynamic node and the node name is preceed by no. Example
: configure system security no operator existing_user.
The command generates no output
Example 1 - change the current position to an existing static node :
esam# configure system security
esam>configure>system>security#

Example 2 - create a new dynamic node (note that one has to enter the mandatory parameters) :
esam>configure>system>security# operator new profile read password plain:&secret&
esam>configure>system>security>operator>new$

Example 3 - change an attribute :

esam>configure>system>security>operator>new$ description "just created"
esam>configure>system>security>operator>new$

Example 4 - change to an existing dynamic node (note that the prompt is different with example 2) :
esam>configure>system>security>operator>new$ back
esam>configure>system>security# operator new
esam>configure>system>security>operator>new#

Example 5 - delete a dynamic node

esam>configure>system>security>operator>new# back
esam>configure>system>security# no operator new
esam>configure>system>security#

Example 6 - go to the root

esam>configure>system>security# exit all
esam>#

1838 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 105 Global And Environmental Commands

Example 7 - request help for a non-existing static node, no parameters or subnodes will be shown
esam>#configure igmp channel 1/1/6/1 ?
<CR> : execute command
esam>#configure igmp channel 1/1/6/1

Example 8 - go to a non-existing static node

esam>#configure igmp channel 1/1/6/1
Error : port not available
esam>#

User Level
The command can be accessed and executed by any operator.
A user can change the current position to each node to which he has read access.
A user can create, modify and delete nodes to which he has write access.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1839

105 Global And Environmental Commands

105.16 Action Command

Command Description
This command can not be directly executed by the user. It is the default command for the admin node and most of
its subnodes.
This command serves two purposes :
changing the current position in the command tree to a node instance.
executing an action.

The command changes the current position in the command tree to a node instance in case you specify an existing
node instance and no parameters. From the moment you specify a parameter it will try to execute the
corresponding action.

User Level
The command can be accessed and executed by any operator.
A user can change the current position in the command tree to each node to which he has read access.
A user can execute the action in each node to which he has access.

1840 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 105 Global And Environmental Commands

105.17 Show Command

Command Description
This command shows the runtime data and eventually some important configuration data.
This command can not be executed directly by the user. It is the default command for the leaf nodes of show. It
shows the runtime data.

User Level
The command can be accessed by any operator.
The user can execute this command for all nodes to which he has read access.

Command Parameters
Table 105.17-2 "Show Command" Command Parameters
Options Type Description
[no] detail Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
show the details
[no] xml Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
show the output in XML format

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1841

105 Global And Environmental Commands

105.18 Recursive Show Command

Command Description
This command shows the runtime data and eventually some important configuration data.
This command can not be executed directly by the user. It is the default command for some leaf nodes of show. It
shows the runtime data in a recursive way (similar to info.

User Level
The command can be accessed by any operator.
The user can execute this command for all nodes to which he has read access.

Command Parameters
Table 105.18-2 "Recursive Show Command" Command Parameters
Options Type Description
[no] detail Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
show the details
[no] xml Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
show the output in XML format

1842 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 105 Global And Environmental Commands

105.19 Sample Command

Command Description
This command executes a test and shows the test result.
This command can not be executed directly by the user. It is the default command for some leaf nodes of show. It
shows the final test results.

User Level
The command can be accessed by any operator.
The user can execute this command for all nodes to which he has read access.

Command Parameters
Table 105.19-2 "Sample Command" Command Parameters
Options Type Description
[no] detail Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
show the details
[no] xml Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
show the output in XML format

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1843

105 Global And Environmental Commands

105.20 Poll Command

Command Description
This command can not be directly executed by the user. It is the default command for some leaf nodes in show.
This command starts a test and displays at regular time intervals during the specified time period the intermediate
results of the test.
The difference between poll and sample command is that, in poll command the intermediate results are shown
while in sample command only the final results are shown.

User Level
The command can be accessed and executed by any operator.

Command Parameters
Table 105.20-2 "Poll Command" Command Parameters
Options Type Description
[no] detail Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
show the details
[no] xml Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
show the output in XML format
[no] sample-interval Parameter type: <Option::SampleInterval> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1
- the time between two samples the time between 2 samples
- unit: sec
- range: [1...60]
[no] number-of-samples Parameter type: <Option::SampleCount> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "unlimited"
( unlimited the number of samples to be
| <Option::SampleCount> ) taken
Possible values:
- unlimited : sampling continues until stopped by the user
Field type <Option::SampleCount>
- the number of samples to be taken
- range: [1...1000]

1844 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

106- CLI Filters

106.1 Count Filter 106-1846

106.2 Match Filter 106-1847
106.3 Tee Filter 106-1848

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1845

106 CLI Filters

106.1 Count Filter

Command Description
This filter counts the number of output characters, words or lines and adds this information at the end of the
output.

User Level
This filter can be used by any user.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> count [ [ no ] lines ] [ [ no ] words ] [ [ no ] characters ] [ [ no ] summary ]

Command Parameters
Table 106.1-2 "Count Filter" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] lines Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
counts the number of lines
[no] words Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
counts the number of words
[no] characters Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
counts the number of characters
[no] summary Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
only the lines with the count
summary are printed

1846 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 106 CLI Filters

106.2 Match Filter

Command Description
This filter allows the user to filter selectively lines from the output based on the contents of these lines.
The user specifies a string with exact:.
He can then decide if a line that contains this string is kept (no skip) or discarded (skip) or he can use the filter to
keep all lines before the first match (before) or after (including) the first match (after).
The matching operation can be case-sensitive (no case-insensitive) or case-insensitive (case-insensitive).

User Level
This filter can be used by any user.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> match (pattern) [ [ no ] case-insensitive ] [ [ no ] skip ]

Command Parameters
Table 106.2-2 "Match Filter" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(pattern) Format: optional parameter
exact : <PrintableString> describes what
Possible values: needed(exact:|pattern:)<PrintableString>
- exact : exact:<PrintableString> the string must match
exactly
Field type <PrintableString>
- printable string
[no] case-insensitive Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
matching is case-insensitive
[no] (skip) Format: optional parameter with default
( skip value: "match"
| match matched lines are skipped
| before
| after )
Possible values:
- skip : matched lines are skipped
- match : matched lines are selected
- before : lines found before the first match are selected
- after : lines found after the first match are selected

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1847

106 CLI Filters

106.3 Tee Filter

Command Description
This filter writes the output also to a file. The file will be placed in the directory /var/cmd.
The user can decide if the output must be appended to the file or not.

User Level
This filter can be used by any operator.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> tee (file) [ [ no ] append ]

Command Parameters
Table 106.3-2 "Tee Filter" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(file) Format: optional parameter
- a file name (example : info.log) the name of the file
- range: [.0-z]
- length: 1<=x<=13
[no] append Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
append if the file exists

1848 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

107- CLI Printers

107.1 More 107-1850

107.2 No-More 107-1851
107.3 Discard 107-1852

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1849

107 CLI Printers

107.1 More

Command Description
This printer allows the user to see the command output at the pace he wants.

User Level
This printer can be used by any user.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> more

1850 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 107 CLI Printers

107.2 No-More

Command Description
This printer prints all output directly to the screen.

User Level
This printer can be used by any user.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> no-more

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1851

107 CLI Printers

107.3 Discard

Command Description
This printer discards all output. This can be usefull in some scripts.

User Level
This printer can be used by any operator.

Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:

> discard

1852 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Error List

Error List
Error list for SNMP
Error Error Description
Number
0 No error
1 General error
2 Invalid Snmp Header
3 Index out of range
4 Community access Violation
5 Access violation
6 Invalid Type
7 Invalid Value
8 Out of Memory
9 Index != Index in entry
10 Cannot change existing row
11 Row not completely specified
12 Snmp Set During Transaction
13 Snmp Set while sets disabled
Error list for ATM MGT
Error Error Description
Number
Successful operation
1 parameter not in valid range
2 name & scope not unique
3 maximum number of profiles reached
4 object in use
5 initialization failure
6 object already exists
7 wrong Atm Interface Snmp configuration
8 wrong Atm Interface Type
9 wrong NgcrAdminWeight
10 wrong access profile index
11 Atm Itf not planned
12 Incoherence with Interface Management
13 Incoherence with ATM Mapper
14 Invalid object reference
15 Cast type mismatch
16 Traffic descriptor mismatch
17 Already crossconnected
18 Topology mismatch
19 Ctp not found
20 Already in requested state
21 Time out on LT reply
22 LT returned failure in reply
23 Wrong tp type
24 Ctp not crossconnected
25 atmItf not found
26 wrapper Failed
27 still Cross Connected
28 wrongly Cross Connected
29 max Nbr VpCtp Reached
30 max Nbr VpTtp Reached
31 max Nbr VcCtp Reached

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1853

Error List

Error Error Description

Number
32 max Nbr VcTtp Reached
33 max Nbr VpCtpDI Reached
34 max Nbr VcCtpDI Reached
35 max Nbr VcTtpDI Reached
36 tp Already Exist
37 Tp not found
38 invalid Tp State
39 VpiVci Already Used
40 Lb To User Side is not allowed
41 Lb on P2mp is not allowed
42 Lb on Nt Interface is not allowed
43 global Lb already active
44 link Lb already active
45 trafficDescrType Mismatch
46 frameDiscard On is not allowed
47 incompatible Pcr and CastType
48 invalid input parameter
49 invalid Tau2 value
50 wrong TdType
51 still Svcs present
52 invalid AtmItf state
53 VpiVci out-of-range
54 sigVpi not usable for Vpc
55 no free VpiVci
56 incompatible SegmEP and ItfType
57 incompatible SegmEP and CastType
58 incompatible ItfType and CastType
59 Police on NT interface is not allowed
60 Nni GFC mode not allowed on UAI interface
61 incompatible TdType and CastType
62 AtmItf already used for Sig
63 AtmItf already used for Ilmi
64 Allocation of VpiVci on internal interfaces Pb
65 getSegment failed
66 board type not found
67 new Signalling Vpi/Vci value rejected
68 wrong configuration of the Segment End Point Parameter
69 lack of memory (number of available context too low)
70 HW Wrapper failure: invalid vxl identifier
71 HW Wrapper failure: invalid data pointer
72 HW Wrapper failure: port is disabled
73 HW Wrapper failure: internal error occurred
74 HW Wrapper failure: vxl does not exist
75 HW Wrapper failure: already exists
76 HW Wrapper failure: lack of memory resources
77 HW Wrapper failure: invalid vxl
78 HW Wrapper failure: generic request error
79 no offboard
80 LT not reachable
81 HW Wrapper failure : service not provided
82 HW Wrapper failure : IOCM call error
90 Error occurred when getting PM info from PMH
91 Error occured when getting number of intervals stored in PMH
92 Error occurred during PMH registration
93 Error occurred when asking a new interval to PMH

1854 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Error List

Error Error Description

Number
95 maximum number of ctp monitor reached
96 ctp monitoring not allowed when loopback on
97 ctp monitoring not allowed on p2mp cnx
98 monitoring already active
99 ctp monitoring not supported for a ctp ending on NT board
101 CAC check failure: peak cell rate relative to line rate for input direction
102 CAC check failure: peak cell rate relative to line rate for output direction
103 CAC check failure: maximum number of connections per qos class for input direction
104 CAC check failure: maximum number of connections per qos class for output direction
105 CAC check failure: guaranteed bandwidth per qos class for input direction
106 CAC check failure: guaranteed bandwidth per qos class for output direction
107 CAC check failure: aggregate guaranteed bandwidth for input direction
108 CAC check failure: aggregate guaranteed bandwidth for output direction
109 CAC check failure: PVC aggregate total bandwidth for input direction
110 CAC check failure: PVC aggregate total bandwidth for output direction
111 CAC check failure: PVC+SVC aggregate total bandwidth for input direction
112 CAC check failure: PVC+SVC aggregate total bandwidth for output direction
113 CAC check failure: Buffer per qos class for input direction
114 CAC check failure: Buffer per qos class for output direction
115 CAC check failure: PCR of input alternative traffic contract needs more resources than primary
116 CAC check failure: PCR of output alternative traffic contract needs more resources than primary
117 CAC check failure: SCR of input alternative traffic contract needs more resources than primary
118 CAC check failure: SCR of output alternative traffic contract needs more resources than primary
119 CAC check failure: MCR of input alternative traffic contract needs more resources than primary
120 CAC check failure: MCR of output alternative traffic contract needs more resources than primary
121 CAC check failure: MBS of input alternative traffic contract needs more resources than primary
122 CAC check failure: MBS of output alternative traffic contract needs more resources than primary
123 CAC check failure: input maximum cell loss ratio exceeded
124 CAC check failure: output maximum cell loss ratio exceeded
125 CAC check failure: input maximum point to point cell delay variation exceeded
126 CAC check failure: output maximum point to point cell delay variation exceeded
127 CAC check failure: input maximum end to end transit delay exceeded
128 CAC check failure: output maximum end to end transit delay exceeded
129 CAC check failure: qos of primary and alternative input traffic descriptors during negotiation differ
130 CAC check failure: qos of primary and alternative output traffic descriptors during negotiation differ
131 CAC check failure: subtype of primary and alternative input traffic descriptors during negotiation differ
132 CAC check failure: subtype of primary and alternative output traffic descriptors during negotiation differ
133 CAC check failure: minimum PCR not available during negotiation in input direction
134 CAC check failure: minimum PCR not available during negotiation in output direction
140 requested object not present
141 cdvt profile not configured
142 connection admission control server stubbed
144 traffic contracts for input and output direction not compatible
145 interface type not known or not set
146 cac profiles not configured
147 qos not supported on hardware
148 alloc Bw rejected by infra
149 item not configured
150 modification not possible because connections are present
151 maximum number of LIM boards too large
152 maximum number of Access Profile too large
153 maximum number of Cac Profile too large
154 maximum number of Cdvt Profile too large
155 Fast/Interleaved config modification rejected because Ctps exist
156 Problem to printf LogicalIndex (Update PRLOGIDX1 macro)

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1855

Error List

Error Error Description

Number
157 The admin status of the Nt Interface must not be modified
158 IOCM error
160 generic or unknown error. Probably a bug in the software
161 invalid error code
162 request not supported
170 Wrong Svc Mode
171 resource currently blocked
172 maximum number of leafs reached
173 maximum number of p2mp connections reached
174 invalid crossconnect hierarchy
175 Max number of pending requests reached
176 ctp1 does not exist
177 ctp2 does not exist
178 The application has not subscribed to use ATM application interface yet
180 IQ BUS: The given QoS class is unknown
181 IQ BUS: The given 'requested' parameters are inconsistent
182 max F4F5 Loopback number reached
183 max F4F5 Loopback per Board reached
184 F4F5 Loopback not supported on p2mp connection
185 invalid connection admin state
186 invalid LLID requested
187 F4F5 Loopback already active
188 No F4F5 Loopback running
189 no F5 loopback on ILMI channel
190 Lb on Ilmi channel is not allowed
191 ILMI channels are only allowed on UAI interfaces
192 Aal profile not exists
193 wrong Aal category
194 Service profile not exists
195 wrong TM category
196 wrong TM conformance
197 wrong board type
198 not supported on SD boards
199 supported on UAI only
200 inconsistent parameters
201 not during audit
202 alarm mgt error
203 BCS could not allocate bandwidth
204 Invalid index passed to BCS
205 generic or unknown error. Probably a bug in the software
206 Loopback is not allowed when monitoring is enabled on a CTP
207 CTP reference is not valid to start history monitoring
208 ATM object creation failed
223 F4F5 Loopback test already in use
224 wrong test id
225 no F5 Loopback on ILMI channel
226 loopback invalid status
227 Max number of guaranteed roots reached
228 Cross connect creation failed due to internal segments/ctps
229 root and leaf shapings are different
230 the setOamVpiRange Infra event has not been received
231 Lb on Interface on MMC is not allowed
232 The application does not know the mcast mode yet
233 The policeMode is incompatible with CtpMonitor
234 The default profile can NOT be deleted

1856 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Error List

Error Error Description

Number
300 IOCM : Unknown Error
301 IOCM : Nok
302 IOCM : Invocation is still pending
303 IOCM : Invocation is cancelled by the application
304 IOCM : Invoked server doesn?t support invoking interface
305 IOCM : Operation not enabled
306 IOCM : Operation not found
307 IOCM : Object not found
308 IOCM : When trying to remove something (e.g. invocation from a set)
309 IOCM : Not enough space
310 IOCM : Timeout occurred
311 IOCM : Timeout Secondary Waitpoint occurred
312 IOCM : Returned from PW when task is killed
313 IOCM : Current action is not allowed
314 IOCM : When something is empty (messagebox, queue, invocation, ?)
315 IOCM : Invocation is not pending (or set doesn?t contains pending invs)
316 IOCM : When reply received and inv id doesn?t match
317 IOCM : Interface is not bound yet
318 IOCM : Failure while packing message (internal problem)
319 IOCM : Object id exists already in the router table
320 IOCM : Enabled
321 IOCM : Disabled
322 IOCM : Special message for freeing resources (send by GC)
323 IOCM : Returned by functions which are not implemented
324 IOCM : Internal Error
325 IOCM : IOCM was not able to allocate memory
326 IOCM : When an invocation is processed in the SW
327 IOCM : Object Not Registered
328 IOCM : Already Registered
329 IOCM : Task Not Registered
330 IOCM : Secondary Already Registered
331 IOCM : Secondary Not Registered
332 IOCM : Initial
333 IOCM : Attempt to call _convertToIOCMTask on an IOCM task
334 IOCM : Connection Not Registered
335 IOCM : Suspended
336 IOCM : Max Invocation Reached
337 IOCM : Finished
338 IOCM : Invalid Priority
339 IOCM : Invalid Object_Id
340 IOCM : Invalid Object_Group_Id
341 IOCM : Invalid Node_Id
342 IOCM : Invalid Timeout
343 IOCM : Invalid Scope
344 IOCM : Invalid Addressability
345 IOCM : Not Member
346 IOCM : Already Member
360 INFRA : Unknown Error
361 wrong Oam Vpi Range reserved by INFRA
362 INFRA : Generic Error
363 INFRA : Bw Error
364 INFRA : Planning Not Approved
365 INFRA : Not Implemented
380 LOGSW : Unknown Error
381 LOGSW : Not Supported

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1857

Error List

Error Error Description

Number
382 LOGSW : Container Disabled
383 LOGSW : Container Unknown
384 LOGSW : Lack Of Memory
385 LOGSW : Xconnect Unknown
386 LOGSW : Xconnect Already Exists
387 LOGSW : Xconnect Non-Term
388 LOGSW : Vxl Unknown
389 LOGSW : Generic Error
390 Logical Switch, Parameter out of range
391 Logical Switch, Generic error
392 RFC, Time Out in Audit
Error list for IP MGT
Error Error Description
Number
0 an invalid value was given to one of the parameters
1 attempt to pass invalid index value to SNMP
2 a general software error occurred
3 an error occurred while opening a socket
4 requested action is currently not supported
5 null pointer passed to SNMP get
6 creation failed because object already exists
10 error reading IP group counter
11 requested address descriptor not found
12 requested ipNetToMediaNetAddress not found
13 error reading ipAddressTable
14 error during deletion of address descriptor
15 error in ipdata_put_addr function
16 error reading ipNetToMediaTable
20 error changing route destination
21 error while adding new route
22 error in ipdata_put_route function
23 route type unknown
24 error reading ipRouteTable
25 could not find route destination
30 error reading interface descriptor
31 interface type unknown
32 error during set of adminState
33 error during set of MTU
34 error because BOOTP is active
35 interface hardware address error
36 persistent data present error
37 IP address already configured
40 error reading ICMP counter
50 error reading UDP descriptor
51 error reading UDP counter
52 error reading UDP table
60 error reading ARP table
61 VP/VC not found
62 error reading ATM VC Table
Error list for EQPT MGT
Error Error Description
Number
1 The equipment is not yet planned
2 Internal IOCM communication error

1858 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Error List

Error Error Description

Number
3 The container still contains planned equipment
4 Service not supported
5 Maximum number of subracks planned
6 Identifier for the equipment is unknown to the system
7 The container is not yet planned
8 The subrack class and type are inconsistent
9 The board and applique are incompatible
10 The equipment is not yet installed
11 Planning the subrack class is not supported when unplanning a subrack
12 Unplanning board and setting of board-attribute not supported
13 Invalid or not applicable request
14 Invalid or unsupported subrack class
15 SUnknown subrack type and/or layout
16 Unplanning this detected equipment is not allowed
17 Board planning failed due to infrastructure deficiencies
18 Unknown Error
19 Invalid or not supported board type
20 Number of allowed boards of this type exceeded for this subrack
21 Number of allowed boards of this type exceeded for this NE
22 Board not allowed at this slot position
23 Board type not supported
24 Number of planned ports for this board type is invalid
25 Configuration change of board rejected
26 Board configuration rejected: slot index not allowed
27 Board configuration rejected: holder not planned
28 SW upgrade reject: lack of diskspace
29 SW upgrade reject: osba nok or no empty database
30 Configuration change of holder rejected
31 Holder configuration rejected: invalid holder index
32 Backup-Restore: no transaction available
33 Backup-Restore: cannot obtain redcy/synchr mode
34 Backup-Restore: incorrect redcy/synchr mode
35 Backup-Restore: not in restore mode
36 Board is incompatible with the shelf
37 Board is incompatible with the ShelfMode
38 Invalid or not supported ShelfMode
39 Admin State Change for Unmanaged or Externally Managed boards
40 The board is already planned and needs to be unplanned first
41 The container still contains SFP assignments
42 mismatch detected between the planned and actual ShelfType
43 Invalid profile for this board-type
Error list for INFRA MGT
Error Error Description
Number
1 Internal IOCM communication error
2 Not enough BW available on extension ring to plan shelf BW
3 Not enough BW available to plan HCL-LSM BW
4 Service not supported
5 The equipment is not yet installed
6 The shelf is not yet planned
7 The board is not yet planned
8 Tried to plan BW for a non HCL-LSM board
9 The BW of the HCL-LSM board is already planned
10 The BW of a shelf can't be changed because an IQ-LSM is still planned
11 The BW value is not allowed

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1859

Error List

Error Error Description

Number
12 Tried to plan BW for a non IQ shelf
13 InfraMgnt internal SW error
14 Not enough BW available on extension ring to plan BVB BW
Error list for XDSL MGT
Error Error Description
Number
0 Value out of range
1 Communication problem
2 No more free entries
3 No resource available
4 Profile id. already exists
5 Profile name/scope combination not unique
6 Inconsistent profile
7 Profile in wrong state
8 Profile is in use
9 Profile id. does not exist
10 Board is not created
11 The planned bandwidth in the XDSL Service profile was not accepted
12 Invalid opmode in OpModeMask
13 XDSL Service profile does not exist
14 XDSL Spectrum profile does not exist
15 TCA profile does not exist
16 Loop diagnostic test not supported
17 Interval out of range
18 Interval invalid
19 Inconsistent values for Noise Margin
20 Inconsistent values for Multi-DSL Modem Features
21 Inconsistent values for Multi-DSL Max Aggregate Power Level Downstream
22 Inconsistent values for Multi-DSL Max Aggregate Power Level Upstream
23 Inconsistent values for Multi-DSL PBO Mode Upstream
24 Inconsistent values for Multi-DSL Max Rx Aggr Power Up
25 VDSL Band Plan and opModes are inconsistent
26 VDSL PSD Shape Upstream and VDSL OpMode are inconsistent
27 VDSL PSD Shape Downstream and VDSL OpMode are inconsistent
28 VDSL PSD Shape Upstream and VDSL PSD Shape Downstream are inconsistent
29 Inconsistent values for Bitrate Downstream
30 Inconsistent values for Bitrate Upstream
31 Profile can not be modified
32 Line is in wrong state
33 Line is not configured
34 Bonding not supported
35 Bonding is not configured yet
36 Bonding has been configured
37 Group NT state machine error
38 Must remove lines from groupnt before unconfiguring group
39 Specified line does not exist in this bonding group
40 Group active, cannot add line
41 Group active, cannot remove line
Error list for IGMP MGT
Error Error Description
Number
0 Could not send msg to map queue
1 Could not get a buffer from the pool
2 Send message to application failed

1860 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Error List

Error Error Description

Number
3 xm_getmem failed
4 Send message to application failed
5 LT board is not reachable
6 xb_getbuf failed
7 Internal error 8 encountered by IGMP subsystem
8 Invalid Multicast Source Category
9 Group IP address is out of range
10 Oid2mcastsrcEntry failed
11 The multicast source is conflicted with an already exist multicast source
12 STable operation failed
13 The multicast source has been created already
14 Could not change a group's ClassDAddr, PeakBitRate, SustainBitrate, Mbs and VLAN ID
15 The multicast source doesn't exist
16 To create an multicast source, vlanID/AtmPeakBitRate/AtmSustainBitRate must be provided
17 PeakBitRate should not less than SustainBitRate
18 The specified VLAN doesn't exist or the VLAN mode is not Residential Bridge
19 Maximum Multicast Source entries exceeded
20 Internal error 21 encountered by IGMP subsystem
21 Could not reserve VCI range for IGMP Channel. VCI already in use
22 Invalid VPI or VCI
23 Invalid VPI, VCI row status or sustain bit rate
24 Invalid Class D address
25 Invalid IGMP system source IP address
26 Invalid Multicast VPI
27 Invalid Multicast VCI
28 Invalid Multicast Service Category
29 Invalid IGMP Channel VPI
30 Invalid IGMP Channel VCI
31 Invalid IGMP Channel Min VCI
32 There is another channel already enabled on another pvc on the same dsl line
33 The maxNumGroup exceeds the maximum number of multicast group that can be supported on the
channel
34 Internal error 24 encountered by IGMP subsystem
35 Internal error 25 encountered by IGMP subsystem
36 Internal error 26 encountered by IGMP subsystem
37 Internal error 27 encountered by IGMP subsystem
38 Invalid Traffic Descriptor type
39 Invalid Service Category
40 Invalid package index
41 Invalid row status
42 Invalid old row status
43 Invalid IGMP Channel row
44 Invalid Multicast Class D address or clearStats column is false
45 Incompatible Service Category and Traffic Descriptor type
46 Incompatible Peak and Sustain Bit Rates
47 Invalid IGMP channel row status or multicast VPI or Multicast min VCI
48 Invalid Module Index
49 Internal error 27 encountered by IGMP subsystem
50 Bad value for IGMP System Query Interval
51 Bad value for IGMP System Query Max response time
52 Bad value for IGMP System Robustness variable
53 Bad value for IGMP System Startup Query Interval
54 Bad value for IGMP System Startup Query Count
55 Bad value for IGMP System Last Membership Query Interval
56 Bad value for IGMP System Last Membership Query Count

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1861

Error List

Error Error Description

Number
57 Bad value for IGMP System Last Membership Max response time
58 Internal error 31 encountered by IGMP
59 Multicast Source objects violate in service modification rules
60 IGMP Channel objects violates in service modify rules
61 Static Leaf objects violate in service modification rules
62 Internal error 32 encountered by IGMP subsystem
63 Internal error 33 encountered by IGMP subsystem
64 generalMulticastMaxBitRate(unit:kbps) should between generalMulticastMeanBitRate and 100000
65 generalMulticastMeanBitRate(unit:kbps) should not be greater than generalMulticastMaxBitRate
66 multicastCapacityMaxNumGroup should between multicastCapacityMaxNumUnCfg and 1024
67 multicastCapacityMaxNumGroup can not be changed when igmp is enabled
68 multicastCapacityMaxNumUnCfg should not be greater than 128 or multicastCapacityMaxNumGroup
69 multicastCapacityMaxNumUnCfg can not be changed when igmp is enabled
70 multicast ReserveTime(unit: s) should not be greater than 0x7FFFFFFF
71 Internal error 41 encountered by IGMP subsystem
72 Internal error 42 encountered by IGMP subsystem
73 Internal error 43 encountered by IGMP subsystem
74 Internal error 44 encountered by IGMP subsystem
75 Internal error 45 encountered by IGMP subsystem
76 Internal error 46 encountered by IGMP subsystem
77 Multicast Source Conversion: entry does not exist
78 Static Leaf: entry does not exist
79 Entry does not exist
80 Internal error 47 encountered by IGMP subsystem
81 Maximum Static Leaf entries exceeded
82 Maximum Channel entries exceeded
83 Internal error 48 encountered by IGMP subsystem
84 Internal error 49 encountered by IGMP subsystem
85 Empty Multicast Source Table
86 Emtpy IGMP Channel table
87 Cannot perform task. No entry exist
88 IGMP Channel Index, VPI and VCI already exist
89 No next member after the matching channel in IGMP Channel table
90 Maximum Multicast Source entries exceeded
91 Static leaf creation not allowed: VPI/VCI reserved or PVC exists
92 Multicast source MAC address already exists
93 Invalid VLAN Id
94 No host interface entry exists
95 Could not allocate memory for host interface
96 Invalid value for IgmpSystemUnsolicitedReportInterval
97 Invalid value for IgmpSystemDeallocationInterval
98 Required host interface objects not set
99 Invalid host interface database record input
100 Invalid host interface IP address
101 Vlan id not existing
102 Maximum nbr vlan table entries reached
103 Vlan entry already exists
104 Action failed : IGMP still enabled
105 No active streams for this interface
106 No channel active for this multicast stream
107 Invalid CDR interim period . Use 0, or a value from 15,20,25,30,35,40,45,50,55,60
108 Invalid rate for single CDR's use a value from 1..30
109 Invalid CDR file aging time :use a value from 4..24
110 Invalid CDR polling cycle. Use a value from 60..900 in multiple of 60 sec.
111 Invalid max preview duration , use a value from 0..6000

1862 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Error List

Error Error Description

Number
112 Invalid preview blackout duration , use a value from 0..7200
113 Invalid Max nbr reports, use a value from 0..10
114 Table empty
115 Invalid IGMP Channel Category
116 IGMP Channel doesn't exist
117 igmpSystemQueryInterval should be greater than igmpSystemQueryMaxResponseTime
118 igmpSystemQueryMaxResponseTime should be less than MIN(igmpSystemQueryInterval, 256)
119 igmpSystemRobustness should be between 1 and MIN(10, igmpSystemLastMembQueryCount)
120 igmpSystemLastMembQueryIntvl should be greater than igmpSystemLastMembMaxResponseTime
121 igmpSystemStartupQueryIntvl should be between igmpSystemLastMembMaxResponseTime and 900
122 igmpSystemUnsolicitedReportIntvl should be between 1 and MIN(255,igmpSytemQueryInterval)
123 igmpSystemLastMembQueryCount should be between igmpSystemRobustness and 10
124 igmpSystemLastMembMaxResponseTime(unit: 100ms) should be between 1 and MIN(255,
igmpSystemLastMembQueryIntvl)
125 igmpSystemSrcIPAddr should not be greater than 223.255.255.255
126 generalMulticastMaxBitRate(unit:kbps) should between generalMulticastMeanBitRate and 100000
127 multicastCapacityMaxNumGroup should between multicastCapacityMaxNumUnCfg and 256
128 multicastCapacityMaxNumGroup can not be changed when IGMP is enabled
129 multicastCapacityMaxNumUnCfg should not be greater than 128 or multicastCapacityMaxNumGroup
130 multicastCapacityMaxNumUnCfg can not be changed when IGMP is enabled
131 multicast ReserveTime(unit: s) should not be greater than 2147483647
132 Error getting first multicast entry
133 Maximum number of different VLAN's used for multicast sources reached
134 The CDR polling cycle cannot be changed when the CDR export method is remote-logging
135 AutoConfig polling cycle to 60s failed
136 Mix of ethernet bit rates and atm bit rates is not valid
137 Maximum number of IGMP channel created reached
138 Planned board type does not support IGMP
139 Cant create IGMP channel for IPoX has been configured
140 Cant create Igmp channel on network side interface
141 Cant create Igmp channel for IP interface does not exist
142 Cant create Igmp channel for encapsulation mode is auto-detect PPP
Error list for QOS MGT
Error Error Description
Number
0 subprofile does not exists
1 Profile cannot be modified or deleted because it is in use
2 changing type is not allowed
3 Profile not supported by hardware
4 logical flow type incompatible with other field
5 Action not supported by hardware
6 Cac sanity check failed. Insufficient bandwidth available.
7 BAC check failed. Overbooking of downstream buffers.
8 Wrong or unsupported 'type' attribute
9 Policer pool exhausted
10 Incorrect threshold settings
11 warning: setting burst tolerance < 1518 causes ethernet frame discard
12 minimum treshold bigger than maximum
13 Up and Down Policer Profiles cannot be changed from NULL because it is in Use
14 Up and Down Policer Profiles cannot be changed to NULL because it is in Use
15 Some ethernet frames may get discarded since the CBS is less than 1518
16 Maximum No. of Profiles reached
17 Not within the valid range
Error list for DOT1X MGT

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1863

Error List

Error Error Description

Number
0 Port does not exist
1 Table entry does NOT exist
2 Bad entry value for dot1xPaeSystemAuthControl
3 Bad entry value for dot1xAuthAdminControlledDirections
4 Bad entry value for dot1xAuthAuthControlledPortControl
5 Bad entry value for dot1xAuthQuietPeriod
6 Bad entry value for dot1xAuthSuppTimeout
7 Bad entry value for dot1xAuthServerTimeout
8 Bad entry value for dot1xAuthMaxReq
9 Bad entry value for dot1xAuthReAuthPeriod
10 Bad entry value for extdot1xPaePortAuthState
11 Bad entry value for extdot1xPaePortInitiateAuthReq
12 Bad entry value for extdot1xPaePortHandshakeMode
13 Bad entry value for extdot1xPaePortHandshakePeriode
14 Authentication is not activated on this port
Error list for VLAN MGT
Error Error Description
Number
1 Invalid port id
2 Not support creation
3 Not support deletion
4 Only support active status
5 Nothing can be modified
6 Frame value only support 2 or 5 octets
7 The max length of protocol group name reached
8 The given protocol group is not existent
9 Only protocol group name can be modified
10 No change on protocol group name
11 Error ocurrs during saving persistent data
12 PVC number reached max value
13 Not support double vlan tagged frame
14 Not support default vlan for tagged frame
15 Not support tagged frame on port already associated RB vlan
16 Max num of MAC must be power of 2
17 Total MAC number excess the max value
18 Static number on port is larger than the max mac num to be configured
19 Qos profile on port is supported only by IXP board
20 Priority regeneration profile is not existent
21 Attaching QOS profile to port is failed
22 Association already exist
23 Not support terminated vlan
24 CC vlan already have more than one port
25 CC vlan associate to the port already associated to RB vlan
26 Bridged port is enabled by 802.1x or IGMP or DHCP
27 Bridged port is already attached by PPPoE server
28 RB vlan only associate to only untagged frame
29 RB vlan associate to the port already associated to CC vlan
30 The subscriber vlan is the port based default,not to be deleted
31 The subscriber vlan is the protocol port based default, not to be deleted
32 Protocol port based default vlan is supported only on IXP board
33 Protocol port based default vlan is only for only untagged frame
34 Invalid vlan id
35 Port id is already used
37 fdb index not in the range from 1 to 4096
38 Input Mac address should NOT be 00-80-c2 or 01-80-c2

1864 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Error List

Error Error Description

Number
39 The given Vlan and Port should be created and establish association
40 Given mac already exist
41 Static mac table is full
42 Full zero or broadcast address or multicast address can not be set as static MAC
43 Exceed the MAX mac address for one port
45 Vlan number has exeeded max suported vlan number
46 Configure vlan to Lsm failed
47 When vlan is associated with port, this vlan can't be deleted
48 When IGMP is using Vlan, this vlan can't be deleted
49 When AAA is using Vlan, this vlan can't be deleted
50 When terminated vlan is in use, this vlan can't be deleted
51 The length of vlan name excess the maximum value
52 Can't change vlan mode
53 Invalid vlan group id
54 ExtendDot1vProtocolVlanGroup has no meaning and can not be set for a VLAN in crossConnect mode.
55 PPPoE Relay tag has no meaning and can not be set for terminated vlan
56 DHCP option82 has no meaning and can not be set for terminated vlan
57 BroadcastControl has no meaning and can not be set for terminated vlan or to CC vlan
58 ExtendDot1vProtocolVlanGroup has no meaning and can not be set for terminated vlan
60 Invalid vpi or vci
61 Pvc has not been created
62 Priority regeneration profile can be supported only by IXP board
63 Not support priority regeneration profile on double vlan tagged frame
64 Can not get VLAN_PRIO_REMARK from capability management
65 Can not get QOS_PROF_PORT from capability management
66 Can not get MAX_MACS_PER_LSM from capability management
67 Can not get MAX_VLANS_PER_PVC from capability management
68 Can not get QOS_PROF_PORT_VLAN from capability management
69 Qos profile on association is supported only by IXP board
70 max number of vlanports on a single bridgeport or a line is exceeded
71 Attaching QoS profile on association is failed
72 The vlan.port identified with pvid or protocol based vlan has not been created
73 Detaching qos profile from association is failed
74 Can not create interface for bridged port by interface management
75 Can not get hardware reference from interface management
76 Can not get customer id from interface management
77 Can not get VLAN_PROT_FILTER from capability management
78 Another vlan is already existent on the protocol group
79 Bridged port has not been created yet
80 Invalid protocol group
81 Given l2-forwarders has not been created yet
82 This type board doesn't not support untagged frame
83 This type board doesn't not support tagged frame
84 This type board doesn't not support both tagged and untagged frame
85 Can not get VLAN_L2TERM from capability management
86 Can not get MAX_VLANS_PER_LSM from capability management
87 max number of vlanports on a board is exceeded
88 Can not get VLAN_PORT_DEFAULT from capability management
89 This type board doesn't not support default vlan for port
90 Can not get VLAN_PORT_PROTO_PPPOE from capability management
91 This type board doesn't not support default PPPoE vlan for port
92 Can not get VLAN_PORT_PROTO_IPOE from capability management
93 This type board doesn't not support default IPoE vlan for port
94 Protocol port based vlan must be RB mode
95 No enough MAC entry in hardware

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1865

Error List

Error Error Description

Number
96 Not consistent with the previous association
97 Transmit mode is not consistent with the previous configuration
98 Frame type is not consistent with the previous configuration
99 Pvc bundle is not consistent with the previous configuration
100 RB vlan associate to the port already associated to QosAware vlan
101 Vlan Type is invalid
102 PbitList conflict
103 This type board doesn't not support vlan stack
104 Invalid vlan mode
105 Vlan id used by PPPoAoE cant be delete by vlan module!
106 Static VLAN ram table entry exhausted
107 Invalid port based default vlan
108 Can not get MAX_VLANS_PER_DSL from capability management
109 The VlanId has been used
110 XCON Vlan can't use vlan id 1
111 Cc vlan can't share same id with none CC vlan
112 RB Vlan can't set SVlanID
113 if L2T Svlan is not exist,S/C vlan can't be created
114 Configured CBS is more than supported CBS
115 Configured CBS is less than supported CBS
116 Configured CIR is more than raw line rate
117 PVC's Encapstype is out of the supported encapstype type
118 new pvid's mode conflicts with qos profile
119 The IPoA Cross Connect related bridge port is asociated with non compatible VLAN
120 The IPoA Cross Connect related bridge port can not be configured as self-learning
121 IPoA Cross Connect related bridge port can be only configured with untagged frame type
122 The max address number for IPoA Cross Connect related bridge port can be only 1
123 The priority regeneration profile for IPoA Cross Connect related bridge port can be only trusted-port
124 invalid vp/vc found for framing mode efm
125 The IPOA L2 interworking port does not exist
126 Invalid UNI type. Must be either ENET, VDSL, or VoIP
127 Port has associations and cannot be deleted
128 Vlan Id has non-zero C-Vlan
129 Value exceeds maximum number of bridgeports per board
130 PbitList exceed the maximum value supported for one port
131 This type board only supports untagged transmit mode
132 PPPoE Relay and DHCP Relay cannot be enabled at the same time on same vlan
133 Bridge port can't be associated with Voice VLAN
134 Voice VLAN can't set SVlanID
135 This VLAN can't be deleted because it is used by the voice application
136 Failed: Not allowed to associate (PVC-VLAN to bridgeport) or (PVC to port with vlan)
137 DHCP option82 when enable, Circuit_Id and Remote_Id can't be both disable
138 DHCP option82 when enable,Circuit_Id and Remote_Id can't be both addCustomerId
139 Total number of RB vlan associations on this LSM exceeds the maximum value
140 Total number of RB vlan associations on this Line exceeds the maximum value
141 Total number of CC vlan associations on this Line exceeds maximum value
142 Stacked S+C VLAN can not be of type L2Termination
143 IPoA CC related bridge port can only be associated with one CC vlan
144 Lower interface has not been configured
145 In case of PPPoXRelay, either CircuitId or RemoteId must be inserted
146 In case of PPPoXRelay, CustomerId cannot be inserted via both CircuitId and RemoteId
147 The bridge port is linked to a cross-connect client. Parameters shall be set in the cross-connect client
148 The bridge port is linked to an automatic:ppp pvc. The port shall be configured via pppox-relay
149 Such configuration mode of vlan.port is not permitted
150 The vlan port is already attached to a L2-forwarder

1866 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Error List

Error Error Description

Number
151 The given vlan.port does not exist
152 the stack mode of the subscriber vlan and L2-forwarder is not compatible
153 L2-terminated vlan can't be L2-forwarder
154 Only one vlan-port can be attached to a CC L2-forwarder
155 Different vlan-ports on the same bridgeport can't be attached to one L2-forwarder
156 The subscriber vlan id is not in the configurable scope
157 Subscriber vlan can't be SC vlan
158 Can not retrieve the value for max nbr of MACaddresses per vlan-port
159 This board does not support C-Vlan translation
160 The protocol based port does not exist
161 Vlan port can't be configured on the port whose pvc encapsulated mode is AutoDetectPPP
162 The vlan.port can't attach to any L2-forwarder because a higher level interface exists on the vlan.port
163 Protocol port based vlan can't be S+C CC vlan
164 IPOE based vlan can't be configured because higher IPOX interface exists on the bridge port
165 PPPOE based vlan can't be configured because higher PPPOX interface exists on the bridge port
166 Reserved
167 Reserved
168 Reserved
169 Reserved
170 Reserved
171 Reserved
172 Reserved
173 Reserved
174 Reserved
175 Trying to delete a Non-existing Mac Entry
176 Enable option-82 before enabling dhcp line rate
177 DSLAM ID is out of range
178 Failed to access database
179 Failed to allocate memory
180 Static unicast-mac is not allowed on a vlan with vMAC enabled.
181 Enable vMAC is not allowed on a vlan which has been assigned a static unicast-mac address.
182 Enable vMac is not allowed if the DSLAM ID is not set.
183 Enable vMAC and/or secure forwarding is not supported for QosAware vlan.
184 Enable vMAC source address downstream blocking is not supported for QosAware vlan.
185 Enable vMAC and/or secure forwarding is not supported for L2-terminated C-VLAN.
186 Enable/disable vMAC and/or secure forwarding is only supported on the outer S-VLAN of the
SC-VLAN.
187 Enable vMAC source address downstream blocking is not supported for L2-terminated C-VLAN.
188 Enable/disable vMAC source address downstream blocking is only supported on the outer S_VLAN of
the SC-VLAN.
189 Enable vMAC and/or secure forwarding is not supported for cross-connect S-VLAN.
190 Enable vMAC source address downstream blocking is not supported for cross-connect S-VLAN.
191 Enable secure forwarding is not supported on this Vlan mode
192 Mac age value is not in valid range
193 When DHCP option82 is enabled, either circuit-id or remote-id is to be selected as physical line identity,
not both
194 In case of PPPoXRelay, physical line id can be inserted via either CircuitId or RemoteId, not both
Error list for LIAM
Error Error Description
Number
0 Bad IP Pool Index.
1 Pool not configured.
2 Pool already configured.
3 Missing mandatory parameter.
4 Bad IP address value.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1867

Error List

Error Error Description

Number
5 Bad address type.
6 Bad Pool name.
7 Wrong input of pool size.
8 Vrf is not configured.
9 Wrong subnet mask.
10 Unknown admin state.
11 Generic error due to system call.
12 Pool has addresses in use.
13 Pool has duplicate name.
14 Operational Error.
Error list for LUAM
Error Error Description
Number
0 Invalid Input
1 Invalid Domain Range
2 Specified User doesn't exist
3 Memory allocation using inc_malloc failed
4 Invalid UserName Length
5 Missing Mandatory Parameter (Password)
6 Invalid Password Length
7 RowStatus cannot be set directly to Active
8 Invalid RowStatus Value
9 Error while writing to DM
10 Max. Number of users already configured
11 Same user already exists
12 Domain not configured
Error list for RADC
Error Error Description
Number
0 Domain is using this policy. Detach it before attempting to delete
1 Policy name length is out of range
2 Policy NAS-ID length is out of range
3 Policy NAS-Ip-Addr-Type not supported
4 Policy NAS-Ip-Addr Octet string size out of range
5 Policy Stripping Domain boolean value out of range
6 Policy Bool flag boolean value out of range
7 Policy EAP boolean value out of range
8 The SET on policy failed..
9 policy index out of range/Row not created
10 policy index out of range
11 policy with the same index already exists..
12 policy name is mandatory and missing here..
13 policy NAS-ID or NAS-IP-addr is mandatory and missing here..
14 Row status active from operator is not supported.
15 Row status value not supported.
16 Modification is rejected because there is no policy with this index
17 Policy mapping name length is out of range
18 One of the Set Server value is wrong
19 policy index is out of range/policy not created
20 set index is out of range/set not created
21 policy index is out of range
22 set index is out of range
23 Set exists with the same index
24 Auth server index is mandatory

1868 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Error List

Error Error Description

Number
25 Priority is mandatory
26 Row status active is not allowed from operator
27 Row status value is not supported
28 Row itself doesn't exist to modify
29 policy index is out of range
30 Auth server is in use. First detach from set(s)
31 Server name size of out of range
32 IP addr type not supported
33 IP address octet string size is out of range
34 The SET on authServer failed..
35 auth index is out of range/server not created
36 auth index is out of range
37 Auth server with the same index exists
38 Auth server name is mandatory
39 Auth server vrf is mandatory
40 Auth server IP addr type is mandatory
41 Auth server IP addr is mandatory
42 Auth server secret is mandatory
43 Row status active is not accepted from operator
44 Row status value not supported
45 Row itslef doesn't exist. Modification request failed
46 auth index is out of range
47 Vrf ID out of range
48 Mapping name length out of range
49 Vrf Index out of range
50 Mapping name length out of range
51 Server being used. Detach from the Set first
52 Server name length out of range
53 Address type not supported
54 Address octet string size is out of range
55 Secret size is out of range
56 The SET on acctServer failed..
57 acct index is out of range/server not created
58 Index is out of range
59 Row with the same index exists already
60 Server name is mandatory config. param.
61 Vrf Index is mandatory config. param.
62 Addr Type is mandatory config. param.
63 Address is mandatory config. param.
64 Secret is mandatory config. param.
65 Row status active is not allowed from operator
66 Row status value not supported
67 Row itself doesn't exist for modification
68 acct index is out of range
69 Vrf Index is out of range
70 Mapping name size is out of range
71 Vrf index is out of range
72 Mapping name size is out of range
73 Dyn auth client Name length is out of size
74 Addr Type is not supported
75 Addr octet string size is out of range
76 Secret size is out of size
77 The SET on DynAuthClient failed..
78 Index is out of range/Dyn Auth client not created
79 Index is out of range

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1869

Error List

Error Error Description

Number
80 Row with the same index exists already
81 Name is mandatory config. param.
82 Vrf Index is mandatory config. param.
83 Addr Type is mandatory config. param.
84 Address is mandatory config. param.
85 Secret size is out of range
86 Row status active is not supported from operator
87 Row status value is not supported
88 Row itself doesn't exist for modification
89 dyn auth index is out of range
90 Vrf ID is out of range
91 Mapping name length is out of range
92 Vrf Index is out of range
93 Mapping name size is out of range
94 Same index exists, deleting the record..
95 The retrieved record is not correct, deleting..
96 Server name length out of range
97 Vrf-ID out of range (or) not created
98 IP Address is not valid
99 UDP Port can't be more than 65535
100 Secret length out of range
101 Retry limit out of range
102 Timeout limit out of range
103 Admin state out of range
104 Dead Intvl out of range
105 Row status out of range
106 Server name not unique ..
107 IP address not unique ..
108 Same index exists, deleting the record..
109 The retrieved record is not correct, deleting..
110 Server name length out of range
111 Vrf-ID out of range (or) not created
112 IP Address is not valid
113 UDP Port can't be more than 65535
114 Secret length out of range
115 Retry limit out of range
116 Timeout limit out of range
117 Admin state out of range
118 Dead Intvl out of range
119 Row status out of range
120 Server name not unique ..
121 IP address not unique ..
122 Same index exists, deleting the record..
123 The retrieved record is not correct, deleting..
124 Server name length out of range
125 Vrf-ID out of range (or) not created
126 IP Address is not valid
127 Secret length out of range
128 Admin state out of range
129 Row status out of range
130 Server name not unique ..
131 IP address not unique ..
132 Same index exists, deleting the record..
133 The retrieved record is not correct, deleting..
134 policy name length out of range

1870 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Error List

Error Error Description

Number
135 NAS-ID length out of range
136 NAS-ID or NAS-IP-Address must be valid
137 Strip Domain flag is not valid
138 Boot flag is not valid
139 Acct Interim interval is not valid
140 EAP aware flag is not valid
141 Row status out of range
142 Policy name not unique ..
143 Same index exists, deleting the record..
144 The retrieved record is not correct, deleting..
145 auth server index is out of range
146 acct server index is out of range
147 priority value is out of range
148 Row status out of range
149 auth server is not configured (or) duplicate
150 acct server is not configured (or) duplicate
151 This priority is used already
Error list for AAAS MGT
Error Error Description
Number
0 invalid input
1 persistent data update error
2 row not existing - connPolicyTable
3 row already existing - connPolicyTable
4 missing mandatory parameter - connPolicyProfileIndex
5 wrong value - not supported - connPolicyRowStatus
6 wrong index - out of range - connPolicyIfIndex
7 wrong value - out of range - connPolicyProfileIndex
8 row not existing - connProfileTable
9 row already existing - connProfileTable
10 missing mandatory parameter - connProfileTable
11 wrong value - not supported - connProfileRowStatus
12 wrong index - out of range - connProfileIndex
13 wrong value - duplicate name - connProfileName
14 wrong value - out of range - connProfileVersionNbr
15 wrong value - ref object is not configured - connProfileDomainIndex
16 row not existing - domainTable
17 row already existing - domainTable
18 missing mandatory parameter - domainTable
19 wrong value - not supported - domainRowStatus
20 domainIndex is still in use by connProfileTable - domainTable
21 Active sessions are existing - domainTable
22 read only value - domainNumActiveSess
23 wrong value - out of range - domainName
24 wrong value - ref object is not configured - domainVrfIndex
25 wrong value - ref object is not configured - domainVlanIndex
26 wrong value - out of range - domainAddrType
27 wrong value - out of range - domainDnsIpAddr1
28 wrong value - out of range - domainDnsIpAddr2
29 wrong value - out of range - domainNbnsIpAddr1
30 wrong value - out of range - domainNbnsIpAddr2
31 wrong value - out of range - domainSessionTimeout
32 wrong value - out of range - domainQosProfileIndex
33 wrong value - ref object is not configured - domainQosProfileIndex
34 wrong value - out of range - domainAuthenticator

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1871

Error List

Error Error Description

Number
35 wrong value - ref object is not configured - domainRadPolicyIndex
36 wrong value - out of range - domainAdminState
37 wrong value - duplicate name - domainName
38 row not existing - connProfileMappingTable
39 row not existing - domainUserSessTable
40 row not existing - domainMappingTable
41 row not existing - domainIpPoolTable
42 wrong value - ref object is not configured - domainIndex
43 row already existing - domainIpPoolTable
44 missing mandatory parameter - domainIpPoolTable
45 wrong value - not supported - domainIpPoolRowStatus
46 wrong value - out of range - domainIpPoolPriority
47 wrong value - duplicate value - domainIpPoolPriority
48 connection profile is in use by connPolicyTable - connProfileTable
49 read only value - connProfileUsedStatus
Error list for PPPOESER
Error Error Description
Number
0 Invalid paramter received.
1 Invalid value for paramter: PPPoE Server Name.
2 Invalid value for paramter: PPPoE Server Admin state.
3 Invalid IfIndex received from operator.
4 Error received from Data Management.
5 Error received from Interface Management.
6 Table index is out of range.
7 PPPoX Interface already exist.
8 Error from Board Capability Manager.
9 Board type does not support PPPoX interface creation.
10 PPPoE Termination Service cannot be enabled in this interface.
11 Failure in creating PPPoX Interface in Interface Manager SubSystem.
12 Failure from VLAN when deleting PPPoE interface.
13 Failure from ITFM (H/W Ref.) when deleting PPPoE interface.
14 Failure from ITFM when deleting PPPoE interface(IOCM).
15 PPPoX Interface does not exist.
16 Invalid value for Parameter MaxNoOfSessions.
17 This PPP Profile already exist.
18 Invalid Parameter: PPP Profile Index.
19 Invalid profile name or this profile name exists already.
20 Invalid Parameter: PPP Profile scope.
21 Invalid Parameter: PPP Profile version.
22 Invalid Parameter: Authentication type.
23 PPP Profile does not exist.
24 This is default PPP Profile. This profile can not be deleted but can be modified .
25 Profile is being USED and hence can not be deleted.
26 The encapsulation mode of the bridge-port is not valid, encapsulation type must be bridged
27 The port is attached to a L2 forwarder
28 a PPPOX interface cannot be created on an s-vlan port
29 Maximum number of PPPOX Interfaces reached
Error list for USERIPMGNT
Error Error Description
Number
0 VRF index is out of range
1 VRF is reserved
2 VRF exists

1872 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Error List

Error Error Description

Number
3 VRF does not exist
4 VRF name already exist
5 Invalid system IP address
6 System IP address already reserved
7 field from VRF config table out of range
8 field from VRF config table not supported
9 Client Using this VRF
10 Entry in IP address table does not exist
11 Entry in IP address table already exists
12 Invalid IP address specified for IP address table
13 Invalid prefix length specified
14 Invalid IP address / prefix length combination specified
15 invalid IfIndex for IP address table specified
16 IfIndex should not be emptye
17 field from IP address table out of range
18 field from IP address table table not supported
19 Maximum number of routes reached for IP address table
20 IPaddress is equal to next hop ip address of CIDR table
21 CIDR route table entry already exists
22 CIDR route table entry doesn't exist
23 Invalid route destination for CIDR route table
24 Invalid prefix length for CIDR route table
25 Invalid next hop address specified
26 Next hop address does not match a direct route
27 nexthop indicated IfIndex not match specified IfIndex
28 Invalid IfIndex in CIDR route table
29 field from CIDR route table out of range
30 field from CIDR route table not supported
31 Maximum number of routes reached for CIDR route table
32 Next hop IP address is same as system IP address
33 Invalid ThisLayerIndex
34 Invalid LowerLayerIndex
35 Maximum number of IPOX interface entries reached
36 Maximum number of ThisLayerIndex reached
37 Maximum number of LowLayerIndex per ThisLayerIndex reached
38 Invalid key specified for IpNetToMedia table
39 Entry not found in IpNetToMedia table
40 field from IpNetToMedia table out of range
41 Set Request valid only for Delete Entry
42 field from IpNetToMedia table not supported
43 Active PPPoE sessions present
44 Invalid Ifindex
45 UnnumberedFlag not specified
46 QoSProfileId should be zero for networkside interface
47 arp policy for userside/usergateway ip interface should be none
48 only one vrf in router mode can be created
49 the vrf is in use by ip interface table
50 the vrf is in use by ipaddress table or cidr table
51 the IPoX is in use by ip interface table
52 the IP interface is in use by ip address table
53 interface type not IPoX
54 the IP interface is in use by cidr table
55 vrf is route mode, only one netside ip interface supported
56 the ip address used by cidr table
57 the IP interface already exist

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1873

Error List

Error Error Description

Number
58 the IP interface not exist
59 the Maximum number of IP interface reached
60 nexthop interface should be specified if nexthop ip address is zero
61 can't configure ip address on unnumbered interace
62 the specified ip interace doesn't belong to the specified vrf
63 userside cidr route must belong to usergateway
64 userside cidr route type must be local
65 local route's nexthop must be zero
66 user side cidr dest can't be the same with ip address or networkside cidr route dest/nexthop or system IP
67 IPoX interface not exist
68 IPoX interface with the lowerlayer ifindex already exist
69 arp for networkside ip interface in routermode vrf should be trusted
70 arp for networkside ip interface in forwarder mode vrf should be trusted or not Trusted
71 networkside ip interface for routermode vrf should be unnumbered
72 QoSProfileId not exist or qos required can't be satisfied
73 can't change ip interface If index
74 can't change ip interface unnumbered flag
75 no statistics on network side interface
76 slot unreachable
77 an ip address already created on the ip interface
78 an cidr entry with the same network number exists
79 only userside direct host route to the unnumbered IP interface on the user side can be created for router
mode vrf
80 only one default route can be created for each vrf
81 a direct route from ip address table exist
82 Next Hop overlaps with one of IpAddrs in ip address table
83 prefixlen for cidr to userside interface must be 32
84 nexthop interface not specified
85 the nexthop of an cidr entry belong this network but the nexthop interface is different
86 create direclty connected networkside route is not permitted
87 a same route with a different next hop already exist
88 the specified IfIndex is not valid
89 the speicified IfIndex is not network/userside ip interface
90 the vlan on which ip interafce created is used by dhcp
91 vrf mode could not be changed
92 nexhop is zero, routeType must be local
93 userside ip interface should be unnumbered interface
94 usergateway ip interface should be numbered interface
95 arppolicy not specified
96 vrf can't be changed
97 CIDR route can't be changed
98 Failed to configure the hardware
99 The encapsulation mode of the bridge-port is not valid, encapsulation type must be bridged
100 The port is attached to a L2 forwarder
101 a IPOX interface cannot be created on an s-vlan port
102 Not allow create IPOX interface on bridge port which default IPOE vlan is set
103 Not allowed create IPOX interface for IGMP channel has been created
104 Maximum number of User side IPOX Interfaces reached
105 Maximum number of User IP address per LT reached
106 Maximum number of Network IP addresses for NT reached
Error list for DHCP MGNT
Error Error Description
Number
1 DHCP Relay Agent(VRF) to be configured doesn't exist
2 DHCP Relay Agent option82-insertion can only be configured with enable(1) or disable(2)

1874 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Error List

Error Error Description

Number
3 The value of DHCP Relay Agent circuit_ID_control is out of range. The range is from 1 to 4(1: Not
Add2: AddCustomerID, 3: AddPhysicalCircuitInfor, 4:AddCcsaFormat)
4 The value of DHCP Relay Agent remote_ID_control is out of range. The range is from 1 to 2(1: Not
Add2: AddCustomerID)
5 When DHCP Relay Agent option82 is enabled(1), circuit-id and remote-id can't be both
addCustomerID(2)
6 When DHCP Relay Agent option82 is enabled(1), circuit-id and remote-id can't be both notAdd(1)
7 DHCP Relay Agent MacConcentration can only be configured with enable(1) or disable(2)
8 VRF network interface not configured
Error list for PRTCLTRC MGNT
Error Error Description
Number
0 Wrong or unsupported protocol attribute
1 At least one level attribute must be entered
2 Wrong or unsupported syslog messageType attribute
3 The Protocol Trace session does not exist for the given confgiuration
4 The same Protocol Trace session already exist for the given configuration
5 Can not configure Protocol Trace session for the line/pvc specified.Verify given line/pvc configuration
6 This operation is not allowed.First delete the configuration
7 Internal Error
8 Max number of Protocol Trace session per LT reached
9 Max number of Protocol Trace session per ISAM reached
10 The same line or PVC configuration already exists
Error list for IPOXIWL MGT
Error Error Description
Number
0 No such IPoXIWL entry exist by index
1 The underlying facility has not been provisioned
2 Bad entry value for ipoaL2IpAddrType
3 Bad entry value for ipoaL2IpAddressPolicy
4 Bad entry value for next-hop ip address
5 Bad entry value for cpe ip address
6 IPoXIWL Entry by index Already exist
7 Can't deduce default cpe ip based on next-hop ip
8 Fail to create IPoXIWL because unsupported PVC encapsulation
9 Fail to create IPoXIWL because PVC attached by another IPoX interface
10 Fail to delete IPoXIWL, Please delete Bridge Port firstly
11 Fail to create IPoXIWL because unsupported LT board
12 Fail to create IPoXIWL because communication failure between NT and LT
13 Fail to create IPoXIWL because memory error
14 Unknown Internal Error
Error list for CPE MGT PROXY
Error Error Description
Number
0 Unable to get the current system Mode.
1 Unable to set the system Mode. ILMI channel is already created.
2 Unable to get the IPaddr configured of CPEMM.
3 Unable to set the IPaddr of the CPEMM.
4 Unable to get the port num on which traps are expected.
5 Unable to set the port where the traps are expected.
6 Unable to get the total number of Messages transmitted from CPEMM to CPE.
7 Unable to get the total number of messages transmitted to CPEMM from CPE.
8 Unable to get the total number of discarded messages which originated from CPEMM.
9 Unable to get the total number of discarded messages which originated from CPE.

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1875

Error List

Error Error Description

Number
10 Default CPEMM IP configured (0.0.0.0)
11 Unable to set the system Mode. ATM timed out while changing the system state.
12 Cannot configure Broadcast IP addresses(255.255.255.255) for the CPEMM IP.
13 Cannot configure Loopback IP addresses (127.x.x.x) for the CPEMM IP.
14 Cannot configure IP adresses with network part being zero for CPEMM IP.
15 Cannot configure Multicast IP address (224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255) for CPEMM IP.
16 CPE Mgmt SS is still not initialized (relayInstance still zero!).
17 Maximum number of managers are configured.
18 General error
19 IPProxy VLAN out of range
20 IPProxy session does not exist
21 No more entries in IPProxy session table
22 Maximum number of IPProxy sessions already created
23 Invalid session parameters
24 Inconsistent session parameters
25 Cannot set SVLAN when IPProxy is enabled
26 Preconditions for setting proxy-mode not met
27 Invalid proxy-mode
Error list for SHUB MGT
Error Error Description
Number
1 No Vlan Entry Found
2 Memory Failure During Allocation
3 Invalid Vlan Id
4 Vlain Id Is Reserved
5 Failed To Install Filters
6 Failed To Delete Filters
7 Invalid Port Range
8 Row Status Is Inappropriate
9 Unknown Row Status
10 Addition Of The New Entry To Hardware Table Is Failed
11 Deletion Of The Entry From Hardware Table Is Failed
12 Port Type Is Inappropriate
13 Status Passed As Parameter In Set Routine Is Invalid
14 Invalid Port Status
15 Inappropriate Port
16 Ports Are Not Mutual Exclusive
17 Set Not Permitted
18 Invalid User Priority Range
19 Invalid Vlan Name Length
20 No Free Slot In Global Table
21 Object Is Read Only
22 Vlan Init Failed
23 Undefined Port Type
24 Not A Member Port
25 Trace Is Not Initialized
26 Failure In Addition Of Trunk Ports To Egress Port List
27 Invalid Vlan Mode
28 Failed To Delete Vlan Entry >From Table
29 Failed To Remove Vlan
30 Failed To Disable Vlan In Hardware
31 Failed To Enable Vlan In Hardware
32 Failed To Make The Vlan Interface Up
33 Failed In Setting The Value In Hardware
34 Ports Not Found In Default Vlan List

1876 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Error List

Error Error Description

Number
35 Invalid Traffic Class Priority
36 No Trunk Member Ports With Same Key
37 Failed To Change The Mode For Vlan
38 Failed In Changing Vlan Learning Type
39 Vlan Entry Is Learnt
40 Failure In Addition Of Vlan Entry To Software Table
41 Vlan Status Is Shut Down
42 Mac Address Is Multicast
43 Mac Address Is Universal
44 Maximum Multicast Entry Already Learned
45 Address Is Not Multicast
46 Failure In Gettting Aggregator Index
47 Vlan Debug Not Enabled
48 Ignore Tag Is Not Set
49 Vlan Not Enabled
50 Invalid Protocol Template Frame Type
51 Invalid Protocol Group Id
52 Secondary Ip Address Exists
53 Invalid Vlan Conf Status
54 Failure In Check Clear Egress Ports Config
55 Rip Enabled In Fast Path Vrf
56 Invalid Vlan Port List Size
57 Port Not Available
58 Port Is Unused
Error list for SHDSL MGT
Error Error Description
Number
0 given rowstatus value not supported
1 Invalid ifIndex
2 can't configure M-pair mode
3 change rowStatus failure
4 delete time out, Ima link still exist.
5 unprovision line failure when deactive one line.
6 cannot get higher layer Logical index.
7 operation mode change not allowed
8 line is provisioned, not allow to change operation mode
9 Not allowed to configure repeater,no repeater supported.
10 spectral profile cannot be changed for max and min data rate not consistency
11 Invalid spectral profile value
12 Invalid management by STU-R flow mode
13 cannot change regional setting
14 Invalid value of regional setting
15 cannot change wire mode value
16 line provisioned , not allow to change wire mode
17 cannot change wire mode value
18 line provisioned with ima mode, not allowed to change min data rate
19 invalid min data rate value, no multiply M*64 or big than max data rate
20 line provisioned with ima mode, not allowed to change max data rate
21 invalid max data rate value, no multiply M*64 or small than min data rate
22 Target Relative Margin in Downstream direction out of range, for reference Worst Case noise
23 Target Relative Margin in Downstream direction out of range, for reference Current Case noise
24 Target Relative Margin in Upstream direction out of range, for reference Worst Case noise
25 Target Relative Margin in Upstream direction out of range, for reference Current Case noise
26 Invalid line proble mode value
27 cannot retrieve the configuration data

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1877

Error List

Error Error Description

Number
28 shdsl Line in M-pair Mode, cannot be modified
29 given unitId is valid element, not configured
30 all target marin is -11, line probe must set disable.
31 Invalid TC PAM selection value.
32 shdsl line not provisioned, so cannot retrieve span status.
33 no valid line exists when get first line.
34 memory malloc error when updateIndexOutOid.
35 span unit status can't get, check if line is provisioned .
36 unit not inventoryed judged by span unit status.
37 unit powering state can't get, check board communication or line state.
38 unit has no such segment side.
39 not find any unit.
40 get current near end 1 day pm data error.
41 get current near end 15 minutes pm data error.
42 get current far end or repeater 1 day pm data error.
43 get current far end or repeater 15 minutes pm data error.
44 invalid pm interval number.
45 min and max data rate limitation, not allow to change tcpam.
46 span will be unprovisoned, no span parameter can be set or changed.
47 admin state cannot be changed,span with M-pair mode.
48 Asymmeric spectral is not supported.
49 Specified segment side is not supported on the unit.
50 Selected PBO mode is not supported.
51 min and max line rate shall be equal for ima mode.
Error list for IMA MGT
Error Error Description
Number
0 Translate error between ifindex and logicalIndex
1 Invalid fault bitmap
2 imaMgr.getAdminState() failed
3 imaMapper.getIfXTableIfname () failed
4 imaMgr.getLinkUpDownTrapEnable() failed
5 ifTable entry is not for an ima group interface
6 imaMgr.configLine() failed
7 imaGroupEntry cannot be set until board is planned
8 imaMgr.getConfig() failed
9 Invalid NT group logicalindex
10 imaMgr rollback failed
11 imaMgr.unprovisionLine() failed
12 minNumTxLinks doesn't equal to minNumRxLinks
13 set not allowed while rowStatus is active
14 imaMgr.configGroup() failed
15 couldn't get oper data
16 imaGroup RxFrame Length error
17 imaGroup RunningSecs error
18 imaMgr.getNumGroups() failed
19 ima Link Group Index error
20 ima Link RowStatus error
21 unsupported imaLinkEntry row status value
22 This isn't a rollback case
23 imaMgr.addLink() failed
24 fill ima Group Extension Entry failed
25 imaMgr.configGroup() for CAC behaviour failed
26 IMA link can only be deleted from an active group

1878 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Error List

Error list for VOICEAPPMGNT

Error Error Description
Number
0 SIP server index is out of range
1 Creation failed as SIP server existed
2 Operation failed as SIP server does not exist
3 SIP server name already exist
4 SIP server name string too long
5 Invalid primary server IP address
6 Invalid secondary server IP address
7 Invalid primary server udp port
8 Invalid secondary server udp port
9 Operation be rejected when admin up
10 Deletion failed as server interface being used
11 read/write database error
12 Sip UA index is out of range
13 Creation failed as Sip UA existed
14 Operation failed as Sip UA does not exist
15 SIP UA name already exist
16 SIP UA name string too long
17 Invalid subcriber IP address
18 Invalid subcriber udp port
19 Invalid board slot
20 Specified board has been associated to other UA
21 Invalid gateway IP address
22 Invalid DNS IP address
23 Not used
24 Not used
25 Invalid dscp mark used for sip
26 Invalid 802.1p bit used for sip
27 Invalid dscp mark used for rtp/rtcp
28 Invalid 802.1p bit used for rtp/rtcp
29 Invalid Sip gateway config mode
30 Dhcp autoconfig Sip gateway fail
31 Deletion failed as UA being used
32 Undefined Sip Configure Error
33 Sip dial plan index is out of range
34 Creation failed as Sip dial plan existed
35 Operation failed as Sip dial plan does not exist
36 SIP dial plan name already exist
37 SIP dial plan name string too long
38 Invalid Prefix status
39 Prefix digitmap too long
40 Invalid prefix digitmap format
41 Digitmap too long
42 Invalid digitmap format-Only allowed characters are 0123456789ABCDEIPRSTxXZ.,*?-|^[](){}#+
43 Static prefix too long
44 Invalid static perfix format
45 Static suffix too long
46 Invalid static suffix
47 Emergency digitmap too long
48 Invalid emergency digitmap
49 Deletion failed while dial plan is still in use
50 Creation failed as specified terminal existed
51 Operation failed as specified terminal does not exist
52 Can't create sip terminal on non POTS board
53 DN(Directory Number) must be unique

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1879

Error List

Error Error Description

Number
54 DN(Directory Number) too long
55 DN(Directory Number) contains invalid characters
56 User agent name must be unique
57 User agent name too long
58 SIP URI must be unique in UA
59 SIP URI too long
60 Invalid SIP URI format
61 SIP terminal can't be modifed in lock state
62 Invalid UA domain identification
63 Invalid UA IP address prefix length
64 Creation failed as duplicate digitmap section existed
65 Operation failed as digitmap section does not exist
66 No next index! All possible SipAppServer index created
67 No next index! All possible SipUA index created
68 No next index! All possible SipDialPlan index created
69 Invalid Outbound Proxy IP address
70 The sip terminal cannot be deactivated during a call
71 Can't deactivate server when its associated UA in service
Error list for SFP MGNT
Error Error Description
Number
1 The SFP is still assigned with a remote LT slot
2 Only SFP configured as downlink can be assigned with a remote LT slot
3 The shelf of the specified remote LT slot is not planned
4 The specified remote LT slot is already assigned to another SFP
5 The specified slot position is not a remote LT slot
Error list for MSTP MGT
Error Error Description
Number
1 Module Status is Shut Down
2 Forward delay constraint is not met
3 Max Age constraint is not met
4 Hello Time constraint is not met
5 Default VLAN ID cannot be mapped to MST instance
6 MST Instance already exists
7 MST Instance does not exist
8 Invalid MST Instance ID
9 Invalid Length
10 Maximum number of MST Instances already reached
11 Parameter cannot be set on Non Primary Trunk Port
12 Failure in Getting Aggregation Member Port List
13 MSTP Task Failure
14 Parameter Passed is less than the no of Active MST Instances
15 Parameter is not a multiple of 100
16 Parameter is not a multiple of 4096
17 Parameter is not a multiple of 16
18 VLAN is already mapped to another MST instance
19 Invalid operation with the Current Protocol Version
20 Bridge Status is Down
21 Port Type should not be Asam or Control
22 Failure In Gettting Aggregator Index
23 Port Not Available
24 Port Is Unused
25 Invalid Port Range

1880 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Error List

Error Error Description

Number
26 Row Status Is Inappropriate
27 Unknown Row Status
28 Memory Failure During Allocation
29 Parameter Passed In Set Routine Is Invalid
30 Vlan Not Enabled
Error list for EACO MGT
Error Error Description
Number
0 Profile does not exist
1 Profile is already existing
2 Profile is in use
3 out of range
4 missing mandatory parameter
5 Profile is not valid
6 Row status is not valid

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1881

Abbreviations

Abbreviations
IP Internet protocol

SNMP simple network management protocol

1882 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Index

Index

ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWX
area 513
A area-id
arp
1507
441
a43 125 arp-policy 425
a43c 125 artificial-noise-down 108
aaa 219 asbr-external 1509
aal5-encap-type 150 associated-dialplan 603
abr-type 511 associated-proxyserver 603
accept-expires 1751 associated-regserver 603
accept-frame-type 393 associated-slot 603
accept-starts 518 associate-vlan 415
access 280 atm 219
access-type 610 atm-based-dsl 183
acc-interval 256 atm-overhead-fact 313
acc-server 253 atm-peak-bit-rate 474
acc-stats 1686 atm-pvc 159
ack 189 atm-sus-bit-rate 474
action 1840 audible1 63
activate 295 audible2 63
active-groups 1473 audible3 63
active-streams 477 audible4 63
actor-key 408 audible5 63
actor-port-prio 408 authentication 233
actor-sys-prio 408 authenticator 260
actual-tps-tc-mode 1250 auth-server 251
address 601 auth-stats 1682
admin-p2p 416 auth-type 496
admin-state 1220 auto-backup-intvl 298
admin-status 83 autofetch 295
adsl2-plus 114 availability 1333
adsl-adsl2 110
adsl-band 118 B
advertise 522
ageing-time 392 b43 125
agent 501 back 1835
agent-ip-addr 505 backup 298
aggregate-addr 521 bandwidth 467
aggregate-list 1051 bcast-vlan 501
aggregation 556 board 1208
aggregator-info 1046 bonding-group 696
aggregator-port 408 bonding-mode 140
aggr-reprt-shaper 595 boot-rom 1748
alarm 46 boot-rom-status 1385
alarm-changes 887 bras-ip-address 595
alarm-profile 79 bridge 392
alive-timer 595 bridgeport 430
ansi-t1.424 1220 bridge-port 988
ansi-t1413 1220 bridge-port-fdb 1002
applique 81 buffer-occ-thresh 346

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1883

Index

bundle 467 context-lifetime 505

bundle-stats 1414 controlled-port 267
bundle-to-src 1416 copy-to-port 1772
burst-size 316 count 1846
counter 1390
C cpe
cpe-inventory
152
1206
cac 320 cpe-management 575
cache-pending 441 critical 933
cache-refresh 441 crit-log-full-act 59
cache-retry-time 441 cross-connect 990
cache-timeout 441 cs-psd-shape-dn 129
cac-mode 313 cs-psd-shape-up 129
cac-profile 350 cur-op-mode 1250
canonical-format 333 curr-encap-type 1255
capab-profile 79 current-15min 1080
capacity 473 current-15min-stats 1023
carrier-data-mode 140 current-1day 1086
carrier-mask-down 102 current-day-stats 1026
carrier-mask-up 102 current-interval 1174
cc-max-age 485 curr-num-group 1259
cdr-export 454 curr-preview-num 1259
cdr-file-aging 454 curr-uncfg-num 1259
cdr-polling 454 custom 702
cdr-type 457 customer-id 159
cdr-validation 454 custom-ext-alarm 711
cfg-res-time 473 custom-profile 63
channel 446 cust-psd-pt-down 117
circuit-id 374 cust-psd-pt-up 136
circuit-id-dhcp 374 cust-psd-sc-down 118
circuit-id-pppoe 374 cust-psd-sc-up 129
class 90 cust-psd-ty-down 118
class-d-addr 1416 cust-psd-ty-up 129
clear-stats 1726 cust-rx-psd-pt-up 128
cli 280 cust-rx-psd-sc-up 118
client-hw-address 501 cust-rx-psd-ty-up 118
client-port 490
clock-mgmt 210 D
codepoint 325
coll-count 1446 d1p 322
collection 562 d1p-alignment 329
committed-burst-size 331 d1p-dscp 328
committed-info-rate 331 d1p-dscp-contract 326
community 229 database 298
community-string 75 dead-interval 251
config-control 1344 default-dot1p 322
config-file 1383 default-dscp 323
config-id-sel 412 default-metric 550
configure 1838 default-priority 393
configure-lock 1801 default-profile 223
connect 1536 default-route 181
connection 577 default-severity 160
conn-policy 265 default-ttl 302
conn-profile 264 definition 70
conn-profile-name 265 delete-file 1836
contact 207 delta-log 59
contact-person 177 desc 423
context 229 description 88

1884 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Index

description1 63
description2 63 E
description3 63
description4 63 eapol-stats 1696
description5 63 echo 1822
descriptor-files 1370 efm-based-dsl 183
dest 1129 egress-port 385
destination 243 egress-rate 363
dest-ip-address 1119 encap-type 595
dest-proto 436 engine 487
device 1534 entry 48
dhcp 219 envbox 92
dhcp-linerate 374 environment 41
dhcp-session 1135 eo-conversion 691
diagnostics 1698 eps-quenchfactor 83
dialplan 609 eqpt-holder 665
dialplan-useragent 1607 equipment 219
digitmap 610 error 172
direction 86 es-day-farend 144
directory-number 611 es-day-nearend 144
direct-uri 611 es-farend 144
discard 1852 es-nearend 144
dis-frame-th 348 eth-efm-fact 313
disk-file 1744 ether-dot3 1437
dn-buf-thresh 346 ether-dot3lt 1462
dn-obc-thresh 346 ether-ifmau 1441
domain 260 ether-ifmault 1458
domain-name 264 ether-ifsfplt 1444
domain-server 606 ether-itf 675
dot1p-priority 333 ethernet 1657
dot1p-value 317 ethernet-bandwidth 1075
dot3-coll 1446 ether-sfp 736
dot3-control 1447 ether-shape-rate 177
dot3-pause 1448 ether-tca 734
dot3-status 1450 ethertype 333
download 1740 eth-int 1653
download-set 295 eth-peak-bit-rate 474
down-policer 341 eth-shub 950
down-policy 345 eth-sus-bit-rate 474
drop-rpt-network 463 etsi-dts 1220
dscp 323 etsi-ts 1220
dscp-contract 324 except-cdr-rate 454
dscp-map-dot1p 317 exec 1824
dscp-value 325 exit 1834
dslam-name 595 expires 554
dsl-bandwidth 1071 ext-authenticator 269
dsl-ctrl-pkt-policer 316 extern-aggr-addr 522
dsload-thresh 346 external-device 747
dsl-port 350 external-link-assign 87
dst-ip-addr 184 external-link-host 86
dst-mac-addr 333 external-link-remote 644
dup-mac 1009 ext-source 210
dup-mac-alarm 1009 ext-vlan-id 208
dup-port 1041
dup-vlan-id 1009
dyn-auth-client 255 F
dyn-authclient-stats 1689
f5-loopback-ete 1718

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1885

Index

facility 290 gsmp-sub-version 595

far-end 683 gsmp-version 595
fcs 621
fcs-day 621 H
fdb 1000
fifteen-min 966 handshake 1234
file-board-type 1377 handshake-period 269
file-name 1377 hello-interval 516
filetransfer 274 hello-time 412
filter 241 help 1830
first-hop 1816 history 1821
flow 366 hold-time 561
forward-delay 412 hop-delay 562
forward-port 378 hops-threshold 505
frame-net-bw 1263 host-address 229
frequency 108 host-ip-address 179
ftp 280 host-purge-intv 459
fullview-packages 448 host-report-intv 454

G I
g992-1-a 1220 icmp 163
g992-1-b 1220 id 177
g992-2-a 1220 idle-timeout 278
g992-3-a 1220 ieee-802.3ah 1220
g992-3-am 1220 if-table 1285
g992-3-b 1220 igmp 219
g992-3-l1 1220 igmp-version 446
g992-3-l2 1220 igs-stats 1408
g992-5-a 1220 igs-system 459
g992-5-am 1220 igs-vlan-grp 1477
g992-5-b 1220 ima-group 728
g993-2-12a 1220 ima-link 731
g993-2-12b 1220 imp-noise-prot-dn 99
g993-2-17a 1220 imp-noise-prot-up 99
g993-2-30a 1220 in 1837
g993-2-8a 1220 indeterminate 889
g993-2-8b 1220 indet-log-full-action 59
g993-2-8c 1220 index 1441
g993-2-8d 1220 info 1831
gateway-ip 606 init-authreq-off 1234
general 412 initialize 1234
generate-expires 1751 in-port 187
generate-key 1766 instance 414
generate-starts 518 interface 358
ghstone-set-pwr-ctrl 125 interface-atm-pvc 1228
ghstones-pwr-mode 118 interface-port 1230
glb-leave 459 interval 561
global 346 interval-no 1178
global-session 485 interval-num 1077
group 168 interval-number 1017
group-assembly-time 566 int-no 1560
group-name 235 intvl-number 970
group-profile 567 inventory 1541
grp-index 592 ip 162
grp-membership 1475 ip-addr 164
grp-to-package 1397 ip-address 251
gsmp-retry-time 595

1886 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Index

ip-addr-pool 247 local-port 1436

ip-bridge-port 1261 location 177
ip-cfg-mode 206 log 1715
ip-cross-connect 152 log-entry 1361
ip-net-to-media 1429 log-full-action 46
ipox 699 logical-flow-type 341
ip-parameters 1424 login-banner 216
ip-pool 262 logout 1829
ip-pool-status 1680 log-sev-level 46
ipproxy-statistics 1483 loop-attenuation 584
ip-route 1427 loopback 586
ip-statistics 1110 loopback-timeout 584
isam 88 loop-diagnostic 1735
itf-ip-addr 1507 loop-id-syntax 183
itf-type 514 los 621
itu-g993-1 1220 los-day 621
lower 1319
J lsa-type 542

junk-collection 553 M
K mac
mac-address
1000
1301
keep-alive-intvl 496 mac-filter 303
key 279 mac-learning 404
mac-learn-off 1237
major 922
L major-log-full-action 59
management 179
l0-time 102 manager 72
l2-agpow-red-tx 102 map-user-group 235
l2-agpw-to-red-tx 102 margin-down-curr 581
l2-filter 333 margin-down-worst 581
l2forward 745 margin-up-curr 581
l2-time 102 margin-up-worst 581
l3-filter 335 marker 1062
la 407 mask 1516
lacp-mode 408 match 1847
last-hop 1816 max-age 412
last-max-resp-tim 454 max-agpowlev-down 110
last-memb-cnt 454 max-agpowlev-up 110
layer2-oam 595 max-band 118
layer2-terminated 997 max-bitrate 471
layer3-itf 422 max-bitrate-down 99
learned-unicast-mac 1775 max-bitrate-up 99
leave-rsp-timer 461 max-bw 477
license 1353 max-cc 490
line 140 max-delay-down 99
line-feed 611 max-delay-up 99
link 572 max-dst-port 189
link-state-trap 156 max-freq 118
link-type 1507 max-hop-count 412
link-up-changes 1213 max-ingress-rate 369
link-updown-trap 1230 max-line-rate 581
linkup-record 1215 max-mcast-bandwidth 320
llu-relay 709 max-mcast-learn 459
load-thresh 348 max-nbr-pkts 306
local-loop 146 max-noise-down 102

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1887

Index

max-noise-up 102 mnemonic3 63

max-no-rate-based 477 mnemonic4 63
max-num-channel 467 mnemonic5 63
max-num-group 446 mode 41
max-num-session 497 modification 102
max-num-uncfg 473 module 1723
max-pad-attempts 485 module-mcast-src 1398
max-payload-tag 487 monitor 489
max-peer 549 more 1850
max-per-window 72 m-psd-level-down 118
max-psd-down 110 m-psd-level-up 118
max-psd-up 110 msg-code 184
max-queue-size 72 msg-type 184
max-recv-power-up 110 mtu 161
max-req 267 mtu-size 1810
max-retries 441 my-ipaddress 423
max-retry-itvl 441
max-rsp-time 454 N
max-src-port 189
max-unicast-mac 393 name 99
mcast-addr 478 nas-id 256
m-cast-avail-bw 1263 nas-ip-address 256
mcast-grp-addr 1473 nbr-changed-alarms 957
mcast-src 1722 near-end 680
mcast-src-addr 1473 near-end-ima-id 590
mcast-stats 1412 neighbour 561
m-cast-used-bw 1263 netw-igmp-version 454
md5-key 518 network-addr 1429
md5-password 611 network-itf 425
md5-realm 611 network-port 462
mean-bit-rate 471 network-port-info 1052
mem-query-int 454 network-vlan 397
meter 368 next-free-index 1691
metric 439 next-hop 152
metric-type 524 next-hop-address 1119
mgnt-vlan-id 177 noise-margin-down 1250
min-bitrate-down 99 noise-margin-up 1250
min-bitrate-up 99 no-more 1851
min-dst-port 189 non-itf-rep-sev-level 46
min-interval 72 notify-profile 239
min-l2-br-down 99 notify-view 229
min-length 272 nssa-area 533
min-line-rate 581 number-addr 1681
min-noise-down 102
min-noise-up 102
min-num-numeric-char 272 O
min-num-special-char 272
minor 911 one-day 968
minor-log-full-action 59 operation-mode 463
min-rx-links 590 operator 217
min-severity 72 operator-policy 250
min-src-port 189 oper-state 1255
min-tx-links 590 op-mode 581
misc 678 opr-state 1657
miscellaneous 1392 opr-state/tx-rate-ds 1250
mixed-case 272 optional-band 118
mnemonic1 63 optional-endfreq 118
mnemonic2 63 ospf 511

1888 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Index

oswp 295 port-protocol 380

oswp-number 1368 port-reprt-shaper 595
out-port 188 port-to-atm-pvc 978
overflow-state-it 511 port-type 166
port-vlan-map 1004
P power_mgnt_mode
pppoe
102
219
package 452 pppoe-linerate 374
packagemember 476 pppoe-relay-tag 374
package-member 472 pppox-interface 497
package-to-src 1396 pppox-relay 1242
pado-timeout 485 ppp-profile 496
pads-timeout 485 ppp-profile-name 497
pae 266 ppp-statistics 1289
part-buf-thresh 346 pre-1day 1101
participant-port 1051 pre-activated 609
password 217 precedence 339
password-timeout 219 prefix-length 606
path-cost 416 prev-15min 1077
path-cost-type 412 prev-1day 1083
pbo-mode 586 preview-blackout 474
peer 1516 preview-duration 474
period 457 preview-number 474
perm-pkg-bitmap 446 preview-packages 450
phy-addr 1795 preview-valid 454
phy-itf-status 1307 previous-15min 1560
ping 1810 previous-15min-stats 1029
pkg-memb-bitmap 471 previous-1day 1180
pkg-mem-bitmap 474 previous-interval 1178
pkt-fwd-state 466 primary-dns 260
plan-bitrate-down 99 primary-file-server-id 295
plan-bitrate-up 99 primary-nbns 260
planned-type 79 print 41
plug-in-unit 669 prio-regen-prof 393
plug-in-unit-ext 713 priority 70
polarity1 63 priority-policy 373
polarity2 63 priority-regen 1006
polarity3 63 priority-scheme 210
polarity4 63 privacy 233
polarity5 63 privilege 229
policer 331 probe 581
policer-profile 337 profile 217
policy 256 profiles 1140
policy-action 337 prompt 41
poll 1844 protection-element 84
polling-rate 182 protection-group 83
poll-interval 516 protocol 199
port 156 protocol-filter 374
port-15min-stats 1017 protocol-group 380
port-curr-15min-stats 1013 protocol-stats 1430
port-curr-day-stats 1015 protocol-trace 616
port-delay 562 protocol-type 303
port-details 1704 proxy-mode 575
port-event 1011 psd 108
port-id 1536 psd-pbo-e-len-up 129
port-instance 418 psd-pbo-par-a-up 118
port-num-in-proto 177 psd-pbo-par-b-up 118
port-prev-day-stats 1020 psd-shape-down 114

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1889

Index

psd-shape-up 118 remote-id-dhcp 374

public 233 remote-id-pppoe 374
pvc 150 remove-root-int 459
pvid 393 repeaters 581
pvid-usage 373 res-data-bandwidth 320
reserve-address 249
Q reset
residential-bridge
1784
988
qos 219 response-timer 461
qos-cvlan-list 996 res-voice-bandwidth 320
qos-policy 260 retransmit-itvl 516
qos-profile 393 retry-count 463
qos-queue 741 retry-limit 251
qos-slot 738 rf-band-list 102
querier 463 rip 549
query-int 463 robustness 454
query-interval 454 role 560
queue 315 route 290
queue0-weight 363 route-age-out 553
queue1-weight 363 route-dest 433
queue-config 363 route-destination 546
queue-profile 352 route-map 436
quiet-period 267 router-id 511
router-priority 514
router-purge-intv 459
R route-type 438
routing-table 1516
rack 89 rshow 1842
radius 250 rst 189
radius-client 1692 rtp-dscp 603
rad-noise-down 102 rtp-pbits 603
rad-noise-up 102 rule 610
rad-time-down 102 rx-drop-pkts 1261
rad-time-up 102 rx-pkt 1293
ra-mode-down 99 rx-pkts 1261
ra-mode-up 99 rx-psd-shape-up 118
rate 1456
rate-limit 306
rau-noise-down 102
S
rau-noise-up 102
rau-time-down 102 sample 1843
rau-time-up 102 scheduler 319
re-adsl 112 scheduler-profile 350
read-view 229 scope 562
reassem-timeout 423 second-dns 260
reboot 1770 second-file-server-id 295
reboot-isam 1769 second-nbns 260
reboot-shub 1769 secret 251
receive 551 secs-threshold 505
redcy-ctrl-status 84 security 216
redistribution 545 security-level 231
reduced-resp-int 459 security-pae 1234
redundancy 700 segment 586
region-name 412 segment-status 1552
region-version 412 select-config 1745
regi-set 581 selection-policy 408
remote 87 self-ip-addr 459
remote-id 374 self-ip-addr-mode 459
send 551

1890 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Index

server 275 snap-shot 1712

server_type 601 snmpproxy-statistics 1482
server-ip-addr 182 snmp-version 75
server-name 495 snr-margin 584
server-port 182 sntp 182
server-profile 278 software-mngt 219
server-retries 278 source-proto 436
servers 258 span 581
server-timeout 267 span-status 1543
server-useragent 1602 spectral-profile 581
service-name 474 spectrum-profile 102
service-profile 99 split-horizon 551
ses-day-farend 144 src 474
ses-day-nearend 144 src-ip-addr 184
ses-farend 144 src-ip-address 454
ses-nearend 144 src-mac-addr 333
session 341 ssh 1766
session-peers 1613 stack 1319
session-stats 1615 stacked-qos-vlan 994
session-status 1611 stacked-vlan 992
sess-timeout 260 start-addr 247
set-log-table 1360 starts 554
severity 48 state 462
severity1 63 static-prefix 609
severity2 63 static-suffix 609
severity3 63 statistics 1330
severity4 63 stats 1291
severity5 63 status 209
sfp 706 stub-area 524
sftp-user 282 sub-index 557
shdsl 722 subtree 227
shdsl-bandwidth 1073 summary 1277
shdsl-isam 725 supp-timeout 267
shdsl-port 354 sustained-rate 316
shdsl-seg 1758 sw-mgmt 676
shelf 90 swp 1375
shelf-summary 634 sw-package 1747
show 1841 swp-disk-file 1377
shub 382 syslog 616
shub-dup-mac-alarm 1041 system 177
shub-fdb 1037 system-mac 177
shub-filter-entry 1039 system-parameters 1434
shub-gen 948 system-stats 1410
shub-info 980 system-time 1798
shub-manager 205
shub-nr-mcast-entries 1043 T
shub-port-vlan-map 1035
shub-vlan-name 1036 table 659
side 586 tag 397
signal-dscp 603 tc-15min-int 970
signal-pbits 603 tc-1day-int 972
sip-plugin-unit 718 tca 348
sip-termination 720 tca-line-threshold 144
sip-user-agent 716 tc-int 964
size 247 tc-map-dot1p 315
sleep 1826 tcp 189
slot 79 tc-pam-sele 581
slot-numbering 219 tcp-port 595

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1891

Index

tcp-retry-time 595 up-buf-thresh 346

tee 1848 update-timer 553
telnet 1823 uplink-group 956
template-name 452 upload 1742
template-version 452 upload-download 1379
terminal-timeout 41 up-marker 341
termination 611 up-obc-thresh 346
termination-useragent 1608 up-policer 341
test 1315 up-policy 344
threshold 168 uri 611
time 1403 user 156
timeout 1810 user-agent 611
timeout-limit 251 user-agent-dhcp 603
time-out-value 285 user-agent-domain 603
timers 516 user-agent-manual 606
timezone-offset 182 user-igmp-version 454
tl1 280 user-name 275
topo-discovery 595 user-port 1791
tos 189 user-session 1675
total 1089
traceroute 1816 V
trace-selection 459
traffic-class 362 v2-max-rsp-time 463
transaction 285 v3-max-num-rec 454
transfer-mode 140 v3-max-rsp-time 463
transit-delay 516 v43 125
trans-itvl 533 value 438
translation 533 vdsl 118
trans-max-age 485 vdsl2 129
transport 219 vdsl-band-plan 118
tree 1827 version 99
trgt-noise-down 102 view 227
trgt-noise-up 102 visible1 63
tries 1810 visible2 63
tx-hold-count 412 visible3 63
tx-period 267 visible4 63
tx-pkt 1295 visible5 63
tx-pkts 1261 vlan 180
tx-rate-ds 1250 vlan-bind 422
tx-rate-us 1250 vlan-day-stats 1032
type 227 vlan-enhance-perf 466
vlan-filter 463
U vlan-id 161
vlan-itf-delete 1788
uas-day-farend 144 vlan-router-port 462
uas-day-nearend 144 vlan-scope 397
uas-farend 144 v-noise-psd-down 129
uas-nearend 144 v-noise-psd-pt-down 138
udp 194 v-noise-psd-pt-up 139
udp-parameters 1435 v-noise-psd-up 129
uncfg-res-time 473 v-noise-snr-down 129
unicast-mac 378 v-noise-snr-up 129
unit 584 vrf 423
unit-id 584 vrf-agent-stats 1470
unit-status 1550 vrf-id 162
unnumbered-as 165 vrf-index 247
unsolicit-rpt-int 463 vrf-index-acc 258
untag-port 387 vrf-index-auth 258

1892 Released 3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03

 Index

vrf-mapping 1125
vrf-media 1123
vrf-next-index 1126
vrf-route 1119
vrf-statistics 1109

W
warning 900
warn-log-full-action 59
welcome-banner 216
wfq-q1-weight 319
window-size 72
wire-mode 581
wire-pair 1552
write 1828
write-view 229

X
xdsl 219
xdsl-bonding 566
xdsl-int 1141
xdsl-line 1735
xdsl-tca 686

3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released 1893

Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the information presented, which is
subject to change without notice.
Alcatel, Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All
other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

Copyright 2007 Alcatel-Lucent.

All rights reserved.

Disclaimers

Alcatel-Lucent products are intended for commercial uses. Without the appropriate network design
engineering, they must not be sold, licensed or otherwise distributed for use in any hazardous
environments requiring fail-safe performance, such as in the operation of nuclear facilities, aircraft
navigation or communication systems, air traffic control, direct life-support machines, or weapons
systems, in which the failure of products could lead directly to death, personal injury, or severe physical
or environmental damage. The customer hereby agrees that the use, sale, license or other distribution
of the products for any such application without the prior written consent of Alcatel-Lucent, shall be at
the customer's sole risk. The customer hereby agrees to defend and hold Alcatel-Lucent harmless from
any claims for loss, cost, damage, expense or liability that may arise out of or in connection with the
use, sale, license or other distribution of the products in such applications.
This document may contain information regarding the use and installation of non-Alcatel-Lucent
products. Please note that this information is provided as a courtesy to assist you. While Alcatel-Lucent
tries to ensure that this information accurately reflects information provided by the supplier, please refer
to the materials provided with any non-Alcatel-Lucent product and contact the supplier for
confirmation. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility or liability for incorrect or incomplete
information provided about non-Alcatel-Lucent products.
However, this does not constitute a representation or warranty. The warranties provided for
Alcatel-Lucent products, if any, are set forth in contractual documentation entered into by
Alcatel-Lucent and its customers.
This document was originally written in English. If there is any conflict or inconsistency between the
English version and any other version of a document, the English version shall prevail.

When printed by Alcatel-Lucent, this document is printed on recycled paper.

Customer documentation and product support

Customer documentation
http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/osds

Product manuals and documentation updates are available through the Alcatel-Lucent Support
Documentation and Software Download service at alcatel-lucent.com. If you are a new user
and require access to this service, please contact your Alcatel-Lucent sales representative.

Technical support
http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/support

Customer documentation feedback

documentation.feedback@alcatel-lucent.com
 2007 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
3HH-04416-CDAA-TCZZA Edition 03